]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - man/calc.texi
(Notations Used in This Manual): Put in an earlier mention that DEL
[gnu-emacs] / man / calc.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
3 @c smallbook
4 @setfilename ../info/calc
5 @c [title]
6 @settitle GNU Emacs Calc 2.02g Manual
7 @setchapternewpage odd
8 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
9
10 @tex
11 % Some special kludges to make TeX formatting prettier.
12 % Because makeinfo.c exists, we can't just define new commands.
13 % So instead, we take over little-used existing commands.
14 %
15 % Suggested by Karl Berry <karl@@freefriends.org>
16 \gdef\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
17 % Redefine @cite{text} to act like $text$ in regular TeX.
18 % Info will typeset this same as @samp{text}.
19 \gdef\goodtex{\tex \let\rm\goodrm \let\t\ttfont \turnoffactive}
20 \gdef\goodrm{\fam0\tenrm}
21 \gdef\cite{\goodtex$\citexxx}
22 \gdef\citexxx#1{#1$\Etex}
23 \global\let\oldxrefX=\xrefX
24 \gdef\xrefX[#1]{\begingroup\let\cite=\dfn\oldxrefX[#1]\endgroup}
25
26 % Redefine @c{tex-stuff} \n @whatever{info-stuff}.
27 \gdef\c{\futurelet\next\mycxxx}
28 \gdef\mycxxx{%
29 \ifx\next\bgroup \goodtex\let\next\mycxxy
30 \else\ifx\next\mindex \let\next\relax
31 \else\ifx\next\kindex \let\next\relax
32 \else\ifx\next\starindex \let\next\relax \else \let\next\comment
33 \fi\fi\fi\fi \next
34 }
35 \gdef\mycxxy#1#2{#1\Etex\mycxxz}
36 \gdef\mycxxz#1{}
37 @end tex
38
39 @c Fix some other things specifically for this manual.
40 @iftex
41 @finalout
42 @mathcode`@:=`@: @c Make Calc fractions come out right in math mode
43 @tex
44 \gdef\coloneq{\mathrel{\mathord:\mathord=}}
45
46 \gdef\beforedisplay{\vskip-10pt}
47 \gdef\afterdisplay{\vskip-5pt}
48 \gdef\beforedisplayh{\vskip-25pt}
49 \gdef\afterdisplayh{\vskip-10pt}
50 @end tex
51 @newdimen@kyvpos @kyvpos=0pt
52 @newdimen@kyhpos @kyhpos=0pt
53 @newcount@calcclubpenalty @calcclubpenalty=1000
54 @ignore
55 @newcount@calcpageno
56 @newtoks@calcoldeverypar @calcoldeverypar=@everypar
57 @everypar={@calceverypar@the@calcoldeverypar}
58 @ifx@turnoffactive@undefinedzzz@def@turnoffactive{}@fi
59 @ifx@ninett@undefinedzzz@font@ninett=cmtt9@fi
60 @catcode`@\=0 \catcode`\@=11
61 \r@ggedbottomtrue
62 \catcode`\@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
63 @end ignore
64 @end iftex
65
66 @copying
67 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator.
68
69 Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
70
71 @quotation
72 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
73 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
74 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
75 Invariant Sections being just ``GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE'', with the
76 Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover
77 Texts as in (a) below.
78
79 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify
80 this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free
81 Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
82 @end quotation
83 @end copying
84
85 @dircategory Emacs
86 @direntry
87 * Calc: (calc). Advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool.
88 @end direntry
89
90 @titlepage
91 @sp 6
92 @center @titlefont{Calc Manual}
93 @sp 4
94 @center GNU Emacs Calc Version 2.02g
95 @c [volume]
96 @sp 1
97 @center January 2002
98 @sp 5
99 @center Dave Gillespie
100 @center daveg@@synaptics.com
101 @page
102
103 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
104 Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
105 @insertcopying
106 @end titlepage
107
108 @c [begin]
109 @ifinfo
110 @node Top, , (dir), (dir)
111 @chapter The GNU Emacs Calculator
112
113 @noindent
114 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool
115 that runs as part of the GNU Emacs environment.
116
117 This manual is divided into three major parts: ``Getting Started,''
118 the ``Calc Tutorial,'' and the ``Calc Reference.'' The Tutorial
119 introduces all the major aspects of Calculator use in an easy,
120 hands-on way. The remainder of the manual is a complete reference to
121 the features of the Calculator.
122
123 For help in the Emacs Info system (which you are using to read this
124 file), type @kbd{?}. (You can also type @kbd{h} to run through a
125 longer Info tutorial.)
126
127 @end ifinfo
128 @menu
129 * Copying:: How you can copy and share Calc.
130
131 * Getting Started:: General description and overview.
132 * Interactive Tutorial::
133 * Tutorial:: A step-by-step introduction for beginners.
134
135 * Introduction:: Introduction to the Calc reference manual.
136 * Data Types:: Types of objects manipulated by Calc.
137 * Stack and Trail:: Manipulating the stack and trail buffers.
138 * Mode Settings:: Adjusting display format and other modes.
139 * Arithmetic:: Basic arithmetic functions.
140 * Scientific Functions:: Transcendentals and other scientific functions.
141 * Matrix Functions:: Operations on vectors and matrices.
142 * Algebra:: Manipulating expressions algebraically.
143 * Units:: Operations on numbers with units.
144 * Store and Recall:: Storing and recalling variables.
145 * Graphics:: Commands for making graphs of data.
146 * Kill and Yank:: Moving data into and out of Calc.
147 * Embedded Mode:: Working with formulas embedded in a file.
148 * Programming:: Calc as a programmable calculator.
149
150 * Installation:: Installing Calc as a part of GNU Emacs.
151 * Reporting Bugs:: How to report bugs and make suggestions.
152
153 * Summary:: Summary of Calc commands and functions.
154
155 * Key Index:: The standard Calc key sequences.
156 * Command Index:: The interactive Calc commands.
157 * Function Index:: Functions (in algebraic formulas).
158 * Concept Index:: General concepts.
159 * Variable Index:: Variables used by Calc (both user and internal).
160 * Lisp Function Index:: Internal Lisp math functions.
161 @end menu
162
163 @node Copying, Getting Started, Top, Top
164 @unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
165 @center Version 1, February 1989
166
167 @display
168 Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
169 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
170
171 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
172 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
173 @end display
174
175 @unnumberedsec Preamble
176
177 The license agreements of most software companies try to keep users
178 at the mercy of those companies. By contrast, our General Public
179 License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
180 software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. The
181 General Public License applies to the Free Software Foundation's
182 software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it.
183 You can use it for your programs, too.
184
185 When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
186 price. Specifically, the General Public License is designed to make
187 sure that you have the freedom to give away or sell copies of free
188 software, that you receive source code or can get it if you want it,
189 that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free
190 programs; and that you know you can do these things.
191
192 To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
193 anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
194 These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
195 distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
196
197 For example, if you distribute copies of a such a program, whether
198 gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
199 you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
200 source code. And you must tell them their rights.
201
202 We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
203 (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
204 distribute and/or modify the software.
205
206 Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
207 that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
208 software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
209 want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
210 that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
211 authors' reputations.
212
213 The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
214 modification follow.
215
216 @iftex
217 @unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS
218 @end iftex
219 @ifinfo
220 @center TERMS AND CONDITIONS
221 @end ifinfo
222
223 @enumerate
224 @item
225 This License Agreement applies to any program or other work which
226 contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be
227 distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The
228 ``Program'', below, refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based
229 on the Program'' means either the Program or any work containing the
230 Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications. Each
231 licensee is addressed as ``you''.
232
233 @item
234 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source
235 code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
236 appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
237 disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
238 General Public License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any
239 other recipients of the Program a copy of this General Public License
240 along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of
241 transferring a copy.
242
243 @item
244 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of
245 it, and copy and distribute such modifications under the terms of Paragraph
246 1 above, provided that you also do the following:
247
248 @itemize @bullet
249 @item
250 cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that
251 you changed the files and the date of any change; and
252
253 @item
254 cause the whole of any work that you distribute or publish, that
255 in whole or in part contains the Program or any part thereof, either
256 with or without modifications, to be licensed at no charge to all
257 third parties under the terms of this General Public License (except
258 that you may choose to grant warranty protection to some or all
259 third parties, at your option).
260
261 @item
262 If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when
263 run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use
264 in the simplest and most usual way, to print or display an
265 announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice
266 that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a
267 warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these
268 conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this General
269 Public License.
270
271 @item
272 You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a
273 copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in
274 exchange for a fee.
275 @end itemize
276
277 Mere aggregation of another independent work with the Program (or its
278 derivative) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring
279 the other work under the scope of these terms.
280
281 @item
282 You may copy and distribute the Program (or a portion or derivative of
283 it, under Paragraph 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
284 Paragraphs 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
285
286 @itemize @bullet
287 @item
288 accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
289 source code, which must be distributed under the terms of
290 Paragraphs 1 and 2 above; or,
291
292 @item
293 accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
294 years, to give any third party free (except for a nominal charge
295 for the cost of distribution) a complete machine-readable copy of the
296 corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of
297 Paragraphs 1 and 2 above; or,
298
299 @item
300 accompany it with the information you received as to where the
301 corresponding source code may be obtained. (This alternative is
302 allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
303 received the program in object code or executable form alone.)
304 @end itemize
305
306 Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making
307 modifications to it. For an executable file, complete source code means
308 all the source code for all modules it contains; but, as a special
309 exception, it need not include source code for modules which are standard
310 libraries that accompany the operating system on which the executable
311 file runs, or for standard header files or definitions files that
312 accompany that operating system.
313
314 @item
315 You may not copy, modify, sublicense, distribute or transfer the
316 Program except as expressly provided under this General Public License.
317 Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, distribute or transfer
318 the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights to use
319 the Program under this License. However, parties who have received
320 copies, or rights to use copies, from you under this General Public
321 License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties
322 remain in full compliance.
323
324 @item
325 By copying, distributing or modifying the Program (or any work based
326 on the Program) you indicate your acceptance of this license to do so,
327 and all its terms and conditions.
328
329 @item
330 Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
331 Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original
332 licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these
333 terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the
334 recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
335
336 @item
337 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
338 of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
339 be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
340 address new problems or concerns.
341
342 Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
343 specifies a version number of the license which applies to it and ``any
344 later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
345 either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
346 Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
347 the license, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
348 Foundation.
349
350 @item
351 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
352 programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
353 to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
354 Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
355 make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
356 of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
357 of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
358
359 @iftex
360 @heading NO WARRANTY
361 @end iftex
362 @ifinfo
363 @center NO WARRANTY
364 @end ifinfo
365
366 @item
367 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
368 FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
369 OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
370 PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
371 OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
372 MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
373 TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
374 PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
375 REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
376
377 @item
378 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL
379 ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
380 REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
381 INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
382 ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT
383 LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES
384 SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE
385 WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN
386 ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
387 @end enumerate
388
389 @node Getting Started, Tutorial, Copying, Top
390 @chapter Getting Started
391 @noindent
392 This chapter provides a general overview of Calc, the GNU Emacs
393 Calculator: What it is, how to start it and how to exit from it,
394 and what are the various ways that it can be used.
395
396 @menu
397 * What is Calc::
398 * About This Manual::
399 * Notations Used in This Manual::
400 * Using Calc::
401 * Demonstration of Calc::
402 * History and Acknowledgements::
403 @end menu
404
405 @node What is Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started, Getting Started
406 @section What is Calc?
407
408 @noindent
409 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced calculator and mathematical tool that runs as
410 part of the GNU Emacs environment. Very roughly based on the HP-28/48
411 series of calculators, its many features include:
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item
415 Choice of algebraic or RPN (stack-based) entry of calculations.
416
417 @item
418 Arbitrary precision integers and floating-point numbers.
419
420 @item
421 Arithmetic on rational numbers, complex numbers (rectangular and polar),
422 error forms with standard deviations, open and closed intervals, vectors
423 and matrices, dates and times, infinities, sets, quantities with units,
424 and algebraic formulas.
425
426 @item
427 Mathematical operations such as logarithms and trigonometric functions.
428
429 @item
430 Programmer's features (bitwise operations, non-decimal numbers).
431
432 @item
433 Financial functions such as future value and internal rate of return.
434
435 @item
436 Number theoretical features such as prime factorization and arithmetic
437 modulo @var{m} for any @var{m}.
438
439 @item
440 Algebraic manipulation features, including symbolic calculus.
441
442 @item
443 Moving data to and from regular editing buffers.
444
445 @item
446 ``Embedded mode'' for manipulating Calc formulas and data directly
447 inside any editing buffer.
448
449 @item
450 Graphics using GNUPLOT, a versatile (and free) plotting program.
451
452 @item
453 Easy programming using keyboard macros, algebraic formulas,
454 algebraic rewrite rules, or extended Emacs Lisp.
455 @end itemize
456
457 Calc tries to include a little something for everyone; as a result it is
458 large and might be intimidating to the first-time user. If you plan to
459 use Calc only as a traditional desk calculator, all you really need to
460 read is the ``Getting Started'' chapter of this manual and possibly the
461 first few sections of the tutorial. As you become more comfortable with
462 the program you can learn its additional features. In terms of efficiency,
463 scope and depth, Calc cannot replace a powerful tool like Mathematica.
464 But Calc has the advantages of convenience, portability, and availability
465 of the source code. And, of course, it's free!
466
467 @node About This Manual, Notations Used in This Manual, What is Calc, Getting Started
468 @section About This Manual
469
470 @noindent
471 This document serves as a complete description of the GNU Emacs
472 Calculator. It works both as an introduction for novices, and as
473 a reference for experienced users. While it helps to have some
474 experience with GNU Emacs in order to get the most out of Calc,
475 this manual ought to be readable even if you don't know or use Emacs
476 regularly.
477
478 @ifinfo
479 The manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
480 Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial (chapter 2),
481 and the Calc reference manual (the remaining chapters and appendices).
482 @end ifinfo
483 @iftex
484 The manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
485 Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial (chapter 2),
486 and the Calc reference manual (the remaining chapters and appendices).
487 @c [when-split]
488 @c This manual has been printed in two volumes, the @dfn{Tutorial} and the
489 @c @dfn{Reference}. Both volumes include a copy of the ``Getting Started''
490 @c chapter.
491 @end iftex
492
493 If you are in a hurry to use Calc, there is a brief ``demonstration''
494 below which illustrates the major features of Calc in just a couple of
495 pages. If you don't have time to go through the full tutorial, this
496 will show you everything you need to know to begin.
497 @xref{Demonstration of Calc}.
498
499 The tutorial chapter walks you through the various parts of Calc
500 with lots of hands-on examples and explanations. If you are new
501 to Calc and you have some time, try going through at least the
502 beginning of the tutorial. The tutorial includes about 70 exercises
503 with answers. These exercises give you some guided practice with
504 Calc, as well as pointing out some interesting and unusual ways
505 to use its features.
506
507 The reference section discusses Calc in complete depth. You can read
508 the reference from start to finish if you want to learn every aspect
509 of Calc. Or, you can look in the table of contents or the Concept
510 Index to find the parts of the manual that discuss the things you
511 need to know.
512
513 @cindex Marginal notes
514 Every Calc keyboard command is listed in the Calc Summary, and also
515 in the Key Index. Algebraic functions, @kbd{M-x} commands, and
516 variables also have their own indices. @c{Each}
517 @asis{In the printed manual, each}
518 paragraph that is referenced in the Key or Function Index is marked
519 in the margin with its index entry.
520
521 @c [fix-ref Help Commands]
522 You can access this manual on-line at any time within Calc by
523 pressing the @kbd{h i} key sequence. Outside of the Calc window,
524 you can press @kbd{M-# i} to read the manual on-line. Also, you
525 can jump directly to the Tutorial by pressing @kbd{h t} or @kbd{M-# t},
526 or to the Summary by pressing @kbd{h s} or @kbd{M-# s}. Within Calc,
527 you can also go to the part of the manual describing any Calc key,
528 function, or variable using @w{@kbd{h k}}, @kbd{h f}, or @kbd{h v},
529 respectively. @xref{Help Commands}.
530
531 Printed copies of this manual are also available from the Free Software
532 Foundation.
533
534 @node Notations Used in This Manual, Demonstration of Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started
535 @section Notations Used in This Manual
536
537 @noindent
538 This section describes the various notations that are used
539 throughout the Calc manual.
540
541 In keystroke sequences, uppercase letters mean you must hold down
542 the shift key while typing the letter. Keys pressed with Control
543 held down are shown as @kbd{C-x}. Keys pressed with Meta held down
544 are shown as @kbd{M-x}. Other notations are @key{RET} for the
545 Return key, @key{SPC} for the space bar, @key{TAB} for the Tab key,
546 @key{DEL} for the Delete key, and @key{LFD} for the Line-Feed key.
547 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards, it is
548 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
549 regularly using Emacs.
550
551 (If you don't have the @key{LFD} or @key{TAB} keys on your keyboard,
552 the @kbd{C-j} and @kbd{C-i} keys are equivalent to them, respectively.
553 If you don't have a Meta key, look for Alt or Extend Char. You can
554 also press @key{ESC} or @key{C-[} first to get the same effect, so
555 that @kbd{M-x}, @kbd{@key{ESC} x}, and @kbd{C-[ x} are all equivalent.)
556
557 Sometimes the @key{RET} key is not shown when it is ``obvious''
558 that you must press @key{RET} to proceed. For example, the @key{RET}
559 is usually omitted in key sequences like @kbd{M-x calc-keypad @key{RET}}.
560
561 Commands are generally shown like this: @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision})
562 or @kbd{M-# k} (@code{calc-keypad}). This means that the command is
563 normally used by pressing the @kbd{p} key or @kbd{M-# k} key sequence,
564 but it also has the full-name equivalent shown, e.g., @kbd{M-x calc-precision}.
565
566 Commands that correspond to functions in algebraic notation
567 are written: @kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}]. This means
568 the @kbd{C} key is equivalent to @kbd{M-x calc-cos}, and that
569 the corresponding function in an algebraic-style formula would
570 be @samp{cos(@var{x})}.
571
572 A few commands don't have key equivalents: @code{calc-sincos}
573 [@code{sincos}].@refill
574
575 @node Demonstration of Calc, Using Calc, Notations Used in This Manual, Getting Started
576 @section A Demonstration of Calc
577
578 @noindent
579 @cindex Demonstration of Calc
580 This section will show some typical small problems being solved with
581 Calc. The focus is more on demonstration than explanation, but
582 everything you see here will be covered more thoroughly in the
583 Tutorial.
584
585 To begin, start Emacs if necessary (usually the command @code{emacs}
586 does this), and type @kbd{M-# c} (or @kbd{@key{ESC} # c}) to start the
587 Calculator. (@xref{Starting Calc}, if this doesn't work for you.)
588
589 Be sure to type all the sample input exactly, especially noting the
590 difference between lower-case and upper-case letters. Remember,
591 @key{RET}, @key{TAB}, @key{DEL}, and @key{SPC} are the Return, Tab,
592 Delete, and Space keys.
593
594 @strong{RPN calculation.} In RPN, you type the input number(s) first,
595 then the command to operate on the numbers.
596
597 @noindent
598 Type @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + Q} to compute @c{$\sqrt{2+3} = 2.2360679775$}
599 @asis{the square root of 2+3, which is 2.2360679775}.
600
601 @noindent
602 Type @kbd{P 2 ^} to compute @c{$\pi^2 = 9.86960440109$}
603 @asis{the value of `pi' squared, 9.86960440109}.
604
605 @noindent
606 Type @key{TAB} to exchange the order of these two results.
607
608 @noindent
609 Type @kbd{- I H S} to subtract these results and compute the Inverse
610 Hyperbolic sine of the difference, 2.72996136574.
611
612 @noindent
613 Type @key{DEL} to erase this result.
614
615 @strong{Algebraic calculation.} You can also enter calculations using
616 conventional ``algebraic'' notation. To enter an algebraic formula,
617 use the apostrophe key.
618
619 @noindent
620 Type @kbd{' sqrt(2+3) @key{RET}} to compute @c{$\sqrt{2+3}$}
621 @asis{the square root of 2+3}.
622
623 @noindent
624 Type @kbd{' pi^2 @key{RET}} to enter @c{$\pi^2$}
625 @asis{`pi' squared}. To evaluate this symbolic
626 formula as a number, type @kbd{=}.
627
628 @noindent
629 Type @kbd{' arcsinh($ - $$) @key{RET}} to subtract the second-most-recent
630 result from the most-recent and compute the Inverse Hyperbolic sine.
631
632 @strong{Keypad mode.} If you are using the X window system, press
633 @w{@kbd{M-# k}} to get Keypad mode. (If you don't use X, skip to
634 the next section.)
635
636 @noindent
637 Click on the @key{2}, @key{ENTER}, @key{3}, @key{+}, and @key{SQRT}
638 ``buttons'' using your left mouse button.
639
640 @noindent
641 Click on @key{PI}, @key{2}, and @t{y^x}.
642
643 @noindent
644 Click on @key{INV}, then @key{ENTER} to swap the two results.
645
646 @noindent
647 Click on @key{-}, @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, and @key{SIN}.
648
649 @noindent
650 Click on @key{<-} to erase the result, then click @key{OFF} to turn
651 the Keypad Calculator off.
652
653 @strong{Grabbing data.} Type @kbd{M-# x} if necessary to exit Calc.
654 Now select the following numbers as an Emacs region: ``Mark'' the
655 front of the list by typing @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or @kbd{C-@@} there,
656 then move to the other end of the list. (Either get this list from
657 the on-line copy of this manual, accessed by @w{@kbd{M-# i}}, or just
658 type these numbers into a scratch file.) Now type @kbd{M-# g} to
659 ``grab'' these numbers into Calc.
660
661 @example
662 @group
663 1.23 1.97
664 1.6 2
665 1.19 1.08
666 @end group
667 @end example
668
669 @noindent
670 The result @samp{[1.23, 1.97, 1.6, 2, 1.19, 1.08]} is a Calc ``vector.''
671 Type @w{@kbd{V R +}} to compute the sum of these numbers.
672
673 @noindent
674 Type @kbd{U} to Undo this command, then type @kbd{V R *} to compute
675 the product of the numbers.
676
677 @noindent
678 You can also grab data as a rectangular matrix. Place the cursor on
679 the upper-leftmost @samp{1} and set the mark, then move to just after
680 the lower-right @samp{8} and press @kbd{M-# r}.
681
682 @noindent
683 Type @kbd{v t} to transpose this @c{$3\times2$}
684 @asis{3x2} matrix into a @c{$2\times3$}
685 @asis{2x3} matrix. Type
686 @w{@kbd{v u}} to unpack the rows into two separate vectors. Now type
687 @w{@kbd{V R + @key{TAB} V R +}} to compute the sums of the two original columns.
688 (There is also a special grab-and-sum-columns command, @kbd{M-# :}.)
689
690 @strong{Units conversion.} Units are entered algebraically.
691 Type @w{@kbd{' 43 mi/hr @key{RET}}} to enter the quantity 43 miles-per-hour.
692 Type @w{@kbd{u c km/hr @key{RET}}}. Type @w{@kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}}}.
693
694 @strong{Date arithmetic.} Type @kbd{t N} to get the current date and
695 time. Type @kbd{90 +} to find the date 90 days from now. Type
696 @kbd{' <25 dec 87> @key{RET}} to enter a date, then @kbd{- 7 /} to see how
697 many weeks have passed since then.
698
699 @strong{Algebra.} Algebraic entries can also include formulas
700 or equations involving variables. Type @kbd{@w{' [x + y} = a, x y = 1] @key{RET}}
701 to enter a pair of equations involving three variables.
702 (Note the leading apostrophe in this example; also, note that the space
703 between @samp{x y} is required.) Type @w{@kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}}} to solve
704 these equations for the variables @cite{x} and @cite{y}.@refill
705
706 @noindent
707 Type @kbd{d B} to view the solutions in more readable notation.
708 Type @w{@kbd{d C}} to view them in C language notation, and @kbd{d T}
709 to view them in the notation for the @TeX{} typesetting system.
710 Type @kbd{d N} to return to normal notation.
711
712 @noindent
713 Type @kbd{7.5}, then @kbd{s l a @key{RET}} to let @cite{a = 7.5} in these formulas.
714 (That's a letter @kbd{l}, not a numeral @kbd{1}.)
715
716 @iftex
717 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
718 manual. Type @kbd{M-# c} to return to Calc after each of these
719 commands: @kbd{h k t N} to read about the @kbd{t N} command,
720 @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the @code{sqrt} function, and
721 @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
722 @end iftex
723 @ifinfo
724 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
725 manual. Remember to type the letter @kbd{l}, then @kbd{M-# c}, to
726 return here after each of these commands: @w{@kbd{h k t N}} to read
727 about the @w{@kbd{t N}} command, @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the
728 @code{sqrt} function, and @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
729 @end ifinfo
730
731 Press @key{DEL} repeatedly to remove any leftover results from the stack.
732 To exit from Calc, press @kbd{q} or @kbd{M-# c} again.
733
734 @node Using Calc, History and Acknowledgements, Demonstration of Calc, Getting Started
735 @section Using Calc
736
737 @noindent
738 Calc has several user interfaces that are specialized for
739 different kinds of tasks. As well as Calc's standard interface,
740 there are Quick Mode, Keypad Mode, and Embedded Mode.
741
742 @c [fix-ref Installation]
743 Calc must be @dfn{installed} before it can be used. @xref{Installation},
744 for instructions on setting up and installing Calc. We will assume
745 you or someone on your system has already installed Calc as described
746 there.
747
748 @menu
749 * Starting Calc::
750 * The Standard Interface::
751 * Quick Mode Overview::
752 * Keypad Mode Overview::
753 * Standalone Operation::
754 * Embedded Mode Overview::
755 * Other M-# Commands::
756 @end menu
757
758 @node Starting Calc, The Standard Interface, Using Calc, Using Calc
759 @subsection Starting Calc
760
761 @noindent
762 On most systems, you can type @kbd{M-#} to start the Calculator.
763 The notation @kbd{M-#} is short for Meta-@kbd{#}. On most
764 keyboards this means holding down the Meta (or Alt) and
765 Shift keys while typing @kbd{3}.
766
767 @cindex META key
768 Once again, if you don't have a Meta key on your keyboard you can type
769 @key{ESC} first, then @kbd{#}, to accomplish the same thing. If you
770 don't even have an @key{ESC} key, you can fake it by holding down
771 Control or @key{CTRL} while typing a left square bracket
772 (that's @kbd{C-[} in Emacs notation).@refill
773
774 @kbd{M-#} is a @dfn{prefix key}; when you press it, Emacs waits for
775 you to press a second key to complete the command. In this case,
776 you will follow @kbd{M-#} with a letter (upper- or lower-case, it
777 doesn't matter for @kbd{M-#}) that says which Calc interface you
778 want to use.
779
780 To get Calc's standard interface, type @kbd{M-# c}. To get
781 Keypad Mode, type @kbd{M-# k}. Type @kbd{M-# ?} to get a brief
782 list of the available options, and type a second @kbd{?} to get
783 a complete list.
784
785 To ease typing, @kbd{M-# M-#} (or @kbd{M-# #} if that's easier)
786 also works to start Calc. It starts the same interface (either
787 @kbd{M-# c} or @w{@kbd{M-# k}}) that you last used, selecting the
788 @kbd{M-# c} interface by default. (If your installation has
789 a special function key set up to act like @kbd{M-#}, hitting that
790 function key twice is just like hitting @kbd{M-# M-#}.)
791
792 If @kbd{M-#} doesn't work for you, you can always type explicit
793 commands like @kbd{M-x calc} (for the standard user interface) or
794 @w{@kbd{M-x calc-keypad}} (for Keypad Mode). First type @kbd{M-x}
795 (that's Meta with the letter @kbd{x}), then, at the prompt,
796 type the full command (like @kbd{calc-keypad}) and press Return.
797
798 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} and Emacs still doesn't recognize the
799 command (it will say @samp{[No match]} when you try to press
800 @key{RET}), then Calc has not been properly installed.
801
802 The same commands (like @kbd{M-# c} or @kbd{M-# M-#}) that start
803 the Calculator also turn it off if it is already on.
804
805 @node The Standard Interface, Quick Mode Overview, Starting Calc, Using Calc
806 @subsection The Standard Calc Interface
807
808 @noindent
809 @cindex Standard user interface
810 Calc's standard interface acts like a traditional RPN calculator,
811 operated by the normal Emacs keyboard. When you type @kbd{M-# c}
812 to start the Calculator, the Emacs screen splits into two windows
813 with the file you were editing on top and Calc on the bottom.
814
815 @smallexample
816 @group
817
818 ...
819 --**-Emacs: myfile (Fundamental)----All----------------------
820 --- Emacs Calculator Mode --- |Emacs Calc Mode v2.00...
821 2: 17.3 | 17.3
822 1: -5 | 3
823 . | 2
824 | 4
825 | * 8
826 | ->-5
827 |
828 --%%-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All----- --%%-Emacs: *Calc Trail*
829 @end group
830 @end smallexample
831
832 In this figure, the mode-line for @file{myfile} has moved up and the
833 ``Calculator'' window has appeared below it. As you can see, Calc
834 actually makes two windows side-by-side. The lefthand one is
835 called the @dfn{stack window} and the righthand one is called the
836 @dfn{trail window.} The stack holds the numbers involved in the
837 calculation you are currently performing. The trail holds a complete
838 record of all calculations you have done. In a desk calculator with
839 a printer, the trail corresponds to the paper tape that records what
840 you do.
841
842 In this case, the trail shows that four numbers (17.3, 3, 2, and 4)
843 were first entered into the Calculator, then the 2 and 4 were
844 multiplied to get 8, then the 3 and 8 were subtracted to get @i{-5}.
845 (The @samp{>} symbol shows that this was the most recent calculation.)
846 The net result is the two numbers 17.3 and @i{-5} sitting on the stack.
847
848 Most Calculator commands deal explicitly with the stack only, but
849 there is a set of commands that allow you to search back through
850 the trail and retrieve any previous result.
851
852 Calc commands use the digits, letters, and punctuation keys.
853 Shifted (i.e., upper-case) letters are different from lowercase
854 letters. Some letters are @dfn{prefix} keys that begin two-letter
855 commands. For example, @kbd{e} means ``enter exponent'' and shifted
856 @kbd{E} means @cite{e^x}. With the @kbd{d} (``display modes'') prefix
857 the letter ``e'' takes on very different meanings: @kbd{d e} means
858 ``engineering notation'' and @kbd{d E} means ``@dfn{eqn} language mode.''
859
860 There is nothing stopping you from switching out of the Calc
861 window and back into your editing window, say by using the Emacs
862 @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window}) command. When the cursor is
863 inside a regular window, Emacs acts just like normal. When the
864 cursor is in the Calc stack or trail windows, keys are interpreted
865 as Calc commands.
866
867 When you quit by pressing @kbd{M-# c} a second time, the Calculator
868 windows go away but the actual Stack and Trail are not gone, just
869 hidden. When you press @kbd{M-# c} once again you will get the
870 same stack and trail contents you had when you last used the
871 Calculator.
872
873 The Calculator does not remember its state between Emacs sessions.
874 Thus if you quit Emacs and start it again, @kbd{M-# c} will give you
875 a fresh stack and trail. There is a command (@kbd{m m}) that lets
876 you save your favorite mode settings between sessions, though.
877 One of the things it saves is which user interface (standard or
878 Keypad) you last used; otherwise, a freshly started Emacs will
879 always treat @kbd{M-# M-#} the same as @kbd{M-# c}.
880
881 The @kbd{q} key is another equivalent way to turn the Calculator off.
882
883 If you type @kbd{M-# b} first and then @kbd{M-# c}, you get a
884 full-screen version of Calc (@code{full-calc}) in which the stack and
885 trail windows are still side-by-side but are now as tall as the whole
886 Emacs screen. When you press @kbd{q} or @kbd{M-# c} again to quit,
887 the file you were editing before reappears. The @kbd{M-# b} key
888 switches back and forth between ``big'' full-screen mode and the
889 normal partial-screen mode.
890
891 Finally, @kbd{M-# o} (@code{calc-other-window}) is like @kbd{M-# c}
892 except that the Calc window is not selected. The buffer you were
893 editing before remains selected instead. @kbd{M-# o} is a handy
894 way to switch out of Calc momentarily to edit your file; type
895 @kbd{M-# c} to switch back into Calc when you are done.
896
897 @node Quick Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, The Standard Interface, Using Calc
898 @subsection Quick Mode (Overview)
899
900 @noindent
901 @dfn{Quick Mode} is a quick way to use Calc when you don't need the
902 full complexity of the stack and trail. To use it, type @kbd{M-# q}
903 (@code{quick-calc}) in any regular editing buffer.
904
905 Quick Mode is very simple: It prompts you to type any formula in
906 standard algebraic notation (like @samp{4 - 2/3}) and then displays
907 the result at the bottom of the Emacs screen (@i{3.33333333333}
908 in this case). You are then back in the same editing buffer you
909 were in before, ready to continue editing or to type @kbd{M-# q}
910 again to do another quick calculation. The result of the calculation
911 will also be in the Emacs ``kill ring'' so that a @kbd{C-y} command
912 at this point will yank the result into your editing buffer.
913
914 Calc mode settings affect Quick Mode, too, though you will have to
915 go into regular Calc (with @kbd{M-# c}) to change the mode settings.
916
917 @c [fix-ref Quick Calculator mode]
918 @xref{Quick Calculator}, for further information.
919
920 @node Keypad Mode Overview, Standalone Operation, Quick Mode Overview, Using Calc
921 @subsection Keypad Mode (Overview)
922
923 @noindent
924 @dfn{Keypad Mode} is a mouse-based interface to the Calculator.
925 It is designed for use with terminals that support a mouse. If you
926 don't have a mouse, you will have to operate keypad mode with your
927 arrow keys (which is probably more trouble than it's worth). Keypad
928 mode is currently not supported under Emacs 19.
929
930 Type @kbd{M-# k} to turn Keypad Mode on or off. Once again you
931 get two new windows, this time on the righthand side of the screen
932 instead of at the bottom. The upper window is the familiar Calc
933 Stack; the lower window is a picture of a typical calculator keypad.
934
935 @tex
936 \dimen0=\pagetotal%
937 \advance \dimen0 by 24\baselineskip%
938 \ifdim \dimen0>\pagegoal \vfill\eject \fi%
939 \medskip
940 @end tex
941 @smallexample
942 |--- Emacs Calculator Mode ---
943 |2: 17.3
944 |1: -5
945 | .
946 |--%%-Calc: 12 Deg (Calcul
947 |----+-----Calc 2.00-----+----1
948 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
949 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
950 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
951 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
952 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
953 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
954 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
955 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
956 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
957 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
958 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
959 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
960 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
961 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
962 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
963 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
964 @end smallexample
965
966 Keypad Mode is much easier for beginners to learn, because there
967 is no need to memorize lots of obscure key sequences. But not all
968 commands in regular Calc are available on the Keypad. You can
969 always switch the cursor into the Calc stack window to use
970 standard Calc commands if you need. Serious Calc users, though,
971 often find they prefer the standard interface over Keypad Mode.
972
973 To operate the Calculator, just click on the ``buttons'' of the
974 keypad using your left mouse button. To enter the two numbers
975 shown here you would click @w{@kbd{1 7 .@: 3 ENTER 5 +/- ENTER}}; to
976 add them together you would then click @kbd{+} (to get 12.3 on
977 the stack).
978
979 If you click the right mouse button, the top three rows of the
980 keypad change to show other sets of commands, such as advanced
981 math functions, vector operations, and operations on binary
982 numbers.
983
984 Because Keypad Mode doesn't use the regular keyboard, Calc leaves
985 the cursor in your original editing buffer. You can type in
986 this buffer in the usual way while also clicking on the Calculator
987 keypad. One advantage of Keypad Mode is that you don't need an
988 explicit command to switch between editing and calculating.
989
990 If you press @kbd{M-# b} first, you get a full-screen Keypad Mode
991 (@code{full-calc-keypad}) with three windows: The keypad in the lower
992 left, the stack in the lower right, and the trail on top.
993
994 @c [fix-ref Keypad Mode]
995 @xref{Keypad Mode}, for further information.
996
997 @node Standalone Operation, Embedded Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, Using Calc
998 @subsection Standalone Operation
999
1000 @noindent
1001 @cindex Standalone Operation
1002 If you are not in Emacs at the moment but you wish to use Calc,
1003 you must start Emacs first. If all you want is to run Calc, you
1004 can give the commands:
1005
1006 @example
1007 emacs -f full-calc
1008 @end example
1009
1010 @noindent
1011 or
1012
1013 @example
1014 emacs -f full-calc-keypad
1015 @end example
1016
1017 @noindent
1018 which run a full-screen Calculator (as if by @kbd{M-# b M-# c}) or
1019 a full-screen X-based Calculator (as if by @kbd{M-# b M-# k}).
1020 In standalone operation, quitting the Calculator (by pressing
1021 @kbd{q} or clicking on the keypad @key{EXIT} button) quits Emacs
1022 itself.
1023
1024 @node Embedded Mode Overview, Other M-# Commands, Standalone Operation, Using Calc
1025 @subsection Embedded Mode (Overview)
1026
1027 @noindent
1028 @dfn{Embedded Mode} is a way to use Calc directly from inside an
1029 editing buffer. Suppose you have a formula written as part of a
1030 document like this:
1031
1032 @smallexample
1033 @group
1034 The derivative of
1035
1036 ln(ln(x))
1037
1038 is
1039 @end group
1040 @end smallexample
1041
1042 @noindent
1043 and you wish to have Calc compute and format the derivative for
1044 you and store this derivative in the buffer automatically. To
1045 do this with Embedded Mode, first copy the formula down to where
1046 you want the result to be:
1047
1048 @smallexample
1049 @group
1050 The derivative of
1051
1052 ln(ln(x))
1053
1054 is
1055
1056 ln(ln(x))
1057 @end group
1058 @end smallexample
1059
1060 Now, move the cursor onto this new formula and press @kbd{M-# e}.
1061 Calc will read the formula (using the surrounding blank lines to
1062 tell how much text to read), then push this formula (invisibly)
1063 onto the Calc stack. The cursor will stay on the formula in the
1064 editing buffer, but the buffer's mode line will change to look
1065 like the Calc mode line (with mode indicators like @samp{12 Deg}
1066 and so on). Even though you are still in your editing buffer,
1067 the keyboard now acts like the Calc keyboard, and any new result
1068 you get is copied from the stack back into the buffer. To take
1069 the derivative, you would type @kbd{a d x @key{RET}}.
1070
1071 @smallexample
1072 @group
1073 The derivative of
1074
1075 ln(ln(x))
1076
1077 is
1078
1079 1 / ln(x) x
1080 @end group
1081 @end smallexample
1082
1083 To make this look nicer, you might want to press @kbd{d =} to center
1084 the formula, and even @kbd{d B} to use ``big'' display mode.
1085
1086 @smallexample
1087 @group
1088 The derivative of
1089
1090 ln(ln(x))
1091
1092 is
1093 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
1094 % [calc-mode: language: big]
1095
1096 1
1097 -------
1098 ln(x) x
1099 @end group
1100 @end smallexample
1101
1102 Calc has added annotations to the file to help it remember the modes
1103 that were used for this formula. They are formatted like comments
1104 in the @TeX{} typesetting language, just in case you are using @TeX{}.
1105 (In this example @TeX{} is not being used, so you might want to move
1106 these comments up to the top of the file or otherwise put them out
1107 of the way.)
1108
1109 As an extra flourish, we can add an equation number using a
1110 righthand label: Type @kbd{d @} (1) @key{RET}}.
1111
1112 @smallexample
1113 @group
1114 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
1115 % [calc-mode: language: big]
1116 % [calc-mode: right-label: " (1)"]
1117
1118 1
1119 ------- (1)
1120 ln(x) x
1121 @end group
1122 @end smallexample
1123
1124 To leave Embedded Mode, type @kbd{M-# e} again. The mode line
1125 and keyboard will revert to the way they were before. (If you have
1126 actually been trying this as you read along, you'll want to press
1127 @kbd{M-# 0} [with the digit zero] now to reset the modes you changed.)
1128
1129 The related command @kbd{M-# w} operates on a single word, which
1130 generally means a single number, inside text. It uses any
1131 non-numeric characters rather than blank lines to delimit the
1132 formula it reads. Here's an example of its use:
1133
1134 @smallexample
1135 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 1 degrees.
1136 @end smallexample
1137
1138 Place the cursor on the @samp{1}, then type @kbd{M-# w} to enable
1139 Embedded Mode on that number. Now type @kbd{3 /} (to get one-third),
1140 and @kbd{I T} (the Inverse Tangent converts a slope into an angle),
1141 then @w{@kbd{M-# w}} again to exit Embedded mode.
1142
1143 @smallexample
1144 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 18.4349488229 degrees.
1145 @end smallexample
1146
1147 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1148 @xref{Embedded Mode}, for full details.
1149
1150 @node Other M-# Commands, , Embedded Mode Overview, Using Calc
1151 @subsection Other @kbd{M-#} Commands
1152
1153 @noindent
1154 Two more Calc-related commands are @kbd{M-# g} and @kbd{M-# r},
1155 which ``grab'' data from a selected region of a buffer into the
1156 Calculator. The region is defined in the usual Emacs way, by
1157 a ``mark'' placed at one end of the region, and the Emacs
1158 cursor or ``point'' placed at the other.
1159
1160 The @kbd{M-# g} command reads the region in the usual left-to-right,
1161 top-to-bottom order. The result is packaged into a Calc vector
1162 of numbers and placed on the stack. Calc (in its standard
1163 user interface) is then started. Type @kbd{v u} if you want
1164 to unpack this vector into separate numbers on the stack. Also,
1165 @kbd{C-u M-# g} interprets the region as a single number or
1166 formula.
1167
1168 The @kbd{M-# r} command reads a rectangle, with the point and
1169 mark defining opposite corners of the rectangle. The result
1170 is a matrix of numbers on the Calculator stack.
1171
1172 Complementary to these is @kbd{M-# y}, which ``yanks'' the
1173 value at the top of the Calc stack back into an editing buffer.
1174 If you type @w{@kbd{M-# y}} while in such a buffer, the value is
1175 yanked at the current position. If you type @kbd{M-# y} while
1176 in the Calc buffer, Calc makes an educated guess as to which
1177 editing buffer you want to use. The Calc window does not have
1178 to be visible in order to use this command, as long as there
1179 is something on the Calc stack.
1180
1181 Here, for reference, is the complete list of @kbd{M-#} commands.
1182 The shift, control, and meta keys are ignored for the keystroke
1183 following @kbd{M-#}.
1184
1185 @noindent
1186 Commands for turning Calc on and off:
1187
1188 @table @kbd
1189 @item #
1190 Turn Calc on or off, employing the same user interface as last time.
1191
1192 @item C
1193 Turn Calc on or off using its standard bottom-of-the-screen
1194 interface. If Calc is already turned on but the cursor is not
1195 in the Calc window, move the cursor into the window.
1196
1197 @item O
1198 Same as @kbd{C}, but don't select the new Calc window. If
1199 Calc is already turned on and the cursor is in the Calc window,
1200 move it out of that window.
1201
1202 @item B
1203 Control whether @kbd{M-# c} and @kbd{M-# k} use the full screen.
1204
1205 @item Q
1206 Use Quick Mode for a single short calculation.
1207
1208 @item K
1209 Turn Calc Keypad mode on or off.
1210
1211 @item E
1212 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current formula.
1213
1214 @item J
1215 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off, select the interesting part.
1216
1217 @item W
1218 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current word (number).
1219
1220 @item Z
1221 Turn Calc on in a user-defined way, as defined by a @kbd{Z I} command.
1222
1223 @item X
1224 Quit Calc; turn off standard, Keypad, or Embedded mode if on.
1225 (This is like @kbd{q} or @key{OFF} inside of Calc.)
1226 @end table
1227 @iftex
1228 @sp 2
1229 @end iftex
1230
1231 @noindent
1232 Commands for moving data into and out of the Calculator:
1233
1234 @table @kbd
1235 @item G
1236 Grab the region into the Calculator as a vector.
1237
1238 @item R
1239 Grab the rectangular region into the Calculator as a matrix.
1240
1241 @item :
1242 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its columns.
1243
1244 @item _
1245 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its rows.
1246
1247 @item Y
1248 Yank a value from the Calculator into the current editing buffer.
1249 @end table
1250 @iftex
1251 @sp 2
1252 @end iftex
1253
1254 @noindent
1255 Commands for use with Embedded Mode:
1256
1257 @table @kbd
1258 @item A
1259 ``Activate'' the current buffer. Locate all formulas that
1260 contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols and record their locations
1261 so that they can be updated automatically as variables are changed.
1262
1263 @item D
1264 Duplicate the current formula immediately below and select
1265 the duplicate.
1266
1267 @item F
1268 Insert a new formula at the current point.
1269
1270 @item N
1271 Move the cursor to the next active formula in the buffer.
1272
1273 @item P
1274 Move the cursor to the previous active formula in the buffer.
1275
1276 @item U
1277 Update (i.e., as if by the @kbd{=} key) the formula at the current point.
1278
1279 @item `
1280 Edit (as if by @code{calc-edit}) the formula at the current point.
1281 @end table
1282 @iftex
1283 @sp 2
1284 @end iftex
1285
1286 @noindent
1287 Miscellaneous commands:
1288
1289 @table @kbd
1290 @item I
1291 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc manual.
1292 (This is the same as @kbd{h i} inside of Calc.)
1293
1294 @item T
1295 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Tutorial.
1296
1297 @item S
1298 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Summary.
1299
1300 @item L
1301 Load Calc entirely into memory. (Normally the various parts
1302 are loaded only as they are needed.)
1303
1304 @item M
1305 Read a region of written keystroke names (like @kbd{C-n a b c @key{RET}})
1306 and record them as the current keyboard macro.
1307
1308 @item 0
1309 (This is the ``zero'' digit key.) Reset the Calculator to
1310 its default state: Empty stack, and default mode settings.
1311 With any prefix argument, reset everything but the stack.
1312 @end table
1313
1314 @node History and Acknowledgements, , Using Calc, Getting Started
1315 @section History and Acknowledgements
1316
1317 @noindent
1318 Calc was originally started as a two-week project to occupy a lull
1319 in the author's schedule. Basically, a friend asked if I remembered
1320 the value of @c{$2^{32}$}
1321 @cite{2^32}. I didn't offhand, but I said, ``that's
1322 easy, just call up an @code{xcalc}.'' @code{Xcalc} duly reported
1323 that the answer to our question was @samp{4.294967e+09}---with no way to
1324 see the full ten digits even though we knew they were there in the
1325 program's memory! I was so annoyed, I vowed to write a calculator
1326 of my own, once and for all.
1327
1328 I chose Emacs Lisp, a) because I had always been curious about it
1329 and b) because, being only a text editor extension language after
1330 all, Emacs Lisp would surely reach its limits long before the project
1331 got too far out of hand.
1332
1333 To make a long story short, Emacs Lisp turned out to be a distressingly
1334 solid implementation of Lisp, and the humble task of calculating
1335 turned out to be more open-ended than one might have expected.
1336
1337 Emacs Lisp doesn't have built-in floating point math, so it had to be
1338 simulated in software. In fact, Emacs integers will only comfortably
1339 fit six decimal digits or so---not enough for a decent calculator. So
1340 I had to write my own high-precision integer code as well, and once I had
1341 this I figured that arbitrary-size integers were just as easy as large
1342 integers. Arbitrary floating-point precision was the logical next step.
1343 Also, since the large integer arithmetic was there anyway it seemed only
1344 fair to give the user direct access to it, which in turn made it practical
1345 to support fractions as well as floats. All these features inspired me
1346 to look around for other data types that might be worth having.
1347
1348 Around this time, my friend Rick Koshi showed me his nifty new HP-28
1349 calculator. It allowed the user to manipulate formulas as well as
1350 numerical quantities, and it could also operate on matrices. I decided
1351 that these would be good for Calc to have, too. And once things had
1352 gone this far, I figured I might as well take a look at serious algebra
1353 systems like Mathematica, Macsyma, and Maple for further ideas. Since
1354 these systems did far more than I could ever hope to implement, I decided
1355 to focus on rewrite rules and other programming features so that users
1356 could implement what they needed for themselves.
1357
1358 Rick complained that matrices were hard to read, so I put in code to
1359 format them in a 2D style. Once these routines were in place, Big mode
1360 was obligatory. Gee, what other language modes would be useful?
1361
1362 Scott Hemphill and Allen Knutson, two friends with a strong mathematical
1363 bent, contributed ideas and algorithms for a number of Calc features
1364 including modulo forms, primality testing, and float-to-fraction conversion.
1365
1366 Units were added at the eager insistence of Mass Sivilotti. Later,
1367 Ulrich Mueller at CERN and Przemek Klosowski at NIST provided invaluable
1368 expert assistance with the units table. As far as I can remember, the
1369 idea of using algebraic formulas and variables to represent units dates
1370 back to an ancient article in Byte magazine about muMath, an early
1371 algebra system for microcomputers.
1372
1373 Many people have contributed to Calc by reporting bugs and suggesting
1374 features, large and small. A few deserve special mention: Tim Peters,
1375 who helped develop the ideas that led to the selection commands, rewrite
1376 rules, and many other algebra features; @c{Fran\c cois}
1377 @asis{Francois} Pinard, who contributed
1378 an early prototype of the Calc Summary appendix as well as providing
1379 valuable suggestions in many other areas of Calc; Carl Witty, whose eagle
1380 eyes discovered many typographical and factual errors in the Calc manual;
1381 Tim Kay, who drove the development of Embedded mode; Ove Ewerlid, who
1382 made many suggestions relating to the algebra commands and contributed
1383 some code for polynomial operations; Randal Schwartz, who suggested the
1384 @code{calc-eval} function; Robert J. Chassell, who suggested the Calc
1385 Tutorial and exercises; and Juha Sarlin, who first worked out how to split
1386 Calc into quickly-loading parts. Bob Weiner helped immensely with the
1387 Lucid Emacs port.
1388
1389 @cindex Bibliography
1390 @cindex Knuth, Art of Computer Programming
1391 @cindex Numerical Recipes
1392 @c Should these be expanded into more complete references?
1393 Among the books used in the development of Calc were Knuth's @emph{Art
1394 of Computer Programming} (especially volume II, @emph{Seminumerical
1395 Algorithms}); @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky,
1396 and Vetterling; Bevington's @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for
1397 the Physical Sciences}; @emph{Concrete Mathematics} by Graham, Knuth,
1398 and Patashnik; Steele's @emph{Common Lisp, the Language}; the @emph{CRC
1399 Standard Math Tables} (William H. Beyer, ed.); and Abramowitz and
1400 Stegun's venerable @emph{Handbook of Mathematical Functions}. I
1401 consulted the user's manuals for the HP-28 and HP-48 calculators, as
1402 well as for the programs Mathematica, SMP, Macsyma, Maple, MathCAD,
1403 Gnuplot, and others. Also, of course, Calc could not have been written
1404 without the excellent @emph{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, by Bil
1405 Lewis and Dan LaLiberte.
1406
1407 Final thanks go to Richard Stallman, without whose fine implementations
1408 of the Emacs editor, language, and environment, Calc would have been
1409 finished in two weeks.
1410
1411 @c [tutorial]
1412
1413 @ifinfo
1414 @c This node is accessed by the `M-# t' command.
1415 @node Interactive Tutorial, , , Top
1416 @chapter Tutorial
1417
1418 @noindent
1419 Some brief instructions on using the Emacs Info system for this tutorial:
1420
1421 Press the space bar and Delete keys to go forward and backward in a
1422 section by screenfuls (or use the regular Emacs scrolling commands
1423 for this).
1424
1425 Press @kbd{n} or @kbd{p} to go to the Next or Previous section.
1426 If the section has a @dfn{menu}, press a digit key like @kbd{1}
1427 or @kbd{2} to go to a sub-section from the menu. Press @kbd{u} to
1428 go back up from a sub-section to the menu it is part of.
1429
1430 Exercises in the tutorial all have cross-references to the
1431 appropriate page of the ``answers'' section. Press @kbd{f}, then
1432 the exercise number, to see the answer to an exercise. After
1433 you have followed a cross-reference, you can press the letter
1434 @kbd{l} to return to where you were before.
1435
1436 You can press @kbd{?} at any time for a brief summary of Info commands.
1437
1438 Press @kbd{1} now to enter the first section of the Tutorial.
1439
1440 @menu
1441 * Tutorial::
1442 @end menu
1443 @end ifinfo
1444
1445 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Getting Started, Top
1446 @chapter Tutorial
1447
1448 @noindent
1449 This chapter explains how to use Calc and its many features, in
1450 a step-by-step, tutorial way. You are encouraged to run Calc and
1451 work along with the examples as you read (@pxref{Starting Calc}).
1452 If you are already familiar with advanced calculators, you may wish
1453 @c [not-split]
1454 to skip on to the rest of this manual.
1455 @c [when-split]
1456 @c to skip on to volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}.
1457
1458 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1459 This tutorial describes the standard user interface of Calc only.
1460 The ``Quick Mode'' and ``Keypad Mode'' interfaces are fairly
1461 self-explanatory. @xref{Embedded Mode}, for a description of
1462 the ``Embedded Mode'' interface.
1463
1464 @ifinfo
1465 The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
1466 your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. (If you
1467 have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead.) Press
1468 @kbd{M-# c} to turn Calc on or to switch into the Calc window, and
1469 press @kbd{M-# i} to start the Info system or to switch into its window.
1470 Or, you may prefer to use the tutorial in printed form.
1471 @end ifinfo
1472 @iftex
1473 The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
1474 your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. (If you
1475 have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead.) Press
1476 @kbd{M-# c} to turn Calc on or to switch into the Calc window, and
1477 press @kbd{M-# i} to start the Info system or to switch into its window.
1478 @end iftex
1479
1480 This tutorial is designed to be done in sequence. But the rest of this
1481 manual does not assume you have gone through the tutorial. The tutorial
1482 does not cover everything in the Calculator, but it touches on most
1483 general areas.
1484
1485 @ifinfo
1486 You may wish to print out a copy of the Calc Summary and keep notes on
1487 it as you learn Calc. @xref{Installation}, to see how to make a printed
1488 summary. @xref{Summary}.
1489 @end ifinfo
1490 @iftex
1491 The Calc Summary at the end of the reference manual includes some blank
1492 space for your own use. You may wish to keep notes there as you learn
1493 Calc.
1494 @end iftex
1495
1496 @menu
1497 * Basic Tutorial::
1498 * Arithmetic Tutorial::
1499 * Vector/Matrix Tutorial::
1500 * Types Tutorial::
1501 * Algebra Tutorial::
1502 * Programming Tutorial::
1503
1504 * Answers to Exercises::
1505 @end menu
1506
1507 @node Basic Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial, Tutorial
1508 @section Basic Tutorial
1509
1510 @noindent
1511 In this section, we learn how RPN and algebraic-style calculations
1512 work, how to undo and redo an operation done by mistake, and how
1513 to control various modes of the Calculator.
1514
1515 @menu
1516 * RPN Tutorial:: Basic operations with the stack.
1517 * Algebraic Tutorial:: Algebraic entry; variables.
1518 * Undo Tutorial:: If you make a mistake: Undo and the trail.
1519 * Modes Tutorial:: Common mode-setting commands.
1520 @end menu
1521
1522 @node RPN Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1523 @subsection RPN Calculations and the Stack
1524
1525 @cindex RPN notation
1526 @ifinfo
1527 @noindent
1528 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1529 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1530 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1531 Jan Lukasiewicz.)
1532 @end ifinfo
1533 @tex
1534 \noindent
1535 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1536 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1537 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1538 Jan \L ukasiewicz.)
1539 @end tex
1540
1541 The central component of an RPN calculator is the @dfn{stack}. A
1542 calculator stack is like a stack of dishes. New dishes (numbers) are
1543 added at the top of the stack, and numbers are normally only removed
1544 from the top of the stack.
1545
1546 @cindex Operators
1547 @cindex Operands
1548 In an operation like @cite{2+3}, the 2 and 3 are called the @dfn{operands}
1549 and the @cite{+} is the @dfn{operator}. In an RPN calculator you always
1550 enter the operands first, then the operator. Each time you type a
1551 number, Calc adds or @dfn{pushes} it onto the top of the Stack.
1552 When you press an operator key like @kbd{+}, Calc @dfn{pops} the appropriate
1553 number of operands from the stack and pushes back the result.
1554
1555 Thus we could add the numbers 2 and 3 in an RPN calculator by typing:
1556 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} +}. (The @key{RET} key, Return, corresponds to
1557 the @key{ENTER} key on traditional RPN calculators.) Try this now if
1558 you wish; type @kbd{M-# c} to switch into the Calc window (you can type
1559 @kbd{M-# c} again or @kbd{M-# o} to switch back to the Tutorial window).
1560 The first four keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 2 and 3 onto the stack.
1561 The @kbd{+} key ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
1562 and pushes the result (5) back onto the stack. Here's how the stack
1563 will look at various points throughout the calculation:@refill
1564
1565 @smallexample
1566 @group
1567 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1568 . 1: 3 .
1569 .
1570
1571 M-# c 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} + @key{DEL}
1572 @end group
1573 @end smallexample
1574
1575 The @samp{.} symbol is a marker that represents the top of the stack.
1576 Note that the ``top'' of the stack is really shown at the bottom of
1577 the Stack window. This may seem backwards, but it turns out to be
1578 less distracting in regular use.
1579
1580 @cindex Stack levels
1581 @cindex Levels of stack
1582 The numbers @samp{1:} and @samp{2:} on the left are @dfn{stack level
1583 numbers}. Old RPN calculators always had four stack levels called
1584 @cite{x}, @cite{y}, @cite{z}, and @cite{t}. Calc's stack can grow
1585 as large as you like, so it uses numbers instead of letters. Some
1586 stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric argument that says
1587 which stack level to work on. Normal commands like @kbd{+} always
1588 work on the top few levels of the stack.@refill
1589
1590 @c [fix-ref Truncating the Stack]
1591 The Stack buffer is just an Emacs buffer, and you can move around in
1592 it using the regular Emacs motion commands. But no matter where the
1593 cursor is, even if you have scrolled the @samp{.} marker out of
1594 view, most Calc commands always move the cursor back down to level 1
1595 before doing anything. It is possible to move the @samp{.} marker
1596 upwards through the stack, temporarily ``hiding'' some numbers from
1597 commands like @kbd{+}. This is called @dfn{stack truncation} and
1598 we will not cover it in this tutorial; @pxref{Truncating the Stack},
1599 if you are interested.
1600
1601 You don't really need the second @key{RET} in @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3
1602 @key{RET} +}. That's because if you type any operator name or
1603 other non-numeric key when you are entering a number, the Calculator
1604 automatically enters that number and then does the requested command.
1605 Thus @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +} will work just as well.@refill
1606
1607 Examples in this tutorial will often omit @key{RET} even when the
1608 stack displays shown would only happen if you did press @key{RET}:
1609
1610 @smallexample
1611 @group
1612 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5
1613 . 1: 3 .
1614 .
1615
1616 2 @key{RET} 3 +
1617 @end group
1618 @end smallexample
1619
1620 @noindent
1621 Here, after pressing @kbd{3} the stack would really show @samp{1: 2}
1622 with @samp{Calc:@: 3} in the minibuffer. In these situations, you can
1623 press the optional @key{RET} to see the stack as the figure shows.
1624
1625 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} (This tutorial will include exercises
1626 at various points. Try them if you wish. Answers to all the exercises
1627 are located at the end of the Tutorial chapter. Each exercise will
1628 include a cross-reference to its particular answer. If you are
1629 reading with the Emacs Info system, press @kbd{f} and the
1630 exercise number to go to the answer, then the letter @kbd{l} to
1631 return to where you were.)
1632
1633 @noindent
1634 Here's the first exercise: What will the keystrokes @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2
1635 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -} compute? (@samp{*} is the symbol for
1636 multiplication.) Figure it out by hand, then try it with Calc to see
1637 if you're right. @xref{RPN Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1638
1639 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Compute @c{$(2\times4) + (7\times9.4) + {5\over4}$}
1640 @cite{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4} using the
1641 stack. @xref{RPN Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1642
1643 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards. It is
1644 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
1645 regularly using Emacs. The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the
1646 top value on the stack. (You can still get that value back from
1647 the Trail if you should need it later on.) There are many places
1648 in this tutorial where we assume you have used @key{DEL} to erase the
1649 results of the previous example at the beginning of a new example.
1650 In the few places where it is really important to use @key{DEL} to
1651 clear away old results, the text will remind you to do so.
1652
1653 (It won't hurt to let things accumulate on the stack, except that
1654 whenever you give a display-mode-changing command Calc will have to
1655 spend a long time reformatting such a large stack.)
1656
1657 Since the @kbd{-} key is also an operator (it subtracts the top two
1658 stack elements), how does one enter a negative number? Calc uses
1659 the @kbd{_} (underscore) key to act like the minus sign in a number.
1660 So, typing @kbd{-5 @key{RET}} won't work because the @kbd{-} key
1661 will try to do a subtraction, but @kbd{_5 @key{RET}} works just fine.
1662
1663 You can also press @kbd{n}, which means ``change sign.'' It changes
1664 the number at the top of the stack (or the number being entered)
1665 from positive to negative or vice-versa: @kbd{5 n @key{RET}}.
1666
1667 @cindex Duplicating a stack entry
1668 If you press @key{RET} when you're not entering a number, the effect
1669 is to duplicate the top number on the stack. Consider this calculation:
1670
1671 @smallexample
1672 @group
1673 1: 3 2: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 81
1674 . 1: 3 . 1: 9 .
1675 . .
1676
1677 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * @key{RET} *
1678 @end group
1679 @end smallexample
1680
1681 @noindent
1682 (Of course, an easier way to do this would be @kbd{3 @key{RET} 4 ^},
1683 to raise 3 to the fourth power.)
1684
1685 The space-bar key (denoted @key{SPC} here) performs the same function
1686 as @key{RET}; you could replace all three occurrences of @key{RET} in
1687 the above example with @key{SPC} and the effect would be the same.
1688
1689 @cindex Exchanging stack entries
1690 Another stack manipulation key is @key{TAB}. This exchanges the top
1691 two stack entries. Suppose you have computed @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +}
1692 to get 5, and then you realize what you really wanted to compute
1693 was @cite{20 / (2+3)}.
1694
1695 @smallexample
1696 @group
1697 1: 5 2: 5 2: 20 1: 4
1698 . 1: 20 1: 5 .
1699 . .
1700
1701 2 @key{RET} 3 + 20 @key{TAB} /
1702 @end group
1703 @end smallexample
1704
1705 @noindent
1706 Planning ahead, the calculation would have gone like this:
1707
1708 @smallexample
1709 @group
1710 1: 20 2: 20 3: 20 2: 20 1: 4
1711 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1712 . 1: 3 .
1713 .
1714
1715 20 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 + /
1716 @end group
1717 @end smallexample
1718
1719 A related stack command is @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (hold @key{META} and type
1720 @key{TAB}). It rotates the top three elements of the stack upward,
1721 bringing the object in level 3 to the top.
1722
1723 @smallexample
1724 @group
1725 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 20 3: 30
1726 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 30 2: 10
1727 . 1: 30 1: 10 1: 20
1728 . . .
1729
1730 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
1731 @end group
1732 @end smallexample
1733
1734 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Suppose the numbers 10, 20, and 30 are
1735 on the stack. Figure out how to add one to the number in level 2
1736 without affecting the rest of the stack. Also figure out how to add
1737 one to the number in level 3. @xref{RPN Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
1738
1739 Operations like @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/}, and @kbd{^} pop two
1740 arguments from the stack and push a result. Operations like @kbd{n} and
1741 @kbd{Q} (square root) pop a single number and push the result. You can
1742 think of them as simply operating on the top element of the stack.
1743
1744 @smallexample
1745 @group
1746 1: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 25 1: 5
1747 . . 1: 16 . .
1748 .
1749
1750 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} @key{RET} * + Q
1751 @end group
1752 @end smallexample
1753
1754 @noindent
1755 (Note that capital @kbd{Q} means to hold down the Shift key while
1756 typing @kbd{q}. Remember, plain unshifted @kbd{q} is the Quit command.)
1757
1758 @cindex Pythagorean Theorem
1759 Here we've used the Pythagorean Theorem to determine the hypotenuse of a
1760 right triangle. Calc actually has a built-in command for that called
1761 @kbd{f h}, but let's suppose we can't remember the necessary keystrokes.
1762 We can still enter it by its full name using @kbd{M-x} notation:
1763
1764 @smallexample
1765 @group
1766 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1767 . 1: 4 .
1768 .
1769
1770 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} M-x calc-hypot
1771 @end group
1772 @end smallexample
1773
1774 All Calculator commands begin with the word @samp{calc-}. Since it
1775 gets tiring to type this, Calc provides an @kbd{x} key which is just
1776 like the regular Emacs @kbd{M-x} key except that it types the @samp{calc-}
1777 prefix for you:
1778
1779 @smallexample
1780 @group
1781 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1782 . 1: 4 .
1783 .
1784
1785 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} x hypot
1786 @end group
1787 @end smallexample
1788
1789 What happens if you take the square root of a negative number?
1790
1791 @smallexample
1792 @group
1793 1: 4 1: -4 1: (0, 2)
1794 . . .
1795
1796 4 @key{RET} n Q
1797 @end group
1798 @end smallexample
1799
1800 @noindent
1801 The notation @cite{(a, b)} represents a complex number.
1802 Complex numbers are more traditionally written @c{$a + b i$}
1803 @cite{a + b i};
1804 Calc can display in this format, too, but for now we'll stick to the
1805 @cite{(a, b)} notation.
1806
1807 If you don't know how complex numbers work, you can safely ignore this
1808 feature. Complex numbers only arise from operations that would be
1809 errors in a calculator that didn't have complex numbers. (For example,
1810 taking the square root or logarithm of a negative number produces a
1811 complex result.)
1812
1813 Complex numbers are entered in the notation shown. The @kbd{(} and
1814 @kbd{,} and @kbd{)} keys manipulate ``incomplete complex numbers.''
1815
1816 @smallexample
1817 @group
1818 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
1819 . 1: 2 . 3 .
1820 . .
1821
1822 ( 2 , 3 )
1823 @end group
1824 @end smallexample
1825
1826 You can perform calculations while entering parts of incomplete objects.
1827 However, an incomplete object cannot actually participate in a calculation:
1828
1829 @smallexample
1830 @group
1831 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 3: ( ... 1: ( ... 1: ( ...
1832 . 1: 2 2: 2 5 5
1833 . 1: 3 . .
1834 .
1835 (error)
1836 ( 2 @key{RET} 3 + +
1837 @end group
1838 @end smallexample
1839
1840 @noindent
1841 Adding 5 to an incomplete object makes no sense, so the last command
1842 produces an error message and leaves the stack the same.
1843
1844 Incomplete objects can't participate in arithmetic, but they can be
1845 moved around by the regular stack commands.
1846
1847 @smallexample
1848 @group
1849 2: 2 3: 2 3: 3 1: ( ... 1: (2, 3)
1850 1: 3 2: 3 2: ( ... 2 .
1851 . 1: ( ... 1: 2 3
1852 . . .
1853
1854 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} ( M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} )
1855 @end group
1856 @end smallexample
1857
1858 @noindent
1859 Note that the @kbd{,} (comma) key did not have to be used here.
1860 When you press @kbd{)} all the stack entries between the incomplete
1861 entry and the top are collected, so there's never really a reason
1862 to use the comma. It's up to you.
1863
1864 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} To enter the complex number @cite{(2, 3)},
1865 your friend Joe typed @kbd{( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )}. What happened?
1866 (Joe thought of a clever way to correct his mistake in only two
1867 keystrokes, but it didn't quite work. Try it to find out why.)
1868 @xref{RPN Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
1869
1870 Vectors are entered the same way as complex numbers, but with square
1871 brackets in place of parentheses. We'll meet vectors again later in
1872 the tutorial.
1873
1874 Any Emacs command can be given a @dfn{numeric prefix argument} by
1875 typing a series of @key{META}-digits beforehand. If @key{META} is
1876 awkward for you, you can instead type @kbd{C-u} followed by the
1877 necessary digits. Numeric prefix arguments can be negative, as in
1878 @kbd{M-- M-3 M-5} or @w{@kbd{C-u - 3 5}}. Calc commands use numeric
1879 prefix arguments in a variety of ways. For example, a numeric prefix
1880 on the @kbd{+} operator adds any number of stack entries at once:
1881
1882 @smallexample
1883 @group
1884 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 1: 60
1885 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 .
1886 . 1: 30 1: 30
1887 . .
1888
1889 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u 3 +
1890 @end group
1891 @end smallexample
1892
1893 For stack manipulation commands like @key{RET}, a positive numeric
1894 prefix argument operates on the top @var{n} stack entries at once. A
1895 negative argument operates on the entry in level @var{n} only. An
1896 argument of zero operates on the entire stack. In this example, we copy
1897 the second-to-top element of the stack:
1898
1899 @smallexample
1900 @group
1901 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10
1902 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 3: 20
1903 . 1: 30 1: 30 2: 30
1904 . . 1: 20
1905 .
1906
1907 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u -2 @key{RET}
1908 @end group
1909 @end smallexample
1910
1911 @cindex Clearing the stack
1912 @cindex Emptying the stack
1913 Another common idiom is @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}, which clears the stack.
1914 (The @kbd{M-0} numeric prefix tells @key{DEL} to operate on the
1915 entire stack.)
1916
1917 @node Algebraic Tutorial, Undo Tutorial, RPN Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1918 @subsection Algebraic-Style Calculations
1919
1920 @noindent
1921 If you are not used to RPN notation, you may prefer to operate the
1922 Calculator in ``algebraic mode,'' which is closer to the way
1923 non-RPN calculators work. In algebraic mode, you enter formulas
1924 in traditional @cite{2+3} notation.
1925
1926 You don't really need any special ``mode'' to enter algebraic formulas.
1927 You can enter a formula at any time by pressing the apostrophe (@kbd{'})
1928 key. Answer the prompt with the desired formula, then press @key{RET}.
1929 The formula is evaluated and the result is pushed onto the RPN stack.
1930 If you don't want to think in RPN at all, you can enter your whole
1931 computation as a formula, read the result from the stack, then press
1932 @key{DEL} to delete it from the stack.
1933
1934 Try pressing the apostrophe key, then @kbd{2+3+4}, then @key{RET}.
1935 The result should be the number 9.
1936
1937 Algebraic formulas use the operators @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*},
1938 @samp{/}, and @samp{^}. You can use parentheses to make the order
1939 of evaluation clear. In the absence of parentheses, @samp{^} is
1940 evaluated first, then @samp{*}, then @samp{/}, then finally
1941 @samp{+} and @samp{-}. For example, the expression
1942
1943 @example
1944 2 + 3*4*5 / 6*7^8 - 9
1945 @end example
1946
1947 @noindent
1948 is equivalent to
1949
1950 @example
1951 2 + ((3*4*5) / (6*(7^8)) - 9
1952 @end example
1953
1954 @noindent
1955 or, in large mathematical notation,
1956
1957 @ifinfo
1958 @example
1959 @group
1960 3 * 4 * 5
1961 2 + --------- - 9
1962 8
1963 6 * 7
1964 @end group
1965 @end example
1966 @end ifinfo
1967 @tex
1968 \turnoffactive
1969 \beforedisplay
1970 $$ 2 + { 3 \times 4 \times 5 \over 6 \times 7^8 } - 9 $$
1971 \afterdisplay
1972 @end tex
1973
1974 @noindent
1975 The result of this expression will be the number @i{-6.99999826533}.
1976
1977 Calc's order of evaluation is the same as for most computer languages,
1978 except that @samp{*} binds more strongly than @samp{/}, as the above
1979 example shows. As in normal mathematical notation, the @samp{*} symbol
1980 can often be omitted: @samp{2 a} is the same as @samp{2*a}.
1981
1982 Operators at the same level are evaluated from left to right, except
1983 that @samp{^} is evaluated from right to left. Thus, @samp{2-3-4} is
1984 equivalent to @samp{(2-3)-4} or @i{-5}, whereas @samp{2^3^4} is equivalent
1985 to @samp{2^(3^4)} (a very large integer; try it!).
1986
1987 If you tire of typing the apostrophe all the time, there is an
1988 ``algebraic mode'' you can select in which Calc automatically senses
1989 when you are about to type an algebraic expression. To enter this
1990 mode, press the two letters @w{@kbd{m a}}. (An @samp{Alg} indicator
1991 should appear in the Calc window's mode line.)
1992
1993 Press @kbd{m a}, then @kbd{2+3+4} with no apostrophe, then @key{RET}.
1994
1995 In algebraic mode, when you press any key that would normally begin
1996 entering a number (such as a digit, a decimal point, or the @kbd{_}
1997 key), or if you press @kbd{(} or @kbd{[}, Calc automatically begins
1998 an algebraic entry.
1999
2000 Functions which do not have operator symbols like @samp{+} and @samp{*}
2001 must be entered in formulas using function-call notation. For example,
2002 the function name corresponding to the square-root key @kbd{Q} is
2003 @code{sqrt}. To compute a square root in a formula, you would use
2004 the notation @samp{sqrt(@var{x})}.
2005
2006 Press the apostrophe, then type @kbd{sqrt(5*2) - 3}. The result should
2007 be @cite{0.16227766017}.
2008
2009 Note that if the formula begins with a function name, you need to use
2010 the apostrophe even if you are in algebraic mode. If you type @kbd{arcsin}
2011 out of the blue, the @kbd{a r} will be taken as an Algebraic Rewrite
2012 command, and the @kbd{csin} will be taken as the name of the rewrite
2013 rule to use!
2014
2015 Some people prefer to enter complex numbers and vectors in algebraic
2016 form because they find RPN entry with incomplete objects to be too
2017 distracting, even though they otherwise use Calc as an RPN calculator.
2018
2019 Still in algebraic mode, type:
2020
2021 @smallexample
2022 @group
2023 1: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (8, -1) 2: (8, -1) 1: (9, -1)
2024 . 1: (1, -2) . 1: 1 .
2025 . .
2026
2027 (2,3) @key{RET} (1,-2) @key{RET} * 1 @key{RET} +
2028 @end group
2029 @end smallexample
2030
2031 Algebraic mode allows us to enter complex numbers without pressing
2032 an apostrophe first, but it also means we need to press @key{RET}
2033 after every entry, even for a simple number like @cite{1}.
2034
2035 (You can type @kbd{C-u m a} to enable a special ``incomplete algebraic
2036 mode'' in which the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys use algebraic entry even
2037 though regular numeric keys still use RPN numeric entry. There is also
2038 a ``total algebraic mode,'' started by typing @kbd{m t}, in which all
2039 normal keys begin algebraic entry. You must then use the @key{META} key
2040 to type Calc commands: @kbd{M-m t} to get back out of total algebraic
2041 mode, @kbd{M-q} to quit, etc. Total algebraic mode is not supported
2042 under Emacs 19.)
2043
2044 If you're still in algebraic mode, press @kbd{m a} again to turn it off.
2045
2046 Actual non-RPN calculators use a mixture of algebraic and RPN styles.
2047 In general, operators of two numbers (like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*})
2048 use algebraic form, but operators of one number (like @kbd{n} and @kbd{Q})
2049 use RPN form. Also, a non-RPN calculator allows you to see the
2050 intermediate results of a calculation as you go along. You can
2051 accomplish this in Calc by performing your calculation as a series
2052 of algebraic entries, using the @kbd{$} sign to tie them together.
2053 In an algebraic formula, @kbd{$} represents the number on the top
2054 of the stack. Here, we perform the calculation @c{$\sqrt{2\times4+1}$}
2055 @cite{sqrt(2*4+1)},
2056 which on a traditional calculator would be done by pressing
2057 @kbd{2 * 4 + 1 =} and then the square-root key.
2058
2059 @smallexample
2060 @group
2061 1: 8 1: 9 1: 3
2062 . . .
2063
2064 ' 2*4 @key{RET} $+1 @key{RET} Q
2065 @end group
2066 @end smallexample
2067
2068 @noindent
2069 Notice that we didn't need to press an apostrophe for the @kbd{$+1},
2070 because the dollar sign always begins an algebraic entry.
2071
2072 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} How could you get the same effect as
2073 pressing @kbd{Q} but using an algebraic entry instead? How about
2074 if the @kbd{Q} key on your keyboard were broken?
2075 @xref{Algebraic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2076
2077 The notations @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on stand for higher stack
2078 entries. For example, @kbd{' $$+$ @key{RET}} is just like typing @kbd{+}.
2079
2080 Algebraic formulas can include @dfn{variables}. To store in a
2081 variable, press @kbd{s s}, then type the variable name, then press
2082 @key{RET}. (There are actually two flavors of store command:
2083 @kbd{s s} stores a number in a variable but also leaves the number
2084 on the stack, while @w{@kbd{s t}} removes a number from the stack and
2085 stores it in the variable.) A variable name should consist of one
2086 or more letters or digits, beginning with a letter.
2087
2088 @smallexample
2089 @group
2090 1: 17 . 1: a + a^2 1: 306
2091 . . .
2092
2093 17 s t a @key{RET} ' a+a^2 @key{RET} =
2094 @end group
2095 @end smallexample
2096
2097 @noindent
2098 The @kbd{=} key @dfn{evaluates} a formula by replacing all its
2099 variables by the values that were stored in them.
2100
2101 For RPN calculations, you can recall a variable's value on the
2102 stack either by entering its name as a formula and pressing @kbd{=},
2103 or by using the @kbd{s r} command.
2104
2105 @smallexample
2106 @group
2107 1: 17 2: 17 3: 17 2: 17 1: 306
2108 . 1: 17 2: 17 1: 289 .
2109 . 1: 2 .
2110 .
2111
2112 s r a @key{RET} ' a @key{RET} = 2 ^ +
2113 @end group
2114 @end smallexample
2115
2116 If you press a single digit for a variable name (as in @kbd{s t 3}, you
2117 get one of ten @dfn{quick variables} @code{q0} through @code{q9}.
2118 They are ``quick'' simply because you don't have to type the letter
2119 @code{q} or the @key{RET} after their names. In fact, you can type
2120 simply @kbd{s 3} as a shorthand for @kbd{s s 3}, and likewise for
2121 @kbd{t 3} and @w{@kbd{r 3}}.
2122
2123 Any variables in an algebraic formula for which you have not stored
2124 values are left alone, even when you evaluate the formula.
2125
2126 @smallexample
2127 @group
2128 1: 2 a + 2 b 1: 34 + 2 b
2129 . .
2130
2131 ' 2a+2b @key{RET} =
2132 @end group
2133 @end smallexample
2134
2135 Calls to function names which are undefined in Calc are also left
2136 alone, as are calls for which the value is undefined.
2137
2138 @smallexample
2139 @group
2140 1: 2 + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5, 6) + foo(3)
2141 .
2142
2143 ' log10(100) + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5,6) + foo(3) @key{RET}
2144 @end group
2145 @end smallexample
2146
2147 @noindent
2148 In this example, the first call to @code{log10} works, but the other
2149 calls are not evaluated. In the second call, the logarithm is
2150 undefined for that value of the argument; in the third, the argument
2151 is symbolic, and in the fourth, there are too many arguments. In the
2152 fifth case, there is no function called @code{foo}. You will see a
2153 ``Wrong number of arguments'' message referring to @samp{log10(5,6)}.
2154 Press the @kbd{w} (``why'') key to see any other messages that may
2155 have arisen from the last calculation. In this case you will get
2156 ``logarithm of zero,'' then ``number expected: @code{x}''. Calc
2157 automatically displays the first message only if the message is
2158 sufficiently important; for example, Calc considers ``wrong number
2159 of arguments'' and ``logarithm of zero'' to be important enough to
2160 report automatically, while a message like ``number expected: @code{x}''
2161 will only show up if you explicitly press the @kbd{w} key.
2162
2163 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Joe entered the formula @samp{2 x y},
2164 stored 5 in @code{x}, pressed @kbd{=}, and got the expected result,
2165 @samp{10 y}. He then tried the same for the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)},
2166 expecting @samp{10 (1+y)}, but it didn't work. Why not?
2167 @xref{Algebraic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2168
2169 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} What result would you expect
2170 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} to give? What if you then type @kbd{0 *}?
2171 @xref{Algebraic Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2172
2173 One interesting way to work with variables is to use the
2174 @dfn{evaluates-to} (@samp{=>}) operator. It works like this:
2175 Enter a formula algebraically in the usual way, but follow
2176 the formula with an @samp{=>} symbol. (There is also an @kbd{s =}
2177 command which builds an @samp{=>} formula using the stack.) On
2178 the stack, you will see two copies of the formula with an @samp{=>}
2179 between them. The lefthand formula is exactly like you typed it;
2180 the righthand formula has been evaluated as if by typing @kbd{=}.
2181
2182 @smallexample
2183 @group
2184 2: 2 + 3 => 5 2: 2 + 3 => 5
2185 1: 2 a + 2 b => 34 + 2 b 1: 2 a + 2 b => 20 + 2 b
2186 . .
2187
2188 ' 2+3 => @key{RET} ' 2a+2b @key{RET} s = 10 s t a @key{RET}
2189 @end group
2190 @end smallexample
2191
2192 @noindent
2193 Notice that the instant we stored a new value in @code{a}, all
2194 @samp{=>} operators already on the stack that referred to @cite{a}
2195 were updated to use the new value. With @samp{=>}, you can push a
2196 set of formulas on the stack, then change the variables experimentally
2197 to see the effects on the formulas' values.
2198
2199 You can also ``unstore'' a variable when you are through with it:
2200
2201 @smallexample
2202 @group
2203 2: 2 + 5 => 5
2204 1: 2 a + 2 b => 2 a + 2 b
2205 .
2206
2207 s u a @key{RET}
2208 @end group
2209 @end smallexample
2210
2211 We will encounter formulas involving variables and functions again
2212 when we discuss the algebra and calculus features of the Calculator.
2213
2214 @node Undo Tutorial, Modes Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2215 @subsection Undo and Redo
2216
2217 @noindent
2218 If you make a mistake, you can usually correct it by pressing shift-@kbd{U},
2219 the ``undo'' command. First, clear the stack (@kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}) and exit
2220 and restart Calc (@kbd{M-# M-# M-# M-#}) to make sure things start off
2221 with a clean slate. Now:
2222
2223 @smallexample
2224 @group
2225 1: 2 2: 2 1: 8 2: 2 1: 6
2226 . 1: 3 . 1: 3 .
2227 . .
2228
2229 2 @key{RET} 3 ^ U *
2230 @end group
2231 @end smallexample
2232
2233 You can undo any number of times. Calc keeps a complete record of
2234 all you have done since you last opened the Calc window. After the
2235 above example, you could type:
2236
2237 @smallexample
2238 @group
2239 1: 6 2: 2 1: 2 . .
2240 . 1: 3 .
2241 .
2242 (error)
2243 U U U U
2244 @end group
2245 @end smallexample
2246
2247 You can also type @kbd{D} to ``redo'' a command that you have undone
2248 mistakenly.
2249
2250 @smallexample
2251 @group
2252 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 6 1: 6
2253 . 1: 3 . .
2254 .
2255 (error)
2256 D D D D
2257 @end group
2258 @end smallexample
2259
2260 @noindent
2261 It was not possible to redo past the @cite{6}, since that was placed there
2262 by something other than an undo command.
2263
2264 @cindex Time travel
2265 You can think of undo and redo as a sort of ``time machine.'' Press
2266 @kbd{U} to go backward in time, @kbd{D} to go forward. If you go
2267 backward and do something (like @kbd{*}) then, as any science fiction
2268 reader knows, you have changed your future and you cannot go forward
2269 again. Thus, the inability to redo past the @cite{6} even though there
2270 was an earlier undo command.
2271
2272 You can always recall an earlier result using the Trail. We've ignored
2273 the trail so far, but it has been faithfully recording everything we
2274 did since we loaded the Calculator. If the Trail is not displayed,
2275 press @kbd{t d} now to turn it on.
2276
2277 Let's try grabbing an earlier result. The @cite{8} we computed was
2278 undone by a @kbd{U} command, and was lost even to Redo when we pressed
2279 @kbd{*}, but it's still there in the trail. There should be a little
2280 @samp{>} arrow (the @dfn{trail pointer}) resting on the last trail
2281 entry. If there isn't, press @kbd{t ]} to reset the trail pointer.
2282 Now, press @w{@kbd{t p}} to move the arrow onto the line containing
2283 @cite{8}, and press @w{@kbd{t y}} to ``yank'' that number back onto the
2284 stack.
2285
2286 If you press @kbd{t ]} again, you will see that even our Yank command
2287 went into the trail.
2288
2289 Let's go further back in time. Earlier in the tutorial we computed
2290 a huge integer using the formula @samp{2^3^4}. We don't remember
2291 what it was, but the first digits were ``241''. Press @kbd{t r}
2292 (which stands for trail-search-reverse), then type @kbd{241}.
2293 The trail cursor will jump back to the next previous occurrence of
2294 the string ``241'' in the trail. This is just a regular Emacs
2295 incremental search; you can now press @kbd{C-s} or @kbd{C-r} to
2296 continue the search forwards or backwards as you like.
2297
2298 To finish the search, press @key{RET}. This halts the incremental
2299 search and leaves the trail pointer at the thing we found. Now we
2300 can type @kbd{t y} to yank that number onto the stack. If we hadn't
2301 remembered the ``241'', we could simply have searched for @kbd{2^3^4},
2302 then pressed @kbd{@key{RET} t n} to halt and then move to the next item.
2303
2304 You may have noticed that all the trail-related commands begin with
2305 the letter @kbd{t}. (The store-and-recall commands, on the other hand,
2306 all began with @kbd{s}.) Calc has so many commands that there aren't
2307 enough keys for all of them, so various commands are grouped into
2308 two-letter sequences where the first letter is called the @dfn{prefix}
2309 key. If you type a prefix key by accident, you can press @kbd{C-g}
2310 to cancel it. (In fact, you can press @kbd{C-g} to cancel almost
2311 anything in Emacs.) To get help on a prefix key, press that key
2312 followed by @kbd{?}. Some prefixes have several lines of help,
2313 so you need to press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see them all. This may
2314 not work under Lucid Emacs, but you can also type @kbd{h h} to
2315 see all the help at once.
2316
2317 Try pressing @kbd{t ?} now. You will see a line of the form,
2318
2319 @smallexample
2320 trail/time: Display; Fwd, Back; Next, Prev, Here, [, ]; Yank: [MORE] t-
2321 @end smallexample
2322
2323 @noindent
2324 The word ``trail'' indicates that the @kbd{t} prefix key contains
2325 trail-related commands. Each entry on the line shows one command,
2326 with a single capital letter showing which letter you press to get
2327 that command. We have used @kbd{t n}, @kbd{t p}, @kbd{t ]}, and
2328 @kbd{t y} so far. The @samp{[MORE]} means you can press @kbd{?}
2329 again to see more @kbd{t}-prefix commands. Notice that the commands
2330 are roughly divided (by semicolons) into related groups.
2331
2332 When you are in the help display for a prefix key, the prefix is
2333 still active. If you press another key, like @kbd{y} for example,
2334 it will be interpreted as a @kbd{t y} command. If all you wanted
2335 was to look at the help messages, press @kbd{C-g} afterwards to cancel
2336 the prefix.
2337
2338 One more way to correct an error is by editing the stack entries.
2339 The actual Stack buffer is marked read-only and must not be edited
2340 directly, but you can press @kbd{`} (the backquote or accent grave)
2341 to edit a stack entry.
2342
2343 Try entering @samp{3.141439} now. If this is supposed to represent
2344 @c{$\pi$}
2345 @cite{pi}, it's got several errors. Press @kbd{`} to edit this number.
2346 Now use the normal Emacs cursor motion and editing keys to change
2347 the second 4 to a 5, and to transpose the 3 and the 9. When you
2348 press @key{RET}, the number on the stack will be replaced by your
2349 new number. This works for formulas, vectors, and all other types
2350 of values you can put on the stack. The @kbd{`} key also works
2351 during entry of a number or algebraic formula.
2352
2353 @node Modes Tutorial, , Undo Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2354 @subsection Mode-Setting Commands
2355
2356 @noindent
2357 Calc has many types of @dfn{modes} that affect the way it interprets
2358 your commands or the way it displays data. We have already seen one
2359 mode, namely algebraic mode. There are many others, too; we'll
2360 try some of the most common ones here.
2361
2362 Perhaps the most fundamental mode in Calc is the current @dfn{precision}.
2363 Notice the @samp{12} on the Calc window's mode line:
2364
2365 @smallexample
2366 --%%-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All------
2367 @end smallexample
2368
2369 @noindent
2370 Most of the symbols there are Emacs things you don't need to worry
2371 about, but the @samp{12} and the @samp{Deg} are mode indicators.
2372 The @samp{12} means that calculations should always be carried to
2373 12 significant figures. That is why, when we type @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /},
2374 we get @cite{0.142857142857} with exactly 12 digits, not counting
2375 leading and trailing zeros.
2376
2377 You can set the precision to anything you like by pressing @kbd{p},
2378 then entering a suitable number. Try pressing @kbd{p 30 @key{RET}},
2379 then doing @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /} again:
2380
2381 @smallexample
2382 @group
2383 1: 0.142857142857
2384 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2385 .
2386 @end group
2387 @end smallexample
2388
2389 Although the precision can be set arbitrarily high, Calc always
2390 has to have @emph{some} value for the current precision. After
2391 all, the true value @cite{1/7} is an infinitely repeating decimal;
2392 Calc has to stop somewhere.
2393
2394 Of course, calculations are slower the more digits you request.
2395 Press @w{@kbd{p 12}} now to set the precision back down to the default.
2396
2397 Calculations always use the current precision. For example, even
2398 though we have a 30-digit value for @cite{1/7} on the stack, if
2399 we use it in a calculation in 12-digit mode it will be rounded
2400 down to 12 digits before it is used. Try it; press @key{RET} to
2401 duplicate the number, then @w{@kbd{1 +}}. Notice that the @key{RET}
2402 key didn't round the number, because it doesn't do any calculation.
2403 But the instant we pressed @kbd{+}, the number was rounded down.
2404
2405 @smallexample
2406 @group
2407 1: 0.142857142857
2408 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2409 3: 1.14285714286
2410 .
2411 @end group
2412 @end smallexample
2413
2414 @noindent
2415 In fact, since we added a digit on the left, we had to lose one
2416 digit on the right from even the 12-digit value of @cite{1/7}.
2417
2418 How did we get more than 12 digits when we computed @samp{2^3^4}? The
2419 answer is that Calc makes a distinction between @dfn{integers} and
2420 @dfn{floating-point} numbers, or @dfn{floats}. An integer is a number
2421 that does not contain a decimal point. There is no such thing as an
2422 ``infinitely repeating fraction integer,'' so Calc doesn't have to limit
2423 itself. If you asked for @samp{2^10000} (don't try this!), you would
2424 have to wait a long time but you would eventually get an exact answer.
2425 If you ask for @samp{2.^10000}, you will quickly get an answer which is
2426 correct only to 12 places. The decimal point tells Calc that it should
2427 use floating-point arithmetic to get the answer, not exact integer
2428 arithmetic.
2429
2430 You can use the @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) command to convert a
2431 floating-point value to an integer, and @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float})
2432 to convert an integer to floating-point form.
2433
2434 Let's try entering that last calculation:
2435
2436 @smallexample
2437 @group
2438 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311689e3010
2439 . 1: 10000 .
2440 .
2441
2442 2.0 @key{RET} 10000 @key{RET} ^
2443 @end group
2444 @end smallexample
2445
2446 @noindent
2447 @cindex Scientific notation, entry of
2448 Notice the letter @samp{e} in there. It represents ``times ten to the
2449 power of,'' and is used by Calc automatically whenever writing the
2450 number out fully would introduce more extra zeros than you probably
2451 want to see. You can enter numbers in this notation, too.
2452
2453 @smallexample
2454 @group
2455 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311678e3010
2456 . 1: 10000. .
2457 .
2458
2459 2.0 @key{RET} 1e4 @key{RET} ^
2460 @end group
2461 @end smallexample
2462
2463 @cindex Round-off errors
2464 @noindent
2465 Hey, the answer is different! Look closely at the middle columns
2466 of the two examples. In the first, the stack contained the
2467 exact integer @cite{10000}, but in the second it contained
2468 a floating-point value with a decimal point. When you raise a
2469 number to an integer power, Calc uses repeated squaring and
2470 multiplication to get the answer. When you use a floating-point
2471 power, Calc uses logarithms and exponentials. As you can see,
2472 a slight error crept in during one of these methods. Which
2473 one should we trust? Let's raise the precision a bit and find
2474 out:
2475
2476 @smallexample
2477 @group
2478 . 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.995063116880828e3010
2479 . 1: 10000. .
2480 .
2481
2482 p 16 @key{RET} 2. @key{RET} 1e4 ^ p 12 @key{RET}
2483 @end group
2484 @end smallexample
2485
2486 @noindent
2487 @cindex Guard digits
2488 Presumably, it doesn't matter whether we do this higher-precision
2489 calculation using an integer or floating-point power, since we
2490 have added enough ``guard digits'' to trust the first 12 digits
2491 no matter what. And the verdict is@dots{} Integer powers were more
2492 accurate; in fact, the result was only off by one unit in the
2493 last place.
2494
2495 @cindex Guard digits
2496 Calc does many of its internal calculations to a slightly higher
2497 precision, but it doesn't always bump the precision up enough.
2498 In each case, Calc added about two digits of precision during
2499 its calculation and then rounded back down to 12 digits
2500 afterward. In one case, it was enough; in the other, it
2501 wasn't. If you really need @var{x} digits of precision, it
2502 never hurts to do the calculation with a few extra guard digits.
2503
2504 What if we want guard digits but don't want to look at them?
2505 We can set the @dfn{float format}. Calc supports four major
2506 formats for floating-point numbers, called @dfn{normal},
2507 @dfn{fixed-point}, @dfn{scientific notation}, and @dfn{engineering
2508 notation}. You get them by pressing @w{@kbd{d n}}, @kbd{d f},
2509 @kbd{d s}, and @kbd{d e}, respectively. In each case, you can
2510 supply a numeric prefix argument which says how many digits
2511 should be displayed. As an example, let's put a few numbers
2512 onto the stack and try some different display modes. First,
2513 use @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}} to clear the stack, then enter the four
2514 numbers shown here:
2515
2516 @smallexample
2517 @group
2518 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2519 3: 12345. 3: 12300. 3: 1.2345e4 3: 1.23e4 3: 12345.000
2520 2: 123.45 2: 123. 2: 1.2345e2 2: 1.23e2 2: 123.450
2521 1: 12.345 1: 12.3 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.23e1 1: 12.345
2522 . . . . .
2523
2524 d n M-3 d n d s M-3 d s M-3 d f
2525 @end group
2526 @end smallexample
2527
2528 @noindent
2529 Notice that when we typed @kbd{M-3 d n}, the numbers were rounded down
2530 to three significant digits, but then when we typed @kbd{d s} all
2531 five significant figures reappeared. The float format does not
2532 affect how numbers are stored, it only affects how they are
2533 displayed. Only the current precision governs the actual rounding
2534 of numbers in the Calculator's memory.
2535
2536 Engineering notation, not shown here, is like scientific notation
2537 except the exponent (the power-of-ten part) is always adjusted to be
2538 a multiple of three (as in ``kilo,'' ``micro,'' etc.). As a result
2539 there will be one, two, or three digits before the decimal point.
2540
2541 Whenever you change a display-related mode, Calc redraws everything
2542 in the stack. This may be slow if there are many things on the stack,
2543 so Calc allows you to type shift-@kbd{H} before any mode command to
2544 prevent it from updating the stack. Anything Calc displays after the
2545 mode-changing command will appear in the new format.
2546
2547 @smallexample
2548 @group
2549 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2550 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 1.2345e4 3: 12345.
2551 2: 123.450 2: 123.450 2: 1.2345e1 2: 1.2345e1 2: 123.45
2552 1: 12.345 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.2345e2 1: 1.2345e2 1: 12.345
2553 . . . . .
2554
2555 H d s @key{DEL} U @key{TAB} d @key{SPC} d n
2556 @end group
2557 @end smallexample
2558
2559 @noindent
2560 Here the @kbd{H d s} command changes to scientific notation but without
2561 updating the screen. Deleting the top stack entry and undoing it back
2562 causes it to show up in the new format; swapping the top two stack
2563 entries reformats both entries. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command refreshes the
2564 whole stack. The @kbd{d n} command changes back to the normal float
2565 format; since it doesn't have an @kbd{H} prefix, it also updates all
2566 the stack entries to be in @kbd{d n} format.
2567
2568 Notice that the integer @cite{12345} was not affected by any
2569 of the float formats. Integers are integers, and are always
2570 displayed exactly.
2571
2572 @cindex Large numbers, readability
2573 Large integers have their own problems. Let's look back at
2574 the result of @kbd{2^3^4}.
2575
2576 @example
2577 2417851639229258349412352
2578 @end example
2579
2580 @noindent
2581 Quick---how many digits does this have? Try typing @kbd{d g}:
2582
2583 @example
2584 2,417,851,639,229,258,349,412,352
2585 @end example
2586
2587 @noindent
2588 Now how many digits does this have? It's much easier to tell!
2589 We can actually group digits into clumps of any size. Some
2590 people prefer @kbd{M-5 d g}:
2591
2592 @example
2593 24178,51639,22925,83494,12352
2594 @end example
2595
2596 Let's see what happens to floating-point numbers when they are grouped.
2597 First, type @kbd{p 25 @key{RET}} to make sure we have enough precision
2598 to get ourselves into trouble. Now, type @kbd{1e13 /}:
2599
2600 @example
2601 24,17851,63922.9258349412352
2602 @end example
2603
2604 @noindent
2605 The integer part is grouped but the fractional part isn't. Now try
2606 @kbd{M-- M-5 d g} (that's meta-minus-sign, meta-five):
2607
2608 @example
2609 24,17851,63922.92583,49412,352
2610 @end example
2611
2612 If you find it hard to tell the decimal point from the commas, try
2613 changing the grouping character to a space with @kbd{d , @key{SPC}}:
2614
2615 @example
2616 24 17851 63922.92583 49412 352
2617 @end example
2618
2619 Type @kbd{d , ,} to restore the normal grouping character, then
2620 @kbd{d g} again to turn grouping off. Also, press @kbd{p 12} to
2621 restore the default precision.
2622
2623 Press @kbd{U} enough times to get the original big integer back.
2624 (Notice that @kbd{U} does not undo each mode-setting command; if
2625 you want to undo a mode-setting command, you have to do it yourself.)
2626 Now, type @kbd{d r 16 @key{RET}}:
2627
2628 @example
2629 16#200000000000000000000
2630 @end example
2631
2632 @noindent
2633 The number is now displayed in @dfn{hexadecimal}, or ``base-16'' form.
2634 Suddenly it looks pretty simple; this should be no surprise, since we
2635 got this number by computing a power of two, and 16 is a power of 2.
2636 In fact, we can use @w{@kbd{d r 2 @key{RET}}} to see it in actual binary
2637 form:
2638
2639 @example
2640 2#1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 @dots{}
2641 @end example
2642
2643 @noindent
2644 We don't have enough space here to show all the zeros! They won't
2645 fit on a typical screen, either, so you will have to use horizontal
2646 scrolling to see them all. Press @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} to scroll the
2647 stack window left and right by half its width. Another way to view
2648 something large is to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the top of
2649 stack in a separate window. (Press @kbd{M-# M-#} when you are done.)
2650
2651 You can enter non-decimal numbers using the @kbd{#} symbol, too.
2652 Let's see what the hexadecimal number @samp{5FE} looks like in
2653 binary. Type @kbd{16#5FE} (the letters can be typed in upper or
2654 lower case; they will always appear in upper case). It will also
2655 help to turn grouping on with @kbd{d g}:
2656
2657 @example
2658 2#101,1111,1110
2659 @end example
2660
2661 Notice that @kbd{d g} groups by fours by default if the display radix
2662 is binary or hexadecimal, but by threes if it is decimal, octal, or any
2663 other radix.
2664
2665 Now let's see that number in decimal; type @kbd{d r 10}:
2666
2667 @example
2668 1,534
2669 @end example
2670
2671 Numbers are not @emph{stored} with any particular radix attached. They're
2672 just numbers; they can be entered in any radix, and are always displayed
2673 in whatever radix you've chosen with @kbd{d r}. The current radix applies
2674 to integers, fractions, and floats.
2675
2676 @cindex Roundoff errors, in non-decimal numbers
2677 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Your friend Joe tried to enter one-third
2678 as @samp{3#0.1} in @kbd{d r 3} mode with a precision of 12. He got
2679 @samp{3#0.0222222...} (with 25 2's) in the display. When he multiplied
2680 that by three, he got @samp{3#0.222222...} instead of the expected
2681 @samp{3#1}. Next, Joe entered @samp{3#0.2} and, to his great relief,
2682 saw @samp{3#0.2} on the screen. But when he typed @kbd{2 /}, he got
2683 @samp{3#0.10000001} (some zeros omitted). What's going on here?
2684 @xref{Modes Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2685
2686 @cindex Scientific notation, in non-decimal numbers
2687 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Scientific notation works in non-decimal
2688 modes in the natural way (the exponent is a power of the radix instead of
2689 a power of ten, although the exponent itself is always written in decimal).
2690 Thus @samp{8#1.23e3 = 8#1230.0}. Suppose we have the hexadecimal number
2691 @samp{f.e8f} times 16 to the 15th power: We write @samp{16#f.e8fe15}.
2692 What is wrong with this picture? What could we write instead that would
2693 work better? @xref{Modes Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2694
2695 The @kbd{m} prefix key has another set of modes, relating to the way
2696 Calc interprets your inputs and does computations. Whereas @kbd{d}-prefix
2697 modes generally affect the way things look, @kbd{m}-prefix modes affect
2698 the way they are actually computed.
2699
2700 The most popular @kbd{m}-prefix mode is the @dfn{angular mode}. Notice
2701 the @samp{Deg} indicator in the mode line. This means that if you use
2702 a command that interprets a number as an angle, it will assume the
2703 angle is measured in degrees. For example,
2704
2705 @smallexample
2706 @group
2707 1: 45 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001 1: 0.5
2708 . . . .
2709
2710 45 S 2 ^ c 1
2711 @end group
2712 @end smallexample
2713
2714 @noindent
2715 The shift-@kbd{S} command computes the sine of an angle. The sine
2716 of 45 degrees is @c{$\sqrt{2}/2$}
2717 @cite{sqrt(2)/2}; squaring this yields @cite{2/4 = 0.5}.
2718 However, there has been a slight roundoff error because the
2719 representation of @c{$\sqrt{2}/2$}
2720 @cite{sqrt(2)/2} wasn't exact. The @kbd{c 1}
2721 command is a handy way to clean up numbers in this case; it
2722 temporarily reduces the precision by one digit while it
2723 re-rounds the number on the top of the stack.
2724
2725 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2726 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe computed the sine
2727 of 45 degrees as shown above, then, hoping to avoid an inexact
2728 result, he increased the precision to 16 digits before squaring.
2729 What happened? @xref{Modes Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2730
2731 To do this calculation in radians, we would type @kbd{m r} first.
2732 (The indicator changes to @samp{Rad}.) 45 degrees corresponds to
2733 @c{$\pi\over4$}
2734 @cite{pi/4} radians. To get @c{$\pi$}
2735 @cite{pi}, press the @kbd{P} key. (Once
2736 again, this is a shifted capital @kbd{P}. Remember, unshifted
2737 @kbd{p} sets the precision.)
2738
2739 @smallexample
2740 @group
2741 1: 3.14159265359 1: 0.785398163398 1: 0.707106781187
2742 . . .
2743
2744 P 4 / m r S
2745 @end group
2746 @end smallexample
2747
2748 Likewise, inverse trigonometric functions generate results in
2749 either radians or degrees, depending on the current angular mode.
2750
2751 @smallexample
2752 @group
2753 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.785398163398 1: 45.
2754 . . .
2755
2756 .5 Q m r I S m d U I S
2757 @end group
2758 @end smallexample
2759
2760 @noindent
2761 Here we compute the Inverse Sine of @c{$\sqrt{0.5}$}
2762 @cite{sqrt(0.5)}, first in
2763 radians, then in degrees.
2764
2765 Use @kbd{c d} and @kbd{c r} to convert a number from radians to degrees
2766 and vice-versa.
2767
2768 @smallexample
2769 @group
2770 1: 45 1: 0.785398163397 1: 45.
2771 . . .
2772
2773 45 c r c d
2774 @end group
2775 @end smallexample
2776
2777 Another interesting mode is @dfn{fraction mode}. Normally,
2778 dividing two integers produces a floating-point result if the
2779 quotient can't be expressed as an exact integer. Fraction mode
2780 causes integer division to produce a fraction, i.e., a rational
2781 number, instead.
2782
2783 @smallexample
2784 @group
2785 2: 12 1: 1.33333333333 1: 4:3
2786 1: 9 . .
2787 .
2788
2789 12 @key{RET} 9 / m f U / m f
2790 @end group
2791 @end smallexample
2792
2793 @noindent
2794 In the first case, we get an approximate floating-point result.
2795 In the second case, we get an exact fractional result (four-thirds).
2796
2797 You can enter a fraction at any time using @kbd{:} notation.
2798 (Calc uses @kbd{:} instead of @kbd{/} as the fraction separator
2799 because @kbd{/} is already used to divide the top two stack
2800 elements.) Calculations involving fractions will always
2801 produce exact fractional results; fraction mode only says
2802 what to do when dividing two integers.
2803
2804 @cindex Fractions vs. floats
2805 @cindex Floats vs. fractions
2806 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} If fractional arithmetic is exact,
2807 why would you ever use floating-point numbers instead?
2808 @xref{Modes Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
2809
2810 Typing @kbd{m f} doesn't change any existing values in the stack.
2811 In the above example, we had to Undo the division and do it over
2812 again when we changed to fraction mode. But if you use the
2813 evaluates-to operator you can get commands like @kbd{m f} to
2814 recompute for you.
2815
2816 @smallexample
2817 @group
2818 1: 12 / 9 => 1.33333333333 1: 12 / 9 => 1.333 1: 12 / 9 => 4:3
2819 . . .
2820
2821 ' 12/9 => @key{RET} p 4 @key{RET} m f
2822 @end group
2823 @end smallexample
2824
2825 @noindent
2826 In this example, the righthand side of the @samp{=>} operator
2827 on the stack is recomputed when we change the precision, then
2828 again when we change to fraction mode. All @samp{=>} expressions
2829 on the stack are recomputed every time you change any mode that
2830 might affect their values.
2831
2832 @node Arithmetic Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Tutorial
2833 @section Arithmetic Tutorial
2834
2835 @noindent
2836 In this section, we explore the arithmetic and scientific functions
2837 available in the Calculator.
2838
2839 The standard arithmetic commands are @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/},
2840 and @kbd{^}. Each normally takes two numbers from the top of the stack
2841 and pushes back a result. The @kbd{n} and @kbd{&} keys perform
2842 change-sign and reciprocal operations, respectively.
2843
2844 @smallexample
2845 @group
2846 1: 5 1: 0.2 1: 5. 1: -5. 1: 5.
2847 . . . . .
2848
2849 5 & & n n
2850 @end group
2851 @end smallexample
2852
2853 @cindex Binary operators
2854 You can apply a ``binary operator'' like @kbd{+} across any number of
2855 stack entries by giving it a numeric prefix. You can also apply it
2856 pairwise to several stack elements along with the top one if you use
2857 a negative prefix.
2858
2859 @smallexample
2860 @group
2861 3: 2 1: 9 3: 2 4: 2 3: 12
2862 2: 3 . 2: 3 3: 3 2: 13
2863 1: 4 1: 4 2: 4 1: 14
2864 . . 1: 10 .
2865 .
2866
2867 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 + U 10 M-- M-3 +
2868 @end group
2869 @end smallexample
2870
2871 @cindex Unary operators
2872 You can apply a ``unary operator'' like @kbd{&} to the top @var{n}
2873 stack entries with a numeric prefix, too.
2874
2875 @smallexample
2876 @group
2877 3: 2 3: 0.5 3: 0.5
2878 2: 3 2: 0.333333333333 2: 3.
2879 1: 4 1: 0.25 1: 4.
2880 . . .
2881
2882 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 & M-2 &
2883 @end group
2884 @end smallexample
2885
2886 Notice that the results here are left in floating-point form.
2887 We can convert them back to integers by pressing @kbd{F}, the
2888 ``floor'' function. This function rounds down to the next lower
2889 integer. There is also @kbd{R}, which rounds to the nearest
2890 integer.
2891
2892 @smallexample
2893 @group
2894 7: 2. 7: 2 7: 2
2895 6: 2.4 6: 2 6: 2
2896 5: 2.5 5: 2 5: 3
2897 4: 2.6 4: 2 4: 3
2898 3: -2. 3: -2 3: -2
2899 2: -2.4 2: -3 2: -2
2900 1: -2.6 1: -3 1: -3
2901 . . .
2902
2903 M-7 F U M-7 R
2904 @end group
2905 @end smallexample
2906
2907 Since dividing-and-flooring (i.e., ``integer quotient'') is such a
2908 common operation, Calc provides a special command for that purpose, the
2909 backslash @kbd{\}. Another common arithmetic operator is @kbd{%}, which
2910 computes the remainder that would arise from a @kbd{\} operation, i.e.,
2911 the ``modulo'' of two numbers. For example,
2912
2913 @smallexample
2914 @group
2915 2: 1234 1: 12 2: 1234 1: 34
2916 1: 100 . 1: 100 .
2917 . .
2918
2919 1234 @key{RET} 100 \ U %
2920 @end group
2921 @end smallexample
2922
2923 These commands actually work for any real numbers, not just integers.
2924
2925 @smallexample
2926 @group
2927 2: 3.1415 1: 3 2: 3.1415 1: 0.1415
2928 1: 1 . 1: 1 .
2929 . .
2930
2931 3.1415 @key{RET} 1 \ U %
2932 @end group
2933 @end smallexample
2934
2935 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The @kbd{\} command would appear to be a
2936 frill, since you could always do the same thing with @kbd{/ F}. Think
2937 of a situation where this is not true---@kbd{/ F} would be inadequate.
2938 Now think of a way you could get around the problem if Calc didn't
2939 provide a @kbd{\} command. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2940
2941 We've already seen the @kbd{Q} (square root) and @kbd{S} (sine)
2942 commands. Other commands along those lines are @kbd{C} (cosine),
2943 @kbd{T} (tangent), @kbd{E} (@cite{e^x}) and @kbd{L} (natural
2944 logarithm). These can be modified by the @kbd{I} (inverse) and
2945 @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix keys.
2946
2947 Let's compute the sine and cosine of an angle, and verify the
2948 identity @c{$\sin^2x + \cos^2x = 1$}
2949 @cite{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}. We'll
2950 arbitrarily pick @i{-64} degrees as a good value for @cite{x}. With
2951 the angular mode set to degrees (type @w{@kbd{m d}}), do:
2952
2953 @smallexample
2954 @group
2955 2: -64 2: -64 2: -0.89879 2: -0.89879 1: 1.
2956 1: -64 1: -0.89879 1: -64 1: 0.43837 .
2957 . . . .
2958
2959 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} S @key{TAB} C f h
2960 @end group
2961 @end smallexample
2962
2963 @noindent
2964 (For brevity, we're showing only five digits of the results here.
2965 You can of course do these calculations to any precision you like.)
2966
2967 Remember, @kbd{f h} is the @code{calc-hypot}, or square-root of sum
2968 of squares, command.
2969
2970 Another identity is @c{$\displaystyle\tan x = {\sin x \over \cos x}$}
2971 @cite{tan(x) = sin(x) / cos(x)}.
2972 @smallexample
2973 @group
2974
2975 2: -0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2976 1: 0.43837 . .
2977 .
2978
2979 U / I T
2980 @end group
2981 @end smallexample
2982
2983 A physical interpretation of this calculation is that if you move
2984 @cite{0.89879} units downward and @cite{0.43837} units to the right,
2985 your direction of motion is @i{-64} degrees from horizontal. Suppose
2986 we move in the opposite direction, up and to the left:
2987
2988 @smallexample
2989 @group
2990 2: -0.89879 2: 0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2991 1: 0.43837 1: -0.43837 . .
2992 . .
2993
2994 U U M-2 n / I T
2995 @end group
2996 @end smallexample
2997
2998 @noindent
2999 How can the angle be the same? The answer is that the @kbd{/} operation
3000 loses information about the signs of its inputs. Because the quotient
3001 is negative, we know exactly one of the inputs was negative, but we
3002 can't tell which one. There is an @kbd{f T} [@code{arctan2}] function which
3003 computes the inverse tangent of the quotient of a pair of numbers.
3004 Since you feed it the two original numbers, it has enough information
3005 to give you a full 360-degree answer.
3006
3007 @smallexample
3008 @group
3009 2: 0.89879 1: 116. 3: 116. 2: 116. 1: 180.
3010 1: -0.43837 . 2: -0.89879 1: -64. .
3011 . 1: 0.43837 .
3012 .
3013
3014 U U f T M-@key{RET} M-2 n f T -
3015 @end group
3016 @end smallexample
3017
3018 @noindent
3019 The resulting angles differ by 180 degrees; in other words, they
3020 point in opposite directions, just as we would expect.
3021
3022 The @key{META}-@key{RET} we used in the third step is the
3023 ``last-arguments'' command. It is sort of like Undo, except that it
3024 restores the arguments of the last command to the stack without removing
3025 the command's result. It is useful in situations like this one,
3026 where we need to do several operations on the same inputs. We could
3027 have accomplished the same thing by using @kbd{M-2 @key{RET}} to duplicate
3028 the top two stack elements right after the @kbd{U U}, then a pair of
3029 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} commands to cycle the 116 up around the duplicates.
3030
3031 A similar identity is supposed to hold for hyperbolic sines and cosines,
3032 except that it is the @emph{difference}
3033 @c{$\cosh^2x - \sinh^2x$}
3034 @cite{cosh(x)^2 - sinh(x)^2} that always equals one.
3035 Let's try to verify this identity.@refill
3036
3037 @smallexample
3038 @group
3039 2: -64 2: -64 2: -64 2: 9.7192e54 2: 9.7192e54
3040 1: -64 1: -3.1175e27 1: 9.7192e54 1: -64 1: 9.7192e54
3041 . . . . .
3042
3043 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} H C 2 ^ @key{TAB} H S 2 ^
3044 @end group
3045 @end smallexample
3046
3047 @noindent
3048 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
3049 Something's obviously wrong, because when we subtract these numbers
3050 the answer will clearly be zero! But if you think about it, if these
3051 numbers @emph{did} differ by one, it would be in the 55th decimal
3052 place. The difference we seek has been lost entirely to roundoff
3053 error.
3054
3055 We could verify this hypothesis by doing the actual calculation with,
3056 say, 60 decimal places of precision. This will be slow, but not
3057 enormously so. Try it if you wish; sure enough, the answer is
3058 0.99999, reasonably close to 1.
3059
3060 Of course, a more reasonable way to verify the identity is to use
3061 a more reasonable value for @cite{x}!
3062
3063 @cindex Common logarithm
3064 Some Calculator commands use the Hyperbolic prefix for other purposes.
3065 The logarithm and exponential functions, for example, work to the base
3066 @cite{e} normally but use base-10 instead if you use the Hyperbolic
3067 prefix.
3068
3069 @smallexample
3070 @group
3071 1: 1000 1: 6.9077 1: 1000 1: 3
3072 . . . .
3073
3074 1000 L U H L
3075 @end group
3076 @end smallexample
3077
3078 @noindent
3079 First, we mistakenly compute a natural logarithm. Then we undo
3080 and compute a common logarithm instead.
3081
3082 The @kbd{B} key computes a general base-@var{b} logarithm for any
3083 value of @var{b}.
3084
3085 @smallexample
3086 @group
3087 2: 1000 1: 3 1: 1000. 2: 1000. 1: 6.9077
3088 1: 10 . . 1: 2.71828 .
3089 . .
3090
3091 1000 @key{RET} 10 B H E H P B
3092 @end group
3093 @end smallexample
3094
3095 @noindent
3096 Here we first use @kbd{B} to compute the base-10 logarithm, then use
3097 the ``hyperbolic'' exponential as a cheap hack to recover the number
3098 1000, then use @kbd{B} again to compute the natural logarithm. Note
3099 that @kbd{P} with the hyperbolic prefix pushes the constant @cite{e}
3100 onto the stack.
3101
3102 You may have noticed that both times we took the base-10 logarithm
3103 of 1000, we got an exact integer result. Calc always tries to give
3104 an exact rational result for calculations involving rational numbers
3105 where possible. But when we used @kbd{H E}, the result was a
3106 floating-point number for no apparent reason. In fact, if we had
3107 computed @kbd{10 @key{RET} 3 ^} we @emph{would} have gotten an
3108 exact integer 1000. But the @kbd{H E} command is rigged to generate
3109 a floating-point result all of the time so that @kbd{1000 H E} will
3110 not waste time computing a thousand-digit integer when all you
3111 probably wanted was @samp{1e1000}.
3112
3113 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Find a pair of integer inputs to
3114 the @kbd{B} command for which Calc could find an exact rational
3115 result but doesn't. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3116
3117 The Calculator also has a set of functions relating to combinatorics
3118 and statistics. You may be familiar with the @dfn{factorial} function,
3119 which computes the product of all the integers up to a given number.
3120
3121 @smallexample
3122 @group
3123 1: 100 1: 93326215443... 1: 100. 1: 9.3326e157
3124 . . . .
3125
3126 100 ! U c f !
3127 @end group
3128 @end smallexample
3129
3130 @noindent
3131 Recall, the @kbd{c f} command converts the integer or fraction at the
3132 top of the stack to floating-point format. If you take the factorial
3133 of a floating-point number, you get a floating-point result
3134 accurate to the current precision. But if you give @kbd{!} an
3135 exact integer, you get an exact integer result (158 digits long
3136 in this case).
3137
3138 If you take the factorial of a non-integer, Calc uses a generalized
3139 factorial function defined in terms of Euler's Gamma function
3140 @c{$\Gamma(n)$}
3141 @cite{gamma(n)}
3142 (which is itself available as the @kbd{f g} command).
3143
3144 @smallexample
3145 @group
3146 3: 4. 3: 24. 1: 5.5 1: 52.342777847
3147 2: 4.5 2: 52.3427777847 . .
3148 1: 5. 1: 120.
3149 . .
3150
3151 M-3 ! M-0 @key{DEL} 5.5 f g
3152 @end group
3153 @end smallexample
3154
3155 @noindent
3156 Here we verify the identity @c{$n! = \Gamma(n+1)$}
3157 @cite{@var{n}!@: = gamma(@var{n}+1)}.
3158
3159 The binomial coefficient @var{n}-choose-@var{m}@c{ or $\displaystyle {n \choose m}$}
3160 @asis{} is defined by
3161 @c{$\displaystyle {n! \over m! \, (n-m)!}$}
3162 @cite{n!@: / m!@: (n-m)!} for all reals @cite{n} and
3163 @cite{m}. The intermediate results in this formula can become quite
3164 large even if the final result is small; the @kbd{k c} command computes
3165 a binomial coefficient in a way that avoids large intermediate
3166 values.
3167
3168 The @kbd{k} prefix key defines several common functions out of
3169 combinatorics and number theory. Here we compute the binomial
3170 coefficient 30-choose-20, then determine its prime factorization.
3171
3172 @smallexample
3173 @group
3174 2: 30 1: 30045015 1: [3, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 23, 29]
3175 1: 20 . .
3176 .
3177
3178 30 @key{RET} 20 k c k f
3179 @end group
3180 @end smallexample
3181
3182 @noindent
3183 You can verify these prime factors by using @kbd{v u} to ``unpack''
3184 this vector into 8 separate stack entries, then @kbd{M-8 *} to
3185 multiply them back together. The result is the original number,
3186 30045015.
3187
3188 @cindex Hash tables
3189 Suppose a program you are writing needs a hash table with at least
3190 10000 entries. It's best to use a prime number as the actual size
3191 of a hash table. Calc can compute the next prime number after 10000:
3192
3193 @smallexample
3194 @group
3195 1: 10000 1: 10007 1: 9973
3196 . . .
3197
3198 10000 k n I k n
3199 @end group
3200 @end smallexample
3201
3202 @noindent
3203 Just for kicks we've also computed the next prime @emph{less} than
3204 10000.
3205
3206 @c [fix-ref Financial Functions]
3207 @xref{Financial Functions}, for a description of the Calculator
3208 commands that deal with business and financial calculations (functions
3209 like @code{pv}, @code{rate}, and @code{sln}).
3210
3211 @c [fix-ref Binary Number Functions]
3212 @xref{Binary Functions}, to read about the commands for operating
3213 on binary numbers (like @code{and}, @code{xor}, and @code{lsh}).
3214
3215 @node Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial
3216 @section Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3217
3218 @noindent
3219 A @dfn{vector} is a list of numbers or other Calc data objects.
3220 Calc provides a large set of commands that operate on vectors. Some
3221 are familiar operations from vector analysis. Others simply treat
3222 a vector as a list of objects.
3223
3224 @menu
3225 * Vector Analysis Tutorial::
3226 * Matrix Tutorial::
3227 * List Tutorial::
3228 @end menu
3229
3230 @node Vector Analysis Tutorial, Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3231 @subsection Vector Analysis
3232
3233 @noindent
3234 If you add two vectors, the result is a vector of the sums of the
3235 elements, taken pairwise.
3236
3237 @smallexample
3238 @group
3239 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [8, 8, 3]
3240 . 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3241 .
3242
3243 [1,2,3] s 1 [7 6 0] s 2 +
3244 @end group
3245 @end smallexample
3246
3247 @noindent
3248 Note that we can separate the vector elements with either commas or
3249 spaces. This is true whether we are using incomplete vectors or
3250 algebraic entry. The @kbd{s 1} and @kbd{s 2} commands save these
3251 vectors so we can easily reuse them later.
3252
3253 If you multiply two vectors, the result is the sum of the products
3254 of the elements taken pairwise. This is called the @dfn{dot product}
3255 of the vectors.
3256
3257 @smallexample
3258 @group
3259 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 19
3260 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3261 .
3262
3263 r 1 r 2 *
3264 @end group
3265 @end smallexample
3266
3267 @cindex Dot product
3268 The dot product of two vectors is equal to the product of their
3269 lengths times the cosine of the angle between them. (Here the vector
3270 is interpreted as a line from the origin @cite{(0,0,0)} to the
3271 specified point in three-dimensional space.) The @kbd{A}
3272 (absolute value) command can be used to compute the length of a
3273 vector.
3274
3275 @smallexample
3276 @group
3277 3: 19 3: 19 1: 0.550782 1: 56.579
3278 2: [1, 2, 3] 2: 3.741657 . .
3279 1: [7, 6, 0] 1: 9.219544
3280 . .
3281
3282 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / I C
3283 @end group
3284 @end smallexample
3285
3286 @noindent
3287 First we recall the arguments to the dot product command, then
3288 we compute the absolute values of the top two stack entries to
3289 obtain the lengths of the vectors, then we divide the dot product
3290 by the product of the lengths to get the cosine of the angle.
3291 The inverse cosine finds that the angle between the vectors
3292 is about 56 degrees.
3293
3294 @cindex Cross product
3295 @cindex Perpendicular vectors
3296 The @dfn{cross product} of two vectors is a vector whose length
3297 is the product of the lengths of the inputs times the sine of the
3298 angle between them, and whose direction is perpendicular to both
3299 input vectors. Unlike the dot product, the cross product is
3300 defined only for three-dimensional vectors. Let's double-check
3301 our computation of the angle using the cross product.
3302
3303 @smallexample
3304 @group
3305 2: [1, 2, 3] 3: [-18, 21, -8] 1: [-0.52, 0.61, -0.23] 1: 56.579
3306 1: [7, 6, 0] 2: [1, 2, 3] . .
3307 . 1: [7, 6, 0]
3308 .
3309
3310 r 1 r 2 V C s 3 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / A I S
3311 @end group
3312 @end smallexample
3313
3314 @noindent
3315 First we recall the original vectors and compute their cross product,
3316 which we also store for later reference. Now we divide the vector
3317 by the product of the lengths of the original vectors. The length of
3318 this vector should be the sine of the angle; sure enough, it is!
3319
3320 @c [fix-ref General Mode Commands]
3321 Vector-related commands generally begin with the @kbd{v} prefix key.
3322 Some are uppercase letters and some are lowercase. To make it easier
3323 to type these commands, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix key acts the same as
3324 the @kbd{v} key. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to make all
3325 prefix keys have this property.)
3326
3327 If we take the dot product of two perpendicular vectors we expect
3328 to get zero, since the cosine of 90 degrees is zero. Let's check
3329 that the cross product is indeed perpendicular to both inputs:
3330
3331 @smallexample
3332 @group
3333 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 0 2: [7, 6, 0] 1: 0
3334 1: [-18, 21, -8] . 1: [-18, 21, -8] .
3335 . .
3336
3337 r 1 r 3 * @key{DEL} r 2 r 3 *
3338 @end group
3339 @end smallexample
3340
3341 @cindex Normalizing a vector
3342 @cindex Unit vectors
3343 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Given a vector on the top of the
3344 stack, what keystrokes would you use to @dfn{normalize} the
3345 vector, i.e., to reduce its length to one without changing its
3346 direction? @xref{Vector Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3347
3348 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Suppose a certain particle can be
3349 at any of several positions along a ruler. You have a list of
3350 those positions in the form of a vector, and another list of the
3351 probabilities for the particle to be at the corresponding positions.
3352 Find the average position of the particle.
3353 @xref{Vector Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3354
3355 @node Matrix Tutorial, List Tutorial, Vector Analysis Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3356 @subsection Matrices
3357
3358 @noindent
3359 A @dfn{matrix} is just a vector of vectors, all the same length.
3360 This means you can enter a matrix using nested brackets. You can
3361 also use the semicolon character to enter a matrix. We'll show
3362 both methods here:
3363
3364 @smallexample
3365 @group
3366 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3367 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3368 . .
3369
3370 [[1 2 3] [4 5 6]] ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6] @key{RET}
3371 @end group
3372 @end smallexample
3373
3374 @noindent
3375 We'll be using this matrix again, so type @kbd{s 4} to save it now.
3376
3377 Note that semicolons work with incomplete vectors, but they work
3378 better in algebraic entry. That's why we use the apostrophe in
3379 the second example.
3380
3381 When two matrices are multiplied, the lefthand matrix must have
3382 the same number of columns as the righthand matrix has rows.
3383 Row @cite{i}, column @cite{j} of the result is effectively the
3384 dot product of row @cite{i} of the left matrix by column @cite{j}
3385 of the right matrix.
3386
3387 If we try to duplicate this matrix and multiply it by itself,
3388 the dimensions are wrong and the multiplication cannot take place:
3389
3390 @smallexample
3391 @group
3392 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] * [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3393 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3394 .
3395
3396 @key{RET} *
3397 @end group
3398 @end smallexample
3399
3400 @noindent
3401 Though rather hard to read, this is a formula which shows the product
3402 of two matrices. The @samp{*} function, having invalid arguments, has
3403 been left in symbolic form.
3404
3405 We can multiply the matrices if we @dfn{transpose} one of them first.
3406
3407 @smallexample
3408 @group
3409 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 14, 32 ] 1: [ [ 17, 22, 27 ]
3410 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 32, 77 ] ] [ 22, 29, 36 ]
3411 1: [ [ 1, 4 ] . [ 27, 36, 45 ] ]
3412 [ 2, 5 ] .
3413 [ 3, 6 ] ]
3414 .
3415
3416 U v t * U @key{TAB} *
3417 @end group
3418 @end smallexample
3419
3420 Matrix multiplication is not commutative; indeed, switching the
3421 order of the operands can even change the dimensions of the result
3422 matrix, as happened here!
3423
3424 If you multiply a plain vector by a matrix, it is treated as a
3425 single row or column depending on which side of the matrix it is
3426 on. The result is a plain vector which should also be interpreted
3427 as a row or column as appropriate.
3428
3429 @smallexample
3430 @group
3431 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [14, 32]
3432 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] .
3433 1: [1, 2, 3]
3434 .
3435
3436 r 4 r 1 *
3437 @end group
3438 @end smallexample
3439
3440 Multiplying in the other order wouldn't work because the number of
3441 rows in the matrix is different from the number of elements in the
3442 vector.
3443
3444 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Use @samp{*} to sum along the rows
3445 of the above @c{$2\times3$}
3446 @asis{2x3} matrix to get @cite{[6, 15]}. Now use @samp{*} to
3447 sum along the columns to get @cite{[5, 7, 9]}.
3448 @xref{Matrix Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3449
3450 @cindex Identity matrix
3451 An @dfn{identity matrix} is a square matrix with ones along the
3452 diagonal and zeros elsewhere. It has the property that multiplication
3453 by an identity matrix, on the left or on the right, always produces
3454 the original matrix.
3455
3456 @smallexample
3457 @group
3458 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3459 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3460 . 1: [ [ 1, 0, 0 ] .
3461 [ 0, 1, 0 ]
3462 [ 0, 0, 1 ] ]
3463 .
3464
3465 r 4 v i 3 @key{RET} *
3466 @end group
3467 @end smallexample
3468
3469 If a matrix is square, it is often possible to find its @dfn{inverse},
3470 that is, a matrix which, when multiplied by the original matrix, yields
3471 an identity matrix. The @kbd{&} (reciprocal) key also computes the
3472 inverse of a matrix.
3473
3474 @smallexample
3475 @group
3476 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ -2.4, 1.2, -0.2 ]
3477 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2.8, -1.4, 0.4 ]
3478 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ -0.73333, 0.53333, -0.2 ] ]
3479 . .
3480
3481 r 4 r 2 | s 5 &
3482 @end group
3483 @end smallexample
3484
3485 @noindent
3486 The vertical bar @kbd{|} @dfn{concatenates} numbers, vectors, and
3487 matrices together. Here we have used it to add a new row onto
3488 our matrix to make it square.
3489
3490 We can multiply these two matrices in either order to get an identity.
3491
3492 @smallexample
3493 @group
3494 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ] 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ]
3495 [ 0., 1., 0. ] [ 0., 1., 0. ]
3496 [ 0., 0., 1. ] ] [ 0., 0., 1. ] ]
3497 . .
3498
3499 M-@key{RET} * U @key{TAB} *
3500 @end group
3501 @end smallexample
3502
3503 @cindex Systems of linear equations
3504 @cindex Linear equations, systems of
3505 Matrix inverses are related to systems of linear equations in algebra.
3506 Suppose we had the following set of equations:
3507
3508 @ifinfo
3509 @group
3510 @example
3511 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3512 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3513 7a + 6b = 3
3514 @end example
3515 @end group
3516 @end ifinfo
3517 @tex
3518 \turnoffactive
3519 \beforedisplayh
3520 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3521 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3522 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3523 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3524 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3525 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3526 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3527 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr}
3528 $$
3529 \afterdisplayh
3530 @end tex
3531
3532 @noindent
3533 This can be cast into the matrix equation,
3534
3535 @ifinfo
3536 @group
3537 @example
3538 [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] [ [ a ] [ [ 6 ]
3539 [ 4, 5, 6 ] * [ b ] = [ 2 ]
3540 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ c ] ] [ 3 ] ]
3541 @end example
3542 @end group
3543 @end ifinfo
3544 @tex
3545 \turnoffactive
3546 \beforedisplay
3547 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 \cr 4 & 5 & 6 \cr 7 & 6 & 0 }
3548 \times
3549 \pmatrix{ a \cr b \cr c } = \pmatrix{ 6 \cr 2 \cr 3 }
3550 $$
3551 \afterdisplay
3552 @end tex
3553
3554 We can solve this system of equations by multiplying both sides by the
3555 inverse of the matrix. Calc can do this all in one step:
3556
3557 @smallexample
3558 @group
3559 2: [6, 2, 3] 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3560 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
3561 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
3562 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3563 .
3564
3565 [6,2,3] r 5 /
3566 @end group
3567 @end smallexample
3568
3569 @noindent
3570 The result is the @cite{[a, b, c]} vector that solves the equations.
3571 (Dividing by a square matrix is equivalent to multiplying by its
3572 inverse.)
3573
3574 Let's verify this solution:
3575
3576 @smallexample
3577 @group
3578 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [6., 2., 3.]
3579 [ 4, 5, 6 ] .
3580 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3581 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3582 .
3583
3584 r 5 @key{TAB} *
3585 @end group
3586 @end smallexample
3587
3588 @noindent
3589 Note that we had to be careful about the order in which we multiplied
3590 the matrix and vector. If we multiplied in the other order, Calc would
3591 assume the vector was a row vector in order to make the dimensions
3592 come out right, and the answer would be incorrect. If you
3593 don't feel safe letting Calc take either interpretation of your
3594 vectors, use explicit @c{$N\times1$}
3595 @asis{Nx1} or @c{$1\times N$}
3596 @asis{1xN} matrices instead.
3597 In this case, you would enter the original column vector as
3598 @samp{[[6], [2], [3]]} or @samp{[6; 2; 3]}.
3599
3600 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Algebraic entry allows you to make
3601 vectors and matrices that include variables. Solve the following
3602 system of equations to get expressions for @cite{x} and @cite{y}
3603 in terms of @cite{a} and @cite{b}.
3604
3605 @ifinfo
3606 @group
3607 @example
3608 x + a y = 6
3609 x + b y = 10
3610 @end example
3611 @end group
3612 @end ifinfo
3613 @tex
3614 \turnoffactive
3615 \beforedisplay
3616 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
3617 x &+ b y = 10}
3618 $$
3619 \afterdisplay
3620 @end tex
3621
3622 @noindent
3623 @xref{Matrix Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3624
3625 @cindex Least-squares for over-determined systems
3626 @cindex Over-determined systems of equations
3627 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} A system of equations is ``over-determined''
3628 if it has more equations than variables. It is often the case that
3629 there are no values for the variables that will satisfy all the
3630 equations at once, but it is still useful to find a set of values
3631 which ``nearly'' satisfy all the equations. In terms of matrix equations,
3632 you can't solve @cite{A X = B} directly because the matrix @cite{A}
3633 is not square for an over-determined system. Matrix inversion works
3634 only for square matrices. One common trick is to multiply both sides
3635 on the left by the transpose of @cite{A}:
3636 @ifinfo
3637 @samp{trn(A)*A*X = trn(A)*B}.
3638 @end ifinfo
3639 @tex
3640 \turnoffactive
3641 $A^T A \, X = A^T B$, where $A^T$ is the transpose \samp{trn(A)}.
3642 @end tex
3643 Now @c{$A^T A$}
3644 @cite{trn(A)*A} is a square matrix so a solution is possible. It
3645 turns out that the @cite{X} vector you compute in this way will be a
3646 ``least-squares'' solution, which can be regarded as the ``closest''
3647 solution to the set of equations. Use Calc to solve the following
3648 over-determined system:@refill
3649
3650 @ifinfo
3651 @group
3652 @example
3653 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3654 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3655 7a + 6b = 3
3656 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
3657 @end example
3658 @end group
3659 @end ifinfo
3660 @tex
3661 \turnoffactive
3662 \beforedisplayh
3663 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3664 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3665 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3666 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3667 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3668 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3669 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3670 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
3671 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
3672 $$
3673 \afterdisplayh
3674 @end tex
3675
3676 @noindent
3677 @xref{Matrix Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
3678
3679 @node List Tutorial, , Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3680 @subsection Vectors as Lists
3681
3682 @noindent
3683 @cindex Lists
3684 Although Calc has a number of features for manipulating vectors and
3685 matrices as mathematical objects, you can also treat vectors as
3686 simple lists of values. For example, we saw that the @kbd{k f}
3687 command returns a vector which is a list of the prime factors of a
3688 number.
3689
3690 You can pack and unpack stack entries into vectors:
3691
3692 @smallexample
3693 @group
3694 3: 10 1: [10, 20, 30] 3: 10
3695 2: 20 . 2: 20
3696 1: 30 1: 30
3697 . .
3698
3699 M-3 v p v u
3700 @end group
3701 @end smallexample
3702
3703 You can also build vectors out of consecutive integers, or out
3704 of many copies of a given value:
3705
3706 @smallexample
3707 @group
3708 1: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4]
3709 . 1: 17 1: [17, 17, 17, 17]
3710 . .
3711
3712 v x 4 @key{RET} 17 v b 4 @key{RET}
3713 @end group
3714 @end smallexample
3715
3716 You can apply an operator to every element of a vector using the
3717 @dfn{map} command.
3718
3719 @smallexample
3720 @group
3721 1: [17, 34, 51, 68] 1: [289, 1156, 2601, 4624] 1: [17, 34, 51, 68]
3722 . . .
3723
3724 V M * 2 V M ^ V M Q
3725 @end group
3726 @end smallexample
3727
3728 @noindent
3729 In the first step, we multiply the vector of integers by the vector
3730 of 17's elementwise. In the second step, we raise each element to
3731 the power two. (The general rule is that both operands must be
3732 vectors of the same length, or else one must be a vector and the
3733 other a plain number.) In the final step, we take the square root
3734 of each element.
3735
3736 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Compute a vector of powers of two
3737 from @c{$2^{-4}$}
3738 @cite{2^-4} to @cite{2^4}. @xref{List Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3739
3740 You can also @dfn{reduce} a binary operator across a vector.
3741 For example, reducing @samp{*} computes the product of all the
3742 elements in the vector:
3743
3744 @smallexample
3745 @group
3746 1: 123123 1: [3, 7, 11, 13, 41] 1: 123123
3747 . . .
3748
3749 123123 k f V R *
3750 @end group
3751 @end smallexample
3752
3753 @noindent
3754 In this example, we decompose 123123 into its prime factors, then
3755 multiply those factors together again to yield the original number.
3756
3757 We could compute a dot product ``by hand'' using mapping and
3758 reduction:
3759
3760 @smallexample
3761 @group
3762 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [7, 12, 0] 1: 19
3763 1: [7, 6, 0] . .
3764 .
3765
3766 r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
3767 @end group
3768 @end smallexample
3769
3770 @noindent
3771 Recalling two vectors from the previous section, we compute the
3772 sum of pairwise products of the elements to get the same answer
3773 for the dot product as before.
3774
3775 A slight variant of vector reduction is the @dfn{accumulate} operation,
3776 @kbd{V U}. This produces a vector of the intermediate results from
3777 a corresponding reduction. Here we compute a table of factorials:
3778
3779 @smallexample
3780 @group
3781 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] 1: [1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720]
3782 . .
3783
3784 v x 6 @key{RET} V U *
3785 @end group
3786 @end smallexample
3787
3788 Calc allows vectors to grow as large as you like, although it gets
3789 rather slow if vectors have more than about a hundred elements.
3790 Actually, most of the time is spent formatting these large vectors
3791 for display, not calculating on them. Try the following experiment
3792 (if your computer is very fast you may need to substitute a larger
3793 vector size).
3794
3795 @smallexample
3796 @group
3797 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ... 1: [2, 3, 4, 5, ...
3798 . .
3799
3800 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3801 @end group
3802 @end smallexample
3803
3804 Now press @kbd{v .} (the letter @kbd{v}, then a period) and try the
3805 experiment again. In @kbd{v .} mode, long vectors are displayed
3806 ``abbreviated'' like this:
3807
3808 @smallexample
3809 @group
3810 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 500] 1: [2, 3, 4, ..., 501]
3811 . .
3812
3813 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3814 @end group
3815 @end smallexample
3816
3817 @noindent
3818 (where now the @samp{...} is actually part of the Calc display).
3819 You will find both operations are now much faster. But notice that
3820 even in @w{@kbd{v .}} mode, the full vectors are still shown in the Trail.
3821 Type @w{@kbd{t .}} to cause the trail to abbreviate as well, and try the
3822 experiment one more time. Operations on long vectors are now quite
3823 fast! (But of course if you use @kbd{t .} you will lose the ability
3824 to get old vectors back using the @kbd{t y} command.)
3825
3826 An easy way to view a full vector when @kbd{v .} mode is active is
3827 to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the vector; editing always works
3828 with the full, unabbreviated value.
3829
3830 @cindex Least-squares for fitting a straight line
3831 @cindex Fitting data to a line
3832 @cindex Line, fitting data to
3833 @cindex Data, extracting from buffers
3834 @cindex Columns of data, extracting
3835 As a larger example, let's try to fit a straight line to some data,
3836 using the method of least squares. (Calc has a built-in command for
3837 least-squares curve fitting, but we'll do it by hand here just to
3838 practice working with vectors.) Suppose we have the following list
3839 of values in a file we have loaded into Emacs:
3840
3841 @smallexample
3842 x y
3843 --- ---
3844 1.34 0.234
3845 1.41 0.298
3846 1.49 0.402
3847 1.56 0.412
3848 1.64 0.466
3849 1.73 0.473
3850 1.82 0.601
3851 1.91 0.519
3852 2.01 0.603
3853 2.11 0.637
3854 2.22 0.645
3855 2.33 0.705
3856 2.45 0.917
3857 2.58 1.009
3858 2.71 0.971
3859 2.85 1.062
3860 3.00 1.148
3861 3.15 1.157
3862 3.32 1.354
3863 @end smallexample
3864
3865 @noindent
3866 If you are reading this tutorial in printed form, you will find it
3867 easiest to press @kbd{M-# i} to enter the on-line Info version of
3868 the manual and find this table there. (Press @kbd{g}, then type
3869 @kbd{List Tutorial}, to jump straight to this section.)
3870
3871 Position the cursor at the upper-left corner of this table, just
3872 to the left of the @cite{1.34}. Press @kbd{C-@@} to set the mark.
3873 (On your system this may be @kbd{C-2}, @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}, or @kbd{NUL}.)
3874 Now position the cursor to the lower-right, just after the @cite{1.354}.
3875 You have now defined this region as an Emacs ``rectangle.'' Still
3876 in the Info buffer, type @kbd{M-# r}. This command
3877 (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) will pop you back into the Calculator, with
3878 the contents of the rectangle you specified in the form of a matrix.@refill
3879
3880 @smallexample
3881 @group
3882 1: [ [ 1.34, 0.234 ]
3883 [ 1.41, 0.298 ]
3884 @dots{}
3885 @end group
3886 @end smallexample
3887
3888 @noindent
3889 (You may wish to use @kbd{v .} mode to abbreviate the display of this
3890 large matrix.)
3891
3892 We want to treat this as a pair of lists. The first step is to
3893 transpose this matrix into a pair of rows. Remember, a matrix is
3894 just a vector of vectors. So we can unpack the matrix into a pair
3895 of row vectors on the stack.
3896
3897 @smallexample
3898 @group
3899 1: [ [ 1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3900 [ 0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ] ] 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3901 . .
3902
3903 v t v u
3904 @end group
3905 @end smallexample
3906
3907 @noindent
3908 Let's store these in quick variables 1 and 2, respectively.
3909
3910 @smallexample
3911 @group
3912 1: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] .
3913 .
3914
3915 t 2 t 1
3916 @end group
3917 @end smallexample
3918
3919 @noindent
3920 (Recall that @kbd{t 2} is a variant of @kbd{s 2} that removes the
3921 stored value from the stack.)
3922
3923 In a least squares fit, the slope @cite{m} is given by the formula
3924
3925 @ifinfo
3926 @example
3927 m = (N sum(x y) - sum(x) sum(y)) / (N sum(x^2) - sum(x)^2)
3928 @end example
3929 @end ifinfo
3930 @tex
3931 \turnoffactive
3932 \beforedisplay
3933 $$ m = {N \sum x y - \sum x \sum y \over
3934 N \sum x^2 - \left( \sum x \right)^2} $$
3935 \afterdisplay
3936 @end tex
3937
3938 @noindent
3939 where @c{$\sum x$}
3940 @cite{sum(x)} represents the sum of all the values of @cite{x}.
3941 While there is an actual @code{sum} function in Calc, it's easier to
3942 sum a vector using a simple reduction. First, let's compute the four
3943 different sums that this formula uses.
3944
3945 @smallexample
3946 @group
3947 1: 41.63 1: 98.0003
3948 . .
3949
3950 r 1 V R + t 3 r 1 2 V M ^ V R + t 4
3951
3952 @end group
3953 @end smallexample
3954 @noindent
3955 @smallexample
3956 @group
3957 1: 13.613 1: 33.36554
3958 . .
3959
3960 r 2 V R + t 5 r 1 r 2 V M * V R + t 6
3961 @end group
3962 @end smallexample
3963
3964 @ifinfo
3965 @noindent
3966 These are @samp{sum(x)}, @samp{sum(x^2)}, @samp{sum(y)}, and @samp{sum(x y)},
3967 respectively. (We could have used @kbd{*} to compute @samp{sum(x^2)} and
3968 @samp{sum(x y)}.)
3969 @end ifinfo
3970 @tex
3971 \turnoffactive
3972 These are $\sum x$, $\sum x^2$, $\sum y$, and $\sum x y$,
3973 respectively. (We could have used \kbd{*} to compute $\sum x^2$ and
3974 $\sum x y$.)
3975 @end tex
3976
3977 Finally, we also need @cite{N}, the number of data points. This is just
3978 the length of either of our lists.
3979
3980 @smallexample
3981 @group
3982 1: 19
3983 .
3984
3985 r 1 v l t 7
3986 @end group
3987 @end smallexample
3988
3989 @noindent
3990 (That's @kbd{v} followed by a lower-case @kbd{l}.)
3991
3992 Now we grind through the formula:
3993
3994 @smallexample
3995 @group
3996 1: 633.94526 2: 633.94526 1: 67.23607
3997 . 1: 566.70919 .
3998 .
3999
4000 r 7 r 6 * r 3 r 5 * -
4001
4002 @end group
4003 @end smallexample
4004 @noindent
4005 @smallexample
4006 @group
4007 2: 67.23607 3: 67.23607 2: 67.23607 1: 0.52141679
4008 1: 1862.0057 2: 1862.0057 1: 128.9488 .
4009 . 1: 1733.0569 .
4010 .
4011
4012 r 7 r 4 * r 3 2 ^ - / t 8
4013 @end group
4014 @end smallexample
4015
4016 That gives us the slope @cite{m}. The y-intercept @cite{b} can now
4017 be found with the simple formula,
4018
4019 @ifinfo
4020 @example
4021 b = (sum(y) - m sum(x)) / N
4022 @end example
4023 @end ifinfo
4024 @tex
4025 \turnoffactive
4026 \beforedisplay
4027 $$ b = {\sum y - m \sum x \over N} $$
4028 \afterdisplay
4029 \vskip10pt
4030 @end tex
4031
4032 @smallexample
4033 @group
4034 1: 13.613 2: 13.613 1: -8.09358 1: -0.425978
4035 . 1: 21.70658 . .
4036 .
4037
4038 r 5 r 8 r 3 * - r 7 / t 9
4039 @end group
4040 @end smallexample
4041
4042 Let's ``plot'' this straight line approximation, @c{$y \approx m x + b$}
4043 @cite{m x + b}, and compare it with the original data.@refill
4044
4045 @smallexample
4046 @group
4047 1: [0.699, 0.735, ... ] 1: [0.273, 0.309, ... ]
4048 . .
4049
4050 r 1 r 8 * r 9 + s 0
4051 @end group
4052 @end smallexample
4053
4054 @noindent
4055 Notice that multiplying a vector by a constant, and adding a constant
4056 to a vector, can be done without mapping commands since these are
4057 common operations from vector algebra. As far as Calc is concerned,
4058 we've just been doing geometry in 19-dimensional space!
4059
4060 We can subtract this vector from our original @cite{y} vector to get
4061 a feel for the error of our fit. Let's find the maximum error:
4062
4063 @smallexample
4064 @group
4065 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: 0.0897
4066 . . .
4067
4068 r 2 - V M A V R X
4069 @end group
4070 @end smallexample
4071
4072 @noindent
4073 First we compute a vector of differences, then we take the absolute
4074 values of these differences, then we reduce the @code{max} function
4075 across the vector. (The @code{max} function is on the two-key sequence
4076 @kbd{f x}; because it is so common to use @code{max} in a vector
4077 operation, the letters @kbd{X} and @kbd{N} are also accepted for
4078 @code{max} and @code{min} in this context. In general, you answer
4079 the @kbd{V M} or @kbd{V R} prompt with the actual key sequence that
4080 invokes the function you want. You could have typed @kbd{V R f x} or
4081 even @kbd{V R x max @key{RET}} if you had preferred.)
4082
4083 If your system has the GNUPLOT program, you can see graphs of your
4084 data and your straight line to see how well they match. (If you have
4085 GNUPLOT 3.0, the following instructions will work regardless of the
4086 kind of display you have. Some GNUPLOT 2.0, non-X-windows systems
4087 may require additional steps to view the graphs.)
4088
4089 Let's start by plotting the original data. Recall the ``@var{x}'' and ``@var{y}''
4090 vectors onto the stack and press @kbd{g f}. This ``fast'' graphing
4091 command does everything you need to do for simple, straightforward
4092 plotting of data.
4093
4094 @smallexample
4095 @group
4096 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
4097 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
4098 .
4099
4100 r 1 r 2 g f
4101 @end group
4102 @end smallexample
4103
4104 If all goes well, you will shortly get a new window containing a graph
4105 of the data. (If not, contact your GNUPLOT or Calc installer to find
4106 out what went wrong.) In the X window system, this will be a separate
4107 graphics window. For other kinds of displays, the default is to
4108 display the graph in Emacs itself using rough character graphics.
4109 Press @kbd{q} when you are done viewing the character graphics.
4110
4111 Next, let's add the line we got from our least-squares fit:
4112
4113 @smallexample
4114 @group
4115 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
4116 1: [0.273, 0.309, 0.351, ... ]
4117 .
4118
4119 @key{DEL} r 0 g a g p
4120 @end group
4121 @end smallexample
4122
4123 It's not very useful to get symbols to mark the data points on this
4124 second curve; you can type @kbd{g S g p} to remove them. Type @kbd{g q}
4125 when you are done to remove the X graphics window and terminate GNUPLOT.
4126
4127 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} An earlier exercise showed how to do
4128 least squares fitting to a general system of equations. Our 19 data
4129 points are really 19 equations of the form @cite{y_i = m x_i + b} for
4130 different pairs of @cite{(x_i,y_i)}. Use the matrix-transpose method
4131 to solve for @cite{m} and @cite{b}, duplicating the above result.
4132 @xref{List Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4133
4134 @cindex Geometric mean
4135 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} If the input data do not form a
4136 rectangle, you can use @w{@kbd{M-# g}} (@code{calc-grab-region})
4137 to grab the data the way Emacs normally works with regions---it reads
4138 left-to-right, top-to-bottom, treating line breaks the same as spaces.
4139 Use this command to find the geometric mean of the following numbers.
4140 (The geometric mean is the @var{n}th root of the product of @var{n} numbers.)
4141
4142 @example
4143 2.3 6 22 15.1 7
4144 15 14 7.5
4145 2.5
4146 @end example
4147
4148 @noindent
4149 The @kbd{M-# g} command accepts numbers separated by spaces or commas,
4150 with or without surrounding vector brackets.
4151 @xref{List Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4152
4153 @ifinfo
4154 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4155 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4156 @var{n}-choose-0 minus @var{n}-choose-1 plus @var{n}-choose-2, and so
4157 on up to @var{n}-choose-@var{n},
4158 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4159 for @cite{n=6}.@refill
4160 @end ifinfo
4161 @tex
4162 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4163 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4164 ${n \choose 0} - {n \choose 1} + {n \choose 2} - \cdots \pm {n \choose n}$
4165 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4166 for \cite{n=6}.
4167 @end tex
4168
4169 @smallexample
4170 @group
4171 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
4172 . .
4173
4174 v x 7 @key{RET} 1 -
4175
4176 @end group
4177 @end smallexample
4178 @noindent
4179 @smallexample
4180 @group
4181 1: [1, -6, 15, -20, 15, -6, 1] 1: 0
4182 . .
4183
4184 V M ' (-1)^$ choose(6,$) @key{RET} V R +
4185 @end group
4186 @end smallexample
4187
4188 The @kbd{V M '} command prompts you to enter any algebraic expression
4189 to define the function to map over the vector. The symbol @samp{$}
4190 inside this expression represents the argument to the function.
4191 The Calculator applies this formula to each element of the vector,
4192 substituting each element's value for the @samp{$} sign(s) in turn.
4193
4194 To define a two-argument function, use @samp{$$} for the first
4195 argument and @samp{$} for the second: @kbd{V M ' $$-$ @key{RET}} is
4196 equivalent to @kbd{V M -}. This is analogous to regular algebraic
4197 entry, where @samp{$$} would refer to the next-to-top stack entry
4198 and @samp{$} would refer to the top stack entry, and @kbd{' $$-$ @key{RET}}
4199 would act exactly like @kbd{-}.
4200
4201 Notice that the @kbd{V M '} command has recorded two things in the
4202 trail: The result, as usual, and also a funny-looking thing marked
4203 @samp{oper} that represents the operator function you typed in.
4204 The function is enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets, and the argument is
4205 denoted by a @samp{#} sign. If there were several arguments, they
4206 would be shown as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on. (For example,
4207 @kbd{V M ' $$-$} will put the function @samp{<#1 - #2>} on the
4208 trail.) This object is a ``nameless function''; you can use nameless
4209 @w{@samp{< >}} notation to answer the @kbd{V M '} prompt if you like.
4210 Nameless function notation has the interesting, occasionally useful
4211 property that a nameless function is not actually evaluated until
4212 it is used. For example, @kbd{V M ' $+random(2.0)} evaluates
4213 @samp{random(2.0)} once and adds that random number to all elements
4214 of the vector, but @kbd{V M ' <#+random(2.0)>} evaluates the
4215 @samp{random(2.0)} separately for each vector element.
4216
4217 Another group of operators that are often useful with @kbd{V M} are
4218 the relational operators: @kbd{a =}, for example, compares two numbers
4219 and gives the result 1 if they are equal, or 0 if not. Similarly,
4220 @w{@kbd{a <}} checks for one number being less than another.
4221
4222 Other useful vector operations include @kbd{v v}, to reverse a
4223 vector end-for-end; @kbd{V S}, to sort the elements of a vector
4224 into increasing order; and @kbd{v r} and @w{@kbd{v c}}, to extract
4225 one row or column of a matrix, or (in both cases) to extract one
4226 element of a plain vector. With a negative argument, @kbd{v r}
4227 and @kbd{v c} instead delete one row, column, or vector element.
4228
4229 @cindex Divisor functions
4230 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The @cite{k}th @dfn{divisor function}
4231 @tex
4232 $\sigma_k(n)$
4233 @end tex
4234 is the sum of the @cite{k}th powers of all the divisors of an
4235 integer @cite{n}. Figure out a method for computing the divisor
4236 function for reasonably small values of @cite{n}. As a test,
4237 the 0th and 1st divisor functions of 30 are 8 and 72, respectively.
4238 @xref{List Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4239
4240 @cindex Square-free numbers
4241 @cindex Duplicate values in a list
4242 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @kbd{k f} command produces a
4243 list of prime factors for a number. Sometimes it is important to
4244 know that a number is @dfn{square-free}, i.e., that no prime occurs
4245 more than once in its list of prime factors. Find a sequence of
4246 keystrokes to tell if a number is square-free; your method should
4247 leave 1 on the stack if it is, or 0 if it isn't.
4248 @xref{List Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4249
4250 @cindex Triangular lists
4251 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Build a list of lists that looks
4252 like the following diagram. (You may wish to use the @kbd{v /}
4253 command to enable multi-line display of vectors.)
4254
4255 @smallexample
4256 @group
4257 1: [ [1],
4258 [1, 2],
4259 [1, 2, 3],
4260 [1, 2, 3, 4],
4261 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5],
4262 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] ]
4263 @end group
4264 @end smallexample
4265
4266 @noindent
4267 @xref{List Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4268
4269 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Build the following list of lists.
4270
4271 @smallexample
4272 @group
4273 1: [ [0],
4274 [1, 2],
4275 [3, 4, 5],
4276 [6, 7, 8, 9],
4277 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
4278 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
4279 @end group
4280 @end smallexample
4281
4282 @noindent
4283 @xref{List Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4284
4285 @cindex Maximizing a function over a list of values
4286 @c [fix-ref Numerical Solutions]
4287 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} Compute a list of values of Bessel's
4288 @c{$J_1(x)$}
4289 @cite{J1} function @samp{besJ(1,x)} for @cite{x} from 0 to 5
4290 in steps of 0.25.
4291 Find the value of @cite{x} (from among the above set of values) for
4292 which @samp{besJ(1,x)} is a maximum. Use an ``automatic'' method,
4293 i.e., just reading along the list by hand to find the largest value
4294 is not allowed! (There is an @kbd{a X} command which does this kind
4295 of thing automatically; @pxref{Numerical Solutions}.)
4296 @xref{List Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})@refill
4297
4298 @cindex Digits, vectors of
4299 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} You are given an integer in the range
4300 @c{$0 \le N < 10^m$}
4301 @cite{0 <= N < 10^m} for @cite{m=12} (i.e., an integer of less than
4302 twelve digits). Convert this integer into a vector of @cite{m}
4303 digits, each in the range from 0 to 9. In vector-of-digits notation,
4304 add one to this integer to produce a vector of @cite{m+1} digits
4305 (since there could be a carry out of the most significant digit).
4306 Convert this vector back into a regular integer. A good integer
4307 to try is 25129925999. @xref{List Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4308
4309 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Your friend Joe tried to use
4310 @kbd{V R a =} to test if all numbers in a list were equal. What
4311 happened? How would you do this test? @xref{List Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4312
4313 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The area of a circle of radius one
4314 is @c{$\pi$}
4315 @cite{pi}. The area of the @c{$2\times2$}
4316 @asis{2x2} square that encloses that
4317 circle is 4. So if we throw @var{n} darts at random points in the square,
4318 about @c{$\pi/4$}
4319 @cite{pi/4} of them will land inside the circle. This gives us
4320 an entertaining way to estimate the value of @c{$\pi$}
4321 @cite{pi}. The @w{@kbd{k r}}
4322 command picks a random number between zero and the value on the stack.
4323 We could get a random floating-point number between @i{-1} and 1 by typing
4324 @w{@kbd{2.0 k r 1 -}}. Build a vector of 100 random @cite{(x,y)} points in
4325 this square, then use vector mapping and reduction to count how many
4326 points lie inside the unit circle. Hint: Use the @kbd{v b} command.
4327 @xref{List Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4328
4329 @cindex Matchstick problem
4330 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} The @dfn{matchstick problem} provides
4331 another way to calculate @c{$\pi$}
4332 @cite{pi}. Say you have an infinite field
4333 of vertical lines with a spacing of one inch. Toss a one-inch matchstick
4334 onto the field. The probability that the matchstick will land crossing
4335 a line turns out to be @c{$2/\pi$}
4336 @cite{2/pi}. Toss 100 matchsticks to estimate
4337 @c{$\pi$}
4338 @cite{pi}. (If you want still more fun, the probability that the GCD
4339 (@w{@kbd{k g}}) of two large integers is one turns out to be @c{$6/\pi^2$}
4340 @cite{6/pi^2}.
4341 That provides yet another way to estimate @c{$\pi$}
4342 @cite{pi}.)
4343 @xref{List Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4344
4345 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} An algebraic entry of a string in
4346 double-quote marks, @samp{"hello"}, creates a vector of the numerical
4347 (ASCII) codes of the characters (here, @cite{[104, 101, 108, 108, 111]}).
4348 Sometimes it is convenient to compute a @dfn{hash code} of a string,
4349 which is just an integer that represents the value of that string.
4350 Two equal strings have the same hash code; two different strings
4351 @dfn{probably} have different hash codes. (For example, Calc has
4352 over 400 function names, but Emacs can quickly find the definition for
4353 any given name because it has sorted the functions into ``buckets'' by
4354 their hash codes. Sometimes a few names will hash into the same bucket,
4355 but it is easier to search among a few names than among all the names.)
4356 One popular hash function is computed as follows: First set @cite{h = 0}.
4357 Then, for each character from the string in turn, set @cite{h = 3h + c_i}
4358 where @cite{c_i} is the character's ASCII code. If we have 511 buckets,
4359 we then take the hash code modulo 511 to get the bucket number. Develop a
4360 simple command or commands for converting string vectors into hash codes.
4361 The hash code for @samp{"Testing, 1, 2, 3"} is 1960915098, which modulo
4362 511 is 121. @xref{List Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4363
4364 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} The @kbd{H V R} and @kbd{H V U}
4365 commands do nested function evaluations. @kbd{H V U} takes a starting
4366 value and a number of steps @var{n} from the stack; it then applies the
4367 function you give to the starting value 0, 1, 2, up to @var{n} times
4368 and returns a vector of the results. Use this command to create a
4369 ``random walk'' of 50 steps. Start with the two-dimensional point
4370 @cite{(0,0)}; then take one step a random distance between @i{-1} and 1
4371 in both @cite{x} and @cite{y}; then take another step, and so on. Use the
4372 @kbd{g f} command to display this random walk. Now modify your random
4373 walk to walk a unit distance, but in a random direction, at each step.
4374 (Hint: The @code{sincos} function returns a vector of the cosine and
4375 sine of an angle.) @xref{List Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4376
4377 @node Types Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Tutorial
4378 @section Types Tutorial
4379
4380 @noindent
4381 Calc understands a variety of data types as well as simple numbers.
4382 In this section, we'll experiment with each of these types in turn.
4383
4384 The numbers we've been using so far have mainly been either @dfn{integers}
4385 or @dfn{floats}. We saw that floats are usually a good approximation to
4386 the mathematical concept of real numbers, but they are only approximations
4387 and are susceptible to roundoff error. Calc also supports @dfn{fractions},
4388 which can exactly represent any rational number.
4389
4390 @smallexample
4391 @group
4392 1: 3628800 2: 3628800 1: 518400:7 1: 518414:7 1: 7:518414
4393 . 1: 49 . . .
4394 .
4395
4396 10 ! 49 @key{RET} : 2 + &
4397 @end group
4398 @end smallexample
4399
4400 @noindent
4401 The @kbd{:} command divides two integers to get a fraction; @kbd{/}
4402 would normally divide integers to get a floating-point result.
4403 Notice we had to type @key{RET} between the @kbd{49} and the @kbd{:}
4404 since the @kbd{:} would otherwise be interpreted as part of a
4405 fraction beginning with 49.
4406
4407 You can convert between floating-point and fractional format using
4408 @kbd{c f} and @kbd{c F}:
4409
4410 @smallexample
4411 @group
4412 1: 1.35027217629e-5 1: 7:518414
4413 . .
4414
4415 c f c F
4416 @end group
4417 @end smallexample
4418
4419 The @kbd{c F} command replaces a floating-point number with the
4420 ``simplest'' fraction whose floating-point representation is the
4421 same, to within the current precision.
4422
4423 @smallexample
4424 @group
4425 1: 3.14159265359 1: 1146408:364913 1: 3.1416 1: 355:113
4426 . . . .
4427
4428 P c F @key{DEL} p 5 @key{RET} P c F
4429 @end group
4430 @end smallexample
4431
4432 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} A calculation has produced the
4433 result 1.26508260337. You suspect it is the square root of the
4434 product of @c{$\pi$}
4435 @cite{pi} and some rational number. Is it? (Be sure
4436 to allow for roundoff error!) @xref{Types Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4437
4438 @dfn{Complex numbers} can be stored in both rectangular and polar form.
4439
4440 @smallexample
4441 @group
4442 1: -9 1: (0, 3) 1: (3; 90.) 1: (6; 90.) 1: (2.4495; 45.)
4443 . . . . .
4444
4445 9 n Q c p 2 * Q
4446 @end group
4447 @end smallexample
4448
4449 @noindent
4450 The square root of @i{-9} is by default rendered in rectangular form
4451 (@w{@cite{0 + 3i}}), but we can convert it to polar form (3 with a
4452 phase angle of 90 degrees). All the usual arithmetic and scientific
4453 operations are defined on both types of complex numbers.
4454
4455 Another generalized kind of number is @dfn{infinity}. Infinity
4456 isn't really a number, but it can sometimes be treated like one.
4457 Calc uses the symbol @code{inf} to represent positive infinity,
4458 i.e., a value greater than any real number. Naturally, you can
4459 also write @samp{-inf} for minus infinity, a value less than any
4460 real number. The word @code{inf} can only be input using
4461 algebraic entry.
4462
4463 @smallexample
4464 @group
4465 2: inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 1: nan
4466 1: -17 1: -inf 1: -inf 1: inf .
4467 . . . .
4468
4469 ' inf @key{RET} 17 n * @key{RET} 72 + A +
4470 @end group
4471 @end smallexample
4472
4473 @noindent
4474 Since infinity is infinitely large, multiplying it by any finite
4475 number (like @i{-17}) has no effect, except that since @i{-17}
4476 is negative, it changes a plus infinity to a minus infinity.
4477 (``A huge positive number, multiplied by @i{-17}, yields a huge
4478 negative number.'') Adding any finite number to infinity also
4479 leaves it unchanged. Taking an absolute value gives us plus
4480 infinity again. Finally, we add this plus infinity to the minus
4481 infinity we had earlier. If you work it out, you might expect
4482 the answer to be @i{-72} for this. But the 72 has been completely
4483 lost next to the infinities; by the time we compute @w{@samp{inf - inf}}
4484 the finite difference between them, if any, is undetectable.
4485 So we say the result is @dfn{indeterminate}, which Calc writes
4486 with the symbol @code{nan} (for Not A Number).
4487
4488 Dividing by zero is normally treated as an error, but you can get
4489 Calc to write an answer in terms of infinity by pressing @kbd{m i}
4490 to turn on ``infinite mode.''
4491
4492 @smallexample
4493 @group
4494 3: nan 2: nan 2: nan 2: nan 1: nan
4495 2: 1 1: 1 / 0 1: uinf 1: uinf .
4496 1: 0 . . .
4497 .
4498
4499 1 @key{RET} 0 / m i U / 17 n * +
4500 @end group
4501 @end smallexample
4502
4503 @noindent
4504 Dividing by zero normally is left unevaluated, but after @kbd{m i}
4505 it instead gives an infinite result. The answer is actually
4506 @code{uinf}, ``undirected infinity.'' If you look at a graph of
4507 @cite{1 / x} around @w{@cite{x = 0}}, you'll see that it goes toward
4508 plus infinity as you approach zero from above, but toward minus
4509 infinity as you approach from below. Since we said only @cite{1 / 0},
4510 Calc knows that the answer is infinite but not in which direction.
4511 That's what @code{uinf} means. Notice that multiplying @code{uinf}
4512 by a negative number still leaves plain @code{uinf}; there's no
4513 point in saying @samp{-uinf} because the sign of @code{uinf} is
4514 unknown anyway. Finally, we add @code{uinf} to our @code{nan},
4515 yielding @code{nan} again. It's easy to see that, because
4516 @code{nan} means ``totally unknown'' while @code{uinf} means
4517 ``unknown sign but known to be infinite,'' the more mysterious
4518 @code{nan} wins out when it is combined with @code{uinf}, or, for
4519 that matter, with anything else.
4520
4521 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Predict what Calc will answer
4522 for each of these formulas: @samp{inf / inf}, @samp{exp(inf)},
4523 @samp{exp(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(uinf)},
4524 @samp{abs(uinf)}, @samp{ln(0)}.
4525 @xref{Types Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4526
4527 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} We saw that @samp{inf - inf = nan},
4528 which stands for an unknown value. Can @code{nan} stand for
4529 a complex number? Can it stand for infinity?
4530 @xref{Types Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4531
4532 @dfn{HMS forms} represent a value in terms of hours, minutes, and
4533 seconds.
4534
4535 @smallexample
4536 @group
4537 1: 2@@ 30' 0" 1: 3@@ 30' 0" 2: 3@@ 30' 0" 1: 2.
4538 . . 1: 1@@ 45' 0." .
4539 .
4540
4541 2@@ 30' @key{RET} 1 + @key{RET} 2 / /
4542 @end group
4543 @end smallexample
4544
4545 HMS forms can also be used to hold angles in degrees, minutes, and
4546 seconds.
4547
4548 @smallexample
4549 @group
4550 1: 0.5 1: 26.56505 1: 26@@ 33' 54.18" 1: 0.44721
4551 . . . .
4552
4553 0.5 I T c h S
4554 @end group
4555 @end smallexample
4556
4557 @noindent
4558 First we convert the inverse tangent of 0.5 to degrees-minutes-seconds
4559 form, then we take the sine of that angle. Note that the trigonometric
4560 functions will accept HMS forms directly as input.
4561
4562 @cindex Beatles
4563 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The Beatles' @emph{Abbey Road} is
4564 47 minutes and 26 seconds long, and contains 17 songs. What is the
4565 average length of a song on @emph{Abbey Road}? If the Extended Disco
4566 Version of @emph{Abbey Road} added 20 seconds to the length of each
4567 song, how long would the album be? @xref{Types Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4568
4569 A @dfn{date form} represents a date, or a date and time. Dates must
4570 be entered using algebraic entry. Date forms are surrounded by
4571 @samp{< >} symbols; most standard formats for dates are recognized.
4572
4573 @smallexample
4574 @group
4575 2: <Sun Jan 13, 1991> 1: 2.25
4576 1: <6:00pm Thu Jan 10, 1991> .
4577 .
4578
4579 ' <13 Jan 1991>, <1/10/91, 6pm> @key{RET} -
4580 @end group
4581 @end smallexample
4582
4583 @noindent
4584 In this example, we enter two dates, then subtract to find the
4585 number of days between them. It is also possible to add an
4586 HMS form or a number (of days) to a date form to get another
4587 date form.
4588
4589 @smallexample
4590 @group
4591 1: <4:45:59pm Mon Jan 14, 1991> 1: <2:50:59am Thu Jan 17, 1991>
4592 . .
4593
4594 t N 2 + 10@@ 5' +
4595 @end group
4596 @end smallexample
4597
4598 @c [fix-ref Date Arithmetic]
4599 @noindent
4600 The @kbd{t N} (``now'') command pushes the current date and time on the
4601 stack; then we add two days, ten hours and five minutes to the date and
4602 time. Other date-and-time related commands include @kbd{t J}, which
4603 does Julian day conversions, @kbd{t W}, which finds the beginning of
4604 the week in which a date form lies, and @kbd{t I}, which increments a
4605 date by one or several months. @xref{Date Arithmetic}, for more.
4606
4607 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} How many days until the next
4608 Friday the 13th? @xref{Types Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4609
4610 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} How many leap years will there be
4611 between now and the year 10001 A.D.? @xref{Types Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4612
4613 @cindex Slope and angle of a line
4614 @cindex Angle and slope of a line
4615 An @dfn{error form} represents a mean value with an attached standard
4616 deviation, or error estimate. Suppose our measurements indicate that
4617 a certain telephone pole is about 30 meters away, with an estimated
4618 error of 1 meter, and 8 meters tall, with an estimated error of 0.2
4619 meters. What is the slope of a line from here to the top of the
4620 pole, and what is the equivalent angle in degrees?
4621
4622 @smallexample
4623 @group
4624 1: 8 +/- 0.2 2: 8 +/- 0.2 1: 0.266 +/- 0.011 1: 14.93 +/- 0.594
4625 . 1: 30 +/- 1 . .
4626 .
4627
4628 8 p .2 @key{RET} 30 p 1 / I T
4629 @end group
4630 @end smallexample
4631
4632 @noindent
4633 This means that the angle is about 15 degrees, and, assuming our
4634 original error estimates were valid standard deviations, there is about
4635 a 60% chance that the result is correct within 0.59 degrees.
4636
4637 @cindex Torus, volume of
4638 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} The volume of a torus (a donut shape) is
4639 @c{$2 \pi^2 R r^2$}
4640 @w{@cite{2 pi^2 R r^2}} where @cite{R} is the radius of the circle that
4641 defines the center of the tube and @cite{r} is the radius of the tube
4642 itself. Suppose @cite{R} is 20 cm and @cite{r} is 4 cm, each known to
4643 within 5 percent. What is the volume and the relative uncertainty of
4644 the volume? @xref{Types Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4645
4646 An @dfn{interval form} represents a range of values. While an
4647 error form is best for making statistical estimates, intervals give
4648 you exact bounds on an answer. Suppose we additionally know that
4649 our telephone pole is definitely between 28 and 31 meters away,
4650 and that it is between 7.7 and 8.1 meters tall.
4651
4652 @smallexample
4653 @group
4654 1: [7.7 .. 8.1] 2: [7.7 .. 8.1] 1: [0.24 .. 0.28] 1: [13.9 .. 16.1]
4655 . 1: [28 .. 31] . .
4656 .
4657
4658 [ 7.7 .. 8.1 ] [ 28 .. 31 ] / I T
4659 @end group
4660 @end smallexample
4661
4662 @noindent
4663 If our bounds were correct, then the angle to the top of the pole
4664 is sure to lie in the range shown.
4665
4666 The square brackets around these intervals indicate that the endpoints
4667 themselves are allowable values. In other words, the distance to the
4668 telephone pole is between 28 and 31, @emph{inclusive}. You can also
4669 make an interval that is exclusive of its endpoints by writing
4670 parentheses instead of square brackets. You can even make an interval
4671 which is inclusive (``closed'') on one end and exclusive (``open'') on
4672 the other.
4673
4674 @smallexample
4675 @group
4676 1: [1 .. 10) 1: (0.1 .. 1] 2: (0.1 .. 1] 1: (0.2 .. 3)
4677 . . 1: [2 .. 3) .
4678 .
4679
4680 [ 1 .. 10 ) & [ 2 .. 3 ) *
4681 @end group
4682 @end smallexample
4683
4684 @noindent
4685 The Calculator automatically keeps track of which end values should
4686 be open and which should be closed. You can also make infinite or
4687 semi-infinite intervals by using @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} for one
4688 or both endpoints.
4689
4690 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} What answer would you expect from
4691 @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(0 .. 10)}}? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 0)}}? What
4692 about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{[0 .. 10]}} (where the interval actually includes
4693 zero)? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 10)}}?
4694 @xref{Types Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4695
4696 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} Two easy ways of squaring a number
4697 are @kbd{@key{RET} *} and @w{@kbd{2 ^}}. Normally these produce the same
4698 answer. Would you expect this still to hold true for interval forms?
4699 If not, which of these will result in a larger interval?
4700 @xref{Types Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4701
4702 A @dfn{modulo form} is used for performing arithmetic modulo @var{m}.
4703 For example, arithmetic involving time is generally done modulo 12
4704 or 24 hours.
4705
4706 @smallexample
4707 @group
4708 1: 17 mod 24 1: 3 mod 24 1: 21 mod 24 1: 9 mod 24
4709 . . . .
4710
4711 17 M 24 @key{RET} 10 + n 5 /
4712 @end group
4713 @end smallexample
4714
4715 @noindent
4716 In this last step, Calc has found a new number which, when multiplied
4717 by 5 modulo 24, produces the original number, 21. If @var{m} is prime
4718 it is always possible to find such a number. For non-prime @var{m}
4719 like 24, it is only sometimes possible.
4720
4721 @smallexample
4722 @group
4723 1: 10 mod 24 1: 16 mod 24 1: 1000000... 1: 16
4724 . . . .
4725
4726 10 M 24 @key{RET} 100 ^ 10 @key{RET} 100 ^ 24 %
4727 @end group
4728 @end smallexample
4729
4730 @noindent
4731 These two calculations get the same answer, but the first one is
4732 much more efficient because it avoids the huge intermediate value
4733 that arises in the second one.
4734
4735 @cindex Fermat, primality test of
4736 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} A theorem of Pierre de Fermat
4737 says that @c{\w{$x^{n-1} \bmod n = 1$}}
4738 @cite{x^(n-1) mod n = 1} if @cite{n} is a prime number
4739 and @cite{x} is an integer less than @cite{n}. If @cite{n} is
4740 @emph{not} a prime number, this will @emph{not} be true for most
4741 values of @cite{x}. Thus we can test informally if a number is
4742 prime by trying this formula for several values of @cite{x}.
4743 Use this test to tell whether the following numbers are prime:
4744 811749613, 15485863. @xref{Types Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4745
4746 It is possible to use HMS forms as parts of error forms, intervals,
4747 modulo forms, or as the phase part of a polar complex number.
4748 For example, the @code{calc-time} command pushes the current time
4749 of day on the stack as an HMS/modulo form.
4750
4751 @smallexample
4752 @group
4753 1: 17@@ 34' 45" mod 24@@ 0' 0" 1: 6@@ 22' 15" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
4754 . .
4755
4756 x time @key{RET} n
4757 @end group
4758 @end smallexample
4759
4760 @noindent
4761 This calculation tells me it is six hours and 22 minutes until midnight.
4762
4763 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} A rule of thumb is that one year
4764 is about @c{$\pi \times 10^7$}
4765 @w{@cite{pi * 10^7}} seconds. What time will it be that
4766 many seconds from right now? @xref{Types Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4767
4768 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} You are preparing to order packaging
4769 for the CD release of the Extended Disco Version of @emph{Abbey Road}.
4770 You are told that the songs will actually be anywhere from 20 to 60
4771 seconds longer than the originals. One CD can hold about 75 minutes
4772 of music. Should you order single or double packages?
4773 @xref{Types Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4774
4775 Another kind of data the Calculator can manipulate is numbers with
4776 @dfn{units}. This isn't strictly a new data type; it's simply an
4777 application of algebraic expressions, where we use variables with
4778 suggestive names like @samp{cm} and @samp{in} to represent units
4779 like centimeters and inches.
4780
4781 @smallexample
4782 @group
4783 1: 2 in 1: 5.08 cm 1: 0.027778 fath 1: 0.0508 m
4784 . . . .
4785
4786 ' 2in @key{RET} u c cm @key{RET} u c fath @key{RET} u b
4787 @end group
4788 @end smallexample
4789
4790 @noindent
4791 We enter the quantity ``2 inches'' (actually an algebraic expression
4792 which means two times the variable @samp{in}), then we convert it
4793 first to centimeters, then to fathoms, then finally to ``base'' units,
4794 which in this case means meters.
4795
4796 @smallexample
4797 @group
4798 1: 9 acre 1: 3 sqrt(acre) 1: 190.84 m 1: 190.84 m + 30 cm
4799 . . . .
4800
4801 ' 9 acre @key{RET} Q u s ' $+30 cm @key{RET}
4802
4803 @end group
4804 @end smallexample
4805 @noindent
4806 @smallexample
4807 @group
4808 1: 191.14 m 1: 36536.3046 m^2 1: 365363046 cm^2
4809 . . .
4810
4811 u s 2 ^ u c cgs
4812 @end group
4813 @end smallexample
4814
4815 @noindent
4816 Since units expressions are really just formulas, taking the square
4817 root of @samp{acre} is undefined. After all, @code{acre} might be an
4818 algebraic variable that you will someday assign a value. We use the
4819 ``units-simplify'' command to simplify the expression with variables
4820 being interpreted as unit names.
4821
4822 In the final step, we have converted not to a particular unit, but to a
4823 units system. The ``cgs'' system uses centimeters instead of meters
4824 as its standard unit of length.
4825
4826 There is a wide variety of units defined in the Calculator.
4827
4828 @smallexample
4829 @group
4830 1: 55 mph 1: 88.5139 kph 1: 88.5139 km / hr 1: 8.201407e-8 c
4831 . . . .
4832
4833 ' 55 mph @key{RET} u c kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} u c c @key{RET}
4834 @end group
4835 @end smallexample
4836
4837 @noindent
4838 We express a speed first in miles per hour, then in kilometers per
4839 hour, then again using a slightly more explicit notation, then
4840 finally in terms of fractions of the speed of light.
4841
4842 Temperature conversions are a bit more tricky. There are two ways to
4843 interpret ``20 degrees Fahrenheit''---it could mean an actual
4844 temperature, or it could mean a change in temperature. For normal
4845 units there is no difference, but temperature units have an offset
4846 as well as a scale factor and so there must be two explicit commands
4847 for them.
4848
4849 @smallexample
4850 @group
4851 1: 20 degF 1: 11.1111 degC 1: -20:3 degC 1: -6.666 degC
4852 . . . .
4853
4854 ' 20 degF @key{RET} u c degC @key{RET} U u t degC @key{RET} c f
4855 @end group
4856 @end smallexample
4857
4858 @noindent
4859 First we convert a change of 20 degrees Fahrenheit into an equivalent
4860 change in degrees Celsius (or Centigrade). Then, we convert the
4861 absolute temperature 20 degrees Fahrenheit into Celsius. Since
4862 this comes out as an exact fraction, we then convert to floating-point
4863 for easier comparison with the other result.
4864
4865 For simple unit conversions, you can put a plain number on the stack.
4866 Then @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u t} will prompt for both old and new units.
4867 When you use this method, you're responsible for remembering which
4868 numbers are in which units:
4869
4870 @smallexample
4871 @group
4872 1: 55 1: 88.5139 1: 8.201407e-8
4873 . . .
4874
4875 55 u c mph @key{RET} kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} c @key{RET}
4876 @end group
4877 @end smallexample
4878
4879 To see a complete list of built-in units, type @kbd{u v}. Press
4880 @w{@kbd{M-# c}} again to re-enter the Calculator when you're done looking
4881 at the units table.
4882
4883 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} How many seconds are there really
4884 in a year? @xref{Types Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4885
4886 @cindex Speed of light
4887 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} Supercomputer designs are limited by
4888 the speed of light (and of electricity, which is nearly as fast).
4889 Suppose a computer has a 4.1 ns (nanosecond) clock cycle, and its
4890 cabinet is one meter across. Is speed of light going to be a
4891 significant factor in its design? @xref{Types Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4892
4893 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 15.} Sam the Slug normally travels about
4894 five yards in an hour. He has obtained a supply of Power Pills; each
4895 Power Pill he eats doubles his speed. How many Power Pills can he
4896 swallow and still travel legally on most US highways?
4897 @xref{Types Answer 15, 15}. (@bullet{})
4898
4899 @node Algebra Tutorial, Programming Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Tutorial
4900 @section Algebra and Calculus Tutorial
4901
4902 @noindent
4903 This section shows how to use Calc's algebra facilities to solve
4904 equations, do simple calculus problems, and manipulate algebraic
4905 formulas.
4906
4907 @menu
4908 * Basic Algebra Tutorial::
4909 * Rewrites Tutorial::
4910 @end menu
4911
4912 @node Basic Algebra Tutorial, Rewrites Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
4913 @subsection Basic Algebra
4914
4915 @noindent
4916 If you enter a formula in algebraic mode that refers to variables,
4917 the formula itself is pushed onto the stack. You can manipulate
4918 formulas as regular data objects.
4919
4920 @smallexample
4921 @group
4922 1: 2 x^2 - 6 1: 6 - 2 x^2 1: (6 - 2 x^2) (3 x^2 + y)
4923 . . .
4924
4925 ' 2x^2-6 @key{RET} n ' 3x^2+y @key{RET} *
4926 @end group
4927 @end smallexample
4928
4929 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Do @kbd{' x @key{RET} Q 2 ^} and
4930 @kbd{' x @key{RET} 2 ^ Q} both wind up with the same result (@samp{x})?
4931 Why or why not? @xref{Algebra Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4932
4933 There are also commands for doing common algebraic operations on
4934 formulas. Continuing with the formula from the last example,
4935
4936 @smallexample
4937 @group
4938 1: 18 x^2 + 6 y - 6 x^4 - 2 x^2 y 1: (18 - 2 y) x^2 - 6 x^4 + 6 y
4939 . .
4940
4941 a x a c x @key{RET}
4942 @end group
4943 @end smallexample
4944
4945 @noindent
4946 First we ``expand'' using the distributive law, then we ``collect''
4947 terms involving like powers of @cite{x}.
4948
4949 Let's find the value of this expression when @cite{x} is 2 and @cite{y}
4950 is one-half.
4951
4952 @smallexample
4953 @group
4954 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: -25
4955 . .
4956
4957 1:2 s l y @key{RET} 2 s l x @key{RET}
4958 @end group
4959 @end smallexample
4960
4961 @noindent
4962 The @kbd{s l} command means ``let''; it takes a number from the top of
4963 the stack and temporarily assigns it as the value of the variable
4964 you specify. It then evaluates (as if by the @kbd{=} key) the
4965 next expression on the stack. After this command, the variable goes
4966 back to its original value, if any.
4967
4968 (An earlier exercise in this tutorial involved storing a value in the
4969 variable @code{x}; if this value is still there, you will have to
4970 unstore it with @kbd{s u x @key{RET}} before the above example will work
4971 properly.)
4972
4973 @cindex Maximum of a function using Calculus
4974 Let's find the maximum value of our original expression when @cite{y}
4975 is one-half and @cite{x} ranges over all possible values. We can
4976 do this by taking the derivative with respect to @cite{x} and examining
4977 values of @cite{x} for which the derivative is zero. If the second
4978 derivative of the function at that value of @cite{x} is negative,
4979 the function has a local maximum there.
4980
4981 @smallexample
4982 @group
4983 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
4984 . .
4985
4986 U @key{DEL} s 1 a d x @key{RET} s 2
4987 @end group
4988 @end smallexample
4989
4990 @noindent
4991 Well, the derivative is clearly zero when @cite{x} is zero. To find
4992 the other root(s), let's divide through by @cite{x} and then solve:
4993
4994 @smallexample
4995 @group
4996 1: (34 x - 24 x^3) / x 1: 34 x / x - 24 x^3 / x 1: 34 - 24 x^2
4997 . . .
4998
4999 ' x @key{RET} / a x a s
5000
5001 @end group
5002 @end smallexample
5003 @noindent
5004 @smallexample
5005 @group
5006 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023
5007 . .
5008
5009 0 a = s 3 a S x @key{RET}
5010 @end group
5011 @end smallexample
5012
5013 @noindent
5014 Notice the use of @kbd{a s} to ``simplify'' the formula. When the
5015 default algebraic simplifications don't do enough, you can use
5016 @kbd{a s} to tell Calc to spend more time on the job.
5017
5018 Now we compute the second derivative and plug in our values of @cite{x}:
5019
5020 @smallexample
5021 @group
5022 1: 1.19023 2: 1.19023 2: 1.19023
5023 . 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: 34 - 72 x^2
5024 . .
5025
5026 a . r 2 a d x @key{RET} s 4
5027 @end group
5028 @end smallexample
5029
5030 @noindent
5031 (The @kbd{a .} command extracts just the righthand side of an equation.
5032 Another method would have been to use @kbd{v u} to unpack the equation
5033 @w{@samp{x = 1.19}} to @samp{x} and @samp{1.19}, then use @kbd{M-- M-2 @key{DEL}}
5034 to delete the @samp{x}.)
5035
5036 @smallexample
5037 @group
5038 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: -68. 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: 34
5039 1: 1.19023 . 1: 0 .
5040 . .
5041
5042 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET} U @key{DEL} 0 s l x @key{RET}
5043 @end group
5044 @end smallexample
5045
5046 @noindent
5047 The first of these second derivatives is negative, so we know the function
5048 has a maximum value at @cite{x = 1.19023}. (The function also has a
5049 local @emph{minimum} at @cite{x = 0}.)
5050
5051 When we solved for @cite{x}, we got only one value even though
5052 @cite{34 - 24 x^2 = 0} is a quadratic equation that ought to have
5053 two solutions. The reason is that @w{@kbd{a S}} normally returns a
5054 single ``principal'' solution. If it needs to come up with an
5055 arbitrary sign (as occurs in the quadratic formula) it picks @cite{+}.
5056 If it needs an arbitrary integer, it picks zero. We can get a full
5057 solution by pressing @kbd{H} (the Hyperbolic flag) before @kbd{a S}.
5058
5059 @smallexample
5060 @group
5061 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023 s1 1: x = -1.19023
5062 . . .
5063
5064 r 3 H a S x @key{RET} s 5 1 n s l s1 @key{RET}
5065 @end group
5066 @end smallexample
5067
5068 @noindent
5069 Calc has invented the variable @samp{s1} to represent an unknown sign;
5070 it is supposed to be either @i{+1} or @i{-1}. Here we have used
5071 the ``let'' command to evaluate the expression when the sign is negative.
5072 If we plugged this into our second derivative we would get the same,
5073 negative, answer, so @cite{x = -1.19023} is also a maximum.
5074
5075 To find the actual maximum value, we must plug our two values of @cite{x}
5076 into the original formula.
5077
5078 @smallexample
5079 @group
5080 2: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 24.08333 s1^2 - 12.04166 s1^4 + 3
5081 1: x = 1.19023 s1 .
5082 .
5083
5084 r 1 r 5 s l @key{RET}
5085 @end group
5086 @end smallexample
5087
5088 @noindent
5089 (Here we see another way to use @kbd{s l}; if its input is an equation
5090 with a variable on the lefthand side, then @kbd{s l} treats the equation
5091 like an assignment to that variable if you don't give a variable name.)
5092
5093 It's clear that this will have the same value for either sign of
5094 @code{s1}, but let's work it out anyway, just for the exercise:
5095
5096 @smallexample
5097 @group
5098 2: [-1, 1] 1: [15.04166, 15.04166]
5099 1: 24.08333 s1^2 ... .
5100 .
5101
5102 [ 1 n , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
5103 @end group
5104 @end smallexample
5105
5106 @noindent
5107 Here we have used a vector mapping operation to evaluate the function
5108 at several values of @samp{s1} at once. @kbd{V M $} is like @kbd{V M '}
5109 except that it takes the formula from the top of the stack. The
5110 formula is interpreted as a function to apply across the vector at the
5111 next-to-top stack level. Since a formula on the stack can't contain
5112 @samp{$} signs, Calc assumes the variables in the formula stand for
5113 different arguments. It prompts you for an @dfn{argument list}, giving
5114 the list of all variables in the formula in alphabetical order as the
5115 default list. In this case the default is @samp{(s1)}, which is just
5116 what we want so we simply press @key{RET} at the prompt.
5117
5118 If there had been several different values, we could have used
5119 @w{@kbd{V R X}} to find the global maximum.
5120
5121 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a P} command that solves an equation using
5122 @w{@kbd{H a S}} and returns a vector of all the solutions. It simply
5123 automates the job we just did by hand. Applied to our original
5124 cubic polynomial, it would produce the vector of solutions
5125 @cite{[1.19023, -1.19023, 0]}. (There is also an @kbd{a X} command
5126 which finds a local maximum of a function. It uses a numerical search
5127 method rather than examining the derivatives, and thus requires you
5128 to provide some kind of initial guess to show it where to look.)
5129
5130 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Given a vector of the roots of a
5131 polynomial (such as the output of an @kbd{a P} command), what
5132 sequence of commands would you use to reconstruct the original
5133 polynomial? (The answer will be unique to within a constant
5134 multiple; choose the solution where the leading coefficient is one.)
5135 @xref{Algebra Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5136
5137 The @kbd{m s} command enables ``symbolic mode,'' in which formulas
5138 like @samp{sqrt(5)} that can't be evaluated exactly are left in
5139 symbolic form rather than giving a floating-point approximate answer.
5140 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}) is also useful when doing algebra.
5141
5142 @smallexample
5143 @group
5144 2: 34 x - 24 x^3 2: 34 x - 24 x^3
5145 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0]
5146 . .
5147
5148 r 2 @key{RET} m s m f a P x @key{RET}
5149 @end group
5150 @end smallexample
5151
5152 One more mode that makes reading formulas easier is ``Big mode.''
5153
5154 @smallexample
5155 @group
5156 3
5157 2: 34 x - 24 x
5158
5159 ____ ____
5160 V 51 V 51
5161 1: [-----, -----, 0]
5162 6 -6
5163
5164 .
5165
5166 d B
5167 @end group
5168 @end smallexample
5169
5170 Here things like powers, square roots, and quotients and fractions
5171 are displayed in a two-dimensional pictorial form. Calc has other
5172 language modes as well, such as C mode, FORTRAN mode, and @TeX{} mode.
5173
5174 @smallexample
5175 @group
5176 2: 34*x - 24*pow(x, 3) 2: 34*x - 24*x**3
5177 1: @{sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0@} 1: /sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0/
5178 . .
5179
5180 d C d F
5181
5182 @end group
5183 @end smallexample
5184 @noindent
5185 @smallexample
5186 @group
5187 3: 34 x - 24 x^3
5188 2: [@{\sqrt@{51@} \over 6@}, @{\sqrt@{51@} \over -6@}, 0]
5189 1: @{2 \over 3@} \sqrt@{5@}
5190 .
5191
5192 d T ' 2 \sqrt@{5@} \over 3 @key{RET}
5193 @end group
5194 @end smallexample
5195
5196 @noindent
5197 As you can see, language modes affect both entry and display of
5198 formulas. They affect such things as the names used for built-in
5199 functions, the set of arithmetic operators and their precedences,
5200 and notations for vectors and matrices.
5201
5202 Notice that @samp{sqrt(51)} may cause problems with older
5203 implementations of C and FORTRAN, which would require something more
5204 like @samp{sqrt(51.0)}. It is always wise to check over the formulas
5205 produced by the various language modes to make sure they are fully
5206 correct.
5207
5208 Type @kbd{m s}, @kbd{m f}, and @kbd{d N} to reset these modes. (You
5209 may prefer to remain in Big mode, but all the examples in the tutorial
5210 are shown in normal mode.)
5211
5212 @cindex Area under a curve
5213 What is the area under the portion of this curve from @cite{x = 1} to @cite{2}?
5214 This is simply the integral of the function:
5215
5216 @smallexample
5217 @group
5218 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 5.6666 x^3 - 1.2 x^5 + 3 x
5219 . .
5220
5221 r 1 a i x
5222 @end group
5223 @end smallexample
5224
5225 @noindent
5226 We want to evaluate this at our two values for @cite{x} and subtract.
5227 One way to do it is again with vector mapping and reduction:
5228
5229 @smallexample
5230 @group
5231 2: [2, 1] 1: [12.93333, 7.46666] 1: 5.46666
5232 1: 5.6666 x^3 ... . .
5233
5234 [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5235 @end group
5236 @end smallexample
5237
5238 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Find the integral from 1 to @cite{y}
5239 of @c{$x \sin \pi x$}
5240 @w{@cite{x sin(pi x)}} (where the sine is calculated in radians).
5241 Find the values of the integral for integers @cite{y} from 1 to 5.
5242 @xref{Algebra Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5243
5244 Calc's integrator can do many simple integrals symbolically, but many
5245 others are beyond its capabilities. Suppose we wish to find the area
5246 under the curve @c{$\sin x \ln x$}
5247 @cite{sin(x) ln(x)} over the same range of @cite{x}. If
5248 you entered this formula and typed @kbd{a i x @key{RET}} (don't bother to try
5249 this), Calc would work for a long time but would be unable to find a
5250 solution. In fact, there is no closed-form solution to this integral.
5251 Now what do we do?
5252
5253 @cindex Integration, numerical
5254 @cindex Numerical integration
5255 One approach would be to do the integral numerically. It is not hard
5256 to do this by hand using vector mapping and reduction. It is rather
5257 slow, though, since the sine and logarithm functions take a long time.
5258 We can save some time by reducing the working precision.
5259
5260 @smallexample
5261 @group
5262 3: 10 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9]
5263 2: 1 .
5264 1: 0.1
5265 .
5266
5267 10 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
5268 @end group
5269 @end smallexample
5270
5271 @noindent
5272 (Note that we have used the extended version of @kbd{v x}; we could
5273 also have used plain @kbd{v x} as follows: @kbd{v x 10 @key{RET} 9 + .1 *}.)
5274
5275 @smallexample
5276 @group
5277 2: [1, 1.1, ... ] 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
5278 1: sin(x) ln(x) .
5279 .
5280
5281 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} s 1 m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
5282
5283 @end group
5284 @end smallexample
5285 @noindent
5286 @smallexample
5287 @group
5288 1: 3.4195 0.34195
5289 . .
5290
5291 V R + 0.1 *
5292 @end group
5293 @end smallexample
5294
5295 @noindent
5296 (If you got wildly different results, did you remember to switch
5297 to radians mode?)
5298
5299 Here we have divided the curve into ten segments of equal width;
5300 approximating these segments as rectangular boxes (i.e., assuming
5301 the curve is nearly flat at that resolution), we compute the areas
5302 of the boxes (height times width), then sum the areas. (It is
5303 faster to sum first, then multiply by the width, since the width
5304 is the same for every box.)
5305
5306 The true value of this integral turns out to be about 0.374, so
5307 we're not doing too well. Let's try another approach.
5308
5309 @smallexample
5310 @group
5311 1: sin(x) ln(x) 1: 0.84147 x - 0.84147 + 0.11957 (x - 1)^2 - ...
5312 . .
5313
5314 r 1 a t x=1 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET}
5315 @end group
5316 @end smallexample
5317
5318 @noindent
5319 Here we have computed the Taylor series expansion of the function
5320 about the point @cite{x=1}. We can now integrate this polynomial
5321 approximation, since polynomials are easy to integrate.
5322
5323 @smallexample
5324 @group
5325 1: 0.42074 x^2 + ... 1: [-0.0446, -0.42073] 1: 0.3761
5326 . . .
5327
5328 a i x @key{RET} [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5329 @end group
5330 @end smallexample
5331
5332 @noindent
5333 Better! By increasing the precision and/or asking for more terms
5334 in the Taylor series, we can get a result as accurate as we like.
5335 (Taylor series converge better away from singularities in the
5336 function such as the one at @code{ln(0)}, so it would also help to
5337 expand the series about the points @cite{x=2} or @cite{x=1.5} instead
5338 of @cite{x=1}.)
5339
5340 @cindex Simpson's rule
5341 @cindex Integration by Simpson's rule
5342 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Our first method approximated the
5343 curve by stairsteps of width 0.1; the total area was then the sum
5344 of the areas of the rectangles under these stairsteps. Our second
5345 method approximated the function by a polynomial, which turned out
5346 to be a better approximation than stairsteps. A third method is
5347 @dfn{Simpson's rule}, which is like the stairstep method except
5348 that the steps are not required to be flat. Simpson's rule boils
5349 down to the formula,
5350
5351 @ifinfo
5352 @example
5353 (h/3) * (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + ...
5354 + 2 f(a+(n-2)*h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)*h) + f(a+n*h))
5355 @end example
5356 @end ifinfo
5357 @tex
5358 \turnoffactive
5359 \beforedisplay
5360 $$ \displaylines{
5361 \qquad {h \over 3} (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + \cdots
5362 \hfill \cr \hfill {} + 2 f(a+(n-2)h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)h) + f(a+n h)) \qquad
5363 } $$
5364 \afterdisplay
5365 @end tex
5366
5367 @noindent
5368 where @cite{n} (which must be even) is the number of slices and @cite{h}
5369 is the width of each slice. These are 10 and 0.1 in our example.
5370 For reference, here is the corresponding formula for the stairstep
5371 method:
5372
5373 @ifinfo
5374 @example
5375 h * (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + ...
5376 + f(a+(n-2)*h) + f(a+(n-1)*h))
5377 @end example
5378 @end ifinfo
5379 @tex
5380 \turnoffactive
5381 \beforedisplay
5382 $$ h (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + \cdots
5383 + f(a+(n-2)h) + f(a+(n-1)h)) $$
5384 \afterdisplay
5385 @end tex
5386
5387 Compute the integral from 1 to 2 of @c{$\sin x \ln x$}
5388 @cite{sin(x) ln(x)} using
5389 Simpson's rule with 10 slices. @xref{Algebra Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5390
5391 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a I} command for doing numerical integration.
5392 It uses @dfn{Romberg's method}, which is a more sophisticated cousin
5393 of Simpson's rule. In particular, it knows how to keep refining the
5394 result until the current precision is satisfied.
5395
5396 @c [fix-ref Selecting Sub-Formulas]
5397 Aside from the commands we've seen so far, Calc also provides a
5398 large set of commands for operating on parts of formulas. You
5399 indicate the desired sub-formula by placing the cursor on any part
5400 of the formula before giving a @dfn{selection} command. Selections won't
5401 be covered in the tutorial; @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}, for
5402 details and examples.
5403
5404 @c hard exercise: simplify (2^(n r) - 2^(r*(n - 1))) / (2^r - 1) 2^(n - 1)
5405 @c to 2^((n-1)*(r-1)).
5406
5407 @node Rewrites Tutorial, , Basic Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
5408 @subsection Rewrite Rules
5409
5410 @noindent
5411 No matter how many built-in commands Calc provided for doing algebra,
5412 there would always be something you wanted to do that Calc didn't have
5413 in its repertoire. So Calc also provides a @dfn{rewrite rule} system
5414 that you can use to define your own algebraic manipulations.
5415
5416 Suppose we want to simplify this trigonometric formula:
5417
5418 @smallexample
5419 @group
5420 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x)
5421 .
5422
5423 ' 1/cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) @key{RET} s 1
5424 @end group
5425 @end smallexample
5426
5427 @noindent
5428 If we were simplifying this by hand, we'd probably replace the
5429 @samp{tan} with a @samp{sin/cos} first, then combine over a common
5430 denominator. There is no Calc command to do the former; the @kbd{a n}
5431 algebra command will do the latter but we'll do both with rewrite
5432 rules just for practice.
5433
5434 Rewrite rules are written with the @samp{:=} symbol.
5435
5436 @smallexample
5437 @group
5438 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x)
5439 .
5440
5441 a r tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a) @key{RET}
5442 @end group
5443 @end smallexample
5444
5445 @noindent
5446 (The ``assignment operator'' @samp{:=} has several uses in Calc. All
5447 by itself the formula @samp{tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a)} doesn't do anything,
5448 but when it is given to the @kbd{a r} command, that command interprets
5449 it as a rewrite rule.)
5450
5451 The lefthand side, @samp{tan(a)}, is called the @dfn{pattern} of the
5452 rewrite rule. Calc searches the formula on the stack for parts that
5453 match the pattern. Variables in a rewrite pattern are called
5454 @dfn{meta-variables}, and when matching the pattern each meta-variable
5455 can match any sub-formula. Here, the meta-variable @samp{a} matched
5456 the actual variable @samp{x}.
5457
5458 When the pattern part of a rewrite rule matches a part of the formula,
5459 that part is replaced by the righthand side with all the meta-variables
5460 substituted with the things they matched. So the result is
5461 @samp{sin(x) / cos(x)}. Calc's normal algebraic simplifications then
5462 mix this in with the rest of the original formula.
5463
5464 To merge over a common denominator, we can use another simple rule:
5465
5466 @smallexample
5467 @group
5468 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5469 .
5470
5471 a r a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET}
5472 @end group
5473 @end smallexample
5474
5475 This rule points out several interesting features of rewrite patterns.
5476 First, if a meta-variable appears several times in a pattern, it must
5477 match the same thing everywhere. This rule detects common denominators
5478 because the same meta-variable @samp{x} is used in both of the
5479 denominators.
5480
5481 Second, meta-variable names are independent from variables in the
5482 target formula. Notice that the meta-variable @samp{x} here matches
5483 the subformula @samp{cos(x)}; Calc never confuses the two meanings of
5484 @samp{x}.
5485
5486 And third, rewrite patterns know a little bit about the algebraic
5487 properties of formulas. The pattern called for a sum of two quotients;
5488 Calc was able to match a difference of two quotients by matching
5489 @samp{a = 1}, @samp{b = -sin(x)^2}, and @samp{x = cos(x)}.
5490
5491 @c [fix-ref Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules]
5492 We could just as easily have written @samp{a/x - b/x := (a-b)/x} for
5493 the rule. It would have worked just the same in all cases. (If we
5494 really wanted the rule to apply only to @samp{+} or only to @samp{-},
5495 we could have used the @code{plain} symbol. @xref{Algebraic Properties
5496 of Rewrite Rules}, for some examples of this.)
5497
5498 One more rewrite will complete the job. We want to use the identity
5499 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}, but of course we must first rearrange
5500 the identity in a way that matches our formula. The obvious rule
5501 would be @samp{@w{1 - sin(x)^2} := cos(x)^2}, but a little thought shows
5502 that the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2} will also work. The
5503 latter rule has a more general pattern so it will work in many other
5504 situations, too.
5505
5506 @smallexample
5507 @group
5508 1: (1 + cos(x)^2 - 1) / cos(x) 1: cos(x)
5509 . .
5510
5511 a r sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} a s
5512 @end group
5513 @end smallexample
5514
5515 You may ask, what's the point of using the most general rule if you
5516 have to type it in every time anyway? The answer is that Calc allows
5517 you to store a rewrite rule in a variable, then give the variable
5518 name in the @kbd{a r} command. In fact, this is the preferred way to
5519 use rewrites. For one, if you need a rule once you'll most likely
5520 need it again later. Also, if the rule doesn't work quite right you
5521 can simply Undo, edit the variable, and run the rule again without
5522 having to retype it.
5523
5524 @smallexample
5525 @group
5526 ' tan(x) := sin(x)/cos(x) @key{RET} s t tsc @key{RET}
5527 ' a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET} s t merge @key{RET}
5528 ' sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} s t sinsqr @key{RET}
5529
5530 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5531 . .
5532
5533 r 1 a r tsc @key{RET} a r merge @key{RET} a r sinsqr @key{RET} a s
5534 @end group
5535 @end smallexample
5536
5537 To edit a variable, type @kbd{s e} and the variable name, use regular
5538 Emacs editing commands as necessary, then type @kbd{M-# M-#} or
5539 @kbd{C-c C-c} to store the edited value back into the variable.
5540 You can also use @w{@kbd{s e}} to create a new variable if you wish.
5541
5542 Notice that the first time you use each rule, Calc puts up a ``compiling''
5543 message briefly. The pattern matcher converts rules into a special
5544 optimized pattern-matching language rather than using them directly.
5545 This allows @kbd{a r} to apply even rather complicated rules very
5546 efficiently. If the rule is stored in a variable, Calc compiles it
5547 only once and stores the compiled form along with the variable. That's
5548 another good reason to store your rules in variables rather than
5549 entering them on the fly.
5550
5551 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Type @kbd{m s} to get symbolic
5552 mode, then enter the formula @samp{@w{(2 + sqrt(2))} / @w{(1 + sqrt(2))}}.
5553 Using a rewrite rule, simplify this formula by multiplying both
5554 sides by the conjugate @w{@samp{1 - sqrt(2)}}. The result will have
5555 to be expanded by the distributive law; do this with another
5556 rewrite. @xref{Rewrites Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5557
5558 The @kbd{a r} command can also accept a vector of rewrite rules, or
5559 a variable containing a vector of rules.
5560
5561 @smallexample
5562 @group
5563 1: [tsc, merge, sinsqr] 1: [tan(x) := sin(x) / cos(x), ... ]
5564 . .
5565
5566 ' [tsc,merge,sinsqr] @key{RET} =
5567
5568 @end group
5569 @end smallexample
5570 @noindent
5571 @smallexample
5572 @group
5573 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5574 . .
5575
5576 s t trig @key{RET} r 1 a r trig @key{RET} a s
5577 @end group
5578 @end smallexample
5579
5580 @c [fix-ref Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules]
5581 Calc tries all the rules you give against all parts of the formula,
5582 repeating until no further change is possible. (The exact order in
5583 which things are tried is rather complex, but for simple rules like
5584 the ones we've used here the order doesn't really matter.
5585 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.)
5586
5587 Calc actually repeats only up to 100 times, just in case your rule set
5588 has gotten into an infinite loop. You can give a numeric prefix argument
5589 to @kbd{a r} to specify any limit. In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} does
5590 only one rewrite at a time.
5591
5592 @smallexample
5593 @group
5594 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x) 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5595 . .
5596
5597 r 1 M-1 a r trig @key{RET} M-1 a r trig @key{RET}
5598 @end group
5599 @end smallexample
5600
5601 You can type @kbd{M-0 a r} if you want no limit at all on the number
5602 of rewrites that occur.
5603
5604 Rewrite rules can also be @dfn{conditional}. Simply follow the rule
5605 with a @samp{::} symbol and the desired condition. For example,
5606
5607 @smallexample
5608 @group
5609 1: exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i)
5610 .
5611
5612 ' exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i) @key{RET}
5613
5614 @end group
5615 @end smallexample
5616 @noindent
5617 @smallexample
5618 @group
5619 1: 1 + exp(3 pi i) + 1
5620 .
5621
5622 a r exp(k pi i) := 1 :: k % 2 = 0 @key{RET}
5623 @end group
5624 @end smallexample
5625
5626 @noindent
5627 (Recall, @samp{k % 2} is the remainder from dividing @samp{k} by 2,
5628 which will be zero only when @samp{k} is an even integer.)
5629
5630 An interesting point is that the variables @samp{pi} and @samp{i}
5631 were matched literally rather than acting as meta-variables.
5632 This is because they are special-constant variables. The special
5633 constants @samp{e}, @samp{phi}, and so on also match literally.
5634 A common error with rewrite
5635 rules is to write, say, @samp{f(a,b,c,d,e) := g(a+b+c+d+e)}, expecting
5636 to match any @samp{f} with five arguments but in fact matching
5637 only when the fifth argument is literally @samp{e}!@refill
5638
5639 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5640 @ignore
5641 @starindex
5642 @end ignore
5643 @tindex fib
5644 Rewrite rules provide an interesting way to define your own functions.
5645 Suppose we want to define @samp{fib(n)} to produce the @var{n}th
5646 Fibonacci number. The first two Fibonacci numbers are each 1;
5647 later numbers are formed by summing the two preceding numbers in
5648 the sequence. This is easy to express in a set of three rules:
5649
5650 @smallexample
5651 @group
5652 ' [fib(1) := 1, fib(2) := 1, fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2)] @key{RET} s t fib
5653
5654 1: fib(7) 1: 13
5655 . .
5656
5657 ' fib(7) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5658 @end group
5659 @end smallexample
5660
5661 One thing that is guaranteed about the order that rewrites are tried
5662 is that, for any given subformula, earlier rules in the rule set will
5663 be tried for that subformula before later ones. So even though the
5664 first and third rules both match @samp{fib(1)}, we know the first will
5665 be used preferentially.
5666
5667 This rule set has one dangerous bug: Suppose we apply it to the
5668 formula @samp{fib(x)}? (Don't actually try this.) The third rule
5669 will match @samp{fib(x)} and replace it with @w{@samp{fib(x-1) + fib(x-2)}}.
5670 Each of these will then be replaced to get @samp{fib(x-2) + 2 fib(x-3) +
5671 fib(x-4)}, and so on, expanding forever. What we really want is to apply
5672 the third rule only when @samp{n} is an integer greater than two. Type
5673 @w{@kbd{s e fib @key{RET}}}, then edit the third rule to:
5674
5675 @smallexample
5676 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2
5677 @end smallexample
5678
5679 @noindent
5680 Now:
5681
5682 @smallexample
5683 @group
5684 1: fib(6) + fib(x) + fib(0) 1: 8 + fib(x) + fib(0)
5685 . .
5686
5687 ' fib(6)+fib(x)+fib(0) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5688 @end group
5689 @end smallexample
5690
5691 @noindent
5692 We've created a new function, @code{fib}, and a new command,
5693 @w{@kbd{a r fib @key{RET}}}, which means ``evaluate all @code{fib} calls in
5694 this formula.'' To make things easier still, we can tell Calc to
5695 apply these rules automatically by storing them in the special
5696 variable @code{EvalRules}.
5697
5698 @smallexample
5699 @group
5700 1: [fib(1) := ...] . 1: [8, 13]
5701 . .
5702
5703 s r fib @key{RET} s t EvalRules @key{RET} ' [fib(6), fib(7)] @key{RET}
5704 @end group
5705 @end smallexample
5706
5707 It turns out that this rule set has the problem that it does far
5708 more work than it needs to when @samp{n} is large. Consider the
5709 first few steps of the computation of @samp{fib(6)}:
5710
5711 @smallexample
5712 @group
5713 fib(6) =
5714 fib(5) + fib(4) =
5715 fib(4) + fib(3) + fib(3) + fib(2) =
5716 fib(3) + fib(2) + fib(2) + fib(1) + fib(2) + fib(1) + 1 = ...
5717 @end group
5718 @end smallexample
5719
5720 @noindent
5721 Note that @samp{fib(3)} appears three times here. Unless Calc's
5722 algebraic simplifier notices the multiple @samp{fib(3)}s and combines
5723 them (and, as it happens, it doesn't), this rule set does lots of
5724 needless recomputation. To cure the problem, type @code{s e EvalRules}
5725 to edit the rules (or just @kbd{s E}, a shorthand command for editing
5726 @code{EvalRules}) and add another condition:
5727
5728 @smallexample
5729 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2 :: remember
5730 @end smallexample
5731
5732 @noindent
5733 If a @samp{:: remember} condition appears anywhere in a rule, then if
5734 that rule succeeds Calc will add another rule that describes that match
5735 to the front of the rule set. (Remembering works in any rule set, but
5736 for technical reasons it is most effective in @code{EvalRules}.) For
5737 example, if the rule rewrites @samp{fib(7)} to something that evaluates
5738 to 13, then the rule @samp{fib(7) := 13} will be added to the rule set.
5739
5740 Type @kbd{' fib(8) @key{RET}} to compute the eighth Fibonacci number, then
5741 type @kbd{s E} again to see what has happened to the rule set.
5742
5743 With the @code{remember} feature, our rule set can now compute
5744 @samp{fib(@var{n})} in just @var{n} steps. In the process it builds
5745 up a table of all Fibonacci numbers up to @var{n}. After we have
5746 computed the result for a particular @var{n}, we can get it back
5747 (and the results for all smaller @var{n}) later in just one step.
5748
5749 All Calc operations will run somewhat slower whenever @code{EvalRules}
5750 contains any rules. You should type @kbd{s u EvalRules @key{RET}} now to
5751 un-store the variable.
5752
5753 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Sometimes it is possible to reformulate
5754 a problem to reduce the amount of recursion necessary to solve it.
5755 Create a rule that, in about @var{n} simple steps and without recourse
5756 to the @code{remember} option, replaces @samp{fib(@var{n}, 1, 1)} with
5757 @samp{fib(1, @var{x}, @var{y})} where @var{x} and @var{y} are the
5758 @var{n}th and @var{n+1}st Fibonacci numbers, respectively. This rule is
5759 rather clunky to use, so add a couple more rules to make the ``user
5760 interface'' the same as for our first version: enter @samp{fib(@var{n})},
5761 get back a plain number. @xref{Rewrites Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5762
5763 There are many more things that rewrites can do. For example, there
5764 are @samp{&&&} and @samp{|||} pattern operators that create ``and''
5765 and ``or'' combinations of rules. As one really simple example, we
5766 could combine our first two Fibonacci rules thusly:
5767
5768 @example
5769 [fib(1 ||| 2) := 1, fib(n) := ... ]
5770 @end example
5771
5772 @noindent
5773 That means ``@code{fib} of something matching either 1 or 2 rewrites
5774 to 1.''
5775
5776 You can also make meta-variables optional by enclosing them in @code{opt}.
5777 For example, the pattern @samp{a + b x} matches @samp{2 + 3 x} but not
5778 @samp{2 + x} or @samp{3 x} or @samp{x}. The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x}
5779 matches all of these forms, filling in a default of zero for @samp{a}
5780 and one for @samp{b}.
5781
5782 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe had @samp{2 + 3 x}
5783 on the stack and tried to use the rule
5784 @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x := f(a, b, x)}. What happened?
5785 @xref{Rewrites Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5786
5787 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Starting with a positive integer @cite{a},
5788 divide @cite{a} by two if it is even, otherwise compute @cite{3 a + 1}.
5789 Now repeat this step over and over. A famous unproved conjecture
5790 is that for any starting @cite{a}, the sequence always eventually
5791 reaches 1. Given the formula @samp{seq(@var{a}, 0)}, write a set of
5792 rules that convert this into @samp{seq(1, @var{n})} where @var{n}
5793 is the number of steps it took the sequence to reach the value 1.
5794 Now enhance the rules to accept @samp{seq(@var{a})} as a starting
5795 configuration, and to stop with just the number @var{n} by itself.
5796 Now make the result be a vector of values in the sequence, from @var{a}
5797 to 1. (The formula @samp{@var{x}|@var{y}} appends the vectors @var{x}
5798 and @var{y}.) For example, rewriting @samp{seq(6)} should yield the
5799 vector @cite{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
5800 @xref{Rewrites Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5801
5802 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} Define, using rewrite rules, a function
5803 @samp{nterms(@var{x})} that returns the number of terms in the sum
5804 @var{x}, or 1 if @var{x} is not a sum. (A @dfn{sum} for our purposes
5805 is one or more non-sum terms separated by @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
5806 so that @cite{2 - 3 (x + y) + x y} is a sum of three terms.)
5807 @xref{Rewrites Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5808
5809 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Calc considers the form @cite{0^0}
5810 to be ``indeterminate,'' and leaves it unevaluated (assuming infinite
5811 mode is not enabled). Some people prefer to define @cite{0^0 = 1},
5812 so that the identity @cite{x^0 = 1} can safely be used for all @cite{x}.
5813 Find a way to make Calc follow this convention. What happens if you
5814 now type @kbd{m i} to turn on infinite mode?
5815 @xref{Rewrites Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5816
5817 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} A Taylor series for a function is an
5818 infinite series that exactly equals the value of that function at
5819 values of @cite{x} near zero.
5820
5821 @ifinfo
5822 @example
5823 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + x^4 / 4! - x^6 / 6! + ...
5824 @end example
5825 @end ifinfo
5826 @tex
5827 \turnoffactive \let\rm\goodrm
5828 \beforedisplay
5829 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + {x^4 \over 4!} - {x^6 \over 6!} + \cdots $$
5830 \afterdisplay
5831 @end tex
5832
5833 The @kbd{a t} command produces a @dfn{truncated Taylor series} which
5834 is obtained by dropping all the terms higher than, say, @cite{x^2}.
5835 Calc represents the truncated Taylor series as a polynomial in @cite{x}.
5836 Mathematicians often write a truncated series using a ``big-O'' notation
5837 that records what was the lowest term that was truncated.
5838
5839 @ifinfo
5840 @example
5841 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + O(x^3)
5842 @end example
5843 @end ifinfo
5844 @tex
5845 \turnoffactive \let\rm\goodrm
5846 \beforedisplay
5847 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + O(x^3) $$
5848 \afterdisplay
5849 @end tex
5850
5851 @noindent
5852 The meaning of @cite{O(x^3)} is ``a quantity which is negligibly small
5853 if @cite{x^3} is considered negligibly small as @cite{x} goes to zero.''
5854
5855 The exercise is to create rewrite rules that simplify sums and products of
5856 power series represented as @samp{@var{polynomial} + O(@var{var}^@var{n})}.
5857 For example, given @samp{1 - x^2 / 2 + O(x^3)} and @samp{x - x^3 / 6 + O(x^4)}
5858 on the stack, we want to be able to type @kbd{*} and get the result
5859 @samp{x - 2:3 x^3 + O(x^4)}. Don't worry if the terms of the sum are
5860 rearranged or if @kbd{a s} needs to be typed after rewriting. (This one
5861 is rather tricky; the solution at the end of this chapter uses 6 rewrite
5862 rules. Hint: The @samp{constant(x)} condition tests whether @samp{x} is
5863 a number.) @xref{Rewrites Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
5864
5865 @c [fix-ref Rewrite Rules]
5866 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for the whole story on rewrite rules.
5867
5868 @node Programming Tutorial, Answers to Exercises, Algebra Tutorial, Tutorial
5869 @section Programming Tutorial
5870
5871 @noindent
5872 The Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, a highly extensible
5873 language. If you know Lisp, you can program the Calculator to do
5874 anything you like. Rewrite rules also work as a powerful programming
5875 system. But Lisp and rewrite rules take a while to master, and often
5876 all you want to do is define a new function or repeat a command a few
5877 times. Calc has features that allow you to do these things easily.
5878
5879 (Note that the programming commands relating to user-defined keys
5880 are not yet supported under Lucid Emacs 19.)
5881
5882 One very limited form of programming is defining your own functions.
5883 Calc's @kbd{Z F} command allows you to define a function name and
5884 key sequence to correspond to any formula. Programming commands use
5885 the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix; the user commands they create use the lower
5886 case @kbd{z} prefix.
5887
5888 @smallexample
5889 @group
5890 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6
5891 . .
5892
5893 ' 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! @key{RET} Z F e myexp @key{RET} @key{RET} @key{RET} y
5894 @end group
5895 @end smallexample
5896
5897 This polynomial is a Taylor series approximation to @samp{exp(x)}.
5898 The @kbd{Z F} command asks a number of questions. The above answers
5899 say that the key sequence for our function should be @kbd{z e}; the
5900 @kbd{M-x} equivalent should be @code{calc-myexp}; the name of the
5901 function in algebraic formulas should also be @code{myexp}; the
5902 default argument list @samp{(x)} is acceptable; and finally @kbd{y}
5903 answers the question ``leave it in symbolic form for non-constant
5904 arguments?''
5905
5906 @smallexample
5907 @group
5908 1: 1.3495 2: 1.3495 3: 1.3495
5909 . 1: 1.34986 2: 1.34986
5910 . 1: myexp(a + 1)
5911 .
5912
5913 .3 z e .3 E ' a+1 @key{RET} z e
5914 @end group
5915 @end smallexample
5916
5917 @noindent
5918 First we call our new @code{exp} approximation with 0.3 as an
5919 argument, and compare it with the true @code{exp} function. Then
5920 we note that, as requested, if we try to give @kbd{z e} an
5921 argument that isn't a plain number, it leaves the @code{myexp}
5922 function call in symbolic form. If we had answered @kbd{n} to the
5923 final question, @samp{myexp(a + 1)} would have evaluated by plugging
5924 in @samp{a + 1} for @samp{x} in the defining formula.
5925
5926 @cindex Sine integral Si(x)
5927 @ignore
5928 @starindex
5929 @end ignore
5930 @tindex Si
5931 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The ``sine integral'' function
5932 @c{${\rm Si}(x)$}
5933 @cite{Si(x)} is defined as the integral of @samp{sin(t)/t} for
5934 @cite{t = 0} to @cite{x} in radians. (It was invented because this
5935 integral has no solution in terms of basic functions; if you give it
5936 to Calc's @kbd{a i} command, it will ponder it for a long time and then
5937 give up.) We can use the numerical integration command, however,
5938 which in algebraic notation is written like @samp{ninteg(f(t), t, 0, x)}
5939 with any integrand @samp{f(t)}. Define a @kbd{z s} command and
5940 @code{Si} function that implement this. You will need to edit the
5941 default argument list a bit. As a test, @samp{Si(1)} should return
5942 0.946083. (Hint: @code{ninteg} will run a lot faster if you reduce
5943 the precision to, say, six digits beforehand.)
5944 @xref{Programming Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5945
5946 The simplest way to do real ``programming'' of Emacs is to define a
5947 @dfn{keyboard macro}. A keyboard macro is simply a sequence of
5948 keystrokes which Emacs has stored away and can play back on demand.
5949 For example, if you find yourself typing @kbd{H a S x @key{RET}} often,
5950 you may wish to program a keyboard macro to type this for you.
5951
5952 @smallexample
5953 @group
5954 1: y = sqrt(x) 1: x = y^2
5955 . .
5956
5957 ' y=sqrt(x) @key{RET} C-x ( H a S x @key{RET} C-x )
5958
5959 1: y = cos(x) 1: x = s1 arccos(y) + 2 pi n1
5960 . .
5961
5962 ' y=cos(x) @key{RET} X
5963 @end group
5964 @end smallexample
5965
5966 @noindent
5967 When you type @kbd{C-x (}, Emacs begins recording. But it is also
5968 still ready to execute your keystrokes, so you're really ``training''
5969 Emacs by walking it through the procedure once. When you type
5970 @w{@kbd{C-x )}}, the macro is recorded. You can now type @kbd{X} to
5971 re-execute the same keystrokes.
5972
5973 You can give a name to your macro by typing @kbd{Z K}.
5974
5975 @smallexample
5976 @group
5977 1: . 1: y = x^4 1: x = s2 sqrt(s1 sqrt(y))
5978 . .
5979
5980 Z K x @key{RET} ' y=x^4 @key{RET} z x
5981 @end group
5982 @end smallexample
5983
5984 @noindent
5985 Notice that we use shift-@kbd{Z} to define the command, and lower-case
5986 @kbd{z} to call it up.
5987
5988 Keyboard macros can call other macros.
5989
5990 @smallexample
5991 @group
5992 1: abs(x) 1: x = s1 y 1: 2 / x 1: x = 2 / y
5993 . . . .
5994
5995 ' abs(x) @key{RET} C-x ( ' y @key{RET} a = z x C-x ) ' 2/x @key{RET} X
5996 @end group
5997 @end smallexample
5998
5999 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Define a keyboard macro to negate
6000 the item in level 3 of the stack, without disturbing the rest of
6001 the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
6002
6003 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Define keyboard macros to compute
6004 the following functions:
6005
6006 @enumerate
6007 @item
6008 Compute @c{$\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}$}
6009 @cite{sin(x) / x}, where @cite{x} is the number on the
6010 top of the stack.
6011
6012 @item
6013 Compute the base-@cite{b} logarithm, just like the @kbd{B} key except
6014 the arguments are taken in the opposite order.
6015
6016 @item
6017 Produce a vector of integers from 1 to the integer on the top of
6018 the stack.
6019 @end enumerate
6020 @noindent
6021 @xref{Programming Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
6022
6023 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Define a keyboard macro to compute
6024 the average (mean) value of a list of numbers.
6025 @xref{Programming Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
6026
6027 In many programs, some of the steps must execute several times.
6028 Calc has @dfn{looping} commands that allow this. Loops are useful
6029 inside keyboard macros, but actually work at any time.
6030
6031 @smallexample
6032 @group
6033 1: x^6 2: x^6 1: 360 x^2
6034 . 1: 4 .
6035 .
6036
6037 ' x^6 @key{RET} 4 Z < a d x @key{RET} Z >
6038 @end group
6039 @end smallexample
6040
6041 @noindent
6042 Here we have computed the fourth derivative of @cite{x^6} by
6043 enclosing a derivative command in a ``repeat loop'' structure.
6044 This structure pops a repeat count from the stack, then
6045 executes the body of the loop that many times.
6046
6047 If you make a mistake while entering the body of the loop,
6048 type @w{@kbd{Z C-g}} to cancel the loop command.
6049
6050 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
6051 Here's another example:
6052
6053 @smallexample
6054 @group
6055 3: 1 2: 10946
6056 2: 1 1: 17711
6057 1: 20 .
6058 .
6059
6060 1 @key{RET} @key{RET} 20 Z < @key{TAB} C-j + Z >
6061 @end group
6062 @end smallexample
6063
6064 @noindent
6065 The numbers in levels 2 and 1 should be the 21st and 22nd Fibonacci
6066 numbers, respectively. (To see what's going on, try a few repetitions
6067 of the loop body by hand; @kbd{C-j}, also on the Line-Feed or @key{LFD}
6068 key if you have one, makes a copy of the number in level 2.)
6069
6070 @cindex Golden ratio
6071 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
6072 A fascinating property of the Fibonacci numbers is that the @cite{n}th
6073 Fibonacci number can be found directly by computing @c{$\phi^n / \sqrt{5}$}
6074 @cite{phi^n / sqrt(5)}
6075 and then rounding to the nearest integer, where @c{$\phi$ (``phi'')}
6076 @cite{phi}, the
6077 ``golden ratio,'' is @c{$(1 + \sqrt{5}) / 2$}
6078 @cite{(1 + sqrt(5)) / 2}. (For convenience, this constant is available
6079 from the @code{phi} variable, or the @kbd{I H P} command.)
6080
6081 @smallexample
6082 @group
6083 1: 1.61803 1: 24476.0000409 1: 10945.9999817 1: 10946
6084 . . . .
6085
6086 I H P 21 ^ 5 Q / R
6087 @end group
6088 @end smallexample
6089
6090 @cindex Continued fractions
6091 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @dfn{continued fraction}
6092 representation of @c{$\phi$}
6093 @cite{phi} is @c{$1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( \ldots )))$}
6094 @cite{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( ...@: )))}.
6095 We can compute an approximate value by carrying this however far
6096 and then replacing the innermost @c{$1/( \ldots )$}
6097 @cite{1/( ...@: )} by 1. Approximate
6098 @c{$\phi$}
6099 @cite{phi} using a twenty-term continued fraction.
6100 @xref{Programming Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
6101
6102 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Linear recurrences like the one for
6103 Fibonacci numbers can be expressed in terms of matrices. Given a
6104 vector @w{@cite{[a, b]}} determine a matrix which, when multiplied by this
6105 vector, produces the vector @cite{[b, c]}, where @cite{a}, @cite{b} and
6106 @cite{c} are three successive Fibonacci numbers. Now write a program
6107 that, given an integer @cite{n}, computes the @cite{n}th Fibonacci number
6108 using matrix arithmetic. @xref{Programming Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
6109
6110 @cindex Harmonic numbers
6111 A more sophisticated kind of loop is the @dfn{for} loop. Suppose
6112 we wish to compute the 20th ``harmonic'' number, which is equal to
6113 the sum of the reciprocals of the integers from 1 to 20.
6114
6115 @smallexample
6116 @group
6117 3: 0 1: 3.597739
6118 2: 1 .
6119 1: 20
6120 .
6121
6122 0 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & + 1 Z )
6123 @end group
6124 @end smallexample
6125
6126 @noindent
6127 The ``for'' loop pops two numbers, the lower and upper limits, then
6128 repeats the body of the loop as an internal counter increases from
6129 the lower limit to the upper one. Just before executing the loop
6130 body, it pushes the current loop counter. When the loop body
6131 finishes, it pops the ``step,'' i.e., the amount by which to
6132 increment the loop counter. As you can see, our loop always
6133 uses a step of one.
6134
6135 This harmonic number function uses the stack to hold the running
6136 total as well as for the various loop housekeeping functions. If
6137 you find this disorienting, you can sum in a variable instead:
6138
6139 @smallexample
6140 @group
6141 1: 0 2: 1 . 1: 3.597739
6142 . 1: 20 .
6143 .
6144
6145 0 t 7 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & s + 7 1 Z ) r 7
6146 @end group
6147 @end smallexample
6148
6149 @noindent
6150 The @kbd{s +} command adds the top-of-stack into the value in a
6151 variable (and removes that value from the stack).
6152
6153 It's worth noting that many jobs that call for a ``for'' loop can
6154 also be done more easily by Calc's high-level operations. Two
6155 other ways to compute harmonic numbers are to use vector mapping
6156 and reduction (@kbd{v x 20}, then @w{@kbd{V M &}}, then @kbd{V R +}),
6157 or to use the summation command @kbd{a +}. Both of these are
6158 probably easier than using loops. However, there are some
6159 situations where loops really are the way to go:
6160
6161 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Use a ``for'' loop to find the first
6162 harmonic number which is greater than 4.0.
6163 @xref{Programming Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
6164
6165 Of course, if we're going to be using variables in our programs,
6166 we have to worry about the programs clobbering values that the
6167 caller was keeping in those same variables. This is easy to
6168 fix, though:
6169
6170 @smallexample
6171 @group
6172 . 1: 0.6667 1: 0.6667 3: 0.6667
6173 . . 2: 3.597739
6174 1: 0.6667
6175 .
6176
6177 Z ` p 4 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 / s 7 s s a @key{RET} Z ' r 7 s r a @key{RET}
6178 @end group
6179 @end smallexample
6180
6181 @noindent
6182 When we type @kbd{Z `} (that's a back-quote character), Calc saves
6183 its mode settings and the contents of the ten ``quick variables''
6184 for later reference. When we type @kbd{Z '} (that's an apostrophe
6185 now), Calc restores those saved values. Thus the @kbd{p 4} and
6186 @kbd{s 7} commands have no effect outside this sequence. Wrapping
6187 this around the body of a keyboard macro ensures that it doesn't
6188 interfere with what the user of the macro was doing. Notice that
6189 the contents of the stack, and the values of named variables,
6190 survive past the @kbd{Z '} command.
6191
6192 @cindex Bernoulli numbers, approximate
6193 The @dfn{Bernoulli numbers} are a sequence with the interesting
6194 property that all of the odd Bernoulli numbers are zero, and the
6195 even ones, while difficult to compute, can be roughly approximated
6196 by the formula @c{$\displaystyle{2 n! \over (2 \pi)^n}$}
6197 @cite{2 n!@: / (2 pi)^n}. Let's write a keyboard
6198 macro to compute (approximate) Bernoulli numbers. (Calc has a
6199 command, @kbd{k b}, to compute exact Bernoulli numbers, but
6200 this command is very slow for large @cite{n} since the higher
6201 Bernoulli numbers are very large fractions.)
6202
6203 @smallexample
6204 @group
6205 1: 10 1: 0.0756823
6206 . .
6207
6208 10 C-x ( @key{RET} 2 % Z [ @key{DEL} 0 Z : ' 2 $! / (2 pi)^$ @key{RET} = Z ] C-x )
6209 @end group
6210 @end smallexample
6211
6212 @noindent
6213 You can read @kbd{Z [} as ``then,'' @kbd{Z :} as ``else,'' and
6214 @kbd{Z ]} as ``end-if.'' There is no need for an explicit ``if''
6215 command. For the purposes of @w{@kbd{Z [}}, the condition is ``true''
6216 if the value it pops from the stack is a nonzero number, or ``false''
6217 if it pops zero or something that is not a number (like a formula).
6218 Here we take our integer argument modulo 2; this will be nonzero
6219 if we're asking for an odd Bernoulli number.
6220
6221 The actual tenth Bernoulli number is @cite{5/66}.
6222
6223 @smallexample
6224 @group
6225 3: 0.0756823 1: 0 1: 0.25305 1: 0 1: 1.16659
6226 2: 5:66 . . . .
6227 1: 0.0757575
6228 .
6229
6230 10 k b @key{RET} c f M-0 @key{DEL} 11 X @key{DEL} 12 X @key{DEL} 13 X @key{DEL} 14 X
6231 @end group
6232 @end smallexample
6233
6234 Just to exercise loops a bit more, let's compute a table of even
6235 Bernoulli numbers.
6236
6237 @smallexample
6238 @group
6239 3: [] 1: [0.10132, 0.03079, 0.02340, 0.033197, ...]
6240 2: 2 .
6241 1: 30
6242 .
6243
6244 [ ] 2 @key{RET} 30 Z ( X | 2 Z )
6245 @end group
6246 @end smallexample
6247
6248 @noindent
6249 The vertical-bar @kbd{|} is the vector-concatenation command. When
6250 we execute it, the list we are building will be in stack level 2
6251 (initially this is an empty list), and the next Bernoulli number
6252 will be in level 1. The effect is to append the Bernoulli number
6253 onto the end of the list. (To create a table of exact fractional
6254 Bernoulli numbers, just replace @kbd{X} with @kbd{k b} in the above
6255 sequence of keystrokes.)
6256
6257 With loops and conditionals, you can program essentially anything
6258 in Calc. One other command that makes looping easier is @kbd{Z /},
6259 which takes a condition from the stack and breaks out of the enclosing
6260 loop if the condition is true (non-zero). You can use this to make
6261 ``while'' and ``until'' style loops.
6262
6263 If you make a mistake when entering a keyboard macro, you can edit
6264 it using @kbd{Z E}. First, you must attach it to a key with @kbd{Z K}.
6265 One technique is to enter a throwaway dummy definition for the macro,
6266 then enter the real one in the edit command.
6267
6268 @smallexample
6269 @group
6270 1: 3 1: 3 Keyboard Macro Editor.
6271 . . Original keys: 1 @key{RET} 2 +
6272
6273 type "1\r"
6274 type "2"
6275 calc-plus
6276
6277 C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 2 + C-x ) Z K h @key{RET} Z E h
6278 @end group
6279 @end smallexample
6280
6281 @noindent
6282 This shows the screen display assuming you have the @file{macedit}
6283 keyboard macro editing package installed, which is usually the case
6284 since a copy of @file{macedit} comes bundled with Calc.
6285
6286 A keyboard macro is stored as a pure keystroke sequence. The
6287 @file{macedit} package (invoked by @kbd{Z E}) scans along the
6288 macro and tries to decode it back into human-readable steps.
6289 If a key or keys are simply shorthand for some command with a
6290 @kbd{M-x} name, that name is shown. Anything that doesn't correspond
6291 to a @kbd{M-x} command is written as a @samp{type} command.
6292
6293 Let's edit in a new definition, for computing harmonic numbers.
6294 First, erase the three lines of the old definition. Then, type
6295 in the new definition (or use Emacs @kbd{M-w} and @kbd{C-y} commands
6296 to copy it from this page of the Info file; you can skip typing
6297 the comments that begin with @samp{#}).
6298
6299 @smallexample
6300 calc-kbd-push # Save local values (Z `)
6301 type "0" # Push a zero
6302 calc-store-into # Store it in variable 1
6303 type "1"
6304 type "1" # Initial value for loop
6305 calc-roll-down # This is the @key{TAB} key; swap initial & final
6306 calc-kbd-for # Begin "for" loop...
6307 calc-inv # Take reciprocal
6308 calc-store-plus # Add to accumulator
6309 type "1"
6310 type "1" # Loop step is 1
6311 calc-kbd-end-for # End "for" loop
6312 calc-recall # Now recall final accumulated value
6313 type "1"
6314 calc-kbd-pop # Restore values (Z ')
6315 @end smallexample
6316
6317 @noindent
6318 Press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish editing and return to the Calculator.
6319
6320 @smallexample
6321 @group
6322 1: 20 1: 3.597739
6323 . .
6324
6325 20 z h
6326 @end group
6327 @end smallexample
6328
6329 If you don't know how to write a particular command in @file{macedit}
6330 format, you can always write it as keystrokes in a @code{type} command.
6331 There is also a @code{keys} command which interprets the rest of the
6332 line as standard Emacs keystroke names. In fact, @file{macedit} defines
6333 a handy @code{read-kbd-macro} command which reads the current region
6334 of the current buffer as a sequence of keystroke names, and defines that
6335 sequence on the @kbd{X} (and @kbd{C-x e}) key. Because this is so
6336 useful, Calc puts this command on the @kbd{M-# m} key. Try reading in
6337 this macro in the following form: Press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}) at
6338 one end of the text below, then type @kbd{M-# m} at the other.
6339
6340 @example
6341 @group
6342 Z ` 0 t 1
6343 1 @key{TAB}
6344 Z ( & s + 1 1 Z )
6345 r 1
6346 Z '
6347 @end group
6348 @end example
6349
6350 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} A general algorithm for solving
6351 equations numerically is @dfn{Newton's Method}. Given the equation
6352 @cite{f(x) = 0} for any function @cite{f}, and an initial guess
6353 @cite{x_0} which is reasonably close to the desired solution, apply
6354 this formula over and over:
6355
6356 @ifinfo
6357 @example
6358 new_x = x - f(x)/f'(x)
6359 @end example
6360 @end ifinfo
6361 @tex
6362 \beforedisplay
6363 $$ x_{\goodrm new} = x - {f(x) \over f'(x)} $$
6364 \afterdisplay
6365 @end tex
6366
6367 @noindent
6368 where @cite{f'(x)} is the derivative of @cite{f}. The @cite{x}
6369 values will quickly converge to a solution, i.e., eventually
6370 @c{$x_{\rm new}$}
6371 @cite{new_x} and @cite{x} will be equal to within the limits
6372 of the current precision. Write a program which takes a formula
6373 involving the variable @cite{x}, and an initial guess @cite{x_0},
6374 on the stack, and produces a value of @cite{x} for which the formula
6375 is zero. Use it to find a solution of @c{$\sin(\cos x) = 0.5$}
6376 @cite{sin(cos(x)) = 0.5}
6377 near @cite{x = 4.5}. (Use angles measured in radians.) Note that
6378 the built-in @w{@kbd{a R}} (@code{calc-find-root}) command uses Newton's
6379 method when it is able. @xref{Programming Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
6380
6381 @cindex Digamma function
6382 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
6383 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
6384 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} The @dfn{digamma} function @c{$\psi(z)$ (``psi'')}
6385 @cite{psi(z)}
6386 is defined as the derivative of @c{$\ln \Gamma(z)$}
6387 @cite{ln(gamma(z))}. For large
6388 values of @cite{z}, it can be approximated by the infinite sum
6389
6390 @ifinfo
6391 @example
6392 psi(z) ~= ln(z) - 1/2z - sum(bern(2 n) / 2 n z^(2 n), n, 1, inf)
6393 @end example
6394 @end ifinfo
6395 @tex
6396 \let\rm\goodrm
6397 \beforedisplay
6398 $$ \psi(z) \approx \ln z - {1\over2z} -
6399 \sum_{n=1}^\infty {\code{bern}(2 n) \over 2 n z^{2n}}
6400 $$
6401 \afterdisplay
6402 @end tex
6403
6404 @noindent
6405 where @c{$\sum$}
6406 @cite{sum} represents the sum over @cite{n} from 1 to infinity
6407 (or to some limit high enough to give the desired accuracy), and
6408 the @code{bern} function produces (exact) Bernoulli numbers.
6409 While this sum is not guaranteed to converge, in practice it is safe.
6410 An interesting mathematical constant is Euler's gamma, which is equal
6411 to about 0.5772. One way to compute it is by the formula,
6412 @c{$\gamma = -\psi(1)$}
6413 @cite{gamma = -psi(1)}. Unfortunately, 1 isn't a large enough argument
6414 for the above formula to work (5 is a much safer value for @cite{z}).
6415 Fortunately, we can compute @c{$\psi(1)$}
6416 @cite{psi(1)} from @c{$\psi(5)$}
6417 @cite{psi(5)} using
6418 the recurrence @c{$\psi(z+1) = \psi(z) + {1 \over z}$}
6419 @cite{psi(z+1) = psi(z) + 1/z}. Your task: Develop
6420 a program to compute @c{$\psi(z)$}
6421 @cite{psi(z)}; it should ``pump up'' @cite{z}
6422 if necessary to be greater than 5, then use the above summation
6423 formula. Use looping commands to compute the sum. Use your function
6424 to compute @c{$\gamma$}
6425 @cite{gamma} to twelve decimal places. (Calc has a built-in command
6426 for Euler's constant, @kbd{I P}, which you can use to check your answer.)
6427 @xref{Programming Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
6428
6429 @cindex Polynomial, list of coefficients
6430 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Given a polynomial in @cite{x} and
6431 a number @cite{m} on the stack, where the polynomial is of degree
6432 @cite{m} or less (i.e., does not have any terms higher than @cite{x^m}),
6433 write a program to convert the polynomial into a list-of-coefficients
6434 notation. For example, @cite{5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2} with @cite{m = 6}
6435 should produce the list @cite{[1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]}. Also develop
6436 a way to convert from this form back to the standard algebraic form.
6437 @xref{Programming Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
6438
6439 @cindex Recursion
6440 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The @dfn{Stirling numbers of the
6441 first kind} are defined by the recurrences,
6442
6443 @ifinfo
6444 @example
6445 s(n,n) = 1 for n >= 0,
6446 s(n,0) = 0 for n > 0,
6447 s(n+1,m) = s(n,m-1) - n s(n,m) for n >= m >= 1.
6448 @end example
6449 @end ifinfo
6450 @tex
6451 \turnoffactive
6452 \beforedisplay
6453 $$ \eqalign{ s(n,n) &= 1 \qquad \hbox{for } n \ge 0, \cr
6454 s(n,0) &= 0 \qquad \hbox{for } n > 0, \cr
6455 s(n+1,m) &= s(n,m-1) - n \, s(n,m) \qquad
6456 \hbox{for } n \ge m \ge 1.}
6457 $$
6458 \afterdisplay
6459 \vskip5pt
6460 (These numbers are also sometimes written $\displaystyle{n \brack m}$.)
6461 @end tex
6462
6463 This can be implemented using a @dfn{recursive} program in Calc; the
6464 program must invoke itself in order to calculate the two righthand
6465 terms in the general formula. Since it always invokes itself with
6466 ``simpler'' arguments, it's easy to see that it must eventually finish
6467 the computation. Recursion is a little difficult with Emacs keyboard
6468 macros since the macro is executed before its definition is complete.
6469 So here's the recommended strategy: Create a ``dummy macro'' and assign
6470 it to a key with, e.g., @kbd{Z K s}. Now enter the true definition,
6471 using the @kbd{z s} command to call itself recursively, then assign it
6472 to the same key with @kbd{Z K s}. Now the @kbd{z s} command will run
6473 the complete recursive program. (Another way is to use @w{@kbd{Z E}}
6474 or @kbd{M-# m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the whole macro at once,
6475 thus avoiding the ``training'' phase.) The task: Write a program
6476 that computes Stirling numbers of the first kind, given @cite{n} and
6477 @cite{m} on the stack. Test it with @emph{small} inputs like
6478 @cite{s(4,2)}. (There is a built-in command for Stirling numbers,
6479 @kbd{k s}, which you can use to check your answers.)
6480 @xref{Programming Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
6481
6482 The programming commands we've seen in this part of the tutorial
6483 are low-level, general-purpose operations. Often you will find
6484 that a higher-level function, such as vector mapping or rewrite
6485 rules, will do the job much more easily than a detailed, step-by-step
6486 program can:
6487
6488 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} Write another program for
6489 computing Stirling numbers of the first kind, this time using
6490 rewrite rules. Once again, @cite{n} and @cite{m} should be taken
6491 from the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
6492
6493 @example
6494
6495 @end example
6496 This ends the tutorial section of the Calc manual. Now you know enough
6497 about Calc to use it effectively for many kinds of calculations. But
6498 Calc has many features that were not even touched upon in this tutorial.
6499 @c [not-split]
6500 The rest of this manual tells the whole story.
6501 @c [when-split]
6502 @c Volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}, tells the whole story.
6503
6504 @page
6505 @node Answers to Exercises, , Programming Tutorial, Tutorial
6506 @section Answers to Exercises
6507
6508 @noindent
6509 This section includes answers to all the exercises in the Calc tutorial.
6510
6511 @menu
6512 * RPN Answer 1:: 1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -
6513 * RPN Answer 2:: 2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4
6514 * RPN Answer 3:: Operating on levels 2 and 3
6515 * RPN Answer 4:: Joe's complex problems
6516 * Algebraic Answer 1:: Simulating Q command
6517 * Algebraic Answer 2:: Joe's algebraic woes
6518 * Algebraic Answer 3:: 1 / 0
6519 * Modes Answer 1:: 3#0.1 = 3#0.0222222?
6520 * Modes Answer 2:: 16#f.e8fe15
6521 * Modes Answer 3:: Joe's rounding bug
6522 * Modes Answer 4:: Why floating point?
6523 * Arithmetic Answer 1:: Why the \ command?
6524 * Arithmetic Answer 2:: Tripping up the B command
6525 * Vector Answer 1:: Normalizing a vector
6526 * Vector Answer 2:: Average position
6527 * Matrix Answer 1:: Row and column sums
6528 * Matrix Answer 2:: Symbolic system of equations
6529 * Matrix Answer 3:: Over-determined system
6530 * List Answer 1:: Powers of two
6531 * List Answer 2:: Least-squares fit with matrices
6532 * List Answer 3:: Geometric mean
6533 * List Answer 4:: Divisor function
6534 * List Answer 5:: Duplicate factors
6535 * List Answer 6:: Triangular list
6536 * List Answer 7:: Another triangular list
6537 * List Answer 8:: Maximum of Bessel function
6538 * List Answer 9:: Integers the hard way
6539 * List Answer 10:: All elements equal
6540 * List Answer 11:: Estimating pi with darts
6541 * List Answer 12:: Estimating pi with matchsticks
6542 * List Answer 13:: Hash codes
6543 * List Answer 14:: Random walk
6544 * Types Answer 1:: Square root of pi times rational
6545 * Types Answer 2:: Infinities
6546 * Types Answer 3:: What can "nan" be?
6547 * Types Answer 4:: Abbey Road
6548 * Types Answer 5:: Friday the 13th
6549 * Types Answer 6:: Leap years
6550 * Types Answer 7:: Erroneous donut
6551 * Types Answer 8:: Dividing intervals
6552 * Types Answer 9:: Squaring intervals
6553 * Types Answer 10:: Fermat's primality test
6554 * Types Answer 11:: pi * 10^7 seconds
6555 * Types Answer 12:: Abbey Road on CD
6556 * Types Answer 13:: Not quite pi * 10^7 seconds
6557 * Types Answer 14:: Supercomputers and c
6558 * Types Answer 15:: Sam the Slug
6559 * Algebra Answer 1:: Squares and square roots
6560 * Algebra Answer 2:: Building polynomial from roots
6561 * Algebra Answer 3:: Integral of x sin(pi x)
6562 * Algebra Answer 4:: Simpson's rule
6563 * Rewrites Answer 1:: Multiplying by conjugate
6564 * Rewrites Answer 2:: Alternative fib rule
6565 * Rewrites Answer 3:: Rewriting opt(a) + opt(b) x
6566 * Rewrites Answer 4:: Sequence of integers
6567 * Rewrites Answer 5:: Number of terms in sum
6568 * Rewrites Answer 6:: Defining 0^0 = 1
6569 * Rewrites Answer 7:: Truncated Taylor series
6570 * Programming Answer 1:: Fresnel's C(x)
6571 * Programming Answer 2:: Negate third stack element
6572 * Programming Answer 3:: Compute sin(x) / x, etc.
6573 * Programming Answer 4:: Average value of a list
6574 * Programming Answer 5:: Continued fraction phi
6575 * Programming Answer 6:: Matrix Fibonacci numbers
6576 * Programming Answer 7:: Harmonic number greater than 4
6577 * Programming Answer 8:: Newton's method
6578 * Programming Answer 9:: Digamma function
6579 * Programming Answer 10:: Unpacking a polynomial
6580 * Programming Answer 11:: Recursive Stirling numbers
6581 * Programming Answer 12:: Stirling numbers with rewrites
6582 @end menu
6583
6584 @c The following kludgery prevents the individual answers from
6585 @c being entered on the table of contents.
6586 @tex
6587 \global\let\oldwrite=\write
6588 \gdef\skipwrite#1#2{\let\write=\oldwrite}
6589 \global\let\oldchapternofonts=\chapternofonts
6590 \gdef\chapternofonts{\let\write=\skipwrite\oldchapternofonts}
6591 @end tex
6592
6593 @node RPN Answer 1, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises, Answers to Exercises
6594 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 1
6595
6596 @noindent
6597 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -}
6598
6599 The result is @c{$1 - (2 \times (3 + 4)) = -13$}
6600 @cite{1 - (2 * (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6601
6602 @node RPN Answer 2, RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6603 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 2
6604
6605 @noindent
6606 @c{$2\times4 + 7\times9.5 + {5\over4} = 75.75$}
6607 @cite{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4 = 75.75}
6608
6609 After computing the intermediate term @c{$2\times4 = 8$}
6610 @cite{2*4 = 8}, you can leave
6611 that result on the stack while you compute the second term. With
6612 both of these results waiting on the stack you can then compute the
6613 final term, then press @kbd{+ +} to add everything up.
6614
6615 @smallexample
6616 @group
6617 2: 2 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8
6618 1: 4 . 2: 7 1: 66.5
6619 . 1: 9.5 .
6620 .
6621
6622 2 @key{RET} 4 * 7 @key{RET} 9.5 *
6623
6624 @end group
6625 @end smallexample
6626 @noindent
6627 @smallexample
6628 @group
6629 4: 8 3: 8 2: 8 1: 75.75
6630 3: 66.5 2: 66.5 1: 67.75 .
6631 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6632 1: 4 .
6633 .
6634
6635 5 @key{RET} 4 / + +
6636 @end group
6637 @end smallexample
6638
6639 Alternatively, you could add the first two terms before going on
6640 with the third term.
6641
6642 @smallexample
6643 @group
6644 2: 8 1: 74.5 3: 74.5 2: 74.5 1: 75.75
6645 1: 66.5 . 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6646 . 1: 4 .
6647 .
6648
6649 ... + 5 @key{RET} 4 / +
6650 @end group
6651 @end smallexample
6652
6653 On an old-style RPN calculator this second method would have the
6654 advantage of using only three stack levels. But since Calc's stack
6655 can grow arbitrarily large this isn't really an issue. Which method
6656 you choose is purely a matter of taste.
6657
6658 @node RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 4, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6659 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 3
6660
6661 @noindent
6662 The @key{TAB} key provides a way to operate on the number in level 2.
6663
6664 @smallexample
6665 @group
6666 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10 3: 10 3: 10
6667 2: 20 2: 30 3: 30 2: 30 2: 21
6668 1: 30 1: 20 2: 20 1: 21 1: 30
6669 . . 1: 1 . .
6670 .
6671
6672 @key{TAB} 1 + @key{TAB}
6673 @end group
6674 @end smallexample
6675
6676 Similarly, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} gives you access to the number in level 3.
6677
6678 @smallexample
6679 @group
6680 3: 10 3: 21 3: 21 3: 30 3: 11
6681 2: 21 2: 30 2: 30 2: 11 2: 21
6682 1: 30 1: 10 1: 11 1: 21 1: 30
6683 . . . . .
6684
6685 M-@key{TAB} 1 + M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
6686 @end group
6687 @end smallexample
6688
6689 @node RPN Answer 4, Algebraic Answer 1, RPN Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6690 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 4
6691
6692 @noindent
6693 Either @kbd{( 2 , 3 )} or @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )} would have worked,
6694 but using both the comma and the space at once yields:
6695
6696 @smallexample
6697 @group
6698 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 2: (2, ... 2: (2, ...
6699 . 1: 2 . 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
6700 . . .
6701
6702 ( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )
6703 @end group
6704 @end smallexample
6705
6706 Joe probably tried to type @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}} to swap the
6707 extra incomplete object to the top of the stack and delete it.
6708 But a feature of Calc is that @key{DEL} on an incomplete object
6709 deletes just one component out of that object, so he had to press
6710 @key{DEL} twice to finish the job.
6711
6712 @smallexample
6713 @group
6714 2: (2, ... 2: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (2, 3)
6715 1: (2, 3) 1: (2, ... 1: ( ... .
6716 . . .
6717
6718 @key{TAB} @key{DEL} @key{DEL}
6719 @end group
6720 @end smallexample
6721
6722 (As it turns out, deleting the second-to-top stack entry happens often
6723 enough that Calc provides a special key, @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, to do just that.
6724 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} is just like @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}}, except that it doesn't exhibit
6725 the ``feature'' that tripped poor Joe.)
6726
6727 @node Algebraic Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, RPN Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6728 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 1
6729
6730 @noindent
6731 Type @kbd{' sqrt($) @key{RET}}.
6732
6733 If the @kbd{Q} key is broken, you could use @kbd{' $^0.5 @key{RET}}.
6734 Or, RPN style, @kbd{0.5 ^}.
6735
6736 (Actually, @samp{$^1:2}, using the fraction one-half as the power, is
6737 a closer equivalent, since @samp{9^0.5} yields @cite{3.0} whereas
6738 @samp{sqrt(9)} and @samp{9^1:2} yield the exact integer @cite{3}.)
6739
6740 @node Algebraic Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Algebraic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6741 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 2
6742
6743 @noindent
6744 In the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)}, @samp{x} was interpreted as a function
6745 name with @samp{1+y} as its argument. Assigning a value to a variable
6746 has no relation to a function by the same name. Joe needed to use an
6747 explicit @samp{*} symbol here: @samp{2 x*(1+y)}.
6748
6749 @node Algebraic Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6750 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 3
6751
6752 @noindent
6753 The result from @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} will be the formula @cite{1 / 0}.
6754 The ``function'' @samp{/} cannot be evaluated when its second argument
6755 is zero, so it is left in symbolic form. When you now type @kbd{0 *},
6756 the result will be zero because Calc uses the general rule that ``zero
6757 times anything is zero.''
6758
6759 @c [fix-ref Infinities]
6760 The @kbd{m i} command enables an @dfn{infinite mode} in which @cite{1 / 0}
6761 results in a special symbol that represents ``infinity.'' If you
6762 multiply infinity by zero, Calc uses another special new symbol to
6763 show that the answer is ``indeterminate.'' @xref{Infinities}, for
6764 further discussion of infinite and indeterminate values.
6765
6766 @node Modes Answer 1, Modes Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6767 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 1
6768
6769 @noindent
6770 Calc always stores its numbers in decimal, so even though one-third has
6771 an exact base-3 representation (@samp{3#0.1}), it is still stored as
6772 0.3333333 (chopped off after 12 or however many decimal digits) inside
6773 the calculator's memory. When this inexact number is converted back
6774 to base 3 for display, it may still be slightly inexact. When we
6775 multiply this number by 3, we get 0.999999, also an inexact value.
6776
6777 When Calc displays a number in base 3, it has to decide how many digits
6778 to show. If the current precision is 12 (decimal) digits, that corresponds
6779 to @samp{12 / log10(3) = 25.15} base-3 digits. Because 25.15 is not an
6780 exact integer, Calc shows only 25 digits, with the result that stored
6781 numbers carry a little bit of extra information that may not show up on
6782 the screen. When Joe entered @samp{3#0.2}, the stored number 0.666666
6783 happened to round to a pleasing value when it lost that last 0.15 of a
6784 digit, but it was still inexact in Calc's memory. When he divided by 2,
6785 he still got the dreaded inexact value 0.333333. (Actually, he divided
6786 0.666667 by 2 to get 0.333334, which is why he got something a little
6787 higher than @code{3#0.1} instead of a little lower.)
6788
6789 If Joe didn't want to be bothered with all this, he could have typed
6790 @kbd{M-24 d n} to display with one less digit than the default. (If
6791 you give @kbd{d n} a negative argument, it uses default-minus-that,
6792 so @kbd{M-- d n} would be an easier way to get the same effect.) Those
6793 inexact results would still be lurking there, but they would now be
6794 rounded to nice, natural-looking values for display purposes. (Remember,
6795 @samp{0.022222} in base 3 is like @samp{0.099999} in base 10; rounding
6796 off one digit will round the number up to @samp{0.1}.) Depending on the
6797 nature of your work, this hiding of the inexactness may be a benefit or
6798 a danger. With the @kbd{d n} command, Calc gives you the choice.
6799
6800 Incidentally, another consequence of all this is that if you type
6801 @kbd{M-30 d n} to display more digits than are ``really there,''
6802 you'll see garbage digits at the end of the number. (In decimal
6803 display mode, with decimally-stored numbers, these garbage digits are
6804 always zero so they vanish and you don't notice them.) Because Calc
6805 rounds off that 0.15 digit, there is the danger that two numbers could
6806 be slightly different internally but still look the same. If you feel
6807 uneasy about this, set the @kbd{d n} precision to be a little higher
6808 than normal; you'll get ugly garbage digits, but you'll always be able
6809 to tell two distinct numbers apart.
6810
6811 An interesting side note is that most computers store their
6812 floating-point numbers in binary, and convert to decimal for display.
6813 Thus everyday programs have the same problem: Decimal 0.1 cannot be
6814 represented exactly in binary (try it: @kbd{0.1 d 2}), so @samp{0.1 * 10}
6815 comes out as an inexact approximation to 1 on some machines (though
6816 they generally arrange to hide it from you by rounding off one digit as
6817 we did above). Because Calc works in decimal instead of binary, you can
6818 be sure that numbers that look exact @emph{are} exact as long as you stay
6819 in decimal display mode.
6820
6821 It's not hard to show that any number that can be represented exactly
6822 in binary, octal, or hexadecimal is also exact in decimal, so the kinds
6823 of problems we saw in this exercise are likely to be severe only when
6824 you use a relatively unusual radix like 3.
6825
6826 @node Modes Answer 2, Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6827 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 2
6828
6829 If the radix is 15 or higher, we can't use the letter @samp{e} to mark
6830 the exponent because @samp{e} is interpreted as a digit. When Calc
6831 needs to display scientific notation in a high radix, it writes
6832 @samp{16#F.E8F*16.^15}. You can enter a number like this as an
6833 algebraic entry. Also, pressing @kbd{e} without any digits before it
6834 normally types @kbd{1e}, but in a high radix it types @kbd{16.^} and
6835 puts you in algebraic entry: @kbd{16#f.e8f @key{RET} e 15 @key{RET} *} is another
6836 way to enter this number.
6837
6838 The reason Calc puts a decimal point in the @samp{16.^} is to prevent
6839 huge integers from being generated if the exponent is large (consider
6840 @samp{16#1.23*16^1000}, where we compute @samp{16^1000} as a giant
6841 exact integer and then throw away most of the digits when we multiply
6842 it by the floating-point @samp{16#1.23}). While this wouldn't normally
6843 matter for display purposes, it could give you a nasty surprise if you
6844 copied that number into a file and later moved it back into Calc.
6845
6846 @node Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 4, Modes Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6847 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 3
6848
6849 @noindent
6850 The answer he got was @cite{0.5000000000006399}.
6851
6852 The problem is not that the square operation is inexact, but that the
6853 sine of 45 that was already on the stack was accurate to only 12 places.
6854 Arbitrary-precision calculations still only give answers as good as
6855 their inputs.
6856
6857 The real problem is that there is no 12-digit number which, when
6858 squared, comes out to 0.5 exactly. The @kbd{f [} and @kbd{f ]}
6859 commands decrease or increase a number by one unit in the last
6860 place (according to the current precision). They are useful for
6861 determining facts like this.
6862
6863 @smallexample
6864 @group
6865 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001
6866 . .
6867
6868 45 S 2 ^
6869
6870 @end group
6871 @end smallexample
6872 @noindent
6873 @smallexample
6874 @group
6875 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.707106781186 1: 0.499999999999
6876 . . .
6877
6878 U @key{DEL} f [ 2 ^
6879 @end group
6880 @end smallexample
6881
6882 A high-precision calculation must be carried out in high precision
6883 all the way. The only number in the original problem which was known
6884 exactly was the quantity 45 degrees, so the precision must be raised
6885 before anything is done after the number 45 has been entered in order
6886 for the higher precision to be meaningful.
6887
6888 @node Modes Answer 4, Arithmetic Answer 1, Modes Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6889 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 4
6890
6891 @noindent
6892 Many calculations involve real-world quantities, like the width and
6893 height of a piece of wood or the volume of a jar. Such quantities
6894 can't be measured exactly anyway, and if the data that is input to
6895 a calculation is inexact, doing exact arithmetic on it is a waste
6896 of time.
6897
6898 Fractions become unwieldy after too many calculations have been
6899 done with them. For example, the sum of the reciprocals of the
6900 integers from 1 to 10 is 7381:2520. The sum from 1 to 30 is
6901 9304682830147:2329089562800. After a point it will take a long
6902 time to add even one more term to this sum, but a floating-point
6903 calculation of the sum will not have this problem.
6904
6905 Also, rational numbers cannot express the results of all calculations.
6906 There is no fractional form for the square root of two, so if you type
6907 @w{@kbd{2 Q}}, Calc has no choice but to give you a floating-point answer.
6908
6909 @node Arithmetic Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 2, Modes Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6910 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 1
6911
6912 @noindent
6913 Dividing two integers that are larger than the current precision may
6914 give a floating-point result that is inaccurate even when rounded
6915 down to an integer. Consider @cite{123456789 / 2} when the current
6916 precision is 6 digits. The true answer is @cite{61728394.5}, but
6917 with a precision of 6 this will be rounded to @c{$12345700.0/2.0 = 61728500.0$}
6918 @cite{12345700.@: / 2.@: = 61728500.}.
6919 The result, when converted to an integer, will be off by 106.
6920
6921 Here are two solutions: Raise the precision enough that the
6922 floating-point round-off error is strictly to the right of the
6923 decimal point. Or, convert to fraction mode so that @cite{123456789 / 2}
6924 produces the exact fraction @cite{123456789:2}, which can be rounded
6925 down by the @kbd{F} command without ever switching to floating-point
6926 format.
6927
6928 @node Arithmetic Answer 2, Vector Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6929 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 2
6930
6931 @noindent
6932 @kbd{27 @key{RET} 9 B} could give the exact result @cite{3:2}, but it
6933 does a floating-point calculation instead and produces @cite{1.5}.
6934
6935 Calc will find an exact result for a logarithm if the result is an integer
6936 or the reciprocal of an integer. But there is no efficient way to search
6937 the space of all possible rational numbers for an exact answer, so Calc
6938 doesn't try.
6939
6940 @node Vector Answer 1, Vector Answer 2, Arithmetic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6941 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 1
6942
6943 @noindent
6944 Duplicate the vector, compute its length, then divide the vector
6945 by its length: @kbd{@key{RET} A /}.
6946
6947 @smallexample
6948 @group
6949 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [0.27, 0.53, 0.80] 1: 1.
6950 . 1: 3.74165738677 . .
6951 .
6952
6953 r 1 @key{RET} A / A
6954 @end group
6955 @end smallexample
6956
6957 The final @kbd{A} command shows that the normalized vector does
6958 indeed have unit length.
6959
6960 @node Vector Answer 2, Matrix Answer 1, Vector Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6961 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 2
6962
6963 @noindent
6964 The average position is equal to the sum of the products of the
6965 positions times their corresponding probabilities. This is the
6966 definition of the dot product operation. So all you need to do
6967 is to put the two vectors on the stack and press @kbd{*}.
6968
6969 @node Matrix Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Vector Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6970 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 1
6971
6972 @noindent
6973 The trick is to multiply by a vector of ones. Use @kbd{r 4 [1 1 1] *} to
6974 get the row sum. Similarly, use @kbd{[1 1] r 4 *} to get the column sum.
6975
6976 @node Matrix Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Matrix Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6977 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 2
6978
6979 @ifinfo
6980 @example
6981 @group
6982 x + a y = 6
6983 x + b y = 10
6984 @end group
6985 @end example
6986 @end ifinfo
6987 @tex
6988 \turnoffactive
6989 \beforedisplay
6990 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
6991 x &+ b y = 10}
6992 $$
6993 \afterdisplay
6994 @end tex
6995
6996 Just enter the righthand side vector, then divide by the lefthand side
6997 matrix as usual.
6998
6999 @smallexample
7000 @group
7001 1: [6, 10] 2: [6, 10] 1: [6 - 4 a / (b - a), 4 / (b - a) ]
7002 . 1: [ [ 1, a ] .
7003 [ 1, b ] ]
7004 .
7005
7006 ' [6 10] @key{RET} ' [1 a; 1 b] @key{RET} /
7007 @end group
7008 @end smallexample
7009
7010 This can be made more readable using @kbd{d B} to enable ``big'' display
7011 mode:
7012
7013 @smallexample
7014 @group
7015 4 a 4
7016 1: [6 - -----, -----]
7017 b - a b - a
7018 @end group
7019 @end smallexample
7020
7021 Type @kbd{d N} to return to ``normal'' display mode afterwards.
7022
7023 @node Matrix Answer 3, List Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7024 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 3
7025
7026 @noindent
7027 To solve @c{$A^T A \, X = A^T B$}
7028 @cite{trn(A) * A * X = trn(A) * B}, first we compute
7029 @c{$A' = A^T A$}
7030 @cite{A2 = trn(A) * A} and @c{$B' = A^T B$}
7031 @cite{B2 = trn(A) * B}; now, we have a
7032 system @c{$A' X = B'$}
7033 @cite{A2 * X = B2} which we can solve using Calc's @samp{/}
7034 command.
7035
7036 @ifinfo
7037 @example
7038 @group
7039 a + 2b + 3c = 6
7040 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
7041 7a + 6b = 3
7042 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
7043 @end group
7044 @end example
7045 @end ifinfo
7046 @tex
7047 \turnoffactive
7048 \beforedisplayh
7049 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
7050 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
7051 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
7052 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
7053 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
7054 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
7055 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
7056 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
7057 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
7058 $$
7059 \afterdisplayh
7060 @end tex
7061
7062 The first step is to enter the coefficient matrix. We'll store it in
7063 quick variable number 7 for later reference. Next, we compute the
7064 @c{$B'$}
7065 @cite{B2} vector.
7066
7067 @smallexample
7068 @group
7069 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 4, 7, 2 ] 1: [57, 84, 96]
7070 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2, 5, 6, 4 ] .
7071 [ 7, 6, 0 ] [ 3, 6, 0, 6 ] ]
7072 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ] 1: [6, 2, 3, 11]
7073 . .
7074
7075 ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6; 7 6 0; 2 4 6] @key{RET} s 7 v t [6 2 3 11] *
7076 @end group
7077 @end smallexample
7078
7079 @noindent
7080 Now we compute the matrix @c{$A'$}
7081 @cite{A2} and divide.
7082
7083 @smallexample
7084 @group
7085 2: [57, 84, 96] 1: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64]
7086 1: [ [ 70, 72, 39 ] .
7087 [ 72, 81, 60 ]
7088 [ 39, 60, 81 ] ]
7089 .
7090
7091 r 7 v t r 7 * /
7092 @end group
7093 @end smallexample
7094
7095 @noindent
7096 (The actual computed answer will be slightly inexact due to
7097 round-off error.)
7098
7099 Notice that the answers are similar to those for the @c{$3\times3$}
7100 @asis{3x3} system
7101 solved in the text. That's because the fourth equation that was
7102 added to the system is almost identical to the first one multiplied
7103 by two. (If it were identical, we would have gotten the exact same
7104 answer since the @c{$4\times3$}
7105 @asis{4x3} system would be equivalent to the original @c{$3\times3$}
7106 @asis{3x3}
7107 system.)
7108
7109 Since the first and fourth equations aren't quite equivalent, they
7110 can't both be satisfied at once. Let's plug our answers back into
7111 the original system of equations to see how well they match.
7112
7113 @smallexample
7114 @group
7115 2: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64] 1: [5.6, 2., 3., 11.2]
7116 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
7117 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
7118 [ 7, 6, 0 ]
7119 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ]
7120 .
7121
7122 r 7 @key{TAB} *
7123 @end group
7124 @end smallexample
7125
7126 @noindent
7127 This is reasonably close to our original @cite{B} vector,
7128 @cite{[6, 2, 3, 11]}.
7129
7130 @node List Answer 1, List Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7131 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 1
7132
7133 @noindent
7134 We can use @kbd{v x} to build a vector of integers. This needs to be
7135 adjusted to get the range of integers we desire. Mapping @samp{-}
7136 across the vector will accomplish this, although it turns out the
7137 plain @samp{-} key will work just as well.
7138
7139 @smallexample
7140 @group
7141 2: 2 2: 2
7142 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] 1: [-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4]
7143 . .
7144
7145 2 v x 9 @key{RET} 5 V M - or 5 -
7146 @end group
7147 @end smallexample
7148
7149 @noindent
7150 Now we use @kbd{V M ^} to map the exponentiation operator across the
7151 vector.
7152
7153 @smallexample
7154 @group
7155 1: [0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16]
7156 .
7157
7158 V M ^
7159 @end group
7160 @end smallexample
7161
7162 @node List Answer 2, List Answer 3, List Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7163 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 2
7164
7165 @noindent
7166 Given @cite{x} and @cite{y} vectors in quick variables 1 and 2 as before,
7167 the first job is to form the matrix that describes the problem.
7168
7169 @ifinfo
7170 @example
7171 m*x + b*1 = y
7172 @end example
7173 @end ifinfo
7174 @tex
7175 \turnoffactive
7176 \beforedisplay
7177 $$ m \times x + b \times 1 = y $$
7178 \afterdisplay
7179 @end tex
7180
7181 Thus we want a @c{$19\times2$}
7182 @asis{19x2} matrix with our @cite{x} vector as one column and
7183 ones as the other column. So, first we build the column of ones, then
7184 we combine the two columns to form our @cite{A} matrix.
7185
7186 @smallexample
7187 @group
7188 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 1: [ [ 1.34, 1 ]
7189 1: [1, 1, 1, ...] [ 1.41, 1 ]
7190 . [ 1.49, 1 ]
7191 @dots{}
7192
7193 r 1 1 v b 19 @key{RET} M-2 v p v t s 3
7194 @end group
7195 @end smallexample
7196
7197 @noindent
7198 Now we compute @c{$A^T y$}
7199 @cite{trn(A) * y} and @c{$A^T A$}
7200 @cite{trn(A) * A} and divide.
7201
7202 @smallexample
7203 @group
7204 1: [33.36554, 13.613] 2: [33.36554, 13.613]
7205 . 1: [ [ 98.0003, 41.63 ]
7206 [ 41.63, 19 ] ]
7207 .
7208
7209 v t r 2 * r 3 v t r 3 *
7210 @end group
7211 @end smallexample
7212
7213 @noindent
7214 (Hey, those numbers look familiar!)
7215
7216 @smallexample
7217 @group
7218 1: [0.52141679, -0.425978]
7219 .
7220
7221 /
7222 @end group
7223 @end smallexample
7224
7225 Since we were solving equations of the form @c{$m \times x + b \times 1 = y$}
7226 @cite{m*x + b*1 = y}, these
7227 numbers should be @cite{m} and @cite{b}, respectively. Sure enough, they
7228 agree exactly with the result computed using @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R}!
7229
7230 The moral of this story: @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R} will probably solve
7231 your problem, but there is often an easier way using the higher-level
7232 arithmetic functions!
7233
7234 @c [fix-ref Curve Fitting]
7235 In fact, there is a built-in @kbd{a F} command that does least-squares
7236 fits. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
7237
7238 @node List Answer 3, List Answer 4, List Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7239 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 3
7240
7241 @noindent
7242 Move to one end of the list and press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or
7243 whatever) to set the mark, then move to the other end of the list
7244 and type @w{@kbd{M-# g}}.
7245
7246 @smallexample
7247 @group
7248 1: [2.3, 6, 22, 15.1, 7, 15, 14, 7.5, 2.5]
7249 .
7250 @end group
7251 @end smallexample
7252
7253 To make things interesting, let's assume we don't know at a glance
7254 how many numbers are in this list. Then we could type:
7255
7256 @smallexample
7257 @group
7258 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ]
7259 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 126356422.5
7260 . .
7261
7262 @key{RET} V R *
7263
7264 @end group
7265 @end smallexample
7266 @noindent
7267 @smallexample
7268 @group
7269 2: 126356422.5 2: 126356422.5 1: 7.94652913734
7270 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 9 .
7271 . .
7272
7273 @key{TAB} v l I ^
7274 @end group
7275 @end smallexample
7276
7277 @noindent
7278 (The @kbd{I ^} command computes the @var{n}th root of a number.
7279 You could also type @kbd{& ^} to take the reciprocal of 9 and
7280 then raise the number to that power.)
7281
7282 @node List Answer 4, List Answer 5, List Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7283 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 4
7284
7285 @noindent
7286 A number @cite{j} is a divisor of @cite{n} if @c{$n \mathbin{\hbox{\code{\%}}} j = 0$}
7287 @samp{n % j = 0}. The first
7288 step is to get a vector that identifies the divisors.
7289
7290 @smallexample
7291 @group
7292 2: 30 2: [0, 0, 0, 2, ...] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...]
7293 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: 0 .
7294 . .
7295
7296 30 @key{RET} v x 30 @key{RET} s 1 V M % 0 V M a = s 2
7297 @end group
7298 @end smallexample
7299
7300 @noindent
7301 This vector has 1's marking divisors of 30 and 0's marking non-divisors.
7302
7303 The zeroth divisor function is just the total number of divisors.
7304 The first divisor function is the sum of the divisors.
7305
7306 @smallexample
7307 @group
7308 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8 2: 8
7309 2: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: [1, 2, 3, 0, ...] 1: 72
7310 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...] . .
7311 .
7312
7313 V R + r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
7314 @end group
7315 @end smallexample
7316
7317 @noindent
7318 Once again, the last two steps just compute a dot product for which
7319 a simple @kbd{*} would have worked equally well.
7320
7321 @node List Answer 5, List Answer 6, List Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
7322 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 5
7323
7324 @noindent
7325 The obvious first step is to obtain the list of factors with @kbd{k f}.
7326 This list will always be in sorted order, so if there are duplicates
7327 they will be right next to each other. A suitable method is to compare
7328 the list with a copy of itself shifted over by one.
7329
7330 @smallexample
7331 @group
7332 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0]
7333 . 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0] 1: [0, 3, 7, 7, 7, 19]
7334 . .
7335
7336 19551 k f @key{RET} 0 | @key{TAB} 0 @key{TAB} |
7337
7338 @end group
7339 @end smallexample
7340 @noindent
7341 @smallexample
7342 @group
7343 1: [0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0] 1: 2 1: 0
7344 . . .
7345
7346 V M a = V R + 0 a =
7347 @end group
7348 @end smallexample
7349
7350 @noindent
7351 Note that we have to arrange for both vectors to have the same length
7352 so that the mapping operation works; no prime factor will ever be
7353 zero, so adding zeros on the left and right is safe. From then on
7354 the job is pretty straightforward.
7355
7356 Incidentally, Calc provides the @c{\dfn{M\"obius} $\mu$}
7357 @dfn{Moebius mu} function which is
7358 zero if and only if its argument is square-free. It would be a much
7359 more convenient way to do the above test in practice.
7360
7361 @node List Answer 6, List Answer 7, List Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
7362 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 6
7363
7364 @noindent
7365 First use @kbd{v x 6 @key{RET}} to get a list of integers, then @kbd{V M v x}
7366 to get a list of lists of integers!
7367
7368 @node List Answer 7, List Answer 8, List Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
7369 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 7
7370
7371 @noindent
7372 Here's one solution. First, compute the triangular list from the previous
7373 exercise and type @kbd{1 -} to subtract one from all the elements.
7374
7375 @smallexample
7376 @group
7377 1: [ [0],
7378 [0, 1],
7379 [0, 1, 2],
7380 @dots{}
7381
7382 1 -
7383 @end group
7384 @end smallexample
7385
7386 The numbers down the lefthand edge of the list we desire are called
7387 the ``triangular numbers'' (now you know why!). The @cite{n}th
7388 triangular number is the sum of the integers from 1 to @cite{n}, and
7389 can be computed directly by the formula @c{$n (n+1) \over 2$}
7390 @cite{n * (n+1) / 2}.
7391
7392 @smallexample
7393 @group
7394 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7395 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7396 . .
7397
7398 v x 6 @key{RET} 1 - V M ' $ ($+1)/2 @key{RET}
7399 @end group
7400 @end smallexample
7401
7402 @noindent
7403 Adding this list to the above list of lists produces the desired
7404 result:
7405
7406 @smallexample
7407 @group
7408 1: [ [0],
7409 [1, 2],
7410 [3, 4, 5],
7411 [6, 7, 8, 9],
7412 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
7413 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
7414 .
7415
7416 V M +
7417 @end group
7418 @end smallexample
7419
7420 If we did not know the formula for triangular numbers, we could have
7421 computed them using a @kbd{V U +} command. We could also have
7422 gotten them the hard way by mapping a reduction across the original
7423 triangular list.
7424
7425 @smallexample
7426 @group
7427 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7428 1: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7429 . .
7430
7431 @key{RET} V M V R +
7432 @end group
7433 @end smallexample
7434
7435 @noindent
7436 (This means ``map a @kbd{V R +} command across the vector,'' and
7437 since each element of the main vector is itself a small vector,
7438 @kbd{V R +} computes the sum of its elements.)
7439
7440 @node List Answer 8, List Answer 9, List Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
7441 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 8
7442
7443 @noindent
7444 The first step is to build a list of values of @cite{x}.
7445
7446 @smallexample
7447 @group
7448 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 21] 1: [0, 1, 2, ..., 20] 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ..., 5]
7449 . . .
7450
7451 v x 21 @key{RET} 1 - 4 / s 1
7452 @end group
7453 @end smallexample
7454
7455 Next, we compute the Bessel function values.
7456
7457 @smallexample
7458 @group
7459 1: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ..., -0.328]
7460 .
7461
7462 V M ' besJ(1,$) @key{RET}
7463 @end group
7464 @end smallexample
7465
7466 @noindent
7467 (Another way to do this would be @kbd{1 @key{TAB} V M f j}.)
7468
7469 A way to isolate the maximum value is to compute the maximum using
7470 @kbd{V R X}, then compare all the Bessel values with that maximum.
7471
7472 @smallexample
7473 @group
7474 2: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ]
7475 1: 0.5801562 . 1: 1
7476 . .
7477
7478 @key{RET} V R X V M a = @key{RET} V R + @key{DEL}
7479 @end group
7480 @end smallexample
7481
7482 @noindent
7483 It's a good idea to verify, as in the last step above, that only
7484 one value is equal to the maximum. (After all, a plot of @c{$\sin x$}
7485 @cite{sin(x)}
7486 might have many points all equal to the maximum value, 1.)
7487
7488 The vector we have now has a single 1 in the position that indicates
7489 the maximum value of @cite{x}. Now it is a simple matter to convert
7490 this back into the corresponding value itself.
7491
7492 @smallexample
7493 @group
7494 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0., 0., ... ] 1: 1.75
7495 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ... ] . .
7496 .
7497
7498 r 1 V M * V R +
7499 @end group
7500 @end smallexample
7501
7502 If @kbd{a =} had produced more than one @cite{1} value, this method
7503 would have given the sum of all maximum @cite{x} values; not very
7504 useful! In this case we could have used @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector})
7505 instead. This command deletes all elements of a ``data'' vector that
7506 correspond to zeros in a ``mask'' vector, leaving us with, in this
7507 example, a vector of maximum @cite{x} values.
7508
7509 The built-in @kbd{a X} command maximizes a function using more
7510 efficient methods. Just for illustration, let's use @kbd{a X}
7511 to maximize @samp{besJ(1,x)} over this same interval.
7512
7513 @smallexample
7514 @group
7515 2: besJ(1, x) 1: [1.84115, 0.581865]
7516 1: [0 .. 5] .
7517 .
7518
7519 ' besJ(1,x), [0..5] @key{RET} a X x @key{RET}
7520 @end group
7521 @end smallexample
7522
7523 @noindent
7524 The output from @kbd{a X} is a vector containing the value of @cite{x}
7525 that maximizes the function, and the function's value at that maximum.
7526 As you can see, our simple search got quite close to the right answer.
7527
7528 @node List Answer 9, List Answer 10, List Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
7529 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 9
7530
7531 @noindent
7532 Step one is to convert our integer into vector notation.
7533
7534 @smallexample
7535 @group
7536 1: 25129925999 3: 25129925999
7537 . 2: 10
7538 1: [11, 10, 9, ..., 1, 0]
7539 .
7540
7541 25129925999 @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 12 @key{RET} v x 12 @key{RET} -
7542
7543 @end group
7544 @end smallexample
7545 @noindent
7546 @smallexample
7547 @group
7548 1: 25129925999 1: [0, 2, 25, 251, 2512, ... ]
7549 2: [100000000000, ... ] .
7550 .
7551
7552 V M ^ s 1 V M \
7553 @end group
7554 @end smallexample
7555
7556 @noindent
7557 (Recall, the @kbd{\} command computes an integer quotient.)
7558
7559 @smallexample
7560 @group
7561 1: [0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 5, 9, 9, 9]
7562 .
7563
7564 10 V M % s 2
7565 @end group
7566 @end smallexample
7567
7568 Next we must increment this number. This involves adding one to
7569 the last digit, plus handling carries. There is a carry to the
7570 left out of a digit if that digit is a nine and all the digits to
7571 the right of it are nines.
7572
7573 @smallexample
7574 @group
7575 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, ... ]
7576 . .
7577
7578 9 V M a = v v
7579
7580 @end group
7581 @end smallexample
7582 @noindent
7583 @smallexample
7584 @group
7585 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1]
7586 . .
7587
7588 V U * v v 1 |
7589 @end group
7590 @end smallexample
7591
7592 @noindent
7593 Accumulating @kbd{*} across a vector of ones and zeros will preserve
7594 only the initial run of ones. These are the carries into all digits
7595 except the rightmost digit. Concatenating a one on the right takes
7596 care of aligning the carries properly, and also adding one to the
7597 rightmost digit.
7598
7599 @smallexample
7600 @group
7601 2: [0, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 6, 0, 0, 0]
7602 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] .
7603 .
7604
7605 0 r 2 | V M + 10 V M %
7606 @end group
7607 @end smallexample
7608
7609 @noindent
7610 Here we have concatenated 0 to the @emph{left} of the original number;
7611 this takes care of shifting the carries by one with respect to the
7612 digits that generated them.
7613
7614 Finally, we must convert this list back into an integer.
7615
7616 @smallexample
7617 @group
7618 3: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ]
7619 2: 1000000000000 1: [1000000000000, 100000000000, ... ]
7620 1: [100000000000, ... ] .
7621 .
7622
7623 10 @key{RET} 12 ^ r 1 |
7624
7625 @end group
7626 @end smallexample
7627 @noindent
7628 @smallexample
7629 @group
7630 1: [0, 0, 20000000000, 5000000000, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7631 . .
7632
7633 V M * V R +
7634 @end group
7635 @end smallexample
7636
7637 @noindent
7638 Another way to do this final step would be to reduce the formula
7639 @w{@samp{10 $$ + $}} across the vector of digits.
7640
7641 @smallexample
7642 @group
7643 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7644 . .
7645
7646 V R ' 10 $$ + $ @key{RET}
7647 @end group
7648 @end smallexample
7649
7650 @node List Answer 10, List Answer 11, List Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
7651 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 10
7652
7653 @noindent
7654 For the list @cite{[a, b, c, d]}, the result is @cite{((a = b) = c) = d},
7655 which will compare @cite{a} and @cite{b} to produce a 1 or 0, which is
7656 then compared with @cite{c} to produce another 1 or 0, which is then
7657 compared with @cite{d}. This is not at all what Joe wanted.
7658
7659 Here's a more correct method:
7660
7661 @smallexample
7662 @group
7663 1: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7] 2: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7]
7664 . 1: 7
7665 .
7666
7667 ' [7,7,7,8,7] @key{RET} @key{RET} v r 1 @key{RET}
7668
7669 @end group
7670 @end smallexample
7671 @noindent
7672 @smallexample
7673 @group
7674 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 1] 1: 0
7675 . .
7676
7677 V M a = V R *
7678 @end group
7679 @end smallexample
7680
7681 @node List Answer 11, List Answer 12, List Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
7682 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 11
7683
7684 @noindent
7685 The circle of unit radius consists of those points @cite{(x,y)} for which
7686 @cite{x^2 + y^2 < 1}. We start by generating a vector of @cite{x^2}
7687 and a vector of @cite{y^2}.
7688
7689 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7690 commands.
7691
7692 @smallexample
7693 @group
7694 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.]
7695 1: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [1.16, 1.98, ..., 0.81]
7696 . .
7697
7698 v . t . 2. v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r
7699
7700 @end group
7701 @end smallexample
7702 @noindent
7703 @smallexample
7704 @group
7705 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036]
7706 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036] 2: [0.53, 0.81, ..., 0.094]
7707 . .
7708
7709 1 - 2 V M ^ @key{TAB} V M k r 1 - 2 V M ^
7710 @end group
7711 @end smallexample
7712
7713 Now we sum the @cite{x^2} and @cite{y^2} values, compare with 1 to
7714 get a vector of 1/0 truth values, then sum the truth values.
7715
7716 @smallexample
7717 @group
7718 1: [0.56, 1.78, ..., 0.13] 1: [1, 0, ..., 1] 1: 84
7719 . . .
7720
7721 + 1 V M a < V R +
7722 @end group
7723 @end smallexample
7724
7725 @noindent
7726 The ratio @cite{84/100} should approximate the ratio @c{$\pi/4$}
7727 @cite{pi/4}.
7728
7729 @smallexample
7730 @group
7731 1: 0.84 1: 3.36 2: 3.36 1: 1.0695
7732 . . 1: 3.14159 .
7733
7734 100 / 4 * P /
7735 @end group
7736 @end smallexample
7737
7738 @noindent
7739 Our estimate, 3.36, is off by about 7%. We could get a better estimate
7740 by taking more points (say, 1000), but it's clear that this method is
7741 not very efficient!
7742
7743 (Naturally, since this example uses random numbers your own answer
7744 will be slightly different from the one shown here!)
7745
7746 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7747 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7748
7749 @node List Answer 12, List Answer 13, List Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
7750 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 12
7751
7752 @noindent
7753 This problem can be made a lot easier by taking advantage of some
7754 symmetries. First of all, after some thought it's clear that the
7755 @cite{y} axis can be ignored altogether. Just pick a random @cite{x}
7756 component for one end of the match, pick a random direction @c{$\theta$}
7757 @cite{theta},
7758 and see if @cite{x} and @c{$x + \cos \theta$}
7759 @cite{x + cos(theta)} (which is the @cite{x}
7760 coordinate of the other endpoint) cross a line. The lines are at
7761 integer coordinates, so this happens when the two numbers surround
7762 an integer.
7763
7764 Since the two endpoints are equivalent, we may as well choose the leftmost
7765 of the two endpoints as @cite{x}. Then @cite{theta} is an angle pointing
7766 to the right, in the range -90 to 90 degrees. (We could use radians, but
7767 it would feel like cheating to refer to @c{$\pi/2$}
7768 @cite{pi/2} radians while trying
7769 to estimate @c{$\pi$}
7770 @cite{pi}!)
7771
7772 In fact, since the field of lines is infinite we can choose the
7773 coordinates 0 and 1 for the lines on either side of the leftmost
7774 endpoint. The rightmost endpoint will be between 0 and 1 if the
7775 match does not cross a line, or between 1 and 2 if it does. So:
7776 Pick random @cite{x} and @c{$\theta$}
7777 @cite{theta}, compute @c{$x + \cos \theta$}
7778 @cite{x + cos(theta)},
7779 and count how many of the results are greater than one. Simple!
7780
7781 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7782 commands.
7783
7784 @smallexample
7785 @group
7786 1: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72]
7787 . 1: [78.4, 64.5, ..., -42.9]
7788 .
7789
7790 v . t . 1. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 180. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 90 -
7791 @end group
7792 @end smallexample
7793
7794 @noindent
7795 (The next step may be slow, depending on the speed of your computer.)
7796
7797 @smallexample
7798 @group
7799 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 1: [0.72, 1.14, ..., 1.45]
7800 1: [0.20, 0.43, ..., 0.73] .
7801 .
7802
7803 m d V M C +
7804
7805 @end group
7806 @end smallexample
7807 @noindent
7808 @smallexample
7809 @group
7810 1: [0, 1, ..., 1] 1: 0.64 1: 3.125
7811 . . .
7812
7813 1 V M a > V R + 100 / 2 @key{TAB} /
7814 @end group
7815 @end smallexample
7816
7817 Let's try the third method, too. We'll use random integers up to
7818 one million. The @kbd{k r} command with an integer argument picks
7819 a random integer.
7820
7821 @smallexample
7822 @group
7823 2: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 2: [78489, 527587, ..., 814975]
7824 1: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 1: [324014, 358783, ..., 955450]
7825 . .
7826
7827 1000000 v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r @key{TAB} V M k r
7828
7829 @end group
7830 @end smallexample
7831 @noindent
7832 @smallexample
7833 @group
7834 1: [1, 1, ..., 25] 1: [1, 1, ..., 0] 1: 0.56
7835 . . .
7836
7837 V M k g 1 V M a = V R + 100 /
7838
7839 @end group
7840 @end smallexample
7841 @noindent
7842 @smallexample
7843 @group
7844 1: 10.714 1: 3.273
7845 . .
7846
7847 6 @key{TAB} / Q
7848 @end group
7849 @end smallexample
7850
7851 For a proof of this property of the GCD function, see section 4.5.2,
7852 exercise 10, of Knuth's @emph{Art of Computer Programming}, volume II.
7853
7854 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7855 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7856
7857 @node List Answer 13, List Answer 14, List Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
7858 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 13
7859
7860 @noindent
7861 First, we put the string on the stack as a vector of ASCII codes.
7862
7863 @smallexample
7864 @group
7865 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7866 .
7867
7868 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET}
7869 @end group
7870 @end smallexample
7871
7872 @noindent
7873 Note that the @kbd{"} key, like @kbd{$}, initiates algebraic entry so
7874 there was no need to type an apostrophe. Also, Calc didn't mind that
7875 we omitted the closing @kbd{"}. (The same goes for all closing delimiters
7876 like @kbd{)} and @kbd{]} at the end of a formula.
7877
7878 We'll show two different approaches here. In the first, we note that
7879 if the input vector is @cite{[a, b, c, d]}, then the hash code is
7880 @cite{3 (3 (3a + b) + c) + d = 27a + 9b + 3c + d}. In other words,
7881 it's a sum of descending powers of three times the ASCII codes.
7882
7883 @smallexample
7884 @group
7885 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7886 1: 16 1: [15, 14, 13, ..., 0]
7887 . .
7888
7889 @key{RET} v l v x 16 @key{RET} -
7890
7891 @end group
7892 @end smallexample
7893 @noindent
7894 @smallexample
7895 @group
7896 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098 1: 121
7897 1: [14348907, ..., 1] . .
7898 .
7899
7900 3 @key{TAB} V M ^ * 511 %
7901 @end group
7902 @end smallexample
7903
7904 @noindent
7905 Once again, @kbd{*} elegantly summarizes most of the computation.
7906 But there's an even more elegant approach: Reduce the formula
7907 @kbd{3 $$ + $} across the vector. Recall that this represents a
7908 function of two arguments that computes its first argument times three
7909 plus its second argument.
7910
7911 @smallexample
7912 @group
7913 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098
7914 . .
7915
7916 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' 3$$+$ @key{RET}
7917 @end group
7918 @end smallexample
7919
7920 @noindent
7921 If you did the decimal arithmetic exercise, this will be familiar.
7922 Basically, we're turning a base-3 vector of digits into an integer,
7923 except that our ``digits'' are much larger than real digits.
7924
7925 Instead of typing @kbd{511 %} again to reduce the result, we can be
7926 cleverer still and notice that rather than computing a huge integer
7927 and taking the modulo at the end, we can take the modulo at each step
7928 without affecting the result. While this means there are more
7929 arithmetic operations, the numbers we operate on remain small so
7930 the operations are faster.
7931
7932 @smallexample
7933 @group
7934 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 121
7935 . .
7936
7937 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' (3$$+$)%511 @key{RET}
7938 @end group
7939 @end smallexample
7940
7941 Why does this work? Think about a two-step computation:
7942 @w{@cite{3 (3a + b) + c}}. Taking a result modulo 511 basically means
7943 subtracting off enough 511's to put the result in the desired range.
7944 So the result when we take the modulo after every step is,
7945
7946 @ifinfo
7947 @example
7948 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n
7949 @end example
7950 @end ifinfo
7951 @tex
7952 \turnoffactive
7953 \beforedisplay
7954 $$ 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n $$
7955 \afterdisplay
7956 @end tex
7957
7958 @noindent
7959 for some suitable integers @cite{m} and @cite{n}. Expanding out by
7960 the distributive law yields
7961
7962 @ifinfo
7963 @example
7964 9 a + 3 b + c - 511*3 m - 511 n
7965 @end example
7966 @end ifinfo
7967 @tex
7968 \turnoffactive
7969 \beforedisplay
7970 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511\times3 m - 511 n $$
7971 \afterdisplay
7972 @end tex
7973
7974 @noindent
7975 The @cite{m} term in the latter formula is redundant because any
7976 contribution it makes could just as easily be made by the @cite{n}
7977 term. So we can take it out to get an equivalent formula with
7978 @cite{n' = 3m + n},
7979
7980 @ifinfo
7981 @example
7982 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n'
7983 @end example
7984 @end ifinfo
7985 @tex
7986 \turnoffactive
7987 \beforedisplay
7988 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n' $$
7989 \afterdisplay
7990 @end tex
7991
7992 @noindent
7993 which is just the formula for taking the modulo only at the end of
7994 the calculation. Therefore the two methods are essentially the same.
7995
7996 Later in the tutorial we will encounter @dfn{modulo forms}, which
7997 basically automate the idea of reducing every intermediate result
7998 modulo some value @var{m}.
7999
8000 @node List Answer 14, Types Answer 1, List Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8001 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 14
8002
8003 We want to use @kbd{H V U} to nest a function which adds a random
8004 step to an @cite{(x,y)} coordinate. The function is a bit long, but
8005 otherwise the problem is quite straightforward.
8006
8007 @smallexample
8008 @group
8009 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
8010 1: 50 [ 0.4288, -0.1695 ]
8011 . [ -0.4787, -0.9027 ]
8012 ...
8013
8014 [0,0] 50 H V U ' <# + [random(2.0)-1, random(2.0)-1]> @key{RET}
8015 @end group
8016 @end smallexample
8017
8018 Just as the text recommended, we used @samp{< >} nameless function
8019 notation to keep the two @code{random} calls from being evaluated
8020 before nesting even begins.
8021
8022 We now have a vector of @cite{[x, y]} sub-vectors, which by Calc's
8023 rules acts like a matrix. We can transpose this matrix and unpack
8024 to get a pair of vectors, @cite{x} and @cite{y}, suitable for graphing.
8025
8026 @smallexample
8027 @group
8028 2: [ 0, 0.4288, -0.4787, ... ]
8029 1: [ 0, -0.1696, -0.9027, ... ]
8030 .
8031
8032 v t v u g f
8033 @end group
8034 @end smallexample
8035
8036 Incidentally, because the @cite{x} and @cite{y} are completely
8037 independent in this case, we could have done two separate commands
8038 to create our @cite{x} and @cite{y} vectors of numbers directly.
8039
8040 To make a random walk of unit steps, we note that @code{sincos} of
8041 a random direction exactly gives us an @cite{[x, y]} step of unit
8042 length; in fact, the new nesting function is even briefer, though
8043 we might want to lower the precision a bit for it.
8044
8045 @smallexample
8046 @group
8047 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
8048 1: 50 [ 0.1318, 0.9912 ]
8049 . [ -0.5965, 0.3061 ]
8050 ...
8051
8052 [0,0] 50 m d p 6 @key{RET} H V U ' <# + sincos(random(360.0))> @key{RET}
8053 @end group
8054 @end smallexample
8055
8056 Another @kbd{v t v u g f} sequence will graph this new random walk.
8057
8058 An interesting twist on these random walk functions would be to use
8059 complex numbers instead of 2-vectors to represent points on the plane.
8060 In the first example, we'd use something like @samp{random + random*(0,1)},
8061 and in the second we could use polar complex numbers with random phase
8062 angles. (This exercise was first suggested in this form by Randal
8063 Schwartz.)
8064
8065 @node Types Answer 1, Types Answer 2, List Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8066 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 1
8067
8068 @noindent
8069 If the number is the square root of @c{$\pi$}
8070 @cite{pi} times a rational number,
8071 then its square, divided by @c{$\pi$}
8072 @cite{pi}, should be a rational number.
8073
8074 @smallexample
8075 @group
8076 1: 1.26508260337 1: 0.509433962268 1: 2486645810:4881193627
8077 . . .
8078
8079 2 ^ P / c F
8080 @end group
8081 @end smallexample
8082
8083 @noindent
8084 Technically speaking this is a rational number, but not one that is
8085 likely to have arisen in the original problem. More likely, it just
8086 happens to be the fraction which most closely represents some
8087 irrational number to within 12 digits.
8088
8089 But perhaps our result was not quite exact. Let's reduce the
8090 precision slightly and try again:
8091
8092 @smallexample
8093 @group
8094 1: 0.509433962268 1: 27:53
8095 . .
8096
8097 U p 10 @key{RET} c F
8098 @end group
8099 @end smallexample
8100
8101 @noindent
8102 Aha! It's unlikely that an irrational number would equal a fraction
8103 this simple to within ten digits, so our original number was probably
8104 @c{$\sqrt{27 \pi / 53}$}
8105 @cite{sqrt(27 pi / 53)}.
8106
8107 Notice that we didn't need to re-round the number when we reduced the
8108 precision. Remember, arithmetic operations always round their inputs
8109 to the current precision before they begin.
8110
8111 @node Types Answer 2, Types Answer 3, Types Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8112 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 2
8113
8114 @noindent
8115 @samp{inf / inf = nan}. Perhaps @samp{1} is the ``obvious'' answer.
8116 But if @w{@samp{17 inf = inf}}, then @samp{17 inf / inf = inf / inf = 17}, too.
8117
8118 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}. It's tempting to say that the exponential
8119 of infinity must be ``bigger'' than ``regular'' infinity, but as
8120 far as Calc is concerned all infinities are as just as big.
8121 In other words, as @cite{x} goes to infinity, @cite{e^x} also goes
8122 to infinity, but the fact the @cite{e^x} grows much faster than
8123 @cite{x} is not relevant here.
8124
8125 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. Here we have a finite answer even though
8126 the input is infinite.
8127
8128 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = (0, 1) inf}. Remember that @cite{(0, 1)}
8129 represents the imaginary number @cite{i}. Here's a derivation:
8130 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = @w{sqrt((-1) * inf)} = sqrt(-1) * sqrt(inf)}.
8131 The first part is, by definition, @cite{i}; the second is @code{inf}
8132 because, once again, all infinities are the same size.
8133
8134 @samp{sqrt(uinf) = uinf}. In fact, we do know something about the
8135 direction because @code{sqrt} is defined to return a value in the
8136 right half of the complex plane. But Calc has no notation for this,
8137 so it settles for the conservative answer @code{uinf}.
8138
8139 @samp{abs(uinf) = inf}. No matter which direction @cite{x} points,
8140 @samp{abs(x)} always points along the positive real axis.
8141
8142 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}. Here we have an infinite answer to a finite
8143 input. As in the @cite{1 / 0} case, Calc will only use infinities
8144 here if you have turned on ``infinite'' mode. Otherwise, it will
8145 treat @samp{ln(0)} as an error.
8146
8147 @node Types Answer 3, Types Answer 4, Types Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8148 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 3
8149
8150 @noindent
8151 We can make @samp{inf - inf} be any real number we like, say,
8152 @cite{a}, just by claiming that we added @cite{a} to the first
8153 infinity but not to the second. This is just as true for complex
8154 values of @cite{a}, so @code{nan} can stand for a complex number.
8155 (And, similarly, @code{uinf} can stand for an infinity that points
8156 in any direction in the complex plane, such as @samp{(0, 1) inf}).
8157
8158 In fact, we can multiply the first @code{inf} by two. Surely
8159 @w{@samp{2 inf - inf = inf}}, but also @samp{2 inf - inf = inf - inf = nan}.
8160 So @code{nan} can even stand for infinity. Obviously it's just
8161 as easy to make it stand for minus infinity as for plus infinity.
8162
8163 The moral of this story is that ``infinity'' is a slippery fish
8164 indeed, and Calc tries to handle it by having a very simple model
8165 for infinities (only the direction counts, not the ``size''); but
8166 Calc is careful to write @code{nan} any time this simple model is
8167 unable to tell what the true answer is.
8168
8169 @node Types Answer 4, Types Answer 5, Types Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8170 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 4
8171
8172 @smallexample
8173 @group
8174 2: 0@@ 47' 26" 1: 0@@ 2' 47.411765"
8175 1: 17 .
8176 .
8177
8178 0@@ 47' 26" @key{RET} 17 /
8179 @end group
8180 @end smallexample
8181
8182 @noindent
8183 The average song length is two minutes and 47.4 seconds.
8184
8185 @smallexample
8186 @group
8187 2: 0@@ 2' 47.411765" 1: 0@@ 3' 7.411765" 1: 0@@ 53' 6.000005"
8188 1: 0@@ 0' 20" . .
8189 .
8190
8191 20" + 17 *
8192 @end group
8193 @end smallexample
8194
8195 @noindent
8196 The album would be 53 minutes and 6 seconds long.
8197
8198 @node Types Answer 5, Types Answer 6, Types Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8199 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 5
8200
8201 @noindent
8202 Let's suppose it's January 14, 1991. The easiest thing to do is
8203 to keep trying 13ths of months until Calc reports a Friday.
8204 We can do this by manually entering dates, or by using @kbd{t I}:
8205
8206 @smallexample
8207 @group
8208 1: <Wed Feb 13, 1991> 1: <Wed Mar 13, 1991> 1: <Sat Apr 13, 1991>
8209 . . .
8210
8211 ' <2/13> @key{RET} @key{DEL} ' <3/13> @key{RET} t I
8212 @end group
8213 @end smallexample
8214
8215 @noindent
8216 (Calc assumes the current year if you don't say otherwise.)
8217
8218 This is getting tedious---we can keep advancing the date by typing
8219 @kbd{t I} over and over again, but let's automate the job by using
8220 vector mapping. The @kbd{t I} command actually takes a second
8221 ``how-many-months'' argument, which defaults to one. This
8222 argument is exactly what we want to map over:
8223
8224 @smallexample
8225 @group
8226 2: <Sat Apr 13, 1991> 1: [<Mon May 13, 1991>, <Thu Jun 13, 1991>,
8227 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] <Sat Jul 13, 1991>, <Tue Aug 13, 1991>,
8228 . <Fri Sep 13, 1991>, <Sun Oct 13, 1991>]
8229 .
8230
8231 v x 6 @key{RET} V M t I
8232 @end group
8233 @end smallexample
8234
8235 @noindent
8236 Et voil@`a, September 13, 1991 is a Friday.
8237
8238 @smallexample
8239 @group
8240 1: 242
8241 .
8242
8243 ' <sep 13> - <jan 14> @key{RET}
8244 @end group
8245 @end smallexample
8246
8247 @noindent
8248 And the answer to our original question: 242 days to go.
8249
8250 @node Types Answer 6, Types Answer 7, Types Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8251 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 6
8252
8253 @noindent
8254 The full rule for leap years is that they occur in every year divisible
8255 by four, except that they don't occur in years divisible by 100, except
8256 that they @emph{do} in years divisible by 400. We could work out the
8257 answer by carefully counting the years divisible by four and the
8258 exceptions, but there is a much simpler way that works even if we
8259 don't know the leap year rule.
8260
8261 Let's assume the present year is 1991. Years have 365 days, except
8262 that leap years (whenever they occur) have 366 days. So let's count
8263 the number of days between now and then, and compare that to the
8264 number of years times 365. The number of extra days we find must be
8265 equal to the number of leap years there were.
8266
8267 @smallexample
8268 @group
8269 1: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 2: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 1: 2925593
8270 . 1: <Tue Jan 1, 1991> .
8271 .
8272
8273 ' <jan 1 10001> @key{RET} ' <jan 1 1991> @key{RET} -
8274
8275 @end group
8276 @end smallexample
8277 @noindent
8278 @smallexample
8279 @group
8280 3: 2925593 2: 2925593 2: 2925593 1: 1943
8281 2: 10001 1: 8010 1: 2923650 .
8282 1: 1991 . .
8283 .
8284
8285 10001 @key{RET} 1991 - 365 * -
8286 @end group
8287 @end smallexample
8288
8289 @c [fix-ref Date Forms]
8290 @noindent
8291 There will be 1943 leap years before the year 10001. (Assuming,
8292 of course, that the algorithm for computing leap years remains
8293 unchanged for that long. @xref{Date Forms}, for some interesting
8294 background information in that regard.)
8295
8296 @node Types Answer 7, Types Answer 8, Types Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8297 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 7
8298
8299 @noindent
8300 The relative errors must be converted to absolute errors so that
8301 @samp{+/-} notation may be used.
8302
8303 @smallexample
8304 @group
8305 1: 1. 2: 1.
8306 . 1: 0.2
8307 .
8308
8309 20 @key{RET} .05 * 4 @key{RET} .05 *
8310 @end group
8311 @end smallexample
8312
8313 Now we simply chug through the formula.
8314
8315 @smallexample
8316 @group
8317 1: 19.7392088022 1: 394.78 +/- 19.739 1: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8318 . . .
8319
8320 2 P 2 ^ * 20 p 1 * 4 p .2 @key{RET} 2 ^ *
8321 @end group
8322 @end smallexample
8323
8324 It turns out the @kbd{v u} command will unpack an error form as
8325 well as a vector. This saves us some retyping of numbers.
8326
8327 @smallexample
8328 @group
8329 3: 6316.5 +/- 706.21 2: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8330 2: 6316.5 1: 0.1118
8331 1: 706.21 .
8332 .
8333
8334 @key{RET} v u @key{TAB} /
8335 @end group
8336 @end smallexample
8337
8338 @noindent
8339 Thus the volume is 6316 cubic centimeters, within about 11 percent.
8340
8341 @node Types Answer 8, Types Answer 9, Types Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
8342 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 8
8343
8344 @noindent
8345 The first answer is pretty simple: @samp{1 / (0 .. 10) = (0.1 .. inf)}.
8346 Since a number in the interval @samp{(0 .. 10)} can get arbitrarily
8347 close to zero, its reciprocal can get arbitrarily large, so the answer
8348 is an interval that effectively means, ``any number greater than 0.1''
8349 but with no upper bound.
8350
8351 The second answer, similarly, is @samp{1 / (-10 .. 0) = (-inf .. -0.1)}.
8352
8353 Calc normally treats division by zero as an error, so that the formula
8354 @w{@samp{1 / 0}} is left unsimplified. Our third problem,
8355 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 10]}}, also (potentially) divides by zero because zero
8356 is now a member of the interval. So Calc leaves this one unevaluated, too.
8357
8358 If you turn on ``infinite'' mode by pressing @kbd{m i}, you will
8359 instead get the answer @samp{[0.1 .. inf]}, which includes infinity
8360 as a possible value.
8361
8362 The fourth calculation, @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}, has the same problem.
8363 Zero is buried inside the interval, but it's still a possible value.
8364 It's not hard to see that the actual result of @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}
8365 will be either greater than @i{0.1}, or less than @i{-0.1}. Thus
8366 the interval goes from minus infinity to plus infinity, with a ``hole''
8367 in it from @i{-0.1} to @i{0.1}. Calc doesn't have any way to
8368 represent this, so it just reports @samp{[-inf .. inf]} as the answer.
8369 It may be disappointing to hear ``the answer lies somewhere between
8370 minus infinity and plus infinity, inclusive,'' but that's the best
8371 that interval arithmetic can do in this case.
8372
8373 @node Types Answer 9, Types Answer 10, Types Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
8374 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 9
8375
8376 @smallexample
8377 @group
8378 1: [-3 .. 3] 2: [-3 .. 3] 2: [0 .. 9]
8379 . 1: [0 .. 9] 1: [-9 .. 9]
8380 . .
8381
8382 [ 3 n .. 3 ] @key{RET} 2 ^ @key{TAB} @key{RET} *
8383 @end group
8384 @end smallexample
8385
8386 @noindent
8387 In the first case the result says, ``if a number is between @i{-3} and
8388 3, its square is between 0 and 9.'' The second case says, ``the product
8389 of two numbers each between @i{-3} and 3 is between @i{-9} and 9.''
8390
8391 An interval form is not a number; it is a symbol that can stand for
8392 many different numbers. Two identical-looking interval forms can stand
8393 for different numbers.
8394
8395 The same issue arises when you try to square an error form.
8396
8397 @node Types Answer 10, Types Answer 11, Types Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
8398 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 10
8399
8400 @noindent
8401 Testing the first number, we might arbitrarily choose 17 for @cite{x}.
8402
8403 @smallexample
8404 @group
8405 1: 17 mod 811749613 2: 17 mod 811749613 1: 533694123 mod 811749613
8406 . 811749612 .
8407 .
8408
8409 17 M 811749613 @key{RET} 811749612 ^
8410 @end group
8411 @end smallexample
8412
8413 @noindent
8414 Since 533694123 is (considerably) different from 1, the number 811749613
8415 must not be prime.
8416
8417 It's awkward to type the number in twice as we did above. There are
8418 various ways to avoid this, and algebraic entry is one. In fact, using
8419 a vector mapping operation we can perform several tests at once. Let's
8420 use this method to test the second number.
8421
8422 @smallexample
8423 @group
8424 2: [17, 42, 100000] 1: [1 mod 15485863, 1 mod ... ]
8425 1: 15485863 .
8426 .
8427
8428 [17 42 100000] 15485863 @key{RET} V M ' ($$ mod $)^($-1) @key{RET}
8429 @end group
8430 @end smallexample
8431
8432 @noindent
8433 The result is three ones (modulo @cite{n}), so it's very probable that
8434 15485863 is prime. (In fact, this number is the millionth prime.)
8435
8436 Note that the functions @samp{($$^($-1)) mod $} or @samp{$$^($-1) % $}
8437 would have been hopelessly inefficient, since they would have calculated
8438 the power using full integer arithmetic.
8439
8440 Calc has a @kbd{k p} command that does primality testing. For small
8441 numbers it does an exact test; for large numbers it uses a variant
8442 of the Fermat test we used here. You can use @kbd{k p} repeatedly
8443 to prove that a large integer is prime with any desired probability.
8444
8445 @node Types Answer 11, Types Answer 12, Types Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
8446 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 11
8447
8448 @noindent
8449 There are several ways to insert a calculated number into an HMS form.
8450 One way to convert a number of seconds to an HMS form is simply to
8451 multiply the number by an HMS form representing one second:
8452
8453 @smallexample
8454 @group
8455 1: 31415926.5359 2: 31415926.5359 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8456 . 1: 0@@ 0' 1" .
8457 .
8458
8459 P 1e7 * 0@@ 0' 1" *
8460
8461 @end group
8462 @end smallexample
8463 @noindent
8464 @smallexample
8465 @group
8466 2: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359" 1: 6@@ 6' 2.5359" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
8467 1: 15@@ 27' 16" mod 24@@ 0' 0" .
8468 .
8469
8470 x time @key{RET} +
8471 @end group
8472 @end smallexample
8473
8474 @noindent
8475 It will be just after six in the morning.
8476
8477 The algebraic @code{hms} function can also be used to build an
8478 HMS form:
8479
8480 @smallexample
8481 @group
8482 1: hms(0, 0, 10000000. pi) 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8483 . .
8484
8485 ' hms(0, 0, 1e7 pi) @key{RET} =
8486 @end group
8487 @end smallexample
8488
8489 @noindent
8490 The @kbd{=} key is necessary to evaluate the symbol @samp{pi} to
8491 the actual number 3.14159...
8492
8493 @node Types Answer 12, Types Answer 13, Types Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
8494 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 12
8495
8496 @noindent
8497 As we recall, there are 17 songs of about 2 minutes and 47 seconds
8498 each.
8499
8500 @smallexample
8501 @group
8502 2: 0@@ 2' 47" 1: [0@@ 3' 7" .. 0@@ 3' 47"]
8503 1: [0@@ 0' 20" .. 0@@ 1' 0"] .
8504 .
8505
8506 [ 0@@ 20" .. 0@@ 1' ] +
8507
8508 @end group
8509 @end smallexample
8510 @noindent
8511 @smallexample
8512 @group
8513 1: [0@@ 52' 59." .. 1@@ 4' 19."]
8514 .
8515
8516 17 *
8517 @end group
8518 @end smallexample
8519
8520 @noindent
8521 No matter how long it is, the album will fit nicely on one CD.
8522
8523 @node Types Answer 13, Types Answer 14, Types Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
8524 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 13
8525
8526 @noindent
8527 Type @kbd{' 1 yr @key{RET} u c s @key{RET}}. The answer is 31557600 seconds.
8528
8529 @node Types Answer 14, Types Answer 15, Types Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8530 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 14
8531
8532 @noindent
8533 How long will it take for a signal to get from one end of the computer
8534 to the other?
8535
8536 @smallexample
8537 @group
8538 1: m / c 1: 3.3356 ns
8539 . .
8540
8541 ' 1 m / c @key{RET} u c ns @key{RET}
8542 @end group
8543 @end smallexample
8544
8545 @noindent
8546 (Recall, @samp{c} is a ``unit'' corresponding to the speed of light.)
8547
8548 @smallexample
8549 @group
8550 1: 3.3356 ns 1: 0.81356 ns / ns 1: 0.81356
8551 2: 4.1 ns . .
8552 .
8553
8554 ' 4.1 ns @key{RET} / u s
8555 @end group
8556 @end smallexample
8557
8558 @noindent
8559 Thus a signal could take up to 81 percent of a clock cycle just to
8560 go from one place to another inside the computer, assuming the signal
8561 could actually attain the full speed of light. Pretty tight!
8562
8563 @node Types Answer 15, Algebra Answer 1, Types Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8564 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 15
8565
8566 @noindent
8567 The speed limit is 55 miles per hour on most highways. We want to
8568 find the ratio of Sam's speed to the US speed limit.
8569
8570 @smallexample
8571 @group
8572 1: 55 mph 2: 55 mph 3: 11 hr mph / yd
8573 . 1: 5 yd / hr .
8574 .
8575
8576 ' 55 mph @key{RET} ' 5 yd/hr @key{RET} /
8577 @end group
8578 @end smallexample
8579
8580 The @kbd{u s} command cancels out these units to get a plain
8581 number. Now we take the logarithm base two to find the final
8582 answer, assuming that each successive pill doubles his speed.
8583
8584 @smallexample
8585 @group
8586 1: 19360. 2: 19360. 1: 14.24
8587 . 1: 2 .
8588 .
8589
8590 u s 2 B
8591 @end group
8592 @end smallexample
8593
8594 @noindent
8595 Thus Sam can take up to 14 pills without a worry.
8596
8597 @node Algebra Answer 1, Algebra Answer 2, Types Answer 15, Answers to Exercises
8598 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 1
8599
8600 @noindent
8601 @c [fix-ref Declarations]
8602 The result @samp{sqrt(x)^2} is simplified back to @cite{x} by the
8603 Calculator, but @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is not. (Consider what happens
8604 if @w{@cite{x = -4}}.) If @cite{x} is real, this formula could be
8605 simplified to @samp{abs(x)}, but for general complex arguments even
8606 that is not safe. (@xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc
8607 that @cite{x} is known to be real.)
8608
8609 @node Algebra Answer 2, Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8610 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 2
8611
8612 @noindent
8613 Suppose our roots are @cite{[a, b, c]}. We want a polynomial which
8614 is zero when @cite{x} is any of these values. The trivial polynomial
8615 @cite{x-a} is zero when @cite{x=a}, so the product @cite{(x-a)(x-b)(x-c)}
8616 will do the job. We can use @kbd{a c x} to write this in a more
8617 familiar form.
8618
8619 @smallexample
8620 @group
8621 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [1.19023, -1.19023, 0]
8622 . .
8623
8624 r 2 a P x @key{RET}
8625
8626 @end group
8627 @end smallexample
8628 @noindent
8629 @smallexample
8630 @group
8631 1: [x - 1.19023, x + 1.19023, x] 1: (x - 1.19023) (x + 1.19023) x
8632 . .
8633
8634 V M ' x-$ @key{RET} V R *
8635
8636 @end group
8637 @end smallexample
8638 @noindent
8639 @smallexample
8640 @group
8641 1: x^3 - 1.41666 x 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
8642 . .
8643
8644 a c x @key{RET} 24 n * a x
8645 @end group
8646 @end smallexample
8647
8648 @noindent
8649 Sure enough, our answer (multiplied by a suitable constant) is the
8650 same as the original polynomial.
8651
8652 @node Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 4, Algebra Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8653 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 3
8654
8655 @smallexample
8656 @group
8657 1: x sin(pi x) 1: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8658 . .
8659
8660 ' x sin(pi x) @key{RET} m r a i x @key{RET}
8661
8662 @end group
8663 @end smallexample
8664 @noindent
8665 @smallexample
8666 @group
8667 1: [y, 1]
8668 2: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8669 .
8670
8671 ' [y,1] @key{RET} @key{TAB}
8672
8673 @end group
8674 @end smallexample
8675 @noindent
8676 @smallexample
8677 @group
8678 1: [(sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2, (sin(pi) - pi cos(pi)) / pi^2]
8679 .
8680
8681 V M $ @key{RET}
8682
8683 @end group
8684 @end smallexample
8685 @noindent
8686 @smallexample
8687 @group
8688 1: (sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2 + (pi cos(pi) - sin(pi)) / pi^2
8689 .
8690
8691 V R -
8692
8693 @end group
8694 @end smallexample
8695 @noindent
8696 @smallexample
8697 @group
8698 1: (sin(3.14159 y) - 3.14159 y cos(3.14159 y)) / 9.8696 - 0.3183
8699 .
8700
8701 =
8702
8703 @end group
8704 @end smallexample
8705 @noindent
8706 @smallexample
8707 @group
8708 1: [0., -0.95493, 0.63662, -1.5915, 1.2732]
8709 .
8710
8711 v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
8712 @end group
8713 @end smallexample
8714
8715 @node Algebra Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 1, Algebra Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8716 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 4
8717
8718 @noindent
8719 The hard part is that @kbd{V R +} is no longer sufficient to add up all
8720 the contributions from the slices, since the slices have varying
8721 coefficients. So first we must come up with a vector of these
8722 coefficients. Here's one way:
8723
8724 @smallexample
8725 @group
8726 2: -1 2: 3 1: [4, 2, ..., 4]
8727 1: [1, 2, ..., 9] 1: [-1, 1, ..., -1] .
8728 . .
8729
8730 1 n v x 9 @key{RET} V M ^ 3 @key{TAB} -
8731
8732 @end group
8733 @end smallexample
8734 @noindent
8735 @smallexample
8736 @group
8737 1: [4, 2, ..., 4, 1] 1: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8738 . .
8739
8740 1 | 1 @key{TAB} |
8741 @end group
8742 @end smallexample
8743
8744 @noindent
8745 Now we compute the function values. Note that for this method we need
8746 eleven values, including both endpoints of the desired interval.
8747
8748 @smallexample
8749 @group
8750 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8751 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9, 2.]
8752 .
8753
8754 11 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
8755
8756 @end group
8757 @end smallexample
8758 @noindent
8759 @smallexample
8760 @group
8761 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8762 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
8763 .
8764
8765 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
8766 @end group
8767 @end smallexample
8768
8769 @noindent
8770 Once again this calls for @kbd{V M * V R +}; a simple @kbd{*} does the
8771 same thing.
8772
8773 @smallexample
8774 @group
8775 1: 11.22 1: 1.122 1: 0.374
8776 . . .
8777
8778 * .1 * 3 /
8779 @end group
8780 @end smallexample
8781
8782 @noindent
8783 Wow! That's even better than the result from the Taylor series method.
8784
8785 @node Rewrites Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 2, Algebra Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8786 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 1
8787
8788 @noindent
8789 We'll use Big mode to make the formulas more readable.
8790
8791 @smallexample
8792 @group
8793 ___
8794 2 + V 2
8795 1: (2 + sqrt(2)) / (1 + sqrt(2)) 1: --------
8796 . ___
8797 1 + V 2
8798
8799 .
8800
8801 ' (2+sqrt(2)) / (1+sqrt(2)) @key{RET} d B
8802 @end group
8803 @end smallexample
8804
8805 @noindent
8806 Multiplying by the conjugate helps because @cite{(a+b) (a-b) = a^2 - b^2}.
8807
8808 @smallexample
8809 @group
8810 ___ ___
8811 1: (2 + V 2 ) (V 2 - 1)
8812 .
8813
8814 a r a/(b+c) := a*(b-c) / (b^2-c^2) @key{RET}
8815
8816 @end group
8817 @end smallexample
8818 @noindent
8819 @smallexample
8820 @group
8821 ___ ___
8822 1: 2 + V 2 - 2 1: V 2
8823 . .
8824
8825 a r a*(b+c) := a*b + a*c a s
8826 @end group
8827 @end smallexample
8828
8829 @noindent
8830 (We could have used @kbd{a x} instead of a rewrite rule for the
8831 second step.)
8832
8833 The multiply-by-conjugate rule turns out to be useful in many
8834 different circumstances, such as when the denominator involves
8835 sines and cosines or the imaginary constant @code{i}.
8836
8837 @node Rewrites Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8838 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 2
8839
8840 @noindent
8841 Here is the rule set:
8842
8843 @smallexample
8844 @group
8845 [ fib(n) := fib(n, 1, 1) :: integer(n) :: n >= 1,
8846 fib(1, x, y) := x,
8847 fib(n, x, y) := fib(n-1, y, x+y) ]
8848 @end group
8849 @end smallexample
8850
8851 @noindent
8852 The first rule turns a one-argument @code{fib} that people like to write
8853 into a three-argument @code{fib} that makes computation easier. The
8854 second rule converts back from three-argument form once the computation
8855 is done. The third rule does the computation itself. It basically
8856 says that if @cite{x} and @cite{y} are two consecutive Fibonacci numbers,
8857 then @cite{y} and @cite{x+y} are the next (overlapping) pair of Fibonacci
8858 numbers.
8859
8860 Notice that because the number @cite{n} was ``validated'' by the
8861 conditions on the first rule, there is no need to put conditions on
8862 the other rules because the rule set would never get that far unless
8863 the input were valid. That further speeds computation, since no
8864 extra conditions need to be checked at every step.
8865
8866 Actually, a user with a nasty sense of humor could enter a bad
8867 three-argument @code{fib} call directly, say, @samp{fib(0, 1, 1)},
8868 which would get the rules into an infinite loop. One thing that would
8869 help keep this from happening by accident would be to use something like
8870 @samp{ZzFib} instead of @code{fib} as the name of the three-argument
8871 function.
8872
8873 @node Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8874 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 3
8875
8876 @noindent
8877 He got an infinite loop. First, Calc did as expected and rewrote
8878 @w{@samp{2 + 3 x}} to @samp{f(2, 3, x)}. Then it looked for ways to
8879 apply the rule again, and found that @samp{f(2, 3, x)} looks like
8880 @samp{a + b x} with @w{@samp{a = 0}} and @samp{b = 1}, so it rewrote to
8881 @samp{f(0, 1, f(2, 3, x))}. It then wrapped another @samp{f(0, 1, ...)}
8882 around that, and so on, ad infinitum. Joe should have used @kbd{M-1 a r}
8883 to make sure the rule applied only once.
8884
8885 (Actually, even the first step didn't work as he expected. What Calc
8886 really gives for @kbd{M-1 a r} in this situation is @samp{f(3 x, 1, 2)},
8887 treating 2 as the ``variable,'' and @samp{3 x} as a constant being added
8888 to it. While this may seem odd, it's just as valid a solution as the
8889 ``obvious'' one. One way to fix this would be to add the condition
8890 @samp{:: variable(x)} to the rule, to make sure the thing that matches
8891 @samp{x} is indeed a variable, or to change @samp{x} to @samp{quote(x)}
8892 on the lefthand side, so that the rule matches the actual variable
8893 @samp{x} rather than letting @samp{x} stand for something else.)
8894
8895 @node Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8896 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 4
8897
8898 @noindent
8899 @ignore
8900 @starindex
8901 @end ignore
8902 @tindex seq
8903 Here is a suitable set of rules to solve the first part of the problem:
8904
8905 @smallexample
8906 @group
8907 [ seq(n, c) := seq(n/2, c+1) :: n%2 = 0,
8908 seq(n, c) := seq(3n+1, c+1) :: n%2 = 1 :: n > 1 ]
8909 @end group
8910 @end smallexample
8911
8912 Given the initial formula @samp{seq(6, 0)}, application of these
8913 rules produces the following sequence of formulas:
8914
8915 @example
8916 seq( 3, 1)
8917 seq(10, 2)
8918 seq( 5, 3)
8919 seq(16, 4)
8920 seq( 8, 5)
8921 seq( 4, 6)
8922 seq( 2, 7)
8923 seq( 1, 8)
8924 @end example
8925
8926 @noindent
8927 whereupon neither of the rules match, and rewriting stops.
8928
8929 We can pretty this up a bit with a couple more rules:
8930
8931 @smallexample
8932 @group
8933 [ seq(n) := seq(n, 0),
8934 seq(1, c) := c,
8935 ... ]
8936 @end group
8937 @end smallexample
8938
8939 @noindent
8940 Now, given @samp{seq(6)} as the starting configuration, we get 8
8941 as the result.
8942
8943 The change to return a vector is quite simple:
8944
8945 @smallexample
8946 @group
8947 [ seq(n) := seq(n, []) :: integer(n) :: n > 0,
8948 seq(1, v) := v | 1,
8949 seq(n, v) := seq(n/2, v | n) :: n%2 = 0,
8950 seq(n, v) := seq(3n+1, v | n) :: n%2 = 1 ]
8951 @end group
8952 @end smallexample
8953
8954 @noindent
8955 Given @samp{seq(6)}, the result is @samp{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
8956
8957 Notice that the @cite{n > 1} guard is no longer necessary on the last
8958 rule since the @cite{n = 1} case is now detected by another rule.
8959 But a guard has been added to the initial rule to make sure the
8960 initial value is suitable before the computation begins.
8961
8962 While still a good idea, this guard is not as vitally important as it
8963 was for the @code{fib} function, since calling, say, @samp{seq(x, [])}
8964 will not get into an infinite loop. Calc will not be able to prove
8965 the symbol @samp{x} is either even or odd, so none of the rules will
8966 apply and the rewrites will stop right away.
8967
8968 @node Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8969 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 5
8970
8971 @noindent
8972 @ignore
8973 @starindex
8974 @end ignore
8975 @tindex nterms
8976 If @cite{x} is the sum @cite{a + b}, then `@t{nterms(}@var{x}@t{)}' must
8977 be `@t{nterms(}@var{a}@t{)}' plus `@t{nterms(}@var{b}@t{)}'. If @cite{x}
8978 is not a sum, then `@t{nterms(}@var{x}@t{)}' = 1.
8979
8980 @smallexample
8981 @group
8982 [ nterms(a + b) := nterms(a) + nterms(b),
8983 nterms(x) := 1 ]
8984 @end group
8985 @end smallexample
8986
8987 @noindent
8988 Here we have taken advantage of the fact that earlier rules always
8989 match before later rules; @samp{nterms(x)} will only be tried if we
8990 already know that @samp{x} is not a sum.
8991
8992 @node Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 7, Rewrites Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8993 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 6
8994
8995 Just put the rule @samp{0^0 := 1} into @code{EvalRules}. For example,
8996 before making this definition we have:
8997
8998 @smallexample
8999 @group
9000 2: [-2, -1, 0, 1, 2] 1: [1, 1, 0^0, 1, 1]
9001 1: 0 .
9002 .
9003
9004 v x 5 @key{RET} 3 - 0 V M ^
9005 @end group
9006 @end smallexample
9007
9008 @noindent
9009 But then:
9010
9011 @smallexample
9012 @group
9013 2: [-2, -1, 0, 1, 2] 1: [1, 1, 1, 1, 1]
9014 1: 0 .
9015 .
9016
9017 U ' 0^0:=1 @key{RET} s t EvalRules @key{RET} V M ^
9018 @end group
9019 @end smallexample
9020
9021 Perhaps more surprisingly, this rule still works with infinite mode
9022 turned on. Calc tries @code{EvalRules} before any built-in rules for
9023 a function. This allows you to override the default behavior of any
9024 Calc feature: Even though Calc now wants to evaluate @cite{0^0} to
9025 @code{nan}, your rule gets there first and evaluates it to 1 instead.
9026
9027 Just for kicks, try adding the rule @code{2+3 := 6} to @code{EvalRules}.
9028 What happens? (Be sure to remove this rule afterward, or you might get
9029 a nasty surprise when you use Calc to balance your checkbook!)
9030
9031 @node Rewrites Answer 7, Programming Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9032 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 7
9033
9034 @noindent
9035 Here is a rule set that will do the job:
9036
9037 @smallexample
9038 @group
9039 [ a*(b + c) := a*b + a*c,
9040 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) O(x^m) := O(x^n) :: n <= m
9041 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
9042 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) x^m := O(x^n) :: n <= m
9043 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
9044 a O(x^n) := O(x^n) :: constant(a),
9045 x^opt(m) O(x^n) := O(x^(n+m)),
9046 O(x^n) O(x^m) := O(x^(n+m)) ]
9047 @end group
9048 @end smallexample
9049
9050 If we really want the @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} keys to operate naturally
9051 on power series, we should put these rules in @code{EvalRules}. For
9052 testing purposes, it is better to put them in a different variable,
9053 say, @code{O}, first.
9054
9055 The first rule just expands products of sums so that the rest of the
9056 rules can assume they have an expanded-out polynomial to work with.
9057 Note that this rule does not mention @samp{O} at all, so it will
9058 apply to any product-of-sum it encounters---this rule may surprise
9059 you if you put it into @code{EvalRules}!
9060
9061 In the second rule, the sum of two O's is changed to the smaller O.
9062 The optional constant coefficients are there mostly so that
9063 @samp{O(x^2) - O(x^3)} and @samp{O(x^3) - O(x^2)} are handled
9064 as well as @samp{O(x^2) + O(x^3)}.
9065
9066 The third rule absorbs higher powers of @samp{x} into O's.
9067
9068 The fourth rule says that a constant times a negligible quantity
9069 is still negligible. (This rule will also match @samp{O(x^3) / 4},
9070 with @samp{a = 1/4}.)
9071
9072 The fifth rule rewrites, for example, @samp{x^2 O(x^3)} to @samp{O(x^5)}.
9073 (It is easy to see that if one of these forms is negligible, the other
9074 is, too.) Notice the @samp{x^opt(m)} to pick up terms like
9075 @w{@samp{x O(x^3)}}. Optional powers will match @samp{x} as @samp{x^1}
9076 but not 1 as @samp{x^0}. This turns out to be exactly what we want here.
9077
9078 The sixth rule is the corresponding rule for products of two O's.
9079
9080 Another way to solve this problem would be to create a new ``data type''
9081 that represents truncated power series. We might represent these as
9082 function calls @samp{series(@var{coefs}, @var{x})} where @var{coefs} is
9083 a vector of coefficients for @cite{x^0}, @cite{x^1}, @cite{x^2}, and so
9084 on. Rules would exist for sums and products of such @code{series}
9085 objects, and as an optional convenience could also know how to combine a
9086 @code{series} object with a normal polynomial. (With this, and with a
9087 rule that rewrites @samp{O(x^n)} to the equivalent @code{series} form,
9088 you could still enter power series in exactly the same notation as
9089 before.) Operations on such objects would probably be more efficient,
9090 although the objects would be a bit harder to read.
9091
9092 @c [fix-ref Compositions]
9093 Some other symbolic math programs provide a power series data type
9094 similar to this. Mathematica, for example, has an object that looks
9095 like @samp{PowerSeries[@var{x}, @var{x0}, @var{coefs}, @var{nmin},
9096 @var{nmax}, @var{den}]}, where @var{x0} is the point about which the
9097 power series is taken (we've been assuming this was always zero),
9098 and @var{nmin}, @var{nmax}, and @var{den} allow pseudo-power-series
9099 with fractional or negative powers. Also, the @code{PowerSeries}
9100 objects have a special display format that makes them look like
9101 @samp{2 x^2 + O(x^4)} when they are printed out. (@xref{Compositions},
9102 for a way to do this in Calc, although for something as involved as
9103 this it would probably be better to write the formatting routine
9104 in Lisp.)
9105
9106 @node Programming Answer 1, Programming Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9107 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 1
9108
9109 @noindent
9110 Just enter the formula @samp{ninteg(sin(t)/t, t, 0, x)}, type
9111 @kbd{Z F}, and answer the questions. Since this formula contains two
9112 variables, the default argument list will be @samp{(t x)}. We want to
9113 change this to @samp{(x)} since @cite{t} is really a dummy variable
9114 to be used within @code{ninteg}.
9115
9116 The exact keystrokes are @kbd{Z F s Si @key{RET} @key{RET} C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL} @key{RET} y}.
9117 (The @kbd{C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL}} are what fix the argument list.)
9118
9119 @node Programming Answer 2, Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
9120 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 2
9121
9122 @noindent
9123 One way is to move the number to the top of the stack, operate on
9124 it, then move it back: @kbd{C-x ( M-@key{TAB} n M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} C-x )}.
9125
9126 Another way is to negate the top three stack entries, then negate
9127 again the top two stack entries: @kbd{C-x ( M-3 n M-2 n C-x )}.
9128
9129 Finally, it turns out that a negative prefix argument causes a
9130 command like @kbd{n} to operate on the specified stack entry only,
9131 which is just what we want: @kbd{C-x ( M-- 3 n C-x )}.
9132
9133 Just for kicks, let's also do it algebraically:
9134 @w{@kbd{C-x ( ' -$$$, $$, $ @key{RET} C-x )}}.
9135
9136 @node Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
9137 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 3
9138
9139 @noindent
9140 Each of these functions can be computed using the stack, or using
9141 algebraic entry, whichever way you prefer:
9142
9143 @noindent
9144 Computing @c{$\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}$}
9145 @cite{sin(x) / x}:
9146
9147 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} S @key{TAB} / C-x )}.
9148
9149 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' sin($)/$ @key{RET} C-x )}.
9150
9151 @noindent
9152 Computing the logarithm:
9153
9154 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{TAB} B C-x )}
9155
9156 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' log($,$$) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9157
9158 @noindent
9159 Computing the vector of integers:
9160
9161 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x C-x )}. (Recall that
9162 @kbd{C-u v x} takes the vector size, starting value, and increment
9163 from the stack.)
9164
9165 Alternatively: @kbd{C-x ( ~ v x C-x )}. (The @kbd{~} key pops a
9166 number from the stack and uses it as the prefix argument for the
9167 next command.)
9168
9169 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' index($) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9170
9171 @node Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
9172 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 4
9173
9174 @noindent
9175 Here's one way: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} V R + @key{TAB} v l / C-x )}.
9176
9177 @node Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
9178 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 5
9179
9180 @smallexample
9181 @group
9182 2: 1 1: 1.61803398502 2: 1.61803398502
9183 1: 20 . 1: 1.61803398875
9184 . .
9185
9186 1 @key{RET} 20 Z < & 1 + Z > I H P
9187 @end group
9188 @end smallexample
9189
9190 @noindent
9191 This answer is quite accurate.
9192
9193 @node Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
9194 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 6
9195
9196 @noindent
9197 Here is the matrix:
9198
9199 @example
9200 [ [ 0, 1 ] * [a, b] = [b, a + b]
9201 [ 1, 1 ] ]
9202 @end example
9203
9204 @noindent
9205 Thus @samp{[0, 1; 1, 1]^n * [1, 1]} computes Fibonacci numbers @cite{n+1}
9206 and @cite{n+2}. Here's one program that does the job:
9207
9208 @example
9209 C-x ( ' [0, 1; 1, 1] ^ ($-1) * [1, 1] @key{RET} v u @key{DEL} C-x )
9210 @end example
9211
9212 @noindent
9213 This program is quite efficient because Calc knows how to raise a
9214 matrix (or other value) to the power @cite{n} in only @c{$\log_2 n$}
9215 @cite{log(n,2)}
9216 steps. For example, this program can compute the 1000th Fibonacci
9217 number (a 209-digit integer!) in about 10 steps; even though the
9218 @kbd{Z < ... Z >} solution had much simpler steps, it would have
9219 required so many steps that it would not have been practical.
9220
9221 @node Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9222 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 7
9223
9224 @noindent
9225 The trick here is to compute the harmonic numbers differently, so that
9226 the loop counter itself accumulates the sum of reciprocals. We use
9227 a separate variable to hold the integer counter.
9228
9229 @smallexample
9230 @group
9231 1: 1 2: 1 1: .
9232 . 1: 4
9233 .
9234
9235 1 t 1 1 @key{RET} 4 Z ( t 2 r 1 1 + s 1 & Z )
9236 @end group
9237 @end smallexample
9238
9239 @noindent
9240 The body of the loop goes as follows: First save the harmonic sum
9241 so far in variable 2. Then delete it from the stack; the for loop
9242 itself will take care of remembering it for us. Next, recall the
9243 count from variable 1, add one to it, and feed its reciprocal to
9244 the for loop to use as the step value. The for loop will increase
9245 the ``loop counter'' by that amount and keep going until the
9246 loop counter exceeds 4.
9247
9248 @smallexample
9249 @group
9250 2: 31 3: 31
9251 1: 3.99498713092 2: 3.99498713092
9252 . 1: 4.02724519544
9253 .
9254
9255 r 1 r 2 @key{RET} 31 & +
9256 @end group
9257 @end smallexample
9258
9259 Thus we find that the 30th harmonic number is 3.99, and the 31st
9260 harmonic number is 4.02.
9261
9262 @node Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9263 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 8
9264
9265 @noindent
9266 The first step is to compute the derivative @cite{f'(x)} and thus
9267 the formula @c{$\displaystyle{x - {f(x) \over f'(x)}}$}
9268 @cite{x - f(x)/f'(x)}.
9269
9270 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9271 below. You can use @w{@kbd{M-# m}} to load it from there. While you are
9272 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9273 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9274 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9275 just for purposes of illustration.)
9276
9277 @smallexample
9278 @group
9279 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5 3: 4.5
9280 1: 4.5 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5
9281 . 1: -(sin(x) cos(cos(x)))
9282 .
9283
9284 ' sin(cos(x))-0.5 @key{RET} 4.5 m r C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET}
9285
9286 @end group
9287 @end smallexample
9288 @noindent
9289 @smallexample
9290 @group
9291 2: 4.5
9292 1: x + (sin(cos(x)) - 0.5) / sin(x) cos(cos(x))
9293 .
9294
9295 / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9296 @end group
9297 @end smallexample
9298
9299 Now, we enter the loop. We'll use a repeat loop with a 20-repetition
9300 limit just in case the method fails to converge for some reason.
9301 (Normally, the @w{@kbd{Z /}} command will stop the loop before all 20
9302 repetitions are done.)
9303
9304 @smallexample
9305 @group
9306 1: 4.5 3: 4.5 2: 4.5
9307 . 2: x + (sin(cos(x)) ... 1: 5.24196456928
9308 1: 4.5 .
9309 .
9310
9311 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9312 @end group
9313 @end smallexample
9314
9315 This is the new guess for @cite{x}. Now we compare it with the
9316 old one to see if we've converged.
9317
9318 @smallexample
9319 @group
9320 3: 5.24196 2: 5.24196 1: 5.24196 1: 5.26345856348
9321 2: 5.24196 1: 0 . .
9322 1: 4.5 .
9323 .
9324
9325 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / Z > Z ' C-x )
9326 @end group
9327 @end smallexample
9328
9329 The loop converges in just a few steps to this value. To check
9330 the result, we can simply substitute it back into the equation.
9331
9332 @smallexample
9333 @group
9334 2: 5.26345856348
9335 1: 0.499999999997
9336 .
9337
9338 @key{RET} ' sin(cos($)) @key{RET}
9339 @end group
9340 @end smallexample
9341
9342 Let's test the new definition again:
9343
9344 @smallexample
9345 @group
9346 2: x^2 - 9 1: 3.
9347 1: 1 .
9348 .
9349
9350 ' x^2-9 @key{RET} 1 X
9351 @end group
9352 @end smallexample
9353
9354 Once again, here's the full Newton's Method definition:
9355
9356 @example
9357 @group
9358 C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET} / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9359 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9360 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9361 Z >
9362 Z '
9363 C-x )
9364 @end group
9365 @end example
9366
9367 @c [fix-ref Nesting and Fixed Points]
9368 It turns out that Calc has a built-in command for applying a formula
9369 repeatedly until it converges to a number. @xref{Nesting and Fixed Points},
9370 to see how to use it.
9371
9372 @c [fix-ref Root Finding]
9373 Also, of course, @kbd{a R} is a built-in command that uses Newton's
9374 method (among others) to look for numerical solutions to any equation.
9375 @xref{Root Finding}.
9376
9377 @node Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
9378 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 9
9379
9380 @noindent
9381 The first step is to adjust @cite{z} to be greater than 5. A simple
9382 ``for'' loop will do the job here. If @cite{z} is less than 5, we
9383 reduce the problem using @c{$\psi(z) = \psi(z+1) - 1/z$}
9384 @cite{psi(z) = psi(z+1) - 1/z}. We go
9385 on to compute @c{$\psi(z+1)$}
9386 @cite{psi(z+1)}, and remember to add back a factor of
9387 @cite{-1/z} when we're done. This step is repeated until @cite{z > 5}.
9388
9389 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9390 below. You can use @w{@kbd{M-# m}} to load it from there. While you are
9391 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9392 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9393 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9394 just for purposes of illustration.)
9395
9396 @smallexample
9397 @group
9398 1: 1. 1: 1.
9399 . .
9400
9401 1.0 @key{RET} C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9402 @end group
9403 @end smallexample
9404
9405 Here, variable 1 holds @cite{z} and variable 2 holds the adjustment
9406 factor. If @cite{z < 5}, we use a loop to increase it.
9407
9408 (By the way, we started with @samp{1.0} instead of the integer 1 because
9409 otherwise the calculation below will try to do exact fractional arithmetic,
9410 and will never converge because fractions compare equal only if they
9411 are exactly equal, not just equal to within the current precision.)
9412
9413 @smallexample
9414 @group
9415 3: 1. 2: 1. 1: 6.
9416 2: 1. 1: 1 .
9417 1: 5 .
9418 .
9419
9420 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9421 @end group
9422 @end smallexample
9423
9424 Now we compute the initial part of the sum: @c{$\ln z - {1 \over 2z}$}
9425 @cite{ln(z) - 1/2z}
9426 minus the adjustment factor.
9427
9428 @smallexample
9429 @group
9430 2: 1.79175946923 2: 1.7084261359 1: -0.57490719743
9431 1: 0.0833333333333 1: 2.28333333333 .
9432 . .
9433
9434 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9435 @end group
9436 @end smallexample
9437
9438 Now we evaluate the series. We'll use another ``for'' loop counting
9439 up the value of @cite{2 n}. (Calc does have a summation command,
9440 @kbd{a +}, but we'll use loops just to get more practice with them.)
9441
9442 @smallexample
9443 @group
9444 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5749 4: -0.5749 2: -0.5749
9445 2: 2 2: 1:6 3: 1:6 1: 2.3148e-3
9446 1: 40 1: 2 2: 2 .
9447 . . 1: 36.
9448 .
9449
9450 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9451
9452 @end group
9453 @end smallexample
9454 @noindent
9455 @smallexample
9456 @group
9457 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5772 2: -0.5772 1: -0.577215664892
9458 2: -0.5749 2: -0.5772 1: 0 .
9459 1: 2.3148e-3 1: -0.5749 .
9460 . .
9461
9462 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / 2 Z ) Z ' C-x )
9463 @end group
9464 @end smallexample
9465
9466 This is the value of @c{$-\gamma$}
9467 @cite{- gamma}, with a slight bit of roundoff error.
9468 To get a full 12 digits, let's use a higher precision:
9469
9470 @smallexample
9471 @group
9472 2: -0.577215664892 2: -0.577215664892
9473 1: 1. 1: -0.577215664901532
9474
9475 1. @key{RET} p 16 @key{RET} X
9476 @end group
9477 @end smallexample
9478
9479 Here's the complete sequence of keystrokes:
9480
9481 @example
9482 @group
9483 C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9484 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9485 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9486 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9487 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9488 2 Z )
9489 Z '
9490 C-x )
9491 @end group
9492 @end example
9493
9494 @node Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
9495 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 10
9496
9497 @noindent
9498 Taking the derivative of a term of the form @cite{x^n} will produce
9499 a term like @c{$n x^{n-1}$}
9500 @cite{n x^(n-1)}. Taking the derivative of a constant
9501 produces zero. From this it is easy to see that the @cite{n}th
9502 derivative of a polynomial, evaluated at @cite{x = 0}, will equal the
9503 coefficient on the @cite{x^n} term times @cite{n!}.
9504
9505 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9506 below. You can use @w{@kbd{M-# m}} to load it from there. While you are
9507 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9508 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9509 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9510 just for purposes of illustration.)
9511
9512 @smallexample
9513 @group
9514 2: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2 3: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2
9515 1: 6 2: 0
9516 . 1: 6
9517 .
9518
9519 ' 5 x^4 + (x+1)^2 @key{RET} 6 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9520 @end group
9521 @end smallexample
9522
9523 @noindent
9524 Variable 1 will accumulate the vector of coefficients.
9525
9526 @smallexample
9527 @group
9528 2: 0 3: 0 2: 5 x^4 + ...
9529 1: 5 x^4 + ... 2: 5 x^4 + ... 1: 1
9530 . 1: 1 .
9531 .
9532
9533 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9534 @end group
9535 @end smallexample
9536
9537 @noindent
9538 Note that @kbd{s | 1} appends the top-of-stack value to the vector
9539 in a variable; it is completely analogous to @kbd{s + 1}. We could
9540 have written instead, @kbd{r 1 @key{TAB} | t 1}.
9541
9542 @smallexample
9543 @group
9544 1: 20 x^3 + 2 x + 2 1: 0 1: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9545 . . .
9546
9547 a d x @key{RET} 1 Z ) @key{DEL} r 1 Z ' C-x )
9548 @end group
9549 @end smallexample
9550
9551 To convert back, a simple method is just to map the coefficients
9552 against a table of powers of @cite{x}.
9553
9554 @smallexample
9555 @group
9556 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9557 1: 6 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
9558 . .
9559
9560 6 @key{RET} 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x
9561
9562 @end group
9563 @end smallexample
9564 @noindent
9565 @smallexample
9566 @group
9567 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: 1 + 2 x + x^2 + 5 x^4
9568 1: [1, x, x^2, x^3, ... ] .
9569 .
9570
9571 ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ *
9572 @end group
9573 @end smallexample
9574
9575 Once again, here are the whole polynomial to/from vector programs:
9576
9577 @example
9578 @group
9579 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9580 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9581 a d x @key{RET}
9582 1 Z ) r 1
9583 Z '
9584 C-x )
9585
9586 C-x ( 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ * C-x )
9587 @end group
9588 @end example
9589
9590 @node Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 12, Programming Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
9591 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 11
9592
9593 @noindent
9594 First we define a dummy program to go on the @kbd{z s} key. The true
9595 @w{@kbd{z s}} key is supposed to take two numbers from the stack and
9596 return one number, so @key{DEL} as a dummy definition will make
9597 sure the stack comes out right.
9598
9599 @smallexample
9600 @group
9601 2: 4 1: 4 2: 4
9602 1: 2 . 1: 2
9603 . .
9604
9605 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( @key{DEL} C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} 2
9606 @end group
9607 @end smallexample
9608
9609 The last step replaces the 2 that was eaten during the creation
9610 of the dummy @kbd{z s} command. Now we move on to the real
9611 definition. The recurrence needs to be rewritten slightly,
9612 to the form @cite{s(n,m) = s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m)}.
9613
9614 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9615 below. You can use @kbd{M-# m} to load it from there.)
9616
9617 @smallexample
9618 @group
9619 2: 4 4: 4 3: 4 2: 4
9620 1: 2 3: 2 2: 2 1: 2
9621 . 2: 4 1: 0 .
9622 1: 2 .
9623 .
9624
9625 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1 Z :
9626
9627 @end group
9628 @end smallexample
9629 @noindent
9630 @smallexample
9631 @group
9632 4: 4 2: 4 2: 3 4: 3 4: 3 3: 3
9633 3: 2 1: 2 1: 2 3: 2 3: 2 2: 2
9634 2: 2 . . 2: 3 2: 3 1: 3
9635 1: 0 1: 2 1: 1 .
9636 . . .
9637
9638 @key{RET} 0 a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9639 @end group
9640 @end smallexample
9641
9642 @noindent
9643 (Note that the value 3 that our dummy @kbd{z s} produces is not correct;
9644 it is merely a placeholder that will do just as well for now.)
9645
9646 @smallexample
9647 @group
9648 3: 3 4: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: -6
9649 2: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: 9 .
9650 1: 2 2: 3 1: 3 .
9651 . 1: 2 .
9652 .
9653
9654 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9655
9656 @end group
9657 @end smallexample
9658 @noindent
9659 @smallexample
9660 @group
9661 1: -6 2: 4 1: 11 2: 11
9662 . 1: 2 . 1: 11
9663 . .
9664
9665 Z ] Z ] C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} @key{DEL} 4 @key{RET} 2 z s M-@key{RET} k s
9666 @end group
9667 @end smallexample
9668
9669 Even though the result that we got during the definition was highly
9670 bogus, once the definition is complete the @kbd{z s} command gets
9671 the right answers.
9672
9673 Here's the full program once again:
9674
9675 @example
9676 @group
9677 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a =
9678 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1
9679 Z : @key{RET} 0 a =
9680 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0
9681 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9682 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9683 Z ]
9684 Z ]
9685 C-x )
9686 @end group
9687 @end example
9688
9689 You can read this definition using @kbd{M-# m} (@code{read-kbd-macro})
9690 followed by @kbd{Z K s}, without having to make a dummy definition
9691 first, because @code{read-kbd-macro} doesn't need to execute the
9692 definition as it reads it in. For this reason, @code{M-# m} is often
9693 the easiest way to create recursive programs in Calc.
9694
9695 @node Programming Answer 12, , Programming Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
9696 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 12
9697
9698 @noindent
9699 This turns out to be a much easier way to solve the problem. Let's
9700 denote Stirling numbers as calls of the function @samp{s}.
9701
9702 First, we store the rewrite rules corresponding to the definition of
9703 Stirling numbers in a convenient variable:
9704
9705 @smallexample
9706 s e StirlingRules @key{RET}
9707 [ s(n,n) := 1 :: n >= 0,
9708 s(n,0) := 0 :: n > 0,
9709 s(n,m) := s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m) :: n >= m :: m >= 1 ]
9710 C-c C-c
9711 @end smallexample
9712
9713 Now, it's just a matter of applying the rules:
9714
9715 @smallexample
9716 @group
9717 2: 4 1: s(4, 2) 1: 11
9718 1: 2 . .
9719 .
9720
9721 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( ' s($$,$) @key{RET} a r StirlingRules @key{RET} C-x )
9722 @end group
9723 @end smallexample
9724
9725 As in the case of the @code{fib} rules, it would be useful to put these
9726 rules in @code{EvalRules} and to add a @samp{:: remember} condition to
9727 the last rule.
9728
9729 @c This ends the table-of-contents kludge from above:
9730 @tex
9731 \global\let\chapternofonts=\oldchapternofonts
9732 @end tex
9733
9734 @c [reference]
9735
9736 @node Introduction, Data Types, Tutorial, Top
9737 @chapter Introduction
9738
9739 @noindent
9740 This chapter is the beginning of the Calc reference manual.
9741 It covers basic concepts such as the stack, algebraic and
9742 numeric entry, undo, numeric prefix arguments, etc.
9743
9744 @c [when-split]
9745 @c (Chapter 2, the Tutorial, has been printed in a separate volume.)
9746
9747 @menu
9748 * Basic Commands::
9749 * Help Commands::
9750 * Stack Basics::
9751 * Numeric Entry::
9752 * Algebraic Entry::
9753 * Quick Calculator::
9754 * Keypad Mode::
9755 * Prefix Arguments::
9756 * Undo::
9757 * Error Messages::
9758 * Multiple Calculators::
9759 * Troubleshooting Commands::
9760 @end menu
9761
9762 @node Basic Commands, Help Commands, Introduction, Introduction
9763 @section Basic Commands
9764
9765 @noindent
9766 @pindex calc
9767 @pindex calc-mode
9768 @cindex Starting the Calculator
9769 @cindex Running the Calculator
9770 To start the Calculator in its standard interface, type @kbd{M-x calc}.
9771 By default this creates a pair of small windows, @samp{*Calculator*}
9772 and @samp{*Calc Trail*}. The former displays the contents of the
9773 Calculator stack and is manipulated exclusively through Calc commands.
9774 It is possible (though not usually necessary) to create several Calc
9775 Mode buffers each of which has an independent stack, undo list, and
9776 mode settings. There is exactly one Calc Trail buffer; it records a
9777 list of the results of all calculations that have been done. The
9778 Calc Trail buffer uses a variant of Calc Mode, so Calculator commands
9779 still work when the trail buffer's window is selected. It is possible
9780 to turn the trail window off, but the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer itself
9781 still exists and is updated silently. @xref{Trail Commands}.@refill
9782
9783 @kindex M-# c
9784 @kindex M-# M-#
9785 @ignore
9786 @mindex @null
9787 @end ignore
9788 @kindex M-# #
9789 In most installations, the @kbd{M-# c} key sequence is a more
9790 convenient way to start the Calculator. Also, @kbd{M-# M-#} and
9791 @kbd{M-# #} are synonyms for @kbd{M-# c} unless you last used Calc
9792 in its ``keypad'' mode.
9793
9794 @kindex x
9795 @kindex M-x
9796 @pindex calc-execute-extended-command
9797 Most Calc commands use one or two keystrokes. Lower- and upper-case
9798 letters are distinct. Commands may also be entered in full @kbd{M-x} form;
9799 for some commands this is the only form. As a convenience, the @kbd{x}
9800 key (@code{calc-execute-extended-command})
9801 is like @kbd{M-x} except that it enters the initial string @samp{calc-}
9802 for you. For example, the following key sequences are equivalent:
9803 @kbd{S}, @kbd{M-x calc-sin @key{RET}}, @kbd{x sin @key{RET}}.@refill
9804
9805 @cindex Extensions module
9806 @cindex @file{calc-ext} module
9807 The Calculator exists in many parts. When you type @kbd{M-# c}, the
9808 Emacs ``auto-load'' mechanism will bring in only the first part, which
9809 contains the basic arithmetic functions. The other parts will be
9810 auto-loaded the first time you use the more advanced commands like trig
9811 functions or matrix operations. This is done to improve the response time
9812 of the Calculator in the common case when all you need to do is a
9813 little arithmetic. If for some reason the Calculator fails to load an
9814 extension module automatically, you can force it to load all the
9815 extensions by using the @kbd{M-# L} (@code{calc-load-everything})
9816 command. @xref{Mode Settings}.@refill
9817
9818 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} or @kbd{M-# c} with any numeric prefix argument,
9819 the Calculator is loaded if necessary, but it is not actually started.
9820 If the argument is positive, the @file{calc-ext} extensions are also
9821 loaded if necessary. User-written Lisp code that wishes to make use
9822 of Calc's arithmetic routines can use @samp{(calc 0)} or @samp{(calc 1)}
9823 to auto-load the Calculator.@refill
9824
9825 @kindex M-# b
9826 @pindex full-calc
9827 If you type @kbd{M-# b}, then next time you use @kbd{M-# c} you
9828 will get a Calculator that uses the full height of the Emacs screen.
9829 When full-screen mode is on, @kbd{M-# c} runs the @code{full-calc}
9830 command instead of @code{calc}. From the Unix shell you can type
9831 @samp{emacs -f full-calc} to start a new Emacs specifically for use
9832 as a calculator. When Calc is started from the Emacs command line
9833 like this, Calc's normal ``quit'' commands actually quit Emacs itself.
9834
9835 @kindex M-# o
9836 @pindex calc-other-window
9837 The @kbd{M-# o} command is like @kbd{M-# c} except that the Calc
9838 window is not actually selected. If you are already in the Calc
9839 window, @kbd{M-# o} switches you out of it. (The regular Emacs
9840 @kbd{C-x o} command would also work for this, but it has a
9841 tendency to drop you into the Calc Trail window instead, which
9842 @kbd{M-# o} takes care not to do.)
9843
9844 @ignore
9845 @mindex M-# q
9846 @end ignore
9847 For one quick calculation, you can type @kbd{M-# q} (@code{quick-calc})
9848 which prompts you for a formula (like @samp{2+3/4}). The result is
9849 displayed at the bottom of the Emacs screen without ever creating
9850 any special Calculator windows. @xref{Quick Calculator}.
9851
9852 @ignore
9853 @mindex M-# k
9854 @end ignore
9855 Finally, if you are using the X window system you may want to try
9856 @kbd{M-# k} (@code{calc-keypad}) which runs Calc with a
9857 ``calculator keypad'' picture as well as a stack display. Click on
9858 the keys with the mouse to operate the calculator. @xref{Keypad Mode}.
9859
9860 @kindex q
9861 @pindex calc-quit
9862 @cindex Quitting the Calculator
9863 @cindex Exiting the Calculator
9864 The @kbd{q} key (@code{calc-quit}) exits Calc Mode and closes the
9865 Calculator's window(s). It does not delete the Calculator buffers.
9866 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} again, the Calculator will reappear with the
9867 contents of the stack intact. Typing @kbd{M-# c} or @kbd{M-# M-#}
9868 again from inside the Calculator buffer is equivalent to executing
9869 @code{calc-quit}; you can think of @kbd{M-# M-#} as toggling the
9870 Calculator on and off.@refill
9871
9872 @kindex M-# x
9873 The @kbd{M-# x} command also turns the Calculator off, no matter which
9874 user interface (standard, Keypad, or Embedded) is currently active.
9875 It also cancels @code{calc-edit} mode if used from there.
9876
9877 @kindex d @key{SPC}
9878 @pindex calc-refresh
9879 @cindex Refreshing a garbled display
9880 @cindex Garbled displays, refreshing
9881 The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} key sequence (@code{calc-refresh}) redraws the contents
9882 of the Calculator buffer from memory. Use this if the contents of the
9883 buffer have been damaged somehow.
9884
9885 @ignore
9886 @mindex o
9887 @end ignore
9888 The @kbd{o} key (@code{calc-realign}) moves the cursor back to its
9889 ``home'' position at the bottom of the Calculator buffer.
9890
9891 @kindex <
9892 @kindex >
9893 @pindex calc-scroll-left
9894 @pindex calc-scroll-right
9895 @cindex Horizontal scrolling
9896 @cindex Scrolling
9897 @cindex Wide text, scrolling
9898 The @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-left} and
9899 @code{calc-scroll-right}. These are just like the normal horizontal
9900 scrolling commands except that they scroll one half-screen at a time by
9901 default. (Calc formats its output to fit within the bounds of the
9902 window whenever it can.)@refill
9903
9904 @kindex @{
9905 @kindex @}
9906 @pindex calc-scroll-down
9907 @pindex calc-scroll-up
9908 @cindex Vertical scrolling
9909 The @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-down}
9910 and @code{calc-scroll-up}. They scroll up or down by one-half the
9911 height of the Calc window.@refill
9912
9913 @kindex M-# 0
9914 @pindex calc-reset
9915 The @kbd{M-# 0} command (@code{calc-reset}; that's @kbd{M-#} followed
9916 by a zero) resets the Calculator to its default state. This clears
9917 the stack, resets all the modes, clears the caches (@pxref{Caches}),
9918 and so on. (It does @emph{not} erase the values of any variables.)
9919 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{M-# 0} preserves the contents
9920 of the stack but resets everything else.
9921
9922 @pindex calc-version
9923 The @kbd{M-x calc-version} command displays the current version number
9924 of Calc and the name of the person who installed it on your system.
9925 (This information is also present in the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer,
9926 and in the output of the @kbd{h h} command.)
9927
9928 @node Help Commands, Stack Basics, Basic Commands, Introduction
9929 @section Help Commands
9930
9931 @noindent
9932 @cindex Help commands
9933 @kindex ?
9934 @pindex calc-help
9935 The @kbd{?} key (@code{calc-help}) displays a series of brief help messages.
9936 Some keys (such as @kbd{b} and @kbd{d}) are prefix keys, like Emacs'
9937 @key{ESC} and @kbd{C-x} prefixes. You can type
9938 @kbd{?} after a prefix to see a list of commands beginning with that
9939 prefix. (If the message includes @samp{[MORE]}, press @kbd{?} again
9940 to see additional commands for that prefix.)
9941
9942 @kindex h h
9943 @pindex calc-full-help
9944 The @kbd{h h} (@code{calc-full-help}) command displays all the @kbd{?}
9945 responses at once. When printed, this makes a nice, compact (three pages)
9946 summary of Calc keystrokes.
9947
9948 In general, the @kbd{h} key prefix introduces various commands that
9949 provide help within Calc. Many of the @kbd{h} key functions are
9950 Calc-specific analogues to the @kbd{C-h} functions for Emacs help.
9951
9952 @kindex h i
9953 @kindex M-# i
9954 @kindex i
9955 @pindex calc-info
9956 The @kbd{h i} (@code{calc-info}) command runs the Emacs Info system
9957 to read this manual on-line. This is basically the same as typing
9958 @kbd{C-h i} (the regular way to run the Info system), then, if Info
9959 is not already in the Calc manual, selecting the beginning of the
9960 manual. The @kbd{M-# i} command is another way to read the Calc
9961 manual; it is different from @kbd{h i} in that it works any time,
9962 not just inside Calc. The plain @kbd{i} key is also equivalent to
9963 @kbd{h i}, though this key is obsolete and may be replaced with a
9964 different command in a future version of Calc.
9965
9966 @kindex h t
9967 @kindex M-# t
9968 @pindex calc-tutorial
9969 The @kbd{h t} (@code{calc-tutorial}) command runs the Info system on
9970 the Tutorial section of the Calc manual. It is like @kbd{h i},
9971 except that it selects the starting node of the tutorial rather
9972 than the beginning of the whole manual. (It actually selects the
9973 node ``Interactive Tutorial'' which tells a few things about
9974 using the Info system before going on to the actual tutorial.)
9975 The @kbd{M-# t} key is equivalent to @kbd{h t} (but it works at
9976 all times).
9977
9978 @kindex h s
9979 @kindex M-# s
9980 @pindex calc-info-summary
9981 The @kbd{h s} (@code{calc-info-summary}) command runs the Info system
9982 on the Summary node of the Calc manual. @xref{Summary}. The @kbd{M-# s}
9983 key is equivalent to @kbd{h s}.
9984
9985 @kindex h k
9986 @pindex calc-describe-key
9987 The @kbd{h k} (@code{calc-describe-key}) command looks up a key
9988 sequence in the Calc manual. For example, @kbd{h k H a S} looks
9989 up the documentation on the @kbd{H a S} (@code{calc-solve-for})
9990 command. This works by looking up the textual description of
9991 the key(s) in the Key Index of the manual, then jumping to the
9992 node indicated by the index.
9993
9994 Most Calc commands do not have traditional Emacs documentation
9995 strings, since the @kbd{h k} command is both more convenient and
9996 more instructive. This means the regular Emacs @kbd{C-h k}
9997 (@code{describe-key}) command will not be useful for Calc keystrokes.
9998
9999 @kindex h c
10000 @pindex calc-describe-key-briefly
10001 The @kbd{h c} (@code{calc-describe-key-briefly}) command reads a
10002 key sequence and displays a brief one-line description of it at
10003 the bottom of the screen. It looks for the key sequence in the
10004 Summary node of the Calc manual; if it doesn't find the sequence
10005 there, it acts just like its regular Emacs counterpart @kbd{C-h c}
10006 (@code{describe-key-briefly}). For example, @kbd{h c H a S}
10007 gives the description:
10008
10009 @smallexample
10010 H a S runs calc-solve-for: a `H a S' v => fsolve(a,v) (?=notes)
10011 @end smallexample
10012
10013 @noindent
10014 which means the command @kbd{H a S} or @kbd{H M-x calc-solve-for}
10015 takes a value @cite{a} from the stack, prompts for a value @cite{v},
10016 then applies the algebraic function @code{fsolve} to these values.
10017 The @samp{?=notes} message means you can now type @kbd{?} to see
10018 additional notes from the summary that apply to this command.
10019
10020 @kindex h f
10021 @pindex calc-describe-function
10022 The @kbd{h f} (@code{calc-describe-function}) command looks up an
10023 algebraic function or a command name in the Calc manual. The
10024 prompt initially contains @samp{calcFunc-}; follow this with an
10025 algebraic function name to look up that function in the Function
10026 Index. Or, backspace and enter a command name beginning with
10027 @samp{calc-} to look it up in the Command Index. This command
10028 will also look up operator symbols that can appear in algebraic
10029 formulas, like @samp{%} and @samp{=>}.
10030
10031 @kindex h v
10032 @pindex calc-describe-variable
10033 The @kbd{h v} (@code{calc-describe-variable}) command looks up a
10034 variable in the Calc manual. The prompt initially contains the
10035 @samp{var-} prefix; just add a variable name like @code{pi} or
10036 @code{PlotRejects}.
10037
10038 @kindex h b
10039 @pindex describe-bindings
10040 The @kbd{h b} (@code{calc-describe-bindings}) command is just like
10041 @kbd{C-h b}, except that only local (Calc-related) key bindings are
10042 listed.
10043
10044 @kindex h n
10045 The @kbd{h n} or @kbd{h C-n} (@code{calc-view-news}) command displays
10046 the ``news'' or change history of Calc. This is kept in the file
10047 @file{README}, which Calc looks for in the same directory as the Calc
10048 source files.
10049
10050 @kindex h C-c
10051 @kindex h C-d
10052 @kindex h C-w
10053 The @kbd{h C-c}, @kbd{h C-d}, and @kbd{h C-w} keys display copying,
10054 distribution, and warranty information about Calc. These work by
10055 pulling up the appropriate parts of the ``Copying'' or ``Reporting
10056 Bugs'' sections of the manual.
10057
10058 @node Stack Basics, Numeric Entry, Help Commands, Introduction
10059 @section Stack Basics
10060
10061 @noindent
10062 @cindex Stack basics
10063 @c [fix-tut RPN Calculations and the Stack]
10064 Calc uses RPN notation. If you are not familiar with RPN, @pxref{RPN
10065 Tutorial}.
10066
10067 To add the numbers 1 and 2 in Calc you would type the keys:
10068 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 +}.
10069 (@key{RET} corresponds to the @key{ENTER} key on most calculators.)
10070 The first three keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 1 and 2 onto the stack. The
10071 @kbd{+} key always ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
10072 and pushes the result (3) back onto the stack. This number is ready for
10073 further calculations: @kbd{5 -} pushes 5 onto the stack, then pops the
10074 3 and 5, subtracts them, and pushes the result (@i{-2}).@refill
10075
10076 Note that the ``top'' of the stack actually appears at the @emph{bottom}
10077 of the buffer. A line containing a single @samp{.} character signifies
10078 the end of the buffer; Calculator commands operate on the number(s)
10079 directly above this line. The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack})
10080 command allows you to move the @samp{.} marker up and down in the stack;
10081 @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
10082
10083 @kindex d l
10084 @pindex calc-line-numbering
10085 Stack elements are numbered consecutively, with number 1 being the top of
10086 the stack. These line numbers are ordinarily displayed on the lefthand side
10087 of the window. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) command controls
10088 whether these numbers appear. (Line numbers may be turned off since they
10089 slow the Calculator down a bit and also clutter the display.)
10090
10091 @kindex o
10092 @pindex calc-realign
10093 The unshifted letter @kbd{o} (@code{calc-realign}) command repositions
10094 the cursor to its top-of-stack ``home'' position. It also undoes any
10095 horizontal scrolling in the window. If you give it a numeric prefix
10096 argument, it instead moves the cursor to the specified stack element.
10097
10098 The @key{RET} (or equivalent @key{SPC}) key is only required to separate
10099 two consecutive numbers.
10100 (After all, if you typed @kbd{1 2} by themselves the Calculator
10101 would enter the number 12.) If you press @key{RET} or @key{SPC} @emph{not}
10102 right after typing a number, the key duplicates the number on the top of
10103 the stack. @kbd{@key{RET} *} is thus a handy way to square a number.@refill
10104
10105 The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the top number on the stack.
10106 The @key{TAB} key swaps the top two objects on the stack.
10107 @xref{Stack and Trail}, for descriptions of these and other stack-related
10108 commands.@refill
10109
10110 @node Numeric Entry, Algebraic Entry, Stack Basics, Introduction
10111 @section Numeric Entry
10112
10113 @noindent
10114 @kindex 0-9
10115 @kindex .
10116 @kindex e
10117 @cindex Numeric entry
10118 @cindex Entering numbers
10119 Pressing a digit or other numeric key begins numeric entry using the
10120 minibuffer. The number is pushed on the stack when you press the @key{RET}
10121 or @key{SPC} keys. If you press any other non-numeric key, the number is
10122 pushed onto the stack and the appropriate operation is performed. If
10123 you press a numeric key which is not valid, the key is ignored.
10124
10125 @cindex Minus signs
10126 @cindex Negative numbers, entering
10127 @kindex _
10128 There are three different concepts corresponding to the word ``minus,''
10129 typified by @cite{a-b} (subtraction), @cite{-x}
10130 (change-sign), and @cite{-5} (negative number). Calc uses three
10131 different keys for these operations, respectively:
10132 @kbd{-}, @kbd{n}, and @kbd{_} (the underscore). The @kbd{-} key subtracts
10133 the two numbers on the top of the stack. The @kbd{n} key changes the sign
10134 of the number on the top of the stack or the number currently being entered.
10135 The @kbd{_} key begins entry of a negative number or changes the sign of
10136 the number currently being entered. The following sequences all enter the
10137 number @i{-5} onto the stack: @kbd{0 @key{RET} 5 -}, @kbd{5 n @key{RET}},
10138 @kbd{5 @key{RET} n}, @kbd{_ 5 @key{RET}}, @kbd{5 _ @key{RET}}.@refill
10139
10140 Some other keys are active during numeric entry, such as @kbd{#} for
10141 non-decimal numbers, @kbd{:} for fractions, and @kbd{@@} for HMS forms.
10142 These notations are described later in this manual with the corresponding
10143 data types. @xref{Data Types}.
10144
10145 During numeric entry, the only editing key available is @key{DEL}.
10146
10147 @node Algebraic Entry, Quick Calculator, Numeric Entry, Introduction
10148 @section Algebraic Entry
10149
10150 @noindent
10151 @kindex '
10152 @pindex calc-algebraic-entry
10153 @cindex Algebraic notation
10154 @cindex Formulas, entering
10155 Calculations can also be entered in algebraic form. This is accomplished
10156 by typing the apostrophe key, @kbd{'}, followed by the expression in
10157 standard format: @kbd{@key{'} 2+3*4 @key{RET}} computes
10158 @c{$2+(3\times4) = 14$}
10159 @cite{2+(3*4) = 14} and pushes that on the stack. If you wish you can
10160 ignore the RPN aspect of Calc altogether and simply enter algebraic
10161 expressions in this way. You may want to use @key{DEL} every so often to
10162 clear previous results off the stack.@refill
10163
10164 You can press the apostrophe key during normal numeric entry to switch
10165 the half-entered number into algebraic entry mode. One reason to do this
10166 would be to use the full Emacs cursor motion and editing keys, which are
10167 available during algebraic entry but not during numeric entry.
10168
10169 In the same vein, during either numeric or algebraic entry you can
10170 press @kbd{`} (backquote) to switch to @code{calc-edit} mode, where
10171 you complete your half-finished entry in a separate buffer.
10172 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}.
10173
10174 @kindex m a
10175 @pindex calc-algebraic-mode
10176 @cindex Algebraic mode
10177 If you prefer algebraic entry, you can use the command @kbd{m a}
10178 (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) to set Algebraic mode. In this mode,
10179 digits and other keys that would normally start numeric entry instead
10180 start full algebraic entry; as long as your formula begins with a digit
10181 you can omit the apostrophe. Open parentheses and square brackets also
10182 begin algebraic entry. You can still do RPN calculations in this mode,
10183 but you will have to press @key{RET} to terminate every number:
10184 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} +} would accomplish the same
10185 thing as @kbd{2*3+4 @key{RET}}.@refill
10186
10187 @cindex Incomplete algebraic mode
10188 If you give a numeric prefix argument like @kbd{C-u} to the @kbd{m a}
10189 command, it enables Incomplete Algebraic mode; this is like regular
10190 Algebraic mode except that it applies to the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys
10191 only. Numeric keys still begin a numeric entry in this mode.
10192
10193 @kindex m t
10194 @pindex calc-total-algebraic-mode
10195 @cindex Total algebraic mode
10196 The @kbd{m t} (@code{calc-total-algebraic-mode}) gives you an even
10197 stronger algebraic-entry mode, in which @emph{all} regular letter and
10198 punctuation keys begin algebraic entry. Use this if you prefer typing
10199 @w{@kbd{sqrt( )}} instead of @kbd{Q}, @w{@kbd{factor( )}} instead of
10200 @kbd{a f}, and so on. To type regular Calc commands when you are in
10201 ``total'' algebraic mode, hold down the @key{META} key. Thus @kbd{M-q}
10202 is the command to quit Calc, @kbd{M-p} sets the precision, and
10203 @kbd{M-m t} (or @kbd{M-m M-t}, if you prefer) turns total algebraic
10204 mode back off again. Meta keys also terminate algebraic entry, so
10205 that @kbd{2+3 M-S} is equivalent to @kbd{2+3 @key{RET} M-S}. The symbol
10206 @samp{Alg*} will appear in the mode line whenever you are in this mode.
10207
10208 Pressing @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) a second time re-enters the previous
10209 algebraic formula. You can then use the normal Emacs editing keys to
10210 modify this formula to your liking before pressing @key{RET}.
10211
10212 @kindex $
10213 @cindex Formulas, referring to stack
10214 Within a formula entered from the keyboard, the symbol @kbd{$}
10215 represents the number on the top of the stack. If an entered formula
10216 contains any @kbd{$} characters, the Calculator replaces the top of
10217 stack with that formula rather than simply pushing the formula onto the
10218 stack. Thus, @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3 on the stack, and @kbd{$*2
10219 @key{RET}} replaces it with 6. Note that the @kbd{$} key always
10220 initiates algebraic entry; the @kbd{'} is unnecessary if @kbd{$} is the
10221 first character in the new formula.@refill
10222
10223 Higher stack elements can be accessed from an entered formula with the
10224 symbols @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on. The number of stack elements
10225 removed (to be replaced by the entered values) equals the number of dollar
10226 signs in the longest such symbol in the formula. For example, @samp{$$+$$$}
10227 adds the second and third stack elements, replacing the top three elements
10228 with the answer. (All information about the top stack element is thus lost
10229 since no single @samp{$} appears in this formula.)@refill
10230
10231 A slightly different way to refer to stack elements is with a dollar
10232 sign followed by a number: @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, and so on are much
10233 like @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, etc., except that stack entries referred
10234 to numerically are not replaced by the algebraic entry. That is, while
10235 @samp{$+1} replaces 5 on the stack with 6, @samp{$1+1} leaves the 5
10236 on the stack and pushes an additional 6.
10237
10238 If a sequence of formulas are entered separated by commas, each formula
10239 is pushed onto the stack in turn. For example, @samp{1,2,3} pushes
10240 those three numbers onto the stack (leaving the 3 at the top), and
10241 @samp{$+1,$-1} replaces a 5 on the stack with 4 followed by 6. Also,
10242 @samp{$,$$} exchanges the top two elements of the stack, just like the
10243 @key{TAB} key.
10244
10245 You can finish an algebraic entry with @kbd{M-=} or @kbd{M-@key{RET}} instead
10246 of @key{RET}. This uses @kbd{=} to evaluate the variables in each
10247 formula that goes onto the stack. (Thus @kbd{' pi @key{RET}} pushes
10248 the variable @samp{pi}, but @kbd{' pi M-@key{RET}} pushes 3.1415.)
10249
10250 If you finish your algebraic entry by pressing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j})
10251 instead of @key{RET}, Calc disables the default simplifications
10252 (as if by @kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}) while the entry
10253 is being pushed on the stack. Thus @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3
10254 on the stack, but @kbd{' 1+2 @key{LFD}} pushes the formula @cite{1+2};
10255 you might then press @kbd{=} when it is time to evaluate this formula.
10256
10257 @node Quick Calculator, Prefix Arguments, Algebraic Entry, Introduction
10258 @section ``Quick Calculator'' Mode
10259
10260 @noindent
10261 @kindex M-# q
10262 @pindex quick-calc
10263 @cindex Quick Calculator
10264 There is another way to invoke the Calculator if all you need to do
10265 is make one or two quick calculations. Type @kbd{M-# q} (or
10266 @kbd{M-x quick-calc}), then type any formula as an algebraic entry.
10267 The Calculator will compute the result and display it in the echo
10268 area, without ever actually putting up a Calc window.
10269
10270 You can use the @kbd{$} character in a Quick Calculator formula to
10271 refer to the previous Quick Calculator result. Older results are
10272 not retained; the Quick Calculator has no effect on the full
10273 Calculator's stack or trail. If you compute a result and then
10274 forget what it was, just run @code{M-# q} again and enter
10275 @samp{$} as the formula.
10276
10277 If this is the first time you have used the Calculator in this Emacs
10278 session, the @kbd{M-# q} command will create the @code{*Calculator*}
10279 buffer and perform all the usual initializations; it simply will
10280 refrain from putting that buffer up in a new window. The Quick
10281 Calculator refers to the @code{*Calculator*} buffer for all mode
10282 settings. Thus, for example, to set the precision that the Quick
10283 Calculator uses, simply run the full Calculator momentarily and use
10284 the regular @kbd{p} command.
10285
10286 If you use @code{M-# q} from inside the Calculator buffer, the
10287 effect is the same as pressing the apostrophe key (algebraic entry).
10288
10289 The result of a Quick calculation is placed in the Emacs ``kill ring''
10290 as well as being displayed. A subsequent @kbd{C-y} command will
10291 yank the result into the editing buffer. You can also use this
10292 to yank the result into the next @kbd{M-# q} input line as a more
10293 explicit alternative to @kbd{$} notation, or to yank the result
10294 into the Calculator stack after typing @kbd{M-# c}.
10295
10296 If you finish your formula by typing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j}) instead
10297 of @key{RET}, the result is inserted immediately into the current
10298 buffer rather than going into the kill ring.
10299
10300 Quick Calculator results are actually evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
10301 key (which replaces variable names by their stored values, if any).
10302 If the formula you enter is an assignment to a variable using the
10303 @samp{:=} operator, say, @samp{foo := 2 + 3} or @samp{foo := foo + 1},
10304 then the result of the evaluation is stored in that Calc variable.
10305 @xref{Store and Recall}.
10306
10307 If the result is an integer and the current display radix is decimal,
10308 the number will also be displayed in hex and octal formats. If the
10309 integer is in the range from 1 to 126, it will also be displayed as
10310 an ASCII character.
10311
10312 For example, the quoted character @samp{"x"} produces the vector
10313 result @samp{[120]} (because 120 is the ASCII code of the lower-case
10314 `x'; @pxref{Strings}). Since this is a vector, not an integer, it
10315 is displayed only according to the current mode settings. But
10316 running Quick Calc again and entering @samp{120} will produce the
10317 result @samp{120 (16#78, 8#170, x)} which shows the number in its
10318 decimal, hexadecimal, octal, and ASCII forms.
10319
10320 Please note that the Quick Calculator is not any faster at loading
10321 or computing the answer than the full Calculator; the name ``quick''
10322 merely refers to the fact that it's much less hassle to use for
10323 small calculations.
10324
10325 @node Prefix Arguments, Undo, Quick Calculator, Introduction
10326 @section Numeric Prefix Arguments
10327
10328 @noindent
10329 Many Calculator commands use numeric prefix arguments. Some, such as
10330 @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}), set a parameter to the value of
10331 the prefix argument or use a default if you don't use a prefix.
10332 Others (like @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation})) require an argument
10333 and prompt for a number if you don't give one as a prefix.@refill
10334
10335 As a rule, stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric prefix argument
10336 which is interpreted as an index into the stack. A positive argument
10337 operates on the top @var{n} stack entries; a negative argument operates
10338 on the @var{n}th stack entry in isolation; and a zero argument operates
10339 on the entire stack.
10340
10341 Most commands that perform computations (such as the arithmetic and
10342 scientific functions) accept a numeric prefix argument that allows the
10343 operation to be applied across many stack elements. For unary operations
10344 (that is, functions of one argument like absolute value or complex
10345 conjugate), a positive prefix argument applies that function to the top
10346 @var{n} stack entries simultaneously, and a negative argument applies it
10347 to the @var{n}th stack entry only. For binary operations (functions of
10348 two arguments like addition, GCD, and vector concatenation), a positive
10349 prefix argument ``reduces'' the function across the top @var{n}
10350 stack elements (for example, @kbd{C-u 5 +} sums the top 5 stack entries;
10351 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}), and a negative argument maps the next-to-top
10352 @var{n} stack elements with the top stack element as a second argument
10353 (for example, @kbd{7 c-u -5 +} adds 7 to the top 5 stack elements).
10354 This feature is not available for operations which use the numeric prefix
10355 argument for some other purpose.
10356
10357 Numeric prefixes are specified the same way as always in Emacs: Press
10358 a sequence of @key{META}-digits, or press @key{ESC} followed by digits,
10359 or press @kbd{C-u} followed by digits. Some commands treat plain
10360 @kbd{C-u} (without any actual digits) specially.@refill
10361
10362 @kindex ~
10363 @pindex calc-num-prefix
10364 You can type @kbd{~} (@code{calc-num-prefix}) to pop an integer from the
10365 top of the stack and enter it as the numeric prefix for the next command.
10366 For example, @kbd{C-u 16 p} sets the precision to 16 digits; an alternate
10367 (silly) way to do this would be @kbd{2 @key{RET} 4 ^ ~ p}, i.e., compute 2
10368 to the fourth power and set the precision to that value.@refill
10369
10370 Conversely, if you have typed a numeric prefix argument the @kbd{~} key
10371 pushes it onto the stack in the form of an integer.
10372
10373 @node Undo, Error Messages, Prefix Arguments, Introduction
10374 @section Undoing Mistakes
10375
10376 @noindent
10377 @kindex U
10378 @kindex C-_
10379 @pindex calc-undo
10380 @cindex Mistakes, undoing
10381 @cindex Undoing mistakes
10382 @cindex Errors, undoing
10383 The shift-@kbd{U} key (@code{calc-undo}) undoes the most recent operation.
10384 If that operation added or dropped objects from the stack, those objects
10385 are removed or restored. If it was a ``store'' operation, you are
10386 queried whether or not to restore the variable to its original value.
10387 The @kbd{U} key may be pressed any number of times to undo successively
10388 farther back in time; with a numeric prefix argument it undoes a
10389 specified number of operations. The undo history is cleared only by the
10390 @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command. (Recall that @kbd{M-# c} is
10391 synonymous with @code{calc-quit} while inside the Calculator; this
10392 also clears the undo history.)
10393
10394 Currently the mode-setting commands (like @code{calc-precision}) are not
10395 undoable. You can undo past a point where you changed a mode, but you
10396 will need to reset the mode yourself.
10397
10398 @kindex D
10399 @pindex calc-redo
10400 @cindex Redoing after an Undo
10401 The shift-@kbd{D} key (@code{calc-redo}) redoes an operation that was
10402 mistakenly undone. Pressing @kbd{U} with a negative prefix argument is
10403 equivalent to executing @code{calc-redo}. You can redo any number of
10404 times, up to the number of recent consecutive undo commands. Redo
10405 information is cleared whenever you give any command that adds new undo
10406 information, i.e., if you undo, then enter a number on the stack or make
10407 any other change, then it will be too late to redo.
10408
10409 @kindex M-@key{RET}
10410 @pindex calc-last-args
10411 @cindex Last-arguments feature
10412 @cindex Arguments, restoring
10413 The @kbd{M-@key{RET}} key (@code{calc-last-args}) is like undo in that
10414 it restores the arguments of the most recent command onto the stack;
10415 however, it does not remove the result of that command. Given a numeric
10416 prefix argument, this command applies to the @cite{n}th most recent
10417 command which removed items from the stack; it pushes those items back
10418 onto the stack.
10419
10420 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command provides a related function
10421 to @kbd{M-@key{RET}}. @xref{Stack and Trail}.
10422
10423 It is also possible to recall previous results or inputs using the trail.
10424 @xref{Trail Commands}.
10425
10426 The standard Emacs @kbd{C-_} undo key is recognized as a synonym for @kbd{U}.
10427
10428 @node Error Messages, Multiple Calculators, Undo, Introduction
10429 @section Error Messages
10430
10431 @noindent
10432 @kindex w
10433 @pindex calc-why
10434 @cindex Errors, messages
10435 @cindex Why did an error occur?
10436 Many situations that would produce an error message in other calculators
10437 simply create unsimplified formulas in the Emacs Calculator. For example,
10438 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} pushes the formula @cite{1 / 0}; @w{@kbd{0 L}} pushes
10439 the formula @samp{ln(0)}. Floating-point overflow and underflow are also
10440 reasons for this to happen.
10441
10442 When a function call must be left in symbolic form, Calc usually
10443 produces a message explaining why. Messages that are probably
10444 surprising or indicative of user errors are displayed automatically.
10445 Other messages are simply kept in Calc's memory and are displayed only
10446 if you type @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why}). You can also press @kbd{w} if
10447 the same computation results in several messages. (The first message
10448 will end with @samp{[w=more]} in this case.)
10449
10450 @kindex d w
10451 @pindex calc-auto-why
10452 The @kbd{d w} (@code{calc-auto-why}) command controls when error messages
10453 are displayed automatically. (Calc effectively presses @kbd{w} for you
10454 after your computation finishes.) By default, this occurs only for
10455 ``important'' messages. The other possible modes are to report
10456 @emph{all} messages automatically, or to report none automatically (so
10457 that you must always press @kbd{w} yourself to see the messages).
10458
10459 @node Multiple Calculators, Troubleshooting Commands, Error Messages, Introduction
10460 @section Multiple Calculators
10461
10462 @noindent
10463 @pindex another-calc
10464 It is possible to have any number of Calc Mode buffers at once.
10465 Usually this is done by executing @kbd{M-x another-calc}, which
10466 is similar to @kbd{M-# c} except that if a @samp{*Calculator*}
10467 buffer already exists, a new, independent one with a name of the
10468 form @samp{*Calculator*<@var{n}>} is created. You can also use the
10469 command @code{calc-mode} to put any buffer into Calculator mode, but
10470 this would ordinarily never be done.
10471
10472 The @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command does not destroy a Calculator buffer;
10473 it only closes its window. Use @kbd{M-x kill-buffer} to destroy a
10474 Calculator buffer.
10475
10476 Each Calculator buffer keeps its own stack, undo list, and mode settings
10477 such as precision, angular mode, and display formats. In Emacs terms,
10478 variables such as @code{calc-stack} are buffer-local variables. The
10479 global default values of these variables are used only when a new
10480 Calculator buffer is created. The @code{calc-quit} command saves
10481 the stack and mode settings of the buffer being quit as the new defaults.
10482
10483 There is only one trail buffer, @samp{*Calc Trail*}, used by all
10484 Calculator buffers.
10485
10486 @node Troubleshooting Commands, , Multiple Calculators, Introduction
10487 @section Troubleshooting Commands
10488
10489 @noindent
10490 This section describes commands you can use in case a computation
10491 incorrectly fails or gives the wrong answer.
10492
10493 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, if you find a problem that appears to be due
10494 to a bug or deficiency in Calc.
10495
10496 @menu
10497 * Autoloading Problems::
10498 * Recursion Depth::
10499 * Caches::
10500 * Debugging Calc::
10501 @end menu
10502
10503 @node Autoloading Problems, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands, Troubleshooting Commands
10504 @subsection Autoloading Problems
10505
10506 @noindent
10507 The Calc program is split into many component files; components are
10508 loaded automatically as you use various commands that require them.
10509 Occasionally Calc may lose track of when a certain component is
10510 necessary; typically this means you will type a command and it won't
10511 work because some function you've never heard of was undefined.
10512
10513 @kindex M-# L
10514 @pindex calc-load-everything
10515 If this happens, the easiest workaround is to type @kbd{M-# L}
10516 (@code{calc-load-everything}) to force all the parts of Calc to be
10517 loaded right away. This will cause Emacs to take up a lot more
10518 memory than it would otherwise, but it's guaranteed to fix the problem.
10519
10520 If you seem to run into this problem no matter what you do, or if
10521 even the @kbd{M-# L} command crashes, Calc may have been improperly
10522 installed. @xref{Installation}, for details of the installation
10523 process.
10524
10525 @node Recursion Depth, Caches, Autoloading Problems, Troubleshooting Commands
10526 @subsection Recursion Depth
10527
10528 @noindent
10529 @kindex M
10530 @kindex I M
10531 @pindex calc-more-recursion-depth
10532 @pindex calc-less-recursion-depth
10533 @cindex Recursion depth
10534 @cindex ``Computation got stuck'' message
10535 @cindex @code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10536 @cindex @code{max-specpdl-size}
10537 Calc uses recursion in many of its calculations. Emacs Lisp keeps a
10538 variable @code{max-lisp-eval-depth} which limits the amount of recursion
10539 possible in an attempt to recover from program bugs. If a calculation
10540 ever halts incorrectly with the message ``Computation got stuck or
10541 ran too long,'' use the @kbd{M} command (@code{calc-more-recursion-depth})
10542 to increase this limit. (Of course, this will not help if the
10543 calculation really did get stuck due to some problem inside Calc.)@refill
10544
10545 The limit is always increased (multiplied) by a factor of two. There
10546 is also an @kbd{I M} (@code{calc-less-recursion-depth}) command which
10547 decreases this limit by a factor of two, down to a minimum value of 200.
10548 The default value is 1000.
10549
10550 These commands also double or halve @code{max-specpdl-size}, another
10551 internal Lisp recursion limit. The minimum value for this limit is 600.
10552
10553 @node Caches, Debugging Calc, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands
10554 @subsection Caches
10555
10556 @noindent
10557 @cindex Caches
10558 @cindex Flushing caches
10559 Calc saves certain values after they have been computed once. For
10560 example, the @kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}) command initially ``knows'' the
10561 constant @c{$\pi$}
10562 @cite{pi} to about 20 decimal places; if the current precision
10563 is greater than this, it will recompute @c{$\pi$}
10564 @cite{pi} using a series
10565 approximation. This value will not need to be recomputed ever again
10566 unless you raise the precision still further. Many operations such as
10567 logarithms and sines make use of similarly cached values such as
10568 @c{$\pi \over 4$}
10569 @cite{pi/4} and @c{$\ln 2$}
10570 @cite{ln(2)}. The visible effect of caching is that
10571 high-precision computations may seem to do extra work the first time.
10572 Other things cached include powers of two (for the binary arithmetic
10573 functions), matrix inverses and determinants, symbolic integrals, and
10574 data points computed by the graphing commands.
10575
10576 @pindex calc-flush-caches
10577 If you suspect a Calculator cache has become corrupt, you can use the
10578 @code{calc-flush-caches} command to reset all caches to the empty state.
10579 (This should only be necessary in the event of bugs in the Calculator.)
10580 The @kbd{M-# 0} (with the zero key) command also resets caches along
10581 with all other aspects of the Calculator's state.
10582
10583 @node Debugging Calc, , Caches, Troubleshooting Commands
10584 @subsection Debugging Calc
10585
10586 @noindent
10587 A few commands exist to help in the debugging of Calc commands.
10588 @xref{Programming}, to see the various ways that you can write
10589 your own Calc commands.
10590
10591 @kindex Z T
10592 @pindex calc-timing
10593 The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing}) command turns on and off a mode
10594 in which the timing of slow commands is reported in the Trail.
10595 Any Calc command that takes two seconds or longer writes a line
10596 to the Trail showing how many seconds it took. This value is
10597 accurate only to within one second.
10598
10599 All steps of executing a command are included; in particular, time
10600 taken to format the result for display in the stack and trail is
10601 counted. Some prompts also count time taken waiting for them to
10602 be answered, while others do not; this depends on the exact
10603 implementation of the command. For best results, if you are timing
10604 a sequence that includes prompts or multiple commands, define a
10605 keyboard macro to run the whole sequence at once. Calc's @kbd{X}
10606 command (@pxref{Keyboard Macros}) will then report the time taken
10607 to execute the whole macro.
10608
10609 Another advantage of the @kbd{X} command is that while it is
10610 executing, the stack and trail are not updated from step to step.
10611 So if you expect the output of your test sequence to leave a result
10612 that may take a long time to format and you don't wish to count
10613 this formatting time, end your sequence with a @key{DEL} keystroke
10614 to clear the result from the stack. When you run the sequence with
10615 @kbd{X}, Calc will never bother to format the large result.
10616
10617 Another thing @kbd{Z T} does is to increase the Emacs variable
10618 @code{gc-cons-threshold} to a much higher value (two million; the
10619 usual default in Calc is 250,000) for the duration of each command.
10620 This generally prevents garbage collection during the timing of
10621 the command, though it may cause your Emacs process to grow
10622 abnormally large. (Garbage collection time is a major unpredictable
10623 factor in the timing of Emacs operations.)
10624
10625 Another command that is useful when debugging your own Lisp
10626 extensions to Calc is @kbd{M-x calc-pass-errors}, which disables
10627 the error handler that changes the ``@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10628 exceeded'' message to the much more friendly ``Computation got
10629 stuck or ran too long.'' This handler interferes with the Emacs
10630 Lisp debugger's @code{debug-on-error} mode. Errors are reported
10631 in the handler itself rather than at the true location of the
10632 error. After you have executed @code{calc-pass-errors}, Lisp
10633 errors will be reported correctly but the user-friendly message
10634 will be lost.
10635
10636 @node Data Types, Stack and Trail, Introduction, Top
10637 @chapter Data Types
10638
10639 @noindent
10640 This chapter discusses the various types of objects that can be placed
10641 on the Calculator stack, how they are displayed, and how they are
10642 entered. (@xref{Data Type Formats}, for information on how these data
10643 types are represented as underlying Lisp objects.)@refill
10644
10645 Integers, fractions, and floats are various ways of describing real
10646 numbers. HMS forms also for many purposes act as real numbers. These
10647 types can be combined to form complex numbers, modulo forms, error forms,
10648 or interval forms. (But these last four types cannot be combined
10649 arbitrarily:@: error forms may not contain modulo forms, for example.)
10650 Finally, all these types of numbers may be combined into vectors,
10651 matrices, or algebraic formulas.
10652
10653 @menu
10654 * Integers:: The most basic data type.
10655 * Fractions:: This and above are called @dfn{rationals}.
10656 * Floats:: This and above are called @dfn{reals}.
10657 * Complex Numbers:: This and above are called @dfn{numbers}.
10658 * Infinities::
10659 * Vectors and Matrices::
10660 * Strings::
10661 * HMS Forms::
10662 * Date Forms::
10663 * Modulo Forms::
10664 * Error Forms::
10665 * Interval Forms::
10666 * Incomplete Objects::
10667 * Variables::
10668 * Formulas::
10669 @end menu
10670
10671 @node Integers, Fractions, Data Types, Data Types
10672 @section Integers
10673
10674 @noindent
10675 @cindex Integers
10676 The Calculator stores integers to arbitrary precision. Addition,
10677 subtraction, and multiplication of integers always yields an exact
10678 integer result. (If the result of a division or exponentiation of
10679 integers is not an integer, it is expressed in fractional or
10680 floating-point form according to the current Fraction Mode.
10681 @xref{Fraction Mode}.)
10682
10683 A decimal integer is represented as an optional sign followed by a
10684 sequence of digits. Grouping (@pxref{Grouping Digits}) can be used to
10685 insert a comma at every third digit for display purposes, but you
10686 must not type commas during the entry of numbers.@refill
10687
10688 @kindex #
10689 A non-decimal integer is represented as an optional sign, a radix
10690 between 2 and 36, a @samp{#} symbol, and one or more digits. For radix 11
10691 and above, the letters A through Z (upper- or lower-case) count as
10692 digits and do not terminate numeric entry mode. @xref{Radix Modes}, for how
10693 to set the default radix for display of integers. Numbers of any radix
10694 may be entered at any time. If you press @kbd{#} at the beginning of a
10695 number, the current display radix is used.@refill
10696
10697 @node Fractions, Floats, Integers, Data Types
10698 @section Fractions
10699
10700 @noindent
10701 @cindex Fractions
10702 A @dfn{fraction} is a ratio of two integers. Fractions are traditionally
10703 written ``2/3'' but Calc uses the notation @samp{2:3}. (The @kbd{/} key
10704 performs RPN division; the following two sequences push the number
10705 @samp{2:3} on the stack: @kbd{2 :@: 3 @key{RET}}, or @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 /}
10706 assuming Fraction Mode has been enabled.)
10707 When the Calculator produces a fractional result it always reduces it to
10708 simplest form, which may in fact be an integer.@refill
10709
10710 Fractions may also be entered in a three-part form, where @samp{2:3:4}
10711 represents two-and-three-quarters. @xref{Fraction Formats}, for fraction
10712 display formats.@refill
10713
10714 Non-decimal fractions are entered and displayed as
10715 @samp{@var{radix}#@var{num}:@var{denom}} (or in the analogous three-part
10716 form). The numerator and denominator always use the same radix.@refill
10717
10718 @node Floats, Complex Numbers, Fractions, Data Types
10719 @section Floats
10720
10721 @noindent
10722 @cindex Floating-point numbers
10723 A floating-point number or @dfn{float} is a number stored in scientific
10724 notation. The number of significant digits in the fractional part is
10725 governed by the current floating precision (@pxref{Precision}). The
10726 range of acceptable values is from @c{$10^{-3999999}$}
10727 @cite{10^-3999999} (inclusive)
10728 to @c{$10^{4000000}$}
10729 @cite{10^4000000}
10730 (exclusive), plus the corresponding negative
10731 values and zero.
10732
10733 Calculations that would exceed the allowable range of values (such
10734 as @samp{exp(exp(20))}) are left in symbolic form by Calc. The
10735 messages ``floating-point overflow'' or ``floating-point underflow''
10736 indicate that during the calculation a number would have been produced
10737 that was too large or too close to zero, respectively, to be represented
10738 by Calc. This does not necessarily mean the final result would have
10739 overflowed, just that an overflow occurred while computing the result.
10740 (In fact, it could report an underflow even though the final result
10741 would have overflowed!)
10742
10743 If a rational number and a float are mixed in a calculation, the result
10744 will in general be expressed as a float. Commands that require an integer
10745 value (such as @kbd{k g} [@code{gcd}]) will also accept integer-valued
10746 floats, i.e., floating-point numbers with nothing after the decimal point.
10747
10748 Floats are identified by the presence of a decimal point and/or an
10749 exponent. In general a float consists of an optional sign, digits
10750 including an optional decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting
10751 of an @samp{e}, an optional sign, and up to seven exponent digits.
10752 For example, @samp{23.5e-2} is 23.5 times ten to the minus-second power,
10753 or 0.235.
10754
10755 Floating-point numbers are normally displayed in decimal notation with
10756 all significant figures shown. Exceedingly large or small numbers are
10757 displayed in scientific notation. Various other display options are
10758 available. @xref{Float Formats}.
10759
10760 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
10761 Floating-point numbers are stored in decimal, not binary. The result
10762 of each operation is rounded to the nearest value representable in the
10763 number of significant digits specified by the current precision,
10764 rounding away from zero in the case of a tie. Thus (in the default
10765 display mode) what you see is exactly what you get. Some operations such
10766 as square roots and transcendental functions are performed with several
10767 digits of extra precision and then rounded down, in an effort to make the
10768 final result accurate to the full requested precision. However,
10769 accuracy is not rigorously guaranteed. If you suspect the validity of a
10770 result, try doing the same calculation in a higher precision. The
10771 Calculator's arithmetic is not intended to be IEEE-conformant in any
10772 way.@refill
10773
10774 While floats are always @emph{stored} in decimal, they can be entered
10775 and displayed in any radix just like integers and fractions. The
10776 notation @samp{@var{radix}#@var{ddd}.@var{ddd}} is a floating-point
10777 number whose digits are in the specified radix. Note that the @samp{.}
10778 is more aptly referred to as a ``radix point'' than as a decimal
10779 point in this case. The number @samp{8#123.4567} is defined as
10780 @samp{8#1234567 * 8^-4}. If the radix is 14 or less, you can use
10781 @samp{e} notation to write a non-decimal number in scientific notation.
10782 The exponent is written in decimal, and is considered to be a power
10783 of the radix: @samp{8#1234567e-4}. If the radix is 15 or above, the
10784 letter @samp{e} is a digit, so scientific notation must be written
10785 out, e.g., @samp{16#123.4567*16^2}. The first two exercises of the
10786 Modes Tutorial explore some of the properties of non-decimal floats.
10787
10788 @node Complex Numbers, Infinities, Floats, Data Types
10789 @section Complex Numbers
10790
10791 @noindent
10792 @cindex Complex numbers
10793 There are two supported formats for complex numbers: rectangular and
10794 polar. The default format is rectangular, displayed in the form
10795 @samp{(@var{real},@var{imag})} where @var{real} is the real part and
10796 @var{imag} is the imaginary part, each of which may be any real number.
10797 Rectangular complex numbers can also be displayed in @samp{@var{a}+@var{b}i}
10798 notation; @pxref{Complex Formats}.@refill
10799
10800 Polar complex numbers are displayed in the form `@t{(}@var{r}@t{;}@c{$\theta$}
10801 @var{theta}@t{)}'
10802 where @var{r} is the nonnegative magnitude and @c{$\theta$}
10803 @var{theta} is the argument
10804 or phase angle. The range of @c{$\theta$}
10805 @var{theta} depends on the current angular
10806 mode (@pxref{Angular Modes}); it is generally between @i{-180} and
10807 @i{+180} degrees or the equivalent range in radians.@refill
10808
10809 Complex numbers are entered in stages using incomplete objects.
10810 @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10811
10812 Operations on rectangular complex numbers yield rectangular complex
10813 results, and similarly for polar complex numbers. Where the two types
10814 are mixed, or where new complex numbers arise (as for the square root of
10815 a negative real), the current @dfn{Polar Mode} is used to determine the
10816 type. @xref{Polar Mode}.
10817
10818 A complex result in which the imaginary part is zero (or the phase angle
10819 is 0 or 180 degrees or @c{$\pi$}
10820 @cite{pi} radians) is automatically converted to a real
10821 number.
10822
10823 @node Infinities, Vectors and Matrices, Complex Numbers, Data Types
10824 @section Infinities
10825
10826 @noindent
10827 @cindex Infinity
10828 @cindex @code{inf} variable
10829 @cindex @code{uinf} variable
10830 @cindex @code{nan} variable
10831 @vindex inf
10832 @vindex uinf
10833 @vindex nan
10834 The word @code{inf} represents the mathematical concept of @dfn{infinity}.
10835 Calc actually has three slightly different infinity-like values:
10836 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan}. These are just regular
10837 variable names (@pxref{Variables}); you should avoid using these
10838 names for your own variables because Calc gives them special
10839 treatment. Infinities, like all variable names, are normally
10840 entered using algebraic entry.
10841
10842 Mathematically speaking, it is not rigorously correct to treat
10843 ``infinity'' as if it were a number, but mathematicians often do
10844 so informally. When they say that @samp{1 / inf = 0}, what they
10845 really mean is that @cite{1 / x}, as @cite{x} becomes larger and
10846 larger, becomes arbitrarily close to zero. So you can imagine
10847 that if @cite{x} got ``all the way to infinity,'' then @cite{1 / x}
10848 would go all the way to zero. Similarly, when they say that
10849 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}, they mean that @c{$e^x$}
10850 @cite{exp(x)} grows without
10851 bound as @cite{x} grows. The symbol @samp{-inf} likewise stands
10852 for an infinitely negative real value; for example, we say that
10853 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. You can have an infinity pointing in any
10854 direction on the complex plane: @samp{sqrt(-inf) = i inf}.
10855
10856 The same concept of limits can be used to define @cite{1 / 0}. We
10857 really want the value that @cite{1 / x} approaches as @cite{x}
10858 approaches zero. But if all we have is @cite{1 / 0}, we can't
10859 tell which direction @cite{x} was coming from. If @cite{x} was
10860 positive and decreasing toward zero, then we should say that
10861 @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. But if @cite{x} was negative and increasing
10862 toward zero, the answer is @samp{1 / 0 = -inf}. In fact, @cite{x}
10863 could be an imaginary number, giving the answer @samp{i inf} or
10864 @samp{-i inf}. Calc uses the special symbol @samp{uinf} to mean
10865 @dfn{undirected infinity}, i.e., a value which is infinitely
10866 large but with an unknown sign (or direction on the complex plane).
10867
10868 Calc actually has three modes that say how infinities are handled.
10869 Normally, infinities never arise from calculations that didn't
10870 already have them. Thus, @cite{1 / 0} is treated simply as an
10871 error and left unevaluated. The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode})
10872 command (@pxref{Infinite Mode}) enables a mode in which
10873 @cite{1 / 0} evaluates to @code{uinf} instead. There is also
10874 an alternative type of infinite mode which says to treat zeros
10875 as if they were positive, so that @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. While this
10876 is less mathematically correct, it may be the answer you want in
10877 some cases.
10878
10879 Since all infinities are ``as large'' as all others, Calc simplifies,
10880 e.g., @samp{5 inf} to @samp{inf}. Another example is
10881 @samp{5 - inf = -inf}, where the @samp{-inf} is so large that
10882 adding a finite number like five to it does not affect it.
10883 Note that @samp{a - inf} also results in @samp{-inf}; Calc assumes
10884 that variables like @code{a} always stand for finite quantities.
10885 Just to show that infinities really are all the same size,
10886 note that @samp{sqrt(inf) = inf^2 = exp(inf) = inf} in Calc's
10887 notation.
10888
10889 It's not so easy to define certain formulas like @samp{0 * inf} and
10890 @samp{inf / inf}. Depending on where these zeros and infinities
10891 came from, the answer could be literally anything. The latter
10892 formula could be the limit of @cite{x / x} (giving a result of one),
10893 or @cite{2 x / x} (giving two), or @cite{x^2 / x} (giving @code{inf}),
10894 or @cite{x / x^2} (giving zero). Calc uses the symbol @code{nan}
10895 to represent such an @dfn{indeterminate} value. (The name ``nan''
10896 comes from analogy with the ``NAN'' concept of IEEE standard
10897 arithmetic; it stands for ``Not A Number.'' This is somewhat of a
10898 misnomer, since @code{nan} @emph{does} stand for some number or
10899 infinity, it's just that @emph{which} number it stands for
10900 cannot be determined.) In Calc's notation, @samp{0 * inf = nan}
10901 and @samp{inf / inf = nan}. A few other common indeterminate
10902 expressions are @samp{inf - inf} and @samp{inf ^ 0}. Also,
10903 @samp{0 / 0 = nan} if you have turned on ``infinite mode''
10904 (as described above).
10905
10906 Infinities are especially useful as parts of @dfn{intervals}.
10907 @xref{Interval Forms}.
10908
10909 @node Vectors and Matrices, Strings, Infinities, Data Types
10910 @section Vectors and Matrices
10911
10912 @noindent
10913 @cindex Vectors
10914 @cindex Plain vectors
10915 @cindex Matrices
10916 The @dfn{vector} data type is flexible and general. A vector is simply a
10917 list of zero or more data objects. When these objects are numbers, the
10918 whole is a vector in the mathematical sense. When these objects are
10919 themselves vectors of equal (nonzero) length, the whole is a @dfn{matrix}.
10920 A vector which is not a matrix is referred to here as a @dfn{plain vector}.
10921
10922 A vector is displayed as a list of values separated by commas and enclosed
10923 in square brackets: @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Thus the following is a 2 row by
10924 3 column matrix: @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}. Vectors, like complex
10925 numbers, are entered as incomplete objects. @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10926 During algebraic entry, vectors are entered all at once in the usual
10927 brackets-and-commas form. Matrices may be entered algebraically as nested
10928 vectors, or using the shortcut notation @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3; 4, 5, 6]}},
10929 with rows separated by semicolons. The commas may usually be omitted
10930 when entering vectors: @samp{[1 2 3]}. Curly braces may be used in
10931 place of brackets: @samp{@{1, 2, 3@}}, but the commas are required in
10932 this case.
10933
10934 Traditional vector and matrix arithmetic is also supported;
10935 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic} and @pxref{Matrix Functions}.
10936 Many other operations are applied to vectors element-wise. For example,
10937 the complex conjugate of a vector is a vector of the complex conjugates
10938 of its elements.@refill
10939
10940 @ignore
10941 @starindex
10942 @end ignore
10943 @tindex vec
10944 Algebraic functions for building vectors include @samp{vec(a, b, c)}
10945 to build @samp{[a, b, c]}, @samp{cvec(a, n, m)} to build an @c{$n\times m$}
10946 @asis{@var{n}x@var{m}}
10947 matrix of @samp{a}s, and @samp{index(n)} to build a vector of integers
10948 from 1 to @samp{n}.
10949
10950 @node Strings, HMS Forms, Vectors and Matrices, Data Types
10951 @section Strings
10952
10953 @noindent
10954 @kindex "
10955 @cindex Strings
10956 @cindex Character strings
10957 Character strings are not a special data type in the Calculator.
10958 Rather, a string is represented simply as a vector all of whose
10959 elements are integers in the range 0 to 255 (ASCII codes). You can
10960 enter a string at any time by pressing the @kbd{"} key. Quotation
10961 marks and backslashes are written @samp{\"} and @samp{\\}, respectively,
10962 inside strings. Other notations introduced by backslashes are:
10963
10964 @example
10965 @group
10966 \a 7 \^@@ 0
10967 \b 8 \^a-z 1-26
10968 \e 27 \^[ 27
10969 \f 12 \^\\ 28
10970 \n 10 \^] 29
10971 \r 13 \^^ 30
10972 \t 9 \^_ 31
10973 \^? 127
10974 @end group
10975 @end example
10976
10977 @noindent
10978 Finally, a backslash followed by three octal digits produces any
10979 character from its ASCII code.
10980
10981 @kindex d "
10982 @pindex calc-display-strings
10983 Strings are normally displayed in vector-of-integers form. The
10984 @w{@kbd{d "}} (@code{calc-display-strings}) command toggles a mode in
10985 which any vectors of small integers are displayed as quoted strings
10986 instead.
10987
10988 The backslash notations shown above are also used for displaying
10989 strings. Characters 128 and above are not translated by Calc; unless
10990 you have an Emacs modified for 8-bit fonts, these will show up in
10991 backslash-octal-digits notation. For characters below 32, and
10992 for character 127, Calc uses the backslash-letter combination if
10993 there is one, or otherwise uses a @samp{\^} sequence.
10994
10995 The only Calc feature that uses strings is @dfn{compositions};
10996 @pxref{Compositions}. Strings also provide a convenient
10997 way to do conversions between ASCII characters and integers.
10998
10999 @ignore
11000 @starindex
11001 @end ignore
11002 @tindex string
11003 There is a @code{string} function which provides a different display
11004 format for strings. Basically, @samp{string(@var{s})}, where @var{s}
11005 is a vector of integers in the proper range, is displayed as the
11006 corresponding string of characters with no surrounding quotation
11007 marks or other modifications. Thus @samp{string("ABC")} (or
11008 @samp{string([65 66 67])}) will look like @samp{ABC} on the stack.
11009 This happens regardless of whether @w{@kbd{d "}} has been used. The
11010 only way to turn it off is to use @kbd{d U} (unformatted language
11011 mode) which will display @samp{string("ABC")} instead.
11012
11013 Control characters are displayed somewhat differently by @code{string}.
11014 Characters below 32, and character 127, are shown using @samp{^} notation
11015 (same as shown above, but without the backslash). The quote and
11016 backslash characters are left alone, as are characters 128 and above.
11017
11018 @ignore
11019 @starindex
11020 @end ignore
11021 @tindex bstring
11022 The @code{bstring} function is just like @code{string} except that
11023 the resulting string is breakable across multiple lines if it doesn't
11024 fit all on one line. Potential break points occur at every space
11025 character in the string.
11026
11027 @node HMS Forms, Date Forms, Strings, Data Types
11028 @section HMS Forms
11029
11030 @noindent
11031 @cindex Hours-minutes-seconds forms
11032 @cindex Degrees-minutes-seconds forms
11033 @dfn{HMS} stands for Hours-Minutes-Seconds; when used as an angular
11034 argument, the interpretation is Degrees-Minutes-Seconds. All functions
11035 that operate on angles accept HMS forms. These are interpreted as
11036 degrees regardless of the current angular mode. It is also possible to
11037 use HMS as the angular mode so that calculated angles are expressed in
11038 degrees, minutes, and seconds.
11039
11040 @kindex @@
11041 @ignore
11042 @mindex @null
11043 @end ignore
11044 @kindex ' (HMS forms)
11045 @ignore
11046 @mindex @null
11047 @end ignore
11048 @kindex " (HMS forms)
11049 @ignore
11050 @mindex @null
11051 @end ignore
11052 @kindex h (HMS forms)
11053 @ignore
11054 @mindex @null
11055 @end ignore
11056 @kindex o (HMS forms)
11057 @ignore
11058 @mindex @null
11059 @end ignore
11060 @kindex m (HMS forms)
11061 @ignore
11062 @mindex @null
11063 @end ignore
11064 @kindex s (HMS forms)
11065 The default format for HMS values is
11066 @samp{@var{hours}@@ @var{mins}' @var{secs}"}. During entry, the letters
11067 @samp{h} (for ``hours'') or
11068 @samp{o} (approximating the ``degrees'' symbol) are accepted as well as
11069 @samp{@@}, @samp{m} is accepted in place of @samp{'}, and @samp{s} is
11070 accepted in place of @samp{"}.
11071 The @var{hours} value is an integer (or integer-valued float).
11072 The @var{mins} value is an integer or integer-valued float between 0 and 59.
11073 The @var{secs} value is a real number between 0 (inclusive) and 60
11074 (exclusive). A positive HMS form is interpreted as @var{hours} +
11075 @var{mins}/60 + @var{secs}/3600. A negative HMS form is interpreted
11076 as @i{- @var{hours}} @i{-} @var{mins}/60 @i{-} @var{secs}/3600.
11077 Display format for HMS forms is quite flexible. @xref{HMS Formats}.@refill
11078
11079 HMS forms can be added and subtracted. When they are added to numbers,
11080 the numbers are interpreted according to the current angular mode. HMS
11081 forms can also be multiplied and divided by real numbers. Dividing
11082 two HMS forms produces a real-valued ratio of the two angles.
11083
11084 @pindex calc-time
11085 @cindex Time of day
11086 Just for kicks, @kbd{M-x calc-time} pushes the current time of day on
11087 the stack as an HMS form.
11088
11089 @node Date Forms, Modulo Forms, HMS Forms, Data Types
11090 @section Date Forms
11091
11092 @noindent
11093 @cindex Date forms
11094 A @dfn{date form} represents a date and possibly an associated time.
11095 Simple date arithmetic is supported: Adding a number to a date
11096 produces a new date shifted by that many days; adding an HMS form to
11097 a date shifts it by that many hours. Subtracting two date forms
11098 computes the number of days between them (represented as a simple
11099 number). Many other operations, such as multiplying two date forms,
11100 are nonsensical and are not allowed by Calc.
11101
11102 Date forms are entered and displayed enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets.
11103 The default format is, e.g., @samp{<Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates,
11104 or @samp{<3:32:20pm Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates with times.
11105 Input is flexible; date forms can be entered in any of the usual
11106 notations for dates and times. @xref{Date Formats}.
11107
11108 Date forms are stored internally as numbers, specifically the number
11109 of days since midnight on the morning of January 1 of the year 1 AD.
11110 If the internal number is an integer, the form represents a date only;
11111 if the internal number is a fraction or float, the form represents
11112 a date and time. For example, @samp{<6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991>}
11113 is represented by the number 726842.25. The standard precision of
11114 12 decimal digits is enough to ensure that a (reasonable) date and
11115 time can be stored without roundoff error.
11116
11117 If the current precision is greater than 12, date forms will keep
11118 additional digits in the seconds position. For example, if the
11119 precision is 15, the seconds will keep three digits after the
11120 decimal point. Decreasing the precision below 12 may cause the
11121 time part of a date form to become inaccurate. This can also happen
11122 if astronomically high years are used, though this will not be an
11123 issue in everyday (or even everymillennium) use. Note that date
11124 forms without times are stored as exact integers, so roundoff is
11125 never an issue for them.
11126
11127 You can use the @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) and @kbd{v u}
11128 (@code{calc-unpack}) commands to get at the numerical representation
11129 of a date form. @xref{Packing and Unpacking}.
11130
11131 Date forms can go arbitrarily far into the future or past. Negative
11132 year numbers represent years BC. Calc uses a combination of the
11133 Gregorian and Julian calendars, following the history of Great
11134 Britain and the British colonies. This is the same calendar that
11135 is used by the @code{cal} program in most Unix implementations.
11136
11137 @cindex Julian calendar
11138 @cindex Gregorian calendar
11139 Some historical background: The Julian calendar was created by
11140 Julius Caesar in the year 46 BC as an attempt to fix the gradual
11141 drift caused by the lack of leap years in the calendar used
11142 until that time. The Julian calendar introduced an extra day in
11143 all years divisible by four. After some initial confusion, the
11144 calendar was adopted around the year we call 8 AD. Some centuries
11145 later it became apparent that the Julian year of 365.25 days was
11146 itself not quite right. In 1582 Pope Gregory XIII introduced the
11147 Gregorian calendar, which added the new rule that years divisible
11148 by 100, but not by 400, were not to be considered leap years
11149 despite being divisible by four. Many countries delayed adoption
11150 of the Gregorian calendar because of religious differences;
11151 in Britain it was put off until the year 1752, by which time
11152 the Julian calendar had fallen eleven days behind the true
11153 seasons. So the switch to the Gregorian calendar in early
11154 September 1752 introduced a discontinuity: The day after
11155 Sep 2, 1752 is Sep 14, 1752. Calc follows this convention.
11156 To take another example, Russia waited until 1918 before
11157 adopting the new calendar, and thus needed to remove thirteen
11158 days (between Feb 1, 1918 and Feb 14, 1918). This means that
11159 Calc's reckoning will be inconsistent with Russian history between
11160 1752 and 1918, and similarly for various other countries.
11161
11162 Today's timekeepers introduce an occasional ``leap second'' as
11163 well, but Calc does not take these minor effects into account.
11164 (If it did, it would have to report a non-integer number of days
11165 between, say, @samp{<12:00am Mon Jan 1, 1900>} and
11166 @samp{<12:00am Sat Jan 1, 2000>}.)
11167
11168 Calc uses the Julian calendar for all dates before the year 1752,
11169 including dates BC when the Julian calendar technically had not
11170 yet been invented. Thus the claim that day number @i{-10000} is
11171 called ``August 16, 28 BC'' should be taken with a grain of salt.
11172
11173 Please note that there is no ``year 0''; the day before
11174 @samp{<Sat Jan 1, +1>} is @samp{<Fri Dec 31, -1>}. These are
11175 days 0 and @i{-1} respectively in Calc's internal numbering scheme.
11176
11177 @cindex Julian day counting
11178 Another day counting system in common use is, confusingly, also
11179 called ``Julian.'' It was invented in 1583 by Joseph Justus
11180 Scaliger, who named it in honor of his father Julius Caesar
11181 Scaliger. For obscure reasons he chose to start his day
11182 numbering on Jan 1, 4713 BC at noon, which in Calc's scheme
11183 is @i{-1721423.5} (recall that Calc starts at midnight instead
11184 of noon). Thus to convert a Calc date code obtained by
11185 unpacking a date form into a Julian day number, simply add
11186 1721423.5. The Julian code for @samp{6:00am Jan 9, 1991}
11187 is 2448265.75. The built-in @kbd{t J} command performs
11188 this conversion for you.
11189
11190 @cindex Unix time format
11191 The Unix operating system measures time as an integer number of
11192 seconds since midnight, Jan 1, 1970. To convert a Calc date
11193 value into a Unix time stamp, first subtract 719164 (the code
11194 for @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}), then multiply by 86400 (the number of
11195 seconds in a day) and press @kbd{R} to round to the nearest
11196 integer. If you have a date form, you can simply subtract the
11197 day @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>} instead of unpacking and subtracting
11198 719164. Likewise, divide by 86400 and add @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}
11199 to convert from Unix time to a Calc date form. (Note that
11200 Unix normally maintains the time in the GMT time zone; you may
11201 need to subtract five hours to get New York time, or eight hours
11202 for California time. The same is usually true of Julian day
11203 counts.) The built-in @kbd{t U} command performs these
11204 conversions.
11205
11206 @node Modulo Forms, Error Forms, Date Forms, Data Types
11207 @section Modulo Forms
11208
11209 @noindent
11210 @cindex Modulo forms
11211 A @dfn{modulo form} is a real number which is taken modulo (i.e., within
11212 an integer multiple of) some value @var{M}. Arithmetic modulo @var{M}
11213 often arises in number theory. Modulo forms are written
11214 `@var{a} @t{mod} @var{M}',
11215 where @var{a} and @var{M} are real numbers or HMS forms, and
11216 @c{$0 \le a < M$}
11217 @cite{0 <= a < @var{M}}.
11218 In many applications @cite{a} and @cite{M} will be
11219 integers but this is not required.@refill
11220
11221 Modulo forms are not to be confused with the modulo operator @samp{%}.
11222 The expression @samp{27 % 10} means to compute 27 modulo 10 to produce
11223 the result 7. Further computations treat this 7 as just a regular integer.
11224 The expression @samp{27 mod 10} produces the result @samp{7 mod 10};
11225 further computations with this value are again reduced modulo 10 so that
11226 the result always lies in the desired range.
11227
11228 When two modulo forms with identical @cite{M}'s are added or multiplied,
11229 the Calculator simply adds or multiplies the values, then reduces modulo
11230 @cite{M}. If one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number,
11231 the plain number is treated like a compatible modulo form. It is also
11232 possible to raise modulo forms to powers; the result is the value raised
11233 to the power, then reduced modulo @cite{M}. (When all values involved
11234 are integers, this calculation is done much more efficiently than
11235 actually computing the power and then reducing.)
11236
11237 @cindex Modulo division
11238 Two modulo forms `@var{a} @t{mod} @var{M}' and `@var{b} @t{mod} @var{M}'
11239 can be divided if @cite{a}, @cite{b}, and @cite{M} are all
11240 integers. The result is the modulo form which, when multiplied by
11241 `@var{b} @t{mod} @var{M}', produces `@var{a} @t{mod} @var{M}'. If
11242 there is no solution to this equation (which can happen only when
11243 @cite{M} is non-prime), or if any of the arguments are non-integers, the
11244 division is left in symbolic form. Other operations, such as square
11245 roots, are not yet supported for modulo forms. (Note that, although
11246 @w{`@t{(}@var{a} @t{mod} @var{M}@t{)^.5}'} will compute a ``modulo square root''
11247 in the sense of reducing @c{$\sqrt a$}
11248 @cite{sqrt(a)} modulo @cite{M}, this is not a
11249 useful definition from the number-theoretical point of view.)@refill
11250
11251 @ignore
11252 @mindex M
11253 @end ignore
11254 @kindex M (modulo forms)
11255 @ignore
11256 @mindex mod
11257 @end ignore
11258 @tindex mod (operator)
11259 To create a modulo form during numeric entry, press the shift-@kbd{M}
11260 key to enter the word @samp{mod}. As a special convenience, pressing
11261 shift-@kbd{M} a second time automatically enters the value of @cite{M}
11262 that was most recently used before. During algebraic entry, either
11263 type @samp{mod} by hand or press @kbd{M-m} (that's @kbd{@key{META}-m}).
11264 Once again, pressing this a second time enters the current modulo.@refill
11265
11266 You can also use @kbd{v p} and @kbd{%} to modify modulo forms.
11267 @xref{Building Vectors}. @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
11268
11269 It is possible to mix HMS forms and modulo forms. For example, an
11270 HMS form modulo 24 could be used to manipulate clock times; an HMS
11271 form modulo 360 would be suitable for angles. Making the modulo @cite{M}
11272 also be an HMS form eliminates troubles that would arise if the angular
11273 mode were inadvertently set to Radians, in which case
11274 @w{@samp{2@@ 0' 0" mod 24}} would be interpreted as two degrees modulo
11275 24 radians!
11276
11277 Modulo forms cannot have variables or formulas for components. If you
11278 enter the formula @samp{(x + 2) mod 5}, Calc propagates the modulus
11279 to each of the coefficients: @samp{(1 mod 5) x + (2 mod 5)}.
11280
11281 @ignore
11282 @starindex
11283 @end ignore
11284 @tindex makemod
11285 The algebraic function @samp{makemod(a, m)} builds the modulo form
11286 @w{@samp{a mod m}}.
11287
11288 @node Error Forms, Interval Forms, Modulo Forms, Data Types
11289 @section Error Forms
11290
11291 @noindent
11292 @cindex Error forms
11293 @cindex Standard deviations
11294 An @dfn{error form} is a number with an associated standard
11295 deviation, as in @samp{2.3 +/- 0.12}. The notation
11296 `@var{x} @t{+/-} @c{$\sigma$}
11297 @asis{sigma}' stands for an uncertain value which follows a normal or
11298 Gaussian distribution of mean @cite{x} and standard deviation or
11299 ``error'' @c{$\sigma$}
11300 @cite{sigma}. Both the mean and the error can be either numbers or
11301 formulas. Generally these are real numbers but the mean may also be
11302 complex. If the error is negative or complex, it is changed to its
11303 absolute value. An error form with zero error is converted to a
11304 regular number by the Calculator.@refill
11305
11306 All arithmetic and transcendental functions accept error forms as input.
11307 Operations on the mean-value part work just like operations on regular
11308 numbers. The error part for any function @cite{f(x)} (such as @c{$\sin x$}
11309 @cite{sin(x)})
11310 is defined by the error of @cite{x} times the derivative of @cite{f}
11311 evaluated at the mean value of @cite{x}. For a two-argument function
11312 @cite{f(x,y)} (such as addition) the error is the square root of the sum
11313 of the squares of the errors due to @cite{x} and @cite{y}.
11314 @tex
11315 $$ \eqalign{
11316 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma)
11317 &= f(x) \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma \left| {df(x) \over dx} \right| \cr
11318 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_x, y \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_y)
11319 &= f(x,y) \hbox{\code{ +/- }}
11320 \sqrt{\left(\sigma_x \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial x}
11321 \right| \right)^2
11322 +\left(\sigma_y \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial y}
11323 \right| \right)^2 } \cr
11324 } $$
11325 @end tex
11326 Note that this
11327 definition assumes the errors in @cite{x} and @cite{y} are uncorrelated.
11328 A side effect of this definition is that @samp{(2 +/- 1) * (2 +/- 1)}
11329 is not the same as @samp{(2 +/- 1)^2}; the former represents the product
11330 of two independent values which happen to have the same probability
11331 distributions, and the latter is the product of one random value with itself.
11332 The former will produce an answer with less error, since on the average
11333 the two independent errors can be expected to cancel out.@refill
11334
11335 Consult a good text on error analysis for a discussion of the proper use
11336 of standard deviations. Actual errors often are neither Gaussian-distributed
11337 nor uncorrelated, and the above formulas are valid only when errors
11338 are small. As an example, the error arising from
11339 `@t{sin(}@var{x} @t{+/-} @c{$\sigma$}
11340 @var{sigma}@t{)}' is
11341 `@c{$\sigma$\nobreak}
11342 @var{sigma} @t{abs(cos(}@var{x}@t{))}'. When @cite{x} is close to zero,
11343 @c{$\cos x$}
11344 @cite{cos(x)} is
11345 close to one so the error in the sine is close to @c{$\sigma$}
11346 @cite{sigma}; this makes sense, since @c{$\sin x$}
11347 @cite{sin(x)} is approximately @cite{x} near zero, so a given
11348 error in @cite{x} will produce about the same error in the sine. Likewise,
11349 near 90 degrees @c{$\cos x$}
11350 @cite{cos(x)} is nearly zero and so the computed error is
11351 small: The sine curve is nearly flat in that region, so an error in @cite{x}
11352 has relatively little effect on the value of @c{$\sin x$}
11353 @cite{sin(x)}. However, consider
11354 @samp{sin(90 +/- 1000)}. The cosine of 90 is zero, so Calc will report
11355 zero error! We get an obviously wrong result because we have violated
11356 the small-error approximation underlying the error analysis. If the error
11357 in @cite{x} had been small, the error in @c{$\sin x$}
11358 @cite{sin(x)} would indeed have been negligible.@refill
11359
11360 @ignore
11361 @mindex p
11362 @end ignore
11363 @kindex p (error forms)
11364 @tindex +/-
11365 To enter an error form during regular numeric entry, use the @kbd{p}
11366 (``plus-or-minus'') key to type the @samp{+/-} symbol. (If you try actually
11367 typing @samp{+/-} the @kbd{+} key will be interpreted as the Calculator's
11368 @kbd{+} command!) Within an algebraic formula, you can press @kbd{M-p} to
11369 type the @samp{+/-} symbol, or type it out by hand.
11370
11371 Error forms and complex numbers can be mixed; the formulas shown above
11372 are used for complex numbers, too; note that if the error part evaluates
11373 to a complex number its absolute value (or the square root of the sum of
11374 the squares of the absolute values of the two error contributions) is
11375 used. Mathematically, this corresponds to a radially symmetric Gaussian
11376 distribution of numbers on the complex plane. However, note that Calc
11377 considers an error form with real components to represent a real number,
11378 not a complex distribution around a real mean.
11379
11380 Error forms may also be composed of HMS forms. For best results, both
11381 the mean and the error should be HMS forms if either one is.
11382
11383 @ignore
11384 @starindex
11385 @end ignore
11386 @tindex sdev
11387 The algebraic function @samp{sdev(a, b)} builds the error form @samp{a +/- b}.
11388
11389 @node Interval Forms, Incomplete Objects, Error Forms, Data Types
11390 @section Interval Forms
11391
11392 @noindent
11393 @cindex Interval forms
11394 An @dfn{interval} is a subset of consecutive real numbers. For example,
11395 the interval @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} represents all the numbers from 2 to 4,
11396 inclusive. If you multiply it by the interval @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]} you
11397 obtain @samp{[1 ..@: 8]}. This calculation represents the fact that if
11398 you multiply some number in the range @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} by some other
11399 number in the range @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]}, your result will lie in the range
11400 from 1 to 8. Interval arithmetic is used to get a worst-case estimate
11401 of the possible range of values a computation will produce, given the
11402 set of possible values of the input.
11403
11404 @ifinfo
11405 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including @dfn{closed}
11406 intervals of the type shown above, @dfn{open} intervals such as
11407 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11408 @emph{exclusive}, and @dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11409 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11410 terms,
11411 @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} means @cite{2 <= x <= 4}, whereas
11412 @samp{[2 ..@: 4)} represents @cite{2 <= x < 4},
11413 @samp{(2 ..@: 4]} represents @cite{2 < x <= 4}, and
11414 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)} represents @cite{2 < x < 4}.@refill
11415 @end ifinfo
11416 @tex
11417 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including \dfn{closed}
11418 intervals of the type shown above, \dfn{open} intervals such as
11419 \samp{(2 ..\: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11420 \emph{exclusive}, and \dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11421 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11422 terms,
11423 $$ \eqalign{
11424 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x \le 4 \cr
11425 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x < 4 \cr
11426 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x \le 4 \cr
11427 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x < 4 \cr
11428 } $$
11429 @end tex
11430
11431 The lower and upper limits of an interval must be either real numbers
11432 (or HMS or date forms), or symbolic expressions which are assumed to be
11433 real-valued, or @samp{-inf} and @samp{inf}. In general the lower limit
11434 must be less than the upper limit. A closed interval containing only
11435 one value, @samp{[3 ..@: 3]}, is converted to a plain number (3)
11436 automatically. An interval containing no values at all (such as
11437 @samp{[3 ..@: 2]} or @samp{[2 ..@: 2)}) can be represented but is not
11438 guaranteed to behave well when used in arithmetic. Note that the
11439 interval @samp{[3 .. inf)} represents all real numbers greater than
11440 or equal to 3, and @samp{(-inf .. inf)} represents all real numbers.
11441 In fact, @samp{[-inf .. inf]} represents all real numbers including
11442 the real infinities.
11443
11444 Intervals are entered in the notation shown here, either as algebraic
11445 formulas, or using incomplete forms. (@xref{Incomplete Objects}.)
11446 In algebraic formulas, multiple periods in a row are collected from
11447 left to right, so that @samp{1...1e2} is interpreted as @samp{1.0 ..@: 1e2}
11448 rather than @samp{1 ..@: 0.1e2}. Add spaces or zeros if you want to
11449 get the other interpretation. If you omit the lower or upper limit,
11450 a default of @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} (respectively) is furnished.
11451
11452 ``Infinite mode'' also affects operations on intervals
11453 (@pxref{Infinities}). Calc will always introduce an open infinity,
11454 as in @samp{1 / (0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf)}. But closed infinities,
11455 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf]}}, arise only in infinite mode;
11456 otherwise they are left unevaluated. Note that the ``direction'' of
11457 a zero is not an issue in this case since the zero is always assumed
11458 to be continuous with the rest of the interval. For intervals that
11459 contain zero inside them Calc is forced to give the result,
11460 @samp{1 / (-2 .. 2) = [-inf .. inf]}.
11461
11462 While it may seem that intervals and error forms are similar, they are
11463 based on entirely different concepts of inexact quantities. An error
11464 form `@var{x} @t{+/-} @c{$\sigma$}
11465 @var{sigma}' means a variable is random, and its value could
11466 be anything but is ``probably'' within one @c{$\sigma$}
11467 @var{sigma} of the mean value @cite{x}.
11468 An interval `@t{[}@var{a} @t{..@:} @var{b}@t{]}' means a variable's value
11469 is unknown, but guaranteed to lie in the specified range. Error forms
11470 are statistical or ``average case'' approximations; interval arithmetic
11471 tends to produce ``worst case'' bounds on an answer.@refill
11472
11473 Intervals may not contain complex numbers, but they may contain
11474 HMS forms or date forms.
11475
11476 @xref{Set Operations}, for commands that interpret interval forms
11477 as subsets of the set of real numbers.
11478
11479 @ignore
11480 @starindex
11481 @end ignore
11482 @tindex intv
11483 The algebraic function @samp{intv(n, a, b)} builds an interval form
11484 from @samp{a} to @samp{b}; @samp{n} is an integer code which must
11485 be 0 for @samp{(..)}, 1 for @samp{(..]}, 2 for @samp{[..)}, or
11486 3 for @samp{[..]}.
11487
11488 Please note that in fully rigorous interval arithmetic, care would be
11489 taken to make sure that the computation of the lower bound rounds toward
11490 minus infinity, while upper bound computations round toward plus
11491 infinity. Calc's arithmetic always uses a round-to-nearest mode,
11492 which means that roundoff errors could creep into an interval
11493 calculation to produce intervals slightly smaller than they ought to
11494 be. For example, entering @samp{[1..2]} and pressing @kbd{Q 2 ^}
11495 should yield the interval @samp{[1..2]} again, but in fact it yields the
11496 (slightly too small) interval @samp{[1..1.9999999]} due to roundoff
11497 error.
11498
11499 @node Incomplete Objects, Variables, Interval Forms, Data Types
11500 @section Incomplete Objects
11501
11502 @noindent
11503 @ignore
11504 @mindex [ ]
11505 @end ignore
11506 @kindex [
11507 @ignore
11508 @mindex ( )
11509 @end ignore
11510 @kindex (
11511 @kindex ,
11512 @ignore
11513 @mindex @null
11514 @end ignore
11515 @kindex ]
11516 @ignore
11517 @mindex @null
11518 @end ignore
11519 @kindex )
11520 @cindex Incomplete vectors
11521 @cindex Incomplete complex numbers
11522 @cindex Incomplete interval forms
11523 When @kbd{(} or @kbd{[} is typed to begin entering a complex number or
11524 vector, respectively, the effect is to push an @dfn{incomplete} complex
11525 number or vector onto the stack. The @kbd{,} key adds the value(s) at
11526 the top of the stack onto the current incomplete object. The @kbd{)}
11527 and @kbd{]} keys ``close'' the incomplete object after adding any values
11528 on the top of the stack in front of the incomplete object.
11529
11530 As a result, the sequence of keystrokes @kbd{[ 2 , 3 @key{RET} 2 * , 9 ]}
11531 pushes the vector @samp{[2, 6, 9]} onto the stack. Likewise, @kbd{( 1 , 2 Q )}
11532 pushes the complex number @samp{(1, 1.414)} (approximately).
11533
11534 If several values lie on the stack in front of the incomplete object,
11535 all are collected and appended to the object. Thus the @kbd{,} key
11536 is redundant: @kbd{[ 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 2 * 9 ]}. Some people
11537 prefer the equivalent @key{SPC} key to @key{RET}.@refill
11538
11539 As a special case, typing @kbd{,} immediately after @kbd{(}, @kbd{[}, or
11540 @kbd{,} adds a zero or duplicates the preceding value in the list being
11541 formed. Typing @key{DEL} during incomplete entry removes the last item
11542 from the list.
11543
11544 @kindex ;
11545 The @kbd{;} key is used in the same way as @kbd{,} to create polar complex
11546 numbers: @kbd{( 1 ; 2 )}. When entering a vector, @kbd{;} is useful for
11547 creating a matrix. In particular, @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ; 3 , 4 ; 5 , 6 ] ]} is
11548 equivalent to @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ] , [ 3 , 4 ] , [ 5 , 6 ] ]}.
11549
11550 @kindex ..
11551 @pindex calc-dots
11552 Incomplete entry is also used to enter intervals. For example,
11553 @kbd{[ 2 ..@: 4 )} enters a semi-open interval. Note that when you type
11554 the first period, it will be interpreted as a decimal point, but when
11555 you type a second period immediately afterward, it is re-interpreted as
11556 part of the interval symbol. Typing @kbd{..} corresponds to executing
11557 the @code{calc-dots} command.
11558
11559 If you find incomplete entry distracting, you may wish to enter vectors
11560 and complex numbers as algebraic formulas by pressing the apostrophe key.
11561
11562 @node Variables, Formulas, Incomplete Objects, Data Types
11563 @section Variables
11564
11565 @noindent
11566 @cindex Variables, in formulas
11567 A @dfn{variable} is somewhere between a storage register on a conventional
11568 calculator, and a variable in a programming language. (In fact, a Calc
11569 variable is really just an Emacs Lisp variable that contains a Calc number
11570 or formula.) A variable's name is normally composed of letters and digits.
11571 Calc also allows apostrophes and @code{#} signs in variable names.
11572 The Calc variable @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp variable
11573 @code{var-foo}. Commands like @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) that operate
11574 on variables can be made to use any arbitrary Lisp variable simply by
11575 backspacing over the @samp{var-} prefix in the minibuffer.@refill
11576
11577 In a command that takes a variable name, you can either type the full
11578 name of a variable, or type a single digit to use one of the special
11579 convenience variables @code{var-q0} through @code{var-q9}. For example,
11580 @kbd{3 s s 2} stores the number 3 in variable @code{var-q2}, and
11581 @w{@kbd{3 s s foo @key{RET}}} stores that number in variable
11582 @code{var-foo}.@refill
11583
11584 To push a variable itself (as opposed to the variable's value) on the
11585 stack, enter its name as an algebraic expression using the apostrophe
11586 (@key{'}) key. Variable names in algebraic formulas implicitly have
11587 @samp{var-} prefixed to their names. The @samp{#} character in variable
11588 names used in algebraic formulas corresponds to a dash @samp{-} in the
11589 Lisp variable name. If the name contains any dashes, the prefix @samp{var-}
11590 is @emph{not} automatically added. Thus the two formulas @samp{foo + 1}
11591 and @samp{var#foo + 1} both refer to the same variable.
11592
11593 @kindex =
11594 @pindex calc-evaluate
11595 @cindex Evaluation of variables in a formula
11596 @cindex Variables, evaluation
11597 @cindex Formulas, evaluation
11598 The @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) key ``evaluates'' a formula by
11599 replacing all variables in the formula which have been given values by a
11600 @code{calc-store} or @code{calc-let} command by their stored values.
11601 Other variables are left alone. Thus a variable that has not been
11602 stored acts like an abstract variable in algebra; a variable that has
11603 been stored acts more like a register in a traditional calculator.
11604 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{=} evaluates the top
11605 @var{n} stack entries; with a negative argument, @kbd{=} evaluates
11606 the @var{n}th stack entry.
11607
11608 @cindex @code{e} variable
11609 @cindex @code{pi} variable
11610 @cindex @code{i} variable
11611 @cindex @code{phi} variable
11612 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
11613 @vindex e
11614 @vindex pi
11615 @vindex i
11616 @vindex phi
11617 @vindex gamma
11618 A few variables are called @dfn{special constants}. Their names are
11619 @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi}, and @samp{gamma}.
11620 (@xref{Scientific Functions}.) When they are evaluated with @kbd{=},
11621 their values are calculated if necessary according to the current precision
11622 or complex polar mode. If you wish to use these symbols for other purposes,
11623 simply undefine or redefine them using @code{calc-store}.@refill
11624
11625 The variables @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} stand for
11626 infinite or indeterminate values. It's best not to use them as
11627 regular variables, since Calc uses special algebraic rules when
11628 it manipulates them. Calc displays a warning message if you store
11629 a value into any of these special variables.
11630
11631 @xref{Store and Recall}, for a discussion of commands dealing with variables.
11632
11633 @node Formulas, , Variables, Data Types
11634 @section Formulas
11635
11636 @noindent
11637 @cindex Formulas
11638 @cindex Expressions
11639 @cindex Operators in formulas
11640 @cindex Precedence of operators
11641 When you press the apostrophe key you may enter any expression or formula
11642 in algebraic form. (Calc uses the terms ``expression'' and ``formula''
11643 interchangeably.) An expression is built up of numbers, variable names,
11644 and function calls, combined with various arithmetic operators.
11645 Parentheses may
11646 be used to indicate grouping. Spaces are ignored within formulas, except
11647 that spaces are not permitted within variable names or numbers.
11648 Arithmetic operators, in order from highest to lowest precedence, and
11649 with their equivalent function names, are:
11650
11651 @samp{_} [@code{subscr}] (subscripts);
11652
11653 postfix @samp{%} [@code{percent}] (as in @samp{25% = 0.25});
11654
11655 prefix @samp{+} and @samp{-} [@code{neg}] (as in @samp{-x})
11656 and prefix @samp{!} [@code{lnot}] (logical ``not,'' as in @samp{!x});
11657
11658 @samp{+/-} [@code{sdev}] (the standard deviation symbol) and
11659 @samp{mod} [@code{makemod}] (the symbol for modulo forms);
11660
11661 postfix @samp{!} [@code{fact}] (factorial, as in @samp{n!})
11662 and postfix @samp{!!} [@code{dfact}] (double factorial);
11663
11664 @samp{^} [@code{pow}] (raised-to-the-power-of);
11665
11666 @samp{*} [@code{mul}];
11667
11668 @samp{/} [@code{div}], @samp{%} [@code{mod}] (modulo), and
11669 @samp{\} [@code{idiv}] (integer division);
11670
11671 infix @samp{+} [@code{add}] and @samp{-} [@code{sub}] (as in @samp{x-y});
11672
11673 @samp{|} [@code{vconcat}] (vector concatenation);
11674
11675 relations @samp{=} [@code{eq}], @samp{!=} [@code{neq}], @samp{<} [@code{lt}],
11676 @samp{>} [@code{gt}], @samp{<=} [@code{leq}], and @samp{>=} [@code{geq}];
11677
11678 @samp{&&} [@code{land}] (logical ``and'');
11679
11680 @samp{||} [@code{lor}] (logical ``or'');
11681
11682 the C-style ``if'' operator @samp{a?b:c} [@code{if}];
11683
11684 @samp{!!!} [@code{pnot}] (rewrite pattern ``not'');
11685
11686 @samp{&&&} [@code{pand}] (rewrite pattern ``and'');
11687
11688 @samp{|||} [@code{por}] (rewrite pattern ``or'');
11689
11690 @samp{:=} [@code{assign}] (for assignments and rewrite rules);
11691
11692 @samp{::} [@code{condition}] (rewrite pattern condition);
11693
11694 @samp{=>} [@code{evalto}].
11695
11696 Note that, unlike in usual computer notation, multiplication binds more
11697 strongly than division: @samp{a*b/c*d} is equivalent to @c{$a b \over c d$}
11698 @cite{(a*b)/(c*d)}.
11699
11700 @cindex Multiplication, implicit
11701 @cindex Implicit multiplication
11702 The multiplication sign @samp{*} may be omitted in many cases. In particular,
11703 if the righthand side is a number, variable name, or parenthesized
11704 expression, the @samp{*} may be omitted. Implicit multiplication has the
11705 same precedence as the explicit @samp{*} operator. The one exception to
11706 the rule is that a variable name followed by a parenthesized expression,
11707 as in @samp{f(x)},
11708 is interpreted as a function call, not an implicit @samp{*}. In many
11709 cases you must use a space if you omit the @samp{*}: @samp{2a} is the
11710 same as @samp{2*a}, and @samp{a b} is the same as @samp{a*b}, but @samp{ab}
11711 is a variable called @code{ab}, @emph{not} the product of @samp{a} and
11712 @samp{b}! Also note that @samp{f (x)} is still a function call.@refill
11713
11714 @cindex Implicit comma in vectors
11715 The rules are slightly different for vectors written with square brackets.
11716 In vectors, the space character is interpreted (like the comma) as a
11717 separator of elements of the vector. Thus @w{@samp{[ 2a b+c d ]}} is
11718 equivalent to @samp{[2*a, b+c, d]}, whereas @samp{2a b+c d} is equivalent
11719 to @samp{2*a*b + c*d}.
11720 Note that spaces around the brackets, and around explicit commas, are
11721 ignored. To force spaces to be interpreted as multiplication you can
11722 enclose a formula in parentheses as in @samp{[(a b) 2(c d)]}, which is
11723 interpreted as @samp{[a*b, 2*c*d]}. An implicit comma is also inserted
11724 between @samp{][}, as in the matrix @samp{[[1 2][3 4]]}.@refill
11725
11726 Vectors that contain commas (not embedded within nested parentheses or
11727 brackets) do not treat spaces specially: @samp{[a b, 2 c d]} is a vector
11728 of two elements. Also, if it would be an error to treat spaces as
11729 separators, but not otherwise, then Calc will ignore spaces:
11730 @w{@samp{[a - b]}} is a vector of one element, but @w{@samp{[a -b]}} is
11731 a vector of two elements. Finally, vectors entered with curly braces
11732 instead of square brackets do not give spaces any special treatment.
11733 When Calc displays a vector that does not contain any commas, it will
11734 insert parentheses if necessary to make the meaning clear:
11735 @w{@samp{[(a b)]}}.
11736
11737 The expression @samp{5%-2} is ambiguous; is this five-percent minus two,
11738 or five modulo minus-two? Calc always interprets the leftmost symbol as
11739 an infix operator preferentially (modulo, in this case), so you would
11740 need to write @samp{(5%)-2} to get the former interpretation.
11741
11742 @cindex Function call notation
11743 A function call is, e.g., @samp{sin(1+x)}. Function names follow the same
11744 rules as variable names except that the default prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is
11745 used (instead of @samp{var-}) for the internal Lisp form.
11746 Most mathematical Calculator commands like
11747 @code{calc-sin} have function equivalents like @code{sin}.
11748 If no Lisp function is defined for a function called by a formula, the
11749 call is left as it is during algebraic manipulation: @samp{f(x+y)} is
11750 left alone. Beware that many innocent-looking short names like @code{in}
11751 and @code{re} have predefined meanings which could surprise you; however,
11752 single letters or single letters followed by digits are always safe to
11753 use for your own function names. @xref{Function Index}.@refill
11754
11755 In the documentation for particular commands, the notation @kbd{H S}
11756 (@code{calc-sinh}) [@code{sinh}] means that the key sequence @kbd{H S}, the
11757 command @kbd{M-x calc-sinh}, and the algebraic function @code{sinh(x)} all
11758 represent the same operation.@refill
11759
11760 Commands that interpret (``parse'') text as algebraic formulas include
11761 algebraic entry (@kbd{'}), editing commands like @kbd{`} which parse
11762 the contents of the editing buffer when you finish, the @kbd{M-# g}
11763 and @w{@kbd{M-# r}} commands, the @kbd{C-y} command, the X window system
11764 ``paste'' mouse operation, and Embedded Mode. All of these operations
11765 use the same rules for parsing formulas; in particular, language modes
11766 (@pxref{Language Modes}) affect them all in the same way.
11767
11768 When you read a large amount of text into the Calculator (say a vector
11769 which represents a big set of rewrite rules; @pxref{Rewrite Rules}),
11770 you may wish to include comments in the text. Calc's formula parser
11771 ignores the symbol @samp{%%} and anything following it on a line:
11772
11773 @example
11774 [ a + b, %% the sum of "a" and "b"
11775 c + d,
11776 %% last line is coming up:
11777 e + f ]
11778 @end example
11779
11780 @noindent
11781 This is parsed exactly the same as @samp{[ a + b, c + d, e + f ]}.
11782
11783 @xref{Syntax Tables}, for a way to create your own operators and other
11784 input notations. @xref{Compositions}, for a way to create new display
11785 formats.
11786
11787 @xref{Algebra}, for commands for manipulating formulas symbolically.
11788
11789 @node Stack and Trail, Mode Settings, Data Types, Top
11790 @chapter Stack and Trail Commands
11791
11792 @noindent
11793 This chapter describes the Calc commands for manipulating objects on the
11794 stack and in the trail buffer. (These commands operate on objects of any
11795 type, such as numbers, vectors, formulas, and incomplete objects.)
11796
11797 @menu
11798 * Stack Manipulation::
11799 * Editing Stack Entries::
11800 * Trail Commands::
11801 * Keep Arguments::
11802 @end menu
11803
11804 @node Stack Manipulation, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail, Stack and Trail
11805 @section Stack Manipulation Commands
11806
11807 @noindent
11808 @kindex @key{RET}
11809 @kindex @key{SPC}
11810 @pindex calc-enter
11811 @cindex Duplicating stack entries
11812 To duplicate the top object on the stack, press @key{RET} or @key{SPC}
11813 (two equivalent keys for the @code{calc-enter} command).
11814 Given a positive numeric prefix argument, these commands duplicate
11815 several elements at the top of the stack.
11816 Given a negative argument,
11817 these commands duplicate the specified element of the stack.
11818 Given an argument of zero, they duplicate the entire stack.
11819 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11820 @key{RET} creates @samp{10 20 30 30},
11821 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20 30},
11822 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20}, and
11823 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 10 20 30}.@refill
11824
11825 @kindex @key{LFD}
11826 @pindex calc-over
11827 The @key{LFD} (@code{calc-over}) command (on a key marked Line-Feed if you
11828 have it, else on @kbd{C-j}) is like @code{calc-enter}
11829 except that the sign of the numeric prefix argument is interpreted
11830 oppositely. Also, with no prefix argument the default argument is 2.
11831 Thus with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack, @key{LFD} and @kbd{C-u 2 @key{LFD}}
11832 are both equivalent to @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}}, producing
11833 @samp{10 20 30 20}.@refill
11834
11835 @kindex @key{DEL}
11836 @kindex C-d
11837 @pindex calc-pop
11838 @cindex Removing stack entries
11839 @cindex Deleting stack entries
11840 To remove the top element from the stack, press @key{DEL} (@code{calc-pop}).
11841 The @kbd{C-d} key is a synonym for @key{DEL}.
11842 (If the top element is an incomplete object with at least one element, the
11843 last element is removed from it.) Given a positive numeric prefix argument,
11844 several elements are removed. Given a negative argument, the specified
11845 element of the stack is deleted. Given an argument of zero, the entire
11846 stack is emptied.
11847 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11848 @key{DEL} leaves @samp{10 20},
11849 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10},
11850 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10 30}, and
11851 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{DEL}} leaves an empty stack.@refill
11852
11853 @kindex M-@key{DEL}
11854 @pindex calc-pop-above
11855 The @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} (@code{calc-pop-above}) command is to @key{DEL} what
11856 @key{LFD} is to @key{RET}: It interprets the sign of the numeric
11857 prefix argument in the opposite way, and the default argument is 2.
11858 Thus @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} by itself removes the second-from-top stack element,
11859 leaving the first, third, fourth, and so on; @kbd{M-3 M-@key{DEL}} deletes
11860 the third stack element.
11861
11862 @kindex @key{TAB}
11863 @pindex calc-roll-down
11864 To exchange the top two elements of the stack, press @key{TAB}
11865 (@code{calc-roll-down}). Given a positive numeric prefix argument, the
11866 specified number of elements at the top of the stack are rotated downward.
11867 Given a negative argument, the entire stack is rotated downward the specified
11868 number of times. Given an argument of zero, the entire stack is reversed
11869 top-for-bottom.
11870 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11871 @key{TAB} creates @samp{10 20 30 50 40},
11872 @kbd{C-u 3 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 50 30 40},
11873 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{40 50 10 20 30}, and
11874 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.@refill
11875
11876 @kindex M-@key{TAB}
11877 @pindex calc-roll-up
11878 The command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{calc-roll-up}) is analogous to @key{TAB}
11879 except that it rotates upward instead of downward. Also, the default
11880 with no prefix argument is to rotate the top 3 elements.
11881 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11882 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 40 50 30},
11883 @kbd{C-u 4 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 30 40 50 20},
11884 @kbd{C-u - 2 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{30 40 50 10 20}, and
11885 @kbd{C-u 0 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.@refill
11886
11887 A good way to view the operation of @key{TAB} and @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} is in
11888 terms of moving a particular element to a new position in the stack.
11889 With a positive argument @var{n}, @key{TAB} moves the top stack
11890 element down to level @var{n}, making room for it by pulling all the
11891 intervening stack elements toward the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} moves the
11892 element at level @var{n} up to the top. (Compare with @key{LFD},
11893 which copies instead of moving the element in level @var{n}.)
11894
11895 With a negative argument @i{-@var{n}}, @key{TAB} rotates the stack
11896 to move the object in level @var{n} to the deepest place in the
11897 stack, and the object in level @i{@var{n}+1} to the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
11898 rotates the deepest stack element to be in level @i{n}, also
11899 putting the top stack element in level @i{@var{n}+1}.
11900
11901 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for a way to apply these commands to
11902 any portion of a vector or formula on the stack.
11903
11904 @node Editing Stack Entries, Trail Commands, Stack Manipulation, Stack and Trail
11905 @section Editing Stack Entries
11906
11907 @noindent
11908 @kindex `
11909 @pindex calc-edit
11910 @pindex calc-edit-finish
11911 @cindex Editing the stack with Emacs
11912 The backquote, @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command creates a temporary
11913 buffer (@samp{*Calc Edit*}) for editing the top-of-stack value using
11914 regular Emacs commands. With a numeric prefix argument, it edits the
11915 specified number of stack entries at once. (An argument of zero edits
11916 the entire stack; a negative argument edits one specific stack entry.)
11917
11918 When you are done editing, press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish and return
11919 to Calc. The @key{RET} and @key{LFD} keys also work to finish most
11920 sorts of editing, though in some cases Calc leaves @key{RET} with its
11921 usual meaning (``insert a newline'') if it's a situation where you
11922 might want to insert new lines into the editing buffer. The traditional
11923 Emacs ``finish'' key sequence, @kbd{C-c C-c}, also works to finish
11924 editing and may be easier to type, depending on your keyboard.
11925
11926 When you finish editing, the Calculator parses the lines of text in
11927 the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer as numbers or formulas, replaces the
11928 original stack elements in the original buffer with these new values,
11929 then kills the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. The original Calculator buffer
11930 continues to exist during editing, but for best results you should be
11931 careful not to change it until you have finished the edit. You can
11932 also cancel the edit by pressing @kbd{M-# x}.
11933
11934 The formula is normally reevaluated as it is put onto the stack.
11935 For example, editing @samp{a + 2} to @samp{3 + 2} and pressing
11936 @kbd{M-# M-#} will push 5 on the stack. If you use @key{LFD} to
11937 finish, Calc will put the result on the stack without evaluating it.
11938
11939 If you give a prefix argument to @kbd{M-# M-#} (or @kbd{C-c C-c}),
11940 Calc will not kill the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. You can switch
11941 back to that buffer and continue editing if you wish. However, you
11942 should understand that if you initiated the edit with @kbd{`}, the
11943 @kbd{M-# M-#} operation will be programmed to replace the top of the
11944 stack with the new edited value, and it will do this even if you have
11945 rearranged the stack in the meanwhile. This is not so much of a problem
11946 with other editing commands, though, such as @kbd{s e}
11947 (@code{calc-edit-variable}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}).
11948
11949 If the @code{calc-edit} command involves more than one stack entry,
11950 each line of the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer is interpreted as a
11951 separate formula. Otherwise, the entire buffer is interpreted as
11952 one formula, with line breaks ignored. (You can use @kbd{C-o} or
11953 @kbd{C-q C-j} to insert a newline in the buffer without pressing @key{RET}.)
11954
11955 The @kbd{`} key also works during numeric or algebraic entry. The
11956 text entered so far is moved to the @code{*Calc Edit*} buffer for
11957 more extensive editing than is convenient in the minibuffer.
11958
11959 @node Trail Commands, Keep Arguments, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail
11960 @section Trail Commands
11961
11962 @noindent
11963 @cindex Trail buffer
11964 The commands for manipulating the Calc Trail buffer are two-key sequences
11965 beginning with the @kbd{t} prefix.
11966
11967 @kindex t d
11968 @pindex calc-trail-display
11969 The @kbd{t d} (@code{calc-trail-display}) command turns display of the
11970 trail on and off. Normally the trail display is toggled on if it was off,
11971 off if it was on. With a numeric prefix of zero, this command always
11972 turns the trail off; with a prefix of one, it always turns the trail on.
11973 The other trail-manipulation commands described here automatically turn
11974 the trail on. Note that when the trail is off values are still recorded
11975 there; they are simply not displayed. To set Emacs to turn the trail
11976 off by default, type @kbd{t d} and then save the mode settings with
11977 @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}).
11978
11979 @kindex t i
11980 @pindex calc-trail-in
11981 @kindex t o
11982 @pindex calc-trail-out
11983 The @kbd{t i} (@code{calc-trail-in}) and @kbd{t o}
11984 (@code{calc-trail-out}) commands switch the cursor into and out of the
11985 Calc Trail window. In practice they are rarely used, since the commands
11986 shown below are a more convenient way to move around in the
11987 trail, and they work ``by remote control'' when the cursor is still
11988 in the Calculator window.@refill
11989
11990 @cindex Trail pointer
11991 There is a @dfn{trail pointer} which selects some entry of the trail at
11992 any given time. The trail pointer looks like a @samp{>} symbol right
11993 before the selected number. The following commands operate on the
11994 trail pointer in various ways.
11995
11996 @kindex t y
11997 @pindex calc-trail-yank
11998 @cindex Retrieving previous results
11999 The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command reads the selected value in
12000 the trail and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. It allows you to
12001 re-use any previously computed value without retyping. With a numeric
12002 prefix argument @var{n}, it yanks the value @var{n} lines above the current
12003 trail pointer.
12004
12005 @kindex t <
12006 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-left
12007 @kindex t >
12008 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-right
12009 The @kbd{t <} (@code{calc-trail-scroll-left}) and @kbd{t >}
12010 (@code{calc-trail-scroll-right}) commands horizontally scroll the trail
12011 window left or right by one half of its width.@refill
12012
12013 @kindex t n
12014 @pindex calc-trail-next
12015 @kindex t p
12016 @pindex calc-trail-previous
12017 @kindex t f
12018 @pindex calc-trail-forward
12019 @kindex t b
12020 @pindex calc-trail-backward
12021 The @kbd{t n} (@code{calc-trail-next}) and @kbd{t p}
12022 (@code{calc-trail-previous)} commands move the trail pointer down or up
12023 one line. The @kbd{t f} (@code{calc-trail-forward}) and @kbd{t b}
12024 (@code{calc-trail-backward}) commands move the trail pointer down or up
12025 one screenful at a time. All of these commands accept numeric prefix
12026 arguments to move several lines or screenfuls at a time.@refill
12027
12028 @kindex t [
12029 @pindex calc-trail-first
12030 @kindex t ]
12031 @pindex calc-trail-last
12032 @kindex t h
12033 @pindex calc-trail-here
12034 The @kbd{t [} (@code{calc-trail-first}) and @kbd{t ]}
12035 (@code{calc-trail-last}) commands move the trail pointer to the first or
12036 last line of the trail. The @kbd{t h} (@code{calc-trail-here}) command
12037 moves the trail pointer to the cursor position; unlike the other trail
12038 commands, @kbd{t h} works only when Calc Trail is the selected window.@refill
12039
12040 @kindex t s
12041 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-forward
12042 @kindex t r
12043 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-backward
12044 @ifinfo
12045 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
12046 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) commands perform an incremental
12047 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
12048 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
12049 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
12050 it was when the search began.@refill
12051 @end ifinfo
12052 @tex
12053 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
12054 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) com\-mands perform an incremental
12055 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
12056 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
12057 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
12058 it was when the search began.
12059 @end tex
12060
12061 @kindex t m
12062 @pindex calc-trail-marker
12063 The @kbd{t m} (@code{calc-trail-marker}) command allows you to enter a
12064 line of text of your own choosing into the trail. The text is inserted
12065 after the line containing the trail pointer; this usually means it is
12066 added to the end of the trail. Trail markers are useful mainly as the
12067 targets for later incremental searches in the trail.
12068
12069 @kindex t k
12070 @pindex calc-trail-kill
12071 The @kbd{t k} (@code{calc-trail-kill}) command removes the selected line
12072 from the trail. The line is saved in the Emacs kill ring suitable for
12073 yanking into another buffer, but it is not easy to yank the text back
12074 into the trail buffer. With a numeric prefix argument, this command
12075 kills the @var{n} lines below or above the selected one.
12076
12077 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command is described
12078 elsewhere; @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
12079
12080 @node Keep Arguments, , Trail Commands, Stack and Trail
12081 @section Keep Arguments
12082
12083 @noindent
12084 @kindex K
12085 @pindex calc-keep-args
12086 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command acts like a prefix for
12087 the following command. It prevents that command from removing its
12088 arguments from the stack. For example, after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +},
12089 the stack contains the sole number 5, but after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K +},
12090 the stack contains the arguments and the result: @samp{2 3 5}.
12091
12092 This works for all commands that take arguments off the stack. As
12093 another example, @kbd{K a s} simplifies a formula, pushing the
12094 simplified version of the formula onto the stack after the original
12095 formula (rather than replacing the original formula).
12096
12097 Note that you could get the same effect by typing @kbd{@key{RET} a s},
12098 copying the formula and then simplifying the copy. One difference
12099 is that for a very large formula the time taken to format the
12100 intermediate copy in @kbd{@key{RET} a s} could be noticeable; @kbd{K a s}
12101 would avoid this extra work.
12102
12103 Even stack manipulation commands are affected. @key{TAB} works by
12104 popping two values and pushing them back in the opposite order,
12105 so @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K @key{TAB}} produces @samp{2 3 3 2}.
12106
12107 A few Calc commands provide other ways of doing the same thing.
12108 For example, @kbd{' sin($)} replaces the number on the stack with
12109 its sine using algebraic entry; to push the sine and keep the
12110 original argument you could use either @kbd{' sin($1)} or
12111 @kbd{K ' sin($)}. @xref{Algebraic Entry}. Also, the @kbd{s s}
12112 command is effectively the same as @kbd{K s t}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
12113
12114 Keyboard macros may interact surprisingly with the @kbd{K} prefix.
12115 If you have defined a keyboard macro to be, say, @samp{Q +} to add
12116 one number to the square root of another, then typing @kbd{K X} will
12117 execute @kbd{K Q +}, probably not what you expected. The @kbd{K}
12118 prefix will apply to just the first command in the macro rather than
12119 the whole macro.
12120
12121 If you execute a command and then decide you really wanted to keep
12122 the argument, you can press @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
12123 This command pushes the last arguments that were popped by any command
12124 onto the stack. Note that the order of things on the stack will be
12125 different than with @kbd{K}: @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + M-@key{RET}} leaves
12126 @samp{5 2 3} on the stack instead of @samp{2 3 5}. @xref{Undo}.
12127
12128 @node Mode Settings, Arithmetic, Stack and Trail, Top
12129 @chapter Mode Settings
12130
12131 @noindent
12132 This chapter describes commands that set modes in the Calculator.
12133 They do not affect the contents of the stack, although they may change
12134 the @emph{appearance} or @emph{interpretation} of the stack's contents.
12135
12136 @menu
12137 * General Mode Commands::
12138 * Precision::
12139 * Inverse and Hyperbolic::
12140 * Calculation Modes::
12141 * Simplification Modes::
12142 * Declarations::
12143 * Display Modes::
12144 * Language Modes::
12145 * Modes Variable::
12146 * Calc Mode Line::
12147 @end menu
12148
12149 @node General Mode Commands, Precision, Mode Settings, Mode Settings
12150 @section General Mode Commands
12151
12152 @noindent
12153 @kindex m m
12154 @pindex calc-save-modes
12155 @cindex Continuous memory
12156 @cindex Saving mode settings
12157 @cindex Permanent mode settings
12158 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, mode settings
12159 You can save all of the current mode settings in your @file{.emacs} file
12160 with the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. This will cause
12161 Emacs to reestablish these modes each time it starts up. The modes saved
12162 in the file include everything controlled by the @kbd{m} and @kbd{d}
12163 prefix keys, the current precision and binary word size, whether or not
12164 the trail is displayed, the current height of the Calc window, and more.
12165 The current interface (used when you type @kbd{M-# M-#}) is also saved.
12166 If there were already saved mode settings in the file, they are replaced.
12167 Otherwise, the new mode information is appended to the end of the file.
12168
12169 @kindex m R
12170 @pindex calc-mode-record-mode
12171 The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command tells Calc to
12172 record the new mode settings (as if by pressing @kbd{m m}) every
12173 time a mode setting changes. If Embedded Mode is enabled, other
12174 options are available; @pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.
12175
12176 @kindex m F
12177 @pindex calc-settings-file-name
12178 The @kbd{m F} (@code{calc-settings-file-name}) command allows you to
12179 choose a different place than your @file{.emacs} file for @kbd{m m},
12180 @kbd{Z P}, and similar commands to save permanent information.
12181 You are prompted for a file name. All Calc modes are then reset to
12182 their default values, then settings from the file you named are loaded
12183 if this file exists, and this file becomes the one that Calc will
12184 use in the future for commands like @kbd{m m}. The default settings
12185 file name is @file{~/.emacs}. You can see the current file name by
12186 giving a blank response to the @kbd{m F} prompt. See also the
12187 discussion of the @code{calc-settings-file} variable; @pxref{Installation}.
12188
12189 If the file name you give contains the string @samp{.emacs} anywhere
12190 inside it, @kbd{m F} will not automatically load the new file. This
12191 is because you are presumably switching to your @file{~/.emacs} file,
12192 which may contain other things you don't want to reread. You can give
12193 a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{m F} to force it to read the
12194 file no matter what its name. Conversely, an argument of @i{-1} tells
12195 @kbd{m F} @emph{not} to read the new file. An argument of 2 or @i{-2}
12196 tells @kbd{m F} not to reset the modes to their defaults beforehand,
12197 which is useful if you intend your new file to have a variant of the
12198 modes present in the file you were using before.
12199
12200 @kindex m x
12201 @pindex calc-always-load-extensions
12202 The @kbd{m x} (@code{calc-always-load-extensions}) command enables a mode
12203 in which the first use of Calc loads the entire program, including all
12204 extensions modules. Otherwise, the extensions modules will not be loaded
12205 until the various advanced Calc features are used. Since this mode only
12206 has effect when Calc is first loaded, @kbd{m x} is usually followed by
12207 @kbd{m m} to make the mode-setting permanent. To load all of Calc just
12208 once, rather than always in the future, you can press @kbd{M-# L}.
12209
12210 @kindex m S
12211 @pindex calc-shift-prefix
12212 The @kbd{m S} (@code{calc-shift-prefix}) command enables a mode in which
12213 all of Calc's letter prefix keys may be typed shifted as well as unshifted.
12214 If you are typing, say, @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) quite often
12215 you might find it easier to turn this mode on so that you can type
12216 @kbd{A S} instead. When this mode is enabled, the commands that used to
12217 be on those single shifted letters (e.g., @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs})) can
12218 now be invoked by pressing the shifted letter twice: @kbd{A A}. Note
12219 that the @kbd{v} prefix key always works both shifted and unshifted, and
12220 the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z} prefix keys are always distinct. Also, the @kbd{h}
12221 prefix is not affected by this mode. Press @kbd{m S} again to disable
12222 shifted-prefix mode.
12223
12224 @node Precision, Inverse and Hyperbolic, General Mode Commands, Mode Settings
12225 @section Precision
12226
12227 @noindent
12228 @kindex p
12229 @pindex calc-precision
12230 @cindex Precision of calculations
12231 The @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision}) command controls the precision to
12232 which floating-point calculations are carried. The precision must be
12233 at least 3 digits and may be arbitrarily high, within the limits of
12234 memory and time. This affects only floats: Integer and rational
12235 calculations are always carried out with as many digits as necessary.
12236
12237 The @kbd{p} key prompts for the current precision. If you wish you
12238 can instead give the precision as a numeric prefix argument.
12239
12240 Many internal calculations are carried to one or two digits higher
12241 precision than normal. Results are rounded down afterward to the
12242 current precision. Unless a special display mode has been selected,
12243 floats are always displayed with their full stored precision, i.e.,
12244 what you see is what you get. Reducing the current precision does not
12245 round values already on the stack, but those values will be rounded
12246 down before being used in any calculation. The @kbd{c 0} through
12247 @kbd{c 9} commands (@pxref{Conversions}) can be used to round an
12248 existing value to a new precision.@refill
12249
12250 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
12251 It is important to distinguish the concepts of @dfn{precision} and
12252 @dfn{accuracy}. In the normal usage of these words, the number
12253 123.4567 has a precision of 7 digits but an accuracy of 4 digits.
12254 The precision is the total number of digits not counting leading
12255 or trailing zeros (regardless of the position of the decimal point).
12256 The accuracy is simply the number of digits after the decimal point
12257 (again not counting trailing zeros). In Calc you control the precision,
12258 not the accuracy of computations. If you were to set the accuracy
12259 instead, then calculations like @samp{exp(100)} would generate many
12260 more digits than you would typically need, while @samp{exp(-100)} would
12261 probably round to zero! In Calc, both these computations give you
12262 exactly 12 (or the requested number of) significant digits.
12263
12264 The only Calc features that deal with accuracy instead of precision
12265 are fixed-point display mode for floats (@kbd{d f}; @pxref{Float Formats}),
12266 and the rounding functions like @code{floor} and @code{round}
12267 (@pxref{Integer Truncation}). Also, @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}
12268 deal with both precision and accuracy depending on the magnitudes
12269 of the numbers involved.
12270
12271 If you need to work with a particular fixed accuracy (say, dollars and
12272 cents with two digits after the decimal point), one solution is to work
12273 with integers and an ``implied'' decimal point. For example, $8.99
12274 divided by 6 would be entered @kbd{899 @key{RET} 6 /}, yielding 149.833
12275 (actually $1.49833 with our implied decimal point); pressing @kbd{R}
12276 would round this to 150 cents, i.e., $1.50.
12277
12278 @xref{Floats}, for still more on floating-point precision and related
12279 issues.
12280
12281 @node Inverse and Hyperbolic, Calculation Modes, Precision, Mode Settings
12282 @section Inverse and Hyperbolic Flags
12283
12284 @noindent
12285 @kindex I
12286 @pindex calc-inverse
12287 There is no single-key equivalent to the @code{calc-arcsin} function.
12288 Instead, you must first press @kbd{I} (@code{calc-inverse}) to set
12289 the @dfn{Inverse Flag}, then press @kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}).
12290 The @kbd{I} key actually toggles the Inverse Flag. When this flag
12291 is set, the word @samp{Inv} appears in the mode line.@refill
12292
12293 @kindex H
12294 @pindex calc-hyperbolic
12295 Likewise, the @kbd{H} key (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) sets or clears the
12296 Hyperbolic Flag, which transforms @code{calc-sin} into @code{calc-sinh}.
12297 If both of these flags are set at once, the effect will be
12298 @code{calc-arcsinh}. (The Hyperbolic flag is also used by some
12299 non-trigonometric commands; for example @kbd{H L} computes a base-10,
12300 instead of base-@i{e}, logarithm.)@refill
12301
12302 Command names like @code{calc-arcsin} are provided for completeness, and
12303 may be executed with @kbd{x} or @kbd{M-x}. Their effect is simply to
12304 toggle the Inverse and/or Hyperbolic flags and then execute the
12305 corresponding base command (@code{calc-sin} in this case).
12306
12307 The Inverse and Hyperbolic flags apply only to the next Calculator
12308 command, after which they are automatically cleared. (They are also
12309 cleared if the next keystroke is not a Calc command.) Digits you
12310 type after @kbd{I} or @kbd{H} (or @kbd{K}) are treated as prefix
12311 arguments for the next command, not as numeric entries. The same
12312 is true of @kbd{C-u}, but not of the minus sign (@kbd{K -} means to
12313 subtract and keep arguments).
12314
12315 The third Calc prefix flag, @kbd{K} (keep-arguments), is discussed
12316 elsewhere. @xref{Keep Arguments}.
12317
12318 @node Calculation Modes, Simplification Modes, Inverse and Hyperbolic, Mode Settings
12319 @section Calculation Modes
12320
12321 @noindent
12322 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with
12323 the @kbd{m} prefix. (That's the letter @kbd{m}, not the @key{META} key.)
12324 The @samp{m a} (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) command is described elsewhere
12325 (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
12326
12327 @menu
12328 * Angular Modes::
12329 * Polar Mode::
12330 * Fraction Mode::
12331 * Infinite Mode::
12332 * Symbolic Mode::
12333 * Matrix Mode::
12334 * Automatic Recomputation::
12335 * Working Message::
12336 @end menu
12337
12338 @node Angular Modes, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes, Calculation Modes
12339 @subsection Angular Modes
12340
12341 @noindent
12342 @cindex Angular mode
12343 The Calculator supports three notations for angles: radians, degrees,
12344 and degrees-minutes-seconds. When a number is presented to a function
12345 like @code{sin} that requires an angle, the current angular mode is
12346 used to interpret the number as either radians or degrees. If an HMS
12347 form is presented to @code{sin}, it is always interpreted as
12348 degrees-minutes-seconds.
12349
12350 Functions that compute angles produce a number in radians, a number in
12351 degrees, or an HMS form depending on the current angular mode. If the
12352 result is a complex number and the current mode is HMS, the number is
12353 instead expressed in degrees. (Complex-number calculations would
12354 normally be done in radians mode, though. Complex numbers are converted
12355 to degrees by calculating the complex result in radians and then
12356 multiplying by 180 over @c{$\pi$}
12357 @cite{pi}.)
12358
12359 @kindex m r
12360 @pindex calc-radians-mode
12361 @kindex m d
12362 @pindex calc-degrees-mode
12363 @kindex m h
12364 @pindex calc-hms-mode
12365 The @kbd{m r} (@code{calc-radians-mode}), @kbd{m d} (@code{calc-degrees-mode}),
12366 and @kbd{m h} (@code{calc-hms-mode}) commands control the angular mode.
12367 The current angular mode is displayed on the Emacs mode line.
12368 The default angular mode is degrees.@refill
12369
12370 @node Polar Mode, Fraction Mode, Angular Modes, Calculation Modes
12371 @subsection Polar Mode
12372
12373 @noindent
12374 @cindex Polar mode
12375 The Calculator normally ``prefers'' rectangular complex numbers in the
12376 sense that rectangular form is used when the proper form can not be
12377 decided from the input. This might happen by multiplying a rectangular
12378 number by a polar one, by taking the square root of a negative real
12379 number, or by entering @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )}.
12380
12381 @kindex m p
12382 @pindex calc-polar-mode
12383 The @kbd{m p} (@code{calc-polar-mode}) command toggles complex-number
12384 preference between rectangular and polar forms. In polar mode, all
12385 of the above example situations would produce polar complex numbers.
12386
12387 @node Fraction Mode, Infinite Mode, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes
12388 @subsection Fraction Mode
12389
12390 @noindent
12391 @cindex Fraction mode
12392 @cindex Division of integers
12393 Division of two integers normally yields a floating-point number if the
12394 result cannot be expressed as an integer. In some cases you would
12395 rather get an exact fractional answer. One way to accomplish this is
12396 to multiply fractions instead: @kbd{6 @key{RET} 1:4 *} produces @cite{3:2}
12397 even though @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 /} produces @cite{1.5}.
12398
12399 @kindex m f
12400 @pindex calc-frac-mode
12401 To set the Calculator to produce fractional results for normal integer
12402 divisions, use the @kbd{m f} (@code{calc-frac-mode}) command.
12403 For example, @cite{8/4} produces @cite{2} in either mode,
12404 but @cite{6/4} produces @cite{3:2} in Fraction Mode, @cite{1.5} in
12405 Float Mode.@refill
12406
12407 At any time you can use @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) to convert a
12408 fraction to a float, or @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) to convert a
12409 float to a fraction. @xref{Conversions}.
12410
12411 @node Infinite Mode, Symbolic Mode, Fraction Mode, Calculation Modes
12412 @subsection Infinite Mode
12413
12414 @noindent
12415 @cindex Infinite mode
12416 The Calculator normally treats results like @cite{1 / 0} as errors;
12417 formulas like this are left in unsimplified form. But Calc can be
12418 put into a mode where such calculations instead produce ``infinite''
12419 results.
12420
12421 @kindex m i
12422 @pindex calc-infinite-mode
12423 The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode}) command turns this mode
12424 on and off. When the mode is off, infinities do not arise except
12425 in calculations that already had infinities as inputs. (One exception
12426 is that infinite open intervals like @samp{[0 .. inf)} can be
12427 generated; however, intervals closed at infinity (@samp{[0 .. inf]})
12428 will not be generated when infinite mode is off.)
12429
12430 With infinite mode turned on, @samp{1 / 0} will generate @code{uinf},
12431 an undirected infinity. @xref{Infinities}, for a discussion of the
12432 difference between @code{inf} and @code{uinf}. Also, @cite{0 / 0}
12433 evaluates to @code{nan}, the ``indeterminate'' symbol. Various other
12434 functions can also return infinities in this mode; for example,
12435 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}, and @samp{gamma(-7) = uinf}. Once again,
12436 note that @samp{exp(inf) = inf} regardless of infinite mode because
12437 this calculation has infinity as an input.
12438
12439 @cindex Positive infinite mode
12440 The @kbd{m i} command with a numeric prefix argument of zero,
12441 i.e., @kbd{C-u 0 m i}, turns on a ``positive infinite mode'' in
12442 which zero is treated as positive instead of being directionless.
12443 Thus, @samp{1 / 0 = inf} and @samp{-1 / 0 = -inf} in this mode.
12444 Note that zero never actually has a sign in Calc; there are no
12445 separate representations for @i{+0} and @i{-0}. Positive
12446 infinite mode merely changes the interpretation given to the
12447 single symbol, @samp{0}. One consequence of this is that, while
12448 you might expect @samp{1 / -0 = -inf}, actually @samp{1 / -0}
12449 is equivalent to @samp{1 / 0}, which is equal to positive @code{inf}.
12450
12451 @node Symbolic Mode, Matrix Mode, Infinite Mode, Calculation Modes
12452 @subsection Symbolic Mode
12453
12454 @noindent
12455 @cindex Symbolic mode
12456 @cindex Inexact results
12457 Calculations are normally performed numerically wherever possible.
12458 For example, the @code{calc-sqrt} command, or @code{sqrt} function in an
12459 algebraic expression, produces a numeric answer if the argument is a
12460 number or a symbolic expression if the argument is an expression:
12461 @kbd{2 Q} pushes 1.4142 but @kbd{@key{'} x+1 @key{RET} Q} pushes @samp{sqrt(x+1)}.
12462
12463 @kindex m s
12464 @pindex calc-symbolic-mode
12465 In @dfn{symbolic mode}, controlled by the @kbd{m s} (@code{calc-symbolic-mode})
12466 command, functions which would produce inexact, irrational results are
12467 left in symbolic form. Thus @kbd{16 Q} pushes 4, but @kbd{2 Q} pushes
12468 @samp{sqrt(2)}.
12469
12470 @kindex N
12471 @pindex calc-eval-num
12472 The shift-@kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) command evaluates numerically
12473 the expression at the top of the stack, by temporarily disabling
12474 @code{calc-symbolic-mode} and executing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
12475 Given a numeric prefix argument, it also
12476 sets the floating-point precision to the specified value for the duration
12477 of the command.@refill
12478
12479 To evaluate a formula numerically without expanding the variables it
12480 contains, you can use the key sequence @kbd{m s a v m s} (this uses
12481 @code{calc-alg-evaluate}, which resimplifies but doesn't evaluate
12482 variables.)
12483
12484 @node Matrix Mode, Automatic Recomputation, Symbolic Mode, Calculation Modes
12485 @subsection Matrix and Scalar Modes
12486
12487 @noindent
12488 @cindex Matrix mode
12489 @cindex Scalar mode
12490 Calc sometimes makes assumptions during algebraic manipulation that
12491 are awkward or incorrect when vectors and matrices are involved.
12492 Calc has two modes, @dfn{matrix mode} and @dfn{scalar mode}, which
12493 modify its behavior around vectors in useful ways.
12494
12495 @kindex m v
12496 @pindex calc-matrix-mode
12497 Press @kbd{m v} (@code{calc-matrix-mode}) once to enter matrix mode.
12498 In this mode, all objects are assumed to be matrices unless provably
12499 otherwise. One major effect is that Calc will no longer consider
12500 multiplication to be commutative. (Recall that in matrix arithmetic,
12501 @samp{A*B} is not the same as @samp{B*A}.) This assumption affects
12502 rewrite rules and algebraic simplification. Another effect of this
12503 mode is that calculations that would normally produce constants like
12504 0 and 1 (e.g., @cite{a - a} and @cite{a / a}, respectively) will now
12505 produce function calls that represent ``generic'' zero or identity
12506 matrices: @samp{idn(0)}, @samp{idn(1)}. The @code{idn} function
12507 @samp{idn(@var{a},@var{n})} returns @var{a} times an @var{n}x@var{n}
12508 identity matrix; if @var{n} is omitted, it doesn't know what
12509 dimension to use and so the @code{idn} call remains in symbolic
12510 form. However, if this generic identity matrix is later combined
12511 with a matrix whose size is known, it will be converted into
12512 a true identity matrix of the appropriate size. On the other hand,
12513 if it is combined with a scalar (as in @samp{idn(1) + 2}), Calc
12514 will assume it really was a scalar after all and produce, e.g., 3.
12515
12516 Press @kbd{m v} a second time to get scalar mode. Here, objects are
12517 assumed @emph{not} to be vectors or matrices unless provably so.
12518 For example, normally adding a variable to a vector, as in
12519 @samp{[x, y, z] + a}, will leave the sum in symbolic form because
12520 as far as Calc knows, @samp{a} could represent either a number or
12521 another 3-vector. In scalar mode, @samp{a} is assumed to be a
12522 non-vector, and the addition is evaluated to @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]}.
12523
12524 Press @kbd{m v} a third time to return to the normal mode of operation.
12525
12526 If you press @kbd{m v} with a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, you
12527 get a special ``dimensioned matrix mode'' in which matrices of
12528 unknown size are assumed to be @var{n}x@var{n} square matrices.
12529 Then, the function call @samp{idn(1)} will expand into an actual
12530 matrix rather than representing a ``generic'' matrix.
12531
12532 @cindex Declaring scalar variables
12533 Of course these modes are approximations to the true state of
12534 affairs, which is probably that some quantities will be matrices
12535 and others will be scalars. One solution is to ``declare''
12536 certain variables or functions to be scalar-valued.
12537 @xref{Declarations}, to see how to make declarations in Calc.
12538
12539 There is nothing stopping you from declaring a variable to be
12540 scalar and then storing a matrix in it; however, if you do, the
12541 results you get from Calc may not be valid. Suppose you let Calc
12542 get the result @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]} shown above, and then stored
12543 @samp{[1, 2, 3]} in @samp{a}. The result would not be the same as
12544 for @samp{[x, y, z] + [1, 2, 3]}, but that's because you have broken
12545 your earlier promise to Calc that @samp{a} would be scalar.
12546
12547 Another way to mix scalars and matrices is to use selections
12548 (@pxref{Selecting Subformulas}). Use matrix mode when operating on
12549 your formula normally; then, to apply scalar mode to a certain part
12550 of the formula without affecting the rest just select that part,
12551 change into scalar mode and press @kbd{=} to resimplify the part
12552 under this mode, then change back to matrix mode before deselecting.
12553
12554 @node Automatic Recomputation, Working Message, Matrix Mode, Calculation Modes
12555 @subsection Automatic Recomputation
12556
12557 @noindent
12558 The @dfn{evaluates-to} operator, @samp{=>}, has the special
12559 property that any @samp{=>} formulas on the stack are recomputed
12560 whenever variable values or mode settings that might affect them
12561 are changed. @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}.
12562
12563 @kindex m C
12564 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
12565 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns this
12566 automatic recomputation on and off. If you turn it off, Calc will
12567 not update @samp{=>} operators on the stack (nor those in the
12568 attached Embedded Mode buffer, if there is one). They will not
12569 be updated unless you explicitly do so by pressing @kbd{=} or until
12570 you press @kbd{m C} to turn recomputation back on. (While automatic
12571 recomputation is off, you can think of @kbd{m C m C} as a command
12572 to update all @samp{=>} operators while leaving recomputation off.)
12573
12574 To update @samp{=>} operators in an Embedded buffer while
12575 automatic recomputation is off, use @w{@kbd{M-# u}}.
12576 @xref{Embedded Mode}.
12577
12578 @node Working Message, , Automatic Recomputation, Calculation Modes
12579 @subsection Working Messages
12580
12581 @noindent
12582 @cindex Performance
12583 @cindex Working messages
12584 Since the Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, which is not
12585 designed for heavy numerical work, many operations are quite slow.
12586 The Calculator normally displays the message @samp{Working...} in the
12587 echo area during any command that may be slow. In addition, iterative
12588 operations such as square roots and trigonometric functions display the
12589 intermediate result at each step. Both of these types of messages can
12590 be disabled if you find them distracting.
12591
12592 @kindex m w
12593 @pindex calc-working
12594 Type @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) with a numeric prefix of 0 to
12595 disable all ``working'' messages. Use a numeric prefix of 1 to enable
12596 only the plain @samp{Working...} message. Use a numeric prefix of 2 to
12597 see intermediate results as well. With no numeric prefix this displays
12598 the current mode.@refill
12599
12600 While it may seem that the ``working'' messages will slow Calc down
12601 considerably, experiments have shown that their impact is actually
12602 quite small. But if your terminal is slow you may find that it helps
12603 to turn the messages off.
12604
12605 @node Simplification Modes, Declarations, Calculation Modes, Mode Settings
12606 @section Simplification Modes
12607
12608 @noindent
12609 The current @dfn{simplification mode} controls how numbers and formulas
12610 are ``normalized'' when being taken from or pushed onto the stack.
12611 Some normalizations are unavoidable, such as rounding floating-point
12612 results to the current precision, and reducing fractions to simplest
12613 form. Others, such as simplifying a formula like @cite{a+a} (or @cite{2+3}),
12614 are done by default but can be turned off when necessary.
12615
12616 When you press a key like @kbd{+} when @cite{2} and @cite{3} are on the
12617 stack, Calc pops these numbers, normalizes them, creates the formula
12618 @cite{2+3}, normalizes it, and pushes the result. Of course the standard
12619 rules for normalizing @cite{2+3} will produce the result @cite{5}.
12620
12621 Simplification mode commands consist of the lower-case @kbd{m} prefix key
12622 followed by a shifted letter.
12623
12624 @kindex m O
12625 @pindex calc-no-simplify-mode
12626 The @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) command turns off all optional
12627 simplifications. These would leave a formula like @cite{2+3} alone. In
12628 fact, nothing except simple numbers are ever affected by normalization
12629 in this mode.
12630
12631 @kindex m N
12632 @pindex calc-num-simplify-mode
12633 The @kbd{m N} (@code{calc-num-simplify-mode}) command turns off simplification
12634 of any formulas except those for which all arguments are constants. For
12635 example, @cite{1+2} is simplified to @cite{3}, and @cite{a+(2-2)} is
12636 simplified to @cite{a+0} but no further, since one argument of the sum
12637 is not a constant. Unfortunately, @cite{(a+2)-2} is @emph{not} simplified
12638 because the top-level @samp{-} operator's arguments are not both
12639 constant numbers (one of them is the formula @cite{a+2}).
12640 A constant is a number or other numeric object (such as a constant
12641 error form or modulo form), or a vector all of whose
12642 elements are constant.@refill
12643
12644 @kindex m D
12645 @pindex calc-default-simplify-mode
12646 The @kbd{m D} (@code{calc-default-simplify-mode}) command restores the
12647 default simplifications for all formulas. This includes many easy and
12648 fast algebraic simplifications such as @cite{a+0} to @cite{a}, and
12649 @cite{a + 2 a} to @cite{3 a}, as well as evaluating functions like
12650 @cite{@t{deriv}(x^2, x)} to @cite{2 x}.
12651
12652 @kindex m B
12653 @pindex calc-bin-simplify-mode
12654 The @kbd{m B} (@code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}) mode applies the default
12655 simplifications to a result and then, if the result is an integer,
12656 uses the @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip}) command to clip the integer according
12657 to the current binary word size. @xref{Binary Functions}. Real numbers
12658 are rounded to the nearest integer and then clipped; other kinds of
12659 results (after the default simplifications) are left alone.
12660
12661 @kindex m A
12662 @pindex calc-alg-simplify-mode
12663 The @kbd{m A} (@code{calc-alg-simplify-mode}) mode does algebraic
12664 simplification; it applies all the default simplifications, and also
12665 the more powerful (and slower) simplifications made by @kbd{a s}
12666 (@code{calc-simplify}). @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
12667
12668 @kindex m E
12669 @pindex calc-ext-simplify-mode
12670 The @kbd{m E} (@code{calc-ext-simplify-mode}) mode does ``extended''
12671 algebraic simplification, as by the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended})
12672 command. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
12673
12674 @kindex m U
12675 @pindex calc-units-simplify-mode
12676 The @kbd{m U} (@code{calc-units-simplify-mode}) mode does units
12677 simplification; it applies the command @kbd{u s}
12678 (@code{calc-simplify-units}), which in turn
12679 is a superset of @kbd{a s}. In this mode, variable names which
12680 are identifiable as unit names (like @samp{mm} for ``millimeters'')
12681 are simplified with their unit definitions in mind.@refill
12682
12683 A common technique is to set the simplification mode down to the lowest
12684 amount of simplification you will allow to be applied automatically, then
12685 use manual commands like @kbd{a s} and @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) to
12686 perform higher types of simplifications on demand. @xref{Algebraic
12687 Definitions}, for another sample use of no-simplification mode.@refill
12688
12689 @node Declarations, Display Modes, Simplification Modes, Mode Settings
12690 @section Declarations
12691
12692 @noindent
12693 A @dfn{declaration} is a statement you make that promises you will
12694 use a certain variable or function in a restricted way. This may
12695 give Calc the freedom to do things that it couldn't do if it had to
12696 take the fully general situation into account.
12697
12698 @menu
12699 * Declaration Basics::
12700 * Kinds of Declarations::
12701 * Functions for Declarations::
12702 @end menu
12703
12704 @node Declaration Basics, Kinds of Declarations, Declarations, Declarations
12705 @subsection Declaration Basics
12706
12707 @noindent
12708 @kindex s d
12709 @pindex calc-declare-variable
12710 The @kbd{s d} (@code{calc-declare-variable}) command is the easiest
12711 way to make a declaration for a variable. This command prompts for
12712 the variable name, then prompts for the declaration. The default
12713 at the declaration prompt is the previous declaration, if any.
12714 You can edit this declaration, or press @kbd{C-k} to erase it and
12715 type a new declaration. (Or, erase it and press @key{RET} to clear
12716 the declaration, effectively ``undeclaring'' the variable.)
12717
12718 A declaration is in general a vector of @dfn{type symbols} and
12719 @dfn{range} values. If there is only one type symbol or range value,
12720 you can write it directly rather than enclosing it in a vector.
12721 For example, @kbd{s d foo @key{RET} real @key{RET}} declares @code{foo} to
12722 be a real number, and @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} [int, const, [1..6]] @key{RET}}
12723 declares @code{bar} to be a constant integer between 1 and 6.
12724 (Actually, you can omit the outermost brackets and Calc will
12725 provide them for you: @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} int, const, [1..6] @key{RET}}.)
12726
12727 @cindex @code{Decls} variable
12728 @vindex Decls
12729 Declarations in Calc are kept in a special variable called @code{Decls}.
12730 This variable encodes the set of all outstanding declarations in
12731 the form of a matrix. Each row has two elements: A variable or
12732 vector of variables declared by that row, and the declaration
12733 specifier as described above. You can use the @kbd{s D} command to
12734 edit this variable if you wish to see all the declarations at once.
12735 @xref{Operations on Variables}, for a description of this command
12736 and the @kbd{s p} command that allows you to save your declarations
12737 permanently if you wish.
12738
12739 Items being declared can also be function calls. The arguments in
12740 the call are ignored; the effect is to say that this function returns
12741 values of the declared type for any valid arguments. The @kbd{s d}
12742 command declares only variables, so if you wish to make a function
12743 declaration you will have to edit the @code{Decls} matrix yourself.
12744
12745 For example, the declaration matrix
12746
12747 @smallexample
12748 @group
12749 [ [ foo, real ]
12750 [ [j, k, n], int ]
12751 [ f(1,2,3), [0 .. inf) ] ]
12752 @end group
12753 @end smallexample
12754
12755 @noindent
12756 declares that @code{foo} represents a real number, @code{j}, @code{k}
12757 and @code{n} represent integers, and the function @code{f} always
12758 returns a real number in the interval shown.
12759
12760 @vindex All
12761 If there is a declaration for the variable @code{All}, then that
12762 declaration applies to all variables that are not otherwise declared.
12763 It does not apply to function names. For example, using the row
12764 @samp{[All, real]} says that all your variables are real unless they
12765 are explicitly declared without @code{real} in some other row.
12766 The @kbd{s d} command declares @code{All} if you give a blank
12767 response to the variable-name prompt.
12768
12769 @node Kinds of Declarations, Functions for Declarations, Declaration Basics, Declarations
12770 @subsection Kinds of Declarations
12771
12772 @noindent
12773 The type-specifier part of a declaration (that is, the second prompt
12774 in the @kbd{s d} command) can be a type symbol, an interval, or a
12775 vector consisting of zero or more type symbols followed by zero or
12776 more intervals or numbers that represent the set of possible values
12777 for the variable.
12778
12779 @smallexample
12780 @group
12781 [ [ a, [1, 2, 3, 4, 5] ]
12782 [ b, [1 .. 5] ]
12783 [ c, [int, 1 .. 5] ] ]
12784 @end group
12785 @end smallexample
12786
12787 Here @code{a} is declared to contain one of the five integers shown;
12788 @code{b} is any number in the interval from 1 to 5 (any real number
12789 since we haven't specified), and @code{c} is any integer in that
12790 interval. Thus the declarations for @code{a} and @code{c} are
12791 nearly equivalent (see below).
12792
12793 The type-specifier can be the empty vector @samp{[]} to say that
12794 nothing is known about a given variable's value. This is the same
12795 as not declaring the variable at all except that it overrides any
12796 @code{All} declaration which would otherwise apply.
12797
12798 The initial value of @code{Decls} is the empty vector @samp{[]}.
12799 If @code{Decls} has no stored value or if the value stored in it
12800 is not valid, it is ignored and there are no declarations as far
12801 as Calc is concerned. (The @kbd{s d} command will replace such a
12802 malformed value with a fresh empty matrix, @samp{[]}, before recording
12803 the new declaration.) Unrecognized type symbols are ignored.
12804
12805 The following type symbols describe what sorts of numbers will be
12806 stored in a variable:
12807
12808 @table @code
12809 @item int
12810 Integers.
12811 @item numint
12812 Numerical integers. (Integers or integer-valued floats.)
12813 @item frac
12814 Fractions. (Rational numbers which are not integers.)
12815 @item rat
12816 Rational numbers. (Either integers or fractions.)
12817 @item float
12818 Floating-point numbers.
12819 @item real
12820 Real numbers. (Integers, fractions, or floats. Actually,
12821 intervals and error forms with real components also count as
12822 reals here.)
12823 @item pos
12824 Positive real numbers. (Strictly greater than zero.)
12825 @item nonneg
12826 Nonnegative real numbers. (Greater than or equal to zero.)
12827 @item number
12828 Numbers. (Real or complex.)
12829 @end table
12830
12831 Calc uses this information to determine when certain simplifications
12832 of formulas are safe. For example, @samp{(x^y)^z} cannot be
12833 simplified to @samp{x^(y z)} in general; for example,
12834 @samp{((-3)^2)^1:2} is 3, but @samp{(-3)^(2*1:2) = (-3)^1} is @i{-3}.
12835 However, this simplification @emph{is} safe if @code{z} is known
12836 to be an integer, or if @code{x} is known to be a nonnegative
12837 real number. If you have given declarations that allow Calc to
12838 deduce either of these facts, Calc will perform this simplification
12839 of the formula.
12840
12841 Calc can apply a certain amount of logic when using declarations.
12842 For example, @samp{(x^y)^(2n+1)} will be simplified if @code{n}
12843 has been declared @code{int}; Calc knows that an integer times an
12844 integer, plus an integer, must always be an integer. (In fact,
12845 Calc would simplify @samp{(-x)^(2n+1)} to @samp{-(x^(2n+1))} since
12846 it is able to determine that @samp{2n+1} must be an odd integer.)
12847
12848 Similarly, @samp{(abs(x)^y)^z} will be simplified to @samp{abs(x)^(y z)}
12849 because Calc knows that the @code{abs} function always returns a
12850 nonnegative real. If you had a @code{myabs} function that also had
12851 this property, you could get Calc to recognize it by adding the row
12852 @samp{[myabs(), nonneg]} to the @code{Decls} matrix.
12853
12854 One instance of this simplification is @samp{sqrt(x^2)} (since the
12855 @code{sqrt} function is effectively a one-half power). Normally
12856 Calc leaves this formula alone. After the command
12857 @kbd{s d x @key{RET} real @key{RET}}, however, it can simplify the formula to
12858 @samp{abs(x)}. And after @kbd{s d x @key{RET} nonneg @key{RET}}, Calc can
12859 simplify this formula all the way to @samp{x}.
12860
12861 If there are any intervals or real numbers in the type specifier,
12862 they comprise the set of possible values that the variable or
12863 function being declared can have. In particular, the type symbol
12864 @code{real} is effectively the same as the range @samp{[-inf .. inf]}
12865 (note that infinity is included in the range of possible values);
12866 @code{pos} is the same as @samp{(0 .. inf]}, and @code{nonneg} is
12867 the same as @samp{[0 .. inf]}. Saying @samp{[real, [-5 .. 5]]} is
12868 redundant because the fact that the variable is real can be
12869 deduced just from the interval, but @samp{[int, [-5 .. 5]]} and
12870 @samp{[rat, [-5 .. 5]]} are useful combinations.
12871
12872 Note that the vector of intervals or numbers is in the same format
12873 used by Calc's set-manipulation commands. @xref{Set Operations}.
12874
12875 The type specifier @samp{[1, 2, 3]} is equivalent to
12876 @samp{[numint, 1, 2, 3]}, @emph{not} to @samp{[int, 1, 2, 3]}.
12877 In other words, the range of possible values means only that
12878 the variable's value must be numerically equal to a number in
12879 that range, but not that it must be equal in type as well.
12880 Calc's set operations act the same way; @samp{in(2, [1., 2., 3.])}
12881 and @samp{in(1.5, [1:2, 3:2, 5:2])} both report ``true.''
12882
12883 If you use a conflicting combination of type specifiers, the
12884 results are unpredictable. An example is @samp{[pos, [0 .. 5]]},
12885 where the interval does not lie in the range described by the
12886 type symbol.
12887
12888 ``Real'' declarations mostly affect simplifications involving powers
12889 like the one described above. Another case where they are used
12890 is in the @kbd{a P} command which returns a list of all roots of a
12891 polynomial; if the variable has been declared real, only the real
12892 roots (if any) will be included in the list.
12893
12894 ``Integer'' declarations are used for simplifications which are valid
12895 only when certain values are integers (such as @samp{(x^y)^z}
12896 shown above).
12897
12898 Another command that makes use of declarations is @kbd{a s}, when
12899 simplifying equations and inequalities. It will cancel @code{x}
12900 from both sides of @samp{a x = b x} only if it is sure @code{x}
12901 is non-zero, say, because it has a @code{pos} declaration.
12902 To declare specifically that @code{x} is real and non-zero,
12903 use @samp{[[-inf .. 0), (0 .. inf]]}. (There is no way in the
12904 current notation to say that @code{x} is nonzero but not necessarily
12905 real.) The @kbd{a e} command does ``unsafe'' simplifications,
12906 including cancelling @samp{x} from the equation when @samp{x} is
12907 not known to be nonzero.
12908
12909 Another set of type symbols distinguish between scalars and vectors.
12910
12911 @table @code
12912 @item scalar
12913 The value is not a vector.
12914 @item vector
12915 The value is a vector.
12916 @item matrix
12917 The value is a matrix (a rectangular vector of vectors).
12918 @end table
12919
12920 These type symbols can be combined with the other type symbols
12921 described above; @samp{[int, matrix]} describes an object which
12922 is a matrix of integers.
12923
12924 Scalar/vector declarations are used to determine whether certain
12925 algebraic operations are safe. For example, @samp{[a, b, c] + x}
12926 is normally not simplified to @samp{[a + x, b + x, c + x]}, but
12927 it will be if @code{x} has been declared @code{scalar}. On the
12928 other hand, multiplication is usually assumed to be commutative,
12929 but the terms in @samp{x y} will never be exchanged if both @code{x}
12930 and @code{y} are known to be vectors or matrices. (Calc currently
12931 never distinguishes between @code{vector} and @code{matrix}
12932 declarations.)
12933
12934 @xref{Matrix Mode}, for a discussion of ``matrix mode'' and
12935 ``scalar mode,'' which are similar to declaring @samp{[All, matrix]}
12936 or @samp{[All, scalar]} but much more convenient.
12937
12938 One more type symbol that is recognized is used with the @kbd{H a d}
12939 command for taking total derivatives of a formula. @xref{Calculus}.
12940
12941 @table @code
12942 @item const
12943 The value is a constant with respect to other variables.
12944 @end table
12945
12946 Calc does not check the declarations for a variable when you store
12947 a value in it. However, storing @i{-3.5} in a variable that has
12948 been declared @code{pos}, @code{int}, or @code{matrix} may have
12949 unexpected effects; Calc may evaluate @samp{sqrt(x^2)} to @cite{3.5}
12950 if it substitutes the value first, or to @cite{-3.5} if @code{x}
12951 was declared @code{pos} and the formula @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is
12952 simplified to @samp{x} before the value is substituted. Before
12953 using a variable for a new purpose, it is best to use @kbd{s d}
12954 or @kbd{s D} to check to make sure you don't still have an old
12955 declaration for the variable that will conflict with its new meaning.
12956
12957 @node Functions for Declarations, , Kinds of Declarations, Declarations
12958 @subsection Functions for Declarations
12959
12960 @noindent
12961 Calc has a set of functions for accessing the current declarations
12962 in a convenient manner. These functions return 1 if the argument
12963 can be shown to have the specified property, or 0 if the argument
12964 can be shown @emph{not} to have that property; otherwise they are
12965 left unevaluated. These functions are suitable for use with rewrite
12966 rules (@pxref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}) or programming constructs
12967 (@pxref{Conditionals in Macros}). They can be entered only using
12968 algebraic notation. @xref{Logical Operations}, for functions
12969 that perform other tests not related to declarations.
12970
12971 For example, @samp{dint(17)} returns 1 because 17 is an integer, as
12972 do @samp{dint(n)} and @samp{dint(2 n - 3)} if @code{n} has been declared
12973 @code{int}, but @samp{dint(2.5)} and @samp{dint(n + 0.5)} return 0.
12974 Calc consults knowledge of its own built-in functions as well as your
12975 own declarations: @samp{dint(floor(x))} returns 1.
12976
12977 @ignore
12978 @starindex
12979 @end ignore
12980 @tindex dint
12981 @ignore
12982 @starindex
12983 @end ignore
12984 @tindex dnumint
12985 @ignore
12986 @starindex
12987 @end ignore
12988 @tindex dnatnum
12989 The @code{dint} function checks if its argument is an integer.
12990 The @code{dnatnum} function checks if its argument is a natural
12991 number, i.e., a nonnegative integer. The @code{dnumint} function
12992 checks if its argument is numerically an integer, i.e., either an
12993 integer or an integer-valued float. Note that these and the other
12994 data type functions also accept vectors or matrices composed of
12995 suitable elements, and that real infinities @samp{inf} and @samp{-inf}
12996 are considered to be integers for the purposes of these functions.
12997
12998 @ignore
12999 @starindex
13000 @end ignore
13001 @tindex drat
13002 The @code{drat} function checks if its argument is rational, i.e.,
13003 an integer or fraction. Infinities count as rational, but intervals
13004 and error forms do not.
13005
13006 @ignore
13007 @starindex
13008 @end ignore
13009 @tindex dreal
13010 The @code{dreal} function checks if its argument is real. This
13011 includes integers, fractions, floats, real error forms, and intervals.
13012
13013 @ignore
13014 @starindex
13015 @end ignore
13016 @tindex dimag
13017 The @code{dimag} function checks if its argument is imaginary,
13018 i.e., is mathematically equal to a real number times @cite{i}.
13019
13020 @ignore
13021 @starindex
13022 @end ignore
13023 @tindex dpos
13024 @ignore
13025 @starindex
13026 @end ignore
13027 @tindex dneg
13028 @ignore
13029 @starindex
13030 @end ignore
13031 @tindex dnonneg
13032 The @code{dpos} function checks for positive (but nonzero) reals.
13033 The @code{dneg} function checks for negative reals. The @code{dnonneg}
13034 function checks for nonnegative reals, i.e., reals greater than or
13035 equal to zero. Note that the @kbd{a s} command can simplify an
13036 expression like @cite{x > 0} to 1 or 0 using @code{dpos}, and that
13037 @kbd{a s} is effectively applied to all conditions in rewrite rules,
13038 so the actual functions @code{dpos}, @code{dneg}, and @code{dnonneg}
13039 are rarely necessary.
13040
13041 @ignore
13042 @starindex
13043 @end ignore
13044 @tindex dnonzero
13045 The @code{dnonzero} function checks that its argument is nonzero.
13046 This includes all nonzero real or complex numbers, all intervals that
13047 do not include zero, all nonzero modulo forms, vectors all of whose
13048 elements are nonzero, and variables or formulas whose values can be
13049 deduced to be nonzero. It does not include error forms, since they
13050 represent values which could be anything including zero. (This is
13051 also the set of objects considered ``true'' in conditional contexts.)
13052
13053 @ignore
13054 @starindex
13055 @end ignore
13056 @tindex deven
13057 @ignore
13058 @starindex
13059 @end ignore
13060 @tindex dodd
13061 The @code{deven} function returns 1 if its argument is known to be
13062 an even integer (or integer-valued float); it returns 0 if its argument
13063 is known not to be even (because it is known to be odd or a non-integer).
13064 The @kbd{a s} command uses this to simplify a test of the form
13065 @samp{x % 2 = 0}. There is also an analogous @code{dodd} function.
13066
13067 @ignore
13068 @starindex
13069 @end ignore
13070 @tindex drange
13071 The @code{drange} function returns a set (an interval or a vector
13072 of intervals and/or numbers; @pxref{Set Operations}) that describes
13073 the set of possible values of its argument. If the argument is
13074 a variable or a function with a declaration, the range is copied
13075 from the declaration. Otherwise, the possible signs of the
13076 expression are determined using a method similar to @code{dpos},
13077 etc., and a suitable set like @samp{[0 .. inf]} is returned. If
13078 the expression is not provably real, the @code{drange} function
13079 remains unevaluated.
13080
13081 @ignore
13082 @starindex
13083 @end ignore
13084 @tindex dscalar
13085 The @code{dscalar} function returns 1 if its argument is provably
13086 scalar, or 0 if its argument is provably non-scalar. It is left
13087 unevaluated if this cannot be determined. (If matrix mode or scalar
13088 mode are in effect, this function returns 1 or 0, respectively,
13089 if it has no other information.) When Calc interprets a condition
13090 (say, in a rewrite rule) it considers an unevaluated formula to be
13091 ``false.'' Thus, @samp{dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a} is
13092 provably scalar, and @samp{!dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a}
13093 is provably non-scalar; both are ``false'' if there is insufficient
13094 information to tell.
13095
13096 @node Display Modes, Language Modes, Declarations, Mode Settings
13097 @section Display Modes
13098
13099 @noindent
13100 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with the
13101 @kbd{d} prefix. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) and @kbd{d b}
13102 (@code{calc-line-breaking}) commands are described elsewhere;
13103 @pxref{Stack Basics} and @pxref{Normal Language Modes}, respectively.
13104 Display formats for vectors and matrices are also covered elsewhere;
13105 @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.@refill
13106
13107 One thing all display modes have in common is their treatment of the
13108 @kbd{H} prefix. This prefix causes any mode command that would normally
13109 refresh the stack to leave the stack display alone. The word ``Dirty''
13110 will appear in the mode line when Calc thinks the stack display may not
13111 reflect the latest mode settings.
13112
13113 @kindex d @key{RET}
13114 @pindex calc-refresh-top
13115 The @kbd{d @key{RET}} (@code{calc-refresh-top}) command reformats the
13116 top stack entry according to all the current modes. Positive prefix
13117 arguments reformat the top @var{n} entries; negative prefix arguments
13118 reformat the specified entry, and a prefix of zero is equivalent to
13119 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}), which reformats the entire stack.
13120 For example, @kbd{H d s M-2 d @key{RET}} changes to scientific notation
13121 but reformats only the top two stack entries in the new mode.
13122
13123 The @kbd{I} prefix has another effect on the display modes. The mode
13124 is set only temporarily; the top stack entry is reformatted according
13125 to that mode, then the original mode setting is restored. In other
13126 words, @kbd{I d s} is equivalent to @kbd{H d s d @key{RET} H d (@var{old mode})}.
13127
13128 @menu
13129 * Radix Modes::
13130 * Grouping Digits::
13131 * Float Formats::
13132 * Complex Formats::
13133 * Fraction Formats::
13134 * HMS Formats::
13135 * Date Formats::
13136 * Truncating the Stack::
13137 * Justification::
13138 * Labels::
13139 @end menu
13140
13141 @node Radix Modes, Grouping Digits, Display Modes, Display Modes
13142 @subsection Radix Modes
13143
13144 @noindent
13145 @cindex Radix display
13146 @cindex Non-decimal numbers
13147 @cindex Decimal and non-decimal numbers
13148 Calc normally displays numbers in decimal (@dfn{base-10} or @dfn{radix-10})
13149 notation. Calc can actually display in any radix from two (binary) to 36.
13150 When the radix is above 10, the letters @code{A} to @code{Z} are used as
13151 digits. When entering such a number, letter keys are interpreted as
13152 potential digits rather than terminating numeric entry mode.
13153
13154 @kindex d 2
13155 @kindex d 8
13156 @kindex d 6
13157 @kindex d 0
13158 @cindex Hexadecimal integers
13159 @cindex Octal integers
13160 The key sequences @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, @kbd{d 6}, and @kbd{d 0} select
13161 binary, octal, hexadecimal, and decimal as the current display radix,
13162 respectively. Numbers can always be entered in any radix, though the
13163 current radix is used as a default if you press @kbd{#} without any initial
13164 digits. A number entered without a @kbd{#} is @emph{always} interpreted
13165 as decimal.@refill
13166
13167 @kindex d r
13168 @pindex calc-radix
13169 To set the radix generally, use @kbd{d r} (@code{calc-radix}) and enter
13170 an integer from 2 to 36. You can specify the radix as a numeric prefix
13171 argument; otherwise you will be prompted for it.
13172
13173 @kindex d z
13174 @pindex calc-leading-zeros
13175 @cindex Leading zeros
13176 Integers normally are displayed with however many digits are necessary to
13177 represent the integer and no more. The @kbd{d z} (@code{calc-leading-zeros})
13178 command causes integers to be padded out with leading zeros according to the
13179 current binary word size. (@xref{Binary Functions}, for a discussion of
13180 word size.) If the absolute value of the word size is @cite{w}, all integers
13181 are displayed with at least enough digits to represent @c{$2^w-1$}
13182 @cite{(2^w)-1} in the
13183 current radix. (Larger integers will still be displayed in their entirety.)
13184
13185 @node Grouping Digits, Float Formats, Radix Modes, Display Modes
13186 @subsection Grouping Digits
13187
13188 @noindent
13189 @kindex d g
13190 @pindex calc-group-digits
13191 @cindex Grouping digits
13192 @cindex Digit grouping
13193 Long numbers can be hard to read if they have too many digits. For
13194 example, the factorial of 30 is 33 digits long! Press @kbd{d g}
13195 (@code{calc-group-digits}) to enable @dfn{grouping} mode, in which digits
13196 are displayed in clumps of 3 or 4 (depending on the current radix)
13197 separated by commas.
13198
13199 The @kbd{d g} command toggles grouping on and off.
13200 With a numerix prefix of 0, this command displays the current state of
13201 the grouping flag; with an argument of minus one it disables grouping;
13202 with a positive argument @cite{N} it enables grouping on every @cite{N}
13203 digits. For floating-point numbers, grouping normally occurs only
13204 before the decimal point. A negative prefix argument @cite{-N} enables
13205 grouping every @cite{N} digits both before and after the decimal point.@refill
13206
13207 @kindex d ,
13208 @pindex calc-group-char
13209 The @kbd{d ,} (@code{calc-group-char}) command allows you to choose any
13210 character as the grouping separator. The default is the comma character.
13211 If you find it difficult to read vectors of large integers grouped with
13212 commas, you may wish to use spaces or some other character instead.
13213 This command takes the next character you type, whatever it is, and
13214 uses it as the digit separator. As a special case, @kbd{d , \} selects
13215 @samp{\,} (@TeX{}'s thin-space symbol) as the digit separator.
13216
13217 Please note that grouped numbers will not generally be parsed correctly
13218 if re-read in textual form, say by the use of @kbd{M-# y} and @kbd{M-# g}.
13219 (@xref{Kill and Yank}, for details on these commands.) One exception is
13220 the @samp{\,} separator, which doesn't interfere with parsing because it
13221 is ignored by @TeX{} language mode.
13222
13223 @node Float Formats, Complex Formats, Grouping Digits, Display Modes
13224 @subsection Float Formats
13225
13226 @noindent
13227 Floating-point quantities are normally displayed in standard decimal
13228 form, with scientific notation used if the exponent is especially high
13229 or low. All significant digits are normally displayed. The commands
13230 in this section allow you to choose among several alternative display
13231 formats for floats.
13232
13233 @kindex d n
13234 @pindex calc-normal-notation
13235 The @kbd{d n} (@code{calc-normal-notation}) command selects the normal
13236 display format. All significant figures in a number are displayed.
13237 With a positive numeric prefix, numbers are rounded if necessary to
13238 that number of significant digits. With a negative numerix prefix,
13239 the specified number of significant digits less than the current
13240 precision is used. (Thus @kbd{C-u -2 d n} displays 10 digits if the
13241 current precision is 12.)
13242
13243 @kindex d f
13244 @pindex calc-fix-notation
13245 The @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation}) command selects fixed-point
13246 notation. The numeric argument is the number of digits after the
13247 decimal point, zero or more. This format will relax into scientific
13248 notation if a nonzero number would otherwise have been rounded all the
13249 way to zero. Specifying a negative number of digits is the same as
13250 for a positive number, except that small nonzero numbers will be rounded
13251 to zero rather than switching to scientific notation.
13252
13253 @kindex d s
13254 @pindex calc-sci-notation
13255 @cindex Scientific notation, display of
13256 The @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}) command selects scientific
13257 notation. A positive argument sets the number of significant figures
13258 displayed, of which one will be before and the rest after the decimal
13259 point. A negative argument works the same as for @kbd{d n} format.
13260 The default is to display all significant digits.
13261
13262 @kindex d e
13263 @pindex calc-eng-notation
13264 @cindex Engineering notation, display of
13265 The @kbd{d e} (@code{calc-eng-notation}) command selects engineering
13266 notation. This is similar to scientific notation except that the
13267 exponent is rounded down to a multiple of three, with from one to three
13268 digits before the decimal point. An optional numeric prefix sets the
13269 number of significant digits to display, as for @kbd{d s}.
13270
13271 It is important to distinguish between the current @emph{precision} and
13272 the current @emph{display format}. After the commands @kbd{C-u 10 p}
13273 and @kbd{C-u 6 d n} the Calculator computes all results to ten
13274 significant figures but displays only six. (In fact, intermediate
13275 calculations are often carried to one or two more significant figures,
13276 but values placed on the stack will be rounded down to ten figures.)
13277 Numbers are never actually rounded to the display precision for storage,
13278 except by commands like @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{M-# y} which operate on the
13279 actual displayed text in the Calculator buffer.
13280
13281 @kindex d .
13282 @pindex calc-point-char
13283 The @kbd{d .} (@code{calc-point-char}) command selects the character used
13284 as a decimal point. Normally this is a period; users in some countries
13285 may wish to change this to a comma. Note that this is only a display
13286 style; on entry, periods must always be used to denote floating-point
13287 numbers, and commas to separate elements in a list.
13288
13289 @node Complex Formats, Fraction Formats, Float Formats, Display Modes
13290 @subsection Complex Formats
13291
13292 @noindent
13293 @kindex d c
13294 @pindex calc-complex-notation
13295 There are three supported notations for complex numbers in rectangular
13296 form. The default is as a pair of real numbers enclosed in parentheses
13297 and separated by a comma: @samp{(a,b)}. The @kbd{d c}
13298 (@code{calc-complex-notation}) command selects this style.@refill
13299
13300 @kindex d i
13301 @pindex calc-i-notation
13302 @kindex d j
13303 @pindex calc-j-notation
13304 The other notations are @kbd{d i} (@code{calc-i-notation}), in which
13305 numbers are displayed in @samp{a+bi} form, and @kbd{d j}
13306 (@code{calc-j-notation}) which displays the form @samp{a+bj} preferred
13307 in some disciplines.@refill
13308
13309 @cindex @code{i} variable
13310 @vindex i
13311 Complex numbers are normally entered in @samp{(a,b)} format.
13312 If you enter @samp{2+3i} as an algebraic formula, it will be stored as
13313 the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i}. However, if you use @kbd{=} to evaluate
13314 this formula and you have not changed the variable @samp{i}, the @samp{i}
13315 will be interpreted as @samp{(0,1)} and the formula will be simplified
13316 to @samp{(2,3)}. Other commands (like @code{calc-sin}) will @emph{not}
13317 interpret the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i} as a complex number.
13318 @xref{Variables}, under ``special constants.''@refill
13319
13320 @node Fraction Formats, HMS Formats, Complex Formats, Display Modes
13321 @subsection Fraction Formats
13322
13323 @noindent
13324 @kindex d o
13325 @pindex calc-over-notation
13326 Display of fractional numbers is controlled by the @kbd{d o}
13327 (@code{calc-over-notation}) command. By default, a number like
13328 eight thirds is displayed in the form @samp{8:3}. The @kbd{d o} command
13329 prompts for a one- or two-character format. If you give one character,
13330 that character is used as the fraction separator. Common separators are
13331 @samp{:} and @samp{/}. (During input of numbers, the @kbd{:} key must be
13332 used regardless of the display format; in particular, the @kbd{/} is used
13333 for RPN-style division, @emph{not} for entering fractions.)
13334
13335 If you give two characters, fractions use ``integer-plus-fractional-part''
13336 notation. For example, the format @samp{+/} would display eight thirds
13337 as @samp{2+2/3}. If two colons are present in a number being entered,
13338 the number is interpreted in this form (so that the entries @kbd{2:2:3}
13339 and @kbd{8:3} are equivalent).
13340
13341 It is also possible to follow the one- or two-character format with
13342 a number. For example: @samp{:10} or @samp{+/3}. In this case,
13343 Calc adjusts all fractions that are displayed to have the specified
13344 denominator, if possible. Otherwise it adjusts the denominator to
13345 be a multiple of the specified value. For example, in @samp{:6} mode
13346 the fraction @cite{1:6} will be unaffected, but @cite{2:3} will be
13347 displayed as @cite{4:6}, @cite{1:2} will be displayed as @cite{3:6},
13348 and @cite{1:8} will be displayed as @cite{3:24}. Integers are also
13349 affected by this mode: 3 is displayed as @cite{18:6}. Note that the
13350 format @samp{:1} writes fractions the same as @samp{:}, but it writes
13351 integers as @cite{n:1}.
13352
13353 The fraction format does not affect the way fractions or integers are
13354 stored, only the way they appear on the screen. The fraction format
13355 never affects floats.
13356
13357 @node HMS Formats, Date Formats, Fraction Formats, Display Modes
13358 @subsection HMS Formats
13359
13360 @noindent
13361 @kindex d h
13362 @pindex calc-hms-notation
13363 The @kbd{d h} (@code{calc-hms-notation}) command controls the display of
13364 HMS (hours-minutes-seconds) forms. It prompts for a string which
13365 consists basically of an ``hours'' marker, optional punctuation, a
13366 ``minutes'' marker, more optional punctuation, and a ``seconds'' marker.
13367 Punctuation is zero or more spaces, commas, or semicolons. The hours
13368 marker is one or more non-punctuation characters. The minutes and
13369 seconds markers must be single non-punctuation characters.
13370
13371 The default HMS format is @samp{@@ ' "}, producing HMS values of the form
13372 @samp{23@@ 30' 15.75"}. The format @samp{deg, ms} would display this same
13373 value as @samp{23deg, 30m15.75s}. During numeric entry, the @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}
13374 keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{@@} regardless of display format.
13375 The @kbd{m} and @kbd{s} keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{'} and
13376 @kbd{"}, respectively, but only if an @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}) has
13377 already been typed; otherwise, they have their usual meanings
13378 (@kbd{m-} prefix and @kbd{s-} prefix). Thus, @kbd{5 "}, @kbd{0 @@ 5 "}, and
13379 @kbd{0 h 5 s} are some of the ways to enter the quantity ``five seconds.''
13380 The @kbd{'} key is recognized as ``minutes'' only if @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or
13381 @kbd{o}) has already been pressed; otherwise it means to switch to algebraic
13382 entry.
13383
13384 @node Date Formats, Truncating the Stack, HMS Formats, Display Modes
13385 @subsection Date Formats
13386
13387 @noindent
13388 @kindex d d
13389 @pindex calc-date-notation
13390 The @kbd{d d} (@code{calc-date-notation}) command controls the display
13391 of date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). It prompts for a string which
13392 contains letters that represent the various parts of a date and time.
13393 To show which parts should be omitted when the form represents a pure
13394 date with no time, parts of the string can be enclosed in @samp{< >}
13395 marks. If you don't include @samp{< >} markers in the format, Calc
13396 guesses at which parts, if any, should be omitted when formatting
13397 pure dates.
13398
13399 The default format is: @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY}.
13400 An example string in this format is @samp{3:32pm Wed Jan 9, 1991}.
13401 If you enter a blank format string, this default format is
13402 reestablished.
13403
13404 Calc uses @samp{< >} notation for nameless functions as well as for
13405 dates. @xref{Specifying Operators}. To avoid confusion with nameless
13406 functions, your date formats should avoid using the @samp{#} character.
13407
13408 @menu
13409 * Date Formatting Codes::
13410 * Free-Form Dates::
13411 * Standard Date Formats::
13412 @end menu
13413
13414 @node Date Formatting Codes, Free-Form Dates, Date Formats, Date Formats
13415 @subsubsection Date Formatting Codes
13416
13417 @noindent
13418 When displaying a date, the current date format is used. All
13419 characters except for letters and @samp{<} and @samp{>} are
13420 copied literally when dates are formatted. The portion between
13421 @samp{< >} markers is omitted for pure dates, or included for
13422 date/time forms. Letters are interpreted according to the table
13423 below.
13424
13425 When dates are read in during algebraic entry, Calc first tries to
13426 match the input string to the current format either with or without
13427 the time part. The punctuation characters (including spaces) must
13428 match exactly; letter fields must correspond to suitable text in
13429 the input. If this doesn't work, Calc checks if the input is a
13430 simple number; if so, the number is interpreted as a number of days
13431 since Jan 1, 1 AD. Otherwise, Calc tries a much more relaxed and
13432 flexible algorithm which is described in the next section.
13433
13434 Weekday names are ignored during reading.
13435
13436 Two-digit year numbers are interpreted as lying in the range
13437 from 1941 to 2039. Years outside that range are always
13438 entered and displayed in full. Year numbers with a leading
13439 @samp{+} sign are always interpreted exactly, allowing the
13440 entry and display of the years 1 through 99 AD.
13441
13442 Here is a complete list of the formatting codes for dates:
13443
13444 @table @asis
13445 @item Y
13446 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13447 @item YY
13448 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``07'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13449 @item BY
13450 Year: ``91'' for 1991, `` 7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13451 @item YYY
13452 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``23'' for 23 AD.
13453 @item YYYY
13454 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13455 @item aa
13456 Year: ``ad'' or blank.
13457 @item AA
13458 Year: ``AD'' or blank.
13459 @item aaa
13460 Year: ``ad '' or blank. (Note trailing space.)
13461 @item AAA
13462 Year: ``AD '' or blank.
13463 @item aaaa
13464 Year: ``a.d.'' or blank.
13465 @item AAAA
13466 Year: ``A.D.'' or blank.
13467 @item bb
13468 Year: ``bc'' or blank.
13469 @item BB
13470 Year: ``BC'' or blank.
13471 @item bbb
13472 Year: `` bc'' or blank. (Note leading space.)
13473 @item BBB
13474 Year: `` BC'' or blank.
13475 @item bbbb
13476 Year: ``b.c.'' or blank.
13477 @item BBBB
13478 Year: ``B.C.'' or blank.
13479 @item M
13480 Month: ``8'' for August.
13481 @item MM
13482 Month: ``08'' for August.
13483 @item BM
13484 Month: `` 8'' for August.
13485 @item MMM
13486 Month: ``AUG'' for August.
13487 @item Mmm
13488 Month: ``Aug'' for August.
13489 @item mmm
13490 Month: ``aug'' for August.
13491 @item MMMM
13492 Month: ``AUGUST'' for August.
13493 @item Mmmm
13494 Month: ``August'' for August.
13495 @item D
13496 Day: ``7'' for 7th day of month.
13497 @item DD
13498 Day: ``07'' for 7th day of month.
13499 @item BD
13500 Day: `` 7'' for 7th day of month.
13501 @item W
13502 Weekday: ``0'' for Sunday, ``6'' for Saturday.
13503 @item WWW
13504 Weekday: ``SUN'' for Sunday.
13505 @item Www
13506 Weekday: ``Sun'' for Sunday.
13507 @item www
13508 Weekday: ``sun'' for Sunday.
13509 @item WWWW
13510 Weekday: ``SUNDAY'' for Sunday.
13511 @item Wwww
13512 Weekday: ``Sunday'' for Sunday.
13513 @item d
13514 Day of year: ``34'' for Feb. 3.
13515 @item ddd
13516 Day of year: ``034'' for Feb. 3.
13517 @item bdd
13518 Day of year: `` 34'' for Feb. 3.
13519 @item h
13520 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13521 @item hh
13522 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13523 @item bh
13524 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13525 @item H
13526 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13527 @item HH
13528 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13529 @item BH
13530 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13531 @item p
13532 AM/PM: ``a'' or ``p''.
13533 @item P
13534 AM/PM: ``A'' or ``P''.
13535 @item pp
13536 AM/PM: ``am'' or ``pm''.
13537 @item PP
13538 AM/PM: ``AM'' or ``PM''.
13539 @item pppp
13540 AM/PM: ``a.m.'' or ``p.m.''.
13541 @item PPPP
13542 AM/PM: ``A.M.'' or ``P.M.''.
13543 @item m
13544 Minutes: ``7'' for 7.
13545 @item mm
13546 Minutes: ``07'' for 7.
13547 @item bm
13548 Minutes: `` 7'' for 7.
13549 @item s
13550 Seconds: ``7'' for 7; ``7.23'' for 7.23.
13551 @item ss
13552 Seconds: ``07'' for 7; ``07.23'' for 7.23.
13553 @item bs
13554 Seconds: `` 7'' for 7; `` 7.23'' for 7.23.
13555 @item SS
13556 Optional seconds: ``07'' for 7; blank for 0.
13557 @item BS
13558 Optional seconds: `` 7'' for 7; blank for 0.
13559 @item N
13560 Numeric date/time: ``726842.25'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13561 @item n
13562 Numeric date: ``726842'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13563 @item J
13564 Julian date/time: ``2448265.75'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13565 @item j
13566 Julian date: ``2448266'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13567 @item U
13568 Unix time: ``663400800'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13569 @item X
13570 Brackets suppression. An ``X'' at the front of the format
13571 causes the surrounding @w{@samp{< >}} delimiters to be omitted
13572 when formatting dates. Note that the brackets are still
13573 required for algebraic entry.
13574 @end table
13575
13576 If ``SS'' or ``BS'' (optional seconds) is preceded by a colon, the
13577 colon is also omitted if the seconds part is zero.
13578
13579 If ``bb,'' ``bbb'' or ``bbbb'' or their upper-case equivalents
13580 appear in the format, then negative year numbers are displayed
13581 without a minus sign. Note that ``aa'' and ``bb'' are mutually
13582 exclusive. Some typical usages would be @samp{YYYY AABB};
13583 @samp{AAAYYYYBBB}; @samp{YYYYBBB}.
13584
13585 The formats ``YY,'' ``YYYY,'' ``MM,'' ``DD,'' ``ddd,'' ``hh,'' ``HH,''
13586 ``mm,'' ``ss,'' and ``SS'' actually match any number of digits during
13587 reading unless several of these codes are strung together with no
13588 punctuation in between, in which case the input must have exactly as
13589 many digits as there are letters in the format.
13590
13591 The ``j,'' ``J,'' and ``U'' formats do not make any time zone
13592 adjustment. They effectively use @samp{julian(x,0)} and
13593 @samp{unixtime(x,0)} to make the conversion; @pxref{Date Arithmetic}.
13594
13595 @node Free-Form Dates, Standard Date Formats, Date Formatting Codes, Date Formats
13596 @subsubsection Free-Form Dates
13597
13598 @noindent
13599 When reading a date form during algebraic entry, Calc falls back
13600 on the algorithm described here if the input does not exactly
13601 match the current date format. This algorithm generally
13602 ``does the right thing'' and you don't have to worry about it,
13603 but it is described here in full detail for the curious.
13604
13605 Calc does not distinguish between upper- and lower-case letters
13606 while interpreting dates.
13607
13608 First, the time portion, if present, is located somewhere in the
13609 text and then removed. The remaining text is then interpreted as
13610 the date.
13611
13612 A time is of the form @samp{hh:mm:ss}, possibly with the seconds
13613 part omitted and possibly with an AM/PM indicator added to indicate
13614 12-hour time. If the AM/PM is present, the minutes may also be
13615 omitted. The AM/PM part may be any of the words @samp{am},
13616 @samp{pm}, @samp{noon}, or @samp{midnight}; each of these may be
13617 abbreviated to one letter, and the alternate forms @samp{a.m.},
13618 @samp{p.m.}, and @samp{mid} are also understood. Obviously
13619 @samp{noon} and @samp{midnight} are allowed only on 12:00:00.
13620 The words @samp{noon}, @samp{mid}, and @samp{midnight} are also
13621 recognized with no number attached.
13622
13623 If there is no AM/PM indicator, the time is interpreted in 24-hour
13624 format.
13625
13626 To read the date portion, all words and numbers are isolated
13627 from the string; other characters are ignored. All words must
13628 be either month names or day-of-week names (the latter of which
13629 are ignored). Names can be written in full or as three-letter
13630 abbreviations.
13631
13632 Large numbers, or numbers with @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
13633 are interpreted as years. If one of the other numbers is
13634 greater than 12, then that must be the day and the remaining
13635 number in the input is therefore the month. Otherwise, Calc
13636 assumes the month, day and year are in the same order that they
13637 appear in the current date format. If the year is omitted, the
13638 current year is taken from the system clock.
13639
13640 If there are too many or too few numbers, or any unrecognizable
13641 words, then the input is rejected.
13642
13643 If there are any large numbers (of five digits or more) other than
13644 the year, they are ignored on the assumption that they are something
13645 like Julian dates that were included along with the traditional
13646 date components when the date was formatted.
13647
13648 One of the words @samp{ad}, @samp{a.d.}, @samp{bc}, or @samp{b.c.}
13649 may optionally be used; the latter two are equivalent to a
13650 minus sign on the year value.
13651
13652 If you always enter a four-digit year, and use a name instead
13653 of a number for the month, there is no danger of ambiguity.
13654
13655 @node Standard Date Formats, , Free-Form Dates, Date Formats
13656 @subsubsection Standard Date Formats
13657
13658 @noindent
13659 There are actually ten standard date formats, numbered 0 through 9.
13660 Entering a blank line at the @kbd{d d} command's prompt gives
13661 you format number 1, Calc's usual format. You can enter any digit
13662 to select the other formats.
13663
13664 To create your own standard date formats, give a numeric prefix
13665 argument from 0 to 9 to the @w{@kbd{d d}} command. The format you
13666 enter will be recorded as the new standard format of that
13667 number, as well as becoming the new current date format.
13668 You can save your formats permanently with the @w{@kbd{m m}}
13669 command (@pxref{Mode Settings}).
13670
13671 @table @asis
13672 @item 0
13673 @samp{N} (Numerical format)
13674 @item 1
13675 @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY} (American format)
13676 @item 2
13677 @samp{D Mmm YYYY<, h:mm:SS>} (European format)
13678 @item 3
13679 @samp{Www Mmm BD< hh:mm:ss> YYYY} (Unix written date format)
13680 @item 4
13681 @samp{M/D/Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American slashed format)
13682 @item 5
13683 @samp{D.M.Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dotted format)
13684 @item 6
13685 @samp{M-D-Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American dashed format)
13686 @item 7
13687 @samp{D-M-Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dashed format)
13688 @item 8
13689 @samp{j<, h:mm:ss>} (Julian day plus time)
13690 @item 9
13691 @samp{YYddd< hh:mm:ss>} (Year-day format)
13692 @end table
13693
13694 @node Truncating the Stack, Justification, Date Formats, Display Modes
13695 @subsection Truncating the Stack
13696
13697 @noindent
13698 @kindex d t
13699 @pindex calc-truncate-stack
13700 @cindex Truncating the stack
13701 @cindex Narrowing the stack
13702 The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack}) command moves the @samp{.}@:
13703 line that marks the top-of-stack up or down in the Calculator buffer.
13704 The number right above that line is considered to the be at the top of
13705 the stack. Any numbers below that line are ``hidden'' from all stack
13706 operations. This is similar to the Emacs ``narrowing'' feature, except
13707 that the values below the @samp{.} are @emph{visible}, just temporarily
13708 frozen. This feature allows you to keep several independent calculations
13709 running at once in different parts of the stack, or to apply a certain
13710 command to an element buried deep in the stack.@refill
13711
13712 Pressing @kbd{d t} by itself moves the @samp{.} to the line the cursor
13713 is on. Thus, this line and all those below it become hidden. To un-hide
13714 these lines, move down to the end of the buffer and press @w{@kbd{d t}}.
13715 With a positive numeric prefix argument @cite{n}, @kbd{d t} hides the
13716 bottom @cite{n} values in the buffer. With a negative argument, it hides
13717 all but the top @cite{n} values. With an argument of zero, it hides zero
13718 values, i.e., moves the @samp{.} all the way down to the bottom.@refill
13719
13720 @kindex d [
13721 @pindex calc-truncate-up
13722 @kindex d ]
13723 @pindex calc-truncate-down
13724 The @kbd{d [} (@code{calc-truncate-up}) and @kbd{d ]}
13725 (@code{calc-truncate-down}) commands move the @samp{.} up or down one
13726 line at a time (or several lines with a prefix argument).@refill
13727
13728 @node Justification, Labels, Truncating the Stack, Display Modes
13729 @subsection Justification
13730
13731 @noindent
13732 @kindex d <
13733 @pindex calc-left-justify
13734 @kindex d =
13735 @pindex calc-center-justify
13736 @kindex d >
13737 @pindex calc-right-justify
13738 Values on the stack are normally left-justified in the window. You can
13739 control this arrangement by typing @kbd{d <} (@code{calc-left-justify}),
13740 @kbd{d >} (@code{calc-right-justify}), or @kbd{d =}
13741 (@code{calc-center-justify}). For example, in right-justification mode,
13742 stack entries are displayed flush-right against the right edge of the
13743 window.@refill
13744
13745 If you change the width of the Calculator window you may have to type
13746 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}) to re-align right-justified or centered
13747 text.
13748
13749 Right-justification is especially useful together with fixed-point
13750 notation (see @code{d f}; @code{calc-fix-notation}). With these modes
13751 together, the decimal points on numbers will always line up.
13752
13753 With a numeric prefix argument, the justification commands give you
13754 a little extra control over the display. The argument specifies the
13755 horizontal ``origin'' of a display line. It is also possible to
13756 specify a maximum line width using the @kbd{d b} command (@pxref{Normal
13757 Language Modes}). For reference, the precise rules for formatting and
13758 breaking lines are given below. Notice that the interaction between
13759 origin and line width is slightly different in each justification
13760 mode.
13761
13762 In left-justified mode, the line is indented by a number of spaces
13763 given by the origin (default zero). If the result is longer than the
13764 maximum line width, if given, or too wide to fit in the Calc window
13765 otherwise, then it is broken into lines which will fit; each broken
13766 line is indented to the origin.
13767
13768 In right-justified mode, lines are shifted right so that the rightmost
13769 character is just before the origin, or just before the current
13770 window width if no origin was specified. If the line is too long
13771 for this, then it is broken; the current line width is used, if
13772 specified, or else the origin is used as a width if that is
13773 specified, or else the line is broken to fit in the window.
13774
13775 In centering mode, the origin is the column number of the center of
13776 each stack entry. If a line width is specified, lines will not be
13777 allowed to go past that width; Calc will either indent less or
13778 break the lines if necessary. If no origin is specified, half the
13779 line width or Calc window width is used.
13780
13781 Note that, in each case, if line numbering is enabled the display
13782 is indented an additional four spaces to make room for the line
13783 number. The width of the line number is taken into account when
13784 positioning according to the current Calc window width, but not
13785 when positioning by explicit origins and widths. In the latter
13786 case, the display is formatted as specified, and then uniformly
13787 shifted over four spaces to fit the line numbers.
13788
13789 @node Labels, , Justification, Display Modes
13790 @subsection Labels
13791
13792 @noindent
13793 @kindex d @{
13794 @pindex calc-left-label
13795 The @kbd{d @{} (@code{calc-left-label}) command prompts for a string,
13796 then displays that string to the left of every stack entry. If the
13797 entries are left-justified (@pxref{Justification}), then they will
13798 appear immediately after the label (unless you specified an origin
13799 greater than the length of the label). If the entries are centered
13800 or right-justified, the label appears on the far left and does not
13801 affect the horizontal position of the stack entry.
13802
13803 Give a blank string (with @kbd{d @{ @key{RET}}) to turn the label off.
13804
13805 @kindex d @}
13806 @pindex calc-right-label
13807 The @kbd{d @}} (@code{calc-right-label}) command similarly adds a
13808 label on the righthand side. It does not affect positioning of
13809 the stack entries unless they are right-justified. Also, if both
13810 a line width and an origin are given in right-justified mode, the
13811 stack entry is justified to the origin and the righthand label is
13812 justified to the line width.
13813
13814 One application of labels would be to add equation numbers to
13815 formulas you are manipulating in Calc and then copying into a
13816 document (possibly using Embedded Mode). The equations would
13817 typically be centered, and the equation numbers would be on the
13818 left or right as you prefer.
13819
13820 @node Language Modes, Modes Variable, Display Modes, Mode Settings
13821 @section Language Modes
13822
13823 @noindent
13824 The commands in this section change Calc to use a different notation for
13825 entry and display of formulas, corresponding to the conventions of some
13826 other common language such as Pascal or @TeX{}. Objects displayed on the
13827 stack or yanked from the Calculator to an editing buffer will be formatted
13828 in the current language; objects entered in algebraic entry or yanked from
13829 another buffer will be interpreted according to the current language.
13830
13831 The current language has no effect on things written to or read from the
13832 trail buffer, nor does it affect numeric entry. Only algebraic entry is
13833 affected. You can make even algebraic entry ignore the current language
13834 and use the standard notation by giving a numeric prefix, e.g., @kbd{C-u '}.
13835
13836 For example, suppose the formula @samp{2*a[1] + atan(a[2])} occurs in a C
13837 program; elsewhere in the program you need the derivatives of this formula
13838 with respect to @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}. First, type @kbd{d C}
13839 to switch to C notation. Now use @code{C-u M-# g} to grab the formula
13840 into the Calculator, @kbd{a d a[1] @key{RET}} to differentiate with respect
13841 to the first variable, and @kbd{M-# y} to yank the formula for the derivative
13842 back into your C program. Press @kbd{U} to undo the differentiation and
13843 repeat with @kbd{a d a[2] @key{RET}} for the other derivative.
13844
13845 Without being switched into C mode first, Calc would have misinterpreted
13846 the brackets in @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}, would not have known that
13847 @code{atan} was equivalent to Calc's built-in @code{arctan} function,
13848 and would have written the formula back with notations (like implicit
13849 multiplication) which would not have been legal for a C program.
13850
13851 As another example, suppose you are maintaining a C program and a @TeX{}
13852 document, each of which needs a copy of the same formula. You can grab the
13853 formula from the program in C mode, switch to @TeX{} mode, and yank the
13854 formula into the document in @TeX{} math-mode format.
13855
13856 Language modes are selected by typing the letter @kbd{d} followed by a
13857 shifted letter key.
13858
13859 @menu
13860 * Normal Language Modes::
13861 * C FORTRAN Pascal::
13862 * TeX Language Mode::
13863 * Eqn Language Mode::
13864 * Mathematica Language Mode::
13865 * Maple Language Mode::
13866 * Compositions::
13867 * Syntax Tables::
13868 @end menu
13869
13870 @node Normal Language Modes, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes, Language Modes
13871 @subsection Normal Language Modes
13872
13873 @noindent
13874 @kindex d N
13875 @pindex calc-normal-language
13876 The @kbd{d N} (@code{calc-normal-language}) command selects the usual
13877 notation for Calc formulas, as described in the rest of this manual.
13878 Matrices are displayed in a multi-line tabular format, but all other
13879 objects are written in linear form, as they would be typed from the
13880 keyboard.
13881
13882 @kindex d O
13883 @pindex calc-flat-language
13884 @cindex Matrix display
13885 The @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) command selects a language
13886 identical with the normal one, except that matrices are written in
13887 one-line form along with everything else. In some applications this
13888 form may be more suitable for yanking data into other buffers.
13889
13890 @kindex d b
13891 @pindex calc-line-breaking
13892 @cindex Line breaking
13893 @cindex Breaking up long lines
13894 Even in one-line mode, long formulas or vectors will still be split
13895 across multiple lines if they exceed the width of the Calculator window.
13896 The @kbd{d b} (@code{calc-line-breaking}) command turns this line-breaking
13897 feature on and off. (It works independently of the current language.)
13898 If you give a numeric prefix argument of five or greater to the @kbd{d b}
13899 command, that argument will specify the line width used when breaking
13900 long lines.
13901
13902 @kindex d B
13903 @pindex calc-big-language
13904 The @kbd{d B} (@code{calc-big-language}) command selects a language
13905 which uses textual approximations to various mathematical notations,
13906 such as powers, quotients, and square roots:
13907
13908 @example
13909 ____________
13910 | a + 1 2
13911 | ----- + c
13912 \| b
13913 @end example
13914
13915 @noindent
13916 in place of @samp{sqrt((a+1)/b + c^2)}.
13917
13918 Subscripts like @samp{a_i} are displayed as actual subscripts in ``big''
13919 mode. Double subscripts, @samp{a_i_j} (@samp{subscr(subscr(a, i), j)})
13920 are displayed as @samp{a} with subscripts separated by commas:
13921 @samp{i, j}. They must still be entered in the usual underscore
13922 notation.
13923
13924 One slight ambiguity of Big notation is that
13925
13926 @example
13927 3
13928 - -
13929 4
13930 @end example
13931
13932 @noindent
13933 can represent either the negative rational number @cite{-3:4}, or the
13934 actual expression @samp{-(3/4)}; but the latter formula would normally
13935 never be displayed because it would immediately be evaluated to
13936 @cite{-3:4} or @cite{-0.75}, so this ambiguity is not a problem in
13937 typical use.
13938
13939 Non-decimal numbers are displayed with subscripts. Thus there is no
13940 way to tell the difference between @samp{16#C2} and @samp{C2_16},
13941 though generally you will know which interpretation is correct.
13942 Logarithms @samp{log(x,b)} and @samp{log10(x)} also use subscripts
13943 in Big mode.
13944
13945 In Big mode, stack entries often take up several lines. To aid
13946 readability, stack entries are separated by a blank line in this mode.
13947 You may find it useful to expand the Calc window's height using
13948 @kbd{C-x ^} (@code{enlarge-window}) or to make the Calc window the only
13949 one on the screen with @kbd{C-x 1} (@code{delete-other-windows}).
13950
13951 Long lines are currently not rearranged to fit the window width in
13952 Big mode, so you may need to use the @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys
13953 to scroll across a wide formula. For really big formulas, you may
13954 even need to use @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} to scroll up and down.
13955
13956 @kindex d U
13957 @pindex calc-unformatted-language
13958 The @kbd{d U} (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) command altogether disables
13959 the use of operator notation in formulas. In this mode, the formula
13960 shown above would be displayed:
13961
13962 @example
13963 sqrt(add(div(add(a, 1), b), pow(c, 2)))
13964 @end example
13965
13966 These four modes differ only in display format, not in the format
13967 expected for algebraic entry. The standard Calc operators work in
13968 all four modes, and unformatted notation works in any language mode
13969 (except that Mathematica mode expects square brackets instead of
13970 parentheses).
13971
13972 @node C FORTRAN Pascal, TeX Language Mode, Normal Language Modes, Language Modes
13973 @subsection C, FORTRAN, and Pascal Modes
13974
13975 @noindent
13976 @kindex d C
13977 @pindex calc-c-language
13978 @cindex C language
13979 The @kbd{d C} (@code{calc-c-language}) command selects the conventions
13980 of the C language for display and entry of formulas. This differs from
13981 the normal language mode in a variety of (mostly minor) ways. In
13982 particular, C language operators and operator precedences are used in
13983 place of Calc's usual ones. For example, @samp{a^b} means @samp{xor(a,b)}
13984 in C mode; a value raised to a power is written as a function call,
13985 @samp{pow(a,b)}.
13986
13987 In C mode, vectors and matrices use curly braces instead of brackets.
13988 Octal and hexadecimal values are written with leading @samp{0} or @samp{0x}
13989 rather than using the @samp{#} symbol. Array subscripting is
13990 translated into @code{subscr} calls, so that @samp{a[i]} in C
13991 mode is the same as @samp{a_i} in normal mode. Assignments
13992 turn into the @code{assign} function, which Calc normally displays
13993 using the @samp{:=} symbol.
13994
13995 The variables @code{var-pi} and @code{var-e} would be displayed @samp{pi}
13996 and @samp{e} in normal mode, but in C mode they are displayed as
13997 @samp{M_PI} and @samp{M_E}, corresponding to the names of constants
13998 typically provided in the @file{<math.h>} header. Functions whose
13999 names are different in C are translated automatically for entry and
14000 display purposes. For example, entering @samp{asin(x)} will push the
14001 formula @samp{arcsin(x)} onto the stack; this formula will be displayed
14002 as @samp{asin(x)} as long as C mode is in effect.
14003
14004 @kindex d P
14005 @pindex calc-pascal-language
14006 @cindex Pascal language
14007 The @kbd{d P} (@code{calc-pascal-language}) command selects Pascal
14008 conventions. Like C mode, Pascal mode interprets array brackets and uses
14009 a different table of operators. Hexadecimal numbers are entered and
14010 displayed with a preceding dollar sign. (Thus the regular meaning of
14011 @kbd{$2} during algebraic entry does not work in Pascal mode, though
14012 @kbd{$} (and @kbd{$$}, etc.) not followed by digits works the same as
14013 always.) No special provisions are made for other non-decimal numbers,
14014 vectors, and so on, since there is no universally accepted standard way
14015 of handling these in Pascal.
14016
14017 @kindex d F
14018 @pindex calc-fortran-language
14019 @cindex FORTRAN language
14020 The @kbd{d F} (@code{calc-fortran-language}) command selects FORTRAN
14021 conventions. Various function names are transformed into FORTRAN
14022 equivalents. Vectors are written as @samp{/1, 2, 3/}, and may be
14023 entered this way or using square brackets. Since FORTRAN uses round
14024 parentheses for both function calls and array subscripts, Calc displays
14025 both in the same way; @samp{a(i)} is interpreted as a function call
14026 upon reading, and subscripts must be entered as @samp{subscr(a, i)}.
14027 Also, if the variable @code{a} has been declared to have type
14028 @code{vector} or @code{matrix} then @samp{a(i)} will be parsed as a
14029 subscript. (@xref{Declarations}.) Usually it doesn't matter, though;
14030 if you enter the subscript expression @samp{a(i)} and Calc interprets
14031 it as a function call, you'll never know the difference unless you
14032 switch to another language mode or replace @code{a} with an actual
14033 vector (or unless @code{a} happens to be the name of a built-in
14034 function!).
14035
14036 Underscores are allowed in variable and function names in all of these
14037 language modes. The underscore here is equivalent to the @samp{#} in
14038 normal mode, or to hyphens in the underlying Emacs Lisp variable names.
14039
14040 FORTRAN and Pascal modes normally do not adjust the case of letters in
14041 formulas. Most built-in Calc names use lower-case letters. If you use a
14042 positive numeric prefix argument with @kbd{d P} or @kbd{d F}, these
14043 modes will use upper-case letters exclusively for display, and will
14044 convert to lower-case on input. With a negative prefix, these modes
14045 convert to lower-case for display and input.
14046
14047 @node TeX Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes
14048 @subsection @TeX{} Language Mode
14049
14050 @noindent
14051 @kindex d T
14052 @pindex calc-tex-language
14053 @cindex TeX language
14054 The @kbd{d T} (@code{calc-tex-language}) command selects the conventions
14055 of ``math mode'' in the @TeX{} typesetting language, by Donald Knuth.
14056 Formulas are entered
14057 and displayed in @TeX{} notation, as in @samp{\sin\left( a \over b \right)}.
14058 Math formulas are usually enclosed by @samp{$ $} signs in @TeX{}; these
14059 should be omitted when interfacing with Calc. To Calc, the @samp{$} sign
14060 has the same meaning it always does in algebraic formulas (a reference to
14061 an existing entry on the stack).@refill
14062
14063 Complex numbers are displayed as in @samp{3 + 4i}. Fractions and
14064 quotients are written using @code{\over};
14065 binomial coefficients are written with @code{\choose}.
14066 Interval forms are written with @code{\ldots}, and
14067 error forms are written with @code{\pm}.
14068 Absolute values are written as in @samp{|x + 1|}, and the floor and
14069 ceiling functions are written with @code{\lfloor}, @code{\rfloor}, etc.
14070 The words @code{\left} and @code{\right} are ignored when reading
14071 formulas in @TeX{} mode. Both @code{inf} and @code{uinf} are written
14072 as @code{\infty}; when read, @code{\infty} always translates to
14073 @code{inf}.@refill
14074
14075 Function calls are written the usual way, with the function name followed
14076 by the arguments in parentheses. However, functions for which @TeX{} has
14077 special names (like @code{\sin}) will use curly braces instead of
14078 parentheses for very simple arguments. During input, curly braces and
14079 parentheses work equally well for grouping, but when the document is
14080 formatted the curly braces will be invisible. Thus the printed result is
14081 @c{$\sin{2 x}$}
14082 @cite{sin 2x} but @c{$\sin(2 + x)$}
14083 @cite{sin(2 + x)}.
14084
14085 Function and variable names not treated specially by @TeX{} are simply
14086 written out as-is, which will cause them to come out in italic letters
14087 in the printed document. If you invoke @kbd{d T} with a positive numeric
14088 prefix argument, names of more than one character will instead be written
14089 @samp{\hbox@{@var{name}@}}. The @samp{\hbox@{ @}} notation is ignored
14090 during reading. If you use a negative prefix argument, such function
14091 names are written @samp{\@var{name}}, and function names that begin
14092 with @code{\} during reading have the @code{\} removed. (Note that
14093 in this mode, long variable names are still written with @code{\hbox}.
14094 However, you can always make an actual variable name like @code{\bar}
14095 in any @TeX{} mode.)
14096
14097 During reading, text of the form @samp{\matrix@{ ...@: @}} is replaced
14098 by @samp{[ ...@: ]}. The same also applies to @code{\pmatrix} and
14099 @code{\bmatrix}. The symbol @samp{&} is interpreted as a comma,
14100 and the symbols @samp{\cr} and @samp{\\} are interpreted as semicolons.
14101 During output, matrices are displayed in @samp{\matrix@{ a & b \\ c & d@}}
14102 format; you may need to edit this afterwards to change @code{\matrix}
14103 to @code{\pmatrix} or @code{\\} to @code{\cr}.
14104
14105 Accents like @code{\tilde} and @code{\bar} translate into function
14106 calls internally (@samp{tilde(x)}, @samp{bar(x)}). The @code{\underline}
14107 sequence is treated as an accent. The @code{\vec} accent corresponds
14108 to the function name @code{Vec}, because @code{vec} is the name of
14109 a built-in Calc function. The following table shows the accents
14110 in Calc, @TeX{}, and @dfn{eqn} (described in the next section):
14111
14112 @iftex
14113 @begingroup
14114 @let@calcindexershow=@calcindexernoshow @c Suppress marginal notes
14115 @let@calcindexersh=@calcindexernoshow
14116 @end iftex
14117 @ignore
14118 @starindex
14119 @end ignore
14120 @tindex acute
14121 @ignore
14122 @starindex
14123 @end ignore
14124 @tindex bar
14125 @ignore
14126 @starindex
14127 @end ignore
14128 @tindex breve
14129 @ignore
14130 @starindex
14131 @end ignore
14132 @tindex check
14133 @ignore
14134 @starindex
14135 @end ignore
14136 @tindex dot
14137 @ignore
14138 @starindex
14139 @end ignore
14140 @tindex dotdot
14141 @ignore
14142 @starindex
14143 @end ignore
14144 @tindex dyad
14145 @ignore
14146 @starindex
14147 @end ignore
14148 @tindex grave
14149 @ignore
14150 @starindex
14151 @end ignore
14152 @tindex hat
14153 @ignore
14154 @starindex
14155 @end ignore
14156 @tindex Prime
14157 @ignore
14158 @starindex
14159 @end ignore
14160 @tindex tilde
14161 @ignore
14162 @starindex
14163 @end ignore
14164 @tindex under
14165 @ignore
14166 @starindex
14167 @end ignore
14168 @tindex Vec
14169 @iftex
14170 @endgroup
14171 @end iftex
14172 @example
14173 Calc TeX eqn
14174 ---- --- ---
14175 acute \acute
14176 bar \bar bar
14177 breve \breve
14178 check \check
14179 dot \dot dot
14180 dotdot \ddot dotdot
14181 dyad dyad
14182 grave \grave
14183 hat \hat hat
14184 Prime prime
14185 tilde \tilde tilde
14186 under \underline under
14187 Vec \vec vec
14188 @end example
14189
14190 The @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operator appears as a @code{\to} symbol:
14191 @samp{@{@var{a} \to @var{b}@}}. @TeX{} defines @code{\to} as an
14192 alias for @code{\rightarrow}. However, if the @samp{=>} is the
14193 top-level expression being formatted, a slightly different notation
14194 is used: @samp{\evalto @var{a} \to @var{b}}. The @code{\evalto}
14195 word is ignored by Calc's input routines, and is undefined in @TeX{}.
14196 You will typically want to include one of the following definitions
14197 at the top of a @TeX{} file that uses @code{\evalto}:
14198
14199 @example
14200 \def\evalto@{@}
14201 \def\evalto#1\to@{@}
14202 @end example
14203
14204 The first definition formats evaluates-to operators in the usual
14205 way. The second causes only the @var{b} part to appear in the
14206 printed document; the @var{a} part and the arrow are hidden.
14207 Another definition you may wish to use is @samp{\let\to=\Rightarrow}
14208 which causes @code{\to} to appear more like Calc's @samp{=>} symbol.
14209 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a discussion of @code{evalto}.
14210
14211 The complete set of @TeX{} control sequences that are ignored during
14212 reading is:
14213
14214 @example
14215 \hbox \mbox \text \left \right
14216 \, \> \: \; \! \quad \qquad \hfil \hfill
14217 \displaystyle \textstyle \dsize \tsize
14218 \scriptstyle \scriptscriptstyle \ssize \ssize
14219 \rm \bf \it \sl \roman \bold \italic \slanted
14220 \cal \mit \Cal \Bbb \frak \goth
14221 \evalto
14222 @end example
14223
14224 Note that, because these symbols are ignored, reading a @TeX{} formula
14225 into Calc and writing it back out may lose spacing and font information.
14226
14227 Also, the ``discretionary multiplication sign'' @samp{\*} is read
14228 the same as @samp{*}.
14229
14230 @ifinfo
14231 The @TeX{} version of this manual includes some printed examples at the
14232 end of this section.
14233 @end ifinfo
14234 @iftex
14235 Here are some examples of how various Calc formulas are formatted in @TeX{}:
14236
14237 @example
14238 @group
14239 sin(a^2 / b_i)
14240 \sin\left( {a^2 \over b_i} \right)
14241 @end group
14242 @end example
14243 @tex
14244 \let\rm\goodrm
14245 $$ \sin\left( a^2 \over b_i \right) $$
14246 @end tex
14247 @sp 1
14248
14249 @example
14250 @group
14251 [(3, 4), 3:4, 3 +/- 4, [3 .. inf)]
14252 [3 + 4i, @{3 \over 4@}, 3 \pm 4, [3 \ldots \infty)]
14253 @end group
14254 @end example
14255 @tex
14256 \turnoffactive
14257 $$ [3 + 4i, {3 \over 4}, 3 \pm 4, [ 3 \ldots \infty)] $$
14258 @end tex
14259 @sp 1
14260
14261 @example
14262 @group
14263 [abs(a), abs(a / b), floor(a), ceil(a / b)]
14264 [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14265 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil]
14266 @end group
14267 @end example
14268 @tex
14269 $$ [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14270 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil] $$
14271 @end tex
14272 @sp 1
14273
14274 @example
14275 @group
14276 [sin(a), sin(2 a), sin(2 + a), sin(a / b)]
14277 [\sin@{a@}, \sin@{2 a@}, \sin(2 + a),
14278 \sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)]
14279 @end group
14280 @end example
14281 @tex
14282 \turnoffactive\let\rm\goodrm
14283 $$ [\sin{a}, \sin{2 a}, \sin(2 + a), \sin\left( {a \over b} \right)] $$
14284 @end tex
14285 @sp 2
14286
14287 First with plain @kbd{d T}, then with @kbd{C-u d T}, then finally with
14288 @kbd{C-u - d T} (using the example definition
14289 @samp{\def\foo#1@{\tilde F(#1)@}}:
14290
14291 @example
14292 @group
14293 [f(a), foo(bar), sin(pi)]
14294 [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}]
14295 [f(a), \hbox@{foo@}(\hbox@{bar@}), \sin@{\pi@}]
14296 [f(a), \foo@{\hbox@{bar@}@}, \sin@{\pi@}]
14297 @end group
14298 @end example
14299 @tex
14300 \let\rm\goodrm
14301 $$ [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}] $$
14302 $$ [f(a), \hbox{foo}(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14303 $$ [f(a), \tilde F(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14304 @end tex
14305 @sp 2
14306
14307 First with @samp{\def\evalto@{@}}, then with @samp{\def\evalto#1\to@{@}}:
14308
14309 @example
14310 @group
14311 2 + 3 => 5
14312 \evalto 2 + 3 \to 5
14313 @end group
14314 @end example
14315 @tex
14316 \turnoffactive
14317 $$ 2 + 3 \to 5 $$
14318 $$ 5 $$
14319 @end tex
14320 @sp 2
14321
14322 First with standard @code{\to}, then with @samp{\let\to\Rightarrow}:
14323
14324 @example
14325 @group
14326 [2 + 3 => 5, a / 2 => (b + c) / 2]
14327 [@{2 + 3 \to 5@}, @{@{a \over 2@} \to @{b + c \over 2@}@}]
14328 @end group
14329 @end example
14330 @tex
14331 \turnoffactive
14332 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$
14333 {\let\to\Rightarrow
14334 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$}
14335 @end tex
14336 @sp 2
14337
14338 Matrices normally, then changing @code{\matrix} to @code{\pmatrix}:
14339
14340 @example
14341 @group
14342 [ [ a / b, 0 ], [ 0, 2^(x + 1) ] ]
14343 \matrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14344 \pmatrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14345 @end group
14346 @end example
14347 @tex
14348 \turnoffactive
14349 $$ \matrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14350 $$ \pmatrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14351 @end tex
14352 @sp 2
14353 @end iftex
14354
14355 @node Eqn Language Mode, Mathematica Language Mode, TeX Language Mode, Language Modes
14356 @subsection Eqn Language Mode
14357
14358 @noindent
14359 @kindex d E
14360 @pindex calc-eqn-language
14361 @dfn{Eqn} is another popular formatter for math formulas. It is
14362 designed for use with the TROFF text formatter, and comes standard
14363 with many versions of Unix. The @kbd{d E} (@code{calc-eqn-language})
14364 command selects @dfn{eqn} notation.
14365
14366 The @dfn{eqn} language's main idiosyncrasy is that whitespace plays
14367 a significant part in the parsing of the language. For example,
14368 @samp{sqrt x+1 + y} treats @samp{x+1} as the argument of the
14369 @code{sqrt} operator. @dfn{Eqn} also understands more conventional
14370 grouping using curly braces: @samp{sqrt@{x+1@} + y}. Braces are
14371 required only when the argument contains spaces.
14372
14373 In Calc's @dfn{eqn} mode, however, curly braces are required to
14374 delimit arguments of operators like @code{sqrt}. The first of the
14375 above examples would treat only the @samp{x} as the argument of
14376 @code{sqrt}, and in fact @samp{sin x+1} would be interpreted as
14377 @samp{sin * x + 1}, because @code{sin} is not a special operator
14378 in the @dfn{eqn} language. If you always surround the argument
14379 with curly braces, Calc will never misunderstand.
14380
14381 Calc also understands parentheses as grouping characters. Another
14382 peculiarity of @dfn{eqn}'s syntax makes it advisable to separate
14383 words with spaces from any surrounding characters that aren't curly
14384 braces, so Calc writes @samp{sin ( x + y )} in @dfn{eqn} mode.
14385 (The spaces around @code{sin} are important to make @dfn{eqn}
14386 recognize that @code{sin} should be typeset in a roman font, and
14387 the spaces around @code{x} and @code{y} are a good idea just in
14388 case the @dfn{eqn} document has defined special meanings for these
14389 names, too.)
14390
14391 Powers and subscripts are written with the @code{sub} and @code{sup}
14392 operators, respectively. Note that the caret symbol @samp{^} is
14393 treated the same as a space in @dfn{eqn} mode, as is the @samp{~}
14394 symbol (these are used to introduce spaces of various widths into
14395 the typeset output of @dfn{eqn}).
14396
14397 As in @TeX{} mode, Calc's formatter omits parentheses around the
14398 arguments of functions like @code{ln} and @code{sin} if they are
14399 ``simple-looking''; in this case Calc surrounds the argument with
14400 braces, separated by a @samp{~} from the function name: @samp{sin~@{x@}}.
14401
14402 Font change codes (like @samp{roman @var{x}}) and positioning codes
14403 (like @samp{~} and @samp{down @var{n} @var{x}}) are ignored by the
14404 @dfn{eqn} reader. Also ignored are the words @code{left}, @code{right},
14405 @code{mark}, and @code{lineup}. Quotation marks in @dfn{eqn} mode input
14406 are treated the same as curly braces: @samp{sqrt "1+x"} is equivalent to
14407 @samp{sqrt @{1+x@}}; this is only an approximation to the true meaning
14408 of quotes in @dfn{eqn}, but it is good enough for most uses.
14409
14410 Accent codes (@samp{@var{x} dot}) are handled by treating them as
14411 function calls (@samp{dot(@var{x})}) internally. @xref{TeX Language
14412 Mode}, for a table of these accent functions. The @code{prime} accent
14413 is treated specially if it occurs on a variable or function name:
14414 @samp{f prime prime @w{( x prime )}} is stored internally as
14415 @samp{f'@w{'}(x')}. For example, taking the derivative of @samp{f(2 x)}
14416 with @kbd{a d x} will produce @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, which @dfn{eqn} mode
14417 will display as @samp{2 f prime ( 2 x )}.
14418
14419 Assignments are written with the @samp{<-} (left-arrow) symbol,
14420 and @code{evalto} operators are written with @samp{->} or
14421 @samp{evalto ... ->} (@pxref{TeX Language Mode}, for a discussion
14422 of this). The regular Calc symbols @samp{:=} and @samp{=>} are also
14423 recognized for these operators during reading.
14424
14425 Vectors in @dfn{eqn} mode use regular Calc square brackets, but
14426 matrices are formatted as @samp{matrix @{ ccol @{ a above b @} ... @}}.
14427 The words @code{lcol} and @code{rcol} are recognized as synonyms
14428 for @code{ccol} during input, and are generated instead of @code{ccol}
14429 if the matrix justification mode so specifies.
14430
14431 @node Mathematica Language Mode, Maple Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, Language Modes
14432 @subsection Mathematica Language Mode
14433
14434 @noindent
14435 @kindex d M
14436 @pindex calc-mathematica-language
14437 @cindex Mathematica language
14438 The @kbd{d M} (@code{calc-mathematica-language}) command selects the
14439 conventions of Mathematica, a powerful and popular mathematical tool
14440 from Wolfram Research, Inc. Notable differences in Mathematica mode
14441 are that the names of built-in functions are capitalized, and function
14442 calls use square brackets instead of parentheses. Thus the Calc
14443 formula @samp{sin(2 x)} is entered and displayed @w{@samp{Sin[2 x]}} in
14444 Mathematica mode.
14445
14446 Vectors and matrices use curly braces in Mathematica. Complex numbers
14447 are written @samp{3 + 4 I}. The standard special constants in Calc are
14448 written @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio}, @code{EulerGamma},
14449 @code{Infinity}, @code{ComplexInfinity}, and @code{Indeterminate} in
14450 Mathematica mode.
14451 Non-decimal numbers are written, e.g., @samp{16^^7fff}. Floating-point
14452 numbers in scientific notation are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14453 Subscripts use double square brackets: @samp{a[[i]]}.@refill
14454
14455 @node Maple Language Mode, Compositions, Mathematica Language Mode, Language Modes
14456 @subsection Maple Language Mode
14457
14458 @noindent
14459 @kindex d W
14460 @pindex calc-maple-language
14461 @cindex Maple language
14462 The @kbd{d W} (@code{calc-maple-language}) command selects the
14463 conventions of Maple, another mathematical tool from the University
14464 of Waterloo.
14465
14466 Maple's language is much like C. Underscores are allowed in symbol
14467 names; square brackets are used for subscripts; explicit @samp{*}s for
14468 multiplications are required. Use either @samp{^} or @samp{**} to
14469 denote powers.
14470
14471 Maple uses square brackets for lists and curly braces for sets. Calc
14472 interprets both notations as vectors, and displays vectors with square
14473 brackets. This means Maple sets will be converted to lists when they
14474 pass through Calc. As a special case, matrices are written as calls
14475 to the function @code{matrix}, given a list of lists as the argument,
14476 and can be read in this form or with all-capitals @code{MATRIX}.
14477
14478 The Maple interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} has no surrounding brackets;
14479 Calc reads @samp{2 .. 3} as the closed interval @samp{[2 .. 3]}, and
14480 writes any kind of interval as @samp{2 .. 3}. This means you cannot
14481 see the difference between an open and a closed interval while in
14482 Maple display mode.
14483
14484 Maple writes complex numbers as @samp{3 + 4*I}. Its special constants
14485 are @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, and @code{infinity} (all three of
14486 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} display as @code{infinity}).
14487 Floating-point numbers are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14488
14489 Among things not currently handled by Calc's Maple mode are the
14490 various quote symbols, procedures and functional operators, and
14491 inert (@samp{&}) operators.
14492
14493 @node Compositions, Syntax Tables, Maple Language Mode, Language Modes
14494 @subsection Compositions
14495
14496 @noindent
14497 @cindex Compositions
14498 There are several @dfn{composition functions} which allow you to get
14499 displays in a variety of formats similar to those in Big language
14500 mode. Most of these functions do not evaluate to anything; they are
14501 placeholders which are left in symbolic form by Calc's evaluator but
14502 are recognized by Calc's display formatting routines.
14503
14504 Two of these, @code{string} and @code{bstring}, are described elsewhere.
14505 @xref{Strings}. For example, @samp{string("ABC")} is displayed as
14506 @samp{ABC}. When viewed on the stack it will be indistinguishable from
14507 the variable @code{ABC}, but internally it will be stored as
14508 @samp{string([65, 66, 67])} and can still be manipulated this way; for
14509 example, the selection and vector commands @kbd{j 1 v v j u} would
14510 select the vector portion of this object and reverse the elements, then
14511 deselect to reveal a string whose characters had been reversed.
14512
14513 The composition functions do the same thing in all language modes
14514 (although their components will of course be formatted in the current
14515 language mode). The one exception is Unformatted mode (@kbd{d U}),
14516 which does not give the composition functions any special treatment.
14517 The functions are discussed here because of their relationship to
14518 the language modes.
14519
14520 @menu
14521 * Composition Basics::
14522 * Horizontal Compositions::
14523 * Vertical Compositions::
14524 * Other Compositions::
14525 * Information about Compositions::
14526 * User-Defined Compositions::
14527 @end menu
14528
14529 @node Composition Basics, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions, Compositions
14530 @subsubsection Composition Basics
14531
14532 @noindent
14533 Compositions are generally formed by stacking formulas together
14534 horizontally or vertically in various ways. Those formulas are
14535 themselves compositions. @TeX{} users will find this analogous
14536 to @TeX{}'s ``boxes.'' Each multi-line composition has a
14537 @dfn{baseline}; horizontal compositions use the baselines to
14538 decide how formulas should be positioned relative to one another.
14539 For example, in the Big mode formula
14540
14541 @example
14542 @group
14543 2
14544 a + b
14545 17 + ------
14546 c
14547 @end group
14548 @end example
14549
14550 @noindent
14551 the second term of the sum is four lines tall and has line three as
14552 its baseline. Thus when the term is combined with 17, line three
14553 is placed on the same level as the baseline of 17.
14554
14555 @tex
14556 \bigskip
14557 @end tex
14558
14559 Another important composition concept is @dfn{precedence}. This is
14560 an integer that represents the binding strength of various operators.
14561 For example, @samp{*} has higher precedence (195) than @samp{+} (180),
14562 which means that @samp{(a * b) + c} will be formatted without the
14563 parentheses, but @samp{a * (b + c)} will keep the parentheses.
14564
14565 The operator table used by normal and Big language modes has the
14566 following precedences:
14567
14568 @example
14569 _ 1200 @r{(subscripts)}
14570 % 1100 @r{(as in n}%@r{)}
14571 - 1000 @r{(as in }-@r{n)}
14572 ! 1000 @r{(as in }!@r{n)}
14573 mod 400
14574 +/- 300
14575 !! 210 @r{(as in n}!!@r{)}
14576 ! 210 @r{(as in n}!@r{)}
14577 ^ 200
14578 * 195 @r{(or implicit multiplication)}
14579 / % \ 190
14580 + - 180 @r{(as in a}+@r{b)}
14581 | 170
14582 < = 160 @r{(and other relations)}
14583 && 110
14584 || 100
14585 ? : 90
14586 !!! 85
14587 &&& 80
14588 ||| 75
14589 := 50
14590 :: 45
14591 => 40
14592 @end example
14593
14594 The general rule is that if an operator with precedence @cite{n}
14595 occurs as an argument to an operator with precedence @cite{m}, then
14596 the argument is enclosed in parentheses if @cite{n < m}. Top-level
14597 expressions and expressions which are function arguments, vector
14598 components, etc., are formatted with precedence zero (so that they
14599 normally never get additional parentheses).
14600
14601 For binary left-associative operators like @samp{+}, the righthand
14602 argument is actually formatted with one-higher precedence than shown
14603 in the table. This makes sure @samp{(a + b) + c} omits the parentheses,
14604 but the unnatural form @samp{a + (b + c)} keeps its parentheses.
14605 Right-associative operators like @samp{^} format the lefthand argument
14606 with one-higher precedence.
14607
14608 @ignore
14609 @starindex
14610 @end ignore
14611 @tindex cprec
14612 The @code{cprec} function formats an expression with an arbitrary
14613 precedence. For example, @samp{cprec(abc, 185)} will combine into
14614 sums and products as follows: @samp{7 + abc}, @samp{7 (abc)} (because
14615 this @code{cprec} form has higher precedence than addition, but lower
14616 precedence than multiplication).
14617
14618 @tex
14619 \bigskip
14620 @end tex
14621
14622 A final composition issue is @dfn{line breaking}. Calc uses two
14623 different strategies for ``flat'' and ``non-flat'' compositions.
14624 A non-flat composition is anything that appears on multiple lines
14625 (not counting line breaking). Examples would be matrices and Big
14626 mode powers and quotients. Non-flat compositions are displayed
14627 exactly as specified. If they come out wider than the current
14628 window, you must use horizontal scrolling (@kbd{<} and @kbd{>}) to
14629 view them.
14630
14631 Flat compositions, on the other hand, will be broken across several
14632 lines if they are too wide to fit the window. Certain points in a
14633 composition are noted internally as @dfn{break points}. Calc's
14634 general strategy is to fill each line as much as possible, then to
14635 move down to the next line starting at the first break point that
14636 didn't fit. However, the line breaker understands the hierarchical
14637 structure of formulas. It will not break an ``inner'' formula if
14638 it can use an earlier break point from an ``outer'' formula instead.
14639 For example, a vector of sums might be formatted as:
14640
14641 @example
14642 @group
14643 [ a + b + c, d + e + f,
14644 g + h + i, j + k + l, m ]
14645 @end group
14646 @end example
14647
14648 @noindent
14649 If the @samp{m} can fit, then so, it seems, could the @samp{g}.
14650 But Calc prefers to break at the comma since the comma is part
14651 of a ``more outer'' formula. Calc would break at a plus sign
14652 only if it had to, say, if the very first sum in the vector had
14653 itself been too large to fit.
14654
14655 Of the composition functions described below, only @code{choriz}
14656 generates break points. The @code{bstring} function (@pxref{Strings})
14657 also generates breakable items: A break point is added after every
14658 space (or group of spaces) except for spaces at the very beginning or
14659 end of the string.
14660
14661 Composition functions themselves count as levels in the formula
14662 hierarchy, so a @code{choriz} that is a component of a larger
14663 @code{choriz} will be less likely to be broken. As a special case,
14664 if a @code{bstring} occurs as a component of a @code{choriz} or
14665 @code{choriz}-like object (such as a vector or a list of arguments
14666 in a function call), then the break points in that @code{bstring}
14667 will be on the same level as the break points of the surrounding
14668 object.
14669
14670 @node Horizontal Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Composition Basics, Compositions
14671 @subsubsection Horizontal Compositions
14672
14673 @noindent
14674 @ignore
14675 @starindex
14676 @end ignore
14677 @tindex choriz
14678 The @code{choriz} function takes a vector of objects and composes
14679 them horizontally. For example, @samp{choriz([17, a b/c, d])} formats
14680 as @w{@samp{17a b / cd}} in normal language mode, or as
14681
14682 @example
14683 @group
14684 a b
14685 17---d
14686 c
14687 @end group
14688 @end example
14689
14690 @noindent
14691 in Big language mode. This is actually one case of the general
14692 function @samp{choriz(@var{vec}, @var{sep}, @var{prec})}, where
14693 either or both of @var{sep} and @var{prec} may be omitted.
14694 @var{Prec} gives the @dfn{precedence} to use when formatting
14695 each of the components of @var{vec}. The default precedence is
14696 the precedence from the surrounding environment.
14697
14698 @var{Sep} is a string (i.e., a vector of character codes as might
14699 be entered with @code{" "} notation) which should separate components
14700 of the composition. Also, if @var{sep} is given, the line breaker
14701 will allow lines to be broken after each occurrence of @var{sep}.
14702 If @var{sep} is omitted, the composition will not be breakable
14703 (unless any of its component compositions are breakable).
14704
14705 For example, @samp{2 choriz([a, b c, d = e], " + ", 180)} is
14706 formatted as @samp{2 a + b c + (d = e)}. To get the @code{choriz}
14707 to have precedence 180 ``outwards'' as well as ``inwards,''
14708 enclose it in a @code{cprec} form: @samp{2 cprec(choriz(...), 180)}
14709 formats as @samp{2 (a + b c + (d = e))}.
14710
14711 The baseline of a horizontal composition is the same as the
14712 baselines of the component compositions, which are all aligned.
14713
14714 @node Vertical Compositions, Other Compositions, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions
14715 @subsubsection Vertical Compositions
14716
14717 @noindent
14718 @ignore
14719 @starindex
14720 @end ignore
14721 @tindex cvert
14722 The @code{cvert} function makes a vertical composition. Each
14723 component of the vector is centered in a column. The baseline of
14724 the result is by default the top line of the resulting composition.
14725 For example, @samp{f(cvert([a, bb, ccc]), cvert([a^2 + 1, b^2]))}
14726 formats in Big mode as
14727
14728 @example
14729 @group
14730 f( a , 2 )
14731 bb a + 1
14732 ccc 2
14733 b
14734 @end group
14735 @end example
14736
14737 @ignore
14738 @starindex
14739 @end ignore
14740 @tindex cbase
14741 There are several special composition functions that work only as
14742 components of a vertical composition. The @code{cbase} function
14743 controls the baseline of the vertical composition; the baseline
14744 will be the same as the baseline of whatever component is enclosed
14745 in @code{cbase}. Thus @samp{f(cvert([a, cbase(bb), ccc]),
14746 cvert([a^2 + 1, cbase(b^2)]))} displays as
14747
14748 @example
14749 @group
14750 2
14751 a + 1
14752 a 2
14753 f(bb , b )
14754 ccc
14755 @end group
14756 @end example
14757
14758 @ignore
14759 @starindex
14760 @end ignore
14761 @tindex ctbase
14762 @ignore
14763 @starindex
14764 @end ignore
14765 @tindex cbbase
14766 There are also @code{ctbase} and @code{cbbase} functions which
14767 make the baseline of the vertical composition equal to the top
14768 or bottom line (rather than the baseline) of that component.
14769 Thus @samp{cvert([cbase(a / b)]) + cvert([ctbase(a / b)]) +
14770 cvert([cbbase(a / b)])} gives
14771
14772 @example
14773 @group
14774 a
14775 a -
14776 - + a + b
14777 b -
14778 b
14779 @end group
14780 @end example
14781
14782 There should be only one @code{cbase}, @code{ctbase}, or @code{cbbase}
14783 function in a given vertical composition. These functions can also
14784 be written with no arguments: @samp{ctbase()} is a zero-height object
14785 which means the baseline is the top line of the following item, and
14786 @samp{cbbase()} means the baseline is the bottom line of the preceding
14787 item.
14788
14789 @ignore
14790 @starindex
14791 @end ignore
14792 @tindex crule
14793 The @code{crule} function builds a ``rule,'' or horizontal line,
14794 across a vertical composition. By itself @samp{crule()} uses @samp{-}
14795 characters to build the rule. You can specify any other character,
14796 e.g., @samp{crule("=")}. The argument must be a character code or
14797 vector of exactly one character code. It is repeated to match the
14798 width of the widest item in the stack. For example, a quotient
14799 with a thick line is @samp{cvert([a + 1, cbase(crule("=")), b^2])}:
14800
14801 @example
14802 @group
14803 a + 1
14804 =====
14805 2
14806 b
14807 @end group
14808 @end example
14809
14810 @ignore
14811 @starindex
14812 @end ignore
14813 @tindex clvert
14814 @ignore
14815 @starindex
14816 @end ignore
14817 @tindex crvert
14818 Finally, the functions @code{clvert} and @code{crvert} act exactly
14819 like @code{cvert} except that the items are left- or right-justified
14820 in the stack. Thus @samp{clvert([a, bb, ccc]) + crvert([a, bb, ccc])}
14821 gives:
14822
14823 @example
14824 @group
14825 a + a
14826 bb bb
14827 ccc ccc
14828 @end group
14829 @end example
14830
14831 Like @code{choriz}, the vertical compositions accept a second argument
14832 which gives the precedence to use when formatting the components.
14833 Vertical compositions do not support separator strings.
14834
14835 @node Other Compositions, Information about Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Compositions
14836 @subsubsection Other Compositions
14837
14838 @noindent
14839 @ignore
14840 @starindex
14841 @end ignore
14842 @tindex csup
14843 The @code{csup} function builds a superscripted expression. For
14844 example, @samp{csup(a, b)} looks the same as @samp{a^b} does in Big
14845 language mode. This is essentially a horizontal composition of
14846 @samp{a} and @samp{b}, where @samp{b} is shifted up so that its
14847 bottom line is one above the baseline.
14848
14849 @ignore
14850 @starindex
14851 @end ignore
14852 @tindex csub
14853 Likewise, the @code{csub} function builds a subscripted expression.
14854 This shifts @samp{b} down so that its top line is one below the
14855 bottom line of @samp{a} (note that this is not quite analogous to
14856 @code{csup}). Other arrangements can be obtained by using
14857 @code{choriz} and @code{cvert} directly.
14858
14859 @ignore
14860 @starindex
14861 @end ignore
14862 @tindex cflat
14863 The @code{cflat} function formats its argument in ``flat'' mode,
14864 as obtained by @samp{d O}, if the current language mode is normal
14865 or Big. It has no effect in other language modes. For example,
14866 @samp{a^(b/c)} is formatted by Big mode like @samp{csup(a, cflat(b/c))}
14867 to improve its readability.
14868
14869 @ignore
14870 @starindex
14871 @end ignore
14872 @tindex cspace
14873 The @code{cspace} function creates horizontal space. For example,
14874 @samp{cspace(4)} is effectively the same as @samp{string(" ")}.
14875 A second string (i.e., vector of characters) argument is repeated
14876 instead of the space character. For example, @samp{cspace(4, "ab")}
14877 looks like @samp{abababab}. If the second argument is not a string,
14878 it is formatted in the normal way and then several copies of that
14879 are composed together: @samp{cspace(4, a^2)} yields
14880
14881 @example
14882 @group
14883 2 2 2 2
14884 a a a a
14885 @end group
14886 @end example
14887
14888 @noindent
14889 If the number argument is zero, this is a zero-width object.
14890
14891 @ignore
14892 @starindex
14893 @end ignore
14894 @tindex cvspace
14895 The @code{cvspace} function creates vertical space, or a vertical
14896 stack of copies of a certain string or formatted object. The
14897 baseline is the center line of the resulting stack. A numerical
14898 argument of zero will produce an object which contributes zero
14899 height if used in a vertical composition.
14900
14901 @ignore
14902 @starindex
14903 @end ignore
14904 @tindex ctspace
14905 @ignore
14906 @starindex
14907 @end ignore
14908 @tindex cbspace
14909 There are also @code{ctspace} and @code{cbspace} functions which
14910 create vertical space with the baseline the same as the baseline
14911 of the top or bottom copy, respectively, of the second argument.
14912 Thus @samp{cvspace(2, a/b) + ctspace(2, a/b) + cbspace(2, a/b)}
14913 displays as:
14914
14915 @example
14916 @group
14917 a
14918 -
14919 a b
14920 - a a
14921 b + - + -
14922 a b b
14923 - a
14924 b -
14925 b
14926 @end group
14927 @end example
14928
14929 @node Information about Compositions, User-Defined Compositions, Other Compositions, Compositions
14930 @subsubsection Information about Compositions
14931
14932 @noindent
14933 The functions in this section are actual functions; they compose their
14934 arguments according to the current language and other display modes,
14935 then return a certain measurement of the composition as an integer.
14936
14937 @ignore
14938 @starindex
14939 @end ignore
14940 @tindex cwidth
14941 The @code{cwidth} function measures the width, in characters, of a
14942 composition. For example, @samp{cwidth(a + b)} is 5, and
14943 @samp{cwidth(a / b)} is 5 in normal mode, 1 in Big mode, and 11 in
14944 @TeX{} mode (for @samp{@{a \over b@}}). The argument may involve
14945 the composition functions described in this section.
14946
14947 @ignore
14948 @starindex
14949 @end ignore
14950 @tindex cheight
14951 The @code{cheight} function measures the height of a composition.
14952 This is the total number of lines in the argument's printed form.
14953
14954 @ignore
14955 @starindex
14956 @end ignore
14957 @tindex cascent
14958 @ignore
14959 @starindex
14960 @end ignore
14961 @tindex cdescent
14962 The functions @code{cascent} and @code{cdescent} measure the amount
14963 of the height that is above (and including) the baseline, or below
14964 the baseline, respectively. Thus @samp{cascent(@var{x}) + cdescent(@var{x})}
14965 always equals @samp{cheight(@var{x})}. For a one-line formula like
14966 @samp{a + b}, @code{cascent} returns 1 and @code{cdescent} returns 0.
14967 For @samp{a / b} in Big mode, @code{cascent} returns 2 and @code{cdescent}
14968 returns 1. The only formula for which @code{cascent} will return zero
14969 is @samp{cvspace(0)} or equivalents.
14970
14971 @node User-Defined Compositions, , Information about Compositions, Compositions
14972 @subsubsection User-Defined Compositions
14973
14974 @noindent
14975 @kindex Z C
14976 @pindex calc-user-define-composition
14977 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command lets you
14978 define the display format for any algebraic function. You provide a
14979 formula containing a certain number of argument variables on the stack.
14980 Any time Calc formats a call to the specified function in the current
14981 language mode and with that number of arguments, Calc effectively
14982 replaces the function call with that formula with the arguments
14983 replaced.
14984
14985 Calc builds the default argument list by sorting all the variable names
14986 that appear in the formula into alphabetical order. You can edit this
14987 argument list before pressing @key{RET} if you wish. Any variables in
14988 the formula that do not appear in the argument list will be displayed
14989 literally; any arguments that do not appear in the formula will not
14990 affect the display at all.
14991
14992 You can define formats for built-in functions, for functions you have
14993 defined with @kbd{Z F} (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}), or for functions
14994 which have no definitions but are being used as purely syntactic objects.
14995 You can define different formats for each language mode, and for each
14996 number of arguments, using a succession of @kbd{Z C} commands. When
14997 Calc formats a function call, it first searches for a format defined
14998 for the current language mode (and number of arguments); if there is
14999 none, it uses the format defined for the Normal language mode. If
15000 neither format exists, Calc uses its built-in standard format for that
15001 function (usually just @samp{@var{func}(@var{args})}).
15002
15003 If you execute @kbd{Z C} with the number 0 on the stack instead of a
15004 formula, any defined formats for the function in the current language
15005 mode will be removed. The function will revert to its standard format.
15006
15007 For example, the default format for the binomial coefficient function
15008 @samp{choose(n, m)} in the Big language mode is
15009
15010 @example
15011 @group
15012 n
15013 ( )
15014 m
15015 @end group
15016 @end example
15017
15018 @noindent
15019 You might prefer the notation,
15020
15021 @example
15022 @group
15023 C
15024 n m
15025 @end group
15026 @end example
15027
15028 @noindent
15029 To define this notation, first make sure you are in Big mode,
15030 then put the formula
15031
15032 @smallexample
15033 choriz([cvert([cvspace(1), n]), C, cvert([cvspace(1), m])])
15034 @end smallexample
15035
15036 @noindent
15037 on the stack and type @kbd{Z C}. Answer the first prompt with
15038 @code{choose}. The second prompt will be the default argument list
15039 of @samp{(C m n)}. Edit this list to be @samp{(n m)} and press
15040 @key{RET}. Now, try it out: For example, turn simplification
15041 off with @kbd{m O} and enter @samp{choose(a,b) + choose(7,3)}
15042 as an algebraic entry.
15043
15044 @example
15045 @group
15046 C + C
15047 a b 7 3
15048 @end group
15049 @end example
15050
15051 As another example, let's define the usual notation for Stirling
15052 numbers of the first kind, @samp{stir1(n, m)}. This is just like
15053 the regular format for binomial coefficients but with square brackets
15054 instead of parentheses.
15055
15056 @smallexample
15057 choriz([string("["), cvert([n, cbase(cvspace(1)), m]), string("]")])
15058 @end smallexample
15059
15060 Now type @kbd{Z C stir1 @key{RET}}, edit the argument list to
15061 @samp{(n m)}, and type @key{RET}.
15062
15063 The formula provided to @kbd{Z C} usually will involve composition
15064 functions, but it doesn't have to. Putting the formula @samp{a + b + c}
15065 onto the stack and typing @kbd{Z C foo @key{RET} @key{RET}} would define
15066 the function @samp{foo(x,y,z)} to display like @samp{x + y + z}.
15067 This ``sum'' will act exactly like a real sum for all formatting
15068 purposes (it will be parenthesized the same, and so on). However
15069 it will be computationally unrelated to a sum. For example, the
15070 formula @samp{2 * foo(1, 2, 3)} will display as @samp{2 (1 + 2 + 3)}.
15071 Operator precedences have caused the ``sum'' to be written in
15072 parentheses, but the arguments have not actually been summed.
15073 (Generally a display format like this would be undesirable, since
15074 it can easily be confused with a real sum.)
15075
15076 The special function @code{eval} can be used inside a @kbd{Z C}
15077 composition formula to cause all or part of the formula to be
15078 evaluated at display time. For example, if the formula is
15079 @samp{a + eval(b + c)}, then @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} will be displayed
15080 as @samp{1 + 5}. Evaluation will use the default simplifications,
15081 regardless of the current simplification mode. There are also
15082 @code{evalsimp} and @code{evalextsimp} which simplify as if by
15083 @kbd{a s} and @kbd{a e} (respectively). Note that these ``functions''
15084 operate only in the context of composition formulas (and also in
15085 rewrite rules, where they serve a similar purpose; @pxref{Rewrite
15086 Rules}). On the stack, a call to @code{eval} will be left in
15087 symbolic form.
15088
15089 It is not a good idea to use @code{eval} except as a last resort.
15090 It can cause the display of formulas to be extremely slow. For
15091 example, while @samp{eval(a + b)} might seem quite fast and simple,
15092 there are several situations where it could be slow. For example,
15093 @samp{a} and/or @samp{b} could be polar complex numbers, in which
15094 case doing the sum requires trigonometry. Or, @samp{a} could be
15095 the factorial @samp{fact(100)} which is unevaluated because you
15096 have typed @kbd{m O}; @code{eval} will evaluate it anyway to
15097 produce a large, unwieldy integer.
15098
15099 You can save your display formats permanently using the @kbd{Z P}
15100 command (@pxref{Creating User Keys}).
15101
15102 @node Syntax Tables, , Compositions, Language Modes
15103 @subsection Syntax Tables
15104
15105 @noindent
15106 @cindex Syntax tables
15107 @cindex Parsing formulas, customized
15108 Syntax tables do for input what compositions do for output: They
15109 allow you to teach custom notations to Calc's formula parser.
15110 Calc keeps a separate syntax table for each language mode.
15111
15112 (Note that the Calc ``syntax tables'' discussed here are completely
15113 unrelated to the syntax tables described in the Emacs manual.)
15114
15115 @kindex Z S
15116 @pindex calc-edit-user-syntax
15117 The @kbd{Z S} (@code{calc-edit-user-syntax}) command edits the
15118 syntax table for the current language mode. If you want your
15119 syntax to work in any language, define it in the normal language
15120 mode. Type @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish editing the syntax table, or
15121 @kbd{M-# x} to cancel the edit. The @kbd{m m} command saves all
15122 the syntax tables along with the other mode settings;
15123 @pxref{General Mode Commands}.
15124
15125 @menu
15126 * Syntax Table Basics::
15127 * Precedence in Syntax Tables::
15128 * Advanced Syntax Patterns::
15129 * Conditional Syntax Rules::
15130 @end menu
15131
15132 @node Syntax Table Basics, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15133 @subsubsection Syntax Table Basics
15134
15135 @noindent
15136 @dfn{Parsing} is the process of converting a raw string of characters,
15137 such as you would type in during algebraic entry, into a Calc formula.
15138 Calc's parser works in two stages. First, the input is broken down
15139 into @dfn{tokens}, such as words, numbers, and punctuation symbols
15140 like @samp{+}, @samp{:=}, and @samp{+/-}. Space between tokens is
15141 ignored (except when it serves to separate adjacent words). Next,
15142 the parser matches this string of tokens against various built-in
15143 syntactic patterns, such as ``an expression followed by @samp{+}
15144 followed by another expression'' or ``a name followed by @samp{(},
15145 zero or more expressions separated by commas, and @samp{)}.''
15146
15147 A @dfn{syntax table} is a list of user-defined @dfn{syntax rules},
15148 which allow you to specify new patterns to define your own
15149 favorite input notations. Calc's parser always checks the syntax
15150 table for the current language mode, then the table for the normal
15151 language mode, before it uses its built-in rules to parse an
15152 algebraic formula you have entered. Each syntax rule should go on
15153 its own line; it consists of a @dfn{pattern}, a @samp{:=} symbol,
15154 and a Calc formula with an optional @dfn{condition}. (Syntax rules
15155 resemble algebraic rewrite rules, but the notation for patterns is
15156 completely different.)
15157
15158 A syntax pattern is a list of tokens, separated by spaces.
15159 Except for a few special symbols, tokens in syntax patterns are
15160 matched literally, from left to right. For example, the rule,
15161
15162 @example
15163 foo ( ) := 2+3
15164 @end example
15165
15166 @noindent
15167 would cause Calc to parse the formula @samp{4+foo()*5} as if it
15168 were @samp{4+(2+3)*5}. Notice that the parentheses were written
15169 as two separate tokens in the rule. As a result, the rule works
15170 for both @samp{foo()} and @w{@samp{foo ( )}}. If we had written
15171 the rule as @samp{foo () := 2+3}, then Calc would treat @samp{()}
15172 as a single, indivisible token, so that @w{@samp{foo( )}} would
15173 not be recognized by the rule. (It would be parsed as a regular
15174 zero-argument function call instead.) In fact, this rule would
15175 also make trouble for the rest of Calc's parser: An unrelated
15176 formula like @samp{bar()} would now be tokenized into @samp{bar ()}
15177 instead of @samp{bar ( )}, so that the standard parser for function
15178 calls would no longer recognize it!
15179
15180 While it is possible to make a token with a mixture of letters
15181 and punctuation symbols, this is not recommended. It is better to
15182 break it into several tokens, as we did with @samp{foo()} above.
15183
15184 The symbol @samp{#} in a syntax pattern matches any Calc expression.
15185 On the righthand side, the things that matched the @samp{#}s can
15186 be referred to as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on (where @samp{#1}
15187 matches the leftmost @samp{#} in the pattern). For example, these
15188 rules match a user-defined function, prefix operator, infix operator,
15189 and postfix operator, respectively:
15190
15191 @example
15192 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15193 foo # := myprefix(#1)
15194 # foo # := myinfix(#1,#2)
15195 # foo := mypostfix(#1)
15196 @end example
15197
15198 Thus @samp{foo(3)} will parse as @samp{myfunc(3)}, and @samp{2+3 foo}
15199 will parse as @samp{mypostfix(2+3)}.
15200
15201 It is important to write the first two rules in the order shown,
15202 because Calc tries rules in order from first to last. If the
15203 pattern @samp{foo #} came first, it would match anything that could
15204 match the @samp{foo ( # )} rule, since an expression in parentheses
15205 is itself a valid expression. Thus the @w{@samp{foo ( # )}} rule would
15206 never get to match anything. Likewise, the last two rules must be
15207 written in the order shown or else @samp{3 foo 4} will be parsed as
15208 @samp{mypostfix(3) * 4}. (Of course, the best way to avoid these
15209 ambiguities is not to use the same symbol in more than one way at
15210 the same time! In case you're not convinced, try the following
15211 exercise: How will the above rules parse the input @samp{foo(3,4)},
15212 if at all? Work it out for yourself, then try it in Calc and see.)
15213
15214 Calc is quite flexible about what sorts of patterns are allowed.
15215 The only rule is that every pattern must begin with a literal
15216 token (like @samp{foo} in the first two patterns above), or with
15217 a @samp{#} followed by a literal token (as in the last two
15218 patterns). After that, any mixture is allowed, although putting
15219 two @samp{#}s in a row will not be very useful since two
15220 expressions with nothing between them will be parsed as one
15221 expression that uses implicit multiplication.
15222
15223 As a more practical example, Maple uses the notation
15224 @samp{sum(a(i), i=1..10)} for sums, which Calc's Maple mode doesn't
15225 recognize at present. To handle this syntax, we simply add the
15226 rule,
15227
15228 @example
15229 sum ( # , # = # .. # ) := sum(#1,#2,#3,#4)
15230 @end example
15231
15232 @noindent
15233 to the Maple mode syntax table. As another example, C mode can't
15234 read assignment operators like @samp{++} and @samp{*=}. We can
15235 define these operators quite easily:
15236
15237 @example
15238 # *= # := muleq(#1,#2)
15239 # ++ := postinc(#1)
15240 ++ # := preinc(#1)
15241 @end example
15242
15243 @noindent
15244 To complete the job, we would use corresponding composition functions
15245 and @kbd{Z C} to cause these functions to display in their respective
15246 Maple and C notations. (Note that the C example ignores issues of
15247 operator precedence, which are discussed in the next section.)
15248
15249 You can enclose any token in quotes to prevent its usual
15250 interpretation in syntax patterns:
15251
15252 @example
15253 # ":=" # := becomes(#1,#2)
15254 @end example
15255
15256 Quotes also allow you to include spaces in a token, although once
15257 again it is generally better to use two tokens than one token with
15258 an embedded space. To include an actual quotation mark in a quoted
15259 token, precede it with a backslash. (This also works to include
15260 backslashes in tokens.)
15261
15262 @example
15263 # "bad token" # "/\"\\" # := silly(#1,#2,#3)
15264 @end example
15265
15266 @noindent
15267 This will parse @samp{3 bad token 4 /"\ 5} to @samp{silly(3,4,5)}.
15268
15269 The token @kbd{#} has a predefined meaning in Calc's formula parser;
15270 it is not legal to use @samp{"#"} in a syntax rule. However, longer
15271 tokens that include the @samp{#} character are allowed. Also, while
15272 @samp{"$"} and @samp{"\""} are allowed as tokens, their presence in
15273 the syntax table will prevent those characters from working in their
15274 usual ways (referring to stack entries and quoting strings,
15275 respectively).
15276
15277 Finally, the notation @samp{%%} anywhere in a syntax table causes
15278 the rest of the line to be ignored as a comment.
15279
15280 @node Precedence in Syntax Tables, Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Table Basics, Syntax Tables
15281 @subsubsection Precedence
15282
15283 @noindent
15284 Different operators are generally assigned different @dfn{precedences}.
15285 By default, an operator defined by a rule like
15286
15287 @example
15288 # foo # := foo(#1,#2)
15289 @end example
15290
15291 @noindent
15292 will have an extremely low precedence, so that @samp{2*3+4 foo 5 == 6}
15293 will be parsed as @samp{(2*3+4) foo (5 == 6)}. To change the
15294 precedence of an operator, use the notation @samp{#/@var{p}} in
15295 place of @samp{#}, where @var{p} is an integer precedence level.
15296 For example, 185 lies between the precedences for @samp{+} and
15297 @samp{*}, so if we change this rule to
15298
15299 @example
15300 #/185 foo #/186 := foo(#1,#2)
15301 @end example
15302
15303 @noindent
15304 then @samp{2+3 foo 4*5} will be parsed as @samp{2+(3 foo (4*5))}.
15305 Also, because we've given the righthand expression slightly higher
15306 precedence, our new operator will be left-associative:
15307 @samp{1 foo 2 foo 3} will be parsed as @samp{(1 foo 2) foo 3}.
15308 By raising the precedence of the lefthand expression instead, we
15309 can create a right-associative operator.
15310
15311 @xref{Composition Basics}, for a table of precedences of the
15312 standard Calc operators. For the precedences of operators in other
15313 language modes, look in the Calc source file @file{calc-lang.el}.
15314
15315 @node Advanced Syntax Patterns, Conditional Syntax Rules, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15316 @subsubsection Advanced Syntax Patterns
15317
15318 @noindent
15319 To match a function with a variable number of arguments, you could
15320 write
15321
15322 @example
15323 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15324 foo ( # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2)
15325 foo ( # , # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2,#3)
15326 @end example
15327
15328 @noindent
15329 but this isn't very elegant. To match variable numbers of items,
15330 Calc uses some notations inspired regular expressions and the
15331 ``extended BNF'' style used by some language designers.
15332
15333 @example
15334 foo ( @{ # @}*, ) := apply(myfunc,#1)
15335 @end example
15336
15337 The token @samp{@{} introduces a repeated or optional portion.
15338 One of the three tokens @samp{@}*}, @samp{@}+}, or @samp{@}?}
15339 ends the portion. These will match zero or more, one or more,
15340 or zero or one copies of the enclosed pattern, respectively.
15341 In addition, @samp{@}*} and @samp{@}+} can be followed by a
15342 separator token (with no space in between, as shown above).
15343 Thus @samp{@{ # @}*,} matches nothing, or one expression, or
15344 several expressions separated by commas.
15345
15346 A complete @samp{@{ ... @}} item matches as a vector of the
15347 items that matched inside it. For example, the above rule will
15348 match @samp{foo(1,2,3)} to get @samp{apply(myfunc,[1,2,3])}.
15349 The Calc @code{apply} function takes a function name and a vector
15350 of arguments and builds a call to the function with those
15351 arguments, so the net result is the formula @samp{myfunc(1,2,3)}.
15352
15353 If the body of a @samp{@{ ... @}} contains several @samp{#}s
15354 (or nested @samp{@{ ... @}} constructs), then the items will be
15355 strung together into the resulting vector. If the body
15356 does not contain anything but literal tokens, the result will
15357 always be an empty vector.
15358
15359 @example
15360 foo ( @{ # , # @}+, ) := bar(#1)
15361 foo ( @{ @{ # @}*, @}*; ) := matrix(#1)
15362 @end example
15363
15364 @noindent
15365 will parse @samp{foo(1, 2, 3, 4)} as @samp{bar([1, 2, 3, 4])}, and
15366 @samp{foo(1, 2; 3, 4)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2], [3, 4]])}. Also, after
15367 some thought it's easy to see how this pair of rules will parse
15368 @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2, 3]])}, since the first
15369 rule will only match an even number of arguments. The rule
15370
15371 @example
15372 foo ( # @{ , # , # @}? ) := bar(#1,#2)
15373 @end example
15374
15375 @noindent
15376 will parse @samp{foo(2,3,4)} as @samp{bar(2,[3,4])}, and
15377 @samp{foo(2)} as @samp{bar(2,[])}.
15378
15379 The notation @samp{@{ ... @}?.} (note the trailing period) works
15380 just the same as regular @samp{@{ ... @}?}, except that it does not
15381 count as an argument; the following two rules are equivalent:
15382
15383 @example
15384 foo ( # , @{ also @}? # ) := bar(#1,#3)
15385 foo ( # , @{ also @}?. # ) := bar(#1,#2)
15386 @end example
15387
15388 @noindent
15389 Note that in the first case the optional text counts as @samp{#2},
15390 which will always be an empty vector, but in the second case no
15391 empty vector is produced.
15392
15393 Another variant is @samp{@{ ... @}?$}, which means the body is
15394 optional only at the end of the input formula. All built-in syntax
15395 rules in Calc use this for closing delimiters, so that during
15396 algebraic entry you can type @kbd{[sqrt(2), sqrt(3 @key{RET}}, omitting
15397 the closing parenthesis and bracket. Calc does this automatically
15398 for trailing @samp{)}, @samp{]}, and @samp{>} tokens in syntax
15399 rules, but you can use @samp{@{ ... @}?$} explicitly to get
15400 this effect with any token (such as @samp{"@}"} or @samp{end}).
15401 Like @samp{@{ ... @}?.}, this notation does not count as an
15402 argument. Conversely, you can use quotes, as in @samp{")"}, to
15403 prevent a closing-delimiter token from being automatically treated
15404 as optional.
15405
15406 Calc's parser does not have full backtracking, which means some
15407 patterns will not work as you might expect:
15408
15409 @example
15410 foo ( @{ # , @}? # , # ) := bar(#1,#2,#3)
15411 @end example
15412
15413 @noindent
15414 Here we are trying to make the first argument optional, so that
15415 @samp{foo(2,3)} parses as @samp{bar([],2,3)}. Unfortunately, Calc
15416 first tries to match @samp{2,} against the optional part of the
15417 pattern, finds a match, and so goes ahead to match the rest of the
15418 pattern. Later on it will fail to match the second comma, but it
15419 doesn't know how to go back and try the other alternative at that
15420 point. One way to get around this would be to use two rules:
15421
15422 @example
15423 foo ( # , # , # ) := bar([#1],#2,#3)
15424 foo ( # , # ) := bar([],#1,#2)
15425 @end example
15426
15427 More precisely, when Calc wants to match an optional or repeated
15428 part of a pattern, it scans forward attempting to match that part.
15429 If it reaches the end of the optional part without failing, it
15430 ``finalizes'' its choice and proceeds. If it fails, though, it
15431 backs up and tries the other alternative. Thus Calc has ``partial''
15432 backtracking. A fully backtracking parser would go on to make sure
15433 the rest of the pattern matched before finalizing the choice.
15434
15435 @node Conditional Syntax Rules, , Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Tables
15436 @subsubsection Conditional Syntax Rules
15437
15438 @noindent
15439 It is possible to attach a @dfn{condition} to a syntax rule. For
15440 example, the rules
15441
15442 @example
15443 foo ( # ) := ifoo(#1) :: integer(#1)
15444 foo ( # ) := gfoo(#1)
15445 @end example
15446
15447 @noindent
15448 will parse @samp{foo(3)} as @samp{ifoo(3)}, but will parse
15449 @samp{foo(3.5)} and @samp{foo(x)} as calls to @code{gfoo}. Any
15450 number of conditions may be attached; all must be true for the
15451 rule to succeed. A condition is ``true'' if it evaluates to a
15452 nonzero number. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a list of Calc
15453 functions like @code{integer} that perform logical tests.
15454
15455 The exact sequence of events is as follows: When Calc tries a
15456 rule, it first matches the pattern as usual. It then substitutes
15457 @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, etc., in the conditions, if any. Next, the
15458 conditions are simplified and evaluated in order from left to right,
15459 as if by the @w{@kbd{a s}} algebra command (@pxref{Simplifying Formulas}).
15460 Each result is true if it is a nonzero number, or an expression
15461 that can be proven to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}). If the
15462 results of all conditions are true, the expression (such as
15463 @samp{ifoo(#1)}) has its @samp{#}s substituted, and that is the
15464 result of the parse. If the result of any condition is false, Calc
15465 goes on to try the next rule in the syntax table.
15466
15467 Syntax rules also support @code{let} conditions, which operate in
15468 exactly the same way as they do in algebraic rewrite rules.
15469 @xref{Other Features of Rewrite Rules}, for details. A @code{let}
15470 condition is always true, but as a side effect it defines a
15471 variable which can be used in later conditions, and also in the
15472 expression after the @samp{:=} sign:
15473
15474 @example
15475 foo ( # ) := hifoo(x) :: let(x := #1 + 0.5) :: dnumint(x)
15476 @end example
15477
15478 @noindent
15479 The @code{dnumint} function tests if a value is numerically an
15480 integer, i.e., either a true integer or an integer-valued float.
15481 This rule will parse @code{foo} with a half-integer argument,
15482 like @samp{foo(3.5)}, to a call like @samp{hifoo(4.)}.
15483
15484 The lefthand side of a syntax rule @code{let} must be a simple
15485 variable, not the arbitrary pattern that is allowed in rewrite
15486 rules.
15487
15488 The @code{matches} function is also treated specially in syntax
15489 rule conditions (again, in the same way as in rewrite rules).
15490 @xref{Matching Commands}. If the matching pattern contains
15491 meta-variables, then those meta-variables may be used in later
15492 conditions and in the result expression. The arguments to
15493 @code{matches} are not evaluated in this situation.
15494
15495 @example
15496 sum ( # , # ) := sum(#1,a,b,c) :: matches(#2, a=[b..c])
15497 @end example
15498
15499 @noindent
15500 This is another way to implement the Maple mode @code{sum} notation.
15501 In this approach, we allow @samp{#2} to equal the whole expression
15502 @samp{i=1..10}. Then, we use @code{matches} to break it apart into
15503 its components. If the expression turns out not to match the pattern,
15504 the syntax rule will fail. Note that @kbd{Z S} always uses Calc's
15505 normal language mode for editing expressions in syntax rules, so we
15506 must use regular Calc notation for the interval @samp{[b..c]} that
15507 will correspond to the Maple mode interval @samp{1..10}.
15508
15509 @node Modes Variable, Calc Mode Line, Language Modes, Mode Settings
15510 @section The @code{Modes} Variable
15511
15512 @noindent
15513 @kindex m g
15514 @pindex calc-get-modes
15515 The @kbd{m g} (@code{calc-get-modes}) command pushes onto the stack
15516 a vector of numbers that describes the various mode settings that
15517 are in effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it pushes only the
15518 @var{n}th mode, i.e., the @var{n}th element of this vector. Keyboard
15519 macros can use the @kbd{m g} command to modify their behavior based
15520 on the current mode settings.
15521
15522 @cindex @code{Modes} variable
15523 @vindex Modes
15524 The modes vector is also available in the special variable
15525 @code{Modes}. In other words, @kbd{m g} is like @kbd{s r Modes @key{RET}}.
15526 It will not work to store into this variable; in fact, if you do,
15527 @code{Modes} will cease to track the current modes. (The @kbd{m g}
15528 command will continue to work, however.)
15529
15530 In general, each number in this vector is suitable as a numeric
15531 prefix argument to the associated mode-setting command. (Recall
15532 that the @kbd{~} key takes a number from the stack and gives it as
15533 a numeric prefix to the next command.)
15534
15535 The elements of the modes vector are as follows:
15536
15537 @enumerate
15538 @item
15539 Current precision. Default is 12; associated command is @kbd{p}.
15540
15541 @item
15542 Binary word size. Default is 32; associated command is @kbd{b w}.
15543
15544 @item
15545 Stack size (not counting the value about to be pushed by @kbd{m g}).
15546 This is zero if @kbd{m g} is executed with an empty stack.
15547
15548 @item
15549 Number radix. Default is 10; command is @kbd{d r}.
15550
15551 @item
15552 Floating-point format. This is the number of digits, plus the
15553 constant 0 for normal notation, 10000 for scientific notation,
15554 20000 for engineering notation, or 30000 for fixed-point notation.
15555 These codes are acceptable as prefix arguments to the @kbd{d n}
15556 command, but note that this may lose information: For example,
15557 @kbd{d s} and @kbd{C-u 12 d s} have similar (but not quite
15558 identical) effects if the current precision is 12, but they both
15559 produce a code of 10012, which will be treated by @kbd{d n} as
15560 @kbd{C-u 12 d s}. If the precision then changes, the float format
15561 will still be frozen at 12 significant figures.
15562
15563 @item
15564 Angular mode. Default is 1 (degrees). Other values are 2 (radians)
15565 and 3 (HMS). The @kbd{m d} command accepts these prefixes.
15566
15567 @item
15568 Symbolic mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m s}.
15569
15570 @item
15571 Fraction mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m f}.
15572
15573 @item
15574 Polar mode. Value is 0 (rectangular) or 1 (polar); default is 0.
15575 Command is @kbd{m p}.
15576
15577 @item
15578 Matrix/scalar mode. Default value is @i{-1}. Value is 0 for scalar
15579 mode, @i{-2} for matrix mode, or @var{N} for @c{$N\times N$}
15580 @var{N}x@var{N} matrix mode. Command is @kbd{m v}.
15581
15582 @item
15583 Simplification mode. Default is 1. Value is @i{-1} for off (@kbd{m O}),
15584 0 for @kbd{m N}, 2 for @kbd{m B}, 3 for @kbd{m A}, 4 for @kbd{m E},
15585 or 5 for @w{@kbd{m U}}. The @kbd{m D} command accepts these prefixes.
15586
15587 @item
15588 Infinite mode. Default is @i{-1} (off). Value is 1 if the mode is on,
15589 or 0 if the mode is on with positive zeros. Command is @kbd{m i}.
15590 @end enumerate
15591
15592 For example, the sequence @kbd{M-1 m g @key{RET} 2 + ~ p} increases the
15593 precision by two, leaving a copy of the old precision on the stack.
15594 Later, @kbd{~ p} will restore the original precision using that
15595 stack value. (This sequence might be especially useful inside a
15596 keyboard macro.)
15597
15598 As another example, @kbd{M-3 m g 1 - ~ @key{DEL}} deletes all but the
15599 oldest (bottommost) stack entry.
15600
15601 Yet another example: The HP-48 ``round'' command rounds a number
15602 to the current displayed precision. You could roughly emulate this
15603 in Calc with the sequence @kbd{M-5 m g 10000 % ~ c c}. (This
15604 would not work for fixed-point mode, but it wouldn't be hard to
15605 do a full emulation with the help of the @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z ]}
15606 programming commands. @xref{Conditionals in Macros}.)
15607
15608 @node Calc Mode Line, , Modes Variable, Mode Settings
15609 @section The Calc Mode Line
15610
15611 @noindent
15612 @cindex Mode line indicators
15613 This section is a summary of all symbols that can appear on the
15614 Calc mode line, the highlighted bar that appears under the Calc
15615 stack window (or under an editing window in Embedded Mode).
15616
15617 The basic mode line format is:
15618
15619 @example
15620 --%%-Calc: 12 Deg @var{other modes} (Calculator)
15621 @end example
15622
15623 The @samp{%%} is the Emacs symbol for ``read-only''; it shows that
15624 regular Emacs commands are not allowed to edit the stack buffer
15625 as if it were text.
15626
15627 The word @samp{Calc:} changes to @samp{CalcEmbed:} if Embedded Mode
15628 is enabled. The words after this describe the various Calc modes
15629 that are in effect.
15630
15631 The first mode is always the current precision, an integer.
15632 The second mode is always the angular mode, either @code{Deg},
15633 @code{Rad}, or @code{Hms}.
15634
15635 Here is a complete list of the remaining symbols that can appear
15636 on the mode line:
15637
15638 @table @code
15639 @item Alg
15640 Algebraic mode (@kbd{m a}; @pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
15641
15642 @item Alg[(
15643 Incomplete algebraic mode (@kbd{C-u m a}).
15644
15645 @item Alg*
15646 Total algebraic mode (@kbd{m t}).
15647
15648 @item Symb
15649 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}).
15650
15651 @item Matrix
15652 Matrix mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15653
15654 @item Matrix@var{n}
15655 Dimensioned matrix mode (@kbd{C-u @var{n} m v}).
15656
15657 @item Scalar
15658 Scalar mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15659
15660 @item Polar
15661 Polar complex mode (@kbd{m p}; @pxref{Polar Mode}).
15662
15663 @item Frac
15664 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}; @pxref{Fraction Mode}).
15665
15666 @item Inf
15667 Infinite mode (@kbd{m i}; @pxref{Infinite Mode}).
15668
15669 @item +Inf
15670 Positive infinite mode (@kbd{C-u 0 m i}).
15671
15672 @item NoSimp
15673 Default simplifications off (@kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}).
15674
15675 @item NumSimp
15676 Default simplifications for numeric arguments only (@kbd{m N}).
15677
15678 @item BinSimp@var{w}
15679 Binary-integer simplification mode; word size @var{w} (@kbd{m B}, @kbd{b w}).
15680
15681 @item AlgSimp
15682 Algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m A}).
15683
15684 @item ExtSimp
15685 Extended algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m E}).
15686
15687 @item UnitSimp
15688 Units simplification mode (@kbd{m U}).
15689
15690 @item Bin
15691 Current radix is 2 (@kbd{d 2}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15692
15693 @item Oct
15694 Current radix is 8 (@kbd{d 8}).
15695
15696 @item Hex
15697 Current radix is 16 (@kbd{d 6}).
15698
15699 @item Radix@var{n}
15700 Current radix is @var{n} (@kbd{d r}).
15701
15702 @item Zero
15703 Leading zeros (@kbd{d z}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15704
15705 @item Big
15706 Big language mode (@kbd{d B}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15707
15708 @item Flat
15709 One-line normal language mode (@kbd{d O}).
15710
15711 @item Unform
15712 Unformatted language mode (@kbd{d U}).
15713
15714 @item C
15715 C language mode (@kbd{d C}; @pxref{C FORTRAN Pascal}).
15716
15717 @item Pascal
15718 Pascal language mode (@kbd{d P}).
15719
15720 @item Fortran
15721 FORTRAN language mode (@kbd{d F}).
15722
15723 @item TeX
15724 @TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d T}; @pxref{TeX Language Mode}).
15725
15726 @item Eqn
15727 @dfn{Eqn} language mode (@kbd{d E}; @pxref{Eqn Language Mode}).
15728
15729 @item Math
15730 Mathematica language mode (@kbd{d M}; @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}).
15731
15732 @item Maple
15733 Maple language mode (@kbd{d W}; @pxref{Maple Language Mode}).
15734
15735 @item Norm@var{n}
15736 Normal float mode with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d n}; @pxref{Float Formats}).
15737
15738 @item Fix@var{n}
15739 Fixed point mode with @var{n} digits after the point (@kbd{d f}).
15740
15741 @item Sci
15742 Scientific notation mode (@kbd{d s}).
15743
15744 @item Sci@var{n}
15745 Scientific notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d s}).
15746
15747 @item Eng
15748 Engineering notation mode (@kbd{d e}).
15749
15750 @item Eng@var{n}
15751 Engineering notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d e}).
15752
15753 @item Left@var{n}
15754 Left-justified display indented by @var{n} (@kbd{d <}; @pxref{Justification}).
15755
15756 @item Right
15757 Right-justified display (@kbd{d >}).
15758
15759 @item Right@var{n}
15760 Right-justified display with width @var{n} (@kbd{d >}).
15761
15762 @item Center
15763 Centered display (@kbd{d =}).
15764
15765 @item Center@var{n}
15766 Centered display with center column @var{n} (@kbd{d =}).
15767
15768 @item Wid@var{n}
15769 Line breaking with width @var{n} (@kbd{d b}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15770
15771 @item Wide
15772 No line breaking (@kbd{d b}).
15773
15774 @item Break
15775 Selections show deep structure (@kbd{j b}; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15776
15777 @item Save
15778 Record modes in @file{~/.emacs} (@kbd{m R}; @pxref{General Mode Commands}).
15779
15780 @item Local
15781 Record modes in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15782
15783 @item LocEdit
15784 Record modes as editing-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15785
15786 @item LocPerm
15787 Record modes as permanent-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15788
15789 @item Global
15790 Record modes as global in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15791
15792 @item Manual
15793 Automatic recomputation turned off (@kbd{m C}; @pxref{Automatic
15794 Recomputation}).
15795
15796 @item Graph
15797 GNUPLOT process is alive in background (@pxref{Graphics}).
15798
15799 @item Sel
15800 Top-of-stack has a selection (Embedded only; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15801
15802 @item Dirty
15803 The stack display may not be up-to-date (@pxref{Display Modes}).
15804
15805 @item Inv
15806 ``Inverse'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{I}; @pxref{Inverse and Hyperbolic}).
15807
15808 @item Hyp
15809 ``Hyperbolic'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{H}).
15810
15811 @item Keep
15812 ``Keep-arguments'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{K}).
15813
15814 @item Narrow
15815 Stack is truncated (@kbd{d t}; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}).
15816 @end table
15817
15818 In addition, the symbols @code{Active} and @code{~Active} can appear
15819 as minor modes on an Embedded buffer's mode line. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
15820
15821 @node Arithmetic, Scientific Functions, Mode Settings, Top
15822 @chapter Arithmetic Functions
15823
15824 @noindent
15825 This chapter describes the Calc commands for doing simple calculations
15826 on numbers, such as addition, absolute value, and square roots. These
15827 commands work by removing the top one or two values from the stack,
15828 performing the desired operation, and pushing the result back onto the
15829 stack. If the operation cannot be performed, the result pushed is a
15830 formula instead of a number, such as @samp{2/0} (because division by zero
15831 is illegal) or @samp{sqrt(x)} (because the argument @samp{x} is a formula).
15832
15833 Most of the commands described here can be invoked by a single keystroke.
15834 Some of the more obscure ones are two-letter sequences beginning with
15835 the @kbd{f} (``functions'') prefix key.
15836
15837 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
15838 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
15839 interpret a prefix argument.
15840
15841 @menu
15842 * Basic Arithmetic::
15843 * Integer Truncation::
15844 * Complex Number Functions::
15845 * Conversions::
15846 * Date Arithmetic::
15847 * Financial Functions::
15848 * Binary Functions::
15849 @end menu
15850
15851 @node Basic Arithmetic, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic, Arithmetic
15852 @section Basic Arithmetic
15853
15854 @noindent
15855 @kindex +
15856 @pindex calc-plus
15857 @ignore
15858 @mindex @null
15859 @end ignore
15860 @tindex +
15861 The @kbd{+} (@code{calc-plus}) command adds two numbers. The numbers may
15862 be any of the standard Calc data types. The resulting sum is pushed back
15863 onto the stack.
15864
15865 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are vectors or matrices (of matching dimensions),
15866 the result is a vector or matrix sum. If one argument is a vector and the
15867 other a scalar (i.e., a non-vector), the scalar is added to each of the
15868 elements of the vector to form a new vector. If the scalar is not a
15869 number, the operation is left in symbolic form: Suppose you added @samp{x}
15870 to the vector @samp{[1,2]}. You may want the result @samp{[1+x,2+x]}, or
15871 you may plan to substitute a 2-vector for @samp{x} in the future. Since
15872 the Calculator can't tell which interpretation you want, it makes the
15873 safest assumption. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, for a way to add @samp{x}
15874 to every element of a vector.
15875
15876 If either argument of @kbd{+} is a complex number, the result will in general
15877 be complex. If one argument is in rectangular form and the other polar,
15878 the current Polar Mode determines the form of the result. If Symbolic
15879 Mode is enabled, the sum may be left as a formula if the necessary
15880 conversions for polar addition are non-trivial.
15881
15882 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are HMS forms, the forms are added according to
15883 the usual conventions of hours-minutes-seconds notation. If one argument
15884 is an HMS form and the other is a number, that number is converted from
15885 degrees or radians (depending on the current Angular Mode) to HMS format
15886 and then the two HMS forms are added.
15887
15888 If one argument of @kbd{+} is a date form, the other can be either a
15889 real number, which advances the date by a certain number of days, or
15890 an HMS form, which advances the date by a certain amount of time.
15891 Subtracting two date forms yields the number of days between them.
15892 Adding two date forms is meaningless, but Calc interprets it as the
15893 subtraction of one date form and the negative of the other. (The
15894 negative of a date form can be understood by remembering that dates
15895 are stored as the number of days before or after Jan 1, 1 AD.)
15896
15897 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are error forms, the result is an error form
15898 with an appropriately computed standard deviation. If one argument is an
15899 error form and the other is a number, the number is taken to have zero error.
15900 Error forms may have symbolic formulas as their mean and/or error parts;
15901 adding these will produce a symbolic error form result. However, adding an
15902 error form to a plain symbolic formula (as in @samp{(a +/- b) + c}) will not
15903 work, for the same reasons just mentioned for vectors. Instead you must
15904 write @samp{(a +/- b) + (c +/- 0)}.
15905
15906 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are modulo forms with equal values of @cite{M},
15907 or if one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number, the
15908 result is a modulo form which represents the sum, modulo @cite{M}, of
15909 the two values.
15910
15911 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are intervals, the result is an interval
15912 which describes all possible sums of the possible input values. If
15913 one argument is a plain number, it is treated as the interval
15914 @w{@samp{[x ..@: x]}}.
15915
15916 If one argument of @kbd{+} is an infinity and the other is not, the
15917 result is that same infinity. If both arguments are infinite and in
15918 the same direction, the result is the same infinity, but if they are
15919 infinite in different directions the result is @code{nan}.
15920
15921 @kindex -
15922 @pindex calc-minus
15923 @ignore
15924 @mindex @null
15925 @end ignore
15926 @tindex -
15927 The @kbd{-} (@code{calc-minus}) command subtracts two values. The top
15928 number on the stack is subtracted from the one behind it, so that the
15929 computation @kbd{5 @key{RET} 2 -} produces 3, not @i{-3}. All options
15930 available for @kbd{+} are available for @kbd{-} as well.
15931
15932 @kindex *
15933 @pindex calc-times
15934 @ignore
15935 @mindex @null
15936 @end ignore
15937 @tindex *
15938 The @kbd{*} (@code{calc-times}) command multiplies two numbers. If one
15939 argument is a vector and the other a scalar, the scalar is multiplied by
15940 the elements of the vector to produce a new vector. If both arguments
15941 are vectors, the interpretation depends on the dimensions of the
15942 vectors: If both arguments are matrices, a matrix multiplication is
15943 done. If one argument is a matrix and the other a plain vector, the
15944 vector is interpreted as a row vector or column vector, whichever is
15945 dimensionally correct. If both arguments are plain vectors, the result
15946 is a single scalar number which is the dot product of the two vectors.
15947
15948 If one argument of @kbd{*} is an HMS form and the other a number, the
15949 HMS form is multiplied by that amount. It is an error to multiply two
15950 HMS forms together, or to attempt any multiplication involving date
15951 forms. Error forms, modulo forms, and intervals can be multiplied;
15952 see the comments for addition of those forms. When two error forms
15953 or intervals are multiplied they are considered to be statistically
15954 independent; thus, @samp{[-2 ..@: 3] * [-2 ..@: 3]} is @samp{[-6 ..@: 9]},
15955 whereas @w{@samp{[-2 ..@: 3] ^ 2}} is @samp{[0 ..@: 9]}.
15956
15957 @kindex /
15958 @pindex calc-divide
15959 @ignore
15960 @mindex @null
15961 @end ignore
15962 @tindex /
15963 The @kbd{/} (@code{calc-divide}) command divides two numbers. When
15964 dividing a scalar @cite{B} by a square matrix @cite{A}, the computation
15965 performed is @cite{B} times the inverse of @cite{A}. This also occurs
15966 if @cite{B} is itself a vector or matrix, in which case the effect is
15967 to solve the set of linear equations represented by @cite{B}. If @cite{B}
15968 is a matrix with the same number of rows as @cite{A}, or a plain vector
15969 (which is interpreted here as a column vector), then the equation
15970 @cite{A X = B} is solved for the vector or matrix @cite{X}. Otherwise,
15971 if @cite{B} is a non-square matrix with the same number of @emph{columns}
15972 as @cite{A}, the equation @cite{X A = B} is solved. If you wish a vector
15973 @cite{B} to be interpreted as a row vector to be solved as @cite{X A = B},
15974 make it into a one-row matrix with @kbd{C-u 1 v p} first. To force a
15975 left-handed solution with a square matrix @cite{B}, transpose @cite{A} and
15976 @cite{B} before dividing, then transpose the result.
15977
15978 HMS forms can be divided by real numbers or by other HMS forms. Error
15979 forms can be divided in any combination of ways. Modulo forms where both
15980 values and the modulo are integers can be divided to get an integer modulo
15981 form result. Intervals can be divided; dividing by an interval that
15982 encompasses zero or has zero as a limit will result in an infinite
15983 interval.
15984
15985 @kindex ^
15986 @pindex calc-power
15987 @ignore
15988 @mindex @null
15989 @end ignore
15990 @tindex ^
15991 The @kbd{^} (@code{calc-power}) command raises a number to a power. If
15992 the power is an integer, an exact result is computed using repeated
15993 multiplications. For non-integer powers, Calc uses Newton's method or
15994 logarithms and exponentials. Square matrices can be raised to integer
15995 powers. If either argument is an error (or interval or modulo) form,
15996 the result is also an error (or interval or modulo) form.
15997
15998 @kindex I ^
15999 @tindex nroot
16000 If you press the @kbd{I} (inverse) key first, the @kbd{I ^} command
16001 computes an Nth root: @kbd{125 @key{RET} 3 I ^} computes the number 5.
16002 (This is entirely equivalent to @kbd{125 @key{RET} 1:3 ^}.)
16003
16004 @kindex \
16005 @pindex calc-idiv
16006 @tindex idiv
16007 @ignore
16008 @mindex @null
16009 @end ignore
16010 @tindex \
16011 The @kbd{\} (@code{calc-idiv}) command divides two numbers on the stack
16012 to produce an integer result. It is equivalent to dividing with
16013 @key{/}, then rounding down with @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}), only a bit
16014 more convenient and efficient. Also, since it is an all-integer
16015 operation when the arguments are integers, it avoids problems that
16016 @kbd{/ F} would have with floating-point roundoff.
16017
16018 @kindex %
16019 @pindex calc-mod
16020 @ignore
16021 @mindex @null
16022 @end ignore
16023 @tindex %
16024 The @kbd{%} (@code{calc-mod}) command performs a ``modulo'' (or ``remainder'')
16025 operation. Mathematically, @samp{a%b = a - (a\b)*b}, and is defined
16026 for all real numbers @cite{a} and @cite{b} (except @cite{b=0}). For
16027 positive @cite{b}, the result will always be between 0 (inclusive) and
16028 @cite{b} (exclusive). Modulo does not work for HMS forms and error forms.
16029 If @cite{a} is a modulo form, its modulo is changed to @cite{b}, which
16030 must be positive real number.
16031
16032 @kindex :
16033 @pindex calc-fdiv
16034 @tindex fdiv
16035 The @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) command [@code{fdiv} function in a formula]
16036 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fractional
16037 result. This is a convenient shorthand for enabling Fraction Mode (with
16038 @kbd{m f}) temporarily and using @samp{/}. Note that during numeric entry
16039 the @kbd{:} key is interpreted as a fraction separator, so to divide 8 by 6
16040 you would have to type @kbd{8 @key{RET} 6 @key{RET} :}. (Of course, in
16041 this case, it would be much easier simply to enter the fraction directly
16042 as @kbd{8:6 @key{RET}}!)
16043
16044 @kindex n
16045 @pindex calc-change-sign
16046 The @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the number on the top
16047 of the stack. It works on numbers, vectors and matrices, HMS forms, date
16048 forms, error forms, intervals, and modulo forms.
16049
16050 @kindex A
16051 @pindex calc-abs
16052 @tindex abs
16053 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the absolute
16054 value of a number. The result of @code{abs} is always a nonnegative
16055 real number: With a complex argument, it computes the complex magnitude.
16056 With a vector or matrix argument, it computes the Frobenius norm, i.e.,
16057 the square root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
16058 elements. The absolute value of an error form is defined by replacing
16059 the mean part with its absolute value and leaving the error part the same.
16060 The absolute value of a modulo form is undefined. The absolute value of
16061 an interval is defined in the obvious way.
16062
16063 @kindex f A
16064 @pindex calc-abssqr
16065 @tindex abssqr
16066 The @kbd{f A} (@code{calc-abssqr}) [@code{abssqr}] command computes the
16067 absolute value squared of a number, vector or matrix, or error form.
16068
16069 @kindex f s
16070 @pindex calc-sign
16071 @tindex sign
16072 The @kbd{f s} (@code{calc-sign}) [@code{sign}] command returns 1 if its
16073 argument is positive, @i{-1} if its argument is negative, or 0 if its
16074 argument is zero. In algebraic form, you can also write @samp{sign(a,x)}
16075 which evaluates to @samp{x * sign(a)}, i.e., either @samp{x}, @samp{-x}, or
16076 zero depending on the sign of @samp{a}.
16077
16078 @kindex &
16079 @pindex calc-inv
16080 @tindex inv
16081 @cindex Reciprocal
16082 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
16083 reciprocal of a number, i.e., @cite{1 / x}. Operating on a square
16084 matrix, it computes the inverse of that matrix.
16085
16086 @kindex Q
16087 @pindex calc-sqrt
16088 @tindex sqrt
16089 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] command computes the square
16090 root of a number. For a negative real argument, the result will be a
16091 complex number whose form is determined by the current Polar Mode.
16092
16093 @kindex f h
16094 @pindex calc-hypot
16095 @tindex hypot
16096 The @kbd{f h} (@code{calc-hypot}) [@code{hypot}] command computes the square
16097 root of the sum of the squares of two numbers. That is, @samp{hypot(a,b)}
16098 is the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle with sides @cite{a}
16099 and @cite{b}. If the arguments are complex numbers, their squared
16100 magnitudes are used.
16101
16102 @kindex f Q
16103 @pindex calc-isqrt
16104 @tindex isqrt
16105 The @kbd{f Q} (@code{calc-isqrt}) [@code{isqrt}] command computes the
16106 integer square root of an integer. This is the true square root of the
16107 number, rounded down to an integer. For example, @samp{isqrt(10)}
16108 produces 3. Note that, like @kbd{\} [@code{idiv}], this uses exact
16109 integer arithmetic throughout to avoid roundoff problems. If the input
16110 is a floating-point number or other non-integer value, this is exactly
16111 the same as @samp{floor(sqrt(x))}.
16112
16113 @kindex f n
16114 @kindex f x
16115 @pindex calc-min
16116 @tindex min
16117 @pindex calc-max
16118 @tindex max
16119 The @kbd{f n} (@code{calc-min}) [@code{min}] and @kbd{f x} (@code{calc-max})
16120 [@code{max}] commands take the minimum or maximum of two real numbers,
16121 respectively. These commands also work on HMS forms, date forms,
16122 intervals, and infinities. (In algebraic expressions, these functions
16123 take any number of arguments and return the maximum or minimum among
16124 all the arguments.)@refill
16125
16126 @kindex f M
16127 @kindex f X
16128 @pindex calc-mant-part
16129 @tindex mant
16130 @pindex calc-xpon-part
16131 @tindex xpon
16132 The @kbd{f M} (@code{calc-mant-part}) [@code{mant}] function extracts
16133 the ``mantissa'' part @cite{m} of its floating-point argument; @kbd{f X}
16134 (@code{calc-xpon-part}) [@code{xpon}] extracts the ``exponent'' part
16135 @cite{e}. The original number is equal to @c{$m \times 10^e$}
16136 @cite{m * 10^e},
16137 where @cite{m} is in the interval @samp{[1.0 ..@: 10.0)} except that
16138 @cite{m=e=0} if the original number is zero. For integers
16139 and fractions, @code{mant} returns the number unchanged and @code{xpon}
16140 returns zero. The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command can also be
16141 used to ``unpack'' a floating-point number; this produces an integer
16142 mantissa and exponent, with the constraint that the mantissa is not
16143 a multiple of ten (again except for the @cite{m=e=0} case).@refill
16144
16145 @kindex f S
16146 @pindex calc-scale-float
16147 @tindex scf
16148 The @kbd{f S} (@code{calc-scale-float}) [@code{scf}] function scales a number
16149 by a given power of ten. Thus, @samp{scf(mant(x), xpon(x)) = x} for any
16150 real @samp{x}. The second argument must be an integer, but the first
16151 may actually be any numeric value. For example, @samp{scf(5,-2) = 0.05}
16152 or @samp{1:20} depending on the current Fraction Mode.@refill
16153
16154 @kindex f [
16155 @kindex f ]
16156 @pindex calc-decrement
16157 @pindex calc-increment
16158 @tindex decr
16159 @tindex incr
16160 The @kbd{f [} (@code{calc-decrement}) [@code{decr}] and @kbd{f ]}
16161 (@code{calc-increment}) [@code{incr}] functions decrease or increase
16162 a number by one unit. For integers, the effect is obvious. For
16163 floating-point numbers, the change is by one unit in the last place.
16164 For example, incrementing @samp{12.3456} when the current precision
16165 is 6 digits yields @samp{12.3457}. If the current precision had been
16166 8 digits, the result would have been @samp{12.345601}. Incrementing
16167 @samp{0.0} produces @c{$10^{-p}$}
16168 @cite{10^-p}, where @cite{p} is the current
16169 precision. These operations are defined only on integers and floats.
16170 With numeric prefix arguments, they change the number by @cite{n} units.
16171
16172 Note that incrementing followed by decrementing, or vice-versa, will
16173 almost but not quite always cancel out. Suppose the precision is
16174 6 digits and the number @samp{9.99999} is on the stack. Incrementing
16175 will produce @samp{10.0000}; decrementing will produce @samp{9.9999}.
16176 One digit has been dropped. This is an unavoidable consequence of the
16177 way floating-point numbers work.
16178
16179 Incrementing a date/time form adjusts it by a certain number of seconds.
16180 Incrementing a pure date form adjusts it by a certain number of days.
16181
16182 @node Integer Truncation, Complex Number Functions, Basic Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16183 @section Integer Truncation
16184
16185 @noindent
16186 There are four commands for truncating a real number to an integer,
16187 differing mainly in their treatment of negative numbers. All of these
16188 commands have the property that if the argument is an integer, the result
16189 is the same integer. An integer-valued floating-point argument is converted
16190 to integer form.
16191
16192 If you press @kbd{H} (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) first, the result will be
16193 expressed as an integer-valued floating-point number.
16194
16195 @cindex Integer part of a number
16196 @kindex F
16197 @pindex calc-floor
16198 @tindex floor
16199 @tindex ffloor
16200 @ignore
16201 @mindex @null
16202 @end ignore
16203 @kindex H F
16204 The @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) [@code{floor} or @code{ffloor}] command
16205 truncates a real number to the next lower integer, i.e., toward minus
16206 infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 F} produces 3, but @kbd{_3.6 F} produces
16207 @i{-4}.@refill
16208
16209 @kindex I F
16210 @pindex calc-ceiling
16211 @tindex ceil
16212 @tindex fceil
16213 @ignore
16214 @mindex @null
16215 @end ignore
16216 @kindex H I F
16217 The @kbd{I F} (@code{calc-ceiling}) [@code{ceil} or @code{fceil}]
16218 command truncates toward positive infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 I F} produces
16219 4, and @kbd{_3.6 I F} produces @i{-3}.@refill
16220
16221 @kindex R
16222 @pindex calc-round
16223 @tindex round
16224 @tindex fround
16225 @ignore
16226 @mindex @null
16227 @end ignore
16228 @kindex H R
16229 The @kbd{R} (@code{calc-round}) [@code{round} or @code{fround}] command
16230 rounds to the nearest integer. When the fractional part is .5 exactly,
16231 this command rounds away from zero. (All other rounding in the
16232 Calculator uses this convention as well.) Thus @kbd{3.5 R} produces 4
16233 but @kbd{3.4 R} produces 3; @kbd{_3.5 R} produces @i{-4}.@refill
16234
16235 @kindex I R
16236 @pindex calc-trunc
16237 @tindex trunc
16238 @tindex ftrunc
16239 @ignore
16240 @mindex @null
16241 @end ignore
16242 @kindex H I R
16243 The @kbd{I R} (@code{calc-trunc}) [@code{trunc} or @code{ftrunc}]
16244 command truncates toward zero. In other words, it ``chops off''
16245 everything after the decimal point. Thus @kbd{3.6 I R} produces 3 and
16246 @kbd{_3.6 I R} produces @i{-3}.@refill
16247
16248 These functions may not be applied meaningfully to error forms, but they
16249 do work for intervals. As a convenience, applying @code{floor} to a
16250 modulo form floors the value part of the form. Applied to a vector,
16251 these functions operate on all elements of the vector one by one.
16252 Applied to a date form, they operate on the internal numerical
16253 representation of dates, converting a date/time form into a pure date.
16254
16255 @ignore
16256 @starindex
16257 @end ignore
16258 @tindex rounde
16259 @ignore
16260 @starindex
16261 @end ignore
16262 @tindex roundu
16263 @ignore
16264 @starindex
16265 @end ignore
16266 @tindex frounde
16267 @ignore
16268 @starindex
16269 @end ignore
16270 @tindex froundu
16271 There are two more rounding functions which can only be entered in
16272 algebraic notation. The @code{roundu} function is like @code{round}
16273 except that it rounds up, toward plus infinity, when the fractional
16274 part is .5. This distinction matters only for negative arguments.
16275 Also, @code{rounde} rounds to an even number in the case of a tie,
16276 rounding up or down as necessary. For example, @samp{rounde(3.5)} and
16277 @samp{rounde(4.5)} both return 4, but @samp{rounde(5.5)} returns 6.
16278 The advantage of round-to-even is that the net error due to rounding
16279 after a long calculation tends to cancel out to zero. An important
16280 subtle point here is that the number being fed to @code{rounde} will
16281 already have been rounded to the current precision before @code{rounde}
16282 begins. For example, @samp{rounde(2.500001)} with a current precision
16283 of 6 will incorrectly, or at least surprisingly, yield 2 because the
16284 argument will first have been rounded down to @cite{2.5} (which
16285 @code{rounde} sees as an exact tie between 2 and 3).
16286
16287 Each of these functions, when written in algebraic formulas, allows
16288 a second argument which specifies the number of digits after the
16289 decimal point to keep. For example, @samp{round(123.4567, 2)} will
16290 produce the answer 123.46, and @samp{round(123.4567, -1)} will
16291 produce 120 (i.e., the cutoff is one digit to the @emph{left} of
16292 the decimal point). A second argument of zero is equivalent to
16293 no second argument at all.
16294
16295 @cindex Fractional part of a number
16296 To compute the fractional part of a number (i.e., the amount which, when
16297 added to `@t{floor(}@var{n}@t{)}', will produce @var{n}) just take @var{n}
16298 modulo 1 using the @code{%} command.@refill
16299
16300 Note also the @kbd{\} (integer quotient), @kbd{f I} (integer logarithm),
16301 and @kbd{f Q} (integer square root) commands, which are analogous to
16302 @kbd{/}, @kbd{B}, and @kbd{Q}, respectively, except that they take integer
16303 arguments and return the result rounded down to an integer.
16304
16305 @node Complex Number Functions, Conversions, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic
16306 @section Complex Number Functions
16307
16308 @noindent
16309 @kindex J
16310 @pindex calc-conj
16311 @tindex conj
16312 The @kbd{J} (@code{calc-conj}) [@code{conj}] command computes the
16313 complex conjugate of a number. For complex number @cite{a+bi}, the
16314 complex conjugate is @cite{a-bi}. If the argument is a real number,
16315 this command leaves it the same. If the argument is a vector or matrix,
16316 this command replaces each element by its complex conjugate.
16317
16318 @kindex G
16319 @pindex calc-argument
16320 @tindex arg
16321 The @kbd{G} (@code{calc-argument}) [@code{arg}] command computes the
16322 ``argument'' or polar angle of a complex number. For a number in polar
16323 notation, this is simply the second component of the pair
16324 `@t{(}@var{r}@t{;}@c{$\theta$}
16325 @var{theta}@t{)}'.
16326 The result is expressed according to the current angular mode and will
16327 be in the range @i{-180} degrees (exclusive) to @i{+180} degrees
16328 (inclusive), or the equivalent range in radians.@refill
16329
16330 @pindex calc-imaginary
16331 The @code{calc-imaginary} command multiplies the number on the
16332 top of the stack by the imaginary number @cite{i = (0,1)}. This
16333 command is not normally bound to a key in Calc, but it is available
16334 on the @key{IMAG} button in Keypad Mode.
16335
16336 @kindex f r
16337 @pindex calc-re
16338 @tindex re
16339 The @kbd{f r} (@code{calc-re}) [@code{re}] command replaces a complex number
16340 by its real part. This command has no effect on real numbers. (As an
16341 added convenience, @code{re} applied to a modulo form extracts
16342 the value part.)@refill
16343
16344 @kindex f i
16345 @pindex calc-im
16346 @tindex im
16347 The @kbd{f i} (@code{calc-im}) [@code{im}] command replaces a complex number
16348 by its imaginary part; real numbers are converted to zero. With a vector
16349 or matrix argument, these functions operate element-wise.@refill
16350
16351 @ignore
16352 @mindex v p
16353 @end ignore
16354 @kindex v p (complex)
16355 @pindex calc-pack
16356 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) command can pack the top two numbers on
16357 the stack into a composite object such as a complex number. With
16358 a prefix argument of @i{-1}, it produces a rectangular complex number;
16359 with an argument of @i{-2}, it produces a polar complex number.
16360 (Also, @pxref{Building Vectors}.)
16361
16362 @ignore
16363 @mindex v u
16364 @end ignore
16365 @kindex v u (complex)
16366 @pindex calc-unpack
16367 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the complex number
16368 (or other composite object) on the top of the stack and unpacks it
16369 into its separate components.
16370
16371 @node Conversions, Date Arithmetic, Complex Number Functions, Arithmetic
16372 @section Conversions
16373
16374 @noindent
16375 The commands described in this section convert numbers from one form
16376 to another; they are two-key sequences beginning with the letter @kbd{c}.
16377
16378 @kindex c f
16379 @pindex calc-float
16380 @tindex pfloat
16381 The @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) [@code{pfloat}] command converts the
16382 number on the top of the stack to floating-point form. For example,
16383 @cite{23} is converted to @cite{23.0}, @cite{3:2} is converted to
16384 @cite{1.5}, and @cite{2.3} is left the same. If the value is a composite
16385 object such as a complex number or vector, each of the components is
16386 converted to floating-point. If the value is a formula, all numbers
16387 in the formula are converted to floating-point. Note that depending
16388 on the current floating-point precision, conversion to floating-point
16389 format may lose information.@refill
16390
16391 As a special exception, integers which appear as powers or subscripts
16392 are not floated by @kbd{c f}. If you really want to float a power,
16393 you can use a @kbd{j s} command to select the power followed by @kbd{c f}.
16394 Because @kbd{c f} cannot examine the formula outside of the selection,
16395 it does not notice that the thing being floated is a power.
16396 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}.
16397
16398 The normal @kbd{c f} command is ``pervasive'' in the sense that it
16399 applies to all numbers throughout the formula. The @code{pfloat}
16400 algebraic function never stays around in a formula; @samp{pfloat(a + 1)}
16401 changes to @samp{a + 1.0} as soon as it is evaluated.
16402
16403 @kindex H c f
16404 @tindex float
16405 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c f} [@code{float}] operates
16406 only on the number or vector of numbers at the top level of its
16407 argument. Thus, @samp{float(1)} is 1.0, but @samp{float(a + 1)}
16408 is left unevaluated because its argument is not a number.
16409
16410 You should use @kbd{H c f} if you wish to guarantee that the final
16411 value, once all the variables have been assigned, is a float; you
16412 would use @kbd{c f} if you wish to do the conversion on the numbers
16413 that appear right now.
16414
16415 @kindex c F
16416 @pindex calc-fraction
16417 @tindex pfrac
16418 The @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) [@code{pfrac}] command converts a
16419 floating-point number into a fractional approximation. By default, it
16420 produces a fraction whose decimal representation is the same as the
16421 input number, to within the current precision. You can also give a
16422 numeric prefix argument to specify a tolerance, either directly, or,
16423 if the prefix argument is zero, by using the number on top of the stack
16424 as the tolerance. If the tolerance is a positive integer, the fraction
16425 is correct to within that many significant figures. If the tolerance is
16426 a non-positive integer, it specifies how many digits fewer than the current
16427 precision to use. If the tolerance is a floating-point number, the
16428 fraction is correct to within that absolute amount.
16429
16430 @kindex H c F
16431 @tindex frac
16432 The @code{pfrac} function is pervasive, like @code{pfloat}.
16433 There is also a non-pervasive version, @kbd{H c F} [@code{frac}],
16434 which is analogous to @kbd{H c f} discussed above.
16435
16436 @kindex c d
16437 @pindex calc-to-degrees
16438 @tindex deg
16439 The @kbd{c d} (@code{calc-to-degrees}) [@code{deg}] command converts a
16440 number into degrees form. The value on the top of the stack may be an
16441 HMS form (interpreted as degrees-minutes-seconds), or a real number which
16442 will be interpreted in radians regardless of the current angular mode.@refill
16443
16444 @kindex c r
16445 @pindex calc-to-radians
16446 @tindex rad
16447 The @kbd{c r} (@code{calc-to-radians}) [@code{rad}] command converts an
16448 HMS form or angle in degrees into an angle in radians.
16449
16450 @kindex c h
16451 @pindex calc-to-hms
16452 @tindex hms
16453 The @kbd{c h} (@code{calc-to-hms}) [@code{hms}] command converts a real
16454 number, interpreted according to the current angular mode, to an HMS
16455 form describing the same angle. In algebraic notation, the @code{hms}
16456 function also accepts three arguments: @samp{hms(@var{h}, @var{m}, @var{s})}.
16457 (The three-argument version is independent of the current angular mode.)
16458
16459 @pindex calc-from-hms
16460 The @code{calc-from-hms} command converts the HMS form on the top of the
16461 stack into a real number according to the current angular mode.
16462
16463 @kindex c p
16464 @kindex I c p
16465 @pindex calc-polar
16466 @tindex polar
16467 @tindex rect
16468 The @kbd{c p} (@code{calc-polar}) command converts the complex number on
16469 the top of the stack from polar to rectangular form, or from rectangular
16470 to polar form, whichever is appropriate. Real numbers are left the same.
16471 This command is equivalent to the @code{rect} or @code{polar}
16472 functions in algebraic formulas, depending on the direction of
16473 conversion. (It uses @code{polar}, except that if the argument is
16474 already a polar complex number, it uses @code{rect} instead. The
16475 @kbd{I c p} command always uses @code{rect}.)@refill
16476
16477 @kindex c c
16478 @pindex calc-clean
16479 @tindex pclean
16480 The @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) [@code{pclean}] command ``cleans'' the
16481 number on the top of the stack. Floating point numbers are re-rounded
16482 according to the current precision. Polar numbers whose angular
16483 components have strayed from the @i{-180} to @i{+180} degree range
16484 are normalized. (Note that results will be undesirable if the current
16485 angular mode is different from the one under which the number was
16486 produced!) Integers and fractions are generally unaffected by this
16487 operation. Vectors and formulas are cleaned by cleaning each component
16488 number (i.e., pervasively).@refill
16489
16490 If the simplification mode is set below the default level, it is raised
16491 to the default level for the purposes of this command. Thus, @kbd{c c}
16492 applies the default simplifications even if their automatic application
16493 is disabled. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
16494
16495 @cindex Roundoff errors, correcting
16496 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{c c} sets the floating-point precision
16497 to that value for the duration of the command. A positive prefix (of at
16498 least 3) sets the precision to the specified value; a negative or zero
16499 prefix decreases the precision by the specified amount.
16500
16501 @kindex c 0-9
16502 @pindex calc-clean-num
16503 The keystroke sequences @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} are equivalent
16504 to @kbd{c c} with the corresponding negative prefix argument. If roundoff
16505 errors have changed 2.0 into 1.999999, typing @kbd{c 1} to clip off one
16506 decimal place often conveniently does the trick.
16507
16508 The @kbd{c c} command with a numeric prefix argument, and the @kbd{c 0}
16509 through @kbd{c 9} commands, also ``clip'' very small floating-point
16510 numbers to zero. If the exponent is less than or equal to the negative
16511 of the specified precision, the number is changed to 0.0. For example,
16512 if the current precision is 12, then @kbd{c 2} changes the vector
16513 @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 1e-10, 1e-11]} to @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 0, 0]}.
16514 Numbers this small generally arise from roundoff noise.
16515
16516 If the numbers you are using really are legitimately this small,
16517 you should avoid using the @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} commands.
16518 (The plain @kbd{c c} command rounds to the current precision but
16519 does not clip small numbers.)
16520
16521 One more property of @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}, and of @kbd{c c} with
16522 a prefix argument, is that integer-valued floats are converted to
16523 plain integers, so that @kbd{c 1} on @samp{[1., 1.5, 2., 2.5, 3.]}
16524 produces @samp{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3]}. This is not done for huge
16525 numbers (@samp{1e100} is technically an integer-valued float, but
16526 you wouldn't want it automatically converted to a 100-digit integer).
16527
16528 @kindex H c 0-9
16529 @kindex H c c
16530 @tindex clean
16531 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c c} and @kbd{H c 0} through @kbd{H c 9}
16532 operate non-pervasively [@code{clean}].
16533
16534 @node Date Arithmetic, Financial Functions, Conversions, Arithmetic
16535 @section Date Arithmetic
16536
16537 @noindent
16538 @cindex Date arithmetic, additional functions
16539 The commands described in this section perform various conversions
16540 and calculations involving date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). They
16541 use the @kbd{t} (for time/date) prefix key followed by shifted
16542 letters.
16543
16544 The simplest date arithmetic is done using the regular @kbd{+} and @kbd{-}
16545 commands. In particular, adding a number to a date form advances the
16546 date form by a certain number of days; adding an HMS form to a date
16547 form advances the date by a certain amount of time; and subtracting two
16548 date forms produces a difference measured in days. The commands
16549 described here provide additional, more specialized operations on dates.
16550
16551 Many of these commands accept a numeric prefix argument; if you give
16552 plain @kbd{C-u} as the prefix, these commands will instead take the
16553 additional argument from the top of the stack.
16554
16555 @menu
16556 * Date Conversions::
16557 * Date Functions::
16558 * Time Zones::
16559 * Business Days::
16560 @end menu
16561
16562 @node Date Conversions, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic, Date Arithmetic
16563 @subsection Date Conversions
16564
16565 @noindent
16566 @kindex t D
16567 @pindex calc-date
16568 @tindex date
16569 The @kbd{t D} (@code{calc-date}) [@code{date}] command converts a
16570 date form into a number, measured in days since Jan 1, 1 AD. The
16571 result will be an integer if @var{date} is a pure date form, or a
16572 fraction or float if @var{date} is a date/time form. Or, if its
16573 argument is a number, it converts this number into a date form.
16574
16575 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{t D} takes that many objects
16576 (up to six) from the top of the stack and interprets them in one
16577 of the following ways:
16578
16579 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day})} function
16580 builds a pure date form out of the specified year, month, and
16581 day, which must all be integers. @var{Year} is a year number,
16582 such as 1991 (@emph{not} the same as 91!). @var{Month} must be
16583 an integer in the range 1 to 12; @var{day} must be in the range
16584 1 to 31. If the specified month has fewer than 31 days and
16585 @var{day} is too large, the equivalent day in the following
16586 month will be used.
16587
16588 The @samp{date(@var{month}, @var{day})} function builds a
16589 pure date form using the current year, as determined by the
16590 real-time clock.
16591
16592 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hms})}
16593 function builds a date/time form using an @var{hms} form.
16594
16595 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hour},
16596 @var{minute}, @var{second})} function builds a date/time form.
16597 @var{hour} should be an integer in the range 0 to 23;
16598 @var{minute} should be an integer in the range 0 to 59;
16599 @var{second} should be any real number in the range @samp{[0 .. 60)}.
16600 The last two arguments default to zero if omitted.
16601
16602 @kindex t J
16603 @pindex calc-julian
16604 @tindex julian
16605 @cindex Julian day counts, conversions
16606 The @kbd{t J} (@code{calc-julian}) [@code{julian}] command converts
16607 a date form into a Julian day count, which is the number of days
16608 since noon on Jan 1, 4713 BC. A pure date is converted to an integer
16609 Julian count representing noon of that day. A date/time form is
16610 converted to an exact floating-point Julian count, adjusted to
16611 interpret the date form in the current time zone but the Julian
16612 day count in Greenwich Mean Time. A numeric prefix argument allows
16613 you to specify the time zone; @pxref{Time Zones}. Use a prefix of
16614 zero to suppress the time zone adjustment. Note that pure date forms
16615 are never time-zone adjusted.
16616
16617 This command can also do the opposite conversion, from a Julian day
16618 count (either an integer day, or a floating-point day and time in
16619 the GMT zone), into a pure date form or a date/time form in the
16620 current or specified time zone.
16621
16622 @kindex t U
16623 @pindex calc-unix-time
16624 @tindex unixtime
16625 @cindex Unix time format, conversions
16626 The @kbd{t U} (@code{calc-unix-time}) [@code{unixtime}] command
16627 converts a date form into a Unix time value, which is the number of
16628 seconds since midnight on Jan 1, 1970, or vice-versa. The numeric result
16629 will be an integer if the current precision is 12 or less; for higher
16630 precisions, the result may be a float with (@var{precision}@minus{}12)
16631 digits after the decimal. Just as for @kbd{t J}, the numeric time
16632 is interpreted in the GMT time zone and the date form is interpreted
16633 in the current or specified zone. Some systems use Unix-like
16634 numbering but with the local time zone; give a prefix of zero to
16635 suppress the adjustment if so.
16636
16637 @kindex t C
16638 @pindex calc-convert-time-zones
16639 @tindex tzconv
16640 @cindex Time Zones, converting between
16641 The @kbd{t C} (@code{calc-convert-time-zones}) [@code{tzconv}]
16642 command converts a date form from one time zone to another. You
16643 are prompted for each time zone name in turn; you can answer with
16644 any suitable Calc time zone expression (@pxref{Time Zones}).
16645 If you answer either prompt with a blank line, the local time
16646 zone is used for that prompt. You can also answer the first
16647 prompt with @kbd{$} to take the two time zone names from the
16648 stack (and the date to be converted from the third stack level).
16649
16650 @node Date Functions, Business Days, Date Conversions, Date Arithmetic
16651 @subsection Date Functions
16652
16653 @noindent
16654 @kindex t N
16655 @pindex calc-now
16656 @tindex now
16657 The @kbd{t N} (@code{calc-now}) [@code{now}] command pushes the
16658 current date and time on the stack as a date form. The time is
16659 reported in terms of the specified time zone; with no numeric prefix
16660 argument, @kbd{t N} reports for the current time zone.
16661
16662 @kindex t P
16663 @pindex calc-date-part
16664 The @kbd{t P} (@code{calc-date-part}) command extracts one part
16665 of a date form. The prefix argument specifies the part; with no
16666 argument, this command prompts for a part code from 1 to 9.
16667 The various part codes are described in the following paragraphs.
16668
16669 @tindex year
16670 The @kbd{M-1 t P} [@code{year}] function extracts the year number
16671 from a date form as an integer, e.g., 1991. This and the
16672 following functions will also accept a real number for an
16673 argument, which is interpreted as a standard Calc day number.
16674 Note that this function will never return zero, since the year
16675 1 BC immediately precedes the year 1 AD.
16676
16677 @tindex month
16678 The @kbd{M-2 t P} [@code{month}] function extracts the month number
16679 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 12.
16680
16681 @tindex day
16682 The @kbd{M-3 t P} [@code{day}] function extracts the day number
16683 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 31.
16684
16685 @tindex hour
16686 The @kbd{M-4 t P} [@code{hour}] function extracts the hour from
16687 a date form as an integer in the range 0 (midnight) to 23. Note
16688 that 24-hour time is always used. This returns zero for a pure
16689 date form. This function (and the following two) also accept
16690 HMS forms as input.
16691
16692 @tindex minute
16693 The @kbd{M-5 t P} [@code{minute}] function extracts the minute
16694 from a date form as an integer in the range 0 to 59.
16695
16696 @tindex second
16697 The @kbd{M-6 t P} [@code{second}] function extracts the second
16698 from a date form. If the current precision is 12 or less,
16699 the result is an integer in the range 0 to 59. For higher
16700 precisions, the result may instead be a floating-point number.
16701
16702 @tindex weekday
16703 The @kbd{M-7 t P} [@code{weekday}] function extracts the weekday
16704 number from a date form as an integer in the range 0 (Sunday)
16705 to 6 (Saturday).
16706
16707 @tindex yearday
16708 The @kbd{M-8 t P} [@code{yearday}] function extracts the day-of-year
16709 number from a date form as an integer in the range 1 (January 1)
16710 to 366 (December 31 of a leap year).
16711
16712 @tindex time
16713 The @kbd{M-9 t P} [@code{time}] function extracts the time portion
16714 of a date form as an HMS form. This returns @samp{0@@ 0' 0"}
16715 for a pure date form.
16716
16717 @kindex t M
16718 @pindex calc-new-month
16719 @tindex newmonth
16720 The @kbd{t M} (@code{calc-new-month}) [@code{newmonth}] command
16721 computes a new date form that represents the first day of the month
16722 specified by the input date. The result is always a pure date
16723 form; only the year and month numbers of the input are retained.
16724 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n} in the range from 1 to 31,
16725 @kbd{t M} computes the @var{n}th day of the month. (If @var{n}
16726 is greater than the actual number of days in the month, or if
16727 @var{n} is zero, the last day of the month is used.)
16728
16729 @kindex t Y
16730 @pindex calc-new-year
16731 @tindex newyear
16732 The @kbd{t Y} (@code{calc-new-year}) [@code{newyear}] command
16733 computes a new pure date form that represents the first day of
16734 the year specified by the input. The month, day, and time
16735 of the input date form are lost. With a numeric prefix argument
16736 @var{n} in the range from 1 to 366, @kbd{t Y} computes the
16737 @var{n}th day of the year (366 is treated as 365 in non-leap
16738 years). A prefix argument of 0 computes the last day of the
16739 year (December 31). A negative prefix argument from @i{-1} to
16740 @i{-12} computes the first day of the @var{n}th month of the year.
16741
16742 @kindex t W
16743 @pindex calc-new-week
16744 @tindex newweek
16745 The @kbd{t W} (@code{calc-new-week}) [@code{newweek}] command
16746 computes a new pure date form that represents the Sunday on or before
16747 the input date. With a numeric prefix argument, it can be made to
16748 use any day of the week as the starting day; the argument must be in
16749 the range from 0 (Sunday) to 6 (Saturday). This function always
16750 subtracts between 0 and 6 days from the input date.
16751
16752 Here's an example use of @code{newweek}: Find the date of the next
16753 Wednesday after a given date. Using @kbd{M-3 t W} or @samp{newweek(d, 3)}
16754 will give you the @emph{preceding} Wednesday, so @samp{newweek(d+7, 3)}
16755 will give you the following Wednesday. A further look at the definition
16756 of @code{newweek} shows that if the input date is itself a Wednesday,
16757 this formula will return the Wednesday one week in the future. An
16758 exercise for the reader is to modify this formula to yield the same day
16759 if the input is already a Wednesday. Another interesting exercise is
16760 to preserve the time-of-day portion of the input (@code{newweek} resets
16761 the time to midnight; hint:@: how can @code{newweek} be defined in terms
16762 of the @code{weekday} function?).
16763
16764 @ignore
16765 @starindex
16766 @end ignore
16767 @tindex pwday
16768 The @samp{pwday(@var{date})} function (not on any key) computes the
16769 day-of-month number of the Sunday on or before @var{date}. With
16770 two arguments, @samp{pwday(@var{date}, @var{day})} computes the day
16771 number of the Sunday on or before day number @var{day} of the month
16772 specified by @var{date}. The @var{day} must be in the range from
16773 7 to 31; if the day number is greater than the actual number of days
16774 in the month, the true number of days is used instead. Thus
16775 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 7)} finds the first Sunday of the month, and
16776 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 31)} finds the last Sunday of the month.
16777 With a third @var{weekday} argument, @code{pwday} can be made to look
16778 for any day of the week instead of Sunday.
16779
16780 @kindex t I
16781 @pindex calc-inc-month
16782 @tindex incmonth
16783 The @kbd{t I} (@code{calc-inc-month}) [@code{incmonth}] command
16784 increases a date form by one month, or by an arbitrary number of
16785 months specified by a numeric prefix argument. The time portion,
16786 if any, of the date form stays the same. The day also stays the
16787 same, except that if the new month has fewer days the day
16788 number may be reduced to lie in the valid range. For example,
16789 @samp{incmonth(<Jan 31, 1991>)} produces @samp{<Feb 28, 1991>}.
16790 Because of this, @kbd{t I t I} and @kbd{M-2 t I} do not always give
16791 the same results (@samp{<Mar 28, 1991>} versus @samp{<Mar 31, 1991>}
16792 in this case).
16793
16794 @ignore
16795 @starindex
16796 @end ignore
16797 @tindex incyear
16798 The @samp{incyear(@var{date}, @var{step})} function increases
16799 a date form by the specified number of years, which may be
16800 any positive or negative integer. Note that @samp{incyear(d, n)}
16801 is equivalent to @w{@samp{incmonth(d, 12*n)}}, but these do not have
16802 simple equivalents in terms of day arithmetic because
16803 months and years have varying lengths. If the @var{step}
16804 argument is omitted, 1 year is assumed. There is no keyboard
16805 command for this function; use @kbd{C-u 12 t I} instead.
16806
16807 There is no @code{newday} function at all because @kbd{F} [@code{floor}]
16808 serves this purpose. Similarly, instead of @code{incday} and
16809 @code{incweek} simply use @cite{d + n} or @cite{d + 7 n}.
16810
16811 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}, for the @kbd{f ]} [@code{incr}] command
16812 which can adjust a date/time form by a certain number of seconds.
16813
16814 @node Business Days, Time Zones, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic
16815 @subsection Business Days
16816
16817 @noindent
16818 Often time is measured in ``business days'' or ``working days,''
16819 where weekends and holidays are skipped. Calc's normal date
16820 arithmetic functions use calendar days, so that subtracting two
16821 consecutive Mondays will yield a difference of 7 days. By contrast,
16822 subtracting two consecutive Mondays would yield 5 business days
16823 (assuming two-day weekends and the absence of holidays).
16824
16825 @kindex t +
16826 @kindex t -
16827 @tindex badd
16828 @tindex bsub
16829 @pindex calc-business-days-plus
16830 @pindex calc-business-days-minus
16831 The @kbd{t +} (@code{calc-business-days-plus}) [@code{badd}]
16832 and @kbd{t -} (@code{calc-business-days-minus}) [@code{bsub}]
16833 commands perform arithmetic using business days. For @kbd{t +},
16834 one argument must be a date form and the other must be a real
16835 number (positive or negative). If the number is not an integer,
16836 then a certain amount of time is added as well as a number of
16837 days; for example, adding 0.5 business days to a time in Friday
16838 evening will produce a time in Monday morning. It is also
16839 possible to add an HMS form; adding @samp{12@@ 0' 0"} also adds
16840 half a business day. For @kbd{t -}, the arguments are either a
16841 date form and a number or HMS form, or two date forms, in which
16842 case the result is the number of business days between the two
16843 dates.
16844
16845 @cindex @code{Holidays} variable
16846 @vindex Holidays
16847 By default, Calc considers any day that is not a Saturday or
16848 Sunday to be a business day. You can define any number of
16849 additional holidays by editing the variable @code{Holidays}.
16850 (There is an @w{@kbd{s H}} convenience command for editing this
16851 variable.) Initially, @code{Holidays} contains the vector
16852 @samp{[sat, sun]}. Entries in the @code{Holidays} vector may
16853 be any of the following kinds of objects:
16854
16855 @itemize @bullet
16856 @item
16857 Date forms (pure dates, not date/time forms). These specify
16858 particular days which are to be treated as holidays.
16859
16860 @item
16861 Intervals of date forms. These specify a range of days, all of
16862 which are holidays (e.g., Christmas week). @xref{Interval Forms}.
16863
16864 @item
16865 Nested vectors of date forms. Each date form in the vector is
16866 considered to be a holiday.
16867
16868 @item
16869 Any Calc formula which evaluates to one of the above three things.
16870 If the formula involves the variable @cite{y}, it stands for a
16871 yearly repeating holiday; @cite{y} will take on various year
16872 numbers like 1992. For example, @samp{date(y, 12, 25)} specifies
16873 Christmas day, and @samp{newweek(date(y, 11, 7), 4) + 21} specifies
16874 Thanksgiving (which is held on the fourth Thursday of November).
16875 If the formula involves the variable @cite{m}, that variable
16876 takes on month numbers from 1 to 12: @samp{date(y, m, 15)} is
16877 a holiday that takes place on the 15th of every month.
16878
16879 @item
16880 A weekday name, such as @code{sat} or @code{sun}. This is really
16881 a variable whose name is a three-letter, lower-case day name.
16882
16883 @item
16884 An interval of year numbers (integers). This specifies the span of
16885 years over which this holiday list is to be considered valid. Any
16886 business-day arithmetic that goes outside this range will result
16887 in an error message. Use this if you are including an explicit
16888 list of holidays, rather than a formula to generate them, and you
16889 want to make sure you don't accidentally go beyond the last point
16890 where the holidays you entered are complete. If there is no
16891 limiting interval in the @code{Holidays} vector, the default
16892 @samp{[1 .. 2737]} is used. (This is the absolute range of years
16893 for which Calc's business-day algorithms will operate.)
16894
16895 @item
16896 An interval of HMS forms. This specifies the span of hours that
16897 are to be considered one business day. For example, if this
16898 range is @samp{[9@@ 0' 0" .. 17@@ 0' 0"]} (i.e., 9am to 5pm), then
16899 the business day is only eight hours long, so that @kbd{1.5 t +}
16900 on @samp{<4:00pm Fri Dec 13, 1991>} will add one business day and
16901 four business hours to produce @samp{<12:00pm Tue Dec 17, 1991>}.
16902 Likewise, @kbd{t -} will now express differences in time as
16903 fractions of an eight-hour day. Times before 9am will be treated
16904 as 9am by business date arithmetic, and times at or after 5pm will
16905 be treated as 4:59:59pm. If there is no HMS interval in @code{Holidays},
16906 the full 24-hour day @samp{[0@ 0' 0" .. 24@ 0' 0"]} is assumed.
16907 (Regardless of the type of bounds you specify, the interval is
16908 treated as inclusive on the low end and exclusive on the high end,
16909 so that the work day goes from 9am up to, but not including, 5pm.)
16910 @end itemize
16911
16912 If the @code{Holidays} vector is empty, then @kbd{t +} and
16913 @kbd{t -} will act just like @kbd{+} and @kbd{-} because there will
16914 then be no difference between business days and calendar days.
16915
16916 Calc expands the intervals and formulas you give into a complete
16917 list of holidays for internal use. This is done mainly to make
16918 sure it can detect multiple holidays. (For example,
16919 @samp{<Jan 1, 1989>} is both New Year's Day and a Sunday, but
16920 Calc's algorithms take care to count it only once when figuring
16921 the number of holidays between two dates.)
16922
16923 Since the complete list of holidays for all the years from 1 to
16924 2737 would be huge, Calc actually computes only the part of the
16925 list between the smallest and largest years that have been involved
16926 in business-day calculations so far. Normally, you won't have to
16927 worry about this. Keep in mind, however, that if you do one
16928 calculation for 1992, and another for 1792, even if both involve
16929 only a small range of years, Calc will still work out all the
16930 holidays that fall in that 200-year span.
16931
16932 If you add a (positive) number of days to a date form that falls on a
16933 weekend or holiday, the date form is treated as if it were the most
16934 recent business day. (Thus adding one business day to a Friday,
16935 Saturday, or Sunday will all yield the following Monday.) If you
16936 subtract a number of days from a weekend or holiday, the date is
16937 effectively on the following business day. (So subtracting one business
16938 day from Saturday, Sunday, or Monday yields the preceding Friday.) The
16939 difference between two dates one or both of which fall on holidays
16940 equals the number of actual business days between them. These
16941 conventions are consistent in the sense that, if you add @var{n}
16942 business days to any date, the difference between the result and the
16943 original date will come out to @var{n} business days. (It can't be
16944 completely consistent though; a subtraction followed by an addition
16945 might come out a bit differently, since @kbd{t +} is incapable of
16946 producing a date that falls on a weekend or holiday.)
16947
16948 @ignore
16949 @starindex
16950 @end ignore
16951 @tindex holiday
16952 There is a @code{holiday} function, not on any keys, that takes
16953 any date form and returns 1 if that date falls on a weekend or
16954 holiday, as defined in @code{Holidays}, or 0 if the date is a
16955 business day.
16956
16957 @node Time Zones, , Business Days, Date Arithmetic
16958 @subsection Time Zones
16959
16960 @noindent
16961 @cindex Time zones
16962 @cindex Daylight savings time
16963 Time zones and daylight savings time are a complicated business.
16964 The conversions to and from Julian and Unix-style dates automatically
16965 compute the correct time zone and daylight savings adjustment to use,
16966 provided they can figure out this information. This section describes
16967 Calc's time zone adjustment algorithm in detail, in case you want to
16968 do conversions in different time zones or in case Calc's algorithms
16969 can't determine the right correction to use.
16970
16971 Adjustments for time zones and daylight savings time are done by
16972 @kbd{t U}, @kbd{t J}, @kbd{t N}, and @kbd{t C}, but not by any other
16973 commands. In particular, @samp{<may 1 1991> - <apr 1 1991>} evaluates
16974 to exactly 30 days even though there is a daylight-savings
16975 transition in between. This is also true for Julian pure dates:
16976 @samp{julian(<may 1 1991>) - julian(<apr 1 1991>)}. But Julian
16977 and Unix date/times will adjust for daylight savings time:
16978 @samp{julian(<12am may 1 1991>) - julian(<12am apr 1 1991>)}
16979 evaluates to @samp{29.95834} (that's 29 days and 23 hours)
16980 because one hour was lost when daylight savings commenced on
16981 April 7, 1991.
16982
16983 In brief, the idiom @samp{julian(@var{date1}) - julian(@var{date2})}
16984 computes the actual number of 24-hour periods between two dates, whereas
16985 @samp{@var{date1} - @var{date2}} computes the number of calendar
16986 days between two dates without taking daylight savings into account.
16987
16988 @pindex calc-time-zone
16989 @ignore
16990 @starindex
16991 @end ignore
16992 @tindex tzone
16993 The @code{calc-time-zone} [@code{tzone}] command converts the time
16994 zone specified by its numeric prefix argument into a number of
16995 seconds difference from Greenwich mean time (GMT). If the argument
16996 is a number, the result is simply that value multiplied by 3600.
16997 Typical arguments for North America are 5 (Eastern) or 8 (Pacific). If
16998 Daylight Savings time is in effect, one hour should be subtracted from
16999 the normal difference.
17000
17001 If you give a prefix of plain @kbd{C-u}, @code{calc-time-zone} (like other
17002 date arithmetic commands that include a time zone argument) takes the
17003 zone argument from the top of the stack. (In the case of @kbd{t J}
17004 and @kbd{t U}, the normal argument is then taken from the second-to-top
17005 stack position.) This allows you to give a non-integer time zone
17006 adjustment. The time-zone argument can also be an HMS form, or
17007 it can be a variable which is a time zone name in upper- or lower-case.
17008 For example @samp{tzone(PST) = tzone(8)} and @samp{tzone(pdt) = tzone(7)}
17009 (for Pacific standard and daylight savings times, respectively).
17010
17011 North American and European time zone names are defined as follows;
17012 note that for each time zone there is one name for standard time,
17013 another for daylight savings time, and a third for ``generalized'' time
17014 in which the daylight savings adjustment is computed from context.
17015
17016 @smallexample
17017 @group
17018 YST PST MST CST EST AST NST GMT WET MET MEZ
17019 9 8 7 6 5 4 3.5 0 -1 -2 -2
17020
17021 YDT PDT MDT CDT EDT ADT NDT BST WETDST METDST MESZ
17022 8 7 6 5 4 3 2.5 -1 -2 -3 -3
17023
17024 YGT PGT MGT CGT EGT AGT NGT BGT WEGT MEGT MEGZ
17025 9/8 8/7 7/6 6/5 5/4 4/3 3.5/2.5 0/-1 -1/-2 -2/-3 -2/-3
17026 @end group
17027 @end smallexample
17028
17029 @vindex math-tzone-names
17030 To define time zone names that do not appear in the above table,
17031 you must modify the Lisp variable @code{math-tzone-names}. This
17032 is a list of lists describing the different time zone names; its
17033 structure is best explained by an example. The three entries for
17034 Pacific Time look like this:
17035
17036 @smallexample
17037 @group
17038 ( ( "PST" 8 0 ) ; Name as an upper-case string, then standard
17039 ( "PDT" 8 -1 ) ; adjustment, then daylight savings adjustment.
17040 ( "PGT" 8 "PST" "PDT" ) ) ; Generalized time zone.
17041 @end group
17042 @end smallexample
17043
17044 @cindex @code{TimeZone} variable
17045 @vindex TimeZone
17046 With no arguments, @code{calc-time-zone} or @samp{tzone()} obtains an
17047 argument from the Calc variable @code{TimeZone} if a value has been
17048 stored for that variable. If not, Calc runs the Unix @samp{date}
17049 command and looks for one of the above time zone names in the output;
17050 if this does not succeed, @samp{tzone()} leaves itself unevaluated.
17051 The time zone name in the @samp{date} output may be followed by a signed
17052 adjustment, e.g., @samp{GMT+5} or @samp{GMT+0500} which specifies a
17053 number of hours and minutes to be added to the base time zone.
17054 Calc stores the time zone it finds into @code{TimeZone} to speed
17055 later calls to @samp{tzone()}.
17056
17057 The special time zone name @code{local} is equivalent to no argument,
17058 i.e., it uses the local time zone as obtained from the @code{date}
17059 command.
17060
17061 If the time zone name found is one of the standard or daylight
17062 savings zone names from the above table, and Calc's internal
17063 daylight savings algorithm says that time and zone are consistent
17064 (e.g., @code{PDT} accompanies a date that Calc's algorithm would also
17065 consider to be daylight savings, or @code{PST} accompanies a date
17066 that Calc would consider to be standard time), then Calc substitutes
17067 the corresponding generalized time zone (like @code{PGT}).
17068
17069 If your system does not have a suitable @samp{date} command, you
17070 may wish to put a @samp{(setq var-TimeZone ...)} in your Emacs
17071 initialization file to set the time zone. The easiest way to do
17072 this is to edit the @code{TimeZone} variable using Calc's @kbd{s T}
17073 command, then use the @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable})
17074 command to save the value of @code{TimeZone} permanently.
17075
17076 The @kbd{t J} and @code{t U} commands with no numeric prefix
17077 arguments do the same thing as @samp{tzone()}. If the current
17078 time zone is a generalized time zone, e.g., @code{EGT}, Calc
17079 examines the date being converted to tell whether to use standard
17080 or daylight savings time. But if the current time zone is explicit,
17081 e.g., @code{EST} or @code{EDT}, then that adjustment is used exactly
17082 and Calc's daylight savings algorithm is not consulted.
17083
17084 Some places don't follow the usual rules for daylight savings time.
17085 The state of Arizona, for example, does not observe daylight savings
17086 time. If you run Calc during the winter season in Arizona, the
17087 Unix @code{date} command will report @code{MST} time zone, which
17088 Calc will change to @code{MGT}. If you then convert a time that
17089 lies in the summer months, Calc will apply an incorrect daylight
17090 savings time adjustment. To avoid this, set your @code{TimeZone}
17091 variable explicitly to @code{MST} to force the use of standard,
17092 non-daylight-savings time.
17093
17094 @vindex math-daylight-savings-hook
17095 @findex math-std-daylight-savings
17096 By default Calc always considers daylight savings time to begin at
17097 2 a.m.@: on the first Sunday of April, and to end at 2 a.m.@: on the
17098 last Sunday of October. This is the rule that has been in effect
17099 in North America since 1987. If you are in a country that uses
17100 different rules for computing daylight savings time, you have two
17101 choices: Write your own daylight savings hook, or control time
17102 zones explicitly by setting the @code{TimeZone} variable and/or
17103 always giving a time-zone argument for the conversion functions.
17104
17105 The Lisp variable @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} holds the
17106 name of a function that is used to compute the daylight savings
17107 adjustment for a given date. The default is
17108 @code{math-std-daylight-savings}, which computes an adjustment
17109 (either 0 or @i{-1}) using the North American rules given above.
17110
17111 The daylight savings hook function is called with four arguments:
17112 The date, as a floating-point number in standard Calc format;
17113 a six-element list of the date decomposed into year, month, day,
17114 hour, minute, and second, respectively; a string which contains
17115 the generalized time zone name in upper-case, e.g., @code{"WEGT"};
17116 and a special adjustment to be applied to the hour value when
17117 converting into a generalized time zone (see below).
17118
17119 @findex math-prev-weekday-in-month
17120 The Lisp function @code{math-prev-weekday-in-month} is useful for
17121 daylight savings computations. This is an internal version of
17122 the user-level @code{pwday} function described in the previous
17123 section. It takes four arguments: The floating-point date value,
17124 the corresponding six-element date list, the day-of-month number,
17125 and the weekday number (0-6).
17126
17127 The default daylight savings hook ignores the time zone name, but a
17128 more sophisticated hook could use different algorithms for different
17129 time zones. It would also be possible to use different algorithms
17130 depending on the year number, but the default hook always uses the
17131 algorithm for 1987 and later. Here is a listing of the default
17132 daylight savings hook:
17133
17134 @smallexample
17135 (defun math-std-daylight-savings (date dt zone bump)
17136 (cond ((< (nth 1 dt) 4) 0)
17137 ((= (nth 1 dt) 4)
17138 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 7 0)))
17139 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) 0)
17140 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17141 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 3 bump)) -1 0))
17142 (t -1))))
17143 ((< (nth 1 dt) 10) -1)
17144 ((= (nth 1 dt) 10)
17145 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 31 0)))
17146 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) -1)
17147 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17148 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 2 bump)) 0 -1))
17149 (t 0))))
17150 (t 0))
17151 )
17152 @end smallexample
17153
17154 @noindent
17155 The @code{bump} parameter is equal to zero when Calc is converting
17156 from a date form in a generalized time zone into a GMT date value.
17157 It is @i{-1} when Calc is converting in the other direction. The
17158 adjustments shown above ensure that the conversion behaves correctly
17159 and reasonably around the 2 a.m.@: transition in each direction.
17160
17161 There is a ``missing'' hour between 2 a.m.@: and 3 a.m.@: at the
17162 beginning of daylight savings time; converting a date/time form that
17163 falls in this hour results in a time value for the following hour,
17164 from 3 a.m.@: to 4 a.m. At the end of daylight savings time, the
17165 hour from 1 a.m.@: to 2 a.m.@: repeats itself; converting a date/time
17166 form that falls in in this hour results in a time value for the first
17167 manifestation of that time (@emph{not} the one that occurs one hour later).
17168
17169 If @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} is @code{nil}, then the
17170 daylight savings adjustment is always taken to be zero.
17171
17172 In algebraic formulas, @samp{tzone(@var{zone}, @var{date})}
17173 computes the time zone adjustment for a given zone name at a
17174 given date. The @var{date} is ignored unless @var{zone} is a
17175 generalized time zone. If @var{date} is a date form, the
17176 daylight savings computation is applied to it as it appears.
17177 If @var{date} is a numeric date value, it is adjusted for the
17178 daylight-savings version of @var{zone} before being given to
17179 the daylight savings hook. This odd-sounding rule ensures
17180 that the daylight-savings computation is always done in
17181 local time, not in the GMT time that a numeric @var{date}
17182 is typically represented in.
17183
17184 @ignore
17185 @starindex
17186 @end ignore
17187 @tindex dsadj
17188 The @samp{dsadj(@var{date}, @var{zone})} function computes the
17189 daylight savings adjustment that is appropriate for @var{date} in
17190 time zone @var{zone}. If @var{zone} is explicitly in or not in
17191 daylight savings time (e.g., @code{PDT} or @code{PST}) the
17192 @var{date} is ignored. If @var{zone} is a generalized time zone,
17193 the algorithms described above are used. If @var{zone} is omitted,
17194 the computation is done for the current time zone.
17195
17196 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, for the address of Calc's author, if you
17197 should wish to contribute your improved versions of
17198 @code{math-tzone-names} and @code{math-daylight-savings-hook}
17199 to the Calc distribution.
17200
17201 @node Financial Functions, Binary Functions, Date Arithmetic, Arithmetic
17202 @section Financial Functions
17203
17204 @noindent
17205 Calc's financial or business functions use the @kbd{b} prefix
17206 key followed by a shifted letter. (The @kbd{b} prefix followed by
17207 a lower-case letter is used for operations on binary numbers.)
17208
17209 Note that the rate and the number of intervals given to these
17210 functions must be on the same time scale, e.g., both months or
17211 both years. Mixing an annual interest rate with a time expressed
17212 in months will give you very wrong answers!
17213
17214 It is wise to compute these functions to a higher precision than
17215 you really need, just to make sure your answer is correct to the
17216 last penny; also, you may wish to check the definitions at the end
17217 of this section to make sure the functions have the meaning you expect.
17218
17219 @menu
17220 * Percentages::
17221 * Future Value::
17222 * Present Value::
17223 * Related Financial Functions::
17224 * Depreciation Functions::
17225 * Definitions of Financial Functions::
17226 @end menu
17227
17228 @node Percentages, Future Value, Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17229 @subsection Percentages
17230
17231 @kindex M-%
17232 @pindex calc-percent
17233 @tindex %
17234 @tindex percent
17235 The @kbd{M-%} (@code{calc-percent}) command takes a percentage value,
17236 say 5.4, and converts it to an equivalent actual number. For example,
17237 @kbd{5.4 M-%} enters 0.054 on the stack. (That's the @key{META} or
17238 @key{ESC} key combined with @kbd{%}.)
17239
17240 Actually, @kbd{M-%} creates a formula of the form @samp{5.4%}.
17241 You can enter @samp{5.4%} yourself during algebraic entry. The
17242 @samp{%} operator simply means, ``the preceding value divided by
17243 100.'' The @samp{%} operator has very high precedence, so that
17244 @samp{1+8%} is interpreted as @samp{1+(8%)}, not as @samp{(1+8)%}.
17245 (The @samp{%} operator is just a postfix notation for the
17246 @code{percent} function, just like @samp{20!} is the notation for
17247 @samp{fact(20)}, or twenty-factorial.)
17248
17249 The formula @samp{5.4%} would normally evaluate immediately to
17250 0.054, but the @kbd{M-%} command suppresses evaluation as it puts
17251 the formula onto the stack. However, the next Calc command that
17252 uses the formula @samp{5.4%} will evaluate it as its first step.
17253 The net effect is that you get to look at @samp{5.4%} on the stack,
17254 but Calc commands see it as @samp{0.054}, which is what they expect.
17255
17256 In particular, @samp{5.4%} and @samp{0.054} are suitable values
17257 for the @var{rate} arguments of the various financial functions,
17258 but the number @samp{5.4} is probably @emph{not} suitable---it
17259 represents a rate of 540 percent!
17260
17261 The key sequence @kbd{M-% *} effectively means ``percent-of.''
17262 For example, @kbd{68 @key{RET} 25 M-% *} computes 17, which is 25% of
17263 68 (and also 68% of 25, which comes out to the same thing).
17264
17265 @kindex c %
17266 @pindex calc-convert-percent
17267 The @kbd{c %} (@code{calc-convert-percent}) command converts the
17268 value on the top of the stack from numeric to percentage form.
17269 For example, if 0.08 is on the stack, @kbd{c %} converts it to
17270 @samp{8%}. The quantity is the same, it's just represented
17271 differently. (Contrast this with @kbd{M-%}, which would convert
17272 this number to @samp{0.08%}.) The @kbd{=} key is a convenient way
17273 to convert a formula like @samp{8%} back to numeric form, 0.08.
17274
17275 To compute what percentage one quantity is of another quantity,
17276 use @kbd{/ c %}. For example, @w{@kbd{17 @key{RET} 68 / c %}} displays
17277 @samp{25%}.
17278
17279 @kindex b %
17280 @pindex calc-percent-change
17281 @tindex relch
17282 The @kbd{b %} (@code{calc-percent-change}) [@code{relch}] command
17283 calculates the percentage change from one number to another.
17284 For example, @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} produces the answer @samp{25%},
17285 since 50 is 25% larger than 40. A negative result represents a
17286 decrease: @kbd{50 @key{RET} 40 b %} produces @samp{-20%}, since 40 is
17287 20% smaller than 50. (The answers are different in magnitude
17288 because, in the first case, we're increasing by 25% of 40, but
17289 in the second case, we're decreasing by 20% of 50.) The effect
17290 of @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} is to compute @cite{(50-40)/40}, converting
17291 the answer to percentage form as if by @kbd{c %}.
17292
17293 @node Future Value, Present Value, Percentages, Financial Functions
17294 @subsection Future Value
17295
17296 @noindent
17297 @kindex b F
17298 @pindex calc-fin-fv
17299 @tindex fv
17300 The @kbd{b F} (@code{calc-fin-fv}) [@code{fv}] command computes
17301 the future value of an investment. It takes three arguments
17302 from the stack: @samp{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17303 If you give payments of @var{payment} every year for @var{n}
17304 years, and the money you have paid earns interest at @var{rate} per
17305 year, then this function tells you what your investment would be
17306 worth at the end of the period. (The actual interval doesn't
17307 have to be years, as long as @var{n} and @var{rate} are expressed
17308 in terms of the same intervals.) This function assumes payments
17309 occur at the @emph{end} of each interval.
17310
17311 @kindex I b F
17312 @tindex fvb
17313 The @kbd{I b F} [@code{fvb}] command does the same computation,
17314 but assuming your payments are at the beginning of each interval.
17315 Suppose you plan to deposit $1000 per year in a savings account
17316 earning 5.4% interest, starting right now. How much will be
17317 in the account after five years? @code{fvb(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5870.73}.
17318 Thus you will have earned $870 worth of interest over the years.
17319 Using the stack, this calculation would have been
17320 @kbd{5.4 M-% 5 @key{RET} 1000 I b F}. Note that the rate is expressed
17321 as a number between 0 and 1, @emph{not} as a percentage.
17322
17323 @kindex H b F
17324 @tindex fvl
17325 The @kbd{H b F} [@code{fvl}] command computes the future value
17326 of an initial lump sum investment. Suppose you could deposit
17327 those five thousand dollars in the bank right now; how much would
17328 they be worth in five years? @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 5000) = 6503.89}.
17329
17330 The algebraic functions @code{fv} and @code{fvb} accept an optional
17331 fourth argument, which is used as an initial lump sum in the sense
17332 of @code{fvl}. In other words, @code{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17333 @var{payment}, @var{initial}) = fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})
17334 + fvl(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{initial})}.@refill
17335
17336 To illustrate the relationships between these functions, we could
17337 do the @code{fvb} calculation ``by hand'' using @code{fvl}. The
17338 final balance will be the sum of the contributions of our five
17339 deposits at various times. The first deposit earns interest for
17340 five years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 1300.78}. The second
17341 deposit only earns interest for four years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 4, 1000) =
17342 1234.13}. And so on down to the last deposit, which earns one
17343 year's interest: @code{fvl(5.4%, 1, 1000) = 1054.00}. The sum of
17344 these five values is, sure enough, $5870.73, just as was computed
17345 by @code{fvb} directly.
17346
17347 What does @code{fv(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5569.96} mean? The payments
17348 are now at the ends of the periods. The end of one year is the same
17349 as the beginning of the next, so what this really means is that we've
17350 lost the payment at year zero (which contributed $1300.78), but we're
17351 now counting the payment at year five (which, since it didn't have
17352 a chance to earn interest, counts as $1000). Indeed, @cite{5569.96 =
17353 5870.73 - 1300.78 + 1000} (give or take a bit of roundoff error).
17354
17355 @node Present Value, Related Financial Functions, Future Value, Financial Functions
17356 @subsection Present Value
17357
17358 @noindent
17359 @kindex b P
17360 @pindex calc-fin-pv
17361 @tindex pv
17362 The @kbd{b P} (@code{calc-fin-pv}) [@code{pv}] command computes
17363 the present value of an investment. Like @code{fv}, it takes
17364 three arguments: @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17365 It computes the present value of a series of regular payments.
17366 Suppose you have the chance to make an investment that will
17367 pay $2000 per year over the next four years; as you receive
17368 these payments you can put them in the bank at 9% interest.
17369 You want to know whether it is better to make the investment, or
17370 to keep the money in the bank where it earns 9% interest right
17371 from the start. The calculation @code{pv(9%, 4, 2000)} gives the
17372 result 6479.44. If your initial investment must be less than this,
17373 say, $6000, then the investment is worthwhile. But if you had to
17374 put up $7000, then it would be better just to leave it in the bank.
17375
17376 Here is the interpretation of the result of @code{pv}: You are
17377 trying to compare the return from the investment you are
17378 considering, which is @code{fv(9%, 4, 2000) = 9146.26}, with
17379 the return from leaving the money in the bank, which is
17380 @code{fvl(9%, 4, @var{x})} where @var{x} is the amount of money
17381 you would have to put up in advance. The @code{pv} function
17382 finds the break-even point, @cite{x = 6479.44}, at which
17383 @code{fvl(9%, 4, 6479.44)} is also equal to 9146.26. This is
17384 the largest amount you should be willing to invest.
17385
17386 @kindex I b P
17387 @tindex pvb
17388 The @kbd{I b P} [@code{pvb}] command solves the same problem,
17389 but with payments occurring at the beginning of each interval.
17390 It has the same relationship to @code{fvb} as @code{pv} has
17391 to @code{fv}. For example @code{pvb(9%, 4, 2000) = 7062.59},
17392 a larger number than @code{pv} produced because we get to start
17393 earning interest on the return from our investment sooner.
17394
17395 @kindex H b P
17396 @tindex pvl
17397 The @kbd{H b P} [@code{pvl}] command computes the present value of
17398 an investment that will pay off in one lump sum at the end of the
17399 period. For example, if we get our $8000 all at the end of the
17400 four years, @code{pvl(9%, 4, 8000) = 5667.40}. This is much
17401 less than @code{pv} reported, because we don't earn any interest
17402 on the return from this investment. Note that @code{pvl} and
17403 @code{fvl} are simple inverses: @code{fvl(9%, 4, 5667.40) = 8000}.
17404
17405 You can give an optional fourth lump-sum argument to @code{pv}
17406 and @code{pvb}; this is handled in exactly the same way as the
17407 fourth argument for @code{fv} and @code{fvb}.
17408
17409 @kindex b N
17410 @pindex calc-fin-npv
17411 @tindex npv
17412 The @kbd{b N} (@code{calc-fin-npv}) [@code{npv}] command computes
17413 the net present value of a series of irregular investments.
17414 The first argument is the interest rate. The second argument is
17415 a vector which represents the expected return from the investment
17416 at the end of each interval. For example, if the rate represents
17417 a yearly interest rate, then the vector elements are the return
17418 from the first year, second year, and so on.
17419
17420 Thus, @code{npv(9%, [2000,2000,2000,2000]) = pv(9%, 4, 2000) = 6479.44}.
17421 Obviously this function is more interesting when the payments are
17422 not all the same!
17423
17424 The @code{npv} function can actually have two or more arguments.
17425 Multiple arguments are interpreted in the same way as for the
17426 vector statistical functions like @code{vsum}.
17427 @xref{Single-Variable Statistics}. Basically, if there are several
17428 payment arguments, each either a vector or a plain number, all these
17429 values are collected left-to-right into the complete list of payments.
17430 A numeric prefix argument on the @kbd{b N} command says how many
17431 payment values or vectors to take from the stack.@refill
17432
17433 @kindex I b N
17434 @tindex npvb
17435 The @kbd{I b N} [@code{npvb}] command computes the net present
17436 value where payments occur at the beginning of each interval
17437 rather than at the end.
17438
17439 @node Related Financial Functions, Depreciation Functions, Present Value, Financial Functions
17440 @subsection Related Financial Functions
17441
17442 @noindent
17443 The functions in this section are basically inverses of the
17444 present value functions with respect to the various arguments.
17445
17446 @kindex b M
17447 @pindex calc-fin-pmt
17448 @tindex pmt
17449 The @kbd{b M} (@code{calc-fin-pmt}) [@code{pmt}] command computes
17450 the amount of periodic payment necessary to amortize a loan.
17451 Thus @code{pmt(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{amount})} equals the
17452 value of @var{payment} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17453 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}.@refill
17454
17455 @kindex I b M
17456 @tindex pmtb
17457 The @kbd{I b M} [@code{pmtb}] command does the same computation
17458 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. Like @code{pv} and
17459 @code{pvb}, these functions can also take a fourth argument which
17460 represents an initial lump-sum investment.
17461
17462 @kindex H b M
17463 The @kbd{H b M} key just invokes the @code{fvl} function, which is
17464 the inverse of @code{pvl}. There is no explicit @code{pmtl} function.
17465
17466 @kindex b #
17467 @pindex calc-fin-nper
17468 @tindex nper
17469 The @kbd{b #} (@code{calc-fin-nper}) [@code{nper}] command computes
17470 the number of regular payments necessary to amortize a loan.
17471 Thus @code{nper(@var{rate}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} equals
17472 the value of @var{n} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17473 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}. If @var{payment} is too small
17474 ever to amortize a loan for @var{amount} at interest rate @var{rate},
17475 the @code{nper} function is left in symbolic form.@refill
17476
17477 @kindex I b #
17478 @tindex nperb
17479 The @kbd{I b #} [@code{nperb}] command does the same computation
17480 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. You can give a fourth
17481 lump-sum argument to these functions, but the computation will be
17482 rather slow in the four-argument case.@refill
17483
17484 @kindex H b #
17485 @tindex nperl
17486 The @kbd{H b #} [@code{nperl}] command does the same computation
17487 using @code{pvl}. By exchanging @var{payment} and @var{amount} you
17488 can also get the solution for @code{fvl}. For example,
17489 @code{nperl(8%, 2000, 1000) = 9.006}, so if you place $1000 in a
17490 bank account earning 8%, it will take nine years to grow to $2000.@refill
17491
17492 @kindex b T
17493 @pindex calc-fin-rate
17494 @tindex rate
17495 The @kbd{b T} (@code{calc-fin-rate}) [@code{rate}] command computes
17496 the rate of return on an investment. This is also an inverse of @code{pv}:
17497 @code{rate(@var{n}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} computes the value of
17498 @var{rate} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment}) =
17499 @var{amount}}. The result is expressed as a formula like @samp{6.3%}.@refill
17500
17501 @kindex I b T
17502 @kindex H b T
17503 @tindex rateb
17504 @tindex ratel
17505 The @kbd{I b T} [@code{rateb}] and @kbd{H b T} [@code{ratel}]
17506 commands solve the analogous equations with @code{pvb} or @code{pvl}
17507 in place of @code{pv}. Also, @code{rate} and @code{rateb} can
17508 accept an optional fourth argument just like @code{pv} and @code{pvb}.
17509 To redo the above example from a different perspective,
17510 @code{ratel(9, 2000, 1000) = 8.00597%}, which says you will need an
17511 interest rate of 8% in order to double your account in nine years.@refill
17512
17513 @kindex b I
17514 @pindex calc-fin-irr
17515 @tindex irr
17516 The @kbd{b I} (@code{calc-fin-irr}) [@code{irr}] command is the
17517 analogous function to @code{rate} but for net present value.
17518 Its argument is a vector of payments. Thus @code{irr(@var{payments})}
17519 computes the @var{rate} such that @code{npv(@var{rate}, @var{payments}) = 0};
17520 this rate is known as the @dfn{internal rate of return}.
17521
17522 @kindex I b I
17523 @tindex irrb
17524 The @kbd{I b I} [@code{irrb}] command computes the internal rate of
17525 return assuming payments occur at the beginning of each period.
17526
17527 @node Depreciation Functions, Definitions of Financial Functions, Related Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17528 @subsection Depreciation Functions
17529
17530 @noindent
17531 The functions in this section calculate @dfn{depreciation}, which is
17532 the amount of value that a possession loses over time. These functions
17533 are characterized by three parameters: @var{cost}, the original cost
17534 of the asset; @var{salvage}, the value the asset will have at the end
17535 of its expected ``useful life''; and @var{life}, the number of years
17536 (or other periods) of the expected useful life.
17537
17538 There are several methods for calculating depreciation that differ in
17539 the way they spread the depreciation over the lifetime of the asset.
17540
17541 @kindex b S
17542 @pindex calc-fin-sln
17543 @tindex sln
17544 The @kbd{b S} (@code{calc-fin-sln}) [@code{sln}] command computes the
17545 ``straight-line'' depreciation. In this method, the asset depreciates
17546 by the same amount every year (or period). For example,
17547 @samp{sln(12000, 2000, 5)} returns 2000. The asset costs $12000
17548 initially and will be worth $2000 after five years; it loses $2000
17549 per year.
17550
17551 @kindex b Y
17552 @pindex calc-fin-syd
17553 @tindex syd
17554 The @kbd{b Y} (@code{calc-fin-syd}) [@code{syd}] command computes the
17555 accelerated ``sum-of-years'-digits'' depreciation. Here the depreciation
17556 is higher during the early years of the asset's life. Since the
17557 depreciation is different each year, @kbd{b Y} takes a fourth @var{period}
17558 parameter which specifies which year is requested, from 1 to @var{life}.
17559 If @var{period} is outside this range, the @code{syd} function will
17560 return zero.
17561
17562 @kindex b D
17563 @pindex calc-fin-ddb
17564 @tindex ddb
17565 The @kbd{b D} (@code{calc-fin-ddb}) [@code{ddb}] command computes an
17566 accelerated depreciation using the double-declining balance method.
17567 It also takes a fourth @var{period} parameter.
17568
17569 For symmetry, the @code{sln} function will accept a @var{period}
17570 parameter as well, although it will ignore its value except that the
17571 return value will as usual be zero if @var{period} is out of range.
17572
17573 For example, pushing the vector @cite{[1,2,3,4,5]} (perhaps with @kbd{v x 5})
17574 and then mapping @kbd{V M ' [sln(12000,2000,5,$), syd(12000,2000,5,$),
17575 ddb(12000,2000,5,$)] @key{RET}} produces a matrix that allows us to compare
17576 the three depreciation methods:
17577
17578 @example
17579 @group
17580 [ [ 2000, 3333, 4800 ]
17581 [ 2000, 2667, 2880 ]
17582 [ 2000, 2000, 1728 ]
17583 [ 2000, 1333, 592 ]
17584 [ 2000, 667, 0 ] ]
17585 @end group
17586 @end example
17587
17588 @noindent
17589 (Values have been rounded to nearest integers in this figure.)
17590 We see that @code{sln} depreciates by the same amount each year,
17591 @kbd{syd} depreciates more at the beginning and less at the end,
17592 and @kbd{ddb} weights the depreciation even more toward the beginning.
17593
17594 Summing columns with @kbd{V R : +} yields @cite{[10000, 10000, 10000]};
17595 the total depreciation in any method is (by definition) the
17596 difference between the cost and the salvage value.
17597
17598 @node Definitions of Financial Functions, , Depreciation Functions, Financial Functions
17599 @subsection Definitions
17600
17601 @noindent
17602 For your reference, here are the actual formulas used to compute
17603 Calc's financial functions.
17604
17605 Calc will not evaluate a financial function unless the @var{rate} or
17606 @var{n} argument is known. However, @var{payment} or @var{amount} can
17607 be a variable. Calc expands these functions according to the
17608 formulas below for symbolic arguments only when you use the @kbd{a "}
17609 (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command, or when taking derivatives or
17610 integrals or solving equations involving the functions.
17611
17612 @ifinfo
17613 These formulas are shown using the conventions of ``Big'' display
17614 mode (@kbd{d B}); for example, the formula for @code{fv} written
17615 linearly is @samp{pmt * ((1 + rate)^n) - 1) / rate}.
17616
17617 @example
17618 n
17619 (1 + rate) - 1
17620 fv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ---------------
17621 rate
17622
17623 n
17624 ((1 + rate) - 1) (1 + rate)
17625 fvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------------------
17626 rate
17627
17628 n
17629 fvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17630
17631 -n
17632 1 - (1 + rate)
17633 pv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------
17634 rate
17635
17636 -n
17637 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17638 pvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * -----------------------------
17639 rate
17640
17641 -n
17642 pvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17643
17644 -1 -2 -3
17645 npv(rate, [a, b, c]) = a*(1 + rate) + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17646
17647 -1 -2
17648 npvb(rate, [a, b, c]) = a + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17649
17650 -n
17651 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17652 pmt(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17653 -n
17654 1 - (1 + rate)
17655
17656 -n
17657 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17658 pmtb(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17659 -n
17660 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17661
17662 amt * rate
17663 nper(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ------------, 1 + rate)
17664 pmt
17665
17666 amt * rate
17667 nperb(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ---------------, 1 + rate)
17668 pmt * (1 + rate)
17669
17670 amt
17671 nperl(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(---, 1 + rate)
17672 pmt
17673
17674 1/n
17675 pmt
17676 ratel(n, pmt, amt) = ------ - 1
17677 1/n
17678 amt
17679
17680 cost - salv
17681 sln(cost, salv, life) = -----------
17682 life
17683
17684 (cost - salv) * (life - per + 1)
17685 syd(cost, salv, life, per) = --------------------------------
17686 life * (life + 1) / 2
17687
17688 book * 2
17689 ddb(cost, salv, life, per) = --------, book = cost - depreciation so far
17690 life
17691 @end example
17692 @end ifinfo
17693 @tex
17694 \turnoffactive
17695 $$ \code{fv}(r, n, p) = p { (1 + r)^n - 1 \over r } $$
17696 $$ \code{fvb}(r, n, p) = p { ((1 + r)^n - 1) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17697 $$ \code{fvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^n $$
17698 $$ \code{pv}(r, n, p) = p { 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} \over r } $$
17699 $$ \code{pvb}(r, n, p) = p { (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17700 $$ \code{pvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^{-n} $$
17701 $$ \code{npv}(r, [a,b,c]) = a (1 + r)^{-1} + b (1 + r)^{-2} + c (1 + r)^{-3} $$
17702 $$ \code{npvb}(r, [a,b,c]) = a + b (1 + r)^{-1} + c (1 + r)^{-2} $$
17703 $$ \code{pmt}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} }$$
17704 $$ \code{pmtb}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over
17705 (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) } $$
17706 $$ \code{nper}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p }, 1 + r) $$
17707 $$ \code{nperb}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p (1 + r) }, 1 + r) $$
17708 $$ \code{nperl}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}({a \over p}, 1 + r) $$
17709 $$ \code{ratel}(n, p, a) = { p^{1/n} \over a^{1/n} } - 1 $$
17710 $$ \code{sln}(c, s, l) = { c - s \over l } $$
17711 $$ \code{syd}(c, s, l, p) = { (c - s) (l - p + 1) \over l (l+1) / 2 } $$
17712 $$ \code{ddb}(c, s, l, p) = { 2 (c - \hbox{depreciation so far}) \over l } $$
17713 @end tex
17714
17715 @noindent
17716 In @code{pmt} and @code{pmtb}, @cite{x=0} if omitted.
17717
17718 These functions accept any numeric objects, including error forms,
17719 intervals, and even (though not very usefully) complex numbers. The
17720 above formulas specify exactly the behavior of these functions with
17721 all sorts of inputs.
17722
17723 Note that if the first argument to the @code{log} in @code{nper} is
17724 negative, @code{nper} leaves itself in symbolic form rather than
17725 returning a (financially meaningless) complex number.
17726
17727 @samp{rate(num, pmt, amt)} solves the equation
17728 @samp{pv(rate, num, pmt) = amt} for @samp{rate} using @kbd{H a R}
17729 (@code{calc-find-root}), with the interval @samp{[.01% .. 100%]}
17730 for an initial guess. The @code{rateb} function is the same except
17731 that it uses @code{pvb}. Note that @code{ratel} can be solved
17732 directly; its formula is shown in the above list.
17733
17734 Similarly, @samp{irr(pmts)} solves the equation @samp{npv(rate, pmts) = 0}
17735 for @samp{rate}.
17736
17737 If you give a fourth argument to @code{nper} or @code{nperb}, Calc
17738 will also use @kbd{H a R} to solve the equation using an initial
17739 guess interval of @samp{[0 .. 100]}.
17740
17741 A fourth argument to @code{fv} simply sums the two components
17742 calculated from the above formulas for @code{fv} and @code{fvl}.
17743 The same is true of @code{fvb}, @code{pv}, and @code{pvb}.
17744
17745 The @kbd{ddb} function is computed iteratively; the ``book'' value
17746 starts out equal to @var{cost}, and decreases according to the above
17747 formula for the specified number of periods. If the book value
17748 would decrease below @var{salvage}, it only decreases to @var{salvage}
17749 and the depreciation is zero for all subsequent periods. The @code{ddb}
17750 function returns the amount the book value decreased in the specified
17751 period.
17752
17753 The Calc financial function names were borrowed mostly from Microsoft
17754 Excel and Borland's Quattro. The @code{ratel} function corresponds to
17755 @samp{@@CGR} in Borland's Reflex. The @code{nper} and @code{nperl}
17756 functions correspond to @samp{@@TERM} and @samp{@@CTERM} in Quattro,
17757 respectively. Beware that the Calc functions may take their arguments
17758 in a different order than the corresponding functions in your favorite
17759 spreadsheet.
17760
17761 @node Binary Functions, , Financial Functions, Arithmetic
17762 @section Binary Number Functions
17763
17764 @noindent
17765 The commands in this chapter all use two-letter sequences beginning with
17766 the @kbd{b} prefix.
17767
17768 @cindex Binary numbers
17769 The ``binary'' operations actually work regardless of the currently
17770 displayed radix, although their results make the most sense in a radix
17771 like 2, 8, or 16 (as obtained by the @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, or @w{@kbd{d 6}}
17772 commands, respectively). You may also wish to enable display of leading
17773 zeros with @kbd{d z}. @xref{Radix Modes}.
17774
17775 @cindex Word size for binary operations
17776 The Calculator maintains a current @dfn{word size} @cite{w}, an
17777 arbitrary positive or negative integer. For a positive word size, all
17778 of the binary operations described here operate modulo @cite{2^w}. In
17779 particular, negative arguments are converted to positive integers modulo
17780 @cite{2^w} by all binary functions.@refill
17781
17782 If the word size is negative, binary operations produce 2's complement
17783 integers from @c{$-2^{-w-1}$}
17784 @cite{-(2^(-w-1))} to @c{$2^{-w-1}-1$}
17785 @cite{2^(-w-1)-1} inclusive. Either
17786 mode accepts inputs in any range; the sign of @cite{w} affects only
17787 the results produced.
17788
17789 @kindex b c
17790 @pindex calc-clip
17791 @tindex clip
17792 The @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip})
17793 [@code{clip}] command can be used to clip a number by reducing it modulo
17794 @cite{2^w}. The commands described in this chapter automatically clip
17795 their results to the current word size. Note that other operations like
17796 addition do not use the current word size, since integer addition
17797 generally is not ``binary.'' (However, @pxref{Simplification Modes},
17798 @code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}.) For example, with a word size of 8
17799 bits @kbd{b c} converts a number to the range 0 to 255; with a word
17800 size of @i{-8} @kbd{b c} converts to the range @i{-128} to 127.@refill
17801
17802 @kindex b w
17803 @pindex calc-word-size
17804 The default word size is 32 bits. All operations except the shifts and
17805 rotates allow you to specify a different word size for that one
17806 operation by giving a numeric prefix argument: @kbd{C-u 8 b c} clips the
17807 top of stack to the range 0 to 255 regardless of the current word size.
17808 To set the word size permanently, use @kbd{b w} (@code{calc-word-size}).
17809 This command displays a prompt with the current word size; press @key{RET}
17810 immediately to keep this word size, or type a new word size at the prompt.
17811
17812 When the binary operations are written in symbolic form, they take an
17813 optional second (or third) word-size parameter. When a formula like
17814 @samp{and(a,b)} is finally evaluated, the word size current at that time
17815 will be used, but when @samp{and(a,b,-8)} is evaluated, a word size of
17816 @i{-8} will always be used. A symbolic binary function will be left
17817 in symbolic form unless the all of its argument(s) are integers or
17818 integer-valued floats.
17819
17820 If either or both arguments are modulo forms for which @cite{M} is a
17821 power of two, that power of two is taken as the word size unless a
17822 numeric prefix argument overrides it. The current word size is never
17823 consulted when modulo-power-of-two forms are involved.
17824
17825 @kindex b a
17826 @pindex calc-and
17827 @tindex and
17828 The @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}) [@code{and}] command computes the bitwise
17829 AND of the two numbers on the top of the stack. In other words, for each
17830 of the @cite{w} binary digits of the two numbers (pairwise), the corresponding
17831 bit of the result is 1 if and only if both input bits are 1:
17832 @samp{and(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1000}.
17833
17834 @kindex b o
17835 @pindex calc-or
17836 @tindex or
17837 The @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}) [@code{or}] command computes the bitwise
17838 inclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if either of the input bits, or
17839 both, are 1: @samp{or(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1110}.
17840
17841 @kindex b x
17842 @pindex calc-xor
17843 @tindex xor
17844 The @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}) [@code{xor}] command computes the bitwise
17845 exclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if exactly one of the input bits
17846 is 1: @samp{xor(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0110}.
17847
17848 @kindex b d
17849 @pindex calc-diff
17850 @tindex diff
17851 The @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}) [@code{diff}] command computes the bitwise
17852 difference of two numbers; this is defined by @samp{diff(a,b) = and(a,not(b))},
17853 so that @samp{diff(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0100}.
17854
17855 @kindex b n
17856 @pindex calc-not
17857 @tindex not
17858 The @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}) [@code{not}] command computes the bitwise
17859 NOT of a number. A bit is 1 if the input bit is 0 and vice-versa.
17860
17861 @kindex b l
17862 @pindex calc-lshift-binary
17863 @tindex lsh
17864 The @kbd{b l} (@code{calc-lshift-binary}) [@code{lsh}] command shifts a
17865 number left by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
17866 prefix argument. A negative prefix argument performs a logical right shift,
17867 in which zeros are shifted in on the left. In symbolic form, @samp{lsh(a)}
17868 is short for @samp{lsh(a,1)}, which in turn is short for @samp{lsh(a,n,w)}.
17869 Bits shifted ``off the end,'' according to the current word size, are lost.
17870
17871 @kindex H b l
17872 @kindex H b r
17873 @ignore
17874 @mindex @idots
17875 @end ignore
17876 @kindex H b L
17877 @ignore
17878 @mindex @null
17879 @end ignore
17880 @kindex H b R
17881 @ignore
17882 @mindex @null
17883 @end ignore
17884 @kindex H b t
17885 The @kbd{H b l} command also does a left shift, but it takes two arguments
17886 from the stack (the value to shift, and, at top-of-stack, the number of
17887 bits to shift). This version interprets the prefix argument just like
17888 the regular binary operations, i.e., as a word size. The Hyperbolic flag
17889 has a similar effect on the rest of the binary shift and rotate commands.
17890
17891 @kindex b r
17892 @pindex calc-rshift-binary
17893 @tindex rsh
17894 The @kbd{b r} (@code{calc-rshift-binary}) [@code{rsh}] command shifts a
17895 number right by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
17896 prefix argument: @samp{rsh(a,n) = lsh(a,-n)}.
17897
17898 @kindex b L
17899 @pindex calc-lshift-arith
17900 @tindex ash
17901 The @kbd{b L} (@code{calc-lshift-arith}) [@code{ash}] command shifts a
17902 number left. It is analogous to @code{lsh}, except that if the shift
17903 is rightward (the prefix argument is negative), an arithmetic shift
17904 is performed as described below.
17905
17906 @kindex b R
17907 @pindex calc-rshift-arith
17908 @tindex rash
17909 The @kbd{b R} (@code{calc-rshift-arith}) [@code{rash}] command performs
17910 an ``arithmetic'' shift to the right, in which the leftmost bit (according
17911 to the current word size) is duplicated rather than shifting in zeros.
17912 This corresponds to dividing by a power of two where the input is interpreted
17913 as a signed, twos-complement number. (The distinction between the @samp{rsh}
17914 and @samp{rash} operations is totally independent from whether the word
17915 size is positive or negative.) With a negative prefix argument, this
17916 performs a standard left shift.
17917
17918 @kindex b t
17919 @pindex calc-rotate-binary
17920 @tindex rot
17921 The @kbd{b t} (@code{calc-rotate-binary}) [@code{rot}] command rotates a
17922 number one bit to the left. The leftmost bit (according to the current
17923 word size) is dropped off the left and shifted in on the right. With a
17924 numeric prefix argument, the number is rotated that many bits to the left
17925 or right.
17926
17927 @xref{Set Operations}, for the @kbd{b p} and @kbd{b u} commands that
17928 pack and unpack binary integers into sets. (For example, @kbd{b u}
17929 unpacks the number @samp{2#11001} to the set of bit-numbers
17930 @samp{[0, 3, 4]}.) Type @kbd{b u V #} to count the number of ``1''
17931 bits in a binary integer.
17932
17933 Another interesting use of the set representation of binary integers
17934 is to reverse the bits in, say, a 32-bit integer. Type @kbd{b u} to
17935 unpack; type @kbd{31 @key{TAB} -} to replace each bit-number in the set
17936 with 31 minus that bit-number; type @kbd{b p} to pack the set back
17937 into a binary integer.
17938
17939 @node Scientific Functions, Matrix Functions, Arithmetic, Top
17940 @chapter Scientific Functions
17941
17942 @noindent
17943 The functions described here perform trigonometric and other transcendental
17944 calculations. They generally produce floating-point answers correct to the
17945 full current precision. The @kbd{H} (Hyperbolic) and @kbd{I} (Inverse)
17946 flag keys must be used to get some of these functions from the keyboard.
17947
17948 @kindex P
17949 @pindex calc-pi
17950 @cindex @code{pi} variable
17951 @vindex pi
17952 @kindex H P
17953 @cindex @code{e} variable
17954 @vindex e
17955 @kindex I P
17956 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
17957 @vindex gamma
17958 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
17959 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
17960 @kindex H I P
17961 @cindex @code{phi} variable
17962 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
17963 @cindex Golden ratio
17964 One miscellaneous command is shift-@kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}), which pushes
17965 the value of @c{$\pi$}
17966 @cite{pi} (at the current precision) onto the stack. With the
17967 Hyperbolic flag, it pushes the value @cite{e}, the base of natural logarithms.
17968 With the Inverse flag, it pushes Euler's constant @c{$\gamma$}
17969 @cite{gamma} (about 0.5772). With both Inverse and Hyperbolic, it
17970 pushes the ``golden ratio'' @c{$\phi$}
17971 @cite{phi} (about 1.618). (At present, Euler's constant is not available
17972 to unlimited precision; Calc knows only the first 100 digits.)
17973 In Symbolic mode, these commands push the
17974 actual variables @samp{pi}, @samp{e}, @samp{gamma}, and @samp{phi},
17975 respectively, instead of their values; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}.@refill
17976
17977 @ignore
17978 @mindex Q
17979 @end ignore
17980 @ignore
17981 @mindex I Q
17982 @end ignore
17983 @kindex I Q
17984 @tindex sqr
17985 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] function is described elsewhere;
17986 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}. With the Inverse flag [@code{sqr}], this command
17987 computes the square of the argument.
17988
17989 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
17990 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
17991 interpret a prefix argument.
17992
17993 @menu
17994 * Logarithmic Functions::
17995 * Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions::
17996 * Advanced Math Functions::
17997 * Branch Cuts::
17998 * Random Numbers::
17999 * Combinatorial Functions::
18000 * Probability Distribution Functions::
18001 @end menu
18002
18003 @node Logarithmic Functions, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions, Scientific Functions
18004 @section Logarithmic Functions
18005
18006 @noindent
18007 @kindex L
18008 @pindex calc-ln
18009 @tindex ln
18010 @ignore
18011 @mindex @null
18012 @end ignore
18013 @kindex I E
18014 The shift-@kbd{L} (@code{calc-ln}) [@code{ln}] command computes the natural
18015 logarithm of the real or complex number on the top of the stack. With
18016 the Inverse flag it computes the exponential function instead, although
18017 this is redundant with the @kbd{E} command.
18018
18019 @kindex E
18020 @pindex calc-exp
18021 @tindex exp
18022 @ignore
18023 @mindex @null
18024 @end ignore
18025 @kindex I L
18026 The shift-@kbd{E} (@code{calc-exp}) [@code{exp}] command computes the
18027 exponential, i.e., @cite{e} raised to the power of the number on the stack.
18028 The meanings of the Inverse and Hyperbolic flags follow from those for
18029 the @code{calc-ln} command.
18030
18031 @kindex H L
18032 @kindex H E
18033 @pindex calc-log10
18034 @tindex log10
18035 @tindex exp10
18036 @ignore
18037 @mindex @null
18038 @end ignore
18039 @kindex H I L
18040 @ignore
18041 @mindex @null
18042 @end ignore
18043 @kindex H I E
18044 The @kbd{H L} (@code{calc-log10}) [@code{log10}] command computes the common
18045 (base-10) logarithm of a number. (With the Inverse flag [@code{exp10}],
18046 it raises ten to a given power.) Note that the common logarithm of a
18047 complex number is computed by taking the natural logarithm and dividing
18048 by @c{$\ln10$}
18049 @cite{ln(10)}.
18050
18051 @kindex B
18052 @kindex I B
18053 @pindex calc-log
18054 @tindex log
18055 @tindex alog
18056 The @kbd{B} (@code{calc-log}) [@code{log}] command computes a logarithm
18057 to any base. For example, @kbd{1024 @key{RET} 2 B} produces 10, since
18058 @c{$2^{10} = 1024$}
18059 @cite{2^10 = 1024}. In certain cases like @samp{log(3,9)}, the result
18060 will be either @cite{1:2} or @cite{0.5} depending on the current Fraction
18061 Mode setting. With the Inverse flag [@code{alog}], this command is
18062 similar to @kbd{^} except that the order of the arguments is reversed.
18063
18064 @kindex f I
18065 @pindex calc-ilog
18066 @tindex ilog
18067 The @kbd{f I} (@code{calc-ilog}) [@code{ilog}] command computes the
18068 integer logarithm of a number to any base. The number and the base must
18069 themselves be positive integers. This is the true logarithm, rounded
18070 down to an integer. Thus @kbd{ilog(x,10)} is 3 for all @cite{x} in the
18071 range from 1000 to 9999. If both arguments are positive integers, exact
18072 integer arithmetic is used; otherwise, this is equivalent to
18073 @samp{floor(log(x,b))}.
18074
18075 @kindex f E
18076 @pindex calc-expm1
18077 @tindex expm1
18078 The @kbd{f E} (@code{calc-expm1}) [@code{expm1}] command computes
18079 @c{$e^x - 1$}
18080 @cite{exp(x)-1}, but using an algorithm that produces a more accurate
18081 answer when the result is close to zero, i.e., when @c{$e^x$}
18082 @cite{exp(x)} is close
18083 to one.
18084
18085 @kindex f L
18086 @pindex calc-lnp1
18087 @tindex lnp1
18088 The @kbd{f L} (@code{calc-lnp1}) [@code{lnp1}] command computes
18089 @c{$\ln(x+1)$}
18090 @cite{ln(x+1)}, producing a more accurate answer when @cite{x} is close
18091 to zero.
18092
18093 @node Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Advanced Math Functions, Logarithmic Functions, Scientific Functions
18094 @section Trigonometric/Hyperbolic Functions
18095
18096 @noindent
18097 @kindex S
18098 @pindex calc-sin
18099 @tindex sin
18100 The shift-@kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}) [@code{sin}] command computes the sine
18101 of an angle or complex number. If the input is an HMS form, it is interpreted
18102 as degrees-minutes-seconds; otherwise, the input is interpreted according
18103 to the current angular mode. It is best to use Radians mode when operating
18104 on complex numbers.@refill
18105
18106 Calc's ``units'' mechanism includes angular units like @code{deg},
18107 @code{rad}, and @code{grad}. While @samp{sin(45 deg)} is not evaluated
18108 all the time, the @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command will
18109 simplify @samp{sin(45 deg)} by taking the sine of 45 degrees, regardless
18110 of the current angular mode. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
18111
18112 Also, the symbolic variable @code{pi} is not ordinarily recognized in
18113 arguments to trigonometric functions, as in @samp{sin(3 pi / 4)}, but
18114 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command recognizes many such
18115 formulas when the current angular mode is radians @emph{and} symbolic
18116 mode is enabled; this example would be replaced by @samp{sqrt(2) / 2}.
18117 @xref{Symbolic Mode}. Beware, this simplification occurs even if you
18118 have stored a different value in the variable @samp{pi}; this is one
18119 reason why changing built-in variables is a bad idea. Arguments of
18120 the form @cite{x} plus a multiple of @c{$\pi/2$}
18121 @cite{pi/2} are also simplified.
18122 Calc includes similar formulas for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.@refill
18123
18124 The @kbd{a s} command knows all angles which are integer multiples of
18125 @c{$\pi/12$}
18126 @cite{pi/12}, @c{$\pi/10$}
18127 @cite{pi/10}, or @c{$\pi/8$}
18128 @cite{pi/8} radians. In degrees mode,
18129 analogous simplifications occur for integer multiples of 15 or 18
18130 degrees, and for arguments plus multiples of 90 degrees.
18131
18132 @kindex I S
18133 @pindex calc-arcsin
18134 @tindex arcsin
18135 With the Inverse flag, @code{calc-sin} computes an arcsine. This is also
18136 available as the @code{calc-arcsin} command or @code{arcsin} algebraic
18137 function. The returned argument is converted to degrees, radians, or HMS
18138 notation depending on the current angular mode.
18139
18140 @kindex H S
18141 @pindex calc-sinh
18142 @tindex sinh
18143 @kindex H I S
18144 @pindex calc-arcsinh
18145 @tindex arcsinh
18146 With the Hyperbolic flag, @code{calc-sin} computes the hyperbolic
18147 sine, also available as @code{calc-sinh} [@code{sinh}]. With the
18148 Hyperbolic and Inverse flags, it computes the hyperbolic arcsine
18149 (@code{calc-arcsinh}) [@code{arcsinh}].
18150
18151 @kindex C
18152 @pindex calc-cos
18153 @tindex cos
18154 @ignore
18155 @mindex @idots
18156 @end ignore
18157 @kindex I C
18158 @pindex calc-arccos
18159 @ignore
18160 @mindex @null
18161 @end ignore
18162 @tindex arccos
18163 @ignore
18164 @mindex @null
18165 @end ignore
18166 @kindex H C
18167 @pindex calc-cosh
18168 @ignore
18169 @mindex @null
18170 @end ignore
18171 @tindex cosh
18172 @ignore
18173 @mindex @null
18174 @end ignore
18175 @kindex H I C
18176 @pindex calc-arccosh
18177 @ignore
18178 @mindex @null
18179 @end ignore
18180 @tindex arccosh
18181 @ignore
18182 @mindex @null
18183 @end ignore
18184 @kindex T
18185 @pindex calc-tan
18186 @ignore
18187 @mindex @null
18188 @end ignore
18189 @tindex tan
18190 @ignore
18191 @mindex @null
18192 @end ignore
18193 @kindex I T
18194 @pindex calc-arctan
18195 @ignore
18196 @mindex @null
18197 @end ignore
18198 @tindex arctan
18199 @ignore
18200 @mindex @null
18201 @end ignore
18202 @kindex H T
18203 @pindex calc-tanh
18204 @ignore
18205 @mindex @null
18206 @end ignore
18207 @tindex tanh
18208 @ignore
18209 @mindex @null
18210 @end ignore
18211 @kindex H I T
18212 @pindex calc-arctanh
18213 @ignore
18214 @mindex @null
18215 @end ignore
18216 @tindex arctanh
18217 The shift-@kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}] command computes the cosine
18218 of an angle or complex number, and shift-@kbd{T} (@code{calc-tan}) [@code{tan}]
18219 computes the tangent, along with all the various inverse and hyperbolic
18220 variants of these functions.
18221
18222 @kindex f T
18223 @pindex calc-arctan2
18224 @tindex arctan2
18225 The @kbd{f T} (@code{calc-arctan2}) [@code{arctan2}] command takes two
18226 numbers from the stack and computes the arc tangent of their ratio. The
18227 result is in the full range from @i{-180} (exclusive) to @i{+180}
18228 (inclusive) degrees, or the analogous range in radians. A similar
18229 result would be obtained with @kbd{/} followed by @kbd{I T}, but the
18230 value would only be in the range from @i{-90} to @i{+90} degrees
18231 since the division loses information about the signs of the two
18232 components, and an error might result from an explicit division by zero
18233 which @code{arctan2} would avoid. By (arbitrary) definition,
18234 @samp{arctan2(0,0)=0}.
18235
18236 @pindex calc-sincos
18237 @ignore
18238 @starindex
18239 @end ignore
18240 @tindex sincos
18241 @ignore
18242 @starindex
18243 @end ignore
18244 @ignore
18245 @mindex arc@idots
18246 @end ignore
18247 @tindex arcsincos
18248 The @code{calc-sincos} [@code{sincos}] command computes the sine and
18249 cosine of a number, returning them as a vector of the form
18250 @samp{[@var{cos}, @var{sin}]}.
18251 With the Inverse flag [@code{arcsincos}], this command takes a two-element
18252 vector as an argument and computes @code{arctan2} of the elements.
18253 (This command does not accept the Hyperbolic flag.)@refill
18254
18255 @node Advanced Math Functions, Branch Cuts, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions
18256 @section Advanced Mathematical Functions
18257
18258 @noindent
18259 Calc can compute a variety of less common functions that arise in
18260 various branches of mathematics. All of the functions described in
18261 this section allow arbitrary complex arguments and, except as noted,
18262 will work to arbitrarily large precisions. They can not at present
18263 handle error forms or intervals as arguments.
18264
18265 NOTE: These functions are still experimental. In particular, their
18266 accuracy is not guaranteed in all domains. It is advisable to set the
18267 current precision comfortably higher than you actually need when
18268 using these functions. Also, these functions may be impractically
18269 slow for some values of the arguments.
18270
18271 @kindex f g
18272 @pindex calc-gamma
18273 @tindex gamma
18274 The @kbd{f g} (@code{calc-gamma}) [@code{gamma}] command computes the Euler
18275 gamma function. For positive integer arguments, this is related to the
18276 factorial function: @samp{gamma(n+1) = fact(n)}. For general complex
18277 arguments the gamma function can be defined by the following definite
18278 integral: @c{$\Gamma(a) = \int_0^\infty t^{a-1} e^t dt$}
18279 @cite{gamma(a) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, inf)}.
18280 (The actual implementation uses far more efficient computational methods.)
18281
18282 @kindex f G
18283 @tindex gammaP
18284 @ignore
18285 @mindex @idots
18286 @end ignore
18287 @kindex I f G
18288 @ignore
18289 @mindex @null
18290 @end ignore
18291 @kindex H f G
18292 @ignore
18293 @mindex @null
18294 @end ignore
18295 @kindex H I f G
18296 @pindex calc-inc-gamma
18297 @ignore
18298 @mindex @null
18299 @end ignore
18300 @tindex gammaQ
18301 @ignore
18302 @mindex @null
18303 @end ignore
18304 @tindex gammag
18305 @ignore
18306 @mindex @null
18307 @end ignore
18308 @tindex gammaG
18309 The @kbd{f G} (@code{calc-inc-gamma}) [@code{gammaP}] command computes
18310 the incomplete gamma function, denoted @samp{P(a,x)}. This is defined by
18311 the integral, @c{$P(a,x) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} e^t dt \right) / \Gamma(a)$}
18312 @cite{gammaP(a,x) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, x) / gamma(a)}.
18313 This implies that @samp{gammaP(a,inf) = 1} for any @cite{a} (see the
18314 definition of the normal gamma function).
18315
18316 Several other varieties of incomplete gamma function are defined.
18317 The complement of @cite{P(a,x)}, called @cite{Q(a,x) = 1-P(a,x)} by
18318 some authors, is computed by the @kbd{I f G} [@code{gammaQ}] command.
18319 You can think of this as taking the other half of the integral, from
18320 @cite{x} to infinity.
18321
18322 @ifinfo
18323 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define @cite{P(a,x)}
18324 and @cite{Q(a,x)} but without the normalizing @cite{1/gamma(a)}
18325 factor are called @cite{g(a,x)} and @cite{G(a,x)}, respectively
18326 (where @cite{g} and @cite{G} represent the lower- and upper-case Greek
18327 letter gamma). You can obtain these using the @kbd{H f G} [@code{gammag}]
18328 and @kbd{H I f G} [@code{gammaG}] commands.
18329 @end ifinfo
18330 @tex
18331 \turnoffactive
18332 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define $P(a,x)$
18333 and $Q(a,x)$ but without the normalizing $1/\Gamma(a)$
18334 factor are called $\gamma(a,x)$ and $\Gamma(a,x)$, respectively.
18335 You can obtain these using the \kbd{H f G} [\code{gammag}] and
18336 \kbd{I H f G} [\code{gammaG}] commands.
18337 @end tex
18338
18339 @kindex f b
18340 @pindex calc-beta
18341 @tindex beta
18342 The @kbd{f b} (@code{calc-beta}) [@code{beta}] command computes the
18343 Euler beta function, which is defined in terms of the gamma function as
18344 @c{$B(a,b) = \Gamma(a) \Gamma(b) / \Gamma(a+b)$}
18345 @cite{beta(a,b) = gamma(a) gamma(b) / gamma(a+b)}, or by
18346 @c{$B(a,b) = \int_0^1 t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt$}
18347 @cite{beta(a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, 1)}.
18348
18349 @kindex f B
18350 @kindex H f B
18351 @pindex calc-inc-beta
18352 @tindex betaI
18353 @tindex betaB
18354 The @kbd{f B} (@code{calc-inc-beta}) [@code{betaI}] command computes
18355 the incomplete beta function @cite{I(x,a,b)}. It is defined by
18356 @c{$I(x,a,b) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt \right) / B(a,b)$}
18357 @cite{betaI(x,a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, x) / beta(a,b)}.
18358 Once again, the @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix gives the corresponding
18359 un-normalized version [@code{betaB}].
18360
18361 @kindex f e
18362 @kindex I f e
18363 @pindex calc-erf
18364 @tindex erf
18365 @tindex erfc
18366 The @kbd{f e} (@code{calc-erf}) [@code{erf}] command computes the
18367 error function @c{$\hbox{erf}(x) = {2 \over \sqrt{\pi}} \int_0^x e^{-t^2} dt$}
18368 @cite{erf(x) = 2 integ(exp(-(t^2)), t, 0, x) / sqrt(pi)}.
18369 The complementary error function @kbd{I f e} (@code{calc-erfc}) [@code{erfc}]
18370 is the corresponding integral from @samp{x} to infinity; the sum
18371 @c{$\hbox{erf}(x) + \hbox{erfc}(x) = 1$}
18372 @cite{erf(x) + erfc(x) = 1}.
18373
18374 @kindex f j
18375 @kindex f y
18376 @pindex calc-bessel-J
18377 @pindex calc-bessel-Y
18378 @tindex besJ
18379 @tindex besY
18380 The @kbd{f j} (@code{calc-bessel-J}) [@code{besJ}] and @kbd{f y}
18381 (@code{calc-bessel-Y}) [@code{besY}] commands compute the Bessel
18382 functions of the first and second kinds, respectively.
18383 In @samp{besJ(n,x)} and @samp{besY(n,x)} the ``order'' parameter
18384 @cite{n} is often an integer, but is not required to be one.
18385 Calc's implementation of the Bessel functions currently limits the
18386 precision to 8 digits, and may not be exact even to that precision.
18387 Use with care!@refill
18388
18389 @node Branch Cuts, Random Numbers, Advanced Math Functions, Scientific Functions
18390 @section Branch Cuts and Principal Values
18391
18392 @noindent
18393 @cindex Branch cuts
18394 @cindex Principal values
18395 All of the logarithmic, trigonometric, and other scientific functions are
18396 defined for complex numbers as well as for reals.
18397 This section describes the values
18398 returned in cases where the general result is a family of possible values.
18399 Calc follows section 12.5.3 of Steele's @dfn{Common Lisp, the Language},
18400 second edition, in these matters. This section will describe each
18401 function briefly; for a more detailed discussion (including some nifty
18402 diagrams), consult Steele's book.
18403
18404 Note that the branch cuts for @code{arctan} and @code{arctanh} were
18405 changed between the first and second editions of Steele. Versions of
18406 Calc starting with 2.00 follow the second edition.
18407
18408 The new branch cuts exactly match those of the HP-28/48 calculators.
18409 They also match those of Mathematica 1.2, except that Mathematica's
18410 @code{arctan} cut is always in the right half of the complex plane,
18411 and its @code{arctanh} cut is always in the top half of the plane.
18412 Calc's cuts are continuous with quadrants I and III for @code{arctan},
18413 or II and IV for @code{arctanh}.
18414
18415 Note: The current implementations of these functions with complex arguments
18416 are designed with proper behavior around the branch cuts in mind, @emph{not}
18417 efficiency or accuracy. You may need to increase the floating precision
18418 and wait a while to get suitable answers from them.
18419
18420 For @samp{sqrt(a+bi)}: When @cite{a<0} and @cite{b} is small but positive
18421 or zero, the result is close to the @cite{+i} axis. For @cite{b} small and
18422 negative, the result is close to the @cite{-i} axis. The result always lies
18423 in the right half of the complex plane.
18424
18425 For @samp{ln(a+bi)}: The real part is defined as @samp{ln(abs(a+bi))}.
18426 The imaginary part is defined as @samp{arg(a+bi) = arctan2(b,a)}.
18427 Thus the branch cuts for @code{sqrt} and @code{ln} both lie on the
18428 negative real axis.
18429
18430 The following table describes these branch cuts in another way.
18431 If the real and imaginary parts of @cite{z} are as shown, then
18432 the real and imaginary parts of @cite{f(z)} will be as shown.
18433 Here @code{eps} stands for a small positive value; each
18434 occurrence of @code{eps} may stand for a different small value.
18435
18436 @smallexample
18437 z sqrt(z) ln(z)
18438 ----------------------------------------
18439 +, 0 +, 0 any, 0
18440 -, 0 0, + any, pi
18441 -, +eps +eps, + +eps, +
18442 -, -eps +eps, - +eps, -
18443 @end smallexample
18444
18445 For @samp{z1^z2}: This is defined by @samp{exp(ln(z1)*z2)}.
18446 One interesting consequence of this is that @samp{(-8)^1:3} does
18447 not evaluate to @i{-2} as you might expect, but to the complex
18448 number @cite{(1., 1.732)}. Both of these are valid cube roots
18449 of @i{-8} (as is @cite{(1., -1.732)}); Calc chooses a perhaps
18450 less-obvious root for the sake of mathematical consistency.
18451
18452 For @samp{arcsin(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(i*z + sqrt(1-z^2))}.
18453 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @i{-1} and greater than 1.
18454
18455 For @samp{arccos(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(z + i*sqrt(1-z^2))},
18456 or equivalently by @samp{pi/2 - arcsin(z)}. The branch cuts are on
18457 the real axis, less than @i{-1} and greater than 1.
18458
18459 For @samp{arctan(z)}: This is defined by
18460 @samp{(ln(1+i*z) - ln(1-i*z)) / (2*i)}. The branch cuts are on the
18461 imaginary axis, below @cite{-i} and above @cite{i}.
18462
18463 For @samp{arcsinh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{ln(z + sqrt(1+z^2))}.
18464 The branch cuts are on the imaginary axis, below @cite{-i} and
18465 above @cite{i}.
18466
18467 For @samp{arccosh(z)}: This is defined by
18468 @samp{ln(z + (z+1)*sqrt((z-1)/(z+1)))}. The branch cut is on the
18469 real axis less than 1.
18470
18471 For @samp{arctanh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{(ln(1+z) - ln(1-z)) / 2}.
18472 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @i{-1} and greater than 1.
18473
18474 The following tables for @code{arcsin}, @code{arccos}, and
18475 @code{arctan} assume the current angular mode is radians. The
18476 hyperbolic functions operate independently of the angular mode.
18477
18478 @smallexample
18479 z arcsin(z) arccos(z)
18480 -------------------------------------------------------
18481 (-1..1), 0 (-pi/2..pi/2), 0 (0..pi), 0
18482 (-1..1), +eps (-pi/2..pi/2), +eps (0..pi), -eps
18483 (-1..1), -eps (-pi/2..pi/2), -eps (0..pi), +eps
18484 <-1, 0 -pi/2, + pi, -
18485 <-1, +eps -pi/2 + eps, + pi - eps, -
18486 <-1, -eps -pi/2 + eps, - pi - eps, +
18487 >1, 0 pi/2, - 0, +
18488 >1, +eps pi/2 - eps, + +eps, -
18489 >1, -eps pi/2 - eps, - +eps, +
18490 @end smallexample
18491
18492 @smallexample
18493 z arccosh(z) arctanh(z)
18494 -----------------------------------------------------
18495 (-1..1), 0 0, (0..pi) any, 0
18496 (-1..1), +eps +eps, (0..pi) any, +eps
18497 (-1..1), -eps +eps, (-pi..0) any, -eps
18498 <-1, 0 +, pi -, pi/2
18499 <-1, +eps +, pi - eps -, pi/2 - eps
18500 <-1, -eps +, -pi + eps -, -pi/2 + eps
18501 >1, 0 +, 0 +, -pi/2
18502 >1, +eps +, +eps +, pi/2 - eps
18503 >1, -eps +, -eps +, -pi/2 + eps
18504 @end smallexample
18505
18506 @smallexample
18507 z arcsinh(z) arctan(z)
18508 -----------------------------------------------------
18509 0, (-1..1) 0, (-pi/2..pi/2) 0, any
18510 0, <-1 -, -pi/2 -pi/2, -
18511 +eps, <-1 +, -pi/2 + eps pi/2 - eps, -
18512 -eps, <-1 -, -pi/2 + eps -pi/2 + eps, -
18513 0, >1 +, pi/2 pi/2, +
18514 +eps, >1 +, pi/2 - eps pi/2 - eps, +
18515 -eps, >1 -, pi/2 - eps -pi/2 + eps, +
18516 @end smallexample
18517
18518 Finally, the following identities help to illustrate the relationship
18519 between the complex trigonometric and hyperbolic functions. They
18520 are valid everywhere, including on the branch cuts.
18521
18522 @smallexample
18523 sin(i*z) = i*sinh(z) arcsin(i*z) = i*arcsinh(z)
18524 cos(i*z) = cosh(z) arcsinh(i*z) = i*arcsin(z)
18525 tan(i*z) = i*tanh(z) arctan(i*z) = i*arctanh(z)
18526 sinh(i*z) = i*sin(z) cosh(i*z) = cos(z)
18527 @end smallexample
18528
18529 The ``advanced math'' functions (gamma, Bessel, etc.@:) are also defined
18530 for general complex arguments, but their branch cuts and principal values
18531 are not rigorously specified at present.
18532
18533 @node Random Numbers, Combinatorial Functions, Branch Cuts, Scientific Functions
18534 @section Random Numbers
18535
18536 @noindent
18537 @kindex k r
18538 @pindex calc-random
18539 @tindex random
18540 The @kbd{k r} (@code{calc-random}) [@code{random}] command produces
18541 random numbers of various sorts.
18542
18543 Given a positive numeric prefix argument @cite{M}, it produces a random
18544 integer @cite{N} in the range @c{$0 \le N < M$}
18545 @cite{0 <= N < M}. Each of the @cite{M}
18546 values appears with equal probability.@refill
18547
18548 With no numeric prefix argument, the @kbd{k r} command takes its argument
18549 from the stack instead. Once again, if this is a positive integer @cite{M}
18550 the result is a random integer less than @cite{M}. However, note that
18551 while numeric prefix arguments are limited to six digits or so, an @cite{M}
18552 taken from the stack can be arbitrarily large. If @cite{M} is negative,
18553 the result is a random integer in the range @c{$M < N \le 0$}
18554 @cite{M < N <= 0}.
18555
18556 If the value on the stack is a floating-point number @cite{M}, the result
18557 is a random floating-point number @cite{N} in the range @c{$0 \le N < M$}
18558 @cite{0 <= N < M}
18559 or @c{$M < N \le 0$}
18560 @cite{M < N <= 0}, according to the sign of @cite{M}.
18561
18562 If @cite{M} is zero, the result is a Gaussian-distributed random real
18563 number; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation
18564 of one. The algorithm used generates random numbers in pairs; thus,
18565 every other call to this function will be especially fast.
18566
18567 If @cite{M} is an error form @c{$m$ @code{+/-} $\sigma$}
18568 @samp{m +/- s} where @var{m}
18569 and @c{$\sigma$}
18570 @var{s} are both real numbers, the result uses a Gaussian
18571 distribution with mean @var{m} and standard deviation @c{$\sigma$}
18572 @var{s}.
18573
18574 If @cite{M} is an interval form, the lower and upper bounds specify the
18575 acceptable limits of the random numbers. If both bounds are integers,
18576 the result is a random integer in the specified range. If either bound
18577 is floating-point, the result is a random real number in the specified
18578 range. If the interval is open at either end, the result will be sure
18579 not to equal that end value. (This makes a big difference for integer
18580 intervals, but for floating-point intervals it's relatively minor:
18581 with a precision of 6, @samp{random([1.0..2.0))} will return any of one
18582 million numbers from 1.00000 to 1.99999; @samp{random([1.0..2.0])} may
18583 additionally return 2.00000, but the probability of this happening is
18584 extremely small.)
18585
18586 If @cite{M} is a vector, the result is one element taken at random from
18587 the vector. All elements of the vector are given equal probabilities.
18588
18589 @vindex RandSeed
18590 The sequence of numbers produced by @kbd{k r} is completely random by
18591 default, i.e., the sequence is seeded each time you start Calc using
18592 the current time and other information. You can get a reproducible
18593 sequence by storing a particular ``seed value'' in the Calc variable
18594 @code{RandSeed}. Any integer will do for a seed; integers of from 1
18595 to 12 digits are good. If you later store a different integer into
18596 @code{RandSeed}, Calc will switch to a different pseudo-random
18597 sequence. If you ``unstore'' @code{RandSeed}, Calc will re-seed itself
18598 from the current time. If you store the same integer that you used
18599 before back into @code{RandSeed}, you will get the exact same sequence
18600 of random numbers as before.
18601
18602 @pindex calc-rrandom
18603 The @code{calc-rrandom} command (not on any key) produces a random real
18604 number between zero and one. It is equivalent to @samp{random(1.0)}.
18605
18606 @kindex k a
18607 @pindex calc-random-again
18608 The @kbd{k a} (@code{calc-random-again}) command produces another random
18609 number, re-using the most recent value of @cite{M}. With a numeric
18610 prefix argument @var{n}, it produces @var{n} more random numbers using
18611 that value of @cite{M}.
18612
18613 @kindex k h
18614 @pindex calc-shuffle
18615 @tindex shuffle
18616 The @kbd{k h} (@code{calc-shuffle}) command produces a vector of several
18617 random values with no duplicates. The value on the top of the stack
18618 specifies the set from which the random values are drawn, and may be any
18619 of the @cite{M} formats described above. The numeric prefix argument
18620 gives the length of the desired list. (If you do not provide a numeric
18621 prefix argument, the length of the list is taken from the top of the
18622 stack, and @cite{M} from second-to-top.)
18623
18624 If @cite{M} is a floating-point number, zero, or an error form (so
18625 that the random values are being drawn from the set of real numbers)
18626 there is little practical difference between using @kbd{k h} and using
18627 @kbd{k r} several times. But if the set of possible values consists
18628 of just a few integers, or the elements of a vector, then there is
18629 a very real chance that multiple @kbd{k r}'s will produce the same
18630 number more than once. The @kbd{k h} command produces a vector whose
18631 elements are always distinct. (Actually, there is a slight exception:
18632 If @cite{M} is a vector, no given vector element will be drawn more
18633 than once, but if several elements of @cite{M} are equal, they may
18634 each make it into the result vector.)
18635
18636 One use of @kbd{k h} is to rearrange a list at random. This happens
18637 if the prefix argument is equal to the number of values in the list:
18638 @kbd{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3] 5 k h} might produce the permuted list
18639 @samp{[2.5, 1, 1.5, 3, 2]}. As a convenient feature, if the argument
18640 @var{n} is negative it is replaced by the size of the set represented
18641 by @cite{M}. Naturally, this is allowed only when @cite{M} specifies
18642 a small discrete set of possibilities.
18643
18644 To do the equivalent of @kbd{k h} but with duplications allowed,
18645 given @cite{M} on the stack and with @var{n} just entered as a numeric
18646 prefix, use @kbd{v b} to build a vector of copies of @cite{M}, then use
18647 @kbd{V M k r} to ``map'' the normal @kbd{k r} function over the
18648 elements of this vector. @xref{Matrix Functions}.
18649
18650 @menu
18651 * Random Number Generator:: (Complete description of Calc's algorithm)
18652 @end menu
18653
18654 @node Random Number Generator, , Random Numbers, Random Numbers
18655 @subsection Random Number Generator
18656
18657 Calc's random number generator uses several methods to ensure that
18658 the numbers it produces are highly random. Knuth's @emph{Art of
18659 Computer Programming}, Volume II, contains a thorough description
18660 of the theory of random number generators and their measurement and
18661 characterization.
18662
18663 If @code{RandSeed} has no stored value, Calc calls Emacs' built-in
18664 @code{random} function to get a stream of random numbers, which it
18665 then treats in various ways to avoid problems inherent in the simple
18666 random number generators that many systems use to implement @code{random}.
18667
18668 When Calc's random number generator is first invoked, it ``seeds''
18669 the low-level random sequence using the time of day, so that the
18670 random number sequence will be different every time you use Calc.
18671
18672 Since Emacs Lisp doesn't specify the range of values that will be
18673 returned by its @code{random} function, Calc exercises the function
18674 several times to estimate the range. When Calc subsequently uses
18675 the @code{random} function, it takes only 10 bits of the result
18676 near the most-significant end. (It avoids at least the bottom
18677 four bits, preferably more, and also tries to avoid the top two
18678 bits.) This strategy works well with the linear congruential
18679 generators that are typically used to implement @code{random}.
18680
18681 If @code{RandSeed} contains an integer, Calc uses this integer to
18682 seed an ``additive congruential'' method (Knuth's algorithm 3.2.2A,
18683 computing @c{$X_{n-55} - X_{n-24}$}
18684 @cite{X_n-55 - X_n-24}). This method expands the seed
18685 value into a large table which is maintained internally; the variable
18686 @code{RandSeed} is changed from, e.g., 42 to the vector @cite{[42]}
18687 to indicate that the seed has been absorbed into this table. When
18688 @code{RandSeed} contains a vector, @kbd{k r} and related commands
18689 continue to use the same internal table as last time. There is no
18690 way to extract the complete state of the random number generator
18691 so that you can restart it from any point; you can only restart it
18692 from the same initial seed value. A simple way to restart from the
18693 same seed is to type @kbd{s r RandSeed} to get the seed vector,
18694 @kbd{v u} to unpack it back into a number, then @kbd{s t RandSeed}
18695 to reseed the generator with that number.
18696
18697 Calc uses a ``shuffling'' method as described in algorithm 3.2.2B
18698 of Knuth. It fills a table with 13 random 10-bit numbers. Then,
18699 to generate a new random number, it uses the previous number to
18700 index into the table, picks the value it finds there as the new
18701 random number, then replaces that table entry with a new value
18702 obtained from a call to the base random number generator (either
18703 the additive congruential generator or the @code{random} function
18704 supplied by the system). If there are any flaws in the base
18705 generator, shuffling will tend to even them out. But if the system
18706 provides an excellent @code{random} function, shuffling will not
18707 damage its randomness.
18708
18709 To create a random integer of a certain number of digits, Calc
18710 builds the integer three decimal digits at a time. For each group
18711 of three digits, Calc calls its 10-bit shuffling random number generator
18712 (which returns a value from 0 to 1023); if the random value is 1000
18713 or more, Calc throws it out and tries again until it gets a suitable
18714 value.
18715
18716 To create a random floating-point number with precision @var{p}, Calc
18717 simply creates a random @var{p}-digit integer and multiplies by
18718 @c{$10^{-p}$}
18719 @cite{10^-p}. The resulting random numbers should be very clean, but note
18720 that relatively small numbers will have few significant random digits.
18721 In other words, with a precision of 12, you will occasionally get
18722 numbers on the order of @c{$10^{-9}$}
18723 @cite{10^-9} or @c{$10^{-10}$}
18724 @cite{10^-10}, but those numbers
18725 will only have two or three random digits since they correspond to small
18726 integers times @c{$10^{-12}$}
18727 @cite{10^-12}.
18728
18729 To create a random integer in the interval @samp{[0 .. @var{m})}, Calc
18730 counts the digits in @var{m}, creates a random integer with three
18731 additional digits, then reduces modulo @var{m}. Unless @var{m} is a
18732 power of ten the resulting values will be very slightly biased toward
18733 the lower numbers, but this bias will be less than 0.1%. (For example,
18734 if @var{m} is 42, Calc will reduce a random integer less than 100000
18735 modulo 42 to get a result less than 42. It is easy to show that the
18736 numbers 40 and 41 will be only 2380/2381 as likely to result from this
18737 modulo operation as numbers 39 and below.) If @var{m} is a power of
18738 ten, however, the numbers should be completely unbiased.
18739
18740 The Gaussian random numbers generated by @samp{random(0.0)} use the
18741 ``polar'' method described in Knuth section 3.4.1C. This method
18742 generates a pair of Gaussian random numbers at a time, so only every
18743 other call to @samp{random(0.0)} will require significant calculations.
18744
18745 @node Combinatorial Functions, Probability Distribution Functions, Random Numbers, Scientific Functions
18746 @section Combinatorial Functions
18747
18748 @noindent
18749 Commands relating to combinatorics and number theory begin with the
18750 @kbd{k} key prefix.
18751
18752 @kindex k g
18753 @pindex calc-gcd
18754 @tindex gcd
18755 The @kbd{k g} (@code{calc-gcd}) [@code{gcd}] command computes the
18756 Greatest Common Divisor of two integers. It also accepts fractions;
18757 the GCD of two fractions is defined by taking the GCD of the
18758 numerators, and the LCM of the denominators. This definition is
18759 consistent with the idea that @samp{a / gcd(a,x)} should yield an
18760 integer for any @samp{a} and @samp{x}. For other types of arguments,
18761 the operation is left in symbolic form.@refill
18762
18763 @kindex k l
18764 @pindex calc-lcm
18765 @tindex lcm
18766 The @kbd{k l} (@code{calc-lcm}) [@code{lcm}] command computes the
18767 Least Common Multiple of two integers or fractions. The product of
18768 the LCM and GCD of two numbers is equal to the product of the
18769 numbers.@refill
18770
18771 @kindex k E
18772 @pindex calc-extended-gcd
18773 @tindex egcd
18774 The @kbd{k E} (@code{calc-extended-gcd}) [@code{egcd}] command computes
18775 the GCD of two integers @cite{x} and @cite{y} and returns a vector
18776 @cite{[g, a, b]} where @c{$g = \gcd(x,y) = a x + b y$}
18777 @cite{g = gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
18778
18779 @kindex !
18780 @pindex calc-factorial
18781 @tindex fact
18782 @ignore
18783 @mindex @null
18784 @end ignore
18785 @tindex !
18786 The @kbd{!} (@code{calc-factorial}) [@code{fact}] command computes the
18787 factorial of the number at the top of the stack. If the number is an
18788 integer, the result is an exact integer. If the number is an
18789 integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point approximation. If
18790 the number is a non-integral real number, the generalized factorial is used,
18791 as defined by the Euler Gamma function. Please note that computation of
18792 large factorials can be slow; using floating-point format will help
18793 since fewer digits must be maintained. The same is true of many of
18794 the commands in this section.@refill
18795
18796 @kindex k d
18797 @pindex calc-double-factorial
18798 @tindex dfact
18799 @ignore
18800 @mindex @null
18801 @end ignore
18802 @tindex !!
18803 The @kbd{k d} (@code{calc-double-factorial}) [@code{dfact}] command
18804 computes the ``double factorial'' of an integer. For an even integer,
18805 this is the product of even integers from 2 to @cite{N}. For an odd
18806 integer, this is the product of odd integers from 3 to @cite{N}. If
18807 the argument is an integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point
18808 approximation. This function is undefined for negative even integers.
18809 The notation @cite{N!!} is also recognized for double factorials.@refill
18810
18811 @kindex k c
18812 @pindex calc-choose
18813 @tindex choose
18814 The @kbd{k c} (@code{calc-choose}) [@code{choose}] command computes the
18815 binomial coefficient @cite{N}-choose-@cite{M}, where @cite{M} is the number
18816 on the top of the stack and @cite{N} is second-to-top. If both arguments
18817 are integers, the result is an exact integer. Otherwise, the result is a
18818 floating-point approximation. The binomial coefficient is defined for all
18819 real numbers by @c{$N! \over M! (N-M)!\,$}
18820 @cite{N! / M! (N-M)!}.
18821
18822 @kindex H k c
18823 @pindex calc-perm
18824 @tindex perm
18825 @ifinfo
18826 The @kbd{H k c} (@code{calc-perm}) [@code{perm}] command computes the
18827 number-of-permutations function @cite{N! / (N-M)!}.
18828 @end ifinfo
18829 @tex
18830 The \kbd{H k c} (\code{calc-perm}) [\code{perm}] command computes the
18831 number-of-perm\-utations function $N! \over (N-M)!\,$.
18832 @end tex
18833
18834 @kindex k b
18835 @kindex H k b
18836 @pindex calc-bernoulli-number
18837 @tindex bern
18838 The @kbd{k b} (@code{calc-bernoulli-number}) [@code{bern}] command
18839 computes a given Bernoulli number. The value at the top of the stack
18840 is a nonnegative integer @cite{n} that specifies which Bernoulli number
18841 is desired. The @kbd{H k b} command computes a Bernoulli polynomial,
18842 taking @cite{n} from the second-to-top position and @cite{x} from the
18843 top of the stack. If @cite{x} is a variable or formula the result is
18844 a polynomial in @cite{x}; if @cite{x} is a number the result is a number.
18845
18846 @kindex k e
18847 @kindex H k e
18848 @pindex calc-euler-number
18849 @tindex euler
18850 The @kbd{k e} (@code{calc-euler-number}) [@code{euler}] command similarly
18851 computes an Euler number, and @w{@kbd{H k e}} computes an Euler polynomial.
18852 Bernoulli and Euler numbers occur in the Taylor expansions of several
18853 functions.
18854
18855 @kindex k s
18856 @kindex H k s
18857 @pindex calc-stirling-number
18858 @tindex stir1
18859 @tindex stir2
18860 The @kbd{k s} (@code{calc-stirling-number}) [@code{stir1}] command
18861 computes a Stirling number of the first kind@c{ $n \brack m$}
18862 @asis{}, given two integers
18863 @cite{n} and @cite{m} on the stack. The @kbd{H k s} [@code{stir2}]
18864 command computes a Stirling number of the second kind@c{ $n \brace m$}
18865 @asis{}. These are
18866 the number of @cite{m}-cycle permutations of @cite{n} objects, and
18867 the number of ways to partition @cite{n} objects into @cite{m}
18868 non-empty sets, respectively.
18869
18870 @kindex k p
18871 @pindex calc-prime-test
18872 @cindex Primes
18873 The @kbd{k p} (@code{calc-prime-test}) command checks if the integer on
18874 the top of the stack is prime. For integers less than eight million, the
18875 answer is always exact and reasonably fast. For larger integers, a
18876 probabilistic method is used (see Knuth vol. II, section 4.5.4, algorithm P).
18877 The number is first checked against small prime factors (up to 13). Then,
18878 any number of iterations of the algorithm are performed. Each step either
18879 discovers that the number is non-prime, or substantially increases the
18880 certainty that the number is prime. After a few steps, the chance that
18881 a number was mistakenly described as prime will be less than one percent.
18882 (Indeed, this is a worst-case estimate of the probability; in practice
18883 even a single iteration is quite reliable.) After the @kbd{k p} command,
18884 the number will be reported as definitely prime or non-prime if possible,
18885 or otherwise ``probably'' prime with a certain probability of error.
18886
18887 @ignore
18888 @starindex
18889 @end ignore
18890 @tindex prime
18891 The normal @kbd{k p} command performs one iteration of the primality
18892 test. Pressing @kbd{k p} repeatedly for the same integer will perform
18893 additional iterations. Also, @kbd{k p} with a numeric prefix performs
18894 the specified number of iterations. There is also an algebraic function
18895 @samp{prime(n)} or @samp{prime(n,iters)} which returns 1 if @cite{n}
18896 is (probably) prime and 0 if not.
18897
18898 @kindex k f
18899 @pindex calc-prime-factors
18900 @tindex prfac
18901 The @kbd{k f} (@code{calc-prime-factors}) [@code{prfac}] command
18902 attempts to decompose an integer into its prime factors. For numbers up
18903 to 25 million, the answer is exact although it may take some time. The
18904 result is a vector of the prime factors in increasing order. For larger
18905 inputs, prime factors above 5000 may not be found, in which case the
18906 last number in the vector will be an unfactored integer greater than 25
18907 million (with a warning message). For negative integers, the first
18908 element of the list will be @i{-1}. For inputs @i{-1}, @i{0}, and
18909 @i{1}, the result is a list of the same number.
18910
18911 @kindex k n
18912 @pindex calc-next-prime
18913 @ignore
18914 @mindex nextpr@idots
18915 @end ignore
18916 @tindex nextprime
18917 The @kbd{k n} (@code{calc-next-prime}) [@code{nextprime}] command finds
18918 the next prime above a given number. Essentially, it searches by calling
18919 @code{calc-prime-test} on successive integers until it finds one that
18920 passes the test. This is quite fast for integers less than eight million,
18921 but once the probabilistic test comes into play the search may be rather
18922 slow. Ordinarily this command stops for any prime that passes one iteration
18923 of the primality test. With a numeric prefix argument, a number must pass
18924 the specified number of iterations before the search stops. (This only
18925 matters when searching above eight million.) You can always use additional
18926 @kbd{k p} commands to increase your certainty that the number is indeed
18927 prime.
18928
18929 @kindex I k n
18930 @pindex calc-prev-prime
18931 @ignore
18932 @mindex prevpr@idots
18933 @end ignore
18934 @tindex prevprime
18935 The @kbd{I k n} (@code{calc-prev-prime}) [@code{prevprime}] command
18936 analogously finds the next prime less than a given number.
18937
18938 @kindex k t
18939 @pindex calc-totient
18940 @tindex totient
18941 The @kbd{k t} (@code{calc-totient}) [@code{totient}] command computes the
18942 Euler ``totient'' function@c{ $\phi(n)$}
18943 @asis{}, the number of integers less than @cite{n} which
18944 are relatively prime to @cite{n}.
18945
18946 @kindex k m
18947 @pindex calc-moebius
18948 @tindex moebius
18949 The @kbd{k m} (@code{calc-moebius}) [@code{moebius}] command computes the
18950 @c{M\"obius $\mu$}
18951 @asis{Moebius ``mu''} function. If the input number is a product of @cite{k}
18952 distinct factors, this is @cite{(-1)^k}. If the input number has any
18953 duplicate factors (i.e., can be divided by the same prime more than once),
18954 the result is zero.
18955
18956 @node Probability Distribution Functions, , Combinatorial Functions, Scientific Functions
18957 @section Probability Distribution Functions
18958
18959 @noindent
18960 The functions in this section compute various probability distributions.
18961 For continuous distributions, this is the integral of the probability
18962 density function from @cite{x} to infinity. (These are the ``upper
18963 tail'' distribution functions; there are also corresponding ``lower
18964 tail'' functions which integrate from minus infinity to @cite{x}.)
18965 For discrete distributions, the upper tail function gives the sum
18966 from @cite{x} to infinity; the lower tail function gives the sum
18967 from minus infinity up to, but not including,@w{ }@cite{x}.
18968
18969 To integrate from @cite{x} to @cite{y}, just use the distribution
18970 function twice and subtract. For example, the probability that a
18971 Gaussian random variable with mean 2 and standard deviation 1 will
18972 lie in the range from 2.5 to 2.8 is @samp{utpn(2.5,2,1) - utpn(2.8,2,1)}
18973 (``the probability that it is greater than 2.5, but not greater than 2.8''),
18974 or equivalently @samp{ltpn(2.8,2,1) - ltpn(2.5,2,1)}.
18975
18976 @kindex k B
18977 @kindex I k B
18978 @pindex calc-utpb
18979 @tindex utpb
18980 @tindex ltpb
18981 The @kbd{k B} (@code{calc-utpb}) [@code{utpb}] function uses the
18982 binomial distribution. Push the parameters @var{n}, @var{p}, and
18983 then @var{x} onto the stack; the result (@samp{utpb(x,n,p)}) is the
18984 probability that an event will occur @var{x} or more times out
18985 of @var{n} trials, if its probability of occurring in any given
18986 trial is @var{p}. The @kbd{I k B} [@code{ltpb}] function is
18987 the probability that the event will occur fewer than @var{x} times.
18988
18989 The other probability distribution functions similarly take the
18990 form @kbd{k @var{X}} (@code{calc-utp@var{x}}) [@code{utp@var{x}}]
18991 and @kbd{I k @var{X}} [@code{ltp@var{x}}], for various letters
18992 @var{x}. The arguments to the algebraic functions are the value of
18993 the random variable first, then whatever other parameters define the
18994 distribution. Note these are among the few Calc functions where the
18995 order of the arguments in algebraic form differs from the order of
18996 arguments as found on the stack. (The random variable comes last on
18997 the stack, so that you can type, e.g., @kbd{2 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 2.5
18998 k N M-@key{RET} @key{DEL} 2.8 k N -}, using @kbd{M-@key{RET} @key{DEL}} to
18999 recover the original arguments but substitute a new value for @cite{x}.)
19000
19001 @kindex k C
19002 @pindex calc-utpc
19003 @tindex utpc
19004 @ignore
19005 @mindex @idots
19006 @end ignore
19007 @kindex I k C
19008 @ignore
19009 @mindex @null
19010 @end ignore
19011 @tindex ltpc
19012 The @samp{utpc(x,v)} function uses the chi-square distribution with
19013 @c{$\nu$}
19014 @cite{v} degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a model is
19015 correct if its chi-square statistic is @cite{x}.
19016
19017 @kindex k F
19018 @pindex calc-utpf
19019 @tindex utpf
19020 @ignore
19021 @mindex @idots
19022 @end ignore
19023 @kindex I k F
19024 @ignore
19025 @mindex @null
19026 @end ignore
19027 @tindex ltpf
19028 The @samp{utpf(F,v1,v2)} function uses the F distribution, used in
19029 various statistical tests. The parameters @c{$\nu_1$}
19030 @cite{v1} and @c{$\nu_2$}
19031 @cite{v2}
19032 are the degrees of freedom in the numerator and denominator,
19033 respectively, used in computing the statistic @cite{F}.
19034
19035 @kindex k N
19036 @pindex calc-utpn
19037 @tindex utpn
19038 @ignore
19039 @mindex @idots
19040 @end ignore
19041 @kindex I k N
19042 @ignore
19043 @mindex @null
19044 @end ignore
19045 @tindex ltpn
19046 The @samp{utpn(x,m,s)} function uses a normal (Gaussian) distribution
19047 with mean @cite{m} and standard deviation @c{$\sigma$}
19048 @cite{s}. It is the
19049 probability that such a normal-distributed random variable would
19050 exceed @cite{x}.
19051
19052 @kindex k P
19053 @pindex calc-utpp
19054 @tindex utpp
19055 @ignore
19056 @mindex @idots
19057 @end ignore
19058 @kindex I k P
19059 @ignore
19060 @mindex @null
19061 @end ignore
19062 @tindex ltpp
19063 The @samp{utpp(n,x)} function uses a Poisson distribution with
19064 mean @cite{x}. It is the probability that @cite{n} or more such
19065 Poisson random events will occur.
19066
19067 @kindex k T
19068 @pindex calc-ltpt
19069 @tindex utpt
19070 @ignore
19071 @mindex @idots
19072 @end ignore
19073 @kindex I k T
19074 @ignore
19075 @mindex @null
19076 @end ignore
19077 @tindex ltpt
19078 The @samp{utpt(t,v)} function uses the Student's ``t'' distribution
19079 with @c{$\nu$}
19080 @cite{v} degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a
19081 t-distributed random variable will be greater than @cite{t}.
19082 (Note: This computes the distribution function @c{$A(t|\nu)$}
19083 @cite{A(t|v)}
19084 where @c{$A(0|\nu) = 1$}
19085 @cite{A(0|v) = 1} and @c{$A(\infty|\nu) \to 0$}
19086 @cite{A(inf|v) -> 0}. The
19087 @code{UTPT} operation on the HP-48 uses a different definition
19088 which returns half of Calc's value: @samp{UTPT(t,v) = .5*utpt(t,v)}.)
19089
19090 While Calc does not provide inverses of the probability distribution
19091 functions, the @kbd{a R} command can be used to solve for the inverse.
19092 Since the distribution functions are monotonic, @kbd{a R} is guaranteed
19093 to be able to find a solution given any initial guess.
19094 @xref{Numerical Solutions}.
19095
19096 @node Matrix Functions, Algebra, Scientific Functions, Top
19097 @chapter Vector/Matrix Functions
19098
19099 @noindent
19100 Many of the commands described here begin with the @kbd{v} prefix.
19101 (For convenience, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix is equivalent to @kbd{v}.)
19102 The commands usually apply to both plain vectors and matrices; some
19103 apply only to matrices or only to square matrices. If the argument
19104 has the wrong dimensions the operation is left in symbolic form.
19105
19106 Vectors are entered and displayed using @samp{[a,b,c]} notation.
19107 Matrices are vectors of which all elements are vectors of equal length.
19108 (Though none of the standard Calc commands use this concept, a
19109 three-dimensional matrix or rank-3 tensor could be defined as a
19110 vector of matrices, and so on.)
19111
19112 @menu
19113 * Packing and Unpacking::
19114 * Building Vectors::
19115 * Extracting Elements::
19116 * Manipulating Vectors::
19117 * Vector and Matrix Arithmetic::
19118 * Set Operations::
19119 * Statistical Operations::
19120 * Reducing and Mapping::
19121 * Vector and Matrix Formats::
19122 @end menu
19123
19124 @node Packing and Unpacking, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions, Matrix Functions
19125 @section Packing and Unpacking
19126
19127 @noindent
19128 Calc's ``pack'' and ``unpack'' commands collect stack entries to build
19129 composite objects such as vectors and complex numbers. They are
19130 described in this chapter because they are most often used to build
19131 vectors.
19132
19133 @kindex v p
19134 @pindex calc-pack
19135 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) [@code{pack}] command collects several
19136 elements from the stack into a matrix, complex number, HMS form, error
19137 form, etc. It uses a numeric prefix argument to specify the kind of
19138 object to be built; this argument is referred to as the ``packing mode.''
19139 If the packing mode is a nonnegative integer, a vector of that
19140 length is created. For example, @kbd{C-u 5 v p} will pop the top
19141 five stack elements and push back a single vector of those five
19142 elements. (@kbd{C-u 0 v p} simply creates an empty vector.)
19143
19144 The same effect can be had by pressing @kbd{[} to push an incomplete
19145 vector on the stack, using @key{TAB} (@code{calc-roll-down}) to sneak
19146 the incomplete object up past a certain number of elements, and
19147 then pressing @kbd{]} to complete the vector.
19148
19149 Negative packing modes create other kinds of composite objects:
19150
19151 @table @cite
19152 @item -1
19153 Two values are collected to build a complex number. For example,
19154 @kbd{5 @key{RET} 7 C-u -1 v p} creates the complex number
19155 @cite{(5, 7)}. The result is always a rectangular complex
19156 number. The two input values must both be real numbers,
19157 i.e., integers, fractions, or floats. If they are not, Calc
19158 will instead build a formula like @samp{a + (0, 1) b}. (The
19159 other packing modes also create a symbolic answer if the
19160 components are not suitable.)
19161
19162 @item -2
19163 Two values are collected to build a polar complex number.
19164 The first is the magnitude; the second is the phase expressed
19165 in either degrees or radians according to the current angular
19166 mode.
19167
19168 @item -3
19169 Three values are collected into an HMS form. The first
19170 two values (hours and minutes) must be integers or
19171 integer-valued floats. The third value may be any real
19172 number.
19173
19174 @item -4
19175 Two values are collected into an error form. The inputs
19176 may be real numbers or formulas.
19177
19178 @item -5
19179 Two values are collected into a modulo form. The inputs
19180 must be real numbers.
19181
19182 @item -6
19183 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b]}.
19184 The inputs may be real numbers, HMS or date forms, or formulas.
19185
19186 @item -7
19187 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b)}.
19188
19189 @item -8
19190 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b]}.
19191
19192 @item -9
19193 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b)}.
19194
19195 @item -10
19196 Two integer values are collected into a fraction.
19197
19198 @item -11
19199 Two values are collected into a floating-point number.
19200 The first is the mantissa; the second, which must be an
19201 integer, is the exponent. The result is the mantissa
19202 times ten to the power of the exponent.
19203
19204 @item -12
19205 This is treated the same as @i{-11} by the @kbd{v p} command.
19206 When unpacking, @i{-12} specifies that a floating-point mantissa
19207 is desired.
19208
19209 @item -13
19210 A real number is converted into a date form.
19211
19212 @item -14
19213 Three numbers (year, month, day) are packed into a pure date form.
19214
19215 @item -15
19216 Six numbers are packed into a date/time form.
19217 @end table
19218
19219 With any of the two-input negative packing modes, either or both
19220 of the inputs may be vectors. If both are vectors of the same
19221 length, the result is another vector made by packing corresponding
19222 elements of the input vectors. If one input is a vector and the
19223 other is a plain number, the number is packed along with each vector
19224 element to produce a new vector. For example, @kbd{C-u -4 v p}
19225 could be used to convert a vector of numbers and a vector of errors
19226 into a single vector of error forms; @kbd{C-u -5 v p} could convert
19227 a vector of numbers and a single number @var{M} into a vector of
19228 numbers modulo @var{M}.
19229
19230 If you don't give a prefix argument to @kbd{v p}, it takes
19231 the packing mode from the top of the stack. The elements to
19232 be packed then begin at stack level 2. Thus
19233 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 4 n v p} is another way to
19234 enter the error form @samp{1 +/- 2}.
19235
19236 If the packing mode taken from the stack is a vector, the result is a
19237 matrix with the dimensions specified by the elements of the vector,
19238 which must each be integers. For example, if the packing mode is
19239 @samp{[2, 3]}, then six numbers will be taken from the stack and
19240 returned in the form @samp{[@w{[a, b, c]}, [d, e, f]]}.
19241
19242 If any elements of the vector are negative, other kinds of
19243 packing are done at that level as described above. For
19244 example, @samp{[2, 3, -4]} takes 12 objects and creates a
19245 @c{$2\times3$}
19246 @asis{2x3} matrix of error forms: @samp{[[a +/- b, c +/- d ... ]]}.
19247 Also, @samp{[-4, -10]} will convert four integers into an
19248 error form consisting of two fractions: @samp{a:b +/- c:d}.
19249
19250 @ignore
19251 @starindex
19252 @end ignore
19253 @tindex pack
19254 There is an equivalent algebraic function,
19255 @samp{pack(@var{mode}, @var{items})} where @var{mode} is a
19256 packing mode (an integer or a vector of integers) and @var{items}
19257 is a vector of objects to be packed (re-packed, really) according
19258 to that mode. For example, @samp{pack([3, -4], [a,b,c,d,e,f])}
19259 yields @samp{[a +/- b, @w{c +/- d}, e +/- f]}. The function is
19260 left in symbolic form if the packing mode is illegal, or if the
19261 number of data items does not match the number of items required
19262 by the mode.
19263
19264 @kindex v u
19265 @pindex calc-unpack
19266 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the vector, complex
19267 number, HMS form, or other composite object on the top of the stack and
19268 ``unpacks'' it, pushing each of its elements onto the stack as separate
19269 objects. Thus, it is the ``inverse'' of @kbd{v p}. If the value
19270 at the top of the stack is a formula, @kbd{v u} unpacks it by pushing
19271 each of the arguments of the top-level operator onto the stack.
19272
19273 You can optionally give a numeric prefix argument to @kbd{v u}
19274 to specify an explicit (un)packing mode. If the packing mode is
19275 negative and the input is actually a vector or matrix, the result
19276 will be two or more similar vectors or matrices of the elements.
19277 For example, given the vector @samp{[@w{a +/- b}, c^2, d +/- 7]},
19278 the result of @kbd{C-u -4 v u} will be the two vectors
19279 @samp{[a, c^2, d]} and @w{@samp{[b, 0, 7]}}.
19280
19281 Note that the prefix argument can have an effect even when the input is
19282 not a vector. For example, if the input is the number @i{-5}, then
19283 @kbd{c-u -1 v u} yields @i{-5} and 0 (the components of @i{-5}
19284 when viewed as a rectangular complex number); @kbd{C-u -2 v u} yields 5
19285 and 180 (assuming degrees mode); and @kbd{C-u -10 v u} yields @i{-5}
19286 and 1 (the numerator and denominator of @i{-5}, viewed as a rational
19287 number). Plain @kbd{v u} with this input would complain that the input
19288 is not a composite object.
19289
19290 Unpacking mode @i{-11} converts a float into an integer mantissa and
19291 an integer exponent, where the mantissa is not divisible by 10
19292 (except that 0.0 is represented by a mantissa and exponent of 0).
19293 Unpacking mode @i{-12} converts a float into a floating-point mantissa
19294 and integer exponent, where the mantissa (for non-zero numbers)
19295 is guaranteed to lie in the range [1 .. 10). In both cases,
19296 the mantissa is shifted left or right (and the exponent adjusted
19297 to compensate) in order to satisfy these constraints.
19298
19299 Positive unpacking modes are treated differently than for @kbd{v p}.
19300 A mode of 1 is much like plain @kbd{v u} with no prefix argument,
19301 except that in addition to the components of the input object,
19302 a suitable packing mode to re-pack the object is also pushed.
19303 Thus, @kbd{C-u 1 v u} followed by @kbd{v p} will re-build the
19304 original object.
19305
19306 A mode of 2 unpacks two levels of the object; the resulting
19307 re-packing mode will be a vector of length 2. This might be used
19308 to unpack a matrix, say, or a vector of error forms. Higher
19309 unpacking modes unpack the input even more deeply.
19310
19311 @ignore
19312 @starindex
19313 @end ignore
19314 @tindex unpack
19315 There are two algebraic functions analogous to @kbd{v u}.
19316 The @samp{unpack(@var{mode}, @var{item})} function unpacks the
19317 @var{item} using the given @var{mode}, returning the result as
19318 a vector of components. Here the @var{mode} must be an
19319 integer, not a vector. For example, @samp{unpack(-4, a +/- b)}
19320 returns @samp{[a, b]}, as does @samp{unpack(1, a +/- b)}.
19321
19322 @ignore
19323 @starindex
19324 @end ignore
19325 @tindex unpackt
19326 The @code{unpackt} function is like @code{unpack} but instead
19327 of returning a simple vector of items, it returns a vector of
19328 two things: The mode, and the vector of items. For example,
19329 @samp{unpackt(1, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[-4, [2:3, 1:4]]},
19330 and @samp{unpackt(2, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[[-4, -10], [2, 3, 1, 4]]}.
19331 The identity for re-building the original object is
19332 @samp{apply(pack, unpackt(@var{n}, @var{x})) = @var{x}}. (The
19333 @code{apply} function builds a function call given the function
19334 name and a vector of arguments.)
19335
19336 @cindex Numerator of a fraction, extracting
19337 Subscript notation is a useful way to extract a particular part
19338 of an object. For example, to get the numerator of a rational
19339 number, you can use @samp{unpack(-10, @var{x})_1}.
19340
19341 @node Building Vectors, Extracting Elements, Packing and Unpacking, Matrix Functions
19342 @section Building Vectors
19343
19344 @noindent
19345 Vectors and matrices can be added,
19346 subtracted, multiplied, and divided; @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}.@refill
19347
19348 @kindex |
19349 @pindex calc-concat
19350 @ignore
19351 @mindex @null
19352 @end ignore
19353 @tindex |
19354 The @kbd{|} (@code{calc-concat}) command ``concatenates'' two vectors
19355 into one. For example, after @kbd{@w{[ 1 , 2 ]} [ 3 , 4 ] |}, the stack
19356 will contain the single vector @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]}. If the arguments
19357 are matrices, the rows of the first matrix are concatenated with the
19358 rows of the second. (In other words, two matrices are just two vectors
19359 of row-vectors as far as @kbd{|} is concerned.)
19360
19361 If either argument to @kbd{|} is a scalar (a non-vector), it is treated
19362 like a one-element vector for purposes of concatenation: @kbd{1 [ 2 , 3 ] |}
19363 produces the vector @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Likewise, if one argument is a
19364 matrix and the other is a plain vector, the vector is treated as a
19365 one-row matrix.
19366
19367 @kindex H |
19368 @tindex append
19369 The @kbd{H |} (@code{calc-append}) [@code{append}] command concatenates
19370 two vectors without any special cases. Both inputs must be vectors.
19371 Whether or not they are matrices is not taken into account. If either
19372 argument is a scalar, the @code{append} function is left in symbolic form.
19373 See also @code{cons} and @code{rcons} below.
19374
19375 @kindex I |
19376 @kindex H I |
19377 The @kbd{I |} and @kbd{H I |} commands are similar, but they use their
19378 two stack arguments in the opposite order. Thus @kbd{I |} is equivalent
19379 to @kbd{@key{TAB} |}, but possibly more convenient and also a bit faster.
19380
19381 @kindex v d
19382 @pindex calc-diag
19383 @tindex diag
19384 The @kbd{v d} (@code{calc-diag}) [@code{diag}] function builds a diagonal
19385 square matrix. The optional numeric prefix gives the number of rows
19386 and columns in the matrix. If the value at the top of the stack is a
19387 vector, the elements of the vector are used as the diagonal elements; the
19388 prefix, if specified, must match the size of the vector. If the value on
19389 the stack is a scalar, it is used for each element on the diagonal, and
19390 the prefix argument is required.
19391
19392 To build a constant square matrix, e.g., a @c{$3\times3$}
19393 @asis{3x3} matrix filled with ones,
19394 use @kbd{0 M-3 v d 1 +}, i.e., build a zero matrix first and then add a
19395 constant value to that matrix. (Another alternative would be to use
19396 @kbd{v b} and @kbd{v a}; see below.)
19397
19398 @kindex v i
19399 @pindex calc-ident
19400 @tindex idn
19401 The @kbd{v i} (@code{calc-ident}) [@code{idn}] function builds an identity
19402 matrix of the specified size. It is a convenient form of @kbd{v d}
19403 where the diagonal element is always one. If no prefix argument is given,
19404 this command prompts for one.
19405
19406 In algebraic notation, @samp{idn(a,n)} acts much like @samp{diag(a,n)},
19407 except that @cite{a} is required to be a scalar (non-vector) quantity.
19408 If @cite{n} is omitted, @samp{idn(a)} represents @cite{a} times an
19409 identity matrix of unknown size. Calc can operate algebraically on
19410 such generic identity matrices, and if one is combined with a matrix
19411 whose size is known, it is converted automatically to an identity
19412 matrix of a suitable matching size. The @kbd{v i} command with an
19413 argument of zero creates a generic identity matrix, @samp{idn(1)}.
19414 Note that in dimensioned matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), generic
19415 identity matrices are immediately expanded to the current default
19416 dimensions.
19417
19418 @kindex v x
19419 @pindex calc-index
19420 @tindex index
19421 The @kbd{v x} (@code{calc-index}) [@code{index}] function builds a vector
19422 of consecutive integers from 1 to @var{n}, where @var{n} is the numeric
19423 prefix argument. If you do not provide a prefix argument, you will be
19424 prompted to enter a suitable number. If @var{n} is negative, the result
19425 is a vector of negative integers from @var{n} to @i{-1}.
19426
19427 With a prefix argument of just @kbd{C-u}, the @kbd{v x} command takes
19428 three values from the stack: @var{n}, @var{start}, and @var{incr} (with
19429 @var{incr} at top-of-stack). Counting starts at @var{start} and increases
19430 by @var{incr} for successive vector elements. If @var{start} or @var{n}
19431 is in floating-point format, the resulting vector elements will also be
19432 floats. Note that @var{start} and @var{incr} may in fact be any kind
19433 of numbers or formulas.
19434
19435 When @var{start} and @var{incr} are specified, a negative @var{n} has a
19436 different interpretation: It causes a geometric instead of arithmetic
19437 sequence to be generated. For example, @samp{index(-3, a, b)} produces
19438 @samp{[a, a b, a b^2]}. If you omit @var{incr} in the algebraic form,
19439 @samp{index(@var{n}, @var{start})}, the default value for @var{incr}
19440 is one for positive @var{n} or two for negative @var{n}.
19441
19442 @kindex v b
19443 @pindex calc-build-vector
19444 @tindex cvec
19445 The @kbd{v b} (@code{calc-build-vector}) [@code{cvec}] function builds a
19446 vector of @var{n} copies of the value on the top of the stack, where @var{n}
19447 is the numeric prefix argument. In algebraic formulas, @samp{cvec(x,n,m)}
19448 can also be used to build an @var{n}-by-@var{m} matrix of copies of @var{x}.
19449 (Interactively, just use @kbd{v b} twice: once to build a row, then again
19450 to build a matrix of copies of that row.)
19451
19452 @kindex v h
19453 @kindex I v h
19454 @pindex calc-head
19455 @pindex calc-tail
19456 @tindex head
19457 @tindex tail
19458 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) [@code{head}] function returns the first
19459 element of a vector. The @kbd{I v h} (@code{calc-tail}) [@code{tail}]
19460 function returns the vector with its first element removed. In both
19461 cases, the argument must be a non-empty vector.
19462
19463 @kindex v k
19464 @pindex calc-cons
19465 @tindex cons
19466 The @kbd{v k} (@code{calc-cons}) [@code{cons}] function takes a value @var{h}
19467 and a vector @var{t} from the stack, and produces the vector whose head is
19468 @var{h} and whose tail is @var{t}. This is similar to @kbd{|}, except
19469 if @var{h} is itself a vector, @kbd{|} will concatenate the two vectors
19470 whereas @code{cons} will insert @var{h} at the front of the vector @var{t}.
19471
19472 @kindex H v h
19473 @tindex rhead
19474 @ignore
19475 @mindex @idots
19476 @end ignore
19477 @kindex H I v h
19478 @ignore
19479 @mindex @null
19480 @end ignore
19481 @kindex H v k
19482 @ignore
19483 @mindex @null
19484 @end ignore
19485 @tindex rtail
19486 @ignore
19487 @mindex @null
19488 @end ignore
19489 @tindex rcons
19490 Each of these three functions also accepts the Hyperbolic flag [@code{rhead},
19491 @code{rtail}, @code{rcons}] in which case @var{t} instead represents
19492 the @emph{last} single element of the vector, with @var{h}
19493 representing the remainder of the vector. Thus the vector
19494 @samp{[a, b, c, d] = cons(a, [b, c, d]) = rcons([a, b, c], d)}.
19495 Also, @samp{head([a, b, c, d]) = a}, @samp{tail([a, b, c, d]) = [b, c, d]},
19496 @samp{rhead([a, b, c, d]) = [a, b, c]}, and @samp{rtail([a, b, c, d]) = d}.
19497
19498 @node Extracting Elements, Manipulating Vectors, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions
19499 @section Extracting Vector Elements
19500
19501 @noindent
19502 @kindex v r
19503 @pindex calc-mrow
19504 @tindex mrow
19505 The @kbd{v r} (@code{calc-mrow}) [@code{mrow}] command extracts one row of
19506 the matrix on the top of the stack, or one element of the plain vector on
19507 the top of the stack. The row or element is specified by the numeric
19508 prefix argument; the default is to prompt for the row or element number.
19509 The matrix or vector is replaced by the specified row or element in the
19510 form of a vector or scalar, respectively.
19511
19512 @cindex Permutations, applying
19513 With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, @kbd{v r} takes the index of
19514 the element or row from the top of the stack, and the vector or matrix
19515 from the second-to-top position. If the index is itself a vector of
19516 integers, the result is a vector of the corresponding elements of the
19517 input vector, or a matrix of the corresponding rows of the input matrix.
19518 This command can be used to obtain any permutation of a vector.
19519
19520 With @kbd{C-u}, if the index is an interval form with integer components,
19521 it is interpreted as a range of indices and the corresponding subvector or
19522 submatrix is returned.
19523
19524 @cindex Subscript notation
19525 @kindex a _
19526 @pindex calc-subscript
19527 @tindex subscr
19528 @tindex _
19529 Subscript notation in algebraic formulas (@samp{a_b}) stands for the
19530 Calc function @code{subscr}, which is synonymous with @code{mrow}.
19531 Thus, @samp{[x, y, z]_k} produces @cite{x}, @cite{y}, or @cite{z} if
19532 @cite{k} is one, two, or three, respectively. A double subscript
19533 (@samp{M_i_j}, equivalent to @samp{subscr(subscr(M, i), j)}) will
19534 access the element at row @cite{i}, column @cite{j} of a matrix.
19535 The @kbd{a _} (@code{calc-subscript}) command creates a subscript
19536 formula @samp{a_b} out of two stack entries. (It is on the @kbd{a}
19537 ``algebra'' prefix because subscripted variables are often used
19538 purely as an algebraic notation.)
19539
19540 @tindex mrrow
19541 Given a negative prefix argument, @kbd{v r} instead deletes one row or
19542 element from the matrix or vector on the top of the stack. Thus
19543 @kbd{C-u 2 v r} replaces a matrix with its second row, but @kbd{C-u -2 v r}
19544 replaces the matrix with the same matrix with its second row removed.
19545 In algebraic form this function is called @code{mrrow}.
19546
19547 @tindex getdiag
19548 Given a prefix argument of zero, @kbd{v r} extracts the diagonal elements
19549 of a square matrix in the form of a vector. In algebraic form this
19550 function is called @code{getdiag}.
19551
19552 @kindex v c
19553 @pindex calc-mcol
19554 @tindex mcol
19555 @tindex mrcol
19556 The @kbd{v c} (@code{calc-mcol}) [@code{mcol} or @code{mrcol}] command is
19557 the analogous operation on columns of a matrix. Given a plain vector
19558 it extracts (or removes) one element, just like @kbd{v r}. If the
19559 index in @kbd{C-u v c} is an interval or vector and the argument is a
19560 matrix, the result is a submatrix with only the specified columns
19561 retained (and possibly permuted in the case of a vector index).@refill
19562
19563 To extract a matrix element at a given row and column, use @kbd{v r} to
19564 extract the row as a vector, then @kbd{v c} to extract the column element
19565 from that vector. In algebraic formulas, it is often more convenient to
19566 use subscript notation: @samp{m_i_j} gives row @cite{i}, column @cite{j}
19567 of matrix @cite{m}.
19568
19569 @kindex v s
19570 @pindex calc-subvector
19571 @tindex subvec
19572 The @kbd{v s} (@code{calc-subvector}) [@code{subvec}] command extracts
19573 a subvector of a vector. The arguments are the vector, the starting
19574 index, and the ending index, with the ending index in the top-of-stack
19575 position. The starting index indicates the first element of the vector
19576 to take. The ending index indicates the first element @emph{past} the
19577 range to be taken. Thus, @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)} produces
19578 the subvector @samp{[b, c]}. You could get the same result using
19579 @samp{mrow([a, b, c, d, e], @w{[2 .. 4)})}.
19580
19581 If either the start or the end index is zero or negative, it is
19582 interpreted as relative to the end of the vector. Thus
19583 @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, -2)} also produces @samp{[b, c]}. In
19584 the algebraic form, the end index can be omitted in which case it
19585 is taken as zero, i.e., elements from the starting element to the
19586 end of the vector are used. The infinity symbol, @code{inf}, also
19587 has this effect when used as the ending index.
19588
19589 @kindex I v s
19590 @tindex rsubvec
19591 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I v s} [@code{rsubvec}] removes a subvector
19592 from a vector. The arguments are interpreted the same as for the
19593 normal @kbd{v s} command. Thus, @samp{rsubvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)}
19594 produces @samp{[a, d, e]}. It is always true that @code{subvec} and
19595 @code{rsubvec} return complementary parts of the input vector.
19596
19597 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for an alternative way to operate on
19598 vectors one element at a time.
19599
19600 @node Manipulating Vectors, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Extracting Elements, Matrix Functions
19601 @section Manipulating Vectors
19602
19603 @noindent
19604 @kindex v l
19605 @pindex calc-vlength
19606 @tindex vlen
19607 The @kbd{v l} (@code{calc-vlength}) [@code{vlen}] command computes the
19608 length of a vector. The length of a non-vector is considered to be zero.
19609 Note that matrices are just vectors of vectors for the purposes of this
19610 command.@refill
19611
19612 @kindex H v l
19613 @tindex mdims
19614 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v l} [@code{mdims}] computes a vector
19615 of the dimensions of a vector, matrix, or higher-order object. For
19616 example, @samp{mdims([[a,b,c],[d,e,f]])} returns @samp{[2, 3]} since
19617 its argument is a @c{$2\times3$}
19618 @asis{2x3} matrix.
19619
19620 @kindex v f
19621 @pindex calc-vector-find
19622 @tindex find
19623 The @kbd{v f} (@code{calc-vector-find}) [@code{find}] command searches
19624 along a vector for the first element equal to a given target. The target
19625 is on the top of the stack; the vector is in the second-to-top position.
19626 If a match is found, the result is the index of the matching element.
19627 Otherwise, the result is zero. The numeric prefix argument, if given,
19628 allows you to select any starting index for the search.
19629
19630 @kindex v a
19631 @pindex calc-arrange-vector
19632 @tindex arrange
19633 @cindex Arranging a matrix
19634 @cindex Reshaping a matrix
19635 @cindex Flattening a matrix
19636 The @kbd{v a} (@code{calc-arrange-vector}) [@code{arrange}] command
19637 rearranges a vector to have a certain number of columns and rows. The
19638 numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns; if you do not
19639 provide an argument, you will be prompted for the number of columns.
19640 The vector or matrix on the top of the stack is @dfn{flattened} into a
19641 plain vector. If the number of columns is nonzero, this vector is
19642 then formed into a matrix by taking successive groups of @var{n} elements.
19643 If the number of columns does not evenly divide the number of elements
19644 in the vector, the last row will be short and the result will not be
19645 suitable for use as a matrix. For example, with the matrix
19646 @samp{[[1, 2], @w{[3, 4]}]} on the stack, @kbd{v a 4} produces
19647 @samp{[[1, 2, 3, 4]]} (a @c{$1\times4$}
19648 @asis{1x4} matrix), @kbd{v a 1} produces
19649 @samp{[[1], [2], [3], [4]]} (a @c{$4\times1$}
19650 @asis{4x1} matrix), @kbd{v a 2} produces
19651 @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4]]} (the original @c{$2\times2$}
19652 @asis{2x2} matrix), @w{@kbd{v a 3}} produces
19653 @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4]]} (not a matrix), and @kbd{v a 0} produces
19654 the flattened list @samp{[1, 2, @w{3, 4}]}.
19655
19656 @cindex Sorting data
19657 @kindex V S
19658 @kindex I V S
19659 @pindex calc-sort
19660 @tindex sort
19661 @tindex rsort
19662 The @kbd{V S} (@code{calc-sort}) [@code{sort}] command sorts the elements of
19663 a vector into increasing order. Real numbers, real infinities, and
19664 constant interval forms come first in this ordering; next come other
19665 kinds of numbers, then variables (in alphabetical order), then finally
19666 come formulas and other kinds of objects; these are sorted according
19667 to a kind of lexicographic ordering with the useful property that
19668 one vector is less or greater than another if the first corresponding
19669 unequal elements are less or greater, respectively. Since quoted strings
19670 are stored by Calc internally as vectors of ASCII character codes
19671 (@pxref{Strings}), this means vectors of strings are also sorted into
19672 alphabetical order by this command.
19673
19674 The @kbd{I V S} [@code{rsort}] command sorts a vector into decreasing order.
19675
19676 @cindex Permutation, inverse of
19677 @cindex Inverse of permutation
19678 @cindex Index tables
19679 @cindex Rank tables
19680 @kindex V G
19681 @kindex I V G
19682 @pindex calc-grade
19683 @tindex grade
19684 @tindex rgrade
19685 The @kbd{V G} (@code{calc-grade}) [@code{grade}, @code{rgrade}] command
19686 produces an index table or permutation vector which, if applied to the
19687 input vector (as the index of @kbd{C-u v r}, say), would sort the vector.
19688 A permutation vector is just a vector of integers from 1 to @var{n}, where
19689 each integer occurs exactly once. One application of this is to sort a
19690 matrix of data rows using one column as the sort key; extract that column,
19691 grade it with @kbd{V G}, then use the result to reorder the original matrix
19692 with @kbd{C-u v r}. Another interesting property of the @code{V G} command
19693 is that, if the input is itself a permutation vector, the result will
19694 be the inverse of the permutation. The inverse of an index table is
19695 a rank table, whose @var{k}th element says where the @var{k}th original
19696 vector element will rest when the vector is sorted. To get a rank
19697 table, just use @kbd{V G V G}.
19698
19699 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I V G} produces an index table that would
19700 sort the input into decreasing order. Note that @kbd{V S} and @kbd{V G}
19701 use a ``stable'' sorting algorithm, i.e., any two elements which are equal
19702 will not be moved out of their original order. Generally there is no way
19703 to tell with @kbd{V S}, since two elements which are equal look the same,
19704 but with @kbd{V G} this can be an important issue. In the matrix-of-rows
19705 example, suppose you have names and telephone numbers as two columns and
19706 you wish to sort by phone number primarily, and by name when the numbers
19707 are equal. You can sort the data matrix by names first, and then again
19708 by phone numbers. Because the sort is stable, any two rows with equal
19709 phone numbers will remain sorted by name even after the second sort.
19710
19711 @cindex Histograms
19712 @kindex V H
19713 @pindex calc-histogram
19714 @ignore
19715 @mindex histo@idots
19716 @end ignore
19717 @tindex histogram
19718 The @kbd{V H} (@code{calc-histogram}) [@code{histogram}] command builds a
19719 histogram of a vector of numbers. Vector elements are assumed to be
19720 integers or real numbers in the range [0..@var{n}) for some ``number of
19721 bins'' @var{n}, which is the numeric prefix argument given to the
19722 command. The result is a vector of @var{n} counts of how many times
19723 each value appeared in the original vector. Non-integers in the input
19724 are rounded down to integers. Any vector elements outside the specified
19725 range are ignored. (You can tell if elements have been ignored by noting
19726 that the counts in the result vector don't add up to the length of the
19727 input vector.)
19728
19729 @kindex H V H
19730 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H V H} pulls two vectors from the stack.
19731 The second-to-top vector is the list of numbers as before. The top
19732 vector is an equal-sized list of ``weights'' to attach to the elements
19733 of the data vector. For example, if the first data element is 4.2 and
19734 the first weight is 10, then 10 will be added to bin 4 of the result
19735 vector. Without the hyperbolic flag, every element has a weight of one.
19736
19737 @kindex v t
19738 @pindex calc-transpose
19739 @tindex trn
19740 The @kbd{v t} (@code{calc-transpose}) [@code{trn}] command computes
19741 the transpose of the matrix at the top of the stack. If the argument
19742 is a plain vector, it is treated as a row vector and transposed into
19743 a one-column matrix.
19744
19745 @kindex v v
19746 @pindex calc-reverse-vector
19747 @tindex rev
19748 The @kbd{v v} (@code{calc-reverse-vector}) [@code{vec}] command reverses
19749 a vector end-for-end. Given a matrix, it reverses the order of the rows.
19750 (To reverse the columns instead, just use @kbd{v t v v v t}. The same
19751 principle can be used to apply other vector commands to the columns of
19752 a matrix.)
19753
19754 @kindex v m
19755 @pindex calc-mask-vector
19756 @tindex vmask
19757 The @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector}) [@code{vmask}] command uses
19758 one vector as a mask to extract elements of another vector. The mask
19759 is in the second-to-top position; the target vector is on the top of
19760 the stack. These vectors must have the same length. The result is
19761 the same as the target vector, but with all elements which correspond
19762 to zeros in the mask vector deleted. Thus, for example,
19763 @samp{vmask([1, 0, 1, 0, 1], [a, b, c, d, e])} produces @samp{[a, c, e]}.
19764 @xref{Logical Operations}.
19765
19766 @kindex v e
19767 @pindex calc-expand-vector
19768 @tindex vexp
19769 The @kbd{v e} (@code{calc-expand-vector}) [@code{vexp}] command
19770 expands a vector according to another mask vector. The result is a
19771 vector the same length as the mask, but with nonzero elements replaced
19772 by successive elements from the target vector. The length of the target
19773 vector is normally the number of nonzero elements in the mask. If the
19774 target vector is longer, its last few elements are lost. If the target
19775 vector is shorter, the last few nonzero mask elements are left
19776 unreplaced in the result. Thus @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b])}
19777 produces @samp{[a, 0, b, 0, 7]}.
19778
19779 @kindex H v e
19780 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v e} takes a filler value from the
19781 top of the stack; the mask and target vectors come from the third and
19782 second elements of the stack. This filler is used where the mask is
19783 zero: @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b], z)} produces
19784 @samp{[a, z, c, z, 7]}. If the filler value is itself a vector,
19785 then successive values are taken from it, so that the effect is to
19786 interleave two vectors according to the mask:
19787 @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 7, 0, 0], [a, b], [x, y])} produces
19788 @samp{[a, x, b, 7, y, 0]}.
19789
19790 Another variation on the masking idea is to combine @samp{[a, b, c, d, e]}
19791 with the mask @samp{[1, 0, 1, 0, 1]} to produce @samp{[a, 0, c, 0, e]}.
19792 You can accomplish this with @kbd{V M a &}, mapping the logical ``and''
19793 operation across the two vectors. @xref{Logical Operations}. Note that
19794 the @code{? :} operation also discussed there allows other types of
19795 masking using vectors.
19796
19797 @node Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Set Operations, Manipulating Vectors, Matrix Functions
19798 @section Vector and Matrix Arithmetic
19799
19800 @noindent
19801 Basic arithmetic operations like addition and multiplication are defined
19802 for vectors and matrices as well as for numbers. Division of matrices, in
19803 the sense of multiplying by the inverse, is supported. (Division by a
19804 matrix actually uses LU-decomposition for greater accuracy and speed.)
19805 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
19806
19807 The following functions are applied element-wise if their arguments are
19808 vectors or matrices: @code{change-sign}, @code{conj}, @code{arg},
19809 @code{re}, @code{im}, @code{polar}, @code{rect}, @code{clean},
19810 @code{float}, @code{frac}. @xref{Function Index}.@refill
19811
19812 @kindex V J
19813 @pindex calc-conj-transpose
19814 @tindex ctrn
19815 The @kbd{V J} (@code{calc-conj-transpose}) [@code{ctrn}] command computes
19816 the conjugate transpose of its argument, i.e., @samp{conj(trn(x))}.
19817
19818 @ignore
19819 @mindex A
19820 @end ignore
19821 @kindex A (vectors)
19822 @pindex calc-abs (vectors)
19823 @ignore
19824 @mindex abs
19825 @end ignore
19826 @tindex abs (vectors)
19827 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the
19828 Frobenius norm of a vector or matrix argument. This is the square
19829 root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
19830 elements of the vector or matrix. If the vector is interpreted as
19831 a point in two- or three-dimensional space, this is the distance
19832 from that point to the origin.@refill
19833
19834 @kindex v n
19835 @pindex calc-rnorm
19836 @tindex rnorm
19837 The @kbd{v n} (@code{calc-rnorm}) [@code{rnorm}] command computes
19838 the row norm, or infinity-norm, of a vector or matrix. For a plain
19839 vector, this is the maximum of the absolute values of the elements.
19840 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the row-absolute-value-sums,
19841 i.e., of the sums of the absolute values of the elements along the
19842 various rows.
19843
19844 @kindex V N
19845 @pindex calc-cnorm
19846 @tindex cnorm
19847 The @kbd{V N} (@code{calc-cnorm}) [@code{cnorm}] command computes
19848 the column norm, or one-norm, of a vector or matrix. For a plain
19849 vector, this is the sum of the absolute values of the elements.
19850 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the column-absolute-value-sums.
19851 General @cite{k}-norms for @cite{k} other than one or infinity are
19852 not provided.
19853
19854 @kindex V C
19855 @pindex calc-cross
19856 @tindex cross
19857 The @kbd{V C} (@code{calc-cross}) [@code{cross}] command computes the
19858 right-handed cross product of two vectors, each of which must have
19859 exactly three elements.
19860
19861 @ignore
19862 @mindex &
19863 @end ignore
19864 @kindex & (matrices)
19865 @pindex calc-inv (matrices)
19866 @ignore
19867 @mindex inv
19868 @end ignore
19869 @tindex inv (matrices)
19870 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
19871 inverse of a square matrix. If the matrix is singular, the inverse
19872 operation is left in symbolic form. Matrix inverses are recorded so
19873 that once an inverse (or determinant) of a particular matrix has been
19874 computed, the inverse and determinant of the matrix can be recomputed
19875 quickly in the future.
19876
19877 If the argument to @kbd{&} is a plain number @cite{x}, this
19878 command simply computes @cite{1/x}. This is okay, because the
19879 @samp{/} operator also does a matrix inversion when dividing one
19880 by a matrix.
19881
19882 @kindex V D
19883 @pindex calc-mdet
19884 @tindex det
19885 The @kbd{V D} (@code{calc-mdet}) [@code{det}] command computes the
19886 determinant of a square matrix.
19887
19888 @kindex V L
19889 @pindex calc-mlud
19890 @tindex lud
19891 The @kbd{V L} (@code{calc-mlud}) [@code{lud}] command computes the
19892 LU decomposition of a matrix. The result is a list of three matrices
19893 which, when multiplied together left-to-right, form the original matrix.
19894 The first is a permutation matrix that arises from pivoting in the
19895 algorithm, the second is lower-triangular with ones on the diagonal,
19896 and the third is upper-triangular.
19897
19898 @kindex V T
19899 @pindex calc-mtrace
19900 @tindex tr
19901 The @kbd{V T} (@code{calc-mtrace}) [@code{tr}] command computes the
19902 trace of a square matrix. This is defined as the sum of the diagonal
19903 elements of the matrix.
19904
19905 @node Set Operations, Statistical Operations, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Matrix Functions
19906 @section Set Operations using Vectors
19907
19908 @noindent
19909 @cindex Sets, as vectors
19910 Calc includes several commands which interpret vectors as @dfn{sets} of
19911 objects. A set is a collection of objects; any given object can appear
19912 only once in the set. Calc stores sets as vectors of objects in
19913 sorted order. Objects in a Calc set can be any of the usual things,
19914 such as numbers, variables, or formulas. Two set elements are considered
19915 equal if they are identical, except that numerically equal numbers like
19916 the integer 4 and the float 4.0 are considered equal even though they
19917 are not ``identical.'' Variables are treated like plain symbols without
19918 attached values by the set operations; subtracting the set @samp{[b]}
19919 from @samp{[a, b]} always yields the set @samp{[a]} even though if
19920 the variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} both equaled 17, you might
19921 expect the answer @samp{[]}.
19922
19923 If a set contains interval forms, then it is assumed to be a set of
19924 real numbers. In this case, all set operations require the elements
19925 of the set to be only things that are allowed in intervals: Real
19926 numbers, plus and minus infinity, HMS forms, and date forms. If
19927 there are variables or other non-real objects present in a real set,
19928 all set operations on it will be left in unevaluated form.
19929
19930 If the input to a set operation is a plain number or interval form
19931 @var{a}, it is treated like the one-element vector @samp{[@var{a}]}.
19932 The result is always a vector, except that if the set consists of a
19933 single interval, the interval itself is returned instead.
19934
19935 @xref{Logical Operations}, for the @code{in} function which tests if
19936 a certain value is a member of a given set. To test if the set @cite{A}
19937 is a subset of the set @cite{B}, use @samp{vdiff(A, B) = []}.
19938
19939 @kindex V +
19940 @pindex calc-remove-duplicates
19941 @tindex rdup
19942 The @kbd{V +} (@code{calc-remove-duplicates}) [@code{rdup}] command
19943 converts an arbitrary vector into set notation. It works by sorting
19944 the vector as if by @kbd{V S}, then removing duplicates. (For example,
19945 @kbd{[a, 5, 4, a, 4.0]} is sorted to @samp{[4, 4.0, 5, a, a]} and then
19946 reduced to @samp{[4, 5, a]}). Overlapping intervals are merged as
19947 necessary. You rarely need to use @kbd{V +} explicitly, since all the
19948 other set-based commands apply @kbd{V +} to their inputs before using
19949 them.
19950
19951 @kindex V V
19952 @pindex calc-set-union
19953 @tindex vunion
19954 The @kbd{V V} (@code{calc-set-union}) [@code{vunion}] command computes
19955 the union of two sets. An object is in the union of two sets if and
19956 only if it is in either (or both) of the input sets. (You could
19957 accomplish the same thing by concatenating the sets with @kbd{|},
19958 then using @kbd{V +}.)
19959
19960 @kindex V ^
19961 @pindex calc-set-intersect
19962 @tindex vint
19963 The @kbd{V ^} (@code{calc-set-intersect}) [@code{vint}] command computes
19964 the intersection of two sets. An object is in the intersection if
19965 and only if it is in both of the input sets. Thus if the input
19966 sets are disjoint, i.e., if they share no common elements, the result
19967 will be the empty vector @samp{[]}. Note that the characters @kbd{V}
19968 and @kbd{^} were chosen to be close to the conventional mathematical
19969 notation for set union@c{ ($A \cup B$)}
19970 @asis{} and intersection@c{ ($A \cap B$)}
19971 @asis{}.
19972
19973 @kindex V -
19974 @pindex calc-set-difference
19975 @tindex vdiff
19976 The @kbd{V -} (@code{calc-set-difference}) [@code{vdiff}] command computes
19977 the difference between two sets. An object is in the difference
19978 @cite{A - B} if and only if it is in @cite{A} but not in @cite{B}.
19979 Thus subtracting @samp{[y,z]} from a set will remove the elements
19980 @samp{y} and @samp{z} if they are present. You can also think of this
19981 as a general @dfn{set complement} operator; if @cite{A} is the set of
19982 all possible values, then @cite{A - B} is the ``complement'' of @cite{B}.
19983 Obviously this is only practical if the set of all possible values in
19984 your problem is small enough to list in a Calc vector (or simple
19985 enough to express in a few intervals).
19986
19987 @kindex V X
19988 @pindex calc-set-xor
19989 @tindex vxor
19990 The @kbd{V X} (@code{calc-set-xor}) [@code{vxor}] command computes
19991 the ``exclusive-or,'' or ``symmetric difference'' of two sets.
19992 An object is in the symmetric difference of two sets if and only
19993 if it is in one, but @emph{not} both, of the sets. Objects that
19994 occur in both sets ``cancel out.''
19995
19996 @kindex V ~
19997 @pindex calc-set-complement
19998 @tindex vcompl
19999 The @kbd{V ~} (@code{calc-set-complement}) [@code{vcompl}] command
20000 computes the complement of a set with respect to the real numbers.
20001 Thus @samp{vcompl(x)} is equivalent to @samp{vdiff([-inf .. inf], x)}.
20002 For example, @samp{vcompl([2, (3 .. 4]])} evaluates to
20003 @samp{[[-inf .. 2), (2 .. 3], (4 .. inf]]}.
20004
20005 @kindex V F
20006 @pindex calc-set-floor
20007 @tindex vfloor
20008 The @kbd{V F} (@code{calc-set-floor}) [@code{vfloor}] command
20009 reinterprets a set as a set of integers. Any non-integer values,
20010 and intervals that do not enclose any integers, are removed. Open
20011 intervals are converted to equivalent closed intervals. Successive
20012 integers are converted into intervals of integers. For example, the
20013 complement of the set @samp{[2, 6, 7, 8]} is messy, but if you wanted
20014 the complement with respect to the set of integers you could type
20015 @kbd{V ~ V F} to get @samp{[[-inf .. 1], [3 .. 5], [9 .. inf]]}.
20016
20017 @kindex V E
20018 @pindex calc-set-enumerate
20019 @tindex venum
20020 The @kbd{V E} (@code{calc-set-enumerate}) [@code{venum}] command
20021 converts a set of integers into an explicit vector. Intervals in
20022 the set are expanded out to lists of all integers encompassed by
20023 the intervals. This only works for finite sets (i.e., sets which
20024 do not involve @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf}).
20025
20026 @kindex V :
20027 @pindex calc-set-span
20028 @tindex vspan
20029 The @kbd{V :} (@code{calc-set-span}) [@code{vspan}] command converts any
20030 set of reals into an interval form that encompasses all its elements.
20031 The lower limit will be the smallest element in the set; the upper
20032 limit will be the largest element. For an empty set, @samp{vspan([])}
20033 returns the empty interval @w{@samp{[0 .. 0)}}.
20034
20035 @kindex V #
20036 @pindex calc-set-cardinality
20037 @tindex vcard
20038 The @kbd{V #} (@code{calc-set-cardinality}) [@code{vcard}] command counts
20039 the number of integers in a set. The result is the length of the vector
20040 that would be produced by @kbd{V E}, although the computation is much
20041 more efficient than actually producing that vector.
20042
20043 @cindex Sets, as binary numbers
20044 Another representation for sets that may be more appropriate in some
20045 cases is binary numbers. If you are dealing with sets of integers
20046 in the range 0 to 49, you can use a 50-bit binary number where a
20047 particular bit is 1 if the corresponding element is in the set.
20048 @xref{Binary Functions}, for a list of commands that operate on
20049 binary numbers. Note that many of the above set operations have
20050 direct equivalents in binary arithmetic: @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}),
20051 @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}), @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}),
20052 @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}), and @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}),
20053 respectively. You can use whatever representation for sets is most
20054 convenient to you.
20055
20056 @kindex b p
20057 @kindex b u
20058 @pindex calc-pack-bits
20059 @pindex calc-unpack-bits
20060 @tindex vpack
20061 @tindex vunpack
20062 The @kbd{b u} (@code{calc-unpack-bits}) [@code{vunpack}] command
20063 converts an integer that represents a set in binary into a set
20064 in vector/interval notation. For example, @samp{vunpack(67)}
20065 returns @samp{[[0 .. 1], 6]}. If the input is negative, the set
20066 it represents is semi-infinite: @samp{vunpack(-4) = [2 .. inf)}.
20067 Use @kbd{V E} afterwards to expand intervals to individual
20068 values if you wish. Note that this command uses the @kbd{b}
20069 (binary) prefix key.
20070
20071 The @kbd{b p} (@code{calc-pack-bits}) [@code{vpack}] command
20072 converts the other way, from a vector or interval representing
20073 a set of nonnegative integers into a binary integer describing
20074 the same set. The set may include positive infinity, but must
20075 not include any negative numbers. The input is interpreted as a
20076 set of integers in the sense of @kbd{V F} (@code{vfloor}). Beware
20077 that a simple input like @samp{[100]} can result in a huge integer
20078 representation (@c{$2^{100}$}
20079 @cite{2^100}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20080
20081 @node Statistical Operations, Reducing and Mapping, Set Operations, Matrix Functions
20082 @section Statistical Operations on Vectors
20083
20084 @noindent
20085 @cindex Statistical functions
20086 The commands in this section take vectors as arguments and compute
20087 various statistical measures on the data stored in the vectors. The
20088 references used in the definitions of these functions are Bevington's
20089 @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences},
20090 and @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky and
20091 Vetterling.
20092
20093 The statistical commands use the @kbd{u} prefix key followed by
20094 a shifted letter or other character.
20095
20096 @xref{Manipulating Vectors}, for a description of @kbd{V H}
20097 (@code{calc-histogram}).
20098
20099 @xref{Curve Fitting}, for the @kbd{a F} command for doing
20100 least-squares fits to statistical data.
20101
20102 @xref{Probability Distribution Functions}, for several common
20103 probability distribution functions.
20104
20105 @menu
20106 * Single-Variable Statistics::
20107 * Paired-Sample Statistics::
20108 @end menu
20109
20110 @node Single-Variable Statistics, Paired-Sample Statistics, Statistical Operations, Statistical Operations
20111 @subsection Single-Variable Statistics
20112
20113 @noindent
20114 These functions do various statistical computations on single
20115 vectors. Given a numeric prefix argument, they actually pop
20116 @var{n} objects from the stack and combine them into a data
20117 vector. Each object may be either a number or a vector; if a
20118 vector, any sub-vectors inside it are ``flattened'' as if by
20119 @kbd{v a 0}; @pxref{Manipulating Vectors}. By default one object
20120 is popped, which (in order to be useful) is usually a vector.
20121
20122 If an argument is a variable name, and the value stored in that
20123 variable is a vector, then the stored vector is used. This method
20124 has the advantage that if your data vector is large, you can avoid
20125 the slow process of manipulating it directly on the stack.
20126
20127 These functions are left in symbolic form if any of their arguments
20128 are not numbers or vectors, e.g., if an argument is a formula, or
20129 a non-vector variable. However, formulas embedded within vector
20130 arguments are accepted; the result is a symbolic representation
20131 of the computation, based on the assumption that the formula does
20132 not itself represent a vector. All varieties of numbers such as
20133 error forms and interval forms are acceptable.
20134
20135 Some of the functions in this section also accept a single error form
20136 or interval as an argument. They then describe a property of the
20137 normal or uniform (respectively) statistical distribution described
20138 by the argument. The arguments are interpreted in the same way as
20139 the @var{M} argument of the random number function @kbd{k r}. In
20140 particular, an interval with integer limits is considered an integer
20141 distribution, so that @samp{[2 .. 6)} is the same as @samp{[2 .. 5]}.
20142 An interval with at least one floating-point limit is a continuous
20143 distribution: @samp{[2.0 .. 6.0)} is @emph{not} the same as
20144 @samp{[2.0 .. 5.0]}!
20145
20146 @kindex u #
20147 @pindex calc-vector-count
20148 @tindex vcount
20149 The @kbd{u #} (@code{calc-vector-count}) [@code{vcount}] command
20150 computes the number of data values represented by the inputs.
20151 For example, @samp{vcount(1, [2, 3], [[4, 5], [], x, y])} returns 7.
20152 If the argument is a single vector with no sub-vectors, this
20153 simply computes the length of the vector.
20154
20155 @kindex u +
20156 @kindex u *
20157 @pindex calc-vector-sum
20158 @pindex calc-vector-prod
20159 @tindex vsum
20160 @tindex vprod
20161 @cindex Summations (statistical)
20162 The @kbd{u +} (@code{calc-vector-sum}) [@code{vsum}] command
20163 computes the sum of the data values. The @kbd{u *}
20164 (@code{calc-vector-prod}) [@code{vprod}] command computes the
20165 product of the data values. If the input is a single flat vector,
20166 these are the same as @kbd{V R +} and @kbd{V R *}
20167 (@pxref{Reducing and Mapping}).@refill
20168
20169 @kindex u X
20170 @kindex u N
20171 @pindex calc-vector-max
20172 @pindex calc-vector-min
20173 @tindex vmax
20174 @tindex vmin
20175 The @kbd{u X} (@code{calc-vector-max}) [@code{vmax}] command
20176 computes the maximum of the data values, and the @kbd{u N}
20177 (@code{calc-vector-min}) [@code{vmin}] command computes the minimum.
20178 If the argument is an interval, this finds the minimum or maximum
20179 value in the interval. (Note that @samp{vmax([2..6)) = 5} as
20180 described above.) If the argument is an error form, this returns
20181 plus or minus infinity.
20182
20183 @kindex u M
20184 @pindex calc-vector-mean
20185 @tindex vmean
20186 @cindex Mean of data values
20187 The @kbd{u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean}) [@code{vmean}] command
20188 computes the average (arithmetic mean) of the data values.
20189 If the inputs are error forms @c{$x$ @code{+/-} $\sigma$}
20190 @samp{x +/- s}, this is the weighted
20191 mean of the @cite{x} values with weights @c{$1 / \sigma^2$}
20192 @cite{1 / s^2}.
20193 @tex
20194 \turnoffactive
20195 $$ \mu = { \displaystyle \sum { x_i \over \sigma_i^2 } \over
20196 \displaystyle \sum { 1 \over \sigma_i^2 } } $$
20197 @end tex
20198 If the inputs are not error forms, this is simply the sum of the
20199 values divided by the count of the values.@refill
20200
20201 Note that a plain number can be considered an error form with
20202 error @c{$\sigma = 0$}
20203 @cite{s = 0}. If the input to @kbd{u M} is a mixture of
20204 plain numbers and error forms, the result is the mean of the
20205 plain numbers, ignoring all values with non-zero errors. (By the
20206 above definitions it's clear that a plain number effectively
20207 has an infinite weight, next to which an error form with a finite
20208 weight is completely negligible.)
20209
20210 This function also works for distributions (error forms or
20211 intervals). The mean of an error form `@var{a} @t{+/-} @var{b}' is simply
20212 @cite{a}. The mean of an interval is the mean of the minimum
20213 and maximum values of the interval.
20214
20215 @kindex I u M
20216 @pindex calc-vector-mean-error
20217 @tindex vmeane
20218 The @kbd{I u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean-error}) [@code{vmeane}]
20219 command computes the mean of the data points expressed as an
20220 error form. This includes the estimated error associated with
20221 the mean. If the inputs are error forms, the error is the square
20222 root of the reciprocal of the sum of the reciprocals of the squares
20223 of the input errors. (I.e., the variance is the reciprocal of the
20224 sum of the reciprocals of the variances.)
20225 @tex
20226 \turnoffactive
20227 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {1 \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}} $$
20228 @end tex
20229 If the inputs are plain
20230 numbers, the error is equal to the standard deviation of the values
20231 divided by the square root of the number of values. (This works
20232 out to be equivalent to calculating the standard deviation and
20233 then assuming each value's error is equal to this standard
20234 deviation.)@refill
20235 @tex
20236 \turnoffactive
20237 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {\sigma^2 \over N} $$
20238 @end tex
20239
20240 @kindex H u M
20241 @pindex calc-vector-median
20242 @tindex vmedian
20243 @cindex Median of data values
20244 The @kbd{H u M} (@code{calc-vector-median}) [@code{vmedian}]
20245 command computes the median of the data values. The values are
20246 first sorted into numerical order; the median is the middle
20247 value after sorting. (If the number of data values is even,
20248 the median is taken to be the average of the two middle values.)
20249 The median function is different from the other functions in
20250 this section in that the arguments must all be real numbers;
20251 variables are not accepted even when nested inside vectors.
20252 (Otherwise it is not possible to sort the data values.) If
20253 any of the input values are error forms, their error parts are
20254 ignored.
20255
20256 The median function also accepts distributions. For both normal
20257 (error form) and uniform (interval) distributions, the median is
20258 the same as the mean.
20259
20260 @kindex H I u M
20261 @pindex calc-vector-harmonic-mean
20262 @tindex vhmean
20263 @cindex Harmonic mean
20264 The @kbd{H I u M} (@code{calc-vector-harmonic-mean}) [@code{vhmean}]
20265 command computes the harmonic mean of the data values. This is
20266 defined as the reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of the reciprocals
20267 of the values.
20268 @tex
20269 \turnoffactive
20270 $$ { N \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over x_i} } $$
20271 @end tex
20272
20273 @kindex u G
20274 @pindex calc-vector-geometric-mean
20275 @tindex vgmean
20276 @cindex Geometric mean
20277 The @kbd{u G} (@code{calc-vector-geometric-mean}) [@code{vgmean}]
20278 command computes the geometric mean of the data values. This
20279 is the @var{n}th root of the product of the values. This is also
20280 equal to the @code{exp} of the arithmetic mean of the logarithms
20281 of the data values.
20282 @tex
20283 \turnoffactive
20284 $$ \exp \left ( \sum { \ln x_i } \right ) =
20285 \left ( \prod { x_i } \right)^{1 / N} $$
20286 @end tex
20287
20288 @kindex H u G
20289 @tindex agmean
20290 The @kbd{H u G} [@code{agmean}] command computes the ``arithmetic-geometric
20291 mean'' of two numbers taken from the stack. This is computed by
20292 replacing the two numbers with their arithmetic mean and geometric
20293 mean, then repeating until the two values converge.
20294 @tex
20295 \turnoffactive
20296 $$ a_{i+1} = { a_i + b_i \over 2 } , \qquad b_{i+1} = \sqrt{a_i b_i} $$
20297 @end tex
20298
20299 @cindex Root-mean-square
20300 Another commonly used mean, the RMS (root-mean-square), can be computed
20301 for a vector of numbers simply by using the @kbd{A} command.
20302
20303 @kindex u S
20304 @pindex calc-vector-sdev
20305 @tindex vsdev
20306 @cindex Standard deviation
20307 @cindex Sample statistics
20308 The @kbd{u S} (@code{calc-vector-sdev}) [@code{vsdev}] command
20309 computes the standard deviation@c{ $\sigma$}
20310 @asis{} of the data values. If the
20311 values are error forms, the errors are used as weights just
20312 as for @kbd{u M}. This is the @emph{sample} standard deviation,
20313 whose value is the square root of the sum of the squares of the
20314 differences between the values and the mean of the @cite{N} values,
20315 divided by @cite{N-1}.
20316 @tex
20317 \turnoffactive
20318 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N - 1} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20319 @end tex
20320
20321 This function also applies to distributions. The standard deviation
20322 of a single error form is simply the error part. The standard deviation
20323 of a continuous interval happens to equal the difference between the
20324 limits, divided by @c{$\sqrt{12}$}
20325 @cite{sqrt(12)}. The standard deviation of an
20326 integer interval is the same as the standard deviation of a vector
20327 of those integers.
20328
20329 @kindex I u S
20330 @pindex calc-vector-pop-sdev
20331 @tindex vpsdev
20332 @cindex Population statistics
20333 The @kbd{I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-sdev}) [@code{vpsdev}]
20334 command computes the @emph{population} standard deviation.
20335 It is defined by the same formula as above but dividing
20336 by @cite{N} instead of by @cite{N-1}. The population standard
20337 deviation is used when the input represents the entire set of
20338 data values in the distribution; the sample standard deviation
20339 is used when the input represents a sample of the set of all
20340 data values, so that the mean computed from the input is itself
20341 only an estimate of the true mean.
20342 @tex
20343 \turnoffactive
20344 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20345 @end tex
20346
20347 For error forms and continuous intervals, @code{vpsdev} works
20348 exactly like @code{vsdev}. For integer intervals, it computes the
20349 population standard deviation of the equivalent vector of integers.
20350
20351 @kindex H u S
20352 @kindex H I u S
20353 @pindex calc-vector-variance
20354 @pindex calc-vector-pop-variance
20355 @tindex vvar
20356 @tindex vpvar
20357 @cindex Variance of data values
20358 The @kbd{H u S} (@code{calc-vector-variance}) [@code{vvar}] and
20359 @kbd{H I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-variance}) [@code{vpvar}]
20360 commands compute the variance of the data values. The variance
20361 is the square@c{ $\sigma^2$}
20362 @asis{} of the standard deviation, i.e., the sum of the
20363 squares of the deviations of the data values from the mean.
20364 (This definition also applies when the argument is a distribution.)
20365
20366 @ignore
20367 @starindex
20368 @end ignore
20369 @tindex vflat
20370 The @code{vflat} algebraic function returns a vector of its
20371 arguments, interpreted in the same way as the other functions
20372 in this section. For example, @samp{vflat(1, [2, [3, 4]], 5)}
20373 returns @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
20374
20375 @node Paired-Sample Statistics, , Single-Variable Statistics, Statistical Operations
20376 @subsection Paired-Sample Statistics
20377
20378 @noindent
20379 The functions in this section take two arguments, which must be
20380 vectors of equal size. The vectors are each flattened in the same
20381 way as by the single-variable statistical functions. Given a numeric
20382 prefix argument of 1, these functions instead take one object from
20383 the stack, which must be an @c{$N\times2$}
20384 @asis{Nx2} matrix of data values. Once
20385 again, variable names can be used in place of actual vectors and
20386 matrices.
20387
20388 @kindex u C
20389 @pindex calc-vector-covariance
20390 @tindex vcov
20391 @cindex Covariance
20392 The @kbd{u C} (@code{calc-vector-covariance}) [@code{vcov}] command
20393 computes the sample covariance of two vectors. The covariance
20394 of vectors @var{x} and @var{y} is the sum of the products of the
20395 differences between the elements of @var{x} and the mean of @var{x}
20396 times the differences between the corresponding elements of @var{y}
20397 and the mean of @var{y}, all divided by @cite{N-1}. Note that
20398 the variance of a vector is just the covariance of the vector
20399 with itself. Once again, if the inputs are error forms the
20400 errors are used as weight factors. If both @var{x} and @var{y}
20401 are composed of error forms, the error for a given data point
20402 is taken as the square root of the sum of the squares of the two
20403 input errors.
20404 @tex
20405 \turnoffactive
20406 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 = {1 \over N-1} \sum (x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) $$
20407 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 =
20408 {\displaystyle {1 \over N-1}
20409 \sum {(x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) \over \sigma_i^2}
20410 \over \displaystyle {1 \over N} \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}}
20411 $$
20412 @end tex
20413
20414 @kindex I u C
20415 @pindex calc-vector-pop-covariance
20416 @tindex vpcov
20417 The @kbd{I u C} (@code{calc-vector-pop-covariance}) [@code{vpcov}]
20418 command computes the population covariance, which is the same as the
20419 sample covariance computed by @kbd{u C} except dividing by @cite{N}
20420 instead of @cite{N-1}.
20421
20422 @kindex H u C
20423 @pindex calc-vector-correlation
20424 @tindex vcorr
20425 @cindex Correlation coefficient
20426 @cindex Linear correlation
20427 The @kbd{H u C} (@code{calc-vector-correlation}) [@code{vcorr}]
20428 command computes the linear correlation coefficient of two vectors.
20429 This is defined by the covariance of the vectors divided by the
20430 product of their standard deviations. (There is no difference
20431 between sample or population statistics here.)
20432 @tex
20433 \turnoffactive
20434 $$ r_{x\!y} = { \sigma_{x\!y}^2 \over \sigma_x^2 \sigma_y^2 } $$
20435 @end tex
20436
20437 @node Reducing and Mapping, Vector and Matrix Formats, Statistical Operations, Matrix Functions
20438 @section Reducing and Mapping Vectors
20439
20440 @noindent
20441 The commands in this section allow for more general operations on the
20442 elements of vectors.
20443
20444 @kindex V A
20445 @pindex calc-apply
20446 @tindex apply
20447 The simplest of these operations is @kbd{V A} (@code{calc-apply})
20448 [@code{apply}], which applies a given operator to the elements of a vector.
20449 For example, applying the hypothetical function @code{f} to the vector
20450 @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3]}} would produce the function call @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20451 Applying the @code{+} function to the vector @samp{[a, b]} gives
20452 @samp{a + b}. Applying @code{+} to the vector @samp{[a, b, c]} is an
20453 error, since the @code{+} function expects exactly two arguments.
20454
20455 While @kbd{V A} is useful in some cases, you will usually find that either
20456 @kbd{V R} or @kbd{V M}, described below, is closer to what you want.
20457
20458 @menu
20459 * Specifying Operators::
20460 * Mapping::
20461 * Reducing::
20462 * Nesting and Fixed Points::
20463 * Generalized Products::
20464 @end menu
20465
20466 @node Specifying Operators, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20467 @subsection Specifying Operators
20468
20469 @noindent
20470 Commands in this section (like @kbd{V A}) prompt you to press the key
20471 corresponding to the desired operator. Press @kbd{?} for a partial
20472 list of the available operators. Generally, an operator is any key or
20473 sequence of keys that would normally take one or more arguments from
20474 the stack and replace them with a result. For example, @kbd{V A H C}
20475 uses the hyperbolic cosine operator, @code{cosh}. (Since @code{cosh}
20476 expects one argument, @kbd{V A H C} requires a vector with a single
20477 element as its argument.)
20478
20479 You can press @kbd{x} at the operator prompt to select any algebraic
20480 function by name to use as the operator. This includes functions you
20481 have defined yourself using the @kbd{Z F} command. (@xref{Algebraic
20482 Definitions}.) If you give a name for which no function has been
20483 defined, the result is left in symbolic form, as in @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20484 Calc will prompt for the number of arguments the function takes if it
20485 can't figure it out on its own (say, because you named a function that
20486 is currently undefined). It is also possible to type a digit key before
20487 the function name to specify the number of arguments, e.g.,
20488 @kbd{V M 3 x f @key{RET}} calls @code{f} with three arguments even if it
20489 looks like it ought to have only two. This technique may be necessary
20490 if the function allows a variable number of arguments. For example,
20491 the @kbd{v e} [@code{vexp}] function accepts two or three arguments;
20492 if you want to map with the three-argument version, you will have to
20493 type @kbd{V M 3 v e}.
20494
20495 It is also possible to apply any formula to a vector by treating that
20496 formula as a function. When prompted for the operator to use, press
20497 @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) and type your formula as an algebraic entry.
20498 You will then be prompted for the argument list, which defaults to a
20499 list of all variables that appear in the formula, sorted into alphabetic
20500 order. For example, suppose you enter the formula @w{@samp{x + 2y^x}}.
20501 The default argument list would be @samp{(x y)}, which means that if
20502 this function is applied to the arguments @samp{[3, 10]} the result will
20503 be @samp{3 + 2*10^3}. (If you plan to use a certain formula in this
20504 way often, you might consider defining it as a function with @kbd{Z F}.)
20505
20506 Another way to specify the arguments to the formula you enter is with
20507 @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on. For example, @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$}
20508 has the same effect as the previous example. The argument list is
20509 automatically taken to be @samp{($$ $)}. (The order of the arguments
20510 may seem backwards, but it is analogous to the way normal algebraic
20511 entry interacts with the stack.)
20512
20513 If you press @kbd{$} at the operator prompt, the effect is similar to
20514 the apostrophe except that the relevant formula is taken from top-of-stack
20515 instead. The actual vector arguments of the @kbd{V A $} or related command
20516 then start at the second-to-top stack position. You will still be
20517 prompted for an argument list.
20518
20519 @cindex Nameless functions
20520 @cindex Generic functions
20521 A function can be written without a name using the notation @samp{<#1 - #2>},
20522 which means ``a function of two arguments that computes the first
20523 argument minus the second argument.'' The symbols @samp{#1} and @samp{#2}
20524 are placeholders for the arguments. You can use any names for these
20525 placeholders if you wish, by including an argument list followed by a
20526 colon: @samp{<x, y : x - y>}. When you type @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$ @key{RET}},
20527 Calc builds the nameless function @samp{<#1 + 2 #2^#1>} as the function
20528 to map across the vectors. When you type @kbd{V A ' x + 2y^x @key{RET} @key{RET}},
20529 Calc builds the nameless function @w{@samp{<x, y : x + 2 y^x>}}. In both
20530 cases, Calc also writes the nameless function to the Trail so that you
20531 can get it back later if you wish.
20532
20533 If there is only one argument, you can write @samp{#} in place of @samp{#1}.
20534 (Note that @samp{< >} notation is also used for date forms. Calc tells
20535 that @samp{<@var{stuff}>} is a nameless function by the presence of
20536 @samp{#} signs inside @var{stuff}, or by the fact that @var{stuff}
20537 begins with a list of variables followed by a colon.)
20538
20539 You can type a nameless function directly to @kbd{V A '}, or put one on
20540 the stack and use it with @w{@kbd{V A $}}. Calc will not prompt for an
20541 argument list in this case, since the nameless function specifies the
20542 argument list as well as the function itself. In @kbd{V A '}, you can
20543 omit the @samp{< >} marks if you use @samp{#} notation for the arguments,
20544 so that @kbd{V A ' #1+#2 @key{RET}} is the same as @kbd{V A ' <#1+#2> @key{RET}},
20545 which in turn is the same as @kbd{V A ' $$+$ @key{RET}}.
20546
20547 @cindex Lambda expressions
20548 @ignore
20549 @starindex
20550 @end ignore
20551 @tindex lambda
20552 The internal format for @samp{<x, y : x + y>} is @samp{lambda(x, y, x + y)}.
20553 (The word @code{lambda} derives from Lisp notation and the theory of
20554 functions.) The internal format for @samp{<#1 + #2>} is @samp{lambda(ArgA,
20555 ArgB, ArgA + ArgB)}. Note that there is no actual Calc function called
20556 @code{lambda}; the whole point is that the @code{lambda} expression is
20557 used in its symbolic form, not evaluated for an answer until it is applied
20558 to specific arguments by a command like @kbd{V A} or @kbd{V M}.
20559
20560 (Actually, @code{lambda} does have one special property: Its arguments
20561 are never evaluated; for example, putting @samp{<(2/3) #>} on the stack
20562 will not simplify the @samp{2/3} until the nameless function is actually
20563 called.)
20564
20565 @tindex add
20566 @tindex sub
20567 @ignore
20568 @mindex @idots
20569 @end ignore
20570 @tindex mul
20571 @ignore
20572 @mindex @null
20573 @end ignore
20574 @tindex div
20575 @ignore
20576 @mindex @null
20577 @end ignore
20578 @tindex pow
20579 @ignore
20580 @mindex @null
20581 @end ignore
20582 @tindex neg
20583 @ignore
20584 @mindex @null
20585 @end ignore
20586 @tindex mod
20587 @ignore
20588 @mindex @null
20589 @end ignore
20590 @tindex vconcat
20591 As usual, commands like @kbd{V A} have algebraic function name equivalents.
20592 For example, @kbd{V A k g} with an argument of @samp{v} is equivalent to
20593 @samp{apply(gcd, v)}. The first argument specifies the operator name,
20594 and is either a variable whose name is the same as the function name,
20595 or a nameless function like @samp{<#^3+1>}. Operators that are normally
20596 written as algebraic symbols have the names @code{add}, @code{sub},
20597 @code{mul}, @code{div}, @code{pow}, @code{neg}, @code{mod}, and
20598 @code{vconcat}.@refill
20599
20600 @ignore
20601 @starindex
20602 @end ignore
20603 @tindex call
20604 The @code{call} function builds a function call out of several arguments:
20605 @samp{call(gcd, x, y)} is the same as @samp{apply(gcd, [x, y])}, which
20606 in turn is the same as @samp{gcd(x, y)}. The first argument of @code{call},
20607 like the other functions described here, may be either a variable naming a
20608 function, or a nameless function (@samp{call(<#1+2#2>, x, y)} is the same
20609 as @samp{x + 2y}).
20610
20611 (Experts will notice that it's not quite proper to use a variable to name
20612 a function, since the name @code{gcd} corresponds to the Lisp variable
20613 @code{var-gcd} but to the Lisp function @code{calcFunc-gcd}. Calc
20614 automatically makes this translation, so you don't have to worry
20615 about it.)
20616
20617 @node Mapping, Reducing, Specifying Operators, Reducing and Mapping
20618 @subsection Mapping
20619
20620 @noindent
20621 @kindex V M
20622 @pindex calc-map
20623 @tindex map
20624 The @kbd{V M} (@code{calc-map}) [@code{map}] command applies a given
20625 operator elementwise to one or more vectors. For example, mapping
20626 @code{A} [@code{abs}] produces a vector of the absolute values of the
20627 elements in the input vector. Mapping @code{+} pops two vectors from
20628 the stack, which must be of equal length, and produces a vector of the
20629 pairwise sums of the elements. If either argument is a non-vector, it
20630 is duplicated for each element of the other vector. For example,
20631 @kbd{[1,2,3] 2 V M ^} squares the elements of the specified vector.
20632 With the 2 listed first, it would have computed a vector of powers of
20633 two. Mapping a user-defined function pops as many arguments from the
20634 stack as the function requires. If you give an undefined name, you will
20635 be prompted for the number of arguments to use.@refill
20636
20637 If any argument to @kbd{V M} is a matrix, the operator is normally mapped
20638 across all elements of the matrix. For example, given the matrix
20639 @cite{[[1, -2, 3], [-4, 5, -6]]}, @kbd{V M A} takes six absolute values to
20640 produce another @c{$3\times2$}
20641 @asis{3x2} matrix, @cite{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}.
20642
20643 @tindex mapr
20644 The command @kbd{V M _} [@code{mapr}] (i.e., type an underscore at the
20645 operator prompt) maps by rows instead. For example, @kbd{V M _ A} views
20646 the above matrix as a vector of two 3-element row vectors. It produces
20647 a new vector which contains the absolute values of those row vectors,
20648 namely @cite{[3.74, 8.77]}. (Recall, the absolute value of a vector is
20649 defined as the square root of the sum of the squares of the elements.)
20650 Some operators accept vectors and return new vectors; for example,
20651 @kbd{v v} reverses a vector, so @kbd{V M _ v v} would reverse each row
20652 of the matrix to get a new matrix, @cite{[[3, -2, 1], [-6, 5, -4]]}.
20653
20654 Sometimes a vector of vectors (representing, say, strings, sets, or lists)
20655 happens to look like a matrix. If so, remember to use @kbd{V M _} if you
20656 want to map a function across the whole strings or sets rather than across
20657 their individual elements.
20658
20659 @tindex mapc
20660 The command @kbd{V M :} [@code{mapc}] maps by columns. Basically, it
20661 transposes the input matrix, maps by rows, and then, if the result is a
20662 matrix, transposes again. For example, @kbd{V M : A} takes the absolute
20663 values of the three columns of the matrix, treating each as a 2-vector,
20664 and @kbd{V M : v v} reverses the columns to get the matrix
20665 @cite{[[-4, 5, -6], [1, -2, 3]]}.
20666
20667 (The symbols @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} were chosen because they had row-like
20668 and column-like appearances, and were not already taken by useful
20669 operators. Also, they appear shifted on most keyboards so they are easy
20670 to type after @kbd{V M}.)
20671
20672 The @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} modifiers have no effect on arguments that are
20673 not matrices (so if none of the arguments are matrices, they have no
20674 effect at all). If some of the arguments are matrices and others are
20675 plain numbers, the plain numbers are held constant for all rows of the
20676 matrix (so that @kbd{2 V M _ ^} squares every row of a matrix; squaring
20677 a vector takes a dot product of the vector with itself).
20678
20679 If some of the arguments are vectors with the same lengths as the
20680 rows (for @kbd{V M _}) or columns (for @kbd{V M :}) of the matrix
20681 arguments, those vectors are also held constant for every row or
20682 column.
20683
20684 Sometimes it is useful to specify another mapping command as the operator
20685 to use with @kbd{V M}. For example, @kbd{V M _ V A +} applies @kbd{V A +}
20686 to each row of the input matrix, which in turn adds the two values on that
20687 row. If you give another vector-operator command as the operator for
20688 @kbd{V M}, it automatically uses map-by-rows mode if you don't specify
20689 otherwise; thus @kbd{V M V A +} is equivalent to @kbd{V M _ V A +}. (If
20690 you really want to map-by-elements another mapping command, you can use
20691 a triple-nested mapping command: @kbd{V M V M V A +} means to map
20692 @kbd{V M V A +} over the rows of the matrix; in turn, @kbd{V A +} is
20693 mapped over the elements of each row.)
20694
20695 @tindex mapa
20696 @tindex mapd
20697 Previous versions of Calc had ``map across'' and ``map down'' modes
20698 that are now considered obsolete; the old ``map across'' is now simply
20699 @kbd{V M V A}, and ``map down'' is now @kbd{V M : V A}. The algebraic
20700 functions @code{mapa} and @code{mapd} are still supported, though.
20701 Note also that, while the old mapping modes were persistent (once you
20702 set the mode, it would apply to later mapping commands until you reset
20703 it), the new @kbd{:} and @kbd{_} modifiers apply only to the current
20704 mapping command. The default @kbd{V M} always means map-by-elements.
20705
20706 @xref{Algebraic Manipulation}, for the @kbd{a M} command, which is like
20707 @kbd{V M} but for equations and inequalities instead of vectors.
20708 @xref{Storing Variables}, for the @kbd{s m} command which modifies a
20709 variable's stored value using a @kbd{V M}-like operator.
20710
20711 @node Reducing, Nesting and Fixed Points, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20712 @subsection Reducing
20713
20714 @noindent
20715 @kindex V R
20716 @pindex calc-reduce
20717 @tindex reduce
20718 The @kbd{V R} (@code{calc-reduce}) [@code{reduce}] command applies a given
20719 binary operator across all the elements of a vector. A binary operator is
20720 a function such as @code{+} or @code{max} which takes two arguments. For
20721 example, reducing @code{+} over a vector computes the sum of the elements
20722 of the vector. Reducing @code{-} computes the first element minus each of
20723 the remaining elements. Reducing @code{max} computes the maximum element
20724 and so on. In general, reducing @code{f} over the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]}
20725 produces @samp{f(f(f(a, b), c), d)}.
20726
20727 @kindex I V R
20728 @tindex rreduce
20729 The @kbd{I V R} [@code{rreduce}] command is similar to @kbd{V R} except
20730 that works from right to left through the vector. For example, plain
20731 @kbd{V R -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces @samp{a - b - c - d}
20732 but @kbd{I V R -} on the same vector produces @samp{a - (b - (c - d))},
20733 or @samp{a - b + c - d}. This ``alternating sum'' occurs frequently
20734 in power series expansions.
20735
20736 @kindex V U
20737 @tindex accum
20738 The @kbd{V U} (@code{calc-accumulate}) [@code{accum}] command does an
20739 accumulation operation. Here Calc does the corresponding reduction
20740 operation, but instead of producing only the final result, it produces
20741 a vector of all the intermediate results. Accumulating @code{+} over
20742 the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the vector
20743 @samp{[a, a + b, a + b + c, a + b + c + d]}.
20744
20745 @kindex I V U
20746 @tindex raccum
20747 The @kbd{I V U} [@code{raccum}] command does a right-to-left accumulation.
20748 For example, @kbd{I V U -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the
20749 vector @samp{[a - b + c - d, b - c + d, c - d, d]}.
20750
20751 @tindex reducea
20752 @tindex rreducea
20753 @tindex reduced
20754 @tindex rreduced
20755 As for @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R} normally reduces a matrix elementwise. For
20756 example, given the matrix @cite{[[a, b, c], [d, e, f]]}, @kbd{V R +} will
20757 compute @cite{a + b + c + d + e + f}. You can type @kbd{V R _} or
20758 @kbd{V R :} to modify this behavior. The @kbd{V R _} [@code{reducea}]
20759 command reduces ``across'' the matrix; it reduces each row of the matrix
20760 as a vector, then collects the results. Thus @kbd{V R _ +} of this
20761 matrix would produce @cite{[a + b + c, d + e + f]}. Similarly, @kbd{V R :}
20762 [@code{reduced}] reduces down; @kbd{V R : +} would produce @cite{[a + d,
20763 b + e, c + f]}.
20764
20765 @tindex reducer
20766 @tindex rreducer
20767 There is a third ``by rows'' mode for reduction that is occasionally
20768 useful; @kbd{V R =} [@code{reducer}] simply reduces the operator over
20769 the rows of the matrix themselves. Thus @kbd{V R = +} on the above
20770 matrix would get the same result as @kbd{V R : +}, since adding two
20771 row vectors is equivalent to adding their elements. But @kbd{V R = *}
20772 would multiply the two rows (to get a single number, their dot product),
20773 while @kbd{V R : *} would produce a vector of the products of the columns.
20774
20775 These three matrix reduction modes work with @kbd{V R} and @kbd{I V R},
20776 but they are not currently supported with @kbd{V U} or @kbd{I V U}.
20777
20778 @tindex reducec
20779 @tindex rreducec
20780 The obsolete reduce-by-columns function, @code{reducec}, is still
20781 supported but there is no way to get it through the @kbd{V R} command.
20782
20783 The commands @kbd{M-# :} and @kbd{M-# _} are equivalent to typing
20784 @kbd{M-# r} to grab a rectangle of data into Calc, and then typing
20785 @kbd{V R : +} or @kbd{V R _ +}, respectively, to sum the columns or
20786 rows of the matrix. @xref{Grabbing From Buffers}.
20787
20788 @node Nesting and Fixed Points, Generalized Products, Reducing, Reducing and Mapping
20789 @subsection Nesting and Fixed Points
20790
20791 @noindent
20792 @kindex H V R
20793 @tindex nest
20794 The @kbd{H V R} [@code{nest}] command applies a function to a given
20795 argument repeatedly. It takes two values, @samp{a} and @samp{n}, from
20796 the stack, where @samp{n} must be an integer. It then applies the
20797 function nested @samp{n} times; if the function is @samp{f} and @samp{n}
20798 is 3, the result is @samp{f(f(f(a)))}. The number @samp{n} may be
20799 negative if Calc knows an inverse for the function @samp{f}; for
20800 example, @samp{nest(sin, a, -2)} returns @samp{arcsin(arcsin(a))}.
20801
20802 @kindex H V U
20803 @tindex anest
20804 The @kbd{H V U} [@code{anest}] command is an accumulating version of
20805 @code{nest}: It returns a vector of @samp{n+1} values, e.g.,
20806 @samp{[a, f(a), f(f(a)), f(f(f(a)))]}. If @samp{n} is negative and
20807 @samp{F} is the inverse of @samp{f}, then the result is of the
20808 form @samp{[a, F(a), F(F(a)), F(F(F(a)))]}.
20809
20810 @kindex H I V R
20811 @tindex fixp
20812 @cindex Fixed points
20813 The @kbd{H I V R} [@code{fixp}] command is like @kbd{H V R}, except
20814 that it takes only an @samp{a} value from the stack; the function is
20815 applied until it reaches a ``fixed point,'' i.e., until the result
20816 no longer changes.
20817
20818 @kindex H I V U
20819 @tindex afixp
20820 The @kbd{H I V U} [@code{afixp}] command is an accumulating @code{fixp}.
20821 The first element of the return vector will be the initial value @samp{a};
20822 the last element will be the final result that would have been returned
20823 by @code{fixp}.
20824
20825 For example, 0.739085 is a fixed point of the cosine function (in radians):
20826 @samp{cos(0.739085) = 0.739085}. You can find this value by putting, say,
20827 1.0 on the stack and typing @kbd{H I V U C}. (We use the accumulating
20828 version so we can see the intermediate results: @samp{[1, 0.540302, 0.857553,
20829 0.65329, ...]}. With a precision of six, this command will take 36 steps
20830 to converge to 0.739085.)
20831
20832 Newton's method for finding roots is a classic example of iteration
20833 to a fixed point. To find the square root of five starting with an
20834 initial guess, Newton's method would look for a fixed point of the
20835 function @samp{(x + 5/x) / 2}. Putting a guess of 1 on the stack
20836 and typing @kbd{H I V R ' ($ + 5/$)/2 @key{RET}} quickly yields the result
20837 2.23607. This is equivalent to using the @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root})
20838 command to find a root of the equation @samp{x^2 = 5}.
20839
20840 These examples used numbers for @samp{a} values. Calc keeps applying
20841 the function until two successive results are equal to within the
20842 current precision. For complex numbers, both the real parts and the
20843 imaginary parts must be equal to within the current precision. If
20844 @samp{a} is a formula (say, a variable name), then the function is
20845 applied until two successive results are exactly the same formula.
20846 It is up to you to ensure that the function will eventually converge;
20847 if it doesn't, you may have to press @kbd{C-g} to stop the Calculator.
20848
20849 The algebraic @code{fixp} function takes two optional arguments, @samp{n}
20850 and @samp{tol}. The first is the maximum number of steps to be allowed,
20851 and must be either an integer or the symbol @samp{inf} (infinity, the
20852 default). The second is a convergence tolerance. If a tolerance is
20853 specified, all results during the calculation must be numbers, not
20854 formulas, and the iteration stops when the magnitude of the difference
20855 between two successive results is less than or equal to the tolerance.
20856 (This implies that a tolerance of zero iterates until the results are
20857 exactly equal.)
20858
20859 Putting it all together, @samp{fixp(<(# + A/#)/2>, B, 20, 1e-10)}
20860 computes the square root of @samp{A} given the initial guess @samp{B},
20861 stopping when the result is correct within the specified tolerance, or
20862 when 20 steps have been taken, whichever is sooner.
20863
20864 @node Generalized Products, , Nesting and Fixed Points, Reducing and Mapping
20865 @subsection Generalized Products
20866
20867 @kindex V O
20868 @pindex calc-outer-product
20869 @tindex outer
20870 The @kbd{V O} (@code{calc-outer-product}) [@code{outer}] command applies
20871 a given binary operator to all possible pairs of elements from two
20872 vectors, to produce a matrix. For example, @kbd{V O *} with @samp{[a, b]}
20873 and @samp{[x, y, z]} on the stack produces a multiplication table:
20874 @samp{[[a x, a y, a z], [b x, b y, b z]]}. Element @var{r},@var{c} of
20875 the result matrix is obtained by applying the operator to element @var{r}
20876 of the lefthand vector and element @var{c} of the righthand vector.
20877
20878 @kindex V I
20879 @pindex calc-inner-product
20880 @tindex inner
20881 The @kbd{V I} (@code{calc-inner-product}) [@code{inner}] command computes
20882 the generalized inner product of two vectors or matrices, given a
20883 ``multiplicative'' operator and an ``additive'' operator. These can each
20884 actually be any binary operators; if they are @samp{*} and @samp{+},
20885 respectively, the result is a standard matrix multiplication. Element
20886 @var{r},@var{c} of the result matrix is obtained by mapping the
20887 multiplicative operator across row @var{r} of the lefthand matrix and
20888 column @var{c} of the righthand matrix, and then reducing with the additive
20889 operator. Just as for the standard @kbd{*} command, this can also do a
20890 vector-matrix or matrix-vector inner product, or a vector-vector
20891 generalized dot product.
20892
20893 Since @kbd{V I} requires two operators, it prompts twice. In each case,
20894 you can use any of the usual methods for entering the operator. If you
20895 use @kbd{$} twice to take both operator formulas from the stack, the
20896 first (multiplicative) operator is taken from the top of the stack
20897 and the second (additive) operator is taken from second-to-top.
20898
20899 @node Vector and Matrix Formats, , Reducing and Mapping, Matrix Functions
20900 @section Vector and Matrix Display Formats
20901
20902 @noindent
20903 Commands for controlling vector and matrix display use the @kbd{v} prefix
20904 instead of the usual @kbd{d} prefix. But they are display modes; in
20905 particular, they are influenced by the @kbd{I} and @kbd{H} prefix keys
20906 in the same way (@pxref{Display Modes}). Matrix display is also
20907 influenced by the @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) mode;
20908 @pxref{Normal Language Modes}.
20909
20910 @kindex V <
20911 @pindex calc-matrix-left-justify
20912 @kindex V =
20913 @pindex calc-matrix-center-justify
20914 @kindex V >
20915 @pindex calc-matrix-right-justify
20916 The commands @kbd{v <} (@code{calc-matrix-left-justify}), @kbd{v >}
20917 (@code{calc-matrix-right-justify}), and @w{@kbd{v =}}
20918 (@code{calc-matrix-center-justify}) control whether matrix elements
20919 are justified to the left, right, or center of their columns.@refill
20920
20921 @kindex V [
20922 @pindex calc-vector-brackets
20923 @kindex V @{
20924 @pindex calc-vector-braces
20925 @kindex V (
20926 @pindex calc-vector-parens
20927 The @kbd{v [} (@code{calc-vector-brackets}) command turns the square
20928 brackets that surround vectors and matrices displayed in the stack on
20929 and off. The @kbd{v @{} (@code{calc-vector-braces}) and @kbd{v (}
20930 (@code{calc-vector-parens}) commands use curly braces or parentheses,
20931 respectively, instead of square brackets. For example, @kbd{v @{} might
20932 be used in preparation for yanking a matrix into a buffer running
20933 Mathematica. (In fact, the Mathematica language mode uses this mode;
20934 @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}.) Note that, regardless of the
20935 display mode, either brackets or braces may be used to enter vectors,
20936 and parentheses may never be used for this purpose.@refill
20937
20938 @kindex V ]
20939 @pindex calc-matrix-brackets
20940 The @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) command controls the
20941 ``big'' style display of matrices. It prompts for a string of code
20942 letters; currently implemented letters are @code{R}, which enables
20943 brackets on each row of the matrix; @code{O}, which enables outer
20944 brackets in opposite corners of the matrix; and @code{C}, which
20945 enables commas or semicolons at the ends of all rows but the last.
20946 The default format is @samp{RO}. (Before Calc 2.00, the format
20947 was fixed at @samp{ROC}.) Here are some example matrices:
20948
20949 @example
20950 @group
20951 [ [ 123, 0, 0 ] [ [ 123, 0, 0 ],
20952 [ 0, 123, 0 ] [ 0, 123, 0 ],
20953 [ 0, 0, 123 ] ] [ 0, 0, 123 ] ]
20954
20955 RO ROC
20956
20957 @end group
20958 @end example
20959 @noindent
20960 @example
20961 @group
20962 [ 123, 0, 0 [ 123, 0, 0 ;
20963 0, 123, 0 0, 123, 0 ;
20964 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123 ]
20965
20966 O OC
20967
20968 @end group
20969 @end example
20970 @noindent
20971 @example
20972 @group
20973 [ 123, 0, 0 ] 123, 0, 0
20974 [ 0, 123, 0 ] 0, 123, 0
20975 [ 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123
20976
20977 R @r{blank}
20978 @end group
20979 @end example
20980
20981 @noindent
20982 Note that of the formats shown here, @samp{RO}, @samp{ROC}, and
20983 @samp{OC} are all recognized as matrices during reading, while
20984 the others are useful for display only.
20985
20986 @kindex V ,
20987 @pindex calc-vector-commas
20988 The @kbd{v ,} (@code{calc-vector-commas}) command turns commas on and
20989 off in vector and matrix display.@refill
20990
20991 In vectors of length one, and in all vectors when commas have been
20992 turned off, Calc adds extra parentheses around formulas that might
20993 otherwise be ambiguous. For example, @samp{[a b]} could be a vector
20994 of the one formula @samp{a b}, or it could be a vector of two
20995 variables with commas turned off. Calc will display the former
20996 case as @samp{[(a b)]}. You can disable these extra parentheses
20997 (to make the output less cluttered at the expense of allowing some
20998 ambiguity) by adding the letter @code{P} to the control string you
20999 give to @kbd{v ]} (as described above).
21000
21001 @kindex V .
21002 @pindex calc-full-vectors
21003 The @kbd{v .} (@code{calc-full-vectors}) command turns abbreviated
21004 display of long vectors on and off. In this mode, vectors of six
21005 or more elements, or matrices of six or more rows or columns, will
21006 be displayed in an abbreviated form that displays only the first
21007 three elements and the last element: @samp{[a, b, c, ..., z]}.
21008 When very large vectors are involved this will substantially
21009 improve Calc's display speed.
21010
21011 @kindex t .
21012 @pindex calc-full-trail-vectors
21013 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command controls a
21014 similar mode for recording vectors in the Trail. If you turn on
21015 this mode, vectors of six or more elements and matrices of six or
21016 more rows or columns will be abbreviated when they are put in the
21017 Trail. The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command will be
21018 unable to recover those vectors. If you are working with very
21019 large vectors, this mode will improve the speed of all operations
21020 that involve the trail.
21021
21022 @kindex V /
21023 @pindex calc-break-vectors
21024 The @kbd{v /} (@code{calc-break-vectors}) command turns multi-line
21025 vector display on and off. Normally, matrices are displayed with one
21026 row per line but all other types of vectors are displayed in a single
21027 line. This mode causes all vectors, whether matrices or not, to be
21028 displayed with a single element per line. Sub-vectors within the
21029 vectors will still use the normal linear form.
21030
21031 @node Algebra, Units, Matrix Functions, Top
21032 @chapter Algebra
21033
21034 @noindent
21035 This section covers the Calc features that help you work with
21036 algebraic formulas. First, the general sub-formula selection
21037 mechanism is described; this works in conjunction with any Calc
21038 commands. Then, commands for specific algebraic operations are
21039 described. Finally, the flexible @dfn{rewrite rule} mechanism
21040 is discussed.
21041
21042 The algebraic commands use the @kbd{a} key prefix; selection
21043 commands use the @kbd{j} (for ``just a letter that wasn't used
21044 for anything else'') prefix.
21045
21046 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, to see how to manipulate formulas
21047 using regular Emacs editing commands.@refill
21048
21049 When doing algebraic work, you may find several of the Calculator's
21050 modes to be helpful, including algebraic-simplification mode (@kbd{m A})
21051 or no-simplification mode (@kbd{m O}),
21052 algebraic-entry mode (@kbd{m a}), fraction mode (@kbd{m f}), and
21053 symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}). @xref{Mode Settings}, for discussions
21054 of these modes. You may also wish to select ``big'' display mode (@kbd{d B}).
21055 @xref{Normal Language Modes}.@refill
21056
21057 @menu
21058 * Selecting Subformulas::
21059 * Algebraic Manipulation::
21060 * Simplifying Formulas::
21061 * Polynomials::
21062 * Calculus::
21063 * Solving Equations::
21064 * Numerical Solutions::
21065 * Curve Fitting::
21066 * Summations::
21067 * Logical Operations::
21068 * Rewrite Rules::
21069 @end menu
21070
21071 @node Selecting Subformulas, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra, Algebra
21072 @section Selecting Sub-Formulas
21073
21074 @noindent
21075 @cindex Selections
21076 @cindex Sub-formulas
21077 @cindex Parts of formulas
21078 When working with an algebraic formula it is often necessary to
21079 manipulate a portion of the formula rather than the formula as a
21080 whole. Calc allows you to ``select'' a portion of any formula on
21081 the stack. Commands which would normally operate on that stack
21082 entry will now operate only on the sub-formula, leaving the
21083 surrounding part of the stack entry alone.
21084
21085 One common non-algebraic use for selection involves vectors. To work
21086 on one element of a vector in-place, simply select that element as a
21087 ``sub-formula'' of the vector.
21088
21089 @menu
21090 * Making Selections::
21091 * Changing Selections::
21092 * Displaying Selections::
21093 * Operating on Selections::
21094 * Rearranging with Selections::
21095 @end menu
21096
21097 @node Making Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas, Selecting Subformulas
21098 @subsection Making Selections
21099
21100 @noindent
21101 @kindex j s
21102 @pindex calc-select-here
21103 To select a sub-formula, move the Emacs cursor to any character in that
21104 sub-formula, and press @w{@kbd{j s}} (@code{calc-select-here}). Calc will
21105 highlight the smallest portion of the formula that contains that
21106 character. By default the sub-formula is highlighted by blanking out
21107 all of the rest of the formula with dots. Selection works in any
21108 display mode but is perhaps easiest in ``big'' (@kbd{d B}) mode.
21109 Suppose you enter the following formula:
21110
21111 @smallexample
21112 @group
21113 3 ___
21114 (a + b) + V c
21115 1: ---------------
21116 2 x + 1
21117 @end group
21118 @end smallexample
21119
21120 @noindent
21121 (by typing @kbd{' ((a+b)^3 + sqrt(c)) / (2x+1)}). If you move the
21122 cursor to the letter @samp{b} and press @w{@kbd{j s}}, the display changes
21123 to
21124
21125 @smallexample
21126 @group
21127 . ...
21128 .. . b. . . .
21129 1* ...............
21130 . . . .
21131 @end group
21132 @end smallexample
21133
21134 @noindent
21135 Every character not part of the sub-formula @samp{b} has been changed
21136 to a dot. The @samp{*} next to the line number is to remind you that
21137 the formula has a portion of it selected. (In this case, it's very
21138 obvious, but it might not always be. If Embedded Mode is enabled,
21139 the word @samp{Sel} also appears in the mode line because the stack
21140 may not be visible. @pxref{Embedded Mode}.)
21141
21142 If you had instead placed the cursor on the parenthesis immediately to
21143 the right of the @samp{b}, the selection would have been:
21144
21145 @smallexample
21146 @group
21147 . ...
21148 (a + b) . . .
21149 1* ...............
21150 . . . .
21151 @end group
21152 @end smallexample
21153
21154 @noindent
21155 The portion selected is always large enough to be considered a complete
21156 formula all by itself, so selecting the parenthesis selects the whole
21157 formula that it encloses. Putting the cursor on the @samp{+} sign
21158 would have had the same effect.
21159
21160 (Strictly speaking, the Emacs cursor is really the manifestation of
21161 the Emacs ``point,'' which is a position @emph{between} two characters
21162 in the buffer. So purists would say that Calc selects the smallest
21163 sub-formula which contains the character to the right of ``point.'')
21164
21165 If you supply a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, the selection is
21166 expanded to the @var{n}th enclosing sub-formula. Thus, positioning
21167 the cursor on the @samp{b} and typing @kbd{C-u 1 j s} will select
21168 @samp{a + b}; typing @kbd{C-u 2 j s} will select @samp{(a + b)^3},
21169 and so on.
21170
21171 If the cursor is not on any part of the formula, or if you give a
21172 numeric prefix that is too large, the entire formula is selected.
21173
21174 If the cursor is on the @samp{.} line that marks the top of the stack
21175 (i.e., its normal ``rest position''), this command selects the entire
21176 formula at stack level 1. Most selection commands similarly operate
21177 on the formula at the top of the stack if you haven't positioned the
21178 cursor on any stack entry.
21179
21180 @kindex j a
21181 @pindex calc-select-additional
21182 The @kbd{j a} (@code{calc-select-additional}) command enlarges the
21183 current selection to encompass the cursor. To select the smallest
21184 sub-formula defined by two different points, move to the first and
21185 press @kbd{j s}, then move to the other and press @kbd{j a}. This
21186 is roughly analogous to using @kbd{C-@@} (@code{set-mark-command}) to
21187 select the two ends of a region of text during normal Emacs editing.
21188
21189 @kindex j o
21190 @pindex calc-select-once
21191 The @kbd{j o} (@code{calc-select-once}) command selects a formula in
21192 exactly the same way as @kbd{j s}, except that the selection will
21193 last only as long as the next command that uses it. For example,
21194 @kbd{j o 1 +} is a handy way to add one to the sub-formula indicated
21195 by the cursor.
21196
21197 (A somewhat more precise definition: The @kbd{j o} command sets a flag
21198 such that the next command involving selected stack entries will clear
21199 the selections on those stack entries afterwards. All other selection
21200 commands except @kbd{j a} and @kbd{j O} clear this flag.)
21201
21202 @kindex j S
21203 @kindex j O
21204 @pindex calc-select-here-maybe
21205 @pindex calc-select-once-maybe
21206 The @kbd{j S} (@code{calc-select-here-maybe}) and @kbd{j O}
21207 (@code{calc-select-once-maybe}) commands are equivalent to @kbd{j s}
21208 and @kbd{j o}, respectively, except that if the formula already
21209 has a selection they have no effect. This is analogous to the
21210 behavior of some commands such as @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection};
21211 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}) and is mainly intended to be
21212 used in keyboard macros that implement your own selection-oriented
21213 commands.@refill
21214
21215 Selection of sub-formulas normally treats associative terms like
21216 @samp{a + b - c + d} and @samp{x * y * z} as single levels of the formula.
21217 If you place the cursor anywhere inside @samp{a + b - c + d} except
21218 on one of the variable names and use @kbd{j s}, you will select the
21219 entire four-term sum.
21220
21221 @kindex j b
21222 @pindex calc-break-selections
21223 The @kbd{j b} (@code{calc-break-selections}) command controls a mode
21224 in which the ``deep structure'' of these associative formulas shows
21225 through. Calc actually stores the above formulas as @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}
21226 and @samp{x * (y * z)}. (Note that for certain obscure reasons, Calc
21227 treats multiplication as right-associative.) Once you have enabled
21228 @kbd{j b} mode, selecting with the cursor on the @samp{-} sign would
21229 only select the @samp{a + b - c} portion, which makes sense when the
21230 deep structure of the sum is considered. There is no way to select
21231 the @samp{b - c + d} portion; although this might initially look
21232 like just as legitimate a sub-formula as @samp{a + b - c}, the deep
21233 structure shows that it isn't. The @kbd{d U} command can be used
21234 to view the deep structure of any formula (@pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
21235
21236 When @kbd{j b} mode has not been enabled, the deep structure is
21237 generally hidden by the selection commands---what you see is what
21238 you get.
21239
21240 @kindex j u
21241 @pindex calc-unselect
21242 The @kbd{j u} (@code{calc-unselect}) command unselects the formula
21243 that the cursor is on. If there was no selection in the formula,
21244 this command has no effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it
21245 unselects the @var{n}th stack element rather than using the cursor
21246 position.
21247
21248 @kindex j c
21249 @pindex calc-clear-selections
21250 The @kbd{j c} (@code{calc-clear-selections}) command unselects all
21251 stack elements.
21252
21253 @node Changing Selections, Displaying Selections, Making Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21254 @subsection Changing Selections
21255
21256 @noindent
21257 @kindex j m
21258 @pindex calc-select-more
21259 Once you have selected a sub-formula, you can expand it using the
21260 @w{@kbd{j m}} (@code{calc-select-more}) command. If @samp{a + b} is
21261 selected, pressing @w{@kbd{j m}} repeatedly works as follows:
21262
21263 @smallexample
21264 @group
21265 3 ... 3 ___ 3 ___
21266 (a + b) . . . (a + b) + V c (a + b) + V c
21267 1* ............... 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21268 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21269 @end group
21270 @end smallexample
21271
21272 @noindent
21273 In the last example, the entire formula is selected. This is roughly
21274 the same as having no selection at all, but because there are subtle
21275 differences the @samp{*} character is still there on the line number.
21276
21277 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, @kbd{j m} expands @var{n}
21278 times (or until the entire formula is selected). Note that @kbd{j s}
21279 with argument @var{n} is equivalent to plain @kbd{j s} followed by
21280 @kbd{j m} with argument @var{n}. If @w{@kbd{j m}} is used when there
21281 is no current selection, it is equivalent to @w{@kbd{j s}}.
21282
21283 Even though @kbd{j m} does not explicitly use the location of the
21284 cursor within the formula, it nevertheless uses the cursor to determine
21285 which stack element to operate on. As usual, @kbd{j m} when the cursor
21286 is not on any stack element operates on the top stack element.
21287
21288 @kindex j l
21289 @pindex calc-select-less
21290 The @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) command reduces the current
21291 selection around the cursor position. That is, it selects the
21292 immediate sub-formula of the current selection which contains the
21293 cursor, the opposite of @kbd{j m}. If the cursor is not inside the
21294 current selection, the command de-selects the formula.
21295
21296 @kindex j 1-9
21297 @pindex calc-select-part
21298 The @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} (@code{calc-select-part}) commands
21299 select the @var{n}th sub-formula of the current selection. They are
21300 like @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) except they use counting
21301 rather than the cursor position to decide which sub-formula to select.
21302 For example, if the current selection is @kbd{a + b + c} or
21303 @kbd{f(a, b, c)} or @kbd{[a, b, c]}, then @kbd{j 1} selects @samp{a},
21304 @kbd{j 2} selects @samp{b}, and @kbd{j 3} selects @samp{c}; in each of
21305 these cases, @kbd{j 4} through @kbd{j 9} would be errors.
21306
21307 If there is no current selection, @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} select
21308 the @var{n}th top-level sub-formula. (In other words, they act as if
21309 the entire stack entry were selected first.) To select the @var{n}th
21310 sub-formula where @var{n} is greater than nine, you must instead invoke
21311 @w{@kbd{j 1}} with @var{n} as a numeric prefix argument.@refill
21312
21313 @kindex j n
21314 @kindex j p
21315 @pindex calc-select-next
21316 @pindex calc-select-previous
21317 The @kbd{j n} (@code{calc-select-next}) and @kbd{j p}
21318 (@code{calc-select-previous}) commands change the current selection
21319 to the next or previous sub-formula at the same level. For example,
21320 if @samp{b} is selected in @w{@samp{2 + a*b*c + x}}, then @kbd{j n}
21321 selects @samp{c}. Further @kbd{j n} commands would be in error because,
21322 even though there is something to the right of @samp{c} (namely, @samp{x}),
21323 it is not at the same level; in this case, it is not a term of the
21324 same product as @samp{b} and @samp{c}. However, @kbd{j m} (to select
21325 the whole product @samp{a*b*c} as a term of the sum) followed by
21326 @w{@kbd{j n}} would successfully select the @samp{x}.
21327
21328 Similarly, @kbd{j p} moves the selection from the @samp{b} in this
21329 sample formula to the @samp{a}. Both commands accept numeric prefix
21330 arguments to move several steps at a time.
21331
21332 It is interesting to compare Calc's selection commands with the
21333 Emacs Info system's commands for navigating through hierarchically
21334 organized documentation. Calc's @kbd{j n} command is completely
21335 analogous to Info's @kbd{n} command. Likewise, @kbd{j p} maps to
21336 @kbd{p}, @kbd{j 2} maps to @kbd{2}, and Info's @kbd{u} is like @kbd{j m}.
21337 (Note that @kbd{j u} stands for @code{calc-unselect}, not ``up''.)
21338 The Info @kbd{m} command is somewhat similar to Calc's @kbd{j s} and
21339 @kbd{j l}; in each case, you can jump directly to a sub-component
21340 of the hierarchy simply by pointing to it with the cursor.
21341
21342 @node Displaying Selections, Operating on Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21343 @subsection Displaying Selections
21344
21345 @noindent
21346 @kindex j d
21347 @pindex calc-show-selections
21348 The @kbd{j d} (@code{calc-show-selections}) command controls how
21349 selected sub-formulas are displayed. One of the alternatives is
21350 illustrated in the above examples; if we press @kbd{j d} we switch
21351 to the other style in which the selected portion itself is obscured
21352 by @samp{#} signs:
21353
21354 @smallexample
21355 @group
21356 3 ... # ___
21357 (a + b) . . . ## # ## + V c
21358 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21359 . . . . 2 x + 1
21360 @end group
21361 @end smallexample
21362
21363 @node Operating on Selections, Rearranging with Selections, Displaying Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21364 @subsection Operating on Selections
21365
21366 @noindent
21367 Once a selection is made, all Calc commands that manipulate items
21368 on the stack will operate on the selected portions of the items
21369 instead. (Note that several stack elements may have selections
21370 at once, though there can be only one selection at a time in any
21371 given stack element.)
21372
21373 @kindex j e
21374 @pindex calc-enable-selections
21375 The @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command disables the
21376 effect that selections have on Calc commands. The current selections
21377 still exist, but Calc commands operate on whole stack elements anyway.
21378 This mode can be identified by the fact that the @samp{*} markers on
21379 the line numbers are gone, even though selections are visible. To
21380 reactivate the selections, press @kbd{j e} again.
21381
21382 To extract a sub-formula as a new formula, simply select the
21383 sub-formula and press @key{RET}. This normally duplicates the top
21384 stack element; here it duplicates only the selected portion of that
21385 element.
21386
21387 To replace a sub-formula with something different, you can enter the
21388 new value onto the stack and press @key{TAB}. This normally exchanges
21389 the top two stack elements; here it swaps the value you entered into
21390 the selected portion of the formula, returning the old selected
21391 portion to the top of the stack.
21392
21393 @smallexample
21394 @group
21395 3 ... ... ___
21396 (a + b) . . . 17 x y . . . 17 x y + V c
21397 2* ............... 2* ............. 2: -------------
21398 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21399
21400 3 3
21401 1: 17 x y 1: (a + b) 1: (a + b)
21402 @end group
21403 @end smallexample
21404
21405 In this example we select a sub-formula of our original example,
21406 enter a new formula, @key{TAB} it into place, then deselect to see
21407 the complete, edited formula.
21408
21409 If you want to swap whole formulas around even though they contain
21410 selections, just use @kbd{j e} before and after.
21411
21412 @kindex j '
21413 @pindex calc-enter-selection
21414 The @kbd{j '} (@code{calc-enter-selection}) command is another way
21415 to replace a selected sub-formula. This command does an algebraic
21416 entry just like the regular @kbd{'} key. When you press @key{RET},
21417 the formula you type replaces the original selection. You can use
21418 the @samp{$} symbol in the formula to refer to the original
21419 selection. If there is no selection in the formula under the cursor,
21420 the cursor is used to make a temporary selection for the purposes of
21421 the command. Thus, to change a term of a formula, all you have to
21422 do is move the Emacs cursor to that term and press @kbd{j '}.
21423
21424 @kindex j `
21425 @pindex calc-edit-selection
21426 The @kbd{j `} (@code{calc-edit-selection}) command is a similar
21427 analogue of the @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command. It edits the
21428 selected sub-formula in a separate buffer. If there is no
21429 selection, it edits the sub-formula indicated by the cursor.
21430
21431 To delete a sub-formula, press @key{DEL}. This generally replaces
21432 the sub-formula with the constant zero, but in a few suitable contexts
21433 it uses the constant one instead. The @key{DEL} key automatically
21434 deselects and re-simplifies the entire formula afterwards. Thus:
21435
21436 @smallexample
21437 @group
21438 ###
21439 17 x y + # # 17 x y 17 # y 17 y
21440 1* ------------- 1: ------- 1* ------- 1: -------
21441 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1
21442 @end group
21443 @end smallexample
21444
21445 In this example, we first delete the @samp{sqrt(c)} term; Calc
21446 accomplishes this by replacing @samp{sqrt(c)} with zero and
21447 resimplifying. We then delete the @kbd{x} in the numerator;
21448 since this is part of a product, Calc replaces it with @samp{1}
21449 and resimplifies.
21450
21451 If you select an element of a vector and press @key{DEL}, that
21452 element is deleted from the vector. If you delete one side of
21453 an equation or inequality, only the opposite side remains.
21454
21455 @kindex j @key{DEL}
21456 @pindex calc-del-selection
21457 The @kbd{j @key{DEL}} (@code{calc-del-selection}) command is like
21458 @key{DEL} but with the auto-selecting behavior of @kbd{j '} and
21459 @kbd{j `}. It deletes the selected portion of the formula
21460 indicated by the cursor, or, in the absence of a selection, it
21461 deletes the sub-formula indicated by the cursor position.
21462
21463 @kindex j @key{RET}
21464 @pindex calc-grab-selection
21465 (There is also an auto-selecting @kbd{j @key{RET}} (@code{calc-copy-selection})
21466 command.)
21467
21468 Normal arithmetic operations also apply to sub-formulas. Here we
21469 select the denominator, press @kbd{5 -} to subtract five from the
21470 denominator, press @kbd{n} to negate the denominator, then
21471 press @kbd{Q} to take the square root.
21472
21473 @smallexample
21474 @group
21475 .. . .. . .. . .. .
21476 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ..........
21477 2 x + 1 2 x - 4 4 - 2 x _________
21478 V 4 - 2 x
21479 @end group
21480 @end smallexample
21481
21482 Certain types of operations on selections are not allowed. For
21483 example, for an arithmetic function like @kbd{-} no more than one of
21484 the arguments may be a selected sub-formula. (As the above example
21485 shows, the result of the subtraction is spliced back into the argument
21486 which had the selection; if there were more than one selection involved,
21487 this would not be well-defined.) If you try to subtract two selections,
21488 the command will abort with an error message.
21489
21490 Operations on sub-formulas sometimes leave the formula as a whole
21491 in an ``un-natural'' state. Consider negating the @samp{2 x} term
21492 of our sample formula by selecting it and pressing @kbd{n}
21493 (@code{calc-change-sign}).@refill
21494
21495 @smallexample
21496 @group
21497 .. . .. .
21498 1* .......... 1* ...........
21499 ......... ..........
21500 . . . 2 x . . . -2 x
21501 @end group
21502 @end smallexample
21503
21504 Unselecting the sub-formula reveals that the minus sign, which would
21505 normally have cancelled out with the subtraction automatically, has
21506 not been able to do so because the subtraction was not part of the
21507 selected portion. Pressing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) or doing
21508 any other mathematical operation on the whole formula will cause it
21509 to be simplified.
21510
21511 @smallexample
21512 @group
21513 17 y 17 y
21514 1: ----------- 1: ----------
21515 __________ _________
21516 V 4 - -2 x V 4 + 2 x
21517 @end group
21518 @end smallexample
21519
21520 @node Rearranging with Selections, , Operating on Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21521 @subsection Rearranging Formulas using Selections
21522
21523 @noindent
21524 @kindex j R
21525 @pindex calc-commute-right
21526 The @kbd{j R} (@code{calc-commute-right}) command moves the selected
21527 sub-formula to the right in its surrounding formula. Generally the
21528 selection is one term of a sum or product; the sum or product is
21529 rearranged according to the commutative laws of algebra.
21530
21531 As with @kbd{j '} and @kbd{j @key{DEL}}, the term under the cursor is used
21532 if there is no selection in the current formula. All commands described
21533 in this section share this property. In this example, we place the
21534 cursor on the @samp{a} and type @kbd{j R}, then repeat.
21535
21536 @smallexample
21537 1: a + b - c 1: b + a - c 1: b - c + a
21538 @end smallexample
21539
21540 @noindent
21541 Note that in the final step above, the @samp{a} is switched with
21542 the @samp{c} but the signs are adjusted accordingly. When moving
21543 terms of sums and products, @kbd{j R} will never change the
21544 mathematical meaning of the formula.
21545
21546 The selected term may also be an element of a vector or an argument
21547 of a function. The term is exchanged with the one to its right.
21548 In this case, the ``meaning'' of the vector or function may of
21549 course be drastically changed.
21550
21551 @smallexample
21552 1: [a, b, c] 1: [b, a, c] 1: [b, c, a]
21553
21554 1: f(a, b, c) 1: f(b, a, c) 1: f(b, c, a)
21555 @end smallexample
21556
21557 @kindex j L
21558 @pindex calc-commute-left
21559 The @kbd{j L} (@code{calc-commute-left}) command is like @kbd{j R}
21560 except that it swaps the selected term with the one to its left.
21561
21562 With numeric prefix arguments, these commands move the selected
21563 term several steps at a time. It is an error to try to move a
21564 term left or right past the end of its enclosing formula.
21565 With numeric prefix arguments of zero, these commands move the
21566 selected term as far as possible in the given direction.
21567
21568 @kindex j D
21569 @pindex calc-sel-distribute
21570 The @kbd{j D} (@code{calc-sel-distribute}) command mixes the selected
21571 sum or product into the surrounding formula using the distributive
21572 law. For example, in @samp{a * (b - c)} with the @samp{b - c}
21573 selected, the result is @samp{a b - a c}. This also distributes
21574 products or quotients into surrounding powers, and can also do
21575 transformations like @samp{exp(a + b)} to @samp{exp(a) exp(b)},
21576 where @samp{a + b} is the selected term, and @samp{ln(a ^ b)}
21577 to @samp{ln(a) b}, where @samp{a ^ b} is the selected term.
21578
21579 For multiple-term sums or products, @kbd{j D} takes off one term
21580 at a time: @samp{a * (b + c - d)} goes to @samp{a * (c - d) + a b}
21581 with the @samp{c - d} selected so that you can type @kbd{j D}
21582 repeatedly to expand completely. The @kbd{j D} command allows a
21583 numeric prefix argument which specifies the maximum number of
21584 times to expand at once; the default is one time only.
21585
21586 @vindex DistribRules
21587 The @kbd{j D} command is implemented using rewrite rules.
21588 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}. The rules are stored in
21589 the Calc variable @code{DistribRules}. A convenient way to view
21590 these rules is to use @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) which
21591 displays and edits the stored value of a variable. Press @kbd{M-# M-#}
21592 to return from editing mode; be careful not to make any actual changes
21593 or else you will affect the behavior of future @kbd{j D} commands!
21594
21595 To extend @kbd{j D} to handle new cases, just edit @code{DistribRules}
21596 as described above. You can then use the @kbd{s p} command to save
21597 this variable's value permanently for future Calc sessions.
21598 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
21599
21600 @kindex j M
21601 @pindex calc-sel-merge
21602 @vindex MergeRules
21603 The @kbd{j M} (@code{calc-sel-merge}) command is the complement
21604 of @kbd{j D}; given @samp{a b - a c} with either @samp{a b} or
21605 @samp{a c} selected, the result is @samp{a * (b - c)}. Once
21606 again, @kbd{j M} can also merge calls to functions like @code{exp}
21607 and @code{ln}; examine the variable @code{MergeRules} to see all
21608 the relevant rules.
21609
21610 @kindex j C
21611 @pindex calc-sel-commute
21612 @vindex CommuteRules
21613 The @kbd{j C} (@code{calc-sel-commute}) command swaps the arguments
21614 of the selected sum, product, or equation. It always behaves as
21615 if @kbd{j b} mode were in effect, i.e., the sum @samp{a + b + c} is
21616 treated as the nested sums @samp{(a + b) + c} by this command.
21617 If you put the cursor on the first @samp{+}, the result is
21618 @samp{(b + a) + c}; if you put the cursor on the second @samp{+}, the
21619 result is @samp{c + (a + b)} (which the default simplifications
21620 will rearrange to @samp{(c + a) + b}). The relevant rules are stored
21621 in the variable @code{CommuteRules}.
21622
21623 You may need to turn default simplifications off (with the @kbd{m O}
21624 command) in order to get the full benefit of @kbd{j C}. For example,
21625 commuting @samp{a - b} produces @samp{-b + a}, but the default
21626 simplifications will ``simplify'' this right back to @samp{a - b} if
21627 you don't turn them off. The same is true of some of the other
21628 manipulations described in this section.
21629
21630 @kindex j N
21631 @pindex calc-sel-negate
21632 @vindex NegateRules
21633 The @kbd{j N} (@code{calc-sel-negate}) command replaces the selected
21634 term with the negative of that term, then adjusts the surrounding
21635 formula in order to preserve the meaning. For example, given
21636 @samp{exp(a - b)} where @samp{a - b} is selected, the result is
21637 @samp{1 / exp(b - a)}. By contrast, selecting a term and using the
21638 regular @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the
21639 term without adjusting the surroundings, thus changing the meaning
21640 of the formula as a whole. The rules variable is @code{NegateRules}.
21641
21642 @kindex j &
21643 @pindex calc-sel-invert
21644 @vindex InvertRules
21645 The @kbd{j &} (@code{calc-sel-invert}) command is similar to @kbd{j N}
21646 except it takes the reciprocal of the selected term. For example,
21647 given @samp{a - ln(b)} with @samp{b} selected, the result is
21648 @samp{a + ln(1/b)}. The rules variable is @code{InvertRules}.
21649
21650 @kindex j E
21651 @pindex calc-sel-jump-equals
21652 @vindex JumpRules
21653 The @kbd{j E} (@code{calc-sel-jump-equals}) command moves the
21654 selected term from one side of an equation to the other. Given
21655 @samp{a + b = c + d} with @samp{c} selected, the result is
21656 @samp{a + b - c = d}. This command also works if the selected
21657 term is part of a @samp{*}, @samp{/}, or @samp{^} formula. The
21658 relevant rules variable is @code{JumpRules}.
21659
21660 @kindex j I
21661 @kindex H j I
21662 @pindex calc-sel-isolate
21663 The @kbd{j I} (@code{calc-sel-isolate}) command isolates the
21664 selected term on its side of an equation. It uses the @kbd{a S}
21665 (@code{calc-solve-for}) command to solve the equation, and the
21666 Hyperbolic flag affects it in the same way. @xref{Solving Equations}.
21667 When it applies, @kbd{j I} is often easier to use than @kbd{j E}.
21668 It understands more rules of algebra, and works for inequalities
21669 as well as equations.
21670
21671 @kindex j *
21672 @kindex j /
21673 @pindex calc-sel-mult-both-sides
21674 @pindex calc-sel-div-both-sides
21675 The @kbd{j *} (@code{calc-sel-mult-both-sides}) command prompts for a
21676 formula using algebraic entry, then multiplies both sides of the
21677 selected quotient or equation by that formula. It simplifies each
21678 side with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) before re-forming the
21679 quotient or equation. You can suppress this simplification by
21680 providing any numeric prefix argument. There is also a @kbd{j /}
21681 (@code{calc-sel-div-both-sides}) which is similar to @kbd{j *} but
21682 dividing instead of multiplying by the factor you enter.
21683
21684 As a special feature, if the numerator of the quotient is 1, then
21685 the denominator is expanded at the top level using the distributive
21686 law (i.e., using the @kbd{C-u -1 a x} command). Suppose the
21687 formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (sqrt(a) + 1)}, and you wish
21688 to eliminate the square root in the denominator by multiplying both
21689 sides by @samp{sqrt(a) - 1}. Calc's default simplifications would
21690 change the result @samp{(sqrt(a) - 1) / (sqrt(a) - 1) (sqrt(a) + 1)}
21691 right back to the original form by cancellation; Calc expands the
21692 denominator to @samp{sqrt(a) (sqrt(a) - 1) + sqrt(a) - 1} to prevent
21693 this. (You would now want to use an @kbd{a x} command to expand
21694 the rest of the way, whereupon the denominator would cancel out to
21695 the desired form, @samp{a - 1}.) When the numerator is not 1, this
21696 initial expansion is not necessary because Calc's default
21697 simplifications will not notice the potential cancellation.
21698
21699 If the selection is an inequality, @kbd{j *} and @kbd{j /} will
21700 accept any factor, but will warn unless they can prove the factor
21701 is either positive or negative. (In the latter case the direction
21702 of the inequality will be switched appropriately.) @xref{Declarations},
21703 for ways to inform Calc that a given variable is positive or
21704 negative. If Calc can't tell for sure what the sign of the factor
21705 will be, it will assume it is positive and display a warning
21706 message.
21707
21708 For selections that are not quotients, equations, or inequalities,
21709 these commands pull out a multiplicative factor: They divide (or
21710 multiply) by the entered formula, simplify, then multiply (or divide)
21711 back by the formula.
21712
21713 @kindex j +
21714 @kindex j -
21715 @pindex calc-sel-add-both-sides
21716 @pindex calc-sel-sub-both-sides
21717 The @kbd{j +} (@code{calc-sel-add-both-sides}) and @kbd{j -}
21718 (@code{calc-sel-sub-both-sides}) commands analogously add to or
21719 subtract from both sides of an equation or inequality. For other
21720 types of selections, they extract an additive factor. A numeric
21721 prefix argument suppresses simplification of the intermediate
21722 results.
21723
21724 @kindex j U
21725 @pindex calc-sel-unpack
21726 The @kbd{j U} (@code{calc-sel-unpack}) command replaces the
21727 selected function call with its argument. For example, given
21728 @samp{a + sin(x^2)} with @samp{sin(x^2)} selected, the result
21729 is @samp{a + x^2}. (The @samp{x^2} will remain selected; if you
21730 wanted to change the @code{sin} to @code{cos}, just press @kbd{C}
21731 now to take the cosine of the selected part.)
21732
21733 @kindex j v
21734 @pindex calc-sel-evaluate
21735 The @kbd{j v} (@code{calc-sel-evaluate}) command performs the
21736 normal default simplifications on the selected sub-formula.
21737 These are the simplifications that are normally done automatically
21738 on all results, but which may have been partially inhibited by
21739 previous selection-related operations, or turned off altogether
21740 by the @kbd{m O} command. This command is just an auto-selecting
21741 version of the @w{@kbd{a v}} command (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}).
21742
21743 With a numeric prefix argument of 2, @kbd{C-u 2 j v} applies
21744 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command to the selected
21745 sub-formula. With a prefix argument of 3 or more, e.g., @kbd{C-u j v}
21746 applies the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) command.
21747 @xref{Simplifying Formulas}. With a negative prefix argument
21748 it simplifies at the top level only, just as with @kbd{a v}.
21749 Here the ``top'' level refers to the top level of the selected
21750 sub-formula.
21751
21752 @kindex j "
21753 @pindex calc-sel-expand-formula
21754 The @kbd{j "} (@code{calc-sel-expand-formula}) command is to @kbd{a "}
21755 (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}) what @kbd{j v} is to @kbd{a v}.
21756
21757 You can use the @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command
21758 to define other algebraic operations on sub-formulas. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
21759
21760 @node Algebraic Manipulation, Simplifying Formulas, Selecting Subformulas, Algebra
21761 @section Algebraic Manipulation
21762
21763 @noindent
21764 The commands in this section perform general-purpose algebraic
21765 manipulations. They work on the whole formula at the top of the
21766 stack (unless, of course, you have made a selection in that
21767 formula).
21768
21769 Many algebra commands prompt for a variable name or formula. If you
21770 answer the prompt with a blank line, the variable or formula is taken
21771 from top-of-stack, and the normal argument for the command is taken
21772 from the second-to-top stack level.
21773
21774 @kindex a v
21775 @pindex calc-alg-evaluate
21776 The @kbd{a v} (@code{calc-alg-evaluate}) command performs the normal
21777 default simplifications on a formula; for example, @samp{a - -b} is
21778 changed to @samp{a + b}. These simplifications are normally done
21779 automatically on all Calc results, so this command is useful only if
21780 you have turned default simplifications off with an @kbd{m O}
21781 command. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
21782
21783 It is often more convenient to type @kbd{=}, which is like @kbd{a v}
21784 but which also substitutes stored values for variables in the formula.
21785 Use @kbd{a v} if you want the variables to ignore their stored values.
21786
21787 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 2 to @kbd{a v}, it simplifies
21788 as if in algebraic simplification mode. This is equivalent to typing
21789 @kbd{a s}; @pxref{Simplifying Formulas}. If you give a numeric prefix
21790 of 3 or more, it uses extended simplification mode (@kbd{a e}).
21791
21792 If you give a negative prefix argument @i{-1}, @i{-2}, or @i{-3},
21793 it simplifies in the corresponding mode but only works on the top-level
21794 function call of the formula. For example, @samp{(2 + 3) * (2 + 3)} will
21795 simplify to @samp{(2 + 3)^2}, without simplifying the sub-formulas
21796 @samp{2 + 3}. As another example, typing @kbd{V R +} to sum the vector
21797 @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]} produces the formula @samp{reduce(add, [1, 2, 3, 4])}
21798 in no-simplify mode. Using @kbd{a v} will evaluate this all the way to
21799 10; using @kbd{C-u - a v} will evaluate it only to @samp{1 + 2 + 3 + 4}.
21800 (@xref{Reducing and Mapping}.)
21801
21802 @tindex evalv
21803 @tindex evalvn
21804 The @kbd{=} command corresponds to the @code{evalv} function, and
21805 the related @kbd{N} command, which is like @kbd{=} but temporarily
21806 disables symbolic (@kbd{m s}) mode during the evaluation, corresponds
21807 to the @code{evalvn} function. (These commands interpret their prefix
21808 arguments differently than @kbd{a v}; @kbd{=} treats the prefix as
21809 the number of stack elements to evaluate at once, and @kbd{N} treats
21810 it as a temporary different working precision.)
21811
21812 The @code{evalvn} function can take an alternate working precision
21813 as an optional second argument. This argument can be either an
21814 integer, to set the precision absolutely, or a vector containing
21815 a single integer, to adjust the precision relative to the current
21816 precision. Note that @code{evalvn} with a larger than current
21817 precision will do the calculation at this higher precision, but the
21818 result will as usual be rounded back down to the current precision
21819 afterward. For example, @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415)} at a precision
21820 of 12 will return @samp{9.265359e-5}; @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, 30)}
21821 will return @samp{9.26535897932e-5} (computing a 25-digit result which
21822 is then rounded down to 12); and @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, [-2])}
21823 will return @samp{9.2654e-5}.
21824
21825 @kindex a "
21826 @pindex calc-expand-formula
21827 The @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command expands functions
21828 into their defining formulas wherever possible. For example,
21829 @samp{deg(x^2)} is changed to @samp{180 x^2 / pi}. Most functions,
21830 like @code{sin} and @code{gcd}, are not defined by simple formulas
21831 and so are unaffected by this command. One important class of
21832 functions which @emph{can} be expanded is the user-defined functions
21833 created by the @kbd{Z F} command. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
21834 Other functions which @kbd{a "} can expand include the probability
21835 distribution functions, most of the financial functions, and the
21836 hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions. A numeric prefix argument
21837 affects @kbd{a "} in the same way as it does @kbd{a v}: A positive
21838 argument expands all functions in the formula and then simplifies in
21839 various ways; a negative argument expands and simplifies only the
21840 top-level function call.
21841
21842 @kindex a M
21843 @pindex calc-map-equation
21844 @tindex mapeq
21845 The @kbd{a M} (@code{calc-map-equation}) [@code{mapeq}] command applies
21846 a given function or operator to one or more equations. It is analogous
21847 to @kbd{V M}, which operates on vectors instead of equations.
21848 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}. For example, @kbd{a M S} changes
21849 @samp{x = y+1} to @samp{sin(x) = sin(y+1)}, and @kbd{a M +} with
21850 @samp{x = y+1} and @cite{6} on the stack produces @samp{x+6 = y+7}.
21851 With two equations on the stack, @kbd{a M +} would add the lefthand
21852 sides together and the righthand sides together to get the two
21853 respective sides of a new equation.
21854
21855 Mapping also works on inequalities. Mapping two similar inequalities
21856 produces another inequality of the same type. Mapping an inequality
21857 with an equation produces an inequality of the same type. Mapping a
21858 @samp{<=} with a @samp{<} or @samp{!=} (not-equal) produces a @samp{<}.
21859 If inequalities with opposite direction (e.g., @samp{<} and @samp{>})
21860 are mapped, the direction of the second inequality is reversed to
21861 match the first: Using @kbd{a M +} on @samp{a < b} and @samp{a > 2}
21862 reverses the latter to get @samp{2 < a}, which then allows the
21863 combination @samp{a + 2 < b + a}, which the @kbd{a s} command can
21864 then simplify to get @samp{2 < b}.
21865
21866 Using @kbd{a M *}, @kbd{a M /}, @kbd{a M n}, or @kbd{a M &} to negate
21867 or invert an inequality will reverse the direction of the inequality.
21868 Other adjustments to inequalities are @emph{not} done automatically;
21869 @kbd{a M S} will change @w{@samp{x < y}} to @samp{sin(x) < sin(y)} even
21870 though this is not true for all values of the variables.
21871
21872 @kindex H a M
21873 @tindex mapeqp
21874 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a M} [@code{mapeqp}] does a plain
21875 mapping operation without reversing the direction of any inequalities.
21876 Thus, @kbd{H a M &} would change @kbd{x > 2} to @kbd{1/x > 0.5}.
21877 (This change is mathematically incorrect, but perhaps you were
21878 fixing an inequality which was already incorrect.)
21879
21880 @kindex I a M
21881 @tindex mapeqr
21882 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a M} [@code{mapeqr}] always reverses
21883 the direction of the inequality. You might use @kbd{I a M C} to
21884 change @samp{x < y} to @samp{cos(x) > cos(y)} if you know you are
21885 working with small positive angles.
21886
21887 @kindex a b
21888 @pindex calc-substitute
21889 @tindex subst
21890 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) [@code{subst}] command substitutes
21891 all occurrences
21892 of some variable or sub-expression of an expression with a new
21893 sub-expression. For example, substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(y)}
21894 in @samp{2 sin(x)^2 + x sin(x) + sin(2 x)} produces
21895 @samp{2 cos(y)^2 + x cos(y) + @w{sin(2 x)}}.
21896 Note that this is a purely structural substitution; the lone @samp{x} and
21897 the @samp{sin(2 x)} stayed the same because they did not look like
21898 @samp{sin(x)}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a more general method for
21899 doing substitutions.@refill
21900
21901 The @kbd{a b} command normally prompts for two formulas, the old
21902 one and the new one. If you enter a blank line for the first
21903 prompt, all three arguments are taken from the stack (new, then old,
21904 then target expression). If you type an old formula but then enter a
21905 blank line for the new one, the new formula is taken from top-of-stack
21906 and the target from second-to-top. If you answer both prompts, the
21907 target is taken from top-of-stack as usual.
21908
21909 Note that @kbd{a b} has no understanding of commutativity or
21910 associativity. The pattern @samp{x+y} will not match the formula
21911 @samp{y+x}. Also, @samp{y+z} will not match inside the formula @samp{x+y+z}
21912 because the @samp{+} operator is left-associative, so the ``deep
21913 structure'' of that formula is @samp{(x+y) + z}. Use @kbd{d U}
21914 (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) mode to see the true structure of
21915 a formula. The rewrite rule mechanism, discussed later, does not have
21916 these limitations.
21917
21918 As an algebraic function, @code{subst} takes three arguments:
21919 Target expression, old, new. Note that @code{subst} is always
21920 evaluated immediately, even if its arguments are variables, so if
21921 you wish to put a call to @code{subst} onto the stack you must
21922 turn the default simplifications off first (with @kbd{m O}).
21923
21924 @node Simplifying Formulas, Polynomials, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra
21925 @section Simplifying Formulas
21926
21927 @noindent
21928 @kindex a s
21929 @pindex calc-simplify
21930 @tindex simplify
21931 The @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) [@code{simplify}] command applies
21932 various algebraic rules to simplify a formula. This includes rules which
21933 are not part of the default simplifications because they may be too slow
21934 to apply all the time, or may not be desirable all of the time. For
21935 example, non-adjacent terms of sums are combined, as in @samp{a + b + 2 a}
21936 to @samp{b + 3 a}, and some formulas like @samp{sin(arcsin(x))} are
21937 simplified to @samp{x}.
21938
21939 The sections below describe all the various kinds of algebraic
21940 simplifications Calc provides in full detail. None of Calc's
21941 simplification commands are designed to pull rabbits out of hats;
21942 they simply apply certain specific rules to put formulas into
21943 less redundant or more pleasing forms. Serious algebra in Calc
21944 must be done manually, usually with a combination of selections
21945 and rewrite rules. @xref{Rearranging with Selections}.
21946 @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
21947
21948 @xref{Simplification Modes}, for commands to control what level of
21949 simplification occurs automatically. Normally only the ``default
21950 simplifications'' occur.
21951
21952 @menu
21953 * Default Simplifications::
21954 * Algebraic Simplifications::
21955 * Unsafe Simplifications::
21956 * Simplification of Units::
21957 @end menu
21958
21959 @node Default Simplifications, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas, Simplifying Formulas
21960 @subsection Default Simplifications
21961
21962 @noindent
21963 @cindex Default simplifications
21964 This section describes the ``default simplifications,'' those which are
21965 normally applied to all results. For example, if you enter the variable
21966 @cite{x} on the stack twice and push @kbd{+}, Calc's default
21967 simplifications automatically change @cite{x + x} to @cite{2 x}.
21968
21969 The @kbd{m O} command turns off the default simplifications, so that
21970 @cite{x + x} will remain in this form unless you give an explicit
21971 ``simplify'' command like @kbd{=} or @kbd{a v}. @xref{Algebraic
21972 Manipulation}. The @kbd{m D} command turns the default simplifications
21973 back on.
21974
21975 The most basic default simplification is the evaluation of functions.
21976 For example, @cite{2 + 3} is evaluated to @cite{5}, and @cite{@t{sqrt}(9)}
21977 is evaluated to @cite{3}. Evaluation does not occur if the arguments
21978 to a function are somehow of the wrong type (@cite{@t{tan}([2,3,4])},
21979 range (@cite{@t{tan}(90)}), or number (@cite{@t{tan}(3,5)}), or if the
21980 function name is not recognized (@cite{@t{f}(5)}), or if ``symbolic''
21981 mode (@pxref{Symbolic Mode}) prevents evaluation (@cite{@t{sqrt}(2)}).
21982
21983 Calc simplifies (evaluates) the arguments to a function before it
21984 simplifies the function itself. Thus @cite{@t{sqrt}(5+4)} is
21985 simplified to @cite{@t{sqrt}(9)} before the @code{sqrt} function
21986 itself is applied. There are very few exceptions to this rule:
21987 @code{quote}, @code{lambda}, and @code{condition} (the @code{::}
21988 operator) do not evaluate their arguments, @code{if} (the @code{? :}
21989 operator) does not evaluate all of its arguments, and @code{evalto}
21990 does not evaluate its lefthand argument.
21991
21992 Most commands apply the default simplifications to all arguments they
21993 take from the stack, perform a particular operation, then simplify
21994 the result before pushing it back on the stack. In the common special
21995 case of regular arithmetic commands like @kbd{+} and @kbd{Q} [@code{sqrt}],
21996 the arguments are simply popped from the stack and collected into a
21997 suitable function call, which is then simplified (the arguments being
21998 simplified first as part of the process, as described above).
21999
22000 The default simplifications are too numerous to describe completely
22001 here, but this section will describe the ones that apply to the
22002 major arithmetic operators. This list will be rather technical in
22003 nature, and will probably be interesting to you only if you are
22004 a serious user of Calc's algebra facilities.
22005
22006 @tex
22007 \bigskip
22008 @end tex
22009
22010 As well as the simplifications described here, if you have stored
22011 any rewrite rules in the variable @code{EvalRules} then these rules
22012 will also be applied before any built-in default simplifications.
22013 @xref{Automatic Rewrites}, for details.
22014
22015 @tex
22016 \bigskip
22017 @end tex
22018
22019 And now, on with the default simplifications:
22020
22021 Arithmetic operators like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} always take two
22022 arguments in Calc's internal form. Sums and products of three or
22023 more terms are arranged by the associative law of algebra into
22024 a left-associative form for sums, @cite{((a + b) + c) + d}, and
22025 a right-associative form for products, @cite{a * (b * (c * d))}.
22026 Formulas like @cite{(a + b) + (c + d)} are rearranged to
22027 left-associative form, though this rarely matters since Calc's
22028 algebra commands are designed to hide the inner structure of
22029 sums and products as much as possible. Sums and products in
22030 their proper associative form will be written without parentheses
22031 in the examples below.
22032
22033 Sums and products are @emph{not} rearranged according to the
22034 commutative law (@cite{a + b} to @cite{b + a}) except in a few
22035 special cases described below. Some algebra programs always
22036 rearrange terms into a canonical order, which enables them to
22037 see that @cite{a b + b a} can be simplified to @cite{2 a b}.
22038 Calc assumes you have put the terms into the order you want
22039 and generally leaves that order alone, with the consequence
22040 that formulas like the above will only be simplified if you
22041 explicitly give the @kbd{a s} command. @xref{Algebraic
22042 Simplifications}.
22043
22044 Differences @cite{a - b} are treated like sums @cite{a + (-b)}
22045 for purposes of simplification; one of the default simplifications
22046 is to rewrite @cite{a + (-b)} or @cite{(-b) + a}, where @cite{-b}
22047 represents a ``negative-looking'' term, into @cite{a - b} form.
22048 ``Negative-looking'' means negative numbers, negated formulas like
22049 @cite{-x}, and products or quotients in which either term is
22050 negative-looking.
22051
22052 Other simplifications involving negation are @cite{-(-x)} to @cite{x};
22053 @cite{-(a b)} or @cite{-(a/b)} where either @cite{a} or @cite{b} is
22054 negative-looking, simplified by negating that term, or else where
22055 @cite{a} or @cite{b} is any number, by negating that number;
22056 @cite{-(a + b)} to @cite{-a - b}, and @cite{-(b - a)} to @cite{a - b}.
22057 (This, and rewriting @cite{(-b) + a} to @cite{a - b}, are the only
22058 cases where the order of terms in a sum is changed by the default
22059 simplifications.)
22060
22061 The distributive law is used to simplify sums in some cases:
22062 @cite{a x + b x} to @cite{(a + b) x}, where @cite{a} represents
22063 a number or an implicit 1 or @i{-1} (as in @cite{x} or @cite{-x})
22064 and similarly for @cite{b}. Use the @kbd{a c}, @w{@kbd{a f}}, or
22065 @kbd{j M} commands to merge sums with non-numeric coefficients
22066 using the distributive law.
22067
22068 The distributive law is only used for sums of two terms, or
22069 for adjacent terms in a larger sum. Thus @cite{a + b + b + c}
22070 is simplified to @cite{a + 2 b + c}, but @cite{a + b + c + b}
22071 is not simplified. The reason is that comparing all terms of a
22072 sum with one another would require time proportional to the
22073 square of the number of terms; Calc relegates potentially slow
22074 operations like this to commands that have to be invoked
22075 explicitly, like @kbd{a s}.
22076
22077 Finally, @cite{a + 0} and @cite{0 + a} are simplified to @cite{a}.
22078 A consequence of the above rules is that @cite{0 - a} is simplified
22079 to @cite{-a}.
22080
22081 @tex
22082 \bigskip
22083 @end tex
22084
22085 The products @cite{1 a} and @cite{a 1} are simplified to @cite{a};
22086 @cite{(-1) a} and @cite{a (-1)} are simplified to @cite{-a};
22087 @cite{0 a} and @cite{a 0} are simplified to @cite{0}, except that
22088 in matrix mode where @cite{a} is not provably scalar the result
22089 is the generic zero matrix @samp{idn(0)}, and that if @cite{a} is
22090 infinite the result is @samp{nan}.
22091
22092 Also, @cite{(-a) b} and @cite{a (-b)} are simplified to @cite{-(a b)},
22093 where this occurs for negated formulas but not for regular negative
22094 numbers.
22095
22096 Products are commuted only to move numbers to the front:
22097 @cite{a b 2} is commuted to @cite{2 a b}.
22098
22099 The product @cite{a (b + c)} is distributed over the sum only if
22100 @cite{a} and at least one of @cite{b} and @cite{c} are numbers:
22101 @cite{2 (x + 3)} goes to @cite{2 x + 6}. The formula
22102 @cite{(-a) (b - c)}, where @cite{-a} is a negative number, is
22103 rewritten to @cite{a (c - b)}.
22104
22105 The distributive law of products and powers is used for adjacent
22106 terms of the product: @cite{x^a x^b} goes to @c{$x^{a+b}$}
22107 @cite{x^(a+b)}
22108 where @cite{a} is a number, or an implicit 1 (as in @cite{x}),
22109 or the implicit one-half of @cite{@t{sqrt}(x)}, and similarly for
22110 @cite{b}. The result is written using @samp{sqrt} or @samp{1/sqrt}
22111 if the sum of the powers is @cite{1/2} or @cite{-1/2}, respectively.
22112 If the sum of the powers is zero, the product is simplified to
22113 @cite{1} or to @samp{idn(1)} if matrix mode is enabled.
22114
22115 The product of a negative power times anything but another negative
22116 power is changed to use division: @c{$x^{-2} y$}
22117 @cite{x^(-2) y} goes to @cite{y / x^2} unless matrix mode is
22118 in effect and neither @cite{x} nor @cite{y} are scalar (in which
22119 case it is considered unsafe to rearrange the order of the terms).
22120
22121 Finally, @cite{a (b/c)} is rewritten to @cite{(a b)/c}, and also
22122 @cite{(a/b) c} is changed to @cite{(a c)/b} unless in matrix mode.
22123
22124 @tex
22125 \bigskip
22126 @end tex
22127
22128 Simplifications for quotients are analogous to those for products.
22129 The quotient @cite{0 / x} is simplified to @cite{0}, with the same
22130 exceptions that were noted for @cite{0 x}. Likewise, @cite{x / 1}
22131 and @cite{x / (-1)} are simplified to @cite{x} and @cite{-x},
22132 respectively.
22133
22134 The quotient @cite{x / 0} is left unsimplified or changed to an
22135 infinite quantity, as directed by the current infinite mode.
22136 @xref{Infinite Mode}.
22137
22138 The expression @c{$a / b^{-c}$}
22139 @cite{a / b^(-c)} is changed to @cite{a b^c},
22140 where @cite{-c} is any negative-looking power. Also, @cite{1 / b^c}
22141 is changed to @c{$b^{-c}$}
22142 @cite{b^(-c)} for any power @cite{c}.
22143
22144 Also, @cite{(-a) / b} and @cite{a / (-b)} go to @cite{-(a/b)};
22145 @cite{(a/b) / c} goes to @cite{a / (b c)}; and @cite{a / (b/c)}
22146 goes to @cite{(a c) / b} unless matrix mode prevents this
22147 rearrangement. Similarly, @cite{a / (b:c)} is simplified to
22148 @cite{(c:b) a} for any fraction @cite{b:c}.
22149
22150 The distributive law is applied to @cite{(a + b) / c} only if
22151 @cite{c} and at least one of @cite{a} and @cite{b} are numbers.
22152 Quotients of powers and square roots are distributed just as
22153 described for multiplication.
22154
22155 Quotients of products cancel only in the leading terms of the
22156 numerator and denominator. In other words, @cite{a x b / a y b}
22157 is cancelled to @cite{x b / y b} but not to @cite{x / y}. Once
22158 again this is because full cancellation can be slow; use @kbd{a s}
22159 to cancel all terms of the quotient.
22160
22161 Quotients of negative-looking values are simplified according
22162 to @cite{(-a) / (-b)} to @cite{a / b}, @cite{(-a) / (b - c)}
22163 to @cite{a / (c - b)}, and @cite{(a - b) / (-c)} to @cite{(b - a) / c}.
22164
22165 @tex
22166 \bigskip
22167 @end tex
22168
22169 The formula @cite{x^0} is simplified to @cite{1}, or to @samp{idn(1)}
22170 in matrix mode. The formula @cite{0^x} is simplified to @cite{0}
22171 unless @cite{x} is a negative number or complex number, in which
22172 case the result is an infinity or an unsimplified formula according
22173 to the current infinite mode. Note that @cite{0^0} is an
22174 indeterminate form, as evidenced by the fact that the simplifications
22175 for @cite{x^0} and @cite{0^x} conflict when @cite{x=0}.
22176
22177 Powers of products or quotients @cite{(a b)^c}, @cite{(a/b)^c}
22178 are distributed to @cite{a^c b^c}, @cite{a^c / b^c} only if @cite{c}
22179 is an integer, or if either @cite{a} or @cite{b} are nonnegative
22180 real numbers. Powers of powers @cite{(a^b)^c} are simplified to
22181 @c{$a^{b c}$}
22182 @cite{a^(b c)} only when @cite{c} is an integer and @cite{b c} also
22183 evaluates to an integer. Without these restrictions these simplifications
22184 would not be safe because of problems with principal values.
22185 (In other words, @c{$((-3)^{1/2})^2$}
22186 @cite{((-3)^1:2)^2} is safe to simplify, but
22187 @c{$((-3)^2)^{1/2}$}
22188 @cite{((-3)^2)^1:2} is not.) @xref{Declarations}, for ways to inform
22189 Calc that your variables satisfy these requirements.
22190
22191 As a special case of this rule, @cite{@t{sqrt}(x)^n} is simplified to
22192 @c{$x^{n/2}$}
22193 @cite{x^(n/2)} only for even integers @cite{n}.
22194
22195 If @cite{a} is known to be real, @cite{b} is an even integer, and
22196 @cite{c} is a half- or quarter-integer, then @cite{(a^b)^c} is
22197 simplified to @c{$@t{abs}(a^{b c})$}
22198 @cite{@t{abs}(a^(b c))}.
22199
22200 Also, @cite{(-a)^b} is simplified to @cite{a^b} if @cite{b} is an
22201 even integer, or to @cite{-(a^b)} if @cite{b} is an odd integer,
22202 for any negative-looking expression @cite{-a}.
22203
22204 Square roots @cite{@t{sqrt}(x)} generally act like one-half powers
22205 @c{$x^{1:2}$}
22206 @cite{x^1:2} for the purposes of the above-listed simplifications.
22207
22208 Also, note that @c{$1 / x^{1:2}$}
22209 @cite{1 / x^1:2} is changed to @c{$x^{-1:2}$}
22210 @cite{x^(-1:2)},
22211 but @cite{1 / @t{sqrt}(x)} is left alone.
22212
22213 @tex
22214 \bigskip
22215 @end tex
22216
22217 Generic identity matrices (@pxref{Matrix Mode}) are simplified by the
22218 following rules: @cite{@t{idn}(a) + b} to @cite{a + b} if @cite{b}
22219 is provably scalar, or expanded out if @cite{b} is a matrix;
22220 @cite{@t{idn}(a) + @t{idn}(b)} to @cite{@t{idn}(a + b)};
22221 @cite{-@t{idn}(a)} to @cite{@t{idn}(-a)}; @cite{a @t{idn}(b)} to
22222 @cite{@t{idn}(a b)} if @cite{a} is provably scalar, or to @cite{a b}
22223 if @cite{a} is provably non-scalar; @cite{@t{idn}(a) @t{idn}(b)}
22224 to @cite{@t{idn}(a b)}; analogous simplifications for quotients
22225 involving @code{idn}; and @cite{@t{idn}(a)^n} to @cite{@t{idn}(a^n)}
22226 where @cite{n} is an integer.
22227
22228 @tex
22229 \bigskip
22230 @end tex
22231
22232 The @code{floor} function and other integer truncation functions
22233 vanish if the argument is provably integer-valued, so that
22234 @cite{@t{floor}(@t{round}(x))} simplifies to @cite{@t{round}(x)}.
22235 Also, combinations of @code{float}, @code{floor} and its friends,
22236 and @code{ffloor} and its friends, are simplified in appropriate
22237 ways. @xref{Integer Truncation}.
22238
22239 The expression @cite{@t{abs}(-x)} changes to @cite{@t{abs}(x)}.
22240 The expression @cite{@t{abs}(@t{abs}(x))} changes to @cite{@t{abs}(x)};
22241 in fact, @cite{@t{abs}(x)} changes to @cite{x} or @cite{-x} if @cite{x}
22242 is provably nonnegative or nonpositive (@pxref{Declarations}).
22243
22244 While most functions do not recognize the variable @code{i} as an
22245 imaginary number, the @code{arg} function does handle the two cases
22246 @cite{@t{arg}(@t{i})} and @cite{@t{arg}(-@t{i})} just for convenience.
22247
22248 The expression @cite{@t{conj}(@t{conj}(x))} simplifies to @cite{x}.
22249 Various other expressions involving @code{conj}, @code{re}, and
22250 @code{im} are simplified, especially if some of the arguments are
22251 provably real or involve the constant @code{i}. For example,
22252 @cite{@t{conj}(a + b i)} is changed to @cite{@t{conj}(a) - @t{conj}(b) i},
22253 or to @cite{a - b i} if @cite{a} and @cite{b} are known to be real.
22254
22255 Functions like @code{sin} and @code{arctan} generally don't have
22256 any default simplifications beyond simply evaluating the functions
22257 for suitable numeric arguments and infinity. The @kbd{a s} command
22258 described in the next section does provide some simplifications for
22259 these functions, though.
22260
22261 One important simplification that does occur is that @cite{@t{ln}(@t{e})}
22262 is simplified to 1, and @cite{@t{ln}(@t{e}^x)} is simplified to @cite{x}
22263 for any @cite{x}. This occurs even if you have stored a different
22264 value in the Calc variable @samp{e}; but this would be a bad idea
22265 in any case if you were also using natural logarithms!
22266
22267 Among the logical functions, @t{(@var{a} <= @var{b})} changes to
22268 @t{@var{a} > @var{b}} and so on. Equations and inequalities where both sides
22269 are either negative-looking or zero are simplified by negating both sides
22270 and reversing the inequality. While it might seem reasonable to simplify
22271 @cite{!!x} to @cite{x}, this would not be valid in general because
22272 @cite{!!2} is 1, not 2.
22273
22274 Most other Calc functions have few if any default simplifications
22275 defined, aside of course from evaluation when the arguments are
22276 suitable numbers.
22277
22278 @node Algebraic Simplifications, Unsafe Simplifications, Default Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22279 @subsection Algebraic Simplifications
22280
22281 @noindent
22282 @cindex Algebraic simplifications
22283 The @kbd{a s} command makes simplifications that may be too slow to
22284 do all the time, or that may not be desirable all of the time.
22285 If you find these simplifications are worthwhile, you can type
22286 @kbd{m A} to have Calc apply them automatically.
22287
22288 This section describes all simplifications that are performed by
22289 the @kbd{a s} command. Note that these occur in addition to the
22290 default simplifications; even if the default simplifications have
22291 been turned off by an @kbd{m O} command, @kbd{a s} will turn them
22292 back on temporarily while it simplifies the formula.
22293
22294 There is a variable, @code{AlgSimpRules}, in which you can put rewrites
22295 to be applied by @kbd{a s}. Its use is analogous to @code{EvalRules},
22296 but without the special restrictions. Basically, the simplifier does
22297 @samp{@w{a r} AlgSimpRules} with an infinite repeat count on the whole
22298 expression being simplified, then it traverses the expression applying
22299 the built-in rules described below. If the result is different from
22300 the original expression, the process repeats with the default
22301 simplifications (including @code{EvalRules}), then @code{AlgSimpRules},
22302 then the built-in simplifications, and so on.
22303
22304 @tex
22305 \bigskip
22306 @end tex
22307
22308 Sums are simplified in two ways. Constant terms are commuted to the
22309 end of the sum, so that @cite{a + 2 + b} changes to @cite{a + b + 2}.
22310 The only exception is that a constant will not be commuted away
22311 from the first position of a difference, i.e., @cite{2 - x} is not
22312 commuted to @cite{-x + 2}.
22313
22314 Also, terms of sums are combined by the distributive law, as in
22315 @cite{x + y + 2 x} to @cite{y + 3 x}. This always occurs for
22316 adjacent terms, but @kbd{a s} compares all pairs of terms including
22317 non-adjacent ones.
22318
22319 @tex
22320 \bigskip
22321 @end tex
22322
22323 Products are sorted into a canonical order using the commutative
22324 law. For example, @cite{b c a} is commuted to @cite{a b c}.
22325 This allows easier comparison of products; for example, the default
22326 simplifications will not change @cite{x y + y x} to @cite{2 x y},
22327 but @kbd{a s} will; it first rewrites the sum to @cite{x y + x y},
22328 and then the default simplifications are able to recognize a sum
22329 of identical terms.
22330
22331 The canonical ordering used to sort terms of products has the
22332 property that real-valued numbers, interval forms and infinities
22333 come first, and are sorted into increasing order. The @kbd{V S}
22334 command uses the same ordering when sorting a vector.
22335
22336 Sorting of terms of products is inhibited when matrix mode is
22337 turned on; in this case, Calc will never exchange the order of
22338 two terms unless it knows at least one of the terms is a scalar.
22339
22340 Products of powers are distributed by comparing all pairs of
22341 terms, using the same method that the default simplifications
22342 use for adjacent terms of products.
22343
22344 Even though sums are not sorted, the commutative law is still
22345 taken into account when terms of a product are being compared.
22346 Thus @cite{(x + y) (y + x)} will be simplified to @cite{(x + y)^2}.
22347 A subtle point is that @cite{(x - y) (y - x)} will @emph{not}
22348 be simplified to @cite{-(x - y)^2}; Calc does not notice that
22349 one term can be written as a constant times the other, even if
22350 that constant is @i{-1}.
22351
22352 A fraction times any expression, @cite{(a:b) x}, is changed to
22353 a quotient involving integers: @cite{a x / b}. This is not
22354 done for floating-point numbers like @cite{0.5}, however. This
22355 is one reason why you may find it convenient to turn Fraction mode
22356 on while doing algebra; @pxref{Fraction Mode}.
22357
22358 @tex
22359 \bigskip
22360 @end tex
22361
22362 Quotients are simplified by comparing all terms in the numerator
22363 with all terms in the denominator for possible cancellation using
22364 the distributive law. For example, @cite{a x^2 b / c x^3 d} will
22365 cancel @cite{x^2} from both sides to get @cite{a b / c x d}.
22366 (The terms in the denominator will then be rearranged to @cite{c d x}
22367 as described above.) If there is any common integer or fractional
22368 factor in the numerator and denominator, it is cancelled out;
22369 for example, @cite{(4 x + 6) / 8 x} simplifies to @cite{(2 x + 3) / 4 x}.
22370
22371 Non-constant common factors are not found even by @kbd{a s}. To
22372 cancel the factor @cite{a} in @cite{(a x + a) / a^2} you could first
22373 use @kbd{j M} on the product @cite{a x} to Merge the numerator to
22374 @cite{a (1+x)}, which can then be simplified successfully.
22375
22376 @tex
22377 \bigskip
22378 @end tex
22379
22380 Integer powers of the variable @code{i} are simplified according
22381 to the identity @cite{i^2 = -1}. If you store a new value other
22382 than the complex number @cite{(0,1)} in @code{i}, this simplification
22383 will no longer occur. This is done by @kbd{a s} instead of by default
22384 in case someone (unwisely) uses the name @code{i} for a variable
22385 unrelated to complex numbers; it would be unfortunate if Calc
22386 quietly and automatically changed this formula for reasons the
22387 user might not have been thinking of.
22388
22389 Square roots of integer or rational arguments are simplified in
22390 several ways. (Note that these will be left unevaluated only in
22391 Symbolic mode.) First, square integer or rational factors are
22392 pulled out so that @cite{@t{sqrt}(8)} is rewritten as
22393 @c{$2\,\t{sqrt}(2)$}
22394 @cite{2 sqrt(2)}. Conceptually speaking this implies factoring
22395 the argument into primes and moving pairs of primes out of the
22396 square root, but for reasons of efficiency Calc only looks for
22397 primes up to 29.
22398
22399 Square roots in the denominator of a quotient are moved to the
22400 numerator: @cite{1 / @t{sqrt}(3)} changes to @cite{@t{sqrt}(3) / 3}.
22401 The same effect occurs for the square root of a fraction:
22402 @cite{@t{sqrt}(2:3)} changes to @cite{@t{sqrt}(6) / 3}.
22403
22404 @tex
22405 \bigskip
22406 @end tex
22407
22408 The @code{%} (modulo) operator is simplified in several ways
22409 when the modulus @cite{M} is a positive real number. First, if
22410 the argument is of the form @cite{x + n} for some real number
22411 @cite{n}, then @cite{n} is itself reduced modulo @cite{M}. For
22412 example, @samp{(x - 23) % 10} is simplified to @samp{(x + 7) % 10}.
22413
22414 If the argument is multiplied by a constant, and this constant
22415 has a common integer divisor with the modulus, then this factor is
22416 cancelled out. For example, @samp{12 x % 15} is changed to
22417 @samp{3 (4 x % 5)} by factoring out 3. Also, @samp{(12 x + 1) % 15}
22418 is changed to @samp{3 ((4 x + 1:3) % 5)}. While these forms may
22419 not seem ``simpler,'' they allow Calc to discover useful information
22420 about modulo forms in the presence of declarations.
22421
22422 If the modulus is 1, then Calc can use @code{int} declarations to
22423 evaluate the expression. For example, the idiom @samp{x % 2} is
22424 often used to check whether a number is odd or even. As described
22425 above, @w{@samp{2 n % 2}} and @samp{(2 n + 1) % 2} are simplified to
22426 @samp{2 (n % 1)} and @samp{2 ((n + 1:2) % 1)}, respectively; Calc
22427 can simplify these to 0 and 1 (respectively) if @code{n} has been
22428 declared to be an integer.
22429
22430 @tex
22431 \bigskip
22432 @end tex
22433
22434 Trigonometric functions are simplified in several ways. First,
22435 @cite{@t{sin}(@t{arcsin}(x))} is simplified to @cite{x}, and
22436 similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}. If the argument to
22437 @code{sin} is negative-looking, it is simplified to @cite{-@t{sin}(x)},
22438 and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}. Finally, certain
22439 special values of the argument are recognized;
22440 @pxref{Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions}.
22441
22442 Trigonometric functions of inverses of different trigonometric
22443 functions can also be simplified, as in @cite{@t{sin}(@t{arccos}(x))}
22444 to @cite{@t{sqrt}(1 - x^2)}.
22445
22446 Hyperbolic functions of their inverses and of negative-looking
22447 arguments are also handled, as are exponentials of inverse
22448 hyperbolic functions.
22449
22450 No simplifications for inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic
22451 functions are known, except for negative arguments of @code{arcsin},
22452 @code{arctan}, @code{arcsinh}, and @code{arctanh}. Note that
22453 @cite{@t{arcsin}(@t{sin}(x))} can @emph{not} safely change to
22454 @cite{x}, since this only correct within an integer multiple
22455 of @c{$2 \pi$}
22456 @cite{2 pi} radians or 360 degrees. However,
22457 @cite{@t{arcsinh}(@t{sinh}(x))} is simplified to @cite{x} if
22458 @cite{x} is known to be real.
22459
22460 Several simplifications that apply to logarithms and exponentials
22461 are that @cite{@t{exp}(@t{ln}(x))}, @c{$@t{e}^{\ln(x)}$}
22462 @cite{e^@t{ln}(x)}, and
22463 @c{$10^{{\rm log10}(x)}$}
22464 @cite{10^@t{log10}(x)} all reduce to @cite{x}.
22465 Also, @cite{@t{ln}(@t{exp}(x))}, etc., can reduce to @cite{x} if
22466 @cite{x} is provably real. The form @cite{@t{exp}(x)^y} is simplified
22467 to @cite{@t{exp}(x y)}. If @cite{x} is a suitable multiple of @c{$\pi i$}
22468 @cite{pi i}
22469 (as described above for the trigonometric functions), then @cite{@t{exp}(x)}
22470 or @cite{e^x} will be expanded. Finally, @cite{@t{ln}(x)} is simplified
22471 to a form involving @code{pi} and @code{i} where @cite{x} is provably
22472 negative, positive imaginary, or negative imaginary.
22473
22474 The error functions @code{erf} and @code{erfc} are simplified when
22475 their arguments are negative-looking or are calls to the @code{conj}
22476 function.
22477
22478 @tex
22479 \bigskip
22480 @end tex
22481
22482 Equations and inequalities are simplified by cancelling factors
22483 of products, quotients, or sums on both sides. Inequalities
22484 change sign if a negative multiplicative factor is cancelled.
22485 Non-constant multiplicative factors as in @cite{a b = a c} are
22486 cancelled from equations only if they are provably nonzero (generally
22487 because they were declared so; @pxref{Declarations}). Factors
22488 are cancelled from inequalities only if they are nonzero and their
22489 sign is known.
22490
22491 Simplification also replaces an equation or inequality with
22492 1 or 0 (``true'' or ``false'') if it can through the use of
22493 declarations. If @cite{x} is declared to be an integer greater
22494 than 5, then @cite{x < 3}, @cite{x = 3}, and @cite{x = 7.5} are
22495 all simplified to 0, but @cite{x > 3} is simplified to 1.
22496 By a similar analysis, @cite{abs(x) >= 0} is simplified to 1,
22497 as is @cite{x^2 >= 0} if @cite{x} is known to be real.
22498
22499 @node Unsafe Simplifications, Simplification of Units, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22500 @subsection ``Unsafe'' Simplifications
22501
22502 @noindent
22503 @cindex Unsafe simplifications
22504 @cindex Extended simplification
22505 @kindex a e
22506 @pindex calc-simplify-extended
22507 @ignore
22508 @mindex esimpl@idots
22509 @end ignore
22510 @tindex esimplify
22511 The @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) [@code{esimplify}] command
22512 is like @kbd{a s}
22513 except that it applies some additional simplifications which are not
22514 ``safe'' in all cases. Use this only if you know the values in your
22515 formula lie in the restricted ranges for which these simplifications
22516 are valid. The symbolic integrator uses @kbd{a e};
22517 one effect of this is that the integrator's results must be used with
22518 caution. Where an integral table will often attach conditions like
22519 ``for positive @cite{a} only,'' Calc (like most other symbolic
22520 integration programs) will simply produce an unqualified result.@refill
22521
22522 Because @kbd{a e}'s simplifications are unsafe, it is sometimes better
22523 to type @kbd{C-u -3 a v}, which does extended simplification only
22524 on the top level of the formula without affecting the sub-formulas.
22525 In fact, @kbd{C-u -3 j v} allows you to target extended simplification
22526 to any specific part of a formula.
22527
22528 The variable @code{ExtSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22529 the @kbd{a e} command. These are applied in addition to
22530 @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. (The @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
22531 step described above is simply followed by an @kbd{a r ExtSimpRules} step.)
22532
22533 Following is a complete list of ``unsafe'' simplifications performed
22534 by @kbd{a e}.
22535
22536 @tex
22537 \bigskip
22538 @end tex
22539
22540 Inverse trigonometric or hyperbolic functions, called with their
22541 corresponding non-inverse functions as arguments, are simplified
22542 by @kbd{a e}. For example, @cite{@t{arcsin}(@t{sin}(x))} changes
22543 to @cite{x}. Also, @cite{@t{arcsin}(@t{cos}(x))} and
22544 @cite{@t{arccos}(@t{sin}(x))} both change to @cite{@t{pi}/2 - x}.
22545 These simplifications are unsafe because they are valid only for
22546 values of @cite{x} in a certain range; outside that range, values
22547 are folded down to the 360-degree range that the inverse trigonometric
22548 functions always produce.
22549
22550 Powers of powers @cite{(x^a)^b} are simplified to @c{$x^{a b}$}
22551 @cite{x^(a b)}
22552 for all @cite{a} and @cite{b}. These results will be valid only
22553 in a restricted range of @cite{x}; for example, in @c{$(x^2)^{1:2}$}
22554 @cite{(x^2)^1:2}
22555 the powers cancel to get @cite{x}, which is valid for positive values
22556 of @cite{x} but not for negative or complex values.
22557
22558 Similarly, @cite{@t{sqrt}(x^a)} and @cite{@t{sqrt}(x)^a} are both
22559 simplified (possibly unsafely) to @c{$x^{a/2}$}
22560 @cite{x^(a/2)}.
22561
22562 Forms like @cite{@t{sqrt}(1 - @t{sin}(x)^2)} are simplified to, e.g.,
22563 @cite{@t{cos}(x)}. Calc has identities of this sort for @code{sin},
22564 @code{cos}, @code{tan}, @code{sinh}, and @code{cosh}.
22565
22566 Arguments of square roots are partially factored to look for
22567 squared terms that can be extracted. For example,
22568 @cite{@t{sqrt}(a^2 b^3 + a^3 b^2)} simplifies to @cite{a b @t{sqrt}(a+b)}.
22569
22570 The simplifications of @cite{@t{ln}(@t{exp}(x))}, @cite{@t{ln}(@t{e}^x)},
22571 and @cite{@t{log10}(10^x)} to @cite{x} are also unsafe because
22572 of problems with principal values (although these simplifications
22573 are safe if @cite{x} is known to be real).
22574
22575 Common factors are cancelled from products on both sides of an
22576 equation, even if those factors may be zero: @cite{a x / b x}
22577 to @cite{a / b}. Such factors are never cancelled from
22578 inequalities: Even @kbd{a e} is not bold enough to reduce
22579 @cite{a x < b x} to @cite{a < b} (or @cite{a > b}, depending
22580 on whether you believe @cite{x} is positive or negative).
22581 The @kbd{a M /} command can be used to divide a factor out of
22582 both sides of an inequality.
22583
22584 @node Simplification of Units, , Unsafe Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22585 @subsection Simplification of Units
22586
22587 @noindent
22588 The simplifications described in this section are applied by the
22589 @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command. These are in addition
22590 to the regular @kbd{a s} (but not @kbd{a e}) simplifications described
22591 earlier. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
22592
22593 The variable @code{UnitSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22594 the @kbd{u s} command. These are applied in addition to @code{EvalRules}
22595 and @code{AlgSimpRules}.
22596
22597 Scalar mode is automatically put into effect when simplifying units.
22598 @xref{Matrix Mode}.
22599
22600 Sums @cite{a + b} involving units are simplified by extracting the
22601 units of @cite{a} as if by the @kbd{u x} command (call the result
22602 @cite{u_a}), then simplifying the expression @cite{b / u_a}
22603 using @kbd{u b} and @kbd{u s}. If the result has units then the sum
22604 is inconsistent and is left alone. Otherwise, it is rewritten
22605 in terms of the units @cite{u_a}.
22606
22607 If units auto-ranging mode is enabled, products or quotients in
22608 which the first argument is a number which is out of range for the
22609 leading unit are modified accordingly.
22610
22611 When cancelling and combining units in products and quotients,
22612 Calc accounts for unit names that differ only in the prefix letter.
22613 For example, @samp{2 km m} is simplified to @samp{2000 m^2}.
22614 However, compatible but different units like @code{ft} and @code{in}
22615 are not combined in this way.
22616
22617 Quotients @cite{a / b} are simplified in three additional ways. First,
22618 if @cite{b} is a number or a product beginning with a number, Calc
22619 computes the reciprocal of this number and moves it to the numerator.
22620
22621 Second, for each pair of unit names from the numerator and denominator
22622 of a quotient, if the units are compatible (e.g., they are both
22623 units of area) then they are replaced by the ratio between those
22624 units. For example, in @samp{3 s in N / kg cm} the units
22625 @samp{in / cm} will be replaced by @cite{2.54}.
22626
22627 Third, if the units in the quotient exactly cancel out, so that
22628 a @kbd{u b} command on the quotient would produce a dimensionless
22629 number for an answer, then the quotient simplifies to that number.
22630
22631 For powers and square roots, the ``unsafe'' simplifications
22632 @cite{(a b)^c} to @cite{a^c b^c}, @cite{(a/b)^c} to @cite{a^c / b^c},
22633 and @cite{(a^b)^c} to @c{$a^{b c}$}
22634 @cite{a^(b c)} are done if the powers are
22635 real numbers. (These are safe in the context of units because
22636 all numbers involved can reasonably be assumed to be real.)
22637
22638 Also, if a unit name is raised to a fractional power, and the
22639 base units in that unit name all occur to powers which are a
22640 multiple of the denominator of the power, then the unit name
22641 is expanded out into its base units, which can then be simplified
22642 according to the previous paragraph. For example, @samp{acre^1.5}
22643 is simplified by noting that @cite{1.5 = 3:2}, that @samp{acre}
22644 is defined in terms of @samp{m^2}, and that the 2 in the power of
22645 @code{m} is a multiple of 2 in @cite{3:2}. Thus, @code{acre^1.5} is
22646 replaced by approximately @c{$(4046 m^2)^{1.5}$}
22647 @cite{(4046 m^2)^1.5}, which is then
22648 changed to @c{$4046^{1.5} \, (m^2)^{1.5}$}
22649 @cite{4046^1.5 (m^2)^1.5}, then to @cite{257440 m^3}.
22650
22651 The functions @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{clean}, @code{abs},
22652 as well as @code{floor} and the other integer truncation functions,
22653 applied to unit names or products or quotients involving units, are
22654 simplified. For example, @samp{round(1.6 in)} is changed to
22655 @samp{round(1.6) round(in)}; the lefthand term evaluates to 2,
22656 and the righthand term simplifies to @code{in}.
22657
22658 The functions @code{sin}, @code{cos}, and @code{tan} with arguments
22659 that have angular units like @code{rad} or @code{arcmin} are
22660 simplified by converting to base units (radians), then evaluating
22661 with the angular mode temporarily set to radians.
22662
22663 @node Polynomials, Calculus, Simplifying Formulas, Algebra
22664 @section Polynomials
22665
22666 A @dfn{polynomial} is a sum of terms which are coefficients times
22667 various powers of a ``base'' variable. For example, @cite{2 x^2 + 3 x - 4}
22668 is a polynomial in @cite{x}. Some formulas can be considered
22669 polynomials in several different variables: @cite{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2}
22670 is a polynomial in both @cite{x} and @cite{y}. Polynomial coefficients
22671 are often numbers, but they may in general be any formulas not
22672 involving the base variable.
22673
22674 @kindex a f
22675 @pindex calc-factor
22676 @tindex factor
22677 The @kbd{a f} (@code{calc-factor}) [@code{factor}] command factors a
22678 polynomial into a product of terms. For example, the polynomial
22679 @cite{x^3 + 2 x^2 + x} is factored into @samp{x*(x+1)^2}. As another
22680 example, @cite{a c + b d + b c + a d} is factored into the product
22681 @cite{(a + b) (c + d)}.
22682
22683 Calc currently has three algorithms for factoring. Formulas which are
22684 linear in several variables, such as the second example above, are
22685 merged according to the distributive law. Formulas which are
22686 polynomials in a single variable, with constant integer or fractional
22687 coefficients, are factored into irreducible linear and/or quadratic
22688 terms. The first example above factors into three linear terms
22689 (@cite{x}, @cite{x+1}, and @cite{x+1} again). Finally, formulas
22690 which do not fit the above criteria are handled by the algebraic
22691 rewrite mechanism.
22692
22693 Calc's polynomial factorization algorithm works by using the general
22694 root-finding command (@w{@kbd{a P}}) to solve for the roots of the
22695 polynomial. It then looks for roots which are rational numbers
22696 or complex-conjugate pairs, and converts these into linear and
22697 quadratic terms, respectively. Because it uses floating-point
22698 arithmetic, it may be unable to find terms that involve large
22699 integers (whose number of digits approaches the current precision).
22700 Also, irreducible factors of degree higher than quadratic are not
22701 found, and polynomials in more than one variable are not treated.
22702 (A more robust factorization algorithm may be included in a future
22703 version of Calc.)
22704
22705 @vindex FactorRules
22706 @ignore
22707 @starindex
22708 @end ignore
22709 @tindex thecoefs
22710 @ignore
22711 @starindex
22712 @end ignore
22713 @ignore
22714 @mindex @idots
22715 @end ignore
22716 @tindex thefactors
22717 The rewrite-based factorization method uses rules stored in the variable
22718 @code{FactorRules}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of the
22719 operation of rewrite rules. The default @code{FactorRules} are able
22720 to factor quadratic forms symbolically into two linear terms,
22721 @cite{(a x + b) (c x + d)}. You can edit these rules to include other
22722 cases if you wish. To use the rules, Calc builds the formula
22723 @samp{thecoefs(x, [a, b, c, ...])} where @code{x} is the polynomial
22724 base variable and @code{a}, @code{b}, etc., are polynomial coefficients
22725 (which may be numbers or formulas). The constant term is written first,
22726 i.e., in the @code{a} position. When the rules complete, they should have
22727 changed the formula into the form @samp{thefactors(x, [f1, f2, f3, ...])}
22728 where each @code{fi} should be a factored term, e.g., @samp{x - ai}.
22729 Calc then multiplies these terms together to get the complete
22730 factored form of the polynomial. If the rules do not change the
22731 @code{thecoefs} call to a @code{thefactors} call, @kbd{a f} leaves the
22732 polynomial alone on the assumption that it is unfactorable. (Note that
22733 the function names @code{thecoefs} and @code{thefactors} are used only
22734 as placeholders; there are no actual Calc functions by those names.)
22735
22736 @kindex H a f
22737 @tindex factors
22738 The @kbd{H a f} [@code{factors}] command also factors a polynomial,
22739 but it returns a list of factors instead of an expression which is the
22740 product of the factors. Each factor is represented by a sub-vector
22741 of the factor, and the power with which it appears. For example,
22742 @cite{x^5 + x^4 - 33 x^3 + 63 x^2} factors to @cite{(x + 7) x^2 (x - 3)^2}
22743 in @kbd{a f}, or to @cite{[ [x, 2], [x+7, 1], [x-3, 2] ]} in @kbd{H a f}.
22744 If there is an overall numeric factor, it always comes first in the list.
22745 The functions @code{factor} and @code{factors} allow a second argument
22746 when written in algebraic form; @samp{factor(x,v)} factors @cite{x} with
22747 respect to the specific variable @cite{v}. The default is to factor with
22748 respect to all the variables that appear in @cite{x}.
22749
22750 @kindex a c
22751 @pindex calc-collect
22752 @tindex collect
22753 The @kbd{a c} (@code{calc-collect}) [@code{collect}] command rearranges a
22754 formula as a
22755 polynomial in a given variable, ordered in decreasing powers of that
22756 variable. For example, given @cite{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2} on
22757 the stack, @kbd{a c x} would produce @cite{(2 + 4 y^2) x + (1 + 3 y)},
22758 and @kbd{a c y} would produce @cite{(4 x) y^2 + 3 y + (1 + 2 x)}.
22759 The polynomial will be expanded out using the distributive law as
22760 necessary: Collecting @cite{x} in @cite{(x - 1)^3} produces
22761 @cite{x^3 - 3 x^2 + 3 x - 1}. Terms not involving @cite{x} will
22762 not be expanded.
22763
22764 The ``variable'' you specify at the prompt can actually be any
22765 expression: @kbd{a c ln(x+1)} will collect together all terms multiplied
22766 by @samp{ln(x+1)} or integer powers thereof. If @samp{x} also appears
22767 in the formula in a context other than @samp{ln(x+1)}, @kbd{a c} will
22768 treat those occurrences as unrelated to @samp{ln(x+1)}, i.e., as constants.
22769
22770 @kindex a x
22771 @pindex calc-expand
22772 @tindex expand
22773 The @kbd{a x} (@code{calc-expand}) [@code{expand}] command expands an
22774 expression by applying the distributive law everywhere. It applies to
22775 products, quotients, and powers involving sums. By default, it fully
22776 distributes all parts of the expression. With a numeric prefix argument,
22777 the distributive law is applied only the specified number of times, then
22778 the partially expanded expression is left on the stack.
22779
22780 The @kbd{a x} and @kbd{j D} commands are somewhat redundant. Use
22781 @kbd{a x} if you want to expand all products of sums in your formula.
22782 Use @kbd{j D} if you want to expand a particular specified term of
22783 the formula. There is an exactly analogous correspondence between
22784 @kbd{a f} and @kbd{j M}. (The @kbd{j D} and @kbd{j M} commands
22785 also know many other kinds of expansions, such as
22786 @samp{exp(a + b) = exp(a) exp(b)}, which @kbd{a x} and @kbd{a f}
22787 do not do.)
22788
22789 Calc's automatic simplifications will sometimes reverse a partial
22790 expansion. For example, the first step in expanding @cite{(x+1)^3} is
22791 to write @cite{(x+1) (x+1)^2}. If @kbd{a x} stops there and tries
22792 to put this formula onto the stack, though, Calc will automatically
22793 simplify it back to @cite{(x+1)^3} form. The solution is to turn
22794 simplification off first (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), or to run
22795 @kbd{a x} without a numeric prefix argument so that it expands all
22796 the way in one step.
22797
22798 @kindex a a
22799 @pindex calc-apart
22800 @tindex apart
22801 The @kbd{a a} (@code{calc-apart}) [@code{apart}] command expands a
22802 rational function by partial fractions. A rational function is the
22803 quotient of two polynomials; @code{apart} pulls this apart into a
22804 sum of rational functions with simple denominators. In algebraic
22805 notation, the @code{apart} function allows a second argument that
22806 specifies which variable to use as the ``base''; by default, Calc
22807 chooses the base variable automatically.
22808
22809 @kindex a n
22810 @pindex calc-normalize-rat
22811 @tindex nrat
22812 The @kbd{a n} (@code{calc-normalize-rat}) [@code{nrat}] command
22813 attempts to arrange a formula into a quotient of two polynomials.
22814 For example, given @cite{1 + (a + b/c) / d}, the result would be
22815 @cite{(b + a c + c d) / c d}. The quotient is reduced, so that
22816 @kbd{a n} will simplify @cite{(x^2 + 2x + 1) / (x^2 - 1)} by dividing
22817 out the common factor @cite{x + 1}, yielding @cite{(x + 1) / (x - 1)}.
22818
22819 @kindex a \
22820 @pindex calc-poly-div
22821 @tindex pdiv
22822 The @kbd{a \} (@code{calc-poly-div}) [@code{pdiv}] command divides
22823 two polynomials @cite{u} and @cite{v}, yielding a new polynomial
22824 @cite{q}. If several variables occur in the inputs, the inputs are
22825 considered multivariate polynomials. (Calc divides by the variable
22826 with the largest power in @cite{u} first, or, in the case of equal
22827 powers, chooses the variables in alphabetical order.) For example,
22828 dividing @cite{x^2 + 3 x + 2} by @cite{x + 2} yields @cite{x + 1}.
22829 The remainder from the division, if any, is reported at the bottom
22830 of the screen and is also placed in the Trail along with the quotient.
22831
22832 Using @code{pdiv} in algebraic notation, you can specify the particular
22833 variable to be used as the base: @code{pdiv(@var{a},@var{b},@var{x})}.
22834 If @code{pdiv} is given only two arguments (as is always the case with
22835 the @kbd{a \} command), then it does a multivariate division as outlined
22836 above.
22837
22838 @kindex a %
22839 @pindex calc-poly-rem
22840 @tindex prem
22841 The @kbd{a %} (@code{calc-poly-rem}) [@code{prem}] command divides
22842 two polynomials and keeps the remainder @cite{r}. The quotient
22843 @cite{q} is discarded. For any formulas @cite{a} and @cite{b}, the
22844 results of @kbd{a \} and @kbd{a %} satisfy @cite{a = q b + r}.
22845 (This is analogous to plain @kbd{\} and @kbd{%}, which compute the
22846 integer quotient and remainder from dividing two numbers.)
22847
22848 @kindex a /
22849 @kindex H a /
22850 @pindex calc-poly-div-rem
22851 @tindex pdivrem
22852 @tindex pdivide
22853 The @kbd{a /} (@code{calc-poly-div-rem}) [@code{pdivrem}] command
22854 divides two polynomials and reports both the quotient and the
22855 remainder as a vector @cite{[q, r]}. The @kbd{H a /} [@code{pdivide}]
22856 command divides two polynomials and constructs the formula
22857 @cite{q + r/b} on the stack. (Naturally if the remainder is zero,
22858 this will immediately simplify to @cite{q}.)
22859
22860 @kindex a g
22861 @pindex calc-poly-gcd
22862 @tindex pgcd
22863 The @kbd{a g} (@code{calc-poly-gcd}) [@code{pgcd}] command computes
22864 the greatest common divisor of two polynomials. (The GCD actually
22865 is unique only to within a constant multiplier; Calc attempts to
22866 choose a GCD which will be unsurprising.) For example, the @kbd{a n}
22867 command uses @kbd{a g} to take the GCD of the numerator and denominator
22868 of a quotient, then divides each by the result using @kbd{a \}. (The
22869 definition of GCD ensures that this division can take place without
22870 leaving a remainder.)
22871
22872 While the polynomials used in operations like @kbd{a /} and @kbd{a g}
22873 often have integer coefficients, this is not required. Calc can also
22874 deal with polynomials over the rationals or floating-point reals.
22875 Polynomials with modulo-form coefficients are also useful in many
22876 applications; if you enter @samp{(x^2 + 3 x - 1) mod 5}, Calc
22877 automatically transforms this into a polynomial over the field of
22878 integers mod 5: @samp{(1 mod 5) x^2 + (3 mod 5) x + (4 mod 5)}.
22879
22880 Congratulations and thanks go to Ove Ewerlid
22881 (@code{ewerlid@@mizar.DoCS.UU.SE}), who contributed many of the
22882 polynomial routines used in the above commands.
22883
22884 @xref{Decomposing Polynomials}, for several useful functions for
22885 extracting the individual coefficients of a polynomial.
22886
22887 @node Calculus, Solving Equations, Polynomials, Algebra
22888 @section Calculus
22889
22890 @noindent
22891 The following calculus commands do not automatically simplify their
22892 inputs or outputs using @code{calc-simplify}. You may find it helps
22893 to do this by hand by typing @kbd{a s} or @kbd{a e}. It may also help
22894 to use @kbd{a x} and/or @kbd{a c} to arrange a result in the most
22895 readable way.
22896
22897 @menu
22898 * Differentiation::
22899 * Integration::
22900 * Customizing the Integrator::
22901 * Numerical Integration::
22902 * Taylor Series::
22903 @end menu
22904
22905 @node Differentiation, Integration, Calculus, Calculus
22906 @subsection Differentiation
22907
22908 @noindent
22909 @kindex a d
22910 @kindex H a d
22911 @pindex calc-derivative
22912 @tindex deriv
22913 @tindex tderiv
22914 The @kbd{a d} (@code{calc-derivative}) [@code{deriv}] command computes
22915 the derivative of the expression on the top of the stack with respect to
22916 some variable, which it will prompt you to enter. Normally, variables
22917 in the formula other than the specified differentiation variable are
22918 considered constant, i.e., @samp{deriv(y,x)} is reduced to zero. With
22919 the Hyperbolic flag, the @code{tderiv} (total derivative) operation is used
22920 instead, in which derivatives of variables are not reduced to zero
22921 unless those variables are known to be ``constant,'' i.e., independent
22922 of any other variables. (The built-in special variables like @code{pi}
22923 are considered constant, as are variables that have been declared
22924 @code{const}; @pxref{Declarations}.)
22925
22926 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, this command computes the
22927 @var{n}th derivative.
22928
22929 When working with trigonometric functions, it is best to switch to
22930 radians mode first (with @w{@kbd{m r}}). The derivative of @samp{sin(x)}
22931 in degrees is @samp{(pi/180) cos(x)}, probably not the expected
22932 answer!
22933
22934 If you use the @code{deriv} function directly in an algebraic formula,
22935 you can write @samp{deriv(f,x,x0)} which represents the derivative
22936 of @cite{f} with respect to @cite{x}, evaluated at the point @c{$x=x_0$}
22937 @cite{x=x0}.
22938
22939 If the formula being differentiated contains functions which Calc does
22940 not know, the derivatives of those functions are produced by adding
22941 primes (apostrophe characters). For example, @samp{deriv(f(2x), x)}
22942 produces @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, where the function @code{f'} represents the
22943 derivative of @code{f}.
22944
22945 For functions you have defined with the @kbd{Z F} command, Calc expands
22946 the functions according to their defining formulas unless you have
22947 also defined @code{f'} suitably. For example, suppose we define
22948 @samp{sinc(x) = sin(x)/x} using @kbd{Z F}. If we then differentiate
22949 the formula @samp{sinc(2 x)}, the formula will be expanded to
22950 @samp{sin(2 x) / (2 x)} and differentiated. However, if we also
22951 define @samp{sinc'(x) = dsinc(x)}, say, then Calc will write the
22952 result as @samp{2 dsinc(2 x)}. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
22953
22954 For multi-argument functions @samp{f(x,y,z)}, the derivative with respect
22955 to the first argument is written @samp{f'(x,y,z)}; derivatives with
22956 respect to the other arguments are @samp{f'2(x,y,z)} and @samp{f'3(x,y,z)}.
22957 Various higher-order derivatives can be formed in the obvious way, e.g.,
22958 @samp{f'@var{}'(x)} (the second derivative of @code{f}) or
22959 @samp{f'@var{}'2'3(x,y,z)} (@code{f} differentiated with respect to each
22960 argument once).@refill
22961
22962 @node Integration, Customizing the Integrator, Differentiation, Calculus
22963 @subsection Integration
22964
22965 @noindent
22966 @kindex a i
22967 @pindex calc-integral
22968 @tindex integ
22969 The @kbd{a i} (@code{calc-integral}) [@code{integ}] command computes the
22970 indefinite integral of the expression on the top of the stack with
22971 respect to a variable. The integrator is not guaranteed to work for
22972 all integrable functions, but it is able to integrate several large
22973 classes of formulas. In particular, any polynomial or rational function
22974 (a polynomial divided by a polynomial) is acceptable. (Rational functions
22975 don't have to be in explicit quotient form, however; @c{$x/(1+x^{-2})$}
22976 @cite{x/(1+x^-2)}
22977 is not strictly a quotient of polynomials, but it is equivalent to
22978 @cite{x^3/(x^2+1)}, which is.) Also, square roots of terms involving
22979 @cite{x} and @cite{x^2} may appear in rational functions being
22980 integrated. Finally, rational functions involving trigonometric or
22981 hyperbolic functions can be integrated.
22982
22983 @ifinfo
22984 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
22985 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
22986 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
22987 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
22988 integral from @code{a} to @code{b}.
22989 @end ifinfo
22990 @tex
22991 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
22992 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
22993 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
22994 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
22995 integral $\int_a^b f(x) \, dx$.
22996 @end tex
22997
22998 Please note that the current implementation of Calc's integrator sometimes
22999 produces results that are significantly more complex than they need to
23000 be. For example, the integral Calc finds for @c{$1/(x+\sqrt{x^2+1})$}
23001 @cite{1/(x+sqrt(x^2+1))}
23002 is several times more complicated than the answer Mathematica
23003 returns for the same input, although the two forms are numerically
23004 equivalent. Also, any indefinite integral should be considered to have
23005 an arbitrary constant of integration added to it, although Calc does not
23006 write an explicit constant of integration in its result. For example,
23007 Calc's solution for @c{$1/(1+\tan x)$}
23008 @cite{1/(1+tan(x))} differs from the solution given
23009 in the @emph{CRC Math Tables} by a constant factor of @c{$\pi i / 2$}
23010 @cite{pi i / 2},
23011 due to a different choice of constant of integration.
23012
23013 The Calculator remembers all the integrals it has done. If conditions
23014 change in a way that would invalidate the old integrals, say, a switch
23015 from degrees to radians mode, then they will be thrown out. If you
23016 suspect this is not happening when it should, use the
23017 @code{calc-flush-caches} command; @pxref{Caches}.
23018
23019 @vindex IntegLimit
23020 Calc normally will pursue integration by substitution or integration by
23021 parts up to 3 nested times before abandoning an approach as fruitless.
23022 If the integrator is taking too long, you can lower this limit by storing
23023 a number (like 2) in the variable @code{IntegLimit}. (The @kbd{s I}
23024 command is a convenient way to edit @code{IntegLimit}.) If this variable
23025 has no stored value or does not contain a nonnegative integer, a limit
23026 of 3 is used. The lower this limit is, the greater the chance that Calc
23027 will be unable to integrate a function it could otherwise handle. Raising
23028 this limit allows the Calculator to solve more integrals, though the time
23029 it takes may grow exponentially. You can monitor the integrator's actions
23030 by creating an Emacs buffer called @code{*Trace*}. If such a buffer
23031 exists, the @kbd{a i} command will write a log of its actions there.
23032
23033 If you want to manipulate integrals in a purely symbolic way, you can
23034 set the integration nesting limit to 0 to prevent all but fast
23035 table-lookup solutions of integrals. You might then wish to define
23036 rewrite rules for integration by parts, various kinds of substitutions,
23037 and so on. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
23038
23039 @node Customizing the Integrator, Numerical Integration, Integration, Calculus
23040 @subsection Customizing the Integrator
23041
23042 @noindent
23043 @vindex IntegRules
23044 Calc has two built-in rewrite rules called @code{IntegRules} and
23045 @code{IntegAfterRules} which you can edit to define new integration
23046 methods. @xref{Rewrite Rules}. At each step of the integration process,
23047 Calc wraps the current integrand in a call to the fictitious function
23048 @samp{integtry(@var{expr},@var{var})}, where @var{expr} is the
23049 integrand and @var{var} is the integration variable. If your rules
23050 rewrite this to be a plain formula (not a call to @code{integtry}), then
23051 Calc will use this formula as the integral of @var{expr}. For example,
23052 the rule @samp{integtry(mysin(x),x) := -mycos(x)} would define a rule to
23053 integrate a function @code{mysin} that acts like the sine function.
23054 Then, putting @samp{4 mysin(2y+1)} on the stack and typing @kbd{a i y}
23055 will produce the integral @samp{-2 mycos(2y+1)}. Note that Calc has
23056 automatically made various transformations on the integral to allow it
23057 to use your rule; integral tables generally give rules for
23058 @samp{mysin(a x + b)}, but you don't need to use this much generality
23059 in your @code{IntegRules}.
23060
23061 @cindex Exponential integral Ei(x)
23062 @ignore
23063 @starindex
23064 @end ignore
23065 @tindex Ei
23066 As a more serious example, the expression @samp{exp(x)/x} cannot be
23067 integrated in terms of the standard functions, so the ``exponential
23068 integral'' function @c{${\rm Ei}(x)$}
23069 @cite{Ei(x)} was invented to describe it.
23070 We can get Calc to do this integral in terms of a made-up @code{Ei}
23071 function by adding the rule @samp{[integtry(exp(x)/x, x) := Ei(x)]}
23072 to @code{IntegRules}. Now entering @samp{exp(2x)/x} on the stack
23073 and typing @kbd{a i x} yields @samp{Ei(2 x)}. This new rule will
23074 work with Calc's various built-in integration methods (such as
23075 integration by substitution) to solve a variety of other problems
23076 involving @code{Ei}: For example, now Calc will also be able to
23077 integrate @samp{exp(exp(x))} and @samp{ln(ln(x))} (to get @samp{Ei(exp(x))}
23078 and @samp{x ln(ln(x)) - Ei(ln(x))}, respectively).
23079
23080 Your rule may do further integration by calling @code{integ}. For
23081 example, @samp{integtry(twice(u),x) := twice(integ(u))} allows Calc
23082 to integrate @samp{twice(sin(x))} to get @samp{twice(-cos(x))}.
23083 Note that @code{integ} was called with only one argument. This notation
23084 is allowed only within @code{IntegRules}; it means ``integrate this
23085 with respect to the same integration variable.'' If Calc is unable
23086 to integrate @code{u}, the integration that invoked @code{IntegRules}
23087 also fails. Thus integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} fails, returning the
23088 unevaluated integral @samp{integ(twice(f(x)), x)}. It is still legal
23089 to call @code{integ} with two or more arguments, however; in this case,
23090 if @code{u} is not integrable, @code{twice} itself will still be
23091 integrated: If the above rule is changed to @samp{... := twice(integ(u,x))},
23092 then integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} will yield @samp{twice(integ(f(x),x))}.
23093
23094 If a rule instead produces the formula @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr},
23095 @var{svar})}, either replacing the top-level @code{integtry} call or
23096 nested anywhere inside the expression, then Calc will apply the
23097 substitution @samp{@var{u} = @var{sexpr}(@var{svar})} to try to
23098 integrate the original @var{expr}. For example, the rule
23099 @samp{sqrt(a) := integsubst(sqrt(x),x)} says that if Calc ever finds
23100 a square root in the integrand, it should attempt the substitution
23101 @samp{u = sqrt(x)}. (This particular rule is unnecessary because
23102 Calc always tries ``obvious'' substitutions where @var{sexpr} actually
23103 appears in the integrand.) The variable @var{svar} may be the same
23104 as the @var{var} that appeared in the call to @code{integtry}, but
23105 it need not be.
23106
23107 When integrating according to an @code{integsubst}, Calc uses the
23108 equation solver to find the inverse of @var{sexpr} (if the integrand
23109 refers to @var{var} anywhere except in subexpressions that exactly
23110 match @var{sexpr}). It uses the differentiator to find the derivative
23111 of @var{sexpr} and/or its inverse (it has two methods that use one
23112 derivative or the other). You can also specify these items by adding
23113 extra arguments to the @code{integsubst} your rules construct; the
23114 general form is @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr}, @var{svar}, @var{sinv},
23115 @var{sprime})}, where @var{sinv} is the inverse of @var{sexpr} (still
23116 written as a function of @var{svar}), and @var{sprime} is the
23117 derivative of @var{sexpr} with respect to @var{svar}. If you don't
23118 specify these things, and Calc is not able to work them out on its
23119 own with the information it knows, then your substitution rule will
23120 work only in very specific, simple cases.
23121
23122 Calc applies @code{IntegRules} as if by @kbd{C-u 1 a r IntegRules};
23123 in other words, Calc stops rewriting as soon as any rule in your rule
23124 set succeeds. (If it weren't for this, the @samp{integsubst(sqrt(x),x)}
23125 example above would keep on adding layers of @code{integsubst} calls
23126 forever!)
23127
23128 @vindex IntegSimpRules
23129 Another set of rules, stored in @code{IntegSimpRules}, are applied
23130 every time the integrator uses @kbd{a s} to simplify an intermediate
23131 result. For example, putting the rule @samp{twice(x) := 2 x} into
23132 @code{IntegSimpRules} would tell Calc to convert the @code{twice}
23133 function into a form it knows whenever integration is attempted.
23134
23135 One more way to influence the integrator is to define a function with
23136 the @kbd{Z F} command (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}). Calc's
23137 integrator automatically expands such functions according to their
23138 defining formulas, even if you originally asked for the function to
23139 be left unevaluated for symbolic arguments. (Certain other Calc
23140 systems, such as the differentiator and the equation solver, also
23141 do this.)
23142
23143 @vindex IntegAfterRules
23144 Sometimes Calc is able to find a solution to your integral, but it
23145 expresses the result in a way that is unnecessarily complicated. If
23146 this happens, you can either use @code{integsubst} as described
23147 above to try to hint at a more direct path to the desired result, or
23148 you can use @code{IntegAfterRules}. This is an extra rule set that
23149 runs after the main integrator returns its result; basically, Calc does
23150 an @kbd{a r IntegAfterRules} on the result before showing it to you.
23151 (It also does an @kbd{a s}, without @code{IntegSimpRules}, after that
23152 to further simplify the result.) For example, Calc's integrator
23153 sometimes produces expressions of the form @samp{ln(1+x) - ln(1-x)};
23154 the default @code{IntegAfterRules} rewrite this into the more readable
23155 form @samp{2 arctanh(x)}. Note that, unlike @code{IntegRules},
23156 @code{IntegSimpRules} and @code{IntegAfterRules} are applied any number
23157 of times until no further changes are possible. Rewriting by
23158 @code{IntegAfterRules} occurs only after the main integrator has
23159 finished, not at every step as for @code{IntegRules} and
23160 @code{IntegSimpRules}.
23161
23162 @node Numerical Integration, Taylor Series, Customizing the Integrator, Calculus
23163 @subsection Numerical Integration
23164
23165 @noindent
23166 @kindex a I
23167 @pindex calc-num-integral
23168 @tindex ninteg
23169 If you want a purely numerical answer to an integration problem, you can
23170 use the @kbd{a I} (@code{calc-num-integral}) [@code{ninteg}] command. This
23171 command prompts for an integration variable, a lower limit, and an
23172 upper limit. Except for the integration variable, all other variables
23173 that appear in the integrand formula must have stored values. (A stored
23174 value, if any, for the integration variable itself is ignored.)
23175
23176 Numerical integration works by evaluating your formula at many points in
23177 the specified interval. Calc uses an ``open Romberg'' method; this means
23178 that it does not evaluate the formula actually at the endpoints (so that
23179 it is safe to integrate @samp{sin(x)/x} from zero, for example). Also,
23180 the Romberg method works especially well when the function being
23181 integrated is fairly smooth. If the function is not smooth, Calc will
23182 have to evaluate it at quite a few points before it can accurately
23183 determine the value of the integral.
23184
23185 Integration is much faster when the current precision is small. It is
23186 best to set the precision to the smallest acceptable number of digits
23187 before you use @kbd{a I}. If Calc appears to be taking too long, press
23188 @kbd{C-g} to halt it and try a lower precision. If Calc still appears
23189 to need hundreds of evaluations, check to make sure your function is
23190 well-behaved in the specified interval.
23191
23192 It is possible for the lower integration limit to be @samp{-inf} (minus
23193 infinity). Likewise, the upper limit may be plus infinity. Calc
23194 internally transforms the integral into an equivalent one with finite
23195 limits. However, integration to or across singularities is not supported:
23196 The integral of @samp{1/sqrt(x)} from 0 to 1 exists (it can be found
23197 by Calc's symbolic integrator, for example), but @kbd{a I} will fail
23198 because the integrand goes to infinity at one of the endpoints.
23199
23200 @node Taylor Series, , Numerical Integration, Calculus
23201 @subsection Taylor Series
23202
23203 @noindent
23204 @kindex a t
23205 @pindex calc-taylor
23206 @tindex taylor
23207 The @kbd{a t} (@code{calc-taylor}) [@code{taylor}] command computes a
23208 power series expansion or Taylor series of a function. You specify the
23209 variable and the desired number of terms. You may give an expression of
23210 the form @samp{@var{var} = @var{a}} or @samp{@var{var} - @var{a}} instead
23211 of just a variable to produce a Taylor expansion about the point @var{a}.
23212 You may specify the number of terms with a numeric prefix argument;
23213 otherwise the command will prompt you for the number of terms. Note that
23214 many series expansions have coefficients of zero for some terms, so you
23215 may appear to get fewer terms than you asked for.@refill
23216
23217 If the @kbd{a i} command is unable to find a symbolic integral for a
23218 function, you can get an approximation by integrating the function's
23219 Taylor series.
23220
23221 @node Solving Equations, Numerical Solutions, Calculus, Algebra
23222 @section Solving Equations
23223
23224 @noindent
23225 @kindex a S
23226 @pindex calc-solve-for
23227 @tindex solve
23228 @cindex Equations, solving
23229 @cindex Solving equations
23230 The @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) [@code{solve}] command rearranges
23231 an equation to solve for a specific variable. An equation is an
23232 expression of the form @cite{L = R}. For example, the command @kbd{a S x}
23233 will rearrange @cite{y = 3x + 6} to the form, @cite{x = y/3 - 2}. If the
23234 input is not an equation, it is treated like an equation of the
23235 form @cite{X = 0}.
23236
23237 This command also works for inequalities, as in @cite{y < 3x + 6}.
23238 Some inequalities cannot be solved where the analogous equation could
23239 be; for example, solving @c{$a < b \, c$}
23240 @cite{a < b c} for @cite{b} is impossible
23241 without knowing the sign of @cite{c}. In this case, @kbd{a S} will
23242 produce the result @c{$b \mathbin{\hbox{\code{!=}}} a/c$}
23243 @cite{b != a/c} (using the not-equal-to operator)
23244 to signify that the direction of the inequality is now unknown. The
23245 inequality @c{$a \le b \, c$}
23246 @cite{a <= b c} is not even partially solved.
23247 @xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc that the signs of the
23248 variables in a formula are in fact known.
23249
23250 Two useful commands for working with the result of @kbd{a S} are
23251 @kbd{a .} (@pxref{Logical Operations}), which converts @cite{x = y/3 - 2}
23252 to @cite{y/3 - 2}, and @kbd{s l} (@pxref{Let Command}) which evaluates
23253 another formula with @cite{x} set equal to @cite{y/3 - 2}.
23254
23255 @menu
23256 * Multiple Solutions::
23257 * Solving Systems of Equations::
23258 * Decomposing Polynomials::
23259 @end menu
23260
23261 @node Multiple Solutions, Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations, Solving Equations
23262 @subsection Multiple Solutions
23263
23264 @noindent
23265 @kindex H a S
23266 @tindex fsolve
23267 Some equations have more than one solution. The Hyperbolic flag
23268 (@code{H a S}) [@code{fsolve}] tells the solver to report the fully
23269 general family of solutions. It will invent variables @code{n1},
23270 @code{n2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary integers, and
23271 @code{s1}, @code{s2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary
23272 signs (either @i{+1} or @i{-1}). If you don't use the Hyperbolic
23273 flag, Calc will use zero in place of all arbitrary integers, and plus
23274 one in place of all arbitrary signs. Note that variables like @code{n1}
23275 and @code{s1} are not given any special interpretation in Calc except by
23276 the equation solver itself. As usual, you can use the @w{@kbd{s l}}
23277 (@code{calc-let}) command to obtain solutions for various actual values
23278 of these variables.
23279
23280 For example, @kbd{' x^2 = y @key{RET} H a S x @key{RET}} solves to
23281 get @samp{x = s1 sqrt(y)}, indicating that the two solutions to the
23282 equation are @samp{sqrt(y)} and @samp{-sqrt(y)}. Another way to
23283 think about it is that the square-root operation is really a
23284 two-valued function; since every Calc function must return a
23285 single result, @code{sqrt} chooses to return the positive result.
23286 Then @kbd{H a S} doctors this result using @code{s1} to indicate
23287 the full set of possible values of the mathematical square-root.
23288
23289 There is a similar phenomenon going the other direction: Suppose
23290 we solve @samp{sqrt(y) = x} for @code{y}. Calc squares both sides
23291 to get @samp{y = x^2}. This is correct, except that it introduces
23292 some dubious solutions. Consider solving @samp{sqrt(y) = -3}:
23293 Calc will report @cite{y = 9} as a valid solution, which is true
23294 in the mathematical sense of square-root, but false (there is no
23295 solution) for the actual Calc positive-valued @code{sqrt}. This
23296 happens for both @kbd{a S} and @kbd{H a S}.
23297
23298 @cindex @code{GenCount} variable
23299 @vindex GenCount
23300 @ignore
23301 @starindex
23302 @end ignore
23303 @tindex an
23304 @ignore
23305 @starindex
23306 @end ignore
23307 @tindex as
23308 If you store a positive integer in the Calc variable @code{GenCount},
23309 then Calc will generate formulas of the form @samp{as(@var{n})} for
23310 arbitrary signs, and @samp{an(@var{n})} for arbitrary integers,
23311 where @var{n} represents successive values taken by incrementing
23312 @code{GenCount} by one. While the normal arbitrary sign and
23313 integer symbols start over at @code{s1} and @code{n1} with each
23314 new Calc command, the @code{GenCount} approach will give each
23315 arbitrary value a name that is unique throughout the entire Calc
23316 session. Also, the arbitrary values are function calls instead
23317 of variables, which is advantageous in some cases. For example,
23318 you can make a rewrite rule that recognizes all arbitrary signs
23319 using a pattern like @samp{as(n)}. The @kbd{s l} command only works
23320 on variables, but you can use the @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
23321 command to substitute actual values for function calls like @samp{as(3)}.
23322
23323 The @kbd{s G} (@code{calc-edit-GenCount}) command is a convenient
23324 way to create or edit this variable. Press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish.
23325
23326 If you have not stored a value in @code{GenCount}, or if the value
23327 in that variable is not a positive integer, the regular
23328 @code{s1}/@code{n1} notation is used.
23329
23330 @kindex I a S
23331 @kindex H I a S
23332 @tindex finv
23333 @tindex ffinv
23334 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a S} [@code{finv}] treats the expression
23335 on top of the stack as a function of the specified variable and solves
23336 to find the inverse function, written in terms of the same variable.
23337 For example, @kbd{I a S x} inverts @cite{2x + 6} to @cite{x/2 - 3}.
23338 You can use both Inverse and Hyperbolic [@code{ffinv}] to obtain a
23339 fully general inverse, as described above.
23340
23341 @kindex a P
23342 @pindex calc-poly-roots
23343 @tindex roots
23344 Some equations, specifically polynomials, have a known, finite number
23345 of solutions. The @kbd{a P} (@code{calc-poly-roots}) [@code{roots}]
23346 command uses @kbd{H a S} to solve an equation in general form, then, for
23347 all arbitrary-sign variables like @code{s1}, and all arbitrary-integer
23348 variables like @code{n1} for which @code{n1} only usefully varies over
23349 a finite range, it expands these variables out to all their possible
23350 values. The results are collected into a vector, which is returned.
23351 For example, @samp{roots(x^4 = 1, x)} returns the four solutions
23352 @samp{[1, -1, (0, 1), (0, -1)]}. Generally an @var{n}th degree
23353 polynomial will always have @var{n} roots on the complex plane.
23354 (If you have given a @code{real} declaration for the solution
23355 variable, then only the real-valued solutions, if any, will be
23356 reported; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23357
23358 Note that because @kbd{a P} uses @kbd{H a S}, it is able to deliver
23359 symbolic solutions if the polynomial has symbolic coefficients. Also
23360 note that Calc's solver is not able to get exact symbolic solutions
23361 to all polynomials. Polynomials containing powers up to @cite{x^4}
23362 can always be solved exactly; polynomials of higher degree sometimes
23363 can be: @cite{x^6 + x^3 + 1} is converted to @cite{(x^3)^2 + (x^3) + 1},
23364 which can be solved for @cite{x^3} using the quadratic equation, and then
23365 for @cite{x} by taking cube roots. But in many cases, like
23366 @cite{x^6 + x + 1}, Calc does not know how to rewrite the polynomial
23367 into a form it can solve. The @kbd{a P} command can still deliver a
23368 list of numerical roots, however, provided that symbolic mode (@kbd{m s})
23369 is not turned on. (If you work with symbolic mode on, recall that the
23370 @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) key is a handy way to reevaluate the
23371 formula on the stack with symbolic mode temporarily off.) Naturally,
23372 @kbd{a P} can only provide numerical roots if the polynomial coefficients
23373 are all numbers (real or complex).
23374
23375 @node Solving Systems of Equations, Decomposing Polynomials, Multiple Solutions, Solving Equations
23376 @subsection Solving Systems of Equations
23377
23378 @noindent
23379 @cindex Systems of equations, symbolic
23380 You can also use the commands described above to solve systems of
23381 simultaneous equations. Just create a vector of equations, then
23382 specify a vector of variables for which to solve. (You can omit
23383 the surrounding brackets when entering the vector of variables
23384 at the prompt.)
23385
23386 For example, putting @samp{[x + y = a, x - y = b]} on the stack
23387 and typing @kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}} produces the vector of solutions
23388 @samp{[x = a - (a-b)/2, y = (a-b)/2]}. The result vector will
23389 have the same length as the variables vector, and the variables
23390 will be listed in the same order there. Note that the solutions
23391 are not always simplified as far as possible; the solution for
23392 @cite{x} here could be improved by an application of the @kbd{a n}
23393 command.
23394
23395 Calc's algorithm works by trying to eliminate one variable at a
23396 time by solving one of the equations for that variable and then
23397 substituting into the other equations. Calc will try all the
23398 possibilities, but you can speed things up by noting that Calc
23399 first tries to eliminate the first variable with the first
23400 equation, then the second variable with the second equation,
23401 and so on. It also helps to put the simpler (e.g., more linear)
23402 equations toward the front of the list. Calc's algorithm will
23403 solve any system of linear equations, and also many kinds of
23404 nonlinear systems.
23405
23406 @ignore
23407 @starindex
23408 @end ignore
23409 @tindex elim
23410 Normally there will be as many variables as equations. If you
23411 give fewer variables than equations (an ``over-determined'' system
23412 of equations), Calc will find a partial solution. For example,
23413 typing @kbd{a S y @key{RET}} with the above system of equations
23414 would produce @samp{[y = a - x]}. There are now several ways to
23415 express this solution in terms of the original variables; Calc uses
23416 the first one that it finds. You can control the choice by adding
23417 variable specifiers of the form @samp{elim(@var{v})} to the
23418 variables list. This says that @var{v} should be eliminated from
23419 the equations; the variable will not appear at all in the solution.
23420 For example, typing @kbd{a S y,elim(x)} would yield
23421 @samp{[y = a - (b+a)/2]}.
23422
23423 If the variables list contains only @code{elim} specifiers,
23424 Calc simply eliminates those variables from the equations
23425 and then returns the resulting set of equations. For example,
23426 @kbd{a S elim(x)} produces @samp{[a - 2 y = b]}. Every variable
23427 eliminated will reduce the number of equations in the system
23428 by one.
23429
23430 Again, @kbd{a S} gives you one solution to the system of
23431 equations. If there are several solutions, you can use @kbd{H a S}
23432 to get a general family of solutions, or, if there is a finite
23433 number of solutions, you can use @kbd{a P} to get a list. (In
23434 the latter case, the result will take the form of a matrix where
23435 the rows are different solutions and the columns correspond to the
23436 variables you requested.)
23437
23438 Another way to deal with certain kinds of overdetermined systems of
23439 equations is the @kbd{a F} command, which does least-squares fitting
23440 to satisfy the equations. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
23441
23442 @node Decomposing Polynomials, , Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations
23443 @subsection Decomposing Polynomials
23444
23445 @noindent
23446 @ignore
23447 @starindex
23448 @end ignore
23449 @tindex poly
23450 The @code{poly} function takes a polynomial and a variable as
23451 arguments, and returns a vector of polynomial coefficients (constant
23452 coefficient first). For example, @samp{poly(x^3 + 2 x, x)} returns
23453 @cite{[0, 2, 0, 1]}. If the input is not a polynomial in @cite{x},
23454 the call to @code{poly} is left in symbolic form. If the input does
23455 not involve the variable @cite{x}, the input is returned in a list
23456 of length one, representing a polynomial with only a constant
23457 coefficient. The call @samp{poly(x, x)} returns the vector @cite{[0, 1]}.
23458 The last element of the returned vector is guaranteed to be nonzero;
23459 note that @samp{poly(0, x)} returns the empty vector @cite{[]}.
23460 Note also that @cite{x} may actually be any formula; for example,
23461 @samp{poly(sin(x)^2 - sin(x) + 3, sin(x))} returns @cite{[3, -1, 1]}.
23462
23463 @cindex Coefficients of polynomial
23464 @cindex Degree of polynomial
23465 To get the @cite{x^k} coefficient of polynomial @cite{p}, use
23466 @samp{poly(p, x)_(k+1)}. To get the degree of polynomial @cite{p},
23467 use @samp{vlen(poly(p, x)) - 1}. For example, @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)}
23468 returns @samp{[1, 4, 6, 4, 1]}, so @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)_(2+1)}
23469 gives the @cite{x^2} coefficient of this polynomial, 6.
23470
23471 @ignore
23472 @starindex
23473 @end ignore
23474 @tindex gpoly
23475 One important feature of the solver is its ability to recognize
23476 formulas which are ``essentially'' polynomials. This ability is
23477 made available to the user through the @code{gpoly} function, which
23478 is used just like @code{poly}: @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var})}.
23479 If @var{expr} is a polynomial in some term which includes @var{var}, then
23480 this function will return a vector @samp{[@var{x}, @var{c}, @var{a}]}
23481 where @var{x} is the term that depends on @var{var}, @var{c} is a
23482 vector of polynomial coefficients (like the one returned by @code{poly}),
23483 and @var{a} is a multiplier which is usually 1. Basically,
23484 @samp{@var{expr} = @var{a}*(@var{c}_1 + @var{c}_2 @var{x} +
23485 @var{c}_3 @var{x}^2 + ...)}. The last element of @var{c} is
23486 guaranteed to be non-zero, and @var{c} will not equal @samp{[1]}
23487 (i.e., the trivial decomposition @var{expr} = @var{x} is not
23488 considered a polynomial). One side effect is that @samp{gpoly(x, x)}
23489 and @samp{gpoly(6, x)}, both of which might be expected to recognize
23490 their arguments as polynomials, will not because the decomposition
23491 is considered trivial.
23492
23493 For example, @samp{gpoly((x-2)^2, x)} returns @samp{[x, [4, -4, 1], 1]},
23494 since the expanded form of this polynomial is @cite{4 - 4 x + x^2}.
23495
23496 The term @var{x} may itself be a polynomial in @var{var}. This is
23497 done to reduce the size of the @var{c} vector. For example,
23498 @samp{gpoly(x^4 + x^2 - 1, x)} returns @samp{[x^2, [-1, 1, 1], 1]},
23499 since a quadratic polynomial in @cite{x^2} is easier to solve than
23500 a quartic polynomial in @cite{x}.
23501
23502 A few more examples of the kinds of polynomials @code{gpoly} can
23503 discover:
23504
23505 @smallexample
23506 sin(x) - 1 [sin(x), [-1, 1], 1]
23507 x + 1/x - 1 [x, [1, -1, 1], 1/x]
23508 x + 1/x [x^2, [1, 1], 1/x]
23509 x^3 + 2 x [x^2, [2, 1], x]
23510 x + x^2:3 + sqrt(x) [x^1:6, [1, 1, 0, 1], x^1:2]
23511 x^(2a) + 2 x^a + 5 [x^a, [5, 2, 1], 1]
23512 (exp(-x) + exp(x)) / 2 [e^(2 x), [0.5, 0.5], e^-x]
23513 @end smallexample
23514
23515 The @code{poly} and @code{gpoly} functions accept a third integer argument
23516 which specifies the largest degree of polynomial that is acceptable.
23517 If this is @cite{n}, then only @var{c} vectors of length @cite{n+1}
23518 or less will be returned. Otherwise, the @code{poly} or @code{gpoly}
23519 call will remain in symbolic form. For example, the equation solver
23520 can handle quartics and smaller polynomials, so it calls
23521 @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var}, 4)} to discover whether @var{expr}
23522 can be treated by its linear, quadratic, cubic, or quartic formulas.
23523
23524 @ignore
23525 @starindex
23526 @end ignore
23527 @tindex pdeg
23528 The @code{pdeg} function computes the degree of a polynomial;
23529 @samp{pdeg(p,x)} is the highest power of @code{x} that appears in
23530 @code{p}. This is the same as @samp{vlen(poly(p,x))-1}, but is
23531 much more efficient. If @code{p} is constant with respect to @code{x},
23532 then @samp{pdeg(p,x) = 0}. If @code{p} is not a polynomial in @code{x}
23533 (e.g., @samp{pdeg(2 cos(x), x)}, the function remains unevaluated.
23534 It is possible to omit the second argument @code{x}, in which case
23535 @samp{pdeg(p)} returns the highest total degree of any term of the
23536 polynomial, counting all variables that appear in @code{p}. Note
23537 that @code{pdeg(c) = pdeg(c,x) = 0} for any nonzero constant @code{c};
23538 the degree of the constant zero is considered to be @code{-inf}
23539 (minus infinity).
23540
23541 @ignore
23542 @starindex
23543 @end ignore
23544 @tindex plead
23545 The @code{plead} function finds the leading term of a polynomial.
23546 Thus @samp{plead(p,x)} is equivalent to @samp{poly(p,x)_vlen(poly(p,x))},
23547 though again more efficient. In particular, @samp{plead((2x+1)^10, x)}
23548 returns 1024 without expanding out the list of coefficients. The
23549 value of @code{plead(p,x)} will be zero only if @cite{p = 0}.
23550
23551 @ignore
23552 @starindex
23553 @end ignore
23554 @tindex pcont
23555 The @code{pcont} function finds the @dfn{content} of a polynomial. This
23556 is the greatest common divisor of all the coefficients of the polynomial.
23557 With two arguments, @code{pcont(p,x)} effectively uses @samp{poly(p,x)}
23558 to get a list of coefficients, then uses @code{pgcd} (the polynomial
23559 GCD function) to combine these into an answer. For example,
23560 @samp{pcont(4 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y, x)} is @samp{2 y}. The content is
23561 basically the ``biggest'' polynomial that can be divided into @code{p}
23562 exactly. The sign of the content is the same as the sign of the leading
23563 coefficient.
23564
23565 With only one argument, @samp{pcont(p)} computes the numerical
23566 content of the polynomial, i.e., the @code{gcd} of the numerical
23567 coefficients of all the terms in the formula. Note that @code{gcd}
23568 is defined on rational numbers as well as integers; it computes
23569 the @code{gcd} of the numerators and the @code{lcm} of the
23570 denominators. Thus @samp{pcont(4:3 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y)} returns 2:3.
23571 Dividing the polynomial by this number will clear all the
23572 denominators, as well as dividing by any common content in the
23573 numerators. The numerical content of a polynomial is negative only
23574 if all the coefficients in the polynomial are negative.
23575
23576 @ignore
23577 @starindex
23578 @end ignore
23579 @tindex pprim
23580 The @code{pprim} function finds the @dfn{primitive part} of a
23581 polynomial, which is simply the polynomial divided (using @code{pdiv}
23582 if necessary) by its content. If the input polynomial has rational
23583 coefficients, the result will have integer coefficients in simplest
23584 terms.
23585
23586 @node Numerical Solutions, Curve Fitting, Solving Equations, Algebra
23587 @section Numerical Solutions
23588
23589 @noindent
23590 Not all equations can be solved symbolically. The commands in this
23591 section use numerical algorithms that can find a solution to a specific
23592 instance of an equation to any desired accuracy. Note that the
23593 numerical commands are slower than their algebraic cousins; it is a
23594 good idea to try @kbd{a S} before resorting to these commands.
23595
23596 (@xref{Curve Fitting}, for some other, more specialized, operations
23597 on numerical data.)
23598
23599 @menu
23600 * Root Finding::
23601 * Minimization::
23602 * Numerical Systems of Equations::
23603 @end menu
23604
23605 @node Root Finding, Minimization, Numerical Solutions, Numerical Solutions
23606 @subsection Root Finding
23607
23608 @noindent
23609 @kindex a R
23610 @pindex calc-find-root
23611 @tindex root
23612 @cindex Newton's method
23613 @cindex Roots of equations
23614 @cindex Numerical root-finding
23615 The @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}) [@code{root}] command finds a
23616 numerical solution (or @dfn{root}) of an equation. (This command treats
23617 inequalities the same as equations. If the input is any other kind
23618 of formula, it is interpreted as an equation of the form @cite{X = 0}.)
23619
23620 The @kbd{a R} command requires an initial guess on the top of the
23621 stack, and a formula in the second-to-top position. It prompts for a
23622 solution variable, which must appear in the formula. All other variables
23623 that appear in the formula must have assigned values, i.e., when
23624 a value is assigned to the solution variable and the formula is
23625 evaluated with @kbd{=}, it should evaluate to a number. Any assigned
23626 value for the solution variable itself is ignored and unaffected by
23627 this command.
23628
23629 When the command completes, the initial guess is replaced on the stack
23630 by a vector of two numbers: The value of the solution variable that
23631 solves the equation, and the difference between the lefthand and
23632 righthand sides of the equation at that value. Ordinarily, the second
23633 number will be zero or very nearly zero. (Note that Calc uses a
23634 slightly higher precision while finding the root, and thus the second
23635 number may be slightly different from the value you would compute from
23636 the equation yourself.)
23637
23638 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) command is a handy way to extract
23639 the first element of the result vector, discarding the error term.
23640
23641 The initial guess can be a real number, in which case Calc searches
23642 for a real solution near that number, or a complex number, in which
23643 case Calc searches the whole complex plane near that number for a
23644 solution, or it can be an interval form which restricts the search
23645 to real numbers inside that interval.
23646
23647 Calc tries to use @kbd{a d} to take the derivative of the equation.
23648 If this succeeds, it uses Newton's method. If the equation is not
23649 differentiable Calc uses a bisection method. (If Newton's method
23650 appears to be going astray, Calc switches over to bisection if it
23651 can, or otherwise gives up. In this case it may help to try again
23652 with a slightly different initial guess.) If the initial guess is a
23653 complex number, the function must be differentiable.
23654
23655 If the formula (or the difference between the sides of an equation)
23656 is negative at one end of the interval you specify and positive at
23657 the other end, the root finder is guaranteed to find a root.
23658 Otherwise, Calc subdivides the interval into small parts looking for
23659 positive and negative values to bracket the root. When your guess is
23660 an interval, Calc will not look outside that interval for a root.
23661
23662 @kindex H a R
23663 @tindex wroot
23664 The @kbd{H a R} [@code{wroot}] command is similar to @kbd{a R}, except
23665 that if the initial guess is an interval for which the function has
23666 the same sign at both ends, then rather than subdividing the interval
23667 Calc attempts to widen it to enclose a root. Use this mode if
23668 you are not sure if the function has a root in your interval.
23669
23670 If the function is not differentiable, and you give a simple number
23671 instead of an interval as your initial guess, Calc uses this widening
23672 process even if you did not type the Hyperbolic flag. (If the function
23673 @emph{is} differentiable, Calc uses Newton's method which does not
23674 require a bounding interval in order to work.)
23675
23676 If Calc leaves the @code{root} or @code{wroot} function in symbolic
23677 form on the stack, it will normally display an explanation for why
23678 no root was found. If you miss this explanation, press @kbd{w}
23679 (@code{calc-why}) to get it back.
23680
23681 @node Minimization, Numerical Systems of Equations, Root Finding, Numerical Solutions
23682 @subsection Minimization
23683
23684 @noindent
23685 @kindex a N
23686 @kindex H a N
23687 @kindex a X
23688 @kindex H a X
23689 @pindex calc-find-minimum
23690 @pindex calc-find-maximum
23691 @tindex minimize
23692 @tindex maximize
23693 @cindex Minimization, numerical
23694 The @kbd{a N} (@code{calc-find-minimum}) [@code{minimize}] command
23695 finds a minimum value for a formula. It is very similar in operation
23696 to @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}): You give the formula and an initial
23697 guess on the stack, and are prompted for the name of a variable. The guess
23698 may be either a number near the desired minimum, or an interval enclosing
23699 the desired minimum. The function returns a vector containing the
23700 value of the variable which minimizes the formula's value, along
23701 with the minimum value itself.
23702
23703 Note that this command looks for a @emph{local} minimum. Many functions
23704 have more than one minimum; some, like @c{$x \sin x$}
23705 @cite{x sin(x)}, have infinitely
23706 many. In fact, there is no easy way to define the ``global'' minimum
23707 of @c{$x \sin x$}
23708 @cite{x sin(x)} but Calc can still locate any particular local minimum
23709 for you. Calc basically goes downhill from the initial guess until it
23710 finds a point at which the function's value is greater both to the left
23711 and to the right. Calc does not use derivatives when minimizing a function.
23712
23713 If your initial guess is an interval and it looks like the minimum
23714 occurs at one or the other endpoint of the interval, Calc will return
23715 that endpoint only if that endpoint is closed; thus, minimizing @cite{17 x}
23716 over @cite{[2..3]} will return @cite{[2, 38]}, but minimizing over
23717 @cite{(2..3]} would report no minimum found. In general, you should
23718 use closed intervals to find literally the minimum value in that
23719 range of @cite{x}, or open intervals to find the local minimum, if
23720 any, that happens to lie in that range.
23721
23722 Most functions are smooth and flat near their minimum values. Because
23723 of this flatness, if the current precision is, say, 12 digits, the
23724 variable can only be determined meaningfully to about six digits. Thus
23725 you should set the precision to twice as many digits as you need in your
23726 answer.
23727
23728 @ignore
23729 @mindex wmin@idots
23730 @end ignore
23731 @tindex wminimize
23732 @ignore
23733 @mindex wmax@idots
23734 @end ignore
23735 @tindex wmaximize
23736 The @kbd{H a N} [@code{wminimize}] command, analogously to @kbd{H a R},
23737 expands the guess interval to enclose a minimum rather than requiring
23738 that the minimum lie inside the interval you supply.
23739
23740 The @kbd{a X} (@code{calc-find-maximum}) [@code{maximize}] and
23741 @kbd{H a X} [@code{wmaximize}] commands effectively minimize the
23742 negative of the formula you supply.
23743
23744 The formula must evaluate to a real number at all points inside the
23745 interval (or near the initial guess if the guess is a number). If
23746 the initial guess is a complex number the variable will be minimized
23747 over the complex numbers; if it is real or an interval it will
23748 be minimized over the reals.
23749
23750 @node Numerical Systems of Equations, , Minimization, Numerical Solutions
23751 @subsection Systems of Equations
23752
23753 @noindent
23754 @cindex Systems of equations, numerical
23755 The @kbd{a R} command can also solve systems of equations. In this
23756 case, the equation should instead be a vector of equations, the
23757 guess should instead be a vector of numbers (intervals are not
23758 supported), and the variable should be a vector of variables. You
23759 can omit the brackets while entering the list of variables. Each
23760 equation must be differentiable by each variable for this mode to
23761 work. The result will be a vector of two vectors: The variable
23762 values that solved the system of equations, and the differences
23763 between the sides of the equations with those variable values.
23764 There must be the same number of equations as variables. Since
23765 only plain numbers are allowed as guesses, the Hyperbolic flag has
23766 no effect when solving a system of equations.
23767
23768 It is also possible to minimize over many variables with @kbd{a N}
23769 (or maximize with @kbd{a X}). Once again the variable name should
23770 be replaced by a vector of variables, and the initial guess should
23771 be an equal-sized vector of initial guesses. But, unlike the case of
23772 multidimensional @kbd{a R}, the formula being minimized should
23773 still be a single formula, @emph{not} a vector. Beware that
23774 multidimensional minimization is currently @emph{very} slow.
23775
23776 @node Curve Fitting, Summations, Numerical Solutions, Algebra
23777 @section Curve Fitting
23778
23779 @noindent
23780 The @kbd{a F} command fits a set of data to a @dfn{model formula},
23781 such as @cite{y = m x + b} where @cite{m} and @cite{b} are parameters
23782 to be determined. For a typical set of measured data there will be
23783 no single @cite{m} and @cite{b} that exactly fit the data; in this
23784 case, Calc chooses values of the parameters that provide the closest
23785 possible fit.
23786
23787 @menu
23788 * Linear Fits::
23789 * Polynomial and Multilinear Fits::
23790 * Error Estimates for Fits::
23791 * Standard Nonlinear Models::
23792 * Curve Fitting Details::
23793 * Interpolation::
23794 @end menu
23795
23796 @node Linear Fits, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting, Curve Fitting
23797 @subsection Linear Fits
23798
23799 @noindent
23800 @kindex a F
23801 @pindex calc-curve-fit
23802 @tindex fit
23803 @cindex Linear regression
23804 @cindex Least-squares fits
23805 The @kbd{a F} (@code{calc-curve-fit}) [@code{fit}] command attempts
23806 to fit a set of data (@cite{x} and @cite{y} vectors of numbers) to a
23807 straight line, polynomial, or other function of @cite{x}. For the
23808 moment we will consider only the case of fitting to a line, and we
23809 will ignore the issue of whether or not the model was in fact a good
23810 fit for the data.
23811
23812 In a standard linear least-squares fit, we have a set of @cite{(x,y)}
23813 data points that we wish to fit to the model @cite{y = m x + b}
23814 by adjusting the parameters @cite{m} and @cite{b} to make the @cite{y}
23815 values calculated from the formula be as close as possible to the actual
23816 @cite{y} values in the data set. (In a polynomial fit, the model is
23817 instead, say, @cite{y = a x^3 + b x^2 + c x + d}. In a multilinear fit,
23818 we have data points of the form @cite{(x_1,x_2,x_3,y)} and our model is
23819 @cite{y = a x_1 + b x_2 + c x_3 + d}. These will be discussed later.)
23820
23821 In the model formula, variables like @cite{x} and @cite{x_2} are called
23822 the @dfn{independent variables}, and @cite{y} is the @dfn{dependent
23823 variable}. Variables like @cite{m}, @cite{a}, and @cite{b} are called
23824 the @dfn{parameters} of the model.
23825
23826 The @kbd{a F} command takes the data set to be fitted from the stack.
23827 By default, it expects the data in the form of a matrix. For example,
23828 for a linear or polynomial fit, this would be a @c{$2\times N$}
23829 @asis{2xN} matrix where
23830 the first row is a list of @cite{x} values and the second row has the
23831 corresponding @cite{y} values. For the multilinear fit shown above,
23832 the matrix would have four rows (@cite{x_1}, @cite{x_2}, @cite{x_3}, and
23833 @cite{y}, respectively).
23834
23835 If you happen to have an @c{$N\times2$}
23836 @asis{Nx2} matrix instead of a @c{$2\times N$}
23837 @asis{2xN} matrix,
23838 just press @kbd{v t} first to transpose the matrix.
23839
23840 After you type @kbd{a F}, Calc prompts you to select a model. For a
23841 linear fit, press the digit @kbd{1}.
23842
23843 Calc then prompts for you to name the variables. By default it chooses
23844 high letters like @cite{x} and @cite{y} for independent variables and
23845 low letters like @cite{a} and @cite{b} for parameters. (The dependent
23846 variable doesn't need a name.) The two kinds of variables are separated
23847 by a semicolon. Since you generally care more about the names of the
23848 independent variables than of the parameters, Calc also allows you to
23849 name only those and let the parameters use default names.
23850
23851 For example, suppose the data matrix
23852
23853 @ifinfo
23854 @example
23855 @group
23856 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
23857 [ 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 ] ]
23858 @end group
23859 @end example
23860 @end ifinfo
23861 @tex
23862 \turnoffactive
23863 \turnoffactive
23864 \beforedisplay
23865 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 \cr
23866 5 & 7 & 9 & 11 & 13 }
23867 $$
23868 \afterdisplay
23869 @end tex
23870
23871 @noindent
23872 is on the stack and we wish to do a simple linear fit. Type
23873 @kbd{a F}, then @kbd{1} for the model, then @key{RET} to use
23874 the default names. The result will be the formula @cite{3 + 2 x}
23875 on the stack. Calc has created the model expression @kbd{a + b x},
23876 then found the optimal values of @cite{a} and @cite{b} to fit the
23877 data. (In this case, it was able to find an exact fit.) Calc then
23878 substituted those values for @cite{a} and @cite{b} in the model
23879 formula.
23880
23881 The @kbd{a F} command puts two entries in the trail. One is, as
23882 always, a copy of the result that went to the stack; the other is
23883 a vector of the actual parameter values, written as equations:
23884 @cite{[a = 3, b = 2]}, in case you'd rather read them in a list
23885 than pick them out of the formula. (You can type @kbd{t y}
23886 to move this vector to the stack; see @ref{Trail Commands}.
23887
23888 Specifying a different independent variable name will affect the
23889 resulting formula: @kbd{a F 1 k @key{RET}} produces @kbd{3 + 2 k}.
23890 Changing the parameter names (say, @kbd{a F 1 k;b,m @key{RET}}) will affect
23891 the equations that go into the trail.
23892
23893 @tex
23894 \bigskip
23895 @end tex
23896
23897 To see what happens when the fit is not exact, we could change
23898 the number 13 in the data matrix to 14 and try the fit again.
23899 The result is:
23900
23901 @example
23902 2.6 + 2.2 x
23903 @end example
23904
23905 Evaluating this formula, say with @kbd{v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}}, shows
23906 a reasonably close match to the y-values in the data.
23907
23908 @example
23909 [4.8, 7., 9.2, 11.4, 13.6]
23910 @end example
23911
23912 Since there is no line which passes through all the @var{n} data points,
23913 Calc has chosen a line that best approximates the data points using
23914 the method of least squares. The idea is to define the @dfn{chi-square}
23915 error measure
23916
23917 @ifinfo
23918 @example
23919 chi^2 = sum((y_i - (a + b x_i))^2, i, 1, N)
23920 @end example
23921 @end ifinfo
23922 @tex
23923 \turnoffactive
23924 \beforedisplay
23925 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N (y_i - (a + b x_i))^2 $$
23926 \afterdisplay
23927 @end tex
23928
23929 @noindent
23930 which is clearly zero if @cite{a + b x} exactly fits all data points,
23931 and increases as various @cite{a + b x_i} values fail to match the
23932 corresponding @cite{y_i} values. There are several reasons why the
23933 summand is squared, one of them being to ensure that @c{$\chi^2 \ge 0$}
23934 @cite{chi^2 >= 0}.
23935 Least-squares fitting simply chooses the values of @cite{a} and @cite{b}
23936 for which the error @c{$\chi^2$}
23937 @cite{chi^2} is as small as possible.
23938
23939 Other kinds of models do the same thing but with a different model
23940 formula in place of @cite{a + b x_i}.
23941
23942 @tex
23943 \bigskip
23944 @end tex
23945
23946 A numeric prefix argument causes the @kbd{a F} command to take the
23947 data in some other form than one big matrix. A positive argument @var{n}
23948 will take @var{N} items from the stack, corresponding to the @var{n} rows
23949 of a data matrix. In the linear case, @var{n} must be 2 since there
23950 is always one independent variable and one dependent variable.
23951
23952 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} is a compromise; Calc takes two
23953 items from the stack, an @var{n}-row matrix of @cite{x} values, and a
23954 vector of @cite{y} values. If there is only one independent variable,
23955 the @cite{x} values can be either a one-row matrix or a plain vector,
23956 in which case the @kbd{C-u} prefix is the same as a @w{@kbd{C-u 2}} prefix.
23957
23958 @node Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Error Estimates for Fits, Linear Fits, Curve Fitting
23959 @subsection Polynomial and Multilinear Fits
23960
23961 @noindent
23962 To fit the data to higher-order polynomials, just type one of the
23963 digits @kbd{2} through @kbd{9} when prompted for a model. For example,
23964 we could fit the original data matrix from the previous section
23965 (with 13, not 14) to a parabola instead of a line by typing
23966 @kbd{a F 2 @key{RET}}.
23967
23968 @example
23969 2.00000000001 x - 1.5e-12 x^2 + 2.99999999999
23970 @end example
23971
23972 Note that since the constant and linear terms are enough to fit the
23973 data exactly, it's no surprise that Calc chose a tiny contribution
23974 for @cite{x^2}. (The fact that it's not exactly zero is due only
23975 to roundoff error. Since our data are exact integers, we could get
23976 an exact answer by typing @kbd{m f} first to get fraction mode.
23977 Then the @cite{x^2} term would vanish altogether. Usually, though,
23978 the data being fitted will be approximate floats so fraction mode
23979 won't help.)
23980
23981 Doing the @kbd{a F 2} fit on the data set with 14 instead of 13
23982 gives a much larger @cite{x^2} contribution, as Calc bends the
23983 line slightly to improve the fit.
23984
23985 @example
23986 0.142857142855 x^2 + 1.34285714287 x + 3.59999999998
23987 @end example
23988
23989 An important result from the theory of polynomial fitting is that it
23990 is always possible to fit @var{n} data points exactly using a polynomial
23991 of degree @i{@var{n}-1}, sometimes called an @dfn{interpolating polynomial}.
23992 Using the modified (14) data matrix, a model number of 4 gives
23993 a polynomial that exactly matches all five data points:
23994
23995 @example
23996 0.04167 x^4 - 0.4167 x^3 + 1.458 x^2 - 0.08333 x + 4.
23997 @end example
23998
23999 The actual coefficients we get with a precision of 12, like
24000 @cite{0.0416666663588}, clearly suffer from loss of precision.
24001 It is a good idea to increase the working precision to several
24002 digits beyond what you need when you do a fitting operation.
24003 Or, if your data are exact, use fraction mode to get exact
24004 results.
24005
24006 You can type @kbd{i} instead of a digit at the model prompt to fit
24007 the data exactly to a polynomial. This just counts the number of
24008 columns of the data matrix to choose the degree of the polynomial
24009 automatically.
24010
24011 Fitting data ``exactly'' to high-degree polynomials is not always
24012 a good idea, though. High-degree polynomials have a tendency to
24013 wiggle uncontrollably in between the fitting data points. Also,
24014 if the exact-fit polynomial is going to be used to interpolate or
24015 extrapolate the data, it is numerically better to use the @kbd{a p}
24016 command described below. @xref{Interpolation}.
24017
24018 @tex
24019 \bigskip
24020 @end tex
24021
24022 Another generalization of the linear model is to assume the
24023 @cite{y} values are a sum of linear contributions from several
24024 @cite{x} values. This is a @dfn{multilinear} fit, and it is also
24025 selected by the @kbd{1} digit key. (Calc decides whether the fit
24026 is linear or multilinear by counting the rows in the data matrix.)
24027
24028 Given the data matrix,
24029
24030 @example
24031 @group
24032 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24033 [ 7, 2, 3, 5, 2 ]
24034 [ 14.5, 15, 18.5, 22.5, 24 ] ]
24035 @end group
24036 @end example
24037
24038 @noindent
24039 the command @kbd{a F 1 @key{RET}} will call the first row @cite{x} and the
24040 second row @cite{y}, and will fit the values in the third row to the
24041 model @cite{a + b x + c y}.
24042
24043 @example
24044 8. + 3. x + 0.5 y
24045 @end example
24046
24047 Calc can do multilinear fits with any number of independent variables
24048 (i.e., with any number of data rows).
24049
24050 @tex
24051 \bigskip
24052 @end tex
24053
24054 Yet another variation is @dfn{homogeneous} linear models, in which
24055 the constant term is known to be zero. In the linear case, this
24056 means the model formula is simply @cite{a x}; in the multilinear
24057 case, the model might be @cite{a x + b y + c z}; and in the polynomial
24058 case, the model could be @cite{a x + b x^2 + c x^3}. You can get
24059 a homogeneous linear or multilinear model by pressing the letter
24060 @kbd{h} followed by a regular model key, like @kbd{1} or @kbd{2}.
24061
24062 It is certainly possible to have other constrained linear models,
24063 like @cite{2.3 + a x} or @cite{a - 4 x}. While there is no single
24064 key to select models like these, a later section shows how to enter
24065 any desired model by hand. In the first case, for example, you
24066 would enter @kbd{a F ' 2.3 + a x}.
24067
24068 Another class of models that will work but must be entered by hand
24069 are multinomial fits, e.g., @cite{a + b x + c y + d x^2 + e y^2 + f x y}.
24070
24071 @node Error Estimates for Fits, Standard Nonlinear Models, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting
24072 @subsection Error Estimates for Fits
24073
24074 @noindent
24075 @kindex H a F
24076 @tindex efit
24077 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a F} [@code{efit}] performs the same
24078 fitting operation as @kbd{a F}, but reports the coefficients as error
24079 forms instead of plain numbers. Fitting our two data matrices (first
24080 with 13, then with 14) to a line with @kbd{H a F} gives the results,
24081
24082 @example
24083 3. + 2. x
24084 2.6 +/- 0.382970843103 + 2.2 +/- 0.115470053838 x
24085 @end example
24086
24087 In the first case the estimated errors are zero because the linear
24088 fit is perfect. In the second case, the errors are nonzero but
24089 moderately small, because the data are still very close to linear.
24090
24091 It is also possible for the @emph{input} to a fitting operation to
24092 contain error forms. The data values must either all include errors
24093 or all be plain numbers. Error forms can go anywhere but generally
24094 go on the numbers in the last row of the data matrix. If the last
24095 row contains error forms
24096 `@var{y_i}@w{ @t{+/-} }@c{$\sigma_i$}
24097 @var{sigma_i}', then the @c{$\chi^2$}
24098 @cite{chi^2}
24099 statistic is now,
24100
24101 @ifinfo
24102 @example
24103 chi^2 = sum(((y_i - (a + b x_i)) / sigma_i)^2, i, 1, N)
24104 @end example
24105 @end ifinfo
24106 @tex
24107 \turnoffactive
24108 \beforedisplay
24109 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
24110 \afterdisplay
24111 @end tex
24112
24113 @noindent
24114 so that data points with larger error estimates contribute less to
24115 the fitting operation.
24116
24117 If there are error forms on other rows of the data matrix, all the
24118 errors for a given data point are combined; the square root of the
24119 sum of the squares of the errors forms the @c{$\sigma_i$}
24120 @cite{sigma_i} used for
24121 the data point.
24122
24123 Both @kbd{a F} and @kbd{H a F} can accept error forms in the input
24124 matrix, although if you are concerned about error analysis you will
24125 probably use @kbd{H a F} so that the output also contains error
24126 estimates.
24127
24128 If the input contains error forms but all the @c{$\sigma_i$}
24129 @cite{sigma_i} values are
24130 the same, it is easy to see that the resulting fitted model will be
24131 the same as if the input did not have error forms at all (@c{$\chi^2$}
24132 @cite{chi^2}
24133 is simply scaled uniformly by @c{$1 / \sigma^2$}
24134 @cite{1 / sigma^2}, which doesn't affect
24135 where it has a minimum). But there @emph{will} be a difference
24136 in the estimated errors of the coefficients reported by @kbd{H a F}.
24137
24138 Consult any text on statistical modeling of data for a discussion
24139 of where these error estimates come from and how they should be
24140 interpreted.
24141
24142 @tex
24143 \bigskip
24144 @end tex
24145
24146 @kindex I a F
24147 @tindex xfit
24148 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] produces even more
24149 information. The result is a vector of six items:
24150
24151 @enumerate
24152 @item
24153 The model formula with error forms for its coefficients or
24154 parameters. This is the result that @kbd{H a F} would have
24155 produced.
24156
24157 @item
24158 A vector of ``raw'' parameter values for the model. These are the
24159 polynomial coefficients or other parameters as plain numbers, in the
24160 same order as the parameters appeared in the final prompt of the
24161 @kbd{I a F} command. For polynomials of degree @cite{d}, this vector
24162 will have length @cite{M = d+1} with the constant term first.
24163
24164 @item
24165 The covariance matrix @cite{C} computed from the fit. This is
24166 an @var{m}x@var{m} symmetric matrix; the diagonal elements
24167 @c{$C_{jj}$}
24168 @cite{C_j_j} are the variances @c{$\sigma_j^2$}
24169 @cite{sigma_j^2} of the parameters.
24170 The other elements are covariances @c{$\sigma_{ij}^2$}
24171 @cite{sigma_i_j^2} that describe the
24172 correlation between pairs of parameters. (A related set of
24173 numbers, the @dfn{linear correlation coefficients} @c{$r_{ij}$}
24174 @cite{r_i_j},
24175 are defined as @c{$\sigma_{ij}^2 / \sigma_i \, \sigma_j$}
24176 @cite{sigma_i_j^2 / sigma_i sigma_j}.)
24177
24178 @item
24179 A vector of @cite{M} ``parameter filter'' functions whose
24180 meanings are described below. If no filters are necessary this
24181 will instead be an empty vector; this is always the case for the
24182 polynomial and multilinear fits described so far.
24183
24184 @item
24185 The value of @c{$\chi^2$}
24186 @cite{chi^2} for the fit, calculated by the formulas
24187 shown above. This gives a measure of the quality of the fit;
24188 statisticians consider @c{$\chi^2 \approx N - M$}
24189 @cite{chi^2 = N - M} to indicate a moderately good fit
24190 (where again @cite{N} is the number of data points and @cite{M}
24191 is the number of parameters).
24192
24193 @item
24194 A measure of goodness of fit expressed as a probability @cite{Q}.
24195 This is computed from the @code{utpc} probability distribution
24196 function using @c{$\chi^2$}
24197 @cite{chi^2} with @cite{N - M} degrees of freedom. A
24198 value of 0.5 implies a good fit; some texts recommend that often
24199 @cite{Q = 0.1} or even 0.001 can signify an acceptable fit. In
24200 particular, @c{$\chi^2$}
24201 @cite{chi^2} statistics assume the errors in your inputs
24202 follow a normal (Gaussian) distribution; if they don't, you may
24203 have to accept smaller values of @cite{Q}.
24204
24205 The @cite{Q} value is computed only if the input included error
24206 estimates. Otherwise, Calc will report the symbol @code{nan}
24207 for @cite{Q}. The reason is that in this case the @c{$\chi^2$}
24208 @cite{chi^2}
24209 value has effectively been used to estimate the original errors
24210 in the input, and thus there is no redundant information left
24211 over to use for a confidence test.
24212 @end enumerate
24213
24214 @node Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting Details, Error Estimates for Fits, Curve Fitting
24215 @subsection Standard Nonlinear Models
24216
24217 @noindent
24218 The @kbd{a F} command also accepts other kinds of models besides
24219 lines and polynomials. Some common models have quick single-key
24220 abbreviations; others must be entered by hand as algebraic formulas.
24221
24222 Here is a complete list of the standard models recognized by @kbd{a F}:
24223
24224 @table @kbd
24225 @item 1
24226 Linear or multilinear. @i{a + b x + c y + d z}.
24227 @item 2-9
24228 Polynomials. @i{a + b x + c x^2 + d x^3}.
24229 @item e
24230 Exponential. @i{a} @t{exp}@i{(b x)} @t{exp}@i{(c y)}.
24231 @item E
24232 Base-10 exponential. @i{a} @t{10^}@i{(b x)} @t{10^}@i{(c y)}.
24233 @item x
24234 Exponential (alternate notation). @t{exp}@i{(a + b x + c y)}.
24235 @item X
24236 Base-10 exponential (alternate). @t{10^}@i{(a + b x + c y)}.
24237 @item l
24238 Logarithmic. @i{a + b} @t{ln}@i{(x) + c} @t{ln}@i{(y)}.
24239 @item L
24240 Base-10 logarithmic. @i{a + b} @t{log10}@i{(x) + c} @t{log10}@i{(y)}.
24241 @item ^
24242 General exponential. @i{a b^x c^y}.
24243 @item p
24244 Power law. @i{a x^b y^c}.
24245 @item q
24246 Quadratic. @i{a + b (x-c)^2 + d (x-e)^2}.
24247 @item g
24248 Gaussian. @c{${a \over b \sqrt{2 \pi}} \exp\left( -{1 \over 2} \left( x - c \over b \right)^2 \right)$}
24249 @i{(a / b sqrt(2 pi)) exp(-0.5*((x-c)/b)^2)}.
24250 @end table
24251
24252 All of these models are used in the usual way; just press the appropriate
24253 letter at the model prompt, and choose variable names if you wish. The
24254 result will be a formula as shown in the above table, with the best-fit
24255 values of the parameters substituted. (You may find it easier to read
24256 the parameter values from the vector that is placed in the trail.)
24257
24258 All models except Gaussian and polynomials can generalize as shown to any
24259 number of independent variables. Also, all the built-in models have an
24260 additive or multiplicative parameter shown as @cite{a} in the above table
24261 which can be replaced by zero or one, as appropriate, by typing @kbd{h}
24262 before the model key.
24263
24264 Note that many of these models are essentially equivalent, but express
24265 the parameters slightly differently. For example, @cite{a b^x} and
24266 the other two exponential models are all algebraic rearrangements of
24267 each other. Also, the ``quadratic'' model is just a degree-2 polynomial
24268 with the parameters expressed differently. Use whichever form best
24269 matches the problem.
24270
24271 The HP-28/48 calculators support four different models for curve
24272 fitting, called @code{LIN}, @code{LOG}, @code{EXP}, and @code{PWR}.
24273 These correspond to Calc models @samp{a + b x}, @samp{a + b ln(x)},
24274 @samp{a exp(b x)}, and @samp{a x^b}, respectively. In each case,
24275 @cite{a} is what the HP-48 identifies as the ``intercept,'' and
24276 @cite{b} is what it calls the ``slope.''
24277
24278 @tex
24279 \bigskip
24280 @end tex
24281
24282 If the model you want doesn't appear on this list, press @kbd{'}
24283 (the apostrophe key) at the model prompt to enter any algebraic
24284 formula, such as @kbd{m x - b}, as the model. (Not all models
24285 will work, though---see the next section for details.)
24286
24287 The model can also be an equation like @cite{y = m x + b}.
24288 In this case, Calc thinks of all the rows of the data matrix on
24289 equal terms; this model effectively has two parameters
24290 (@cite{m} and @cite{b}) and two independent variables (@cite{x}
24291 and @cite{y}), with no ``dependent'' variables. Model equations
24292 do not need to take this @cite{y =} form. For example, the
24293 implicit line equation @cite{a x + b y = 1} works fine as a
24294 model.
24295
24296 When you enter a model, Calc makes an alphabetical list of all
24297 the variables that appear in the model. These are used for the
24298 default parameters, independent variables, and dependent variable
24299 (in that order). If you enter a plain formula (not an equation),
24300 Calc assumes the dependent variable does not appear in the formula
24301 and thus does not need a name.
24302
24303 For example, if the model formula has the variables @cite{a,mu,sigma,t,x},
24304 and the data matrix has three rows (meaning two independent variables),
24305 Calc will use @cite{a,mu,sigma} as the default parameters, and the
24306 data rows will be named @cite{t} and @cite{x}, respectively. If you
24307 enter an equation instead of a plain formula, Calc will use @cite{a,mu}
24308 as the parameters, and @cite{sigma,t,x} as the three independent
24309 variables.
24310
24311 You can, of course, override these choices by entering something
24312 different at the prompt. If you leave some variables out of the list,
24313 those variables must have stored values and those stored values will
24314 be used as constants in the model. (Stored values for the parameters
24315 and independent variables are ignored by the @kbd{a F} command.)
24316 If you list only independent variables, all the remaining variables
24317 in the model formula will become parameters.
24318
24319 If there are @kbd{$} signs in the model you type, they will stand
24320 for parameters and all other variables (in alphabetical order)
24321 will be independent. Use @kbd{$} for one parameter, @kbd{$$} for
24322 another, and so on. Thus @kbd{$ x + $$} is another way to describe
24323 a linear model.
24324
24325 If you type a @kbd{$} instead of @kbd{'} at the model prompt itself,
24326 Calc will take the model formula from the stack. (The data must then
24327 appear at the second stack level.) The same conventions are used to
24328 choose which variables in the formula are independent by default and
24329 which are parameters.
24330
24331 Models taken from the stack can also be expressed as vectors of
24332 two or three elements, @cite{[@var{model}, @var{vars}]} or
24333 @cite{[@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}]}. Each of @var{vars}
24334 and @var{params} may be either a variable or a vector of variables.
24335 (If @var{params} is omitted, all variables in @var{model} except
24336 those listed as @var{vars} are parameters.)@refill
24337
24338 When you enter a model manually with @kbd{'}, Calc puts a 3-vector
24339 describing the model in the trail so you can get it back if you wish.
24340
24341 @tex
24342 \bigskip
24343 @end tex
24344
24345 @vindex Model1
24346 @vindex Model2
24347 Finally, you can store a model in one of the Calc variables
24348 @code{Model1} or @code{Model2}, then use this model by typing
24349 @kbd{a F u} or @kbd{a F U} (respectively). The value stored in
24350 the variable can be any of the formats that @kbd{a F $} would
24351 accept for a model on the stack.
24352
24353 @tex
24354 \bigskip
24355 @end tex
24356
24357 Calc uses the principal values of inverse functions like @code{ln}
24358 and @code{arcsin} when doing fits. For example, when you enter
24359 the model @samp{y = sin(a t + b)} Calc actually uses the easier
24360 form @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b}. The @code{arcsin} function always
24361 returns results in the range from @i{-90} to 90 degrees (or the
24362 equivalent range in radians). Suppose you had data that you
24363 believed to represent roughly three oscillations of a sine wave,
24364 so that the argument of the sine might go from zero to @c{$3\times360$}
24365 @i{3*360} degrees.
24366 The above model would appear to be a good way to determine the
24367 true frequency and phase of the sine wave, but in practice it
24368 would fail utterly. The righthand side of the actual model
24369 @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b} will grow smoothly with @cite{t}, but
24370 the lefthand side will bounce back and forth between @i{-90} and 90.
24371 No values of @cite{a} and @cite{b} can make the two sides match,
24372 even approximately.
24373
24374 There is no good solution to this problem at present. You could
24375 restrict your data to small enough ranges so that the above problem
24376 doesn't occur (i.e., not straddling any peaks in the sine wave).
24377 Or, in this case, you could use a totally different method such as
24378 Fourier analysis, which is beyond the scope of the @kbd{a F} command.
24379 (Unfortunately, Calc does not currently have any facilities for
24380 taking Fourier and related transforms.)
24381
24382 @node Curve Fitting Details, Interpolation, Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting
24383 @subsection Curve Fitting Details
24384
24385 @noindent
24386 Calc's internal least-squares fitter can only handle multilinear
24387 models. More precisely, it can handle any model of the form
24388 @cite{a f(x,y,z) + b g(x,y,z) + c h(x,y,z)}, where @cite{a,b,c}
24389 are the parameters and @cite{x,y,z} are the independent variables
24390 (of course there can be any number of each, not just three).
24391
24392 In a simple multilinear or polynomial fit, it is easy to see how
24393 to convert the model into this form. For example, if the model
24394 is @cite{a + b x + c x^2}, then @cite{f(x) = 1}, @cite{g(x) = x},
24395 and @cite{h(x) = x^2} are suitable functions.
24396
24397 For other models, Calc uses a variety of algebraic manipulations
24398 to try to put the problem into the form
24399
24400 @smallexample
24401 Y(x,y,z) = A(a,b,c) F(x,y,z) + B(a,b,c) G(x,y,z) + C(a,b,c) H(x,y,z)
24402 @end smallexample
24403
24404 @noindent
24405 where @cite{Y,A,B,C,F,G,H} are arbitrary functions. It computes
24406 @cite{Y}, @cite{F}, @cite{G}, and @cite{H} for all the data points,
24407 does a standard linear fit to find the values of @cite{A}, @cite{B},
24408 and @cite{C}, then uses the equation solver to solve for @cite{a,b,c}
24409 in terms of @cite{A,B,C}.
24410
24411 A remarkable number of models can be cast into this general form.
24412 We'll look at two examples here to see how it works. The power-law
24413 model @cite{y = a x^b} with two independent variables and two parameters
24414 can be rewritten as follows:
24415
24416 @example
24417 y = a x^b
24418 y = a exp(b ln(x))
24419 y = exp(ln(a) + b ln(x))
24420 ln(y) = ln(a) + b ln(x)
24421 @end example
24422
24423 @noindent
24424 which matches the desired form with @c{$Y = \ln(y)$}
24425 @cite{Y = ln(y)}, @c{$A = \ln(a)$}
24426 @cite{A = ln(a)},
24427 @cite{F = 1}, @cite{B = b}, and @c{$G = \ln(x)$}
24428 @cite{G = ln(x)}. Calc thus computes
24429 the logarithms of your @cite{y} and @cite{x} values, does a linear fit
24430 for @cite{A} and @cite{B}, then solves to get @c{$a = \exp(A)$}
24431 @cite{a = exp(A)} and
24432 @cite{b = B}.
24433
24434 Another interesting example is the ``quadratic'' model, which can
24435 be handled by expanding according to the distributive law.
24436
24437 @example
24438 y = a + b*(x - c)^2
24439 y = a + b c^2 - 2 b c x + b x^2
24440 @end example
24441
24442 @noindent
24443 which matches with @cite{Y = y}, @cite{A = a + b c^2}, @cite{F = 1},
24444 @cite{B = -2 b c}, @cite{G = x} (the @i{-2} factor could just as easily
24445 have been put into @cite{G} instead of @cite{B}), @cite{C = b}, and
24446 @cite{H = x^2}.
24447
24448 The Gaussian model looks quite complicated, but a closer examination
24449 shows that it's actually similar to the quadratic model but with an
24450 exponential that can be brought to the top and moved into @cite{Y}.
24451
24452 An example of a model that cannot be put into general linear
24453 form is a Gaussian with a constant background added on, i.e.,
24454 @cite{d} + the regular Gaussian formula. If you have a model like
24455 this, your best bet is to replace enough of your parameters with
24456 constants to make the model linearizable, then adjust the constants
24457 manually by doing a series of fits. You can compare the fits by
24458 graphing them, by examining the goodness-of-fit measures returned by
24459 @kbd{I a F}, or by some other method suitable to your application.
24460 Note that some models can be linearized in several ways. The
24461 Gaussian-plus-@var{d} model can be linearized by setting @cite{d}
24462 (the background) to a constant, or by setting @cite{b} (the standard
24463 deviation) and @cite{c} (the mean) to constants.
24464
24465 To fit a model with constants substituted for some parameters, just
24466 store suitable values in those parameter variables, then omit them
24467 from the list of parameters when you answer the variables prompt.
24468
24469 @tex
24470 \bigskip
24471 @end tex
24472
24473 A last desperate step would be to use the general-purpose
24474 @code{minimize} function rather than @code{fit}. After all, both
24475 functions solve the problem of minimizing an expression (the @c{$\chi^2$}
24476 @cite{chi^2}
24477 sum) by adjusting certain parameters in the expression. The @kbd{a F}
24478 command is able to use a vastly more efficient algorithm due to its
24479 special knowledge about linear chi-square sums, but the @kbd{a N}
24480 command can do the same thing by brute force.
24481
24482 A compromise would be to pick out a few parameters without which the
24483 fit is linearizable, and use @code{minimize} on a call to @code{fit}
24484 which efficiently takes care of the rest of the parameters. The thing
24485 to be minimized would be the value of @c{$\chi^2$}
24486 @cite{chi^2} returned as
24487 the fifth result of the @code{xfit} function:
24488
24489 @smallexample
24490 minimize(xfit(gaus(a,b,c,d,x), x, [a,b,c], data)_5, d, guess)
24491 @end smallexample
24492
24493 @noindent
24494 where @code{gaus} represents the Gaussian model with background,
24495 @code{data} represents the data matrix, and @code{guess} represents
24496 the initial guess for @cite{d} that @code{minimize} requires.
24497 This operation will only be, shall we say, extraordinarily slow
24498 rather than astronomically slow (as would be the case if @code{minimize}
24499 were used by itself to solve the problem).
24500
24501 @tex
24502 \bigskip
24503 @end tex
24504
24505 The @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] command is somewhat trickier when
24506 nonlinear models are used. The second item in the result is the
24507 vector of ``raw'' parameters @cite{A}, @cite{B}, @cite{C}. The
24508 covariance matrix is written in terms of those raw parameters.
24509 The fifth item is a vector of @dfn{filter} expressions. This
24510 is the empty vector @samp{[]} if the raw parameters were the same
24511 as the requested parameters, i.e., if @cite{A = a}, @cite{B = b},
24512 and so on (which is always true if the model is already linear
24513 in the parameters as written, e.g., for polynomial fits). If the
24514 parameters had to be rearranged, the fifth item is instead a vector
24515 of one formula per parameter in the original model. The raw
24516 parameters are expressed in these ``filter'' formulas as
24517 @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @cite{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)} for @cite{B},
24518 and so on.
24519
24520 When Calc needs to modify the model to return the result, it replaces
24521 @samp{fitdummy(1)} in all the filters with the first item in the raw
24522 parameters list, and so on for the other raw parameters, then
24523 evaluates the resulting filter formulas to get the actual parameter
24524 values to be substituted into the original model. In the case of
24525 @kbd{H a F} and @kbd{I a F} where the parameters must be error forms,
24526 Calc uses the square roots of the diagonal entries of the covariance
24527 matrix as error values for the raw parameters, then lets Calc's
24528 standard error-form arithmetic take it from there.
24529
24530 If you use @kbd{I a F} with a nonlinear model, be sure to remember
24531 that the covariance matrix is in terms of the raw parameters,
24532 @emph{not} the actual requested parameters. It's up to you to
24533 figure out how to interpret the covariances in the presence of
24534 nontrivial filter functions.
24535
24536 Things are also complicated when the input contains error forms.
24537 Suppose there are three independent and dependent variables, @cite{x},
24538 @cite{y}, and @cite{z}, one or more of which are error forms in the
24539 data. Calc combines all the error values by taking the square root
24540 of the sum of the squares of the errors. It then changes @cite{x}
24541 and @cite{y} to be plain numbers, and makes @cite{z} into an error
24542 form with this combined error. The @cite{Y(x,y,z)} part of the
24543 linearized model is evaluated, and the result should be an error
24544 form. The error part of that result is used for @c{$\sigma_i$}
24545 @cite{sigma_i} for
24546 the data point. If for some reason @cite{Y(x,y,z)} does not return
24547 an error form, the combined error from @cite{z} is used directly
24548 for @c{$\sigma_i$}
24549 @cite{sigma_i}. Finally, @cite{z} is also stripped of its error
24550 for use in computing @cite{F(x,y,z)}, @cite{G(x,y,z)} and so on;
24551 the righthand side of the linearized model is computed in regular
24552 arithmetic with no error forms.
24553
24554 (While these rules may seem complicated, they are designed to do
24555 the most reasonable thing in the typical case that @cite{Y(x,y,z)}
24556 depends only on the dependent variable @cite{z}, and in fact is
24557 often simply equal to @cite{z}. For common cases like polynomials
24558 and multilinear models, the combined error is simply used as the
24559 @c{$\sigma$}
24560 @cite{sigma} for the data point with no further ado.)
24561
24562 @tex
24563 \bigskip
24564 @end tex
24565
24566 @vindex FitRules
24567 It may be the case that the model you wish to use is linearizable,
24568 but Calc's built-in rules are unable to figure it out. Calc uses
24569 its algebraic rewrite mechanism to linearize a model. The rewrite
24570 rules are kept in the variable @code{FitRules}. You can edit this
24571 variable using the @kbd{s e FitRules} command; in fact, there is
24572 a special @kbd{s F} command just for editing @code{FitRules}.
24573 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
24574
24575 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of rewrite rules.
24576
24577 @ignore
24578 @starindex
24579 @end ignore
24580 @tindex fitvar
24581 @ignore
24582 @starindex
24583 @end ignore
24584 @ignore
24585 @mindex @idots
24586 @end ignore
24587 @tindex fitparam
24588 @ignore
24589 @starindex
24590 @end ignore
24591 @ignore
24592 @mindex @null
24593 @end ignore
24594 @tindex fitmodel
24595 @ignore
24596 @starindex
24597 @end ignore
24598 @ignore
24599 @mindex @null
24600 @end ignore
24601 @tindex fitsystem
24602 @ignore
24603 @starindex
24604 @end ignore
24605 @ignore
24606 @mindex @null
24607 @end ignore
24608 @tindex fitdummy
24609 Calc uses @code{FitRules} as follows. First, it converts the model
24610 to an equation if necessary and encloses the model equation in a
24611 call to the function @code{fitmodel} (which is not actually a defined
24612 function in Calc; it is only used as a placeholder by the rewrite rules).
24613 Parameter variables are renamed to function calls @samp{fitparam(1)},
24614 @samp{fitparam(2)}, and so on, and independent variables are renamed
24615 to @samp{fitvar(1)}, @samp{fitvar(2)}, etc. The dependent variable
24616 is the highest-numbered @code{fitvar}. For example, the power law
24617 model @cite{a x^b} is converted to @cite{y = a x^b}, then to
24618
24619 @smallexample
24620 @group
24621 fitmodel(fitvar(2) = fitparam(1) fitvar(1)^fitparam(2))
24622 @end group
24623 @end smallexample
24624
24625 Calc then applies the rewrites as if by @samp{C-u 0 a r FitRules}.
24626 (The zero prefix means that rewriting should continue until no further
24627 changes are possible.)
24628
24629 When rewriting is complete, the @code{fitmodel} call should have
24630 been replaced by a @code{fitsystem} call that looks like this:
24631
24632 @example
24633 fitsystem(@var{Y}, @var{FGH}, @var{abc})
24634 @end example
24635
24636 @noindent
24637 where @var{Y} is a formula that describes the function @cite{Y(x,y,z)},
24638 @var{FGH} is the vector of formulas @cite{[F(x,y,z), G(x,y,z), H(x,y,z)]},
24639 and @var{abc} is the vector of parameter filters which refer to the
24640 raw parameters as @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @cite{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)}
24641 for @cite{B}, etc. While the number of raw parameters (the length of
24642 the @var{FGH} vector) is usually the same as the number of original
24643 parameters (the length of the @var{abc} vector), this is not required.
24644
24645 The power law model eventually boils down to
24646
24647 @smallexample
24648 @group
24649 fitsystem(ln(fitvar(2)),
24650 [1, ln(fitvar(1))],
24651 [exp(fitdummy(1)), fitdummy(2)])
24652 @end group
24653 @end smallexample
24654
24655 The actual implementation of @code{FitRules} is complicated; it
24656 proceeds in four phases. First, common rearrangements are done
24657 to try to bring linear terms together and to isolate functions like
24658 @code{exp} and @code{ln} either all the way ``out'' (so that they
24659 can be put into @var{Y}) or all the way ``in'' (so that they can
24660 be put into @var{abc} or @var{FGH}). In particular, all
24661 non-constant powers are converted to logs-and-exponentials form,
24662 and the distributive law is used to expand products of sums.
24663 Quotients are rewritten to use the @samp{fitinv} function, where
24664 @samp{fitinv(x)} represents @cite{1/x} while the @code{FitRules}
24665 are operating. (The use of @code{fitinv} makes recognition of
24666 linear-looking forms easier.) If you modify @code{FitRules}, you
24667 will probably only need to modify the rules for this phase.
24668
24669 Phase two, whose rules can actually also apply during phases one
24670 and three, first rewrites @code{fitmodel} to a two-argument
24671 form @samp{fitmodel(@var{Y}, @var{model})}, where @var{Y} is
24672 initially zero and @var{model} has been changed from @cite{a=b}
24673 to @cite{a-b} form. It then tries to peel off invertible functions
24674 from the outside of @var{model} and put them into @var{Y} instead,
24675 calling the equation solver to invert the functions. Finally, when
24676 this is no longer possible, the @code{fitmodel} is changed to a
24677 four-argument @code{fitsystem}, where the fourth argument is
24678 @var{model} and the @var{FGH} and @var{abc} vectors are initially
24679 empty. (The last vector is really @var{ABC}, corresponding to
24680 raw parameters, for now.)
24681
24682 Phase three converts a sum of items in the @var{model} to a sum
24683 of @samp{fitpart(@var{a}, @var{b}, @var{c})} terms which represent
24684 terms @samp{@var{a}*@var{b}*@var{c}} of the sum, where @var{a}
24685 is all factors that do not involve any variables, @var{b} is all
24686 factors that involve only parameters, and @var{c} is the factors
24687 that involve only independent variables. (If this decomposition
24688 is not possible, the rule set will not complete and Calc will
24689 complain that the model is too complex.) Then @code{fitpart}s
24690 with equal @var{b} or @var{c} components are merged back together
24691 using the distributive law in order to minimize the number of
24692 raw parameters needed.
24693
24694 Phase four moves the @code{fitpart} terms into the @var{FGH} and
24695 @var{ABC} vectors. Also, some of the algebraic expansions that
24696 were done in phase 1 are undone now to make the formulas more
24697 computationally efficient. Finally, it calls the solver one more
24698 time to convert the @var{ABC} vector to an @var{abc} vector, and
24699 removes the fourth @var{model} argument (which by now will be zero)
24700 to obtain the three-argument @code{fitsystem} that the linear
24701 least-squares solver wants to see.
24702
24703 @ignore
24704 @starindex
24705 @end ignore
24706 @ignore
24707 @mindex hasfit@idots
24708 @end ignore
24709 @tindex hasfitparams
24710 @ignore
24711 @starindex
24712 @end ignore
24713 @ignore
24714 @mindex @null
24715 @end ignore
24716 @tindex hasfitvars
24717 Two functions which are useful in connection with @code{FitRules}
24718 are @samp{hasfitparams(x)} and @samp{hasfitvars(x)}, which check
24719 whether @cite{x} refers to any parameters or independent variables,
24720 respectively. Specifically, these functions return ``true'' if the
24721 argument contains any @code{fitparam} (or @code{fitvar}) function
24722 calls, and ``false'' otherwise. (Recall that ``true'' means a
24723 nonzero number, and ``false'' means zero. The actual nonzero number
24724 returned is the largest @var{n} from all the @samp{fitparam(@var{n})}s
24725 or @samp{fitvar(@var{n})}s, respectively, that appear in the formula.)
24726
24727 @tex
24728 \bigskip
24729 @end tex
24730
24731 The @code{fit} function in algebraic notation normally takes four
24732 arguments, @samp{fit(@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}, @var{data})},
24733 where @var{model} is the model formula as it would be typed after
24734 @kbd{a F '}, @var{vars} is the independent variable or a vector of
24735 independent variables, @var{params} likewise gives the parameter(s),
24736 and @var{data} is the data matrix. Note that the length of @var{vars}
24737 must be equal to the number of rows in @var{data} if @var{model} is
24738 an equation, or one less than the number of rows if @var{model} is
24739 a plain formula. (Actually, a name for the dependent variable is
24740 allowed but will be ignored in the plain-formula case.)
24741
24742 If @var{params} is omitted, the parameters are all variables in
24743 @var{model} except those that appear in @var{vars}. If @var{vars}
24744 is also omitted, Calc sorts all the variables that appear in
24745 @var{model} alphabetically and uses the higher ones for @var{vars}
24746 and the lower ones for @var{params}.
24747
24748 Alternatively, @samp{fit(@var{modelvec}, @var{data})} is allowed
24749 where @var{modelvec} is a 2- or 3-vector describing the model
24750 and variables, as discussed previously.
24751
24752 If Calc is unable to do the fit, the @code{fit} function is left
24753 in symbolic form, ordinarily with an explanatory message. The
24754 message will be ``Model expression is too complex'' if the
24755 linearizer was unable to put the model into the required form.
24756
24757 The @code{efit} (corresponding to @kbd{H a F}) and @code{xfit}
24758 (for @kbd{I a F}) functions are completely analogous.
24759
24760 @node Interpolation, , Curve Fitting Details, Curve Fitting
24761 @subsection Polynomial Interpolation
24762
24763 @kindex a p
24764 @pindex calc-poly-interp
24765 @tindex polint
24766 The @kbd{a p} (@code{calc-poly-interp}) [@code{polint}] command does
24767 a polynomial interpolation at a particular @cite{x} value. It takes
24768 two arguments from the stack: A data matrix of the sort used by
24769 @kbd{a F}, and a single number which represents the desired @cite{x}
24770 value. Calc effectively does an exact polynomial fit as if by @kbd{a F i},
24771 then substitutes the @cite{x} value into the result in order to get an
24772 approximate @cite{y} value based on the fit. (Calc does not actually
24773 use @kbd{a F i}, however; it uses a direct method which is both more
24774 efficient and more numerically stable.)
24775
24776 The result of @kbd{a p} is actually a vector of two values: The @cite{y}
24777 value approximation, and an error measure @cite{dy} that reflects Calc's
24778 estimation of the probable error of the approximation at that value of
24779 @cite{x}. If the input @cite{x} is equal to any of the @cite{x} values
24780 in the data matrix, the output @cite{y} will be the corresponding @cite{y}
24781 value from the matrix, and the output @cite{dy} will be exactly zero.
24782
24783 A prefix argument of 2 causes @kbd{a p} to take separate x- and
24784 y-vectors from the stack instead of one data matrix.
24785
24786 If @cite{x} is a vector of numbers, @kbd{a p} will return a matrix of
24787 interpolated results for each of those @cite{x} values. (The matrix will
24788 have two columns, the @cite{y} values and the @cite{dy} values.)
24789 If @cite{x} is a formula instead of a number, the @code{polint} function
24790 remains in symbolic form; use the @kbd{a "} command to expand it out to
24791 a formula that describes the fit in symbolic terms.
24792
24793 In all cases, the @kbd{a p} command leaves the data vectors or matrix
24794 on the stack. Only the @cite{x} value is replaced by the result.
24795
24796 @kindex H a p
24797 @tindex ratint
24798 The @kbd{H a p} [@code{ratint}] command does a rational function
24799 interpolation. It is used exactly like @kbd{a p}, except that it
24800 uses as its model the quotient of two polynomials. If there are
24801 @cite{N} data points, the numerator and denominator polynomials will
24802 each have degree @cite{N/2} (if @cite{N} is odd, the denominator will
24803 have degree one higher than the numerator).
24804
24805 Rational approximations have the advantage that they can accurately
24806 describe functions that have poles (points at which the function's value
24807 goes to infinity, so that the denominator polynomial of the approximation
24808 goes to zero). If @cite{x} corresponds to a pole of the fitted rational
24809 function, then the result will be a division by zero. If Infinite mode
24810 is enabled, the result will be @samp{[uinf, uinf]}.
24811
24812 There is no way to get the actual coefficients of the rational function
24813 used by @kbd{H a p}. (The algorithm never generates these coefficients
24814 explicitly, and quotients of polynomials are beyond @w{@kbd{a F}}'s
24815 capabilities to fit.)
24816
24817 @node Summations, Logical Operations, Curve Fitting, Algebra
24818 @section Summations
24819
24820 @noindent
24821 @cindex Summation of a series
24822 @kindex a +
24823 @pindex calc-summation
24824 @tindex sum
24825 The @kbd{a +} (@code{calc-summation}) [@code{sum}] command computes
24826 the sum of a formula over a certain range of index values. The formula
24827 is taken from the top of the stack; the command prompts for the
24828 name of the summation index variable, the lower limit of the
24829 sum (any formula), and the upper limit of the sum. If you
24830 enter a blank line at any of these prompts, that prompt and
24831 any later ones are answered by reading additional elements from
24832 the stack. Thus, @kbd{' k^2 @key{RET} ' k @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 5 @key{RET} a + @key{RET}}
24833 produces the result 55.
24834 @tex
24835 \turnoffactive
24836 $$ \sum_{k=1}^5 k^2 = 55 $$
24837 @end tex
24838
24839 The choice of index variable is arbitrary, but it's best not to
24840 use a variable with a stored value. In particular, while
24841 @code{i} is often a favorite index variable, it should be avoided
24842 in Calc because @code{i} has the imaginary constant @cite{(0, 1)}
24843 as a value. If you pressed @kbd{=} on a sum over @code{i}, it would
24844 be changed to a nonsensical sum over the ``variable'' @cite{(0, 1)}!
24845 If you really want to use @code{i} as an index variable, use
24846 @w{@kbd{s u i @key{RET}}} first to ``unstore'' this variable.
24847 (@xref{Storing Variables}.)
24848
24849 A numeric prefix argument steps the index by that amount rather
24850 than by one. Thus @kbd{' a_k @key{RET} C-u -2 a + k @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 0 @key{RET}}
24851 yields @samp{a_10 + a_8 + a_6 + a_4 + a_2 + a_0}. A prefix
24852 argument of plain @kbd{C-u} causes @kbd{a +} to prompt for the
24853 step value, in which case you can enter any formula or enter
24854 a blank line to take the step value from the stack. With the
24855 @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{a +} can take up to five arguments from
24856 the stack: The formula, the variable, the lower limit, the
24857 upper limit, and (at the top of the stack), the step value.
24858
24859 Calc knows how to do certain sums in closed form. For example,
24860 @samp{sum(6 k^2, k, 1, n) = @w{2 n^3} + 3 n^2 + n}. In particular,
24861 this is possible if the formula being summed is polynomial or
24862 exponential in the index variable. Sums of logarithms are
24863 transformed into logarithms of products. Sums of trigonometric
24864 and hyperbolic functions are transformed to sums of exponentials
24865 and then done in closed form. Also, of course, sums in which the
24866 lower and upper limits are both numbers can always be evaluated
24867 just by grinding them out, although Calc will use closed forms
24868 whenever it can for the sake of efficiency.
24869
24870 The notation for sums in algebraic formulas is
24871 @samp{sum(@var{expr}, @var{var}, @var{low}, @var{high}, @var{step})}.
24872 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to one. If @var{high} is
24873 omitted, @var{low} is actually the upper limit and the lower limit
24874 is one. If @var{low} is also omitted, the limits are @samp{-inf}
24875 and @samp{inf}, respectively.
24876
24877 Infinite sums can sometimes be evaluated: @samp{sum(.5^k, k, 1, inf)}
24878 returns @cite{1}. This is done by evaluating the sum in closed
24879 form (to @samp{1. - 0.5^n} in this case), then evaluating this
24880 formula with @code{n} set to @code{inf}. Calc's usual rules
24881 for ``infinite'' arithmetic can find the answer from there. If
24882 infinite arithmetic yields a @samp{nan}, or if the sum cannot be
24883 solved in closed form, Calc leaves the @code{sum} function in
24884 symbolic form. @xref{Infinities}.
24885
24886 As a special feature, if the limits are infinite (or omitted, as
24887 described above) but the formula includes vectors subscripted by
24888 expressions that involve the iteration variable, Calc narrows
24889 the limits to include only the range of integers which result in
24890 legal subscripts for the vector. For example, the sum
24891 @samp{sum(k [a,b,c,d,e,f,g]_(2k),k)} evaluates to @samp{b + 2 d + 3 f}.
24892
24893 The limits of a sum do not need to be integers. For example,
24894 @samp{sum(a_k, k, 0, 2 n, n)} produces @samp{a_0 + a_n + a_(2 n)}.
24895 Calc computes the number of iterations using the formula
24896 @samp{1 + (@var{high} - @var{low}) / @var{step}}, which must,
24897 after simplification as if by @kbd{a s}, evaluate to an integer.
24898
24899 If the number of iterations according to the above formula does
24900 not come out to an integer, the sum is illegal and will be left
24901 in symbolic form. However, closed forms are still supplied, and
24902 you are on your honor not to misuse the resulting formulas by
24903 substituting mismatched bounds into them. For example,
24904 @samp{sum(k, k, 1, 10, 2)} is invalid, but Calc will go ahead and
24905 evaluate the closed form solution for the limits 1 and 10 to get
24906 the rather dubious answer, 29.25.
24907
24908 If the lower limit is greater than the upper limit (assuming a
24909 positive step size), the result is generally zero. However,
24910 Calc only guarantees a zero result when the upper limit is
24911 exactly one step less than the lower limit, i.e., if the number
24912 of iterations is @i{-1}. Thus @samp{sum(f(k), k, n, n-1)} is zero
24913 but the sum from @samp{n} to @samp{n-2} may report a nonzero value
24914 if Calc used a closed form solution.
24915
24916 Calc's logical predicates like @cite{a < b} return 1 for ``true''
24917 and 0 for ``false.'' @xref{Logical Operations}. This can be
24918 used to advantage for building conditional sums. For example,
24919 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k, 1, 20)} is the sum of the squares of all
24920 prime numbers from 1 to 20; the @code{prime} predicate returns 1 if
24921 its argument is prime and 0 otherwise. You can read this expression
24922 as ``the sum of @cite{k^2}, where @cite{k} is prime.'' Indeed,
24923 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k)} would represent the sum of @emph{all} primes
24924 squared, since the limits default to plus and minus infinity, but
24925 there are no such sums that Calc's built-in rules can do in
24926 closed form.
24927
24928 As another example, @samp{sum((k != k_0) * f(k), k, 1, n)} is the
24929 sum of @cite{f(k)} for all @cite{k} from 1 to @cite{n}, excluding
24930 one value @cite{k_0}. Slightly more tricky is the summand
24931 @samp{(k != k_0) / (k - k_0)}, which is an attempt to describe
24932 the sum of all @cite{1/(k-k_0)} except at @cite{k = k_0}, where
24933 this would be a division by zero. But at @cite{k = k_0}, this
24934 formula works out to the indeterminate form @cite{0 / 0}, which
24935 Calc will not assume is zero. Better would be to use
24936 @samp{(k != k_0) ? 1/(k-k_0) : 0}; the @samp{? :} operator does
24937 an ``if-then-else'' test: This expression says, ``if @c{$k \ne k_0$}
24938 @cite{k != k_0},
24939 then @cite{1/(k-k_0)}, else zero.'' Now the formula @cite{1/(k-k_0)}
24940 will not even be evaluated by Calc when @cite{k = k_0}.
24941
24942 @cindex Alternating sums
24943 @kindex a -
24944 @pindex calc-alt-summation
24945 @tindex asum
24946 The @kbd{a -} (@code{calc-alt-summation}) [@code{asum}] command
24947 computes an alternating sum. Successive terms of the sequence
24948 are given alternating signs, with the first term (corresponding
24949 to the lower index value) being positive. Alternating sums
24950 are converted to normal sums with an extra term of the form
24951 @samp{(-1)^(k-@var{low})}. This formula is adjusted appropriately
24952 if the step value is other than one. For example, the Taylor
24953 series for the sine function is @samp{asum(x^k / k!, k, 1, inf, 2)}.
24954 (Calc cannot evaluate this infinite series, but it can approximate
24955 it if you replace @code{inf} with any particular odd number.)
24956 Calc converts this series to a regular sum with a step of one,
24957 namely @samp{sum((-1)^k x^(2k+1) / (2k+1)!, k, 0, inf)}.
24958
24959 @cindex Product of a sequence
24960 @kindex a *
24961 @pindex calc-product
24962 @tindex prod
24963 The @kbd{a *} (@code{calc-product}) [@code{prod}] command is
24964 the analogous way to take a product of many terms. Calc also knows
24965 some closed forms for products, such as @samp{prod(k, k, 1, n) = n!}.
24966 Conditional products can be written @samp{prod(k^prime(k), k, 1, n)}
24967 or @samp{prod(prime(k) ? k : 1, k, 1, n)}.
24968
24969 @kindex a T
24970 @pindex calc-tabulate
24971 @tindex table
24972 The @kbd{a T} (@code{calc-tabulate}) [@code{table}] command
24973 evaluates a formula at a series of iterated index values, just
24974 like @code{sum} and @code{prod}, but its result is simply a
24975 vector of the results. For example, @samp{table(a_i, i, 1, 7, 2)}
24976 produces @samp{[a_1, a_3, a_5, a_7]}.
24977
24978 @node Logical Operations, Rewrite Rules, Summations, Algebra
24979 @section Logical Operations
24980
24981 @noindent
24982 The following commands and algebraic functions return true/false values,
24983 where 1 represents ``true'' and 0 represents ``false.'' In cases where
24984 a truth value is required (such as for the condition part of a rewrite
24985 rule, or as the condition for a @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} control structure), any
24986 nonzero value is accepted to mean ``true.'' (Specifically, anything
24987 for which @code{dnonzero} returns 1 is ``true,'' and anything for
24988 which @code{dnonzero} returns 0 or cannot decide is assumed ``false.''
24989 Note that this means that @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} will execute the ``then''
24990 portion if its condition is provably true, but it will execute the
24991 ``else'' portion for any condition like @cite{a = b} that is not
24992 provably true, even if it might be true. Algebraic functions that
24993 have conditions as arguments, like @code{? :} and @code{&&}, remain
24994 unevaluated if the condition is neither provably true nor provably
24995 false. @xref{Declarations}.)
24996
24997 @kindex a =
24998 @pindex calc-equal-to
24999 @tindex eq
25000 @tindex =
25001 @tindex ==
25002 The @kbd{a =} (@code{calc-equal-to}) command, or @samp{eq(a,b)} function
25003 (which can also be written @samp{a = b} or @samp{a == b} in an algebraic
25004 formula) is true if @cite{a} and @cite{b} are equal, either because they
25005 are identical expressions, or because they are numbers which are
25006 numerically equal. (Thus the integer 1 is considered equal to the float
25007 1.0.) If the equality of @cite{a} and @cite{b} cannot be determined,
25008 the comparison is left in symbolic form. Note that as a command, this
25009 operation pops two values from the stack and pushes back either a 1 or
25010 a 0, or a formula @samp{a = b} if the values' equality cannot be determined.
25011
25012 Many Calc commands use @samp{=} formulas to represent @dfn{equations}.
25013 For example, the @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) command rearranges
25014 an equation to solve for a given variable. The @kbd{a M}
25015 (@code{calc-map-equation}) command can be used to apply any
25016 function to both sides of an equation; for example, @kbd{2 a M *}
25017 multiplies both sides of the equation by two. Note that just
25018 @kbd{2 *} would not do the same thing; it would produce the formula
25019 @samp{2 (a = b)} which represents 2 if the equality is true or
25020 zero if not.
25021
25022 The @code{eq} function with more than two arguments (e.g., @kbd{C-u 3 a =}
25023 or @samp{a = b = c}) tests if all of its arguments are equal. In
25024 algebraic notation, the @samp{=} operator is unusual in that it is
25025 neither left- nor right-associative: @samp{a = b = c} is not the
25026 same as @samp{(a = b) = c} or @samp{a = (b = c)} (which each compare
25027 one variable with the 1 or 0 that results from comparing two other
25028 variables).
25029
25030 @kindex a #
25031 @pindex calc-not-equal-to
25032 @tindex neq
25033 @tindex !=
25034 The @kbd{a #} (@code{calc-not-equal-to}) command, or @samp{neq(a,b)} or
25035 @samp{a != b} function, is true if @cite{a} and @cite{b} are not equal.
25036 This also works with more than two arguments; @samp{a != b != c != d}
25037 tests that all four of @cite{a}, @cite{b}, @cite{c}, and @cite{d} are
25038 distinct numbers.
25039
25040 @kindex a <
25041 @tindex lt
25042 @ignore
25043 @mindex @idots
25044 @end ignore
25045 @kindex a >
25046 @ignore
25047 @mindex @null
25048 @end ignore
25049 @kindex a [
25050 @ignore
25051 @mindex @null
25052 @end ignore
25053 @kindex a ]
25054 @pindex calc-less-than
25055 @pindex calc-greater-than
25056 @pindex calc-less-equal
25057 @pindex calc-greater-equal
25058 @ignore
25059 @mindex @null
25060 @end ignore
25061 @tindex gt
25062 @ignore
25063 @mindex @null
25064 @end ignore
25065 @tindex leq
25066 @ignore
25067 @mindex @null
25068 @end ignore
25069 @tindex geq
25070 @ignore
25071 @mindex @null
25072 @end ignore
25073 @tindex <
25074 @ignore
25075 @mindex @null
25076 @end ignore
25077 @tindex >
25078 @ignore
25079 @mindex @null
25080 @end ignore
25081 @tindex <=
25082 @ignore
25083 @mindex @null
25084 @end ignore
25085 @tindex >=
25086 The @kbd{a <} (@code{calc-less-than}) [@samp{lt(a,b)} or @samp{a < b}]
25087 operation is true if @cite{a} is less than @cite{b}. Similar functions
25088 are @kbd{a >} (@code{calc-greater-than}) [@samp{gt(a,b)} or @samp{a > b}],
25089 @kbd{a [} (@code{calc-less-equal}) [@samp{leq(a,b)} or @samp{a <= b}], and
25090 @kbd{a ]} (@code{calc-greater-equal}) [@samp{geq(a,b)} or @samp{a >= b}].
25091
25092 While the inequality functions like @code{lt} do not accept more
25093 than two arguments, the syntax @w{@samp{a <= b < c}} is translated to an
25094 equivalent expression involving intervals: @samp{b in [a .. c)}.
25095 (See the description of @code{in} below.) All four combinations
25096 of @samp{<} and @samp{<=} are allowed, or any of the four combinations
25097 of @samp{>} and @samp{>=}. Four-argument constructions like
25098 @samp{a < b < c < d}, and mixtures like @w{@samp{a < b = c}} that
25099 involve both equalities and inequalities, are not allowed.
25100
25101 @kindex a .
25102 @pindex calc-remove-equal
25103 @tindex rmeq
25104 The @kbd{a .} (@code{calc-remove-equal}) [@code{rmeq}] command extracts
25105 the righthand side of the equation or inequality on the top of the
25106 stack. It also works elementwise on vectors. For example, if
25107 @samp{[x = 2.34, y = z / 2]} is on the stack, then @kbd{a .} produces
25108 @samp{[2.34, z / 2]}. As a special case, if the righthand side is a
25109 variable and the lefthand side is a number (as in @samp{2.34 = x}), then
25110 Calc keeps the lefthand side instead. Finally, this command works with
25111 assignments @samp{x := 2.34} as well as equations, always taking the
25112 the righthand side, and for @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operators, always
25113 taking the lefthand side.
25114
25115 @kindex a &
25116 @pindex calc-logical-and
25117 @tindex land
25118 @tindex &&
25119 The @kbd{a &} (@code{calc-logical-and}) [@samp{land(a,b)} or @samp{a && b}]
25120 function is true if both of its arguments are true, i.e., are
25121 non-zero numbers. In this case, the result will be either @cite{a} or
25122 @cite{b}, chosen arbitrarily. If either argument is zero, the result is
25123 zero. Otherwise, the formula is left in symbolic form.
25124
25125 @kindex a |
25126 @pindex calc-logical-or
25127 @tindex lor
25128 @tindex ||
25129 The @kbd{a |} (@code{calc-logical-or}) [@samp{lor(a,b)} or @samp{a || b}]
25130 function is true if either or both of its arguments are true (nonzero).
25131 The result is whichever argument was nonzero, choosing arbitrarily if both
25132 are nonzero. If both @cite{a} and @cite{b} are zero, the result is
25133 zero.
25134
25135 @kindex a !
25136 @pindex calc-logical-not
25137 @tindex lnot
25138 @tindex !
25139 The @kbd{a !} (@code{calc-logical-not}) [@samp{lnot(a)} or @samp{!@: a}]
25140 function is true if @cite{a} is false (zero), or false if @cite{a} is
25141 true (nonzero). It is left in symbolic form if @cite{a} is not a
25142 number.
25143
25144 @kindex a :
25145 @pindex calc-logical-if
25146 @tindex if
25147 @ignore
25148 @mindex ? :
25149 @end ignore
25150 @tindex ?
25151 @ignore
25152 @mindex @null
25153 @end ignore
25154 @tindex :
25155 @cindex Arguments, not evaluated
25156 The @kbd{a :} (@code{calc-logical-if}) [@samp{if(a,b,c)} or @samp{a ? b :@: c}]
25157 function is equal to either @cite{b} or @cite{c} if @cite{a} is a nonzero
25158 number or zero, respectively. If @cite{a} is not a number, the test is
25159 left in symbolic form and neither @cite{b} nor @cite{c} is evaluated in
25160 any way. In algebraic formulas, this is one of the few Calc functions
25161 whose arguments are not automatically evaluated when the function itself
25162 is evaluated. The others are @code{lambda}, @code{quote}, and
25163 @code{condition}.
25164
25165 One minor surprise to watch out for is that the formula @samp{a?3:4}
25166 will not work because the @samp{3:4} is parsed as a fraction instead of
25167 as three separate symbols. Type something like @samp{a ? 3 : 4} or
25168 @samp{a?(3):4} instead.
25169
25170 As a special case, if @cite{a} evaluates to a vector, then both @cite{b}
25171 and @cite{c} are evaluated; the result is a vector of the same length
25172 as @cite{a} whose elements are chosen from corresponding elements of
25173 @cite{b} and @cite{c} according to whether each element of @cite{a}
25174 is zero or nonzero. Each of @cite{b} and @cite{c} must be either a
25175 vector of the same length as @cite{a}, or a non-vector which is matched
25176 with all elements of @cite{a}.
25177
25178 @kindex a @{
25179 @pindex calc-in-set
25180 @tindex in
25181 The @kbd{a @{} (@code{calc-in-set}) [@samp{in(a,b)}] function is true if
25182 the number @cite{a} is in the set of numbers represented by @cite{b}.
25183 If @cite{b} is an interval form, @cite{a} must be one of the values
25184 encompassed by the interval. If @cite{b} is a vector, @cite{a} must be
25185 equal to one of the elements of the vector. (If any vector elements are
25186 intervals, @cite{a} must be in any of the intervals.) If @cite{b} is a
25187 plain number, @cite{a} must be numerically equal to @cite{b}.
25188 @xref{Set Operations}, for a group of commands that manipulate sets
25189 of this sort.
25190
25191 @ignore
25192 @starindex
25193 @end ignore
25194 @tindex typeof
25195 The @samp{typeof(a)} function produces an integer or variable which
25196 characterizes @cite{a}. If @cite{a} is a number, vector, or variable,
25197 the result will be one of the following numbers:
25198
25199 @example
25200 1 Integer
25201 2 Fraction
25202 3 Floating-point number
25203 4 HMS form
25204 5 Rectangular complex number
25205 6 Polar complex number
25206 7 Error form
25207 8 Interval form
25208 9 Modulo form
25209 10 Date-only form
25210 11 Date/time form
25211 12 Infinity (inf, uinf, or nan)
25212 100 Variable
25213 101 Vector (but not a matrix)
25214 102 Matrix
25215 @end example
25216
25217 Otherwise, @cite{a} is a formula, and the result is a variable which
25218 represents the name of the top-level function call.
25219
25220 @ignore
25221 @starindex
25222 @end ignore
25223 @tindex integer
25224 @ignore
25225 @starindex
25226 @end ignore
25227 @tindex real
25228 @ignore
25229 @starindex
25230 @end ignore
25231 @tindex constant
25232 The @samp{integer(a)} function returns true if @cite{a} is an integer.
25233 The @samp{real(a)} function
25234 is true if @cite{a} is a real number, either integer, fraction, or
25235 float. The @samp{constant(a)} function returns true if @cite{a} is
25236 any of the objects for which @code{typeof} would produce an integer
25237 code result except for variables, and provided that the components of
25238 an object like a vector or error form are themselves constant.
25239 Note that infinities do not satisfy any of these tests, nor do
25240 special constants like @code{pi} and @code{e}.@refill
25241
25242 @xref{Declarations}, for a set of similar functions that recognize
25243 formulas as well as actual numbers. For example, @samp{dint(floor(x))}
25244 is true because @samp{floor(x)} is provably integer-valued, but
25245 @samp{integer(floor(x))} does not because @samp{floor(x)} is not
25246 literally an integer constant.
25247
25248 @ignore
25249 @starindex
25250 @end ignore
25251 @tindex refers
25252 The @samp{refers(a,b)} function is true if the variable (or sub-expression)
25253 @cite{b} appears in @cite{a}, or false otherwise. Unlike the other
25254 tests described here, this function returns a definite ``no'' answer
25255 even if its arguments are still in symbolic form. The only case where
25256 @code{refers} will be left unevaluated is if @cite{a} is a plain
25257 variable (different from @cite{b}).
25258
25259 @ignore
25260 @starindex
25261 @end ignore
25262 @tindex negative
25263 The @samp{negative(a)} function returns true if @cite{a} ``looks'' negative,
25264 because it is a negative number, because it is of the form @cite{-x},
25265 or because it is a product or quotient with a term that looks negative.
25266 This is most useful in rewrite rules. Beware that @samp{negative(a)}
25267 evaluates to 1 or 0 for @emph{any} argument @cite{a}, so it can only
25268 be stored in a formula if the default simplifications are turned off
25269 first with @kbd{m O} (or if it appears in an unevaluated context such
25270 as a rewrite rule condition).
25271
25272 @ignore
25273 @starindex
25274 @end ignore
25275 @tindex variable
25276 The @samp{variable(a)} function is true if @cite{a} is a variable,
25277 or false if not. If @cite{a} is a function call, this test is left
25278 in symbolic form. Built-in variables like @code{pi} and @code{inf}
25279 are considered variables like any others by this test.
25280
25281 @ignore
25282 @starindex
25283 @end ignore
25284 @tindex nonvar
25285 The @samp{nonvar(a)} function is true if @cite{a} is a non-variable.
25286 If its argument is a variable it is left unsimplified; it never
25287 actually returns zero. However, since Calc's condition-testing
25288 commands consider ``false'' anything not provably true, this is
25289 often good enough.
25290
25291 @ignore
25292 @starindex
25293 @end ignore
25294 @tindex lin
25295 @ignore
25296 @starindex
25297 @end ignore
25298 @tindex linnt
25299 @ignore
25300 @starindex
25301 @end ignore
25302 @tindex islin
25303 @ignore
25304 @starindex
25305 @end ignore
25306 @tindex islinnt
25307 @cindex Linearity testing
25308 The functions @code{lin}, @code{linnt}, @code{islin}, and @code{islinnt}
25309 check if an expression is ``linear,'' i.e., can be written in the form
25310 @cite{a + b x} for some constants @cite{a} and @cite{b}, and some
25311 variable or subformula @cite{x}. The function @samp{islin(f,x)} checks
25312 if formula @cite{f} is linear in @cite{x}, returning 1 if so. For
25313 example, @samp{islin(x,x)}, @samp{islin(-x,x)}, @samp{islin(3,x)}, and
25314 @samp{islin(x y / 3 - 2, x)} all return 1. The @samp{lin(f,x)} function
25315 is similar, except that instead of returning 1 it returns the vector
25316 @cite{[a, b, x]}. For the above examples, this vector would be
25317 @cite{[0, 1, x]}, @cite{[0, -1, x]}, @cite{[3, 0, x]}, and
25318 @cite{[-2, y/3, x]}, respectively. Both @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25319 generally remain unevaluated for expressions which are not linear,
25320 e.g., @samp{lin(2 x^2, x)} and @samp{lin(sin(x), x)}. The second
25321 argument can also be a formula; @samp{islin(2 + 3 sin(x), sin(x))}
25322 returns true.
25323
25324 The @code{linnt} and @code{islinnt} functions perform a similar check,
25325 but require a ``non-trivial'' linear form, which means that the
25326 @cite{b} coefficient must be non-zero. For example, @samp{lin(2,x)}
25327 returns @cite{[2, 0, x]} and @samp{lin(y,x)} returns @cite{[y, 0, x]},
25328 but @samp{linnt(2,x)} and @samp{linnt(y,x)} are left unevaluated
25329 (in other words, these formulas are considered to be only ``trivially''
25330 linear in @cite{x}).
25331
25332 All four linearity-testing functions allow you to omit the second
25333 argument, in which case the input may be linear in any non-constant
25334 formula. Here, the @cite{a=0}, @cite{b=1} case is also considered
25335 trivial, and only constant values for @cite{a} and @cite{b} are
25336 recognized. Thus, @samp{lin(2 x y)} returns @cite{[0, 2, x y]},
25337 @samp{lin(2 - x y)} returns @cite{[2, -1, x y]}, and @samp{lin(x y)}
25338 returns @cite{[0, 1, x y]}. The @code{linnt} function would allow the
25339 first two cases but not the third. Also, neither @code{lin} nor
25340 @code{linnt} accept plain constants as linear in the one-argument
25341 case: @samp{islin(2,x)} is true, but @samp{islin(2)} is false.
25342
25343 @ignore
25344 @starindex
25345 @end ignore
25346 @tindex istrue
25347 The @samp{istrue(a)} function returns 1 if @cite{a} is a nonzero
25348 number or provably nonzero formula, or 0 if @cite{a} is anything else.
25349 Calls to @code{istrue} can only be manipulated if @kbd{m O} mode is
25350 used to make sure they are not evaluated prematurely. (Note that
25351 declarations are used when deciding whether a formula is true;
25352 @code{istrue} returns 1 when @code{dnonzero} would return 1, and
25353 it returns 0 when @code{dnonzero} would return 0 or leave itself
25354 in symbolic form.)
25355
25356 @node Rewrite Rules, , Logical Operations, Algebra
25357 @section Rewrite Rules
25358
25359 @noindent
25360 @cindex Rewrite rules
25361 @cindex Transformations
25362 @cindex Pattern matching
25363 @kindex a r
25364 @pindex calc-rewrite
25365 @tindex rewrite
25366 The @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) [@code{rewrite}] command makes
25367 substitutions in a formula according to a specified pattern or patterns
25368 known as @dfn{rewrite rules}. Whereas @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
25369 matches literally, so that substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(x)}
25370 matches only the @code{sin} function applied to the variable @code{x},
25371 rewrite rules match general kinds of formulas; rewriting using the rule
25372 @samp{sin(x) := cos(x)} matches @code{sin} of any argument and replaces
25373 it with @code{cos} of that same argument. The only significance of the
25374 name @code{x} is that the same name is used on both sides of the rule.
25375
25376 Rewrite rules rearrange formulas already in Calc's memory.
25377 @xref{Syntax Tables}, to read about @dfn{syntax rules}, which are
25378 similar to algebraic rewrite rules but operate when new algebraic
25379 entries are being parsed, converting strings of characters into
25380 Calc formulas.
25381
25382 @menu
25383 * Entering Rewrite Rules::
25384 * Basic Rewrite Rules::
25385 * Conditional Rewrite Rules::
25386 * Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules::
25387 * Other Features of Rewrite Rules::
25388 * Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules::
25389 * Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules::
25390 * Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules::
25391 * Selections with Rewrite Rules::
25392 * Matching Commands::
25393 * Automatic Rewrites::
25394 * Debugging Rewrites::
25395 * Examples of Rewrite Rules::
25396 @end menu
25397
25398 @node Entering Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25399 @subsection Entering Rewrite Rules
25400
25401 @noindent
25402 Rewrite rules normally use the ``assignment'' operator
25403 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}.
25404 This operator is equivalent to the function call @samp{assign(old, new)}.
25405 The @code{assign} function is undefined by itself in Calc, so an
25406 assignment formula such as a rewrite rule will be left alone by ordinary
25407 Calc commands. But certain commands, like the rewrite system, interpret
25408 assignments in special ways.@refill
25409
25410 For example, the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1-cos(x)^2} says to replace
25411 every occurrence of the sine of something, squared, with one minus the
25412 square of the cosine of that same thing. All by itself as a formula
25413 on the stack it does nothing, but when given to the @kbd{a r} command
25414 it turns that command into a sine-squared-to-cosine-squared converter.
25415
25416 To specify a set of rules to be applied all at once, make a vector of
25417 rules.
25418
25419 When @kbd{a r} prompts you to enter the rewrite rules, you can answer
25420 in several ways:
25421
25422 @enumerate
25423 @item
25424 With a rule: @kbd{f(x) := g(x) @key{RET}}.
25425 @item
25426 With a vector of rules: @kbd{[f1(x) := g1(x), f2(x) := g2(x)] @key{RET}}.
25427 (You can omit the enclosing square brackets if you wish.)
25428 @item
25429 With the name of a variable that contains the rule or rules vector:
25430 @kbd{myrules @key{RET}}.
25431 @item
25432 With any formula except a rule, a vector, or a variable name; this
25433 will be interpreted as the @var{old} half of a rewrite rule,
25434 and you will be prompted a second time for the @var{new} half:
25435 @kbd{f(x) @key{RET} g(x) @key{RET}}.
25436 @item
25437 With a blank line, in which case the rule, rules vector, or variable
25438 will be taken from the top of the stack (and the formula to be
25439 rewritten will come from the second-to-top position).
25440 @end enumerate
25441
25442 If you enter the rules directly (as opposed to using rules stored
25443 in a variable), those rules will be put into the Trail so that you
25444 can retrieve them later. @xref{Trail Commands}.
25445
25446 It is most convenient to store rules you use often in a variable and
25447 invoke them by giving the variable name. The @kbd{s e}
25448 (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command is an easy way to create or edit a
25449 rule set stored in a variable. You may also wish to use @kbd{s p}
25450 (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) to save your rules permanently;
25451 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.@refill
25452
25453 Rewrite rules are compiled into a special internal form for faster
25454 matching. If you enter a rule set directly it must be recompiled
25455 every time. If you store the rules in a variable and refer to them
25456 through that variable, they will be compiled once and saved away
25457 along with the variable for later reference. This is another good
25458 reason to store your rules in a variable.
25459
25460 Calc also accepts an obsolete notation for rules, as vectors
25461 @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}]}. But because it is easily confused with a
25462 vector of two rules, the use of this notation is no longer recommended.
25463
25464 @node Basic Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Entering Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25465 @subsection Basic Rewrite Rules
25466
25467 @noindent
25468 To match a particular formula @cite{x} with a particular rewrite rule
25469 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}, Calc compares the structure of @cite{x} with
25470 the structure of @var{old}. Variables that appear in @var{old} are
25471 treated as @dfn{meta-variables}; the corresponding positions in @cite{x}
25472 may contain any sub-formulas. For example, the pattern @samp{f(x,y)}
25473 would match the expression @samp{f(12, a+1)} with the meta-variable
25474 @samp{x} corresponding to 12 and with @samp{y} corresponding to
25475 @samp{a+1}. However, this pattern would not match @samp{f(12)} or
25476 @samp{g(12, a+1)}, since there is no assignment of the meta-variables
25477 that will make the pattern match these expressions. Notice that if
25478 the pattern is a single meta-variable, it will match any expression.
25479
25480 If a given meta-variable appears more than once in @var{old}, the
25481 corresponding sub-formulas of @cite{x} must be identical. Thus
25482 the pattern @samp{f(x,x)} would match @samp{f(12, 12)} and
25483 @samp{f(a+1, a+1)} but not @samp{f(12, a+1)} or @samp{f(a+b, b+a)}.
25484 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for a way to match the latter.)
25485
25486 Things other than variables must match exactly between the pattern
25487 and the target formula. To match a particular variable exactly, use
25488 the pseudo-function @samp{quote(v)} in the pattern. For example, the
25489 pattern @samp{x+quote(y)} matches @samp{x+y}, @samp{2+y}, or
25490 @samp{sin(a)+y}.
25491
25492 The special variable names @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi},
25493 @samp{gamma}, @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} always match
25494 literally. Thus the pattern @samp{sin(d + e + f)} acts exactly like
25495 @samp{sin(d + quote(e) + f)}.
25496
25497 If the @var{old} pattern is found to match a given formula, that
25498 formula is replaced by @var{new}, where any occurrences in @var{new}
25499 of meta-variables from the pattern are replaced with the sub-formulas
25500 that they matched. Thus, applying the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x)}
25501 to @samp{f(12, a+1)} would produce @samp{g(a+13, 12)}.
25502
25503 The normal @kbd{a r} command applies rewrite rules over and over
25504 throughout the target formula until no further changes are possible
25505 (up to a limit of 100 times). Use @kbd{C-u 1 a r} to make only one
25506 change at a time.
25507
25508 @node Conditional Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25509 @subsection Conditional Rewrite Rules
25510
25511 @noindent
25512 A rewrite rule can also be @dfn{conditional}, written in the form
25513 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}}. (There is also the obsolete
25514 form @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}, @var{cond}]}.) If a @var{cond} part
25515 is present in the
25516 rule, this is an additional condition that must be satisfied before
25517 the rule is accepted. Once @var{old} has been successfully matched
25518 to the target expression, @var{cond} is evaluated (with all the
25519 meta-variables substituted for the values they matched) and simplified
25520 with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}). If the result is a nonzero
25521 number or any other object known to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}),
25522 the rule is accepted. If the result is zero or if it is a symbolic
25523 formula that is not known to be nonzero, the rule is rejected.
25524 @xref{Logical Operations}, for a number of functions that return
25525 1 or 0 according to the results of various tests.@refill
25526
25527 For example, the formula @samp{n > 0} simplifies to 1 or 0 if @cite{n}
25528 is replaced by a positive or nonpositive number, respectively (or if
25529 @cite{n} has been declared to be positive or nonpositive). Thus,
25530 the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x) :: x+y > 0} would apply to
25531 @samp{f(0, 4)} but not to @samp{f(-3, 2)} or @samp{f(12, a+1)}
25532 (assuming no outstanding declarations for @cite{a}). In the case of
25533 @samp{f(-3, 2)}, the condition can be shown not to be satisfied; in
25534 the case of @samp{f(12, a+1)}, the condition merely cannot be shown
25535 to be satisfied, but that is enough to reject the rule.
25536
25537 While Calc will use declarations to reason about variables in the
25538 formula being rewritten, declarations do not apply to meta-variables.
25539 For example, the rule @samp{f(a) := g(a+1)} will match for any values
25540 of @samp{a}, such as complex numbers, vectors, or formulas, even if
25541 @samp{a} has been declared to be real or scalar. If you want the
25542 meta-variable @samp{a} to match only literal real numbers, use
25543 @samp{f(a) := g(a+1) :: real(a)}. If you want @samp{a} to match only
25544 reals and formulas which are provably real, use @samp{dreal(a)} as
25545 the condition.
25546
25547 The @samp{::} operator is a shorthand for the @code{condition}
25548 function; @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}} is equivalent to
25549 the formula @samp{condition(assign(@var{old}, @var{new}), @var{cond})}.
25550
25551 If you have several conditions, you can use @samp{... :: c1 :: c2 :: c3}
25552 or @samp{... :: c1 && c2 && c3}. The two are entirely equivalent.
25553
25554 It is also possible to embed conditions inside the pattern:
25555 @samp{f(x :: x>0, y) := g(y+x, x)}. This is purely a notational
25556 convenience, though; where a condition appears in a rule has no
25557 effect on when it is tested. The rewrite-rule compiler automatically
25558 decides when it is best to test each condition while a rule is being
25559 matched.
25560
25561 Certain conditions are handled as special cases by the rewrite rule
25562 system and are tested very efficiently: Where @cite{x} is any
25563 meta-variable, these conditions are @samp{integer(x)}, @samp{real(x)},
25564 @samp{constant(x)}, @samp{negative(x)}, @samp{x >= y} where @cite{y}
25565 is either a constant or another meta-variable and @samp{>=} may be
25566 replaced by any of the six relational operators, and @samp{x % a = b}
25567 where @cite{a} and @cite{b} are constants. Other conditions, like
25568 @samp{x >= y+1} or @samp{dreal(x)}, will be less efficient to check
25569 since Calc must bring the whole evaluator and simplifier into play.
25570
25571 An interesting property of @samp{::} is that neither of its arguments
25572 will be touched by Calc's default simplifications. This is important
25573 because conditions often are expressions that cannot safely be
25574 evaluated early. For example, the @code{typeof} function never
25575 remains in symbolic form; entering @samp{typeof(a)} will put the
25576 number 100 (the type code for variables like @samp{a}) on the stack.
25577 But putting the condition @samp{... :: typeof(a) = 6} on the stack
25578 is safe since @samp{::} prevents the @code{typeof} from being
25579 evaluated until the condition is actually used by the rewrite system.
25580
25581 Since @samp{::} protects its lefthand side, too, you can use a dummy
25582 condition to protect a rule that must itself not evaluate early.
25583 For example, it's not safe to put @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x])} on
25584 the stack because it will immediately evaluate to @samp{a(f,x) := f(x)},
25585 where the meta-variable-ness of @code{f} on the righthand side has been
25586 lost. But @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x]) :: 1} is safe, and of course
25587 the condition @samp{1} is always true (nonzero) so it has no effect on
25588 the functioning of the rule. (The rewrite compiler will ensure that
25589 it doesn't even impact the speed of matching the rule.)
25590
25591 @node Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25592 @subsection Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules
25593
25594 @noindent
25595 The rewrite mechanism understands the algebraic properties of functions
25596 like @samp{+} and @samp{*}. In particular, pattern matching takes
25597 the associativity and commutativity of the following functions into
25598 account:
25599
25600 @smallexample
25601 + - * = != && || and or xor vint vunion vxor gcd lcm max min beta
25602 @end smallexample
25603
25604 For example, the rewrite rule:
25605
25606 @example
25607 a x + b x := (a + b) x
25608 @end example
25609
25610 @noindent
25611 will match formulas of the form,
25612
25613 @example
25614 a x + b x, x a + x b, a x + x b, x a + b x
25615 @end example
25616
25617 Rewrites also understand the relationship between the @samp{+} and @samp{-}
25618 operators. The above rewrite rule will also match the formulas,
25619
25620 @example
25621 a x - b x, x a - x b, a x - x b, x a - b x
25622 @end example
25623
25624 @noindent
25625 by matching @samp{b} in the pattern to @samp{-b} from the formula.
25626
25627 Applied to a sum of many terms like @samp{r + a x + s + b x + t}, this
25628 pattern will check all pairs of terms for possible matches. The rewrite
25629 will take whichever suitable pair it discovers first.
25630
25631 In general, a pattern using an associative operator like @samp{a + b}
25632 will try @var{2 n} different ways to match a sum of @var{n} terms
25633 like @samp{x + y + z - w}. First, @samp{a} is matched against each
25634 of @samp{x}, @samp{y}, @samp{z}, and @samp{-w} in turn, with @samp{b}
25635 being matched to the remainders @samp{y + z - w}, @samp{x + z - w}, etc.
25636 If none of these succeed, then @samp{b} is matched against each of the
25637 four terms with @samp{a} matching the remainder. Half-and-half matches,
25638 like @samp{(x + y) + (z - w)}, are not tried.
25639
25640 Note that @samp{*} is not commutative when applied to matrices, but
25641 rewrite rules pretend that it is. If you type @kbd{m v} to enable
25642 matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), rewrite rules will match @samp{*}
25643 literally, ignoring its usual commutativity property. (In the
25644 current implementation, the associativity also vanishes---it is as
25645 if the pattern had been enclosed in a @code{plain} marker; see below.)
25646 If you are applying rewrites to formulas with matrices, it's best to
25647 enable matrix mode first to prevent algebraically incorrect rewrites
25648 from occurring.
25649
25650 The pattern @samp{-x} will actually match any expression. For example,
25651 the rule
25652
25653 @example
25654 f(-x) := -f(x)
25655 @end example
25656
25657 @noindent
25658 will rewrite @samp{f(a)} to @samp{-f(-a)}. To avoid this, either use
25659 a @code{plain} marker as described below, or add a @samp{negative(x)}
25660 condition. The @code{negative} function is true if its argument
25661 ``looks'' negative, for example, because it is a negative number or
25662 because it is a formula like @samp{-x}. The new rule using this
25663 condition is:
25664
25665 @example
25666 f(x) := -f(-x) :: negative(x) @r{or, equivalently,}
25667 f(-x) := -f(x) :: negative(-x)
25668 @end example
25669
25670 In the same way, the pattern @samp{x - y} will match the sum @samp{a + b}
25671 by matching @samp{y} to @samp{-b}.
25672
25673 The pattern @samp{a b} will also match the formula @samp{x/y} if
25674 @samp{y} is a number. Thus the rule @samp{a x + @w{b x} := (a+b) x}
25675 will also convert @samp{a x + x / 2} to @samp{(a + 0.5) x} (or
25676 @samp{(a + 1:2) x}, depending on the current fraction mode).
25677
25678 Calc will @emph{not} take other liberties with @samp{*}, @samp{/}, and
25679 @samp{^}. For example, the pattern @samp{f(a b)} will not match
25680 @samp{f(x^2)}, and @samp{f(a + b)} will not match @samp{f(2 x)}, even
25681 though conceivably these patterns could match with @samp{a = b = x}.
25682 Nor will @samp{f(a b)} match @samp{f(x / y)} if @samp{y} is not a
25683 constant, even though it could be considered to match with @samp{a = x}
25684 and @samp{b = 1/y}. The reasons are partly for efficiency, and partly
25685 because while few mathematical operations are substantively different
25686 for addition and subtraction, often it is preferable to treat the cases
25687 of multiplication, division, and integer powers separately.
25688
25689 Even more subtle is the rule set
25690
25691 @example
25692 [ f(a) + f(b) := f(a + b), -f(a) := f(-a) ]
25693 @end example
25694
25695 @noindent
25696 attempting to match @samp{f(x) - f(y)}. You might think that Calc
25697 will view this subtraction as @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))} and then apply
25698 the above two rules in turn, but actually this will not work because
25699 Calc only does this when considering rules for @samp{+} (like the
25700 first rule in this set). So it will see first that @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))}
25701 does not match @samp{f(a) + f(b)} for any assignments of the
25702 meta-variables, and then it will see that @samp{f(x) - f(y)} does
25703 not match @samp{-f(a)} for any assignment of @samp{a}. Because Calc
25704 tries only one rule at a time, it will not be able to rewrite
25705 @samp{f(x) - f(y)} with this rule set. An explicit @samp{f(a) - f(b)}
25706 rule will have to be added.
25707
25708 Another thing patterns will @emph{not} do is break up complex numbers.
25709 The pattern @samp{myconj(a + @w{b i)} := a - b i} will work for formulas
25710 involving the special constant @samp{i} (such as @samp{3 - 4 i}), but
25711 it will not match actual complex numbers like @samp{(3, -4)}. A version
25712 of the above rule for complex numbers would be
25713
25714 @example
25715 myconj(a) := re(a) - im(a) (0,1) :: im(a) != 0
25716 @end example
25717
25718 @noindent
25719 (Because the @code{re} and @code{im} functions understand the properties
25720 of the special constant @samp{i}, this rule will also work for
25721 @samp{3 - 4 i}. In fact, this particular rule would probably be better
25722 without the @samp{im(a) != 0} condition, since if @samp{im(a) = 0} the
25723 righthand side of the rule will still give the correct answer for the
25724 conjugate of a real number.)
25725
25726 It is also possible to specify optional arguments in patterns. The rule
25727
25728 @example
25729 opt(a) x + opt(b) (x^opt(c) + opt(d)) := f(a, b, c, d)
25730 @end example
25731
25732 @noindent
25733 will match the formula
25734
25735 @example
25736 5 (x^2 - 4) + 3 x
25737 @end example
25738
25739 @noindent
25740 in a fairly straightforward manner, but it will also match reduced
25741 formulas like
25742
25743 @example
25744 x + x^2, 2(x + 1) - x, x + x
25745 @end example
25746
25747 @noindent
25748 producing, respectively,
25749
25750 @example
25751 f(1, 1, 2, 0), f(-1, 2, 1, 1), f(1, 1, 1, 0)
25752 @end example
25753
25754 (The latter two formulas can be entered only if default simplifications
25755 have been turned off with @kbd{m O}.)
25756
25757 The default value for a term of a sum is zero. The default value
25758 for a part of a product, for a power, or for the denominator of a
25759 quotient, is one. Also, @samp{-x} matches the pattern @samp{opt(a) b}
25760 with @samp{a = -1}.
25761
25762 In particular, the distributive-law rule can be refined to
25763
25764 @example
25765 opt(a) x + opt(b) x := (a + b) x
25766 @end example
25767
25768 @noindent
25769 so that it will convert, e.g., @samp{a x - x}, to @samp{(a - 1) x}.
25770
25771 The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x} matches almost any formulas which
25772 are linear in @samp{x}. You can also use the @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25773 functions with rewrite conditions to test for this; @pxref{Logical
25774 Operations}. These functions are not as convenient to use in rewrite
25775 rules, but they recognize more kinds of formulas as linear:
25776 @samp{x/z} is considered linear with @cite{b = 1/z} by @code{lin},
25777 but it will not match the above pattern because that pattern calls
25778 for a multiplication, not a division.
25779
25780 As another example, the obvious rule to replace @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2}
25781 by 1,
25782
25783 @example
25784 sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 := 1
25785 @end example
25786
25787 @noindent
25788 misses many cases because the sine and cosine may both be multiplied by
25789 an equal factor. Here's a more successful rule:
25790
25791 @example
25792 opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a
25793 @end example
25794
25795 Note that this rule will @emph{not} match @samp{sin(x)^2 + 6 cos(x)^2}
25796 because one @cite{a} would have ``matched'' 1 while the other matched 6.
25797
25798 Calc automatically converts a rule like
25799
25800 @example
25801 f(x-1, x) := g(x)
25802 @end example
25803
25804 @noindent
25805 into the form
25806
25807 @example
25808 f(temp, x) := g(x) :: temp = x-1
25809 @end example
25810
25811 @noindent
25812 (where @code{temp} stands for a new, invented meta-variable that
25813 doesn't actually have a name). This modified rule will successfully
25814 match @samp{f(6, 7)}, binding @samp{temp} and @samp{x} to 6 and 7,
25815 respectively, then verifying that they differ by one even though
25816 @samp{6} does not superficially look like @samp{x-1}.
25817
25818 However, Calc does not solve equations to interpret a rule. The
25819 following rule,
25820
25821 @example
25822 f(x-1, x+1) := g(x)
25823 @end example
25824
25825 @noindent
25826 will not work. That is, it will match @samp{f(a - 1 + b, a + 1 + b)}
25827 but not @samp{f(6, 8)}. Calc always interprets at least one occurrence
25828 of a variable by literal matching. If the variable appears ``isolated''
25829 then Calc is smart enough to use it for literal matching. But in this
25830 last example, Calc is forced to rewrite the rule to @samp{f(x-1, temp)
25831 := g(x) :: temp = x+1} where the @samp{x-1} term must correspond to an
25832 actual ``something-minus-one'' in the target formula.
25833
25834 A successful way to write this would be @samp{f(x, x+2) := g(x+1)}.
25835 You could make this resemble the original form more closely by using
25836 @code{let} notation, which is described in the next section:
25837
25838 @example
25839 f(xm1, x+1) := g(x) :: let(x := xm1+1)
25840 @end example
25841
25842 Calc does this rewriting or ``conditionalizing'' for any sub-pattern
25843 which involves only the functions in the following list, operating
25844 only on constants and meta-variables which have already been matched
25845 elsewhere in the pattern. When matching a function call, Calc is
25846 careful to match arguments which are plain variables before arguments
25847 which are calls to any of the functions below, so that a pattern like
25848 @samp{f(x-1, x)} can be conditionalized even though the isolated
25849 @samp{x} comes after the @samp{x-1}.
25850
25851 @smallexample
25852 + - * / \ % ^ abs sign round rounde roundu trunc floor ceil
25853 max min re im conj arg
25854 @end smallexample
25855
25856 You can suppress all of the special treatments described in this
25857 section by surrounding a function call with a @code{plain} marker.
25858 This marker causes the function call which is its argument to be
25859 matched literally, without regard to commutativity, associativity,
25860 negation, or conditionalization. When you use @code{plain}, the
25861 ``deep structure'' of the formula being matched can show through.
25862 For example,
25863
25864 @example
25865 plain(a - a b) := f(a, b)
25866 @end example
25867
25868 @noindent
25869 will match only literal subtractions. However, the @code{plain}
25870 marker does not affect its arguments' arguments. In this case,
25871 commutativity and associativity is still considered while matching
25872 the @w{@samp{a b}} sub-pattern, so the whole pattern will match
25873 @samp{x - y x} as well as @samp{x - x y}. We could go still
25874 further and use
25875
25876 @example
25877 plain(a - plain(a b)) := f(a, b)
25878 @end example
25879
25880 @noindent
25881 which would do a completely strict match for the pattern.
25882
25883 By contrast, the @code{quote} marker means that not only the
25884 function name but also the arguments must be literally the same.
25885 The above pattern will match @samp{x - x y} but
25886
25887 @example
25888 quote(a - a b) := f(a, b)
25889 @end example
25890
25891 @noindent
25892 will match only the single formula @samp{a - a b}. Also,
25893
25894 @example
25895 quote(a - quote(a b)) := f(a, b)
25896 @end example
25897
25898 @noindent
25899 will match only @samp{a - quote(a b)}---probably not the desired
25900 effect!
25901
25902 A certain amount of algebra is also done when substituting the
25903 meta-variables on the righthand side of a rule. For example,
25904 in the rule
25905
25906 @example
25907 a + f(b) := f(a + b)
25908 @end example
25909
25910 @noindent
25911 matching @samp{f(x) - y} would produce @samp{f((-y) + x)} if
25912 taken literally, but the rewrite mechanism will simplify the
25913 righthand side to @samp{f(x - y)} automatically. (Of course,
25914 the default simplifications would do this anyway, so this
25915 special simplification is only noticeable if you have turned the
25916 default simplifications off.) This rewriting is done only when
25917 a meta-variable expands to a ``negative-looking'' expression.
25918 If this simplification is not desirable, you can use a @code{plain}
25919 marker on the righthand side:
25920
25921 @example
25922 a + f(b) := f(plain(a + b))
25923 @end example
25924
25925 @noindent
25926 In this example, we are still allowing the pattern-matcher to
25927 use all the algebra it can muster, but the righthand side will
25928 always simplify to a literal addition like @samp{f((-y) + x)}.
25929
25930 @node Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25931 @subsection Other Features of Rewrite Rules
25932
25933 @noindent
25934 Certain ``function names'' serve as markers in rewrite rules.
25935 Here is a complete list of these markers. First are listed the
25936 markers that work inside a pattern; then come the markers that
25937 work in the righthand side of a rule.
25938
25939 @ignore
25940 @starindex
25941 @end ignore
25942 @tindex import
25943 One kind of marker, @samp{import(x)}, takes the place of a whole
25944 rule. Here @cite{x} is the name of a variable containing another
25945 rule set; those rules are ``spliced into'' the rule set that
25946 imports them. For example, if @samp{[f(a+b) := f(a) + f(b),
25947 f(a b) := a f(b) :: real(a)]} is stored in variable @samp{linearF},
25948 then the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 0, import(linearF)]} will apply
25949 all three rules. It is possible to modify the imported rules
25950 slightly: @samp{import(x, v1, x1, v2, x2, @dots{})} imports
25951 the rule set @cite{x} with all occurrences of @c{$v_1$}
25952 @cite{v1}, as either
25953 a variable name or a function name, replaced with @c{$x_1$}
25954 @cite{x1} and
25955 so on. (If @c{$v_1$}
25956 @cite{v1} is used as a function name, then @c{$x_1$}
25957 @cite{x1}
25958 must be either a function name itself or a @w{@samp{< >}} nameless
25959 function; @pxref{Specifying Operators}.) For example, @samp{[g(0) := 0,
25960 import(linearF, f, g)]} applies the linearity rules to the function
25961 @samp{g} instead of @samp{f}. Imports can be nested, but the
25962 import-with-renaming feature may fail to rename sub-imports properly.
25963
25964 The special functions allowed in patterns are:
25965
25966 @table @samp
25967 @item quote(x)
25968 @ignore
25969 @starindex
25970 @end ignore
25971 @tindex quote
25972 This pattern matches exactly @cite{x}; variable names in @cite{x} are
25973 not interpreted as meta-variables. The only flexibility is that
25974 numbers are compared for numeric equality, so that the pattern
25975 @samp{f(quote(12))} will match both @samp{f(12)} and @samp{f(12.0)}.
25976 (Numbers are always treated this way by the rewrite mechanism:
25977 The rule @samp{f(x,x) := g(x)} will match @samp{f(12, 12.0)}.
25978 The rewrite may produce either @samp{g(12)} or @samp{g(12.0)}
25979 as a result in this case.)
25980
25981 @item plain(x)
25982 @ignore
25983 @starindex
25984 @end ignore
25985 @tindex plain
25986 Here @cite{x} must be a function call @samp{f(x1,x2,@dots{})}. This
25987 pattern matches a call to function @cite{f} with the specified
25988 argument patterns. No special knowledge of the properties of the
25989 function @cite{f} is used in this case; @samp{+} is not commutative or
25990 associative. Unlike @code{quote}, the arguments @samp{x1,x2,@dots{}}
25991 are treated as patterns. If you wish them to be treated ``plainly''
25992 as well, you must enclose them with more @code{plain} markers:
25993 @samp{plain(plain(@w{-a}) + plain(b c))}.
25994
25995 @item opt(x,def)
25996 @ignore
25997 @starindex
25998 @end ignore
25999 @tindex opt
26000 Here @cite{x} must be a variable name. This must appear as an
26001 argument to a function or an element of a vector; it specifies that
26002 the argument or element is optional.
26003 As an argument to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{&&}, or @samp{||},
26004 or as the second argument to @samp{/} or @samp{^}, the value @var{def}
26005 may be omitted. The pattern @samp{x + opt(y)} matches a sum by
26006 binding one summand to @cite{x} and the other to @cite{y}, and it
26007 matches anything else by binding the whole expression to @cite{x} and
26008 zero to @cite{y}. The other operators above work similarly.@refill
26009
26010 For general miscellaneous functions, the default value @code{def}
26011 must be specified. Optional arguments are dropped starting with
26012 the rightmost one during matching. For example, the pattern
26013 @samp{f(opt(a,0), b, opt(c,b))} will match @samp{f(b)}, @samp{f(a,b)},
26014 or @samp{f(a,b,c)}. Default values of zero and @cite{b} are
26015 supplied in this example for the omitted arguments. Note that
26016 the literal variable @cite{b} will be the default in the latter
26017 case, @emph{not} the value that matched the meta-variable @cite{b}.
26018 In other words, the default @var{def} is effectively quoted.
26019
26020 @item condition(x,c)
26021 @ignore
26022 @starindex
26023 @end ignore
26024 @tindex condition
26025 @tindex ::
26026 This matches the pattern @cite{x}, with the attached condition
26027 @cite{c}. It is the same as @samp{x :: c}.
26028
26029 @item pand(x,y)
26030 @ignore
26031 @starindex
26032 @end ignore
26033 @tindex pand
26034 @tindex &&&
26035 This matches anything that matches both pattern @cite{x} and
26036 pattern @cite{y}. It is the same as @samp{x &&& y}.
26037 @pxref{Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules}.
26038
26039 @item por(x,y)
26040 @ignore
26041 @starindex
26042 @end ignore
26043 @tindex por
26044 @tindex |||
26045 This matches anything that matches either pattern @cite{x} or
26046 pattern @cite{y}. It is the same as @w{@samp{x ||| y}}.
26047
26048 @item pnot(x)
26049 @ignore
26050 @starindex
26051 @end ignore
26052 @tindex pnot
26053 @tindex !!!
26054 This matches anything that does not match pattern @cite{x}.
26055 It is the same as @samp{!!! x}.
26056
26057 @item cons(h,t)
26058 @ignore
26059 @mindex cons
26060 @end ignore
26061 @tindex cons (rewrites)
26062 This matches any vector of one or more elements. The first
26063 element is matched to @cite{h}; a vector of the remaining
26064 elements is matched to @cite{t}. Note that vectors of fixed
26065 length can also be matched as actual vectors: The rule
26066 @samp{cons(a,cons(b,[])) := cons(a+b,[])} is equivalent
26067 to the rule @samp{[a,b] := [a+b]}.
26068
26069 @item rcons(t,h)
26070 @ignore
26071 @mindex rcons
26072 @end ignore
26073 @tindex rcons (rewrites)
26074 This is like @code{cons}, except that the @emph{last} element
26075 is matched to @cite{h}, with the remaining elements matched
26076 to @cite{t}.
26077
26078 @item apply(f,args)
26079 @ignore
26080 @mindex apply
26081 @end ignore
26082 @tindex apply (rewrites)
26083 This matches any function call. The name of the function, in
26084 the form of a variable, is matched to @cite{f}. The arguments
26085 of the function, as a vector of zero or more objects, are
26086 matched to @samp{args}. Constants, variables, and vectors
26087 do @emph{not} match an @code{apply} pattern. For example,
26088 @samp{apply(f,x)} matches any function call, @samp{apply(quote(f),x)}
26089 matches any call to the function @samp{f}, @samp{apply(f,[a,b])}
26090 matches any function call with exactly two arguments, and
26091 @samp{apply(quote(f), cons(a,cons(b,x)))} matches any call
26092 to the function @samp{f} with two or more arguments. Another
26093 way to implement the latter, if the rest of the rule does not
26094 need to refer to the first two arguments of @samp{f} by name,
26095 would be @samp{apply(quote(f), x :: vlen(x) >= 2)}.
26096 Here's a more interesting sample use of @code{apply}:
26097
26098 @example
26099 apply(f,[x+n]) := n + apply(f,[x])
26100 :: in(f, [floor,ceil,round,trunc]) :: integer(n)
26101 @end example
26102
26103 Note, however, that this will be slower to match than a rule
26104 set with four separate rules. The reason is that Calc sorts
26105 the rules of a rule set according to top-level function name;
26106 if the top-level function is @code{apply}, Calc must try the
26107 rule for every single formula and sub-formula. If the top-level
26108 function in the pattern is, say, @code{floor}, then Calc invokes
26109 the rule only for sub-formulas which are calls to @code{floor}.
26110
26111 Formulas normally written with operators like @code{+} are still
26112 considered function calls: @code{apply(f,x)} matches @samp{a+b}
26113 with @samp{f = add}, @samp{x = [a,b]}.
26114
26115 You must use @code{apply} for meta-variables with function names
26116 on both sides of a rewrite rule: @samp{apply(f, [x]) := f(x+1)}
26117 is @emph{not} correct, because it rewrites @samp{spam(6)} into
26118 @samp{f(7)}. The righthand side should be @samp{apply(f, [x+1])}.
26119 Also note that you will have to use no-simplify (@kbd{m O})
26120 mode when entering this rule so that the @code{apply} isn't
26121 evaluated immediately to get the new rule @samp{f(x) := f(x+1)}.
26122 Or, use @kbd{s e} to enter the rule without going through the stack,
26123 or enter the rule as @samp{apply(f, [x]) := apply(f, [x+1]) @w{:: 1}}.
26124 @xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}.
26125
26126 @item select(x)
26127 @ignore
26128 @starindex
26129 @end ignore
26130 @tindex select
26131 This is used for applying rules to formulas with selections;
26132 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26133 @end table
26134
26135 Special functions for the righthand sides of rules are:
26136
26137 @table @samp
26138 @item quote(x)
26139 The notation @samp{quote(x)} is changed to @samp{x} when the
26140 righthand side is used. As far as the rewrite rule is concerned,
26141 @code{quote} is invisible. However, @code{quote} has the special
26142 property in Calc that its argument is not evaluated. Thus,
26143 while it will not work to put the rule @samp{t(a) := typeof(a)}
26144 on the stack because @samp{typeof(a)} is evaluated immediately
26145 to produce @samp{t(a) := 100}, you can use @code{quote} to
26146 protect the righthand side: @samp{t(a) := quote(typeof(a))}.
26147 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for another trick for
26148 protecting rules from evaluation.)
26149
26150 @item plain(x)
26151 Special properties of and simplifications for the function call
26152 @cite{x} are not used. One interesting case where @code{plain}
26153 is useful is the rule, @samp{q(x) := quote(x)}, trying to expand a
26154 shorthand notation for the @code{quote} function. This rule will
26155 not work as shown; instead of replacing @samp{q(foo)} with
26156 @samp{quote(foo)}, it will replace it with @samp{foo}! The correct
26157 rule would be @samp{q(x) := plain(quote(x))}.
26158
26159 @item cons(h,t)
26160 Where @cite{t} is a vector, this is converted into an expanded
26161 vector during rewrite processing. Note that @code{cons} is a regular
26162 Calc function which normally does this anyway; the only way @code{cons}
26163 is treated specially by rewrites is that @code{cons} on the righthand
26164 side of a rule will be evaluated even if default simplifications
26165 have been turned off.
26166
26167 @item rcons(t,h)
26168 Analogous to @code{cons} except putting @cite{h} at the @emph{end} of
26169 the vector @cite{t}.
26170
26171 @item apply(f,args)
26172 Where @cite{f} is a variable and @var{args} is a vector, this
26173 is converted to a function call. Once again, note that @code{apply}
26174 is also a regular Calc function.
26175
26176 @item eval(x)
26177 @ignore
26178 @starindex
26179 @end ignore
26180 @tindex eval
26181 The formula @cite{x} is handled in the usual way, then the
26182 default simplifications are applied to it even if they have
26183 been turned off normally. This allows you to treat any function
26184 similarly to the way @code{cons} and @code{apply} are always
26185 treated. However, there is a slight difference: @samp{cons(2+3, [])}
26186 with default simplifications off will be converted to @samp{[2+3]},
26187 whereas @samp{eval(cons(2+3, []))} will be converted to @samp{[5]}.
26188
26189 @item evalsimp(x)
26190 @ignore
26191 @starindex
26192 @end ignore
26193 @tindex evalsimp
26194 The formula @cite{x} has meta-variables substituted in the usual
26195 way, then algebraically simplified as if by the @kbd{a s} command.
26196
26197 @item evalextsimp(x)
26198 @ignore
26199 @starindex
26200 @end ignore
26201 @tindex evalextsimp
26202 The formula @cite{x} has meta-variables substituted in the normal
26203 way, then ``extendedly'' simplified as if by the @kbd{a e} command.
26204
26205 @item select(x)
26206 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26207 @end table
26208
26209 There are also some special functions you can use in conditions.
26210
26211 @table @samp
26212 @item let(v := x)
26213 @ignore
26214 @starindex
26215 @end ignore
26216 @tindex let
26217 The expression @cite{x} is evaluated with meta-variables substituted.
26218 The @kbd{a s} command's simplifications are @emph{not} applied by
26219 default, but @cite{x} can include calls to @code{evalsimp} or
26220 @code{evalextsimp} as described above to invoke higher levels
26221 of simplification. The
26222 result of @cite{x} is then bound to the meta-variable @cite{v}. As
26223 usual, if this meta-variable has already been matched to something
26224 else the two values must be equal; if the meta-variable is new then
26225 it is bound to the result of the expression. This variable can then
26226 appear in later conditions, and on the righthand side of the rule.
26227 In fact, @cite{v} may be any pattern in which case the result of
26228 evaluating @cite{x} is matched to that pattern, binding any
26229 meta-variables that appear in that pattern. Note that @code{let}
26230 can only appear by itself as a condition, or as one term of an
26231 @samp{&&} which is a whole condition: It cannot be inside
26232 an @samp{||} term or otherwise buried.@refill
26233
26234 The alternate, equivalent form @samp{let(v, x)} is also recognized.
26235 Note that the use of @samp{:=} by @code{let}, while still being
26236 assignment-like in character, is unrelated to the use of @samp{:=}
26237 in the main part of a rewrite rule.
26238
26239 As an example, @samp{f(a) := g(ia) :: let(ia := 1/a) :: constant(ia)}
26240 replaces @samp{f(a)} with @samp{g} of the inverse of @samp{a}, if
26241 that inverse exists and is constant. For example, if @samp{a} is a
26242 singular matrix the operation @samp{1/a} is left unsimplified and
26243 @samp{constant(ia)} fails, but if @samp{a} is an invertible matrix
26244 then the rule succeeds. Without @code{let} there would be no way
26245 to express this rule that didn't have to invert the matrix twice.
26246 Note that, because the meta-variable @samp{ia} is otherwise unbound
26247 in this rule, the @code{let} condition itself always ``succeeds''
26248 because no matter what @samp{1/a} evaluates to, it can successfully
26249 be bound to @code{ia}.@refill
26250
26251 Here's another example, for integrating cosines of linear
26252 terms: @samp{myint(cos(y),x) := sin(y)/b :: let([a,b,x] := lin(y,x))}.
26253 The @code{lin} function returns a 3-vector if its argument is linear,
26254 or leaves itself unevaluated if not. But an unevaluated @code{lin}
26255 call will not match the 3-vector on the lefthand side of the @code{let},
26256 so this @code{let} both verifies that @code{y} is linear, and binds
26257 the coefficients @code{a} and @code{b} for use elsewhere in the rule.
26258 (It would have been possible to use @samp{sin(a x + b)/b} for the
26259 righthand side instead, but using @samp{sin(y)/b} avoids gratuitous
26260 rearrangement of the argument of the sine.)@refill
26261
26262 @ignore
26263 @starindex
26264 @end ignore
26265 @tindex ierf
26266 Similarly, here is a rule that implements an inverse-@code{erf}
26267 function. It uses @code{root} to search for a solution. If
26268 @code{root} succeeds, it will return a vector of two numbers
26269 where the first number is the desired solution. If no solution
26270 is found, @code{root} remains in symbolic form. So we use
26271 @code{let} to check that the result was indeed a vector.
26272
26273 @example
26274 ierf(x) := y :: let([y,z] := root(erf(a) = x, a, .5))
26275 @end example
26276
26277 @item matches(v,p)
26278 The meta-variable @var{v}, which must already have been matched
26279 to something elsewhere in the rule, is compared against pattern
26280 @var{p}. Since @code{matches} is a standard Calc function, it
26281 can appear anywhere in a condition. But if it appears alone or
26282 as a term of a top-level @samp{&&}, then you get the special
26283 extra feature that meta-variables which are bound to things
26284 inside @var{p} can be used elsewhere in the surrounding rewrite
26285 rule.
26286
26287 The only real difference between @samp{let(p := v)} and
26288 @samp{matches(v, p)} is that the former evaluates @samp{v} using
26289 the default simplifications, while the latter does not.
26290
26291 @item remember
26292 @vindex remember
26293 This is actually a variable, not a function. If @code{remember}
26294 appears as a condition in a rule, then when that rule succeeds
26295 the original expression and rewritten expression are added to the
26296 front of the rule set that contained the rule. If the rule set
26297 was not stored in a variable, @code{remember} is ignored. The
26298 lefthand side is enclosed in @code{quote} in the added rule if it
26299 contains any variables.
26300
26301 For example, the rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: remember} applied
26302 to @samp{f(7)} will add the rule @samp{f(7) := 7 f(6)} to the front
26303 of the rule set. The rule set @code{EvalRules} works slightly
26304 differently: There, the evaluation of @samp{f(6)} will complete before
26305 the result is added to the rule set, in this case as @samp{f(7) := 5040}.
26306 Thus @code{remember} is most useful inside @code{EvalRules}.
26307
26308 It is up to you to ensure that the optimization performed by
26309 @code{remember} is safe. For example, the rule @samp{foo(n) := n
26310 :: evalv(eatfoo) > 0 :: remember} is a bad idea (@code{evalv} is
26311 the function equivalent of the @kbd{=} command); if the variable
26312 @code{eatfoo} ever contains 1, rules like @samp{foo(7) := 7} will
26313 be added to the rule set and will continue to operate even if
26314 @code{eatfoo} is later changed to 0.
26315
26316 @item remember(c)
26317 @ignore
26318 @starindex
26319 @end ignore
26320 @tindex remember
26321 Remember the match as described above, but only if condition @cite{c}
26322 is true. For example, @samp{remember(n % 4 = 0)} in the above factorial
26323 rule remembers only every fourth result. Note that @samp{remember(1)}
26324 is equivalent to @samp{remember}, and @samp{remember(0)} has no effect.
26325 @end table
26326
26327 @node Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26328 @subsection Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules
26329
26330 @noindent
26331 There are three operators, @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!},
26332 that combine rewrite patterns to make larger patterns. The
26333 combinations are ``and,'' ``or,'' and ``not,'' respectively, and
26334 these operators are the pattern equivalents of @samp{&&}, @samp{||}
26335 and @samp{!} (which operate on zero-or-nonzero logical values).
26336
26337 Note that @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!} are left in symbolic
26338 form by all regular Calc features; they have special meaning only in
26339 the context of rewrite rule patterns.
26340
26341 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} &&& @var{p2}} matches anything that
26342 matches both @var{p1} and @var{p2}. One especially useful case is
26343 when one of @var{p1} or @var{p2} is a meta-variable. For example,
26344 here is a rule that operates on error forms:
26345
26346 @example
26347 f(x &&& a +/- b, x) := g(x)
26348 @end example
26349
26350 This does the same thing, but is arguably simpler than, the rule
26351
26352 @example
26353 f(a +/- b, a +/- b) := g(a +/- b)
26354 @end example
26355
26356 @ignore
26357 @starindex
26358 @end ignore
26359 @tindex ends
26360 Here's another interesting example:
26361
26362 @example
26363 ends(cons(a, x) &&& rcons(y, b)) := [a, b]
26364 @end example
26365
26366 @noindent
26367 which effectively clips out the middle of a vector leaving just
26368 the first and last elements. This rule will change a one-element
26369 vector @samp{[a]} to @samp{[a, a]}. The similar rule
26370
26371 @example
26372 ends(cons(a, rcons(y, b))) := [a, b]
26373 @end example
26374
26375 @noindent
26376 would do the same thing except that it would fail to match a
26377 one-element vector.
26378
26379 @tex
26380 \bigskip
26381 @end tex
26382
26383 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} ||| @var{p2}} matches anything that
26384 matches either @var{p1} or @var{p2}. Calc first tries matching
26385 against @var{p1}; if that fails, it goes on to try @var{p2}.
26386
26387 @ignore
26388 @starindex
26389 @end ignore
26390 @tindex curve
26391 A simple example of @samp{|||} is
26392
26393 @example
26394 curve(inf ||| -inf) := 0
26395 @end example
26396
26397 @noindent
26398 which converts both @samp{curve(inf)} and @samp{curve(-inf)} to zero.
26399
26400 Here is a larger example:
26401
26402 @example
26403 log(a, b) ||| (ln(a) :: let(b := e)) := mylog(a, b)
26404 @end example
26405
26406 This matches both generalized and natural logarithms in a single rule.
26407 Note that the @samp{::} term must be enclosed in parentheses because
26408 that operator has lower precedence than @samp{|||} or @samp{:=}.
26409
26410 (In practice this rule would probably include a third alternative,
26411 omitted here for brevity, to take care of @code{log10}.)
26412
26413 While Calc generally treats interior conditions exactly the same as
26414 conditions on the outside of a rule, it does guarantee that if all the
26415 variables in the condition are special names like @code{e}, or already
26416 bound in the pattern to which the condition is attached (say, if
26417 @samp{a} had appeared in this condition), then Calc will process this
26418 condition right after matching the pattern to the left of the @samp{::}.
26419 Thus, we know that @samp{b} will be bound to @samp{e} only if the
26420 @code{ln} branch of the @samp{|||} was taken.
26421
26422 Note that this rule was careful to bind the same set of meta-variables
26423 on both sides of the @samp{|||}. Calc does not check this, but if
26424 you bind a certain meta-variable only in one branch and then use that
26425 meta-variable elsewhere in the rule, results are unpredictable:
26426
26427 @example
26428 f(a,b) ||| g(b) := h(a,b)
26429 @end example
26430
26431 Here if the pattern matches @samp{g(17)}, Calc makes no promises about
26432 the value that will be substituted for @samp{a} on the righthand side.
26433
26434 @tex
26435 \bigskip
26436 @end tex
26437
26438 The pattern @samp{!!! @var{pat}} matches anything that does not
26439 match @var{pat}. Any meta-variables that are bound while matching
26440 @var{pat} remain unbound outside of @var{pat}.
26441
26442 For example,
26443
26444 @example
26445 f(x &&& !!! a +/- b, !!![]) := g(x)
26446 @end example
26447
26448 @noindent
26449 converts @code{f} whose first argument is anything @emph{except} an
26450 error form, and whose second argument is not the empty vector, into
26451 a similar call to @code{g} (but without the second argument).
26452
26453 If we know that the second argument will be a vector (empty or not),
26454 then an equivalent rule would be:
26455
26456 @example
26457 f(x, y) := g(x) :: typeof(x) != 7 :: vlen(y) > 0
26458 @end example
26459
26460 @noindent
26461 where of course 7 is the @code{typeof} code for error forms.
26462 Another final condition, that works for any kind of @samp{y},
26463 would be @samp{!istrue(y == [])}. (The @code{istrue} function
26464 returns an explicit 0 if its argument was left in symbolic form;
26465 plain @samp{!(y == [])} or @samp{y != []} would not work to replace
26466 @samp{!!![]} since these would be left unsimplified, and thus cause
26467 the rule to fail, if @samp{y} was something like a variable name.)
26468
26469 It is possible for a @samp{!!!} to refer to meta-variables bound
26470 elsewhere in the pattern. For example,
26471
26472 @example
26473 f(a, !!!a) := g(a)
26474 @end example
26475
26476 @noindent
26477 matches any call to @code{f} with different arguments, changing
26478 this to @code{g} with only the first argument.
26479
26480 If a function call is to be matched and one of the argument patterns
26481 contains a @samp{!!!} somewhere inside it, that argument will be
26482 matched last. Thus
26483
26484 @example
26485 f(!!!a, a) := g(a)
26486 @end example
26487
26488 @noindent
26489 will be careful to bind @samp{a} to the second argument of @code{f}
26490 before testing the first argument. If Calc had tried to match the
26491 first argument of @code{f} first, the results would have been
26492 disastrous: since @code{a} was unbound so far, the pattern @samp{a}
26493 would have matched anything at all, and the pattern @samp{!!!a}
26494 therefore would @emph{not} have matched anything at all!
26495
26496 @node Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26497 @subsection Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules
26498
26499 @noindent
26500 When @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) is used, it takes an expression from
26501 the top of the stack and attempts to match any of the specified rules
26502 to any part of the expression, starting with the whole expression
26503 and then, if that fails, trying deeper and deeper sub-expressions.
26504 For each part of the expression, the rules are tried in the order
26505 they appear in the rules vector. The first rule to match the first
26506 sub-expression wins; it replaces the matched sub-expression according
26507 to the @var{new} part of the rule.
26508
26509 Often, the rule set will match and change the formula several times.
26510 The top-level formula is first matched and substituted repeatedly until
26511 it no longer matches the pattern; then, sub-formulas are tried, and
26512 so on. Once every part of the formula has gotten its chance, the
26513 rewrite mechanism starts over again with the top-level formula
26514 (in case a substitution of one of its arguments has caused it again
26515 to match). This continues until no further matches can be made
26516 anywhere in the formula.
26517
26518 It is possible for a rule set to get into an infinite loop. The
26519 most obvious case, replacing a formula with itself, is not a problem
26520 because a rule is not considered to ``succeed'' unless the righthand
26521 side actually comes out to something different than the original
26522 formula or sub-formula that was matched. But if you accidentally
26523 had both @samp{ln(a b) := ln(a) + ln(b)} and the reverse
26524 @samp{ln(a) + ln(b) := ln(a b)} in your rule set, Calc would
26525 run forever switching a formula back and forth between the two
26526 forms.
26527
26528 To avoid disaster, Calc normally stops after 100 changes have been
26529 made to the formula. This will be enough for most multiple rewrites,
26530 but it will keep an endless loop of rewrites from locking up the
26531 computer forever. (On most systems, you can also type @kbd{C-g} to
26532 halt any Emacs command prematurely.)
26533
26534 To change this limit, give a positive numeric prefix argument.
26535 In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} applies only one rewrite at a time,
26536 useful when you are first testing your rule (or just if repeated
26537 rewriting is not what is called for by your application).
26538
26539 @ignore
26540 @starindex
26541 @end ignore
26542 @ignore
26543 @mindex iter@idots
26544 @end ignore
26545 @tindex iterations
26546 You can also put a ``function call'' @samp{iterations(@var{n})}
26547 in place of a rule anywhere in your rules vector (but usually at
26548 the top). Then, @var{n} will be used instead of 100 as the default
26549 number of iterations for this rule set. You can use
26550 @samp{iterations(inf)} if you want no iteration limit by default.
26551 A prefix argument will override the @code{iterations} limit in the
26552 rule set.
26553
26554 @example
26555 [ iterations(1),
26556 f(x) := f(x+1) ]
26557 @end example
26558
26559 More precisely, the limit controls the number of ``iterations,''
26560 where each iteration is a successful matching of a rule pattern whose
26561 righthand side, after substituting meta-variables and applying the
26562 default simplifications, is different from the original sub-formula
26563 that was matched.
26564
26565 A prefix argument of zero sets the limit to infinity. Use with caution!
26566
26567 Given a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{a r} will match and
26568 substitute the top-level expression up to that many times, but
26569 will not attempt to match the rules to any sub-expressions.
26570
26571 In a formula, @code{rewrite(@var{expr}, @var{rules}, @var{n})}
26572 does a rewriting operation. Here @var{expr} is the expression
26573 being rewritten, @var{rules} is the rule, vector of rules, or
26574 variable containing the rules, and @var{n} is the optional
26575 iteration limit, which may be a positive integer, a negative
26576 integer, or @samp{inf} or @samp{-inf}. If @var{n} is omitted
26577 the @code{iterations} value from the rule set is used; if both
26578 are omitted, 100 is used.
26579
26580 @node Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26581 @subsection Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules
26582
26583 @noindent
26584 It is possible to separate a rewrite rule set into several @dfn{phases}.
26585 During each phase, certain rules will be enabled while certain others
26586 will be disabled. A @dfn{phase schedule} controls the order in which
26587 phases occur during the rewriting process.
26588
26589 @ignore
26590 @starindex
26591 @end ignore
26592 @tindex phase
26593 @vindex all
26594 If a call to the marker function @code{phase} appears in the rules
26595 vector in place of a rule, all rules following that point will be
26596 members of the phase(s) identified in the arguments to @code{phase}.
26597 Phases are given integer numbers. The markers @samp{phase()} and
26598 @samp{phase(all)} both mean the following rules belong to all phases;
26599 this is the default at the start of the rule set.
26600
26601 If you do not explicitly schedule the phases, Calc sorts all phase
26602 numbers that appear in the rule set and executes the phases in
26603 ascending order. For example, the rule set
26604
26605 @example
26606 @group
26607 [ f0(x) := g0(x),
26608 phase(1),
26609 f1(x) := g1(x),
26610 phase(2),
26611 f2(x) := g2(x),
26612 phase(3),
26613 f3(x) := g3(x),
26614 phase(1,2),
26615 f4(x) := g4(x) ]
26616 @end group
26617 @end example
26618
26619 @noindent
26620 has three phases, 1 through 3. Phase 1 consists of the @code{f0},
26621 @code{f1}, and @code{f4} rules (in that order). Phase 2 consists of
26622 @code{f0}, @code{f2}, and @code{f4}. Phase 3 consists of @code{f0}
26623 and @code{f3}.
26624
26625 When Calc rewrites a formula using this rule set, it first rewrites
26626 the formula using only the phase 1 rules until no further changes are
26627 possible. Then it switches to the phase 2 rule set and continues
26628 until no further changes occur, then finally rewrites with phase 3.
26629 When no more phase 3 rules apply, rewriting finishes. (This is
26630 assuming @kbd{a r} with a large enough prefix argument to allow the
26631 rewriting to run to completion; the sequence just described stops
26632 early if the number of iterations specified in the prefix argument,
26633 100 by default, is reached.)
26634
26635 During each phase, Calc descends through the nested levels of the
26636 formula as described previously. (@xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite
26637 Rules}.) Rewriting starts at the top of the formula, then works its
26638 way down to the parts, then goes back to the top and works down again.
26639 The phase 2 rules do not begin until no phase 1 rules apply anywhere
26640 in the formula.
26641
26642 @ignore
26643 @starindex
26644 @end ignore
26645 @tindex schedule
26646 A @code{schedule} marker appearing in the rule set (anywhere, but
26647 conventionally at the top) changes the default schedule of phases.
26648 In the simplest case, @code{schedule} has a sequence of phase numbers
26649 for arguments; each phase number is invoked in turn until the
26650 arguments to @code{schedule} are exhausted. Thus adding
26651 @samp{schedule(3,2,1)} at the top of the above rule set would
26652 reverse the order of the phases; @samp{schedule(1,2,3)} would have
26653 no effect since this is the default schedule; and @samp{schedule(1,2,1,3)}
26654 would give phase 1 a second chance after phase 2 has completed, before
26655 moving on to phase 3.
26656
26657 Any argument to @code{schedule} can instead be a vector of phase
26658 numbers (or even of sub-vectors). Then the sub-sequence of phases
26659 described by the vector are tried repeatedly until no change occurs
26660 in any phase in the sequence. For example, @samp{schedule([1, 2], 3)}
26661 tries phase 1, then phase 2, then, if either phase made any changes
26662 to the formula, repeats these two phases until they can make no
26663 further progress. Finally, it goes on to phase 3 for finishing
26664 touches.
26665
26666 Also, items in @code{schedule} can be variable names as well as
26667 numbers. A variable name is interpreted as the name of a function
26668 to call on the whole formula. For example, @samp{schedule(1, simplify)}
26669 says to apply the phase-1 rules (presumably, all of them), then to
26670 call @code{simplify} which is the function name equivalent of @kbd{a s}.
26671 Likewise, @samp{schedule([1, simplify])} says to alternate between
26672 phase 1 and @kbd{a s} until no further changes occur.
26673
26674 Phases can be used purely to improve efficiency; if it is known that
26675 a certain group of rules will apply only at the beginning of rewriting,
26676 and a certain other group will apply only at the end, then rewriting
26677 will be faster if these groups are identified as separate phases.
26678 Once the phase 1 rules are done, Calc can put them aside and no longer
26679 spend any time on them while it works on phase 2.
26680
26681 There are also some problems that can only be solved with several
26682 rewrite phases. For a real-world example of a multi-phase rule set,
26683 examine the set @code{FitRules}, which is used by the curve-fitting
26684 command to convert a model expression to linear form.
26685 @xref{Curve Fitting Details}. This set is divided into four phases.
26686 The first phase rewrites certain kinds of expressions to be more
26687 easily linearizable, but less computationally efficient. After the
26688 linear components have been picked out, the final phase includes the
26689 opposite rewrites to put each component back into an efficient form.
26690 If both sets of rules were included in one big phase, Calc could get
26691 into an infinite loop going back and forth between the two forms.
26692
26693 Elsewhere in @code{FitRules}, the components are first isolated,
26694 then recombined where possible to reduce the complexity of the linear
26695 fit, then finally packaged one component at a time into vectors.
26696 If the packaging rules were allowed to begin before the recombining
26697 rules were finished, some components might be put away into vectors
26698 before they had a chance to recombine. By putting these rules in
26699 two separate phases, this problem is neatly avoided.
26700
26701 @node Selections with Rewrite Rules, Matching Commands, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26702 @subsection Selections with Rewrite Rules
26703
26704 @noindent
26705 If a sub-formula of the current formula is selected (as by @kbd{j s};
26706 @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}), the @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite})
26707 command applies only to that sub-formula. Together with a negative
26708 prefix argument, you can use this fact to apply a rewrite to one
26709 specific part of a formula without affecting any other parts.
26710
26711 @kindex j r
26712 @pindex calc-rewrite-selection
26713 The @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command allows more
26714 sophisticated operations on selections. This command prompts for
26715 the rules in the same way as @kbd{a r}, but it then applies those
26716 rules to the whole formula in question even though a sub-formula
26717 of it has been selected. However, the selected sub-formula will
26718 first have been surrounded by a @samp{select( )} function call.
26719 (Calc's evaluator does not understand the function name @code{select};
26720 this is only a tag used by the @kbd{j r} command.)
26721
26722 For example, suppose the formula on the stack is @samp{2 (a + b)^2}
26723 and the sub-formula @samp{a + b} is selected. This formula will
26724 be rewritten to @samp{2 select(a + b)^2} and then the rewrite
26725 rules will be applied in the usual way. The rewrite rules can
26726 include references to @code{select} to tell where in the pattern
26727 the selected sub-formula should appear.
26728
26729 If there is still exactly one @samp{select( )} function call in
26730 the formula after rewriting is done, it indicates which part of
26731 the formula should be selected afterwards. Otherwise, the
26732 formula will be unselected.
26733
26734 You can make @kbd{j r} act much like @kbd{a r} by enclosing both parts
26735 of the rewrite rule with @samp{select()}. However, @kbd{j r}
26736 allows you to use the current selection in more flexible ways.
26737 Suppose you wished to make a rule which removed the exponent from
26738 the selected term; the rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} would
26739 work. In the above example, it would rewrite @samp{2 select(a + b)^2}
26740 to @samp{2 select(a + b)}. This would then be returned to the
26741 stack as @samp{2 (a + b)} with the @samp{a + b} selected.
26742
26743 The @kbd{j r} command uses one iteration by default, unlike
26744 @kbd{a r} which defaults to 100 iterations. A numeric prefix
26745 argument affects @kbd{j r} in the same way as @kbd{a r}.
26746 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.
26747
26748 As with other selection commands, @kbd{j r} operates on the stack
26749 entry that contains the cursor. (If the cursor is on the top-of-stack
26750 @samp{.} marker, it works as if the cursor were on the formula
26751 at stack level 1.)
26752
26753 If you don't specify a set of rules, the rules are taken from the
26754 top of the stack, just as with @kbd{a r}. In this case, the
26755 cursor must indicate stack entry 2 or above as the formula to be
26756 rewritten (otherwise the same formula would be used as both the
26757 target and the rewrite rules).
26758
26759 If the indicated formula has no selection, the cursor position within
26760 the formula temporarily selects a sub-formula for the purposes of this
26761 command. If the cursor is not on any sub-formula (e.g., it is in
26762 the line-number area to the left of the formula), the @samp{select( )}
26763 markers are ignored by the rewrite mechanism and the rules are allowed
26764 to apply anywhere in the formula.
26765
26766 As a special feature, the normal @kbd{a r} command also ignores
26767 @samp{select( )} calls in rewrite rules. For example, if you used the
26768 above rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} with @kbd{a r}, it would apply
26769 the rule as if it were @samp{a^x := a}. Thus, you can write general
26770 purpose rules with @samp{select( )} hints inside them so that they
26771 will ``do the right thing'' in both @kbd{a r} and @kbd{j r},
26772 both with and without selections.
26773
26774 @node Matching Commands, Automatic Rewrites, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26775 @subsection Matching Commands
26776
26777 @noindent
26778 @kindex a m
26779 @pindex calc-match
26780 @tindex match
26781 The @kbd{a m} (@code{calc-match}) [@code{match}] function takes a
26782 vector of formulas and a rewrite-rule-style pattern, and produces
26783 a vector of all formulas which match the pattern. The command
26784 prompts you to enter the pattern; as for @kbd{a r}, you can enter
26785 a single pattern (i.e., a formula with meta-variables), or a
26786 vector of patterns, or a variable which contains patterns, or
26787 you can give a blank response in which case the patterns are taken
26788 from the top of the stack. The pattern set will be compiled once
26789 and saved if it is stored in a variable. If there are several
26790 patterns in the set, vector elements are kept if they match any
26791 of the patterns.
26792
26793 For example, @samp{match(a+b, [x, x+y, x-y, 7, x+y+z])}
26794 will return @samp{[x+y, x-y, x+y+z]}.
26795
26796 The @code{import} mechanism is not available for pattern sets.
26797
26798 The @kbd{a m} command can also be used to extract all vector elements
26799 which satisfy any condition: The pattern @samp{x :: x>0} will select
26800 all the positive vector elements.
26801
26802 @kindex I a m
26803 @tindex matchnot
26804 With the Inverse flag [@code{matchnot}], this command extracts all
26805 vector elements which do @emph{not} match the given pattern.
26806
26807 @ignore
26808 @starindex
26809 @end ignore
26810 @tindex matches
26811 There is also a function @samp{matches(@var{x}, @var{p})} which
26812 evaluates to 1 if expression @var{x} matches pattern @var{p}, or
26813 to 0 otherwise. This is sometimes useful for including into the
26814 conditional clauses of other rewrite rules.
26815
26816 @ignore
26817 @starindex
26818 @end ignore
26819 @tindex vmatches
26820 The function @code{vmatches} is just like @code{matches}, except
26821 that if the match succeeds it returns a vector of assignments to
26822 the meta-variables instead of the number 1. For example,
26823 @samp{vmatches(f(1,2), f(a,b))} returns @samp{[a := 1, b := 2]}.
26824 If the match fails, the function returns the number 0.
26825
26826 @node Automatic Rewrites, Debugging Rewrites, Matching Commands, Rewrite Rules
26827 @subsection Automatic Rewrites
26828
26829 @noindent
26830 @cindex @code{EvalRules} variable
26831 @vindex EvalRules
26832 It is possible to get Calc to apply a set of rewrite rules on all
26833 results, effectively adding to the built-in set of default
26834 simplifications. To do this, simply store your rule set in the
26835 variable @code{EvalRules}. There is a convenient @kbd{s E} command
26836 for editing @code{EvalRules}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
26837
26838 For example, suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out
26839 to @samp{sin(b) cos(a) + cos(b) sin(a)} wherever it appears, and
26840 similarly for @samp{cos(a + b)}. The corresponding rewrite rule
26841 set would be,
26842
26843 @smallexample
26844 @group
26845 [ sin(a + b) := cos(a) sin(b) + sin(a) cos(b),
26846 cos(a + b) := cos(a) cos(b) - sin(a) sin(b) ]
26847 @end group
26848 @end smallexample
26849
26850 To apply these manually, you could put them in a variable called
26851 @code{trigexp} and then use @kbd{a r trigexp} every time you wanted
26852 to expand trig functions. But if instead you store them in the
26853 variable @code{EvalRules}, they will automatically be applied to all
26854 sines and cosines of sums. Then, with @samp{2 x} and @samp{45} on
26855 the stack, typing @kbd{+ S} will (assuming degrees mode) result in
26856 @samp{0.7071 sin(2 x) + 0.7071 cos(2 x)} automatically.
26857
26858 As each level of a formula is evaluated, the rules from
26859 @code{EvalRules} are applied before the default simplifications.
26860 Rewriting continues until no further @code{EvalRules} apply.
26861 Note that this is different from the usual order of application of
26862 rewrite rules: @code{EvalRules} works from the bottom up, simplifying
26863 the arguments to a function before the function itself, while @kbd{a r}
26864 applies rules from the top down.
26865
26866 Because the @code{EvalRules} are tried first, you can use them to
26867 override the normal behavior of any built-in Calc function.
26868
26869 It is important not to write a rule that will get into an infinite
26870 loop. For example, the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 1, f(n) := n f(n-1)]}
26871 appears to be a good definition of a factorial function, but it is
26872 unsafe. Imagine what happens if @samp{f(2.5)} is simplified. Calc
26873 will continue to subtract 1 from this argument forever without reaching
26874 zero. A safer second rule would be @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0}.
26875 Another dangerous rule is @samp{g(x, y) := g(y, x)}. Rewriting
26876 @samp{g(2, 4)}, this would bounce back and forth between that and
26877 @samp{g(4, 2)} forever. If an infinite loop in @code{EvalRules}
26878 occurs, Emacs will eventually stop with a ``Computation got stuck
26879 or ran too long'' message.
26880
26881 Another subtle difference between @code{EvalRules} and regular rewrites
26882 concerns rules that rewrite a formula into an identical formula. For
26883 example, @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} ``fails to match'' when @cite{n} is
26884 already an integer. But in @code{EvalRules} this case is detected only
26885 if the righthand side literally becomes the original formula before any
26886 further simplification. This means that @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} will
26887 get into an infinite loop if it occurs in @code{EvalRules}. Calc will
26888 replace @samp{f(6)} with @samp{f(floor(6))}, which is different from
26889 @samp{f(6)}, so it will consider the rule to have matched and will
26890 continue simplifying that formula; first the argument is simplified
26891 to get @samp{f(6)}, then the rule matches again to get @samp{f(floor(6))}
26892 again, ad infinitum. A much safer rule would check its argument first,
26893 say, with @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n)) :: !dint(n)}.
26894
26895 (What really happens is that the rewrite mechanism substitutes the
26896 meta-variables in the righthand side of a rule, compares to see if the
26897 result is the same as the original formula and fails if so, then uses
26898 the default simplifications to simplify the result and compares again
26899 (and again fails if the formula has simplified back to its original
26900 form). The only special wrinkle for the @code{EvalRules} is that the
26901 same rules will come back into play when the default simplifications
26902 are used. What Calc wants to do is build @samp{f(floor(6))}, see that
26903 this is different from the original formula, simplify to @samp{f(6)},
26904 see that this is the same as the original formula, and thus halt the
26905 rewriting. But while simplifying, @samp{f(6)} will again trigger
26906 the same @code{EvalRules} rule and Calc will get into a loop inside
26907 the rewrite mechanism itself.)
26908
26909 The @code{phase}, @code{schedule}, and @code{iterations} markers do
26910 not work in @code{EvalRules}. If the rule set is divided into phases,
26911 only the phase 1 rules are applied, and the schedule is ignored.
26912 The rules are always repeated as many times as possible.
26913
26914 The @code{EvalRules} are applied to all function calls in a formula,
26915 but not to numbers (and other number-like objects like error forms),
26916 nor to vectors or individual variable names. (Though they will apply
26917 to @emph{components} of vectors and error forms when appropriate.) You
26918 might try to make a variable @code{phihat} which automatically expands
26919 to its definition without the need to press @kbd{=} by writing the
26920 rule @samp{quote(phihat) := (1-sqrt(5))/2}, but unfortunately this rule
26921 will not work as part of @code{EvalRules}.
26922
26923 Finally, another limitation is that Calc sometimes calls its built-in
26924 functions directly rather than going through the default simplifications.
26925 When it does this, @code{EvalRules} will not be able to override those
26926 functions. For example, when you take the absolute value of the complex
26927 number @cite{(2, 3)}, Calc computes @samp{sqrt(2*2 + 3*3)} by calling
26928 the multiplication, addition, and square root functions directly rather
26929 than applying the default simplifications to this formula. So an
26930 @code{EvalRules} rule that (perversely) rewrites @samp{sqrt(13) := 6}
26931 would not apply. (However, if you put Calc into symbolic mode so that
26932 @samp{sqrt(13)} will be left in symbolic form by the built-in square
26933 root function, your rule will be able to apply. But if the complex
26934 number were @cite{(3,4)}, so that @samp{sqrt(25)} must be calculated,
26935 then symbolic mode will not help because @samp{sqrt(25)} can be
26936 evaluated exactly to 5.)
26937
26938 One subtle restriction that normally only manifests itself with
26939 @code{EvalRules} is that while a given rewrite rule is in the process
26940 of being checked, that same rule cannot be recursively applied. Calc
26941 effectively removes the rule from its rule set while checking the rule,
26942 then puts it back once the match succeeds or fails. (The technical
26943 reason for this is that compiled pattern programs are not reentrant.)
26944 For example, consider the rule @samp{foo(x) := x :: foo(x/2) > 0}
26945 attempting to match @samp{foo(8)}. This rule will be inactive while
26946 the condition @samp{foo(4) > 0} is checked, even though it might be
26947 an integral part of evaluating that condition. Note that this is not
26948 a problem for the more usual recursive type of rule, such as
26949 @samp{foo(x) := foo(x/2)}, because there the rule has succeeded and
26950 been reactivated by the time the righthand side is evaluated.
26951
26952 If @code{EvalRules} has no stored value (its default state), or if
26953 anything but a vector is stored in it, then it is ignored.
26954
26955 Even though Calc's rewrite mechanism is designed to compare rewrite
26956 rules to formulas as quickly as possible, storing rules in
26957 @code{EvalRules} may make Calc run substantially slower. This is
26958 particularly true of rules where the top-level call is a commonly used
26959 function, or is not fixed. The rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0} will
26960 only activate the rewrite mechanism for calls to the function @code{f},
26961 but @samp{lg(n) + lg(m) := lg(n m)} will check every @samp{+} operator.
26962
26963 @smallexample
26964 apply(f, [a*b]) := apply(f, [a]) + apply(f, [b]) :: in(f, [ln, log10])
26965 @end smallexample
26966
26967 @noindent
26968 may seem more ``efficient'' than two separate rules for @code{ln} and
26969 @code{log10}, but actually it is vastly less efficient because rules
26970 with @code{apply} as the top-level pattern must be tested against
26971 @emph{every} function call that is simplified.
26972
26973 @cindex @code{AlgSimpRules} variable
26974 @vindex AlgSimpRules
26975 Suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out not all the time,
26976 but only when @kbd{a s} is used to simplify the formula. The variable
26977 @code{AlgSimpRules} holds rules for this purpose. The @kbd{a s} command
26978 will apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules} to the formula, as
26979 well as all of its built-in simplifications.
26980
26981 Most of the special limitations for @code{EvalRules} don't apply to
26982 @code{AlgSimpRules}. Calc simply does an @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
26983 command with an infinite repeat count as the first step of @kbd{a s}.
26984 It then applies its own built-in simplifications throughout the
26985 formula, and then repeats these two steps (along with applying the
26986 default simplifications) until no further changes are possible.
26987
26988 @cindex @code{ExtSimpRules} variable
26989 @cindex @code{UnitSimpRules} variable
26990 @vindex ExtSimpRules
26991 @vindex UnitSimpRules
26992 There are also @code{ExtSimpRules} and @code{UnitSimpRules} variables
26993 that are used by @kbd{a e} and @kbd{u s}, respectively; these commands
26994 also apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. The variable
26995 @code{IntegSimpRules} contains simplification rules that are used
26996 only during integration by @kbd{a i}.
26997
26998 @node Debugging Rewrites, Examples of Rewrite Rules, Automatic Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
26999 @subsection Debugging Rewrites
27000
27001 @noindent
27002 If a buffer named @samp{*Trace*} exists, the rewrite mechanism will
27003 record some useful information there as it operates. The original
27004 formula is written there, as is the result of each successful rewrite,
27005 and the final result of the rewriting. All phase changes are also
27006 noted.
27007
27008 Calc always appends to @samp{*Trace*}. You must empty this buffer
27009 yourself periodically if it is in danger of growing unwieldy.
27010
27011 Note that the rewriting mechanism is substantially slower when the
27012 @samp{*Trace*} buffer exists, even if the buffer is not visible on
27013 the screen. Once you are done, you will probably want to kill this
27014 buffer (with @kbd{C-x k *Trace* @key{RET}}). If you leave it in
27015 existence and forget about it, all your future rewrite commands will
27016 be needlessly slow.
27017
27018 @node Examples of Rewrite Rules, , Debugging Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27019 @subsection Examples of Rewrite Rules
27020
27021 @noindent
27022 Returning to the example of substituting the pattern
27023 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2} with 1, we saw that the rule
27024 @samp{opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a} does a good job of
27025 finding suitable cases. Another solution would be to use the rule
27026 @samp{cos(x)^2 := 1 - sin(x)^2}, followed by algebraic simplification
27027 if necessary. This rule will be the most effective way to do the job,
27028 but at the expense of making some changes that you might not desire.@refill
27029
27030 Another algebraic rewrite rule is @samp{exp(x+y) := exp(x) exp(y)}.
27031 To make this work with the @w{@kbd{j r}} command so that it can be
27032 easily targeted to a particular exponential in a large formula,
27033 you might wish to write the rule as @samp{select(exp(x+y)) :=
27034 select(exp(x) exp(y))}. The @samp{select} markers will be
27035 ignored by the regular @kbd{a r} command
27036 (@pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}).@refill
27037
27038 A surprisingly useful rewrite rule is @samp{a/(b-c) := a*(b+c)/(b^2-c^2)}.
27039 This will simplify the formula whenever @cite{b} and/or @cite{c} can
27040 be made simpler by squaring. For example, applying this rule to
27041 @samp{2 / (sqrt(2) + 3)} yields @samp{6:7 - 2:7 sqrt(2)} (assuming
27042 Symbolic Mode has been enabled to keep the square root from being
27043 evaluated to a floating-point approximation). This rule is also
27044 useful when working with symbolic complex numbers, e.g.,
27045 @samp{(a + b i) / (c + d i)}.
27046
27047 As another example, we could define our own ``triangular numbers'' function
27048 with the rules @samp{[tri(0) := 0, tri(n) := n + tri(n-1) :: n>0]}. Enter
27049 this vector and store it in a variable: @kbd{@w{s t} trirules}. Now, given
27050 a suitable formula like @samp{tri(5)} on the stack, type @samp{a r trirules}
27051 to apply these rules repeatedly. After six applications, @kbd{a r} will
27052 stop with 15 on the stack. Once these rules are debugged, it would probably
27053 be most useful to add them to @code{EvalRules} so that Calc will evaluate
27054 the new @code{tri} function automatically. We could then use @kbd{Z K} on
27055 the keyboard macro @kbd{' tri($) @key{RET}} to make a command that applies
27056 @code{tri} to the value on the top of the stack. @xref{Programming}.
27057
27058 @cindex Quaternions
27059 The following rule set, contributed by @c{Fran\c cois}
27060 @asis{Francois} Pinard, implements
27061 @dfn{quaternions}, a generalization of the concept of complex numbers.
27062 Quaternions have four components, and are here represented by function
27063 calls @samp{quat(@var{w}, [@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z}])} with ``real
27064 part'' @var{w} and the three ``imaginary'' parts collected into a
27065 vector. Various arithmetical operations on quaternions are supported.
27066 To use these rules, either add them to @code{EvalRules}, or create a
27067 command based on @kbd{a r} for simplifying quaternion formulas.
27068 A convenient way to enter quaternions would be a command defined by
27069 a keyboard macro containing: @kbd{' quat($$$$, [$$$, $$, $]) @key{RET}}.
27070
27071 @smallexample
27072 [ quat(w, x, y, z) := quat(w, [x, y, z]),
27073 quat(w, [0, 0, 0]) := w,
27074 abs(quat(w, v)) := hypot(w, v),
27075 -quat(w, v) := quat(-w, -v),
27076 r + quat(w, v) := quat(r + w, v) :: real(r),
27077 r - quat(w, v) := quat(r - w, -v) :: real(r),
27078 quat(w1, v1) + quat(w2, v2) := quat(w1 + w2, v1 + v2),
27079 r * quat(w, v) := quat(r * w, r * v) :: real(r),
27080 plain(quat(w1, v1) * quat(w2, v2))
27081 := quat(w1 * w2 - v1 * v2, w1 * v2 + w2 * v1 + cross(v1, v2)),
27082 quat(w1, v1) / r := quat(w1 / r, v1 / r) :: real(r),
27083 z / quat(w, v) := z * quatinv(quat(w, v)),
27084 quatinv(quat(w, v)) := quat(w, -v) / (w^2 + v^2),
27085 quatsqr(quat(w, v)) := quat(w^2 - v^2, 2 * w * v),
27086 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^(k / 2))
27087 :: integer(k) :: k > 0 :: k % 2 = 0,
27088 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^((k - 1) / 2)) * quat(w, v)
27089 :: integer(k) :: k > 2,
27090 quat(w, v)^-k := quatinv(quat(w, v)^k) :: integer(k) :: k > 0 ]
27091 @end smallexample
27092
27093 Quaternions, like matrices, have non-commutative multiplication.
27094 In other words, @cite{q1 * q2 = q2 * q1} is not necessarily true if
27095 @cite{q1} and @cite{q2} are @code{quat} forms. The @samp{quat*quat}
27096 rule above uses @code{plain} to prevent Calc from rearranging the
27097 product. It may also be wise to add the line @samp{[quat(), matrix]}
27098 to the @code{Decls} matrix, to ensure that Calc's other algebraic
27099 operations will not rearrange a quaternion product. @xref{Declarations}.
27100
27101 These rules also accept a four-argument @code{quat} form, converting
27102 it to the preferred form in the first rule. If you would rather see
27103 results in the four-argument form, just append the two items
27104 @samp{phase(2), quat(w, [x, y, z]) := quat(w, x, y, z)} to the end
27105 of the rule set. (But remember that multi-phase rule sets don't work
27106 in @code{EvalRules}.)
27107
27108 @node Units, Store and Recall, Algebra, Top
27109 @chapter Operating on Units
27110
27111 @noindent
27112 One special interpretation of algebraic formulas is as numbers with units.
27113 For example, the formula @samp{5 m / s^2} can be read ``five meters
27114 per second squared.'' The commands in this chapter help you
27115 manipulate units expressions in this form. Units-related commands
27116 begin with the @kbd{u} prefix key.
27117
27118 @menu
27119 * Basic Operations on Units::
27120 * The Units Table::
27121 * Predefined Units::
27122 * User-Defined Units::
27123 @end menu
27124
27125 @node Basic Operations on Units, The Units Table, Units, Units
27126 @section Basic Operations on Units
27127
27128 @noindent
27129 A @dfn{units expression} is a formula which is basically a number
27130 multiplied and/or divided by one or more @dfn{unit names}, which may
27131 optionally be raised to integer powers. Actually, the value part need not
27132 be a number; any product or quotient involving unit names is a units
27133 expression. Many of the units commands will also accept any formula,
27134 where the command applies to all units expressions which appear in the
27135 formula.
27136
27137 A unit name is a variable whose name appears in the @dfn{unit table},
27138 or a variable whose name is a prefix character like @samp{k} (for ``kilo'')
27139 or @samp{u} (for ``micro'') followed by a name in the unit table.
27140 A substantial table of built-in units is provided with Calc;
27141 @pxref{Predefined Units}. You can also define your own unit names;
27142 @pxref{User-Defined Units}.@refill
27143
27144 Note that if the value part of a units expression is exactly @samp{1},
27145 it will be removed by the Calculator's automatic algebra routines: The
27146 formula @samp{1 mm} is ``simplified'' to @samp{mm}. This is only a
27147 display anomaly, however; @samp{mm} will work just fine as a
27148 representation of one millimeter.@refill
27149
27150 You may find that Algebraic Mode (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}) makes working
27151 with units expressions easier. Otherwise, you will have to remember
27152 to hit the apostrophe key every time you wish to enter units.
27153
27154 @kindex u s
27155 @pindex calc-simplify-units
27156 @ignore
27157 @mindex usimpl@idots
27158 @end ignore
27159 @tindex usimplify
27160 The @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) [@code{usimplify}] command
27161 simplifies a units
27162 expression. It uses @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) to simplify the
27163 expression first as a regular algebraic formula; it then looks for
27164 features that can be further simplified by converting one object's units
27165 to be compatible with another's. For example, @samp{5 m + 23 mm} will
27166 simplify to @samp{5.023 m}. When different but compatible units are
27167 added, the righthand term's units are converted to match those of the
27168 lefthand term. @xref{Simplification Modes}, for a way to have this done
27169 automatically at all times.@refill
27170
27171 Units simplification also handles quotients of two units with the same
27172 dimensionality, as in @w{@samp{2 in s/L cm}} to @samp{5.08 s/L}; fractional
27173 powers of unit expressions, as in @samp{sqrt(9 mm^2)} to @samp{3 mm} and
27174 @samp{sqrt(9 acre)} to a quantity in meters; and @code{floor},
27175 @code{ceil}, @code{round}, @code{rounde}, @code{roundu}, @code{trunc},
27176 @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{abs}, and @code{clean}
27177 applied to units expressions, in which case
27178 the operation in question is applied only to the numeric part of the
27179 expression. Finally, trigonometric functions of quantities with units
27180 of angle are evaluated, regardless of the current angular mode.@refill
27181
27182 @kindex u c
27183 @pindex calc-convert-units
27184 The @kbd{u c} (@code{calc-convert-units}) command converts a units
27185 expression to new, compatible units. For example, given the units
27186 expression @samp{55 mph}, typing @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces
27187 @samp{24.5872 m/s}. If the units you request are inconsistent with
27188 the original units, the number will be converted into your units
27189 times whatever ``remainder'' units are left over. For example,
27190 converting @samp{55 mph} into acres produces @samp{6.08e-3 acre / m s}.
27191 (Recall that multiplication binds more strongly than division in Calc
27192 formulas, so the units here are acres per meter-second.) Remainder
27193 units are expressed in terms of ``fundamental'' units like @samp{m} and
27194 @samp{s}, regardless of the input units.
27195
27196 One special exception is that if you specify a single unit name, and
27197 a compatible unit appears somewhere in the units expression, then
27198 that compatible unit will be converted to the new unit and the
27199 remaining units in the expression will be left alone. For example,
27200 given the input @samp{980 cm/s^2}, the command @kbd{u c ms} will
27201 change the @samp{s} to @samp{ms} to get @samp{9.8e-4 cm/ms^2}.
27202 The ``remainder unit'' @samp{cm} is left alone rather than being
27203 changed to the base unit @samp{m}.
27204
27205 You can use explicit unit conversion instead of the @kbd{u s} command
27206 to gain more control over the units of the result of an expression.
27207 For example, given @samp{5 m + 23 mm}, you can type @kbd{u c m} or
27208 @kbd{u c mm} to express the result in either meters or millimeters.
27209 (For that matter, you could type @kbd{u c fath} to express the result
27210 in fathoms, if you preferred!)
27211
27212 In place of a specific set of units, you can also enter one of the
27213 units system names @code{si}, @code{mks} (equivalent), or @code{cgs}.
27214 For example, @kbd{u c si @key{RET}} converts the expression into
27215 International System of Units (SI) base units. Also, @kbd{u c base}
27216 converts to Calc's base units, which are the same as @code{si} units
27217 except that @code{base} uses @samp{g} as the fundamental unit of mass
27218 whereas @code{si} uses @samp{kg}.
27219
27220 @cindex Composite units
27221 The @kbd{u c} command also accepts @dfn{composite units}, which
27222 are expressed as the sum of several compatible unit names. For
27223 example, converting @samp{30.5 in} to units @samp{mi+ft+in} (miles,
27224 feet, and inches) produces @samp{2 ft + 6.5 in}. Calc first
27225 sorts the unit names into order of decreasing relative size.
27226 It then accounts for as much of the input quantity as it can
27227 using an integer number times the largest unit, then moves on
27228 to the next smaller unit, and so on. Only the smallest unit
27229 may have a non-integer amount attached in the result. A few
27230 standard unit names exist for common combinations, such as
27231 @code{mfi} for @samp{mi+ft+in}, and @code{tpo} for @samp{ton+lb+oz}.
27232 Composite units are expanded as if by @kbd{a x}, so that
27233 @samp{(ft+in)/hr} is first converted to @samp{ft/hr+in/hr}.
27234
27235 If the value on the stack does not contain any units, @kbd{u c} will
27236 prompt first for the old units which this value should be considered
27237 to have, then for the new units. Assuming the old and new units you
27238 give are consistent with each other, the result also will not contain
27239 any units. For example, @kbd{@w{u c} cm @key{RET} in @key{RET}} converts the number
27240 2 on the stack to 5.08.
27241
27242 @kindex u b
27243 @pindex calc-base-units
27244 The @kbd{u b} (@code{calc-base-units}) command is shorthand for
27245 @kbd{u c base}; it converts the units expression on the top of the
27246 stack into @code{base} units. If @kbd{u s} does not simplify a
27247 units expression as far as you would like, try @kbd{u b}.
27248
27249 The @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u b} commands treat temperature units (like
27250 @samp{degC} and @samp{K}) as relative temperatures. For example,
27251 @kbd{u c} converts @samp{10 degC} to @samp{18 degF}: A change of 10
27252 degrees Celsius corresponds to a change of 18 degrees Fahrenheit.
27253
27254 @kindex u t
27255 @pindex calc-convert-temperature
27256 @cindex Temperature conversion
27257 The @kbd{u t} (@code{calc-convert-temperature}) command converts
27258 absolute temperatures. The value on the stack must be a simple units
27259 expression with units of temperature only. This command would convert
27260 @samp{10 degC} to @samp{50 degF}, the equivalent temperature on the
27261 Fahrenheit scale.@refill
27262
27263 @kindex u r
27264 @pindex calc-remove-units
27265 @kindex u x
27266 @pindex calc-extract-units
27267 The @kbd{u r} (@code{calc-remove-units}) command removes units from the
27268 formula at the top of the stack. The @kbd{u x}
27269 (@code{calc-extract-units}) command extracts only the units portion of a
27270 formula. These commands essentially replace every term of the formula
27271 that does or doesn't (respectively) look like a unit name by the
27272 constant 1, then resimplify the formula.@refill
27273
27274 @kindex u a
27275 @pindex calc-autorange-units
27276 The @kbd{u a} (@code{calc-autorange-units}) command turns on and off a
27277 mode in which unit prefixes like @code{k} (``kilo'') are automatically
27278 applied to keep the numeric part of a units expression in a reasonable
27279 range. This mode affects @kbd{u s} and all units conversion commands
27280 except @kbd{u b}. For example, with autoranging on, @samp{12345 Hz}
27281 will be simplified to @samp{12.345 kHz}. Autoranging is useful for
27282 some kinds of units (like @code{Hz} and @code{m}), but is probably
27283 undesirable for non-metric units like @code{ft} and @code{tbsp}.
27284 (Composite units are more appropriate for those; see above.)
27285
27286 Autoranging always applies the prefix to the leftmost unit name.
27287 Calc chooses the largest prefix that causes the number to be greater
27288 than or equal to 1.0. Thus an increasing sequence of adjusted times
27289 would be @samp{1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s, 10 s, 100 s, 1 ks}.
27290 Generally the rule of thumb is that the number will be adjusted
27291 to be in the interval @samp{[1 .. 1000)}, although there are several
27292 exceptions to this rule. First, if the unit has a power then this
27293 is not possible; @samp{0.1 s^2} simplifies to @samp{100000 ms^2}.
27294 Second, the ``centi-'' prefix is allowed to form @code{cm} (centimeters),
27295 but will not apply to other units. The ``deci-,'' ``deka-,'' and
27296 ``hecto-'' prefixes are never used. Thus the allowable interval is
27297 @samp{[1 .. 10)} for millimeters and @samp{[1 .. 100)} for centimeters.
27298 Finally, a prefix will not be added to a unit if the resulting name
27299 is also the actual name of another unit; @samp{1e-15 t} would normally
27300 be considered a ``femto-ton,'' but it is written as @samp{1000 at}
27301 (1000 atto-tons) instead because @code{ft} would be confused with feet.
27302
27303 @node The Units Table, Predefined Units, Basic Operations on Units, Units
27304 @section The Units Table
27305
27306 @noindent
27307 @kindex u v
27308 @pindex calc-enter-units-table
27309 The @kbd{u v} (@code{calc-enter-units-table}) command displays the units table
27310 in another buffer called @code{*Units Table*}. Each entry in this table
27311 gives the unit name as it would appear in an expression, the definition
27312 of the unit in terms of simpler units, and a full name or description of
27313 the unit. Fundamental units are defined as themselves; these are the
27314 units produced by the @kbd{u b} command. The fundamental units are
27315 meters, seconds, grams, kelvins, amperes, candelas, moles, radians,
27316 and steradians.
27317
27318 The Units Table buffer also displays the Unit Prefix Table. Note that
27319 two prefixes, ``kilo'' and ``hecto,'' accept either upper- or lower-case
27320 prefix letters. @samp{Meg} is also accepted as a synonym for the @samp{M}
27321 prefix. Whenever a unit name can be interpreted as either a built-in name
27322 or a prefix followed by another built-in name, the former interpretation
27323 wins. For example, @samp{2 pt} means two pints, not two pico-tons.
27324
27325 The Units Table buffer, once created, is not rebuilt unless you define
27326 new units. To force the buffer to be rebuilt, give any numeric prefix
27327 argument to @kbd{u v}.
27328
27329 @kindex u V
27330 @pindex calc-view-units-table
27331 The @kbd{u V} (@code{calc-view-units-table}) command is like @kbd{u v} except
27332 that the cursor is not moved into the Units Table buffer. You can
27333 type @kbd{u V} again to remove the Units Table from the display. To
27334 return from the Units Table buffer after a @kbd{u v}, type @kbd{M-# c}
27335 again or use the regular Emacs @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window})
27336 command. You can also kill the buffer with @kbd{C-x k} if you wish;
27337 the actual units table is safely stored inside the Calculator.
27338
27339 @kindex u g
27340 @pindex calc-get-unit-definition
27341 The @kbd{u g} (@code{calc-get-unit-definition}) command retrieves a unit's
27342 defining expression and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. For example,
27343 @kbd{u g in} will produce the expression @samp{2.54 cm}. This is the
27344 same definition for the unit that would appear in the Units Table buffer.
27345 Note that this command works only for actual unit names; @kbd{u g km}
27346 will report that no such unit exists, for example, because @code{km} is
27347 really the unit @code{m} with a @code{k} (``kilo'') prefix. To see a
27348 definition of a unit in terms of base units, it is easier to push the
27349 unit name on the stack and then reduce it to base units with @kbd{u b}.
27350
27351 @kindex u e
27352 @pindex calc-explain-units
27353 The @kbd{u e} (@code{calc-explain-units}) command displays an English
27354 description of the units of the expression on the stack. For example,
27355 for the expression @samp{62 km^2 g / s^2 mol K}, the description is
27356 ``Square-Kilometer Gram per (Second-squared Mole Degree-Kelvin).'' This
27357 command uses the English descriptions that appear in the righthand
27358 column of the Units Table.
27359
27360 @node Predefined Units, User-Defined Units, The Units Table, Units
27361 @section Predefined Units
27362
27363 @noindent
27364 Since the exact definitions of many kinds of units have evolved over the
27365 years, and since certain countries sometimes have local differences in
27366 their definitions, it is a good idea to examine Calc's definition of a
27367 unit before depending on its exact value. For example, there are three
27368 different units for gallons, corresponding to the US (@code{gal}),
27369 Canadian (@code{galC}), and British (@code{galUK}) definitions. Also,
27370 note that @code{oz} is a standard ounce of mass, @code{ozt} is a Troy
27371 ounce, and @code{ozfl} is a fluid ounce.
27372
27373 The temperature units corresponding to degrees Kelvin and Centigrade
27374 (Celsius) are the same in this table, since most units commands treat
27375 temperatures as being relative. The @code{calc-convert-temperature}
27376 command has special rules for handling the different absolute magnitudes
27377 of the various temperature scales.
27378
27379 The unit of volume ``liters'' can be referred to by either the lower-case
27380 @code{l} or the upper-case @code{L}.
27381
27382 The unit @code{A} stands for Amperes; the name @code{Ang} is used
27383 @tex
27384 for \AA ngstroms.
27385 @end tex
27386 @ifinfo
27387 for Angstroms.
27388 @end ifinfo
27389
27390 The unit @code{pt} stands for pints; the name @code{point} stands for
27391 a typographical point, defined by @samp{72 point = 1 in}. There is
27392 also @code{tpt}, which stands for a printer's point as defined by the
27393 @TeX{} typesetting system: @samp{72.27 tpt = 1 in}.
27394
27395 The unit @code{e} stands for the elementary (electron) unit of charge;
27396 because algebra command could mistake this for the special constant
27397 @cite{e}, Calc provides the alternate unit name @code{ech} which is
27398 preferable to @code{e}.
27399
27400 The name @code{g} stands for one gram of mass; there is also @code{gf},
27401 one gram of force. (Likewise for @kbd{lb}, pounds, and @kbd{lbf}.)
27402 Meanwhile, one ``@cite{g}'' of acceleration is denoted @code{ga}.
27403
27404 The unit @code{ton} is a U.S. ton of @samp{2000 lb}, and @code{t} is
27405 a metric ton of @samp{1000 kg}.
27406
27407 The names @code{s} (or @code{sec}) and @code{min} refer to units of
27408 time; @code{arcsec} and @code{arcmin} are units of angle.
27409
27410 Some ``units'' are really physical constants; for example, @code{c}
27411 represents the speed of light, and @code{h} represents Planck's
27412 constant. You can use these just like other units: converting
27413 @samp{.5 c} to @samp{m/s} expresses one-half the speed of light in
27414 meters per second. You can also use this merely as a handy reference;
27415 the @kbd{u g} command gets the definition of one of these constants
27416 in its normal terms, and @kbd{u b} expresses the definition in base
27417 units.
27418
27419 Two units, @code{pi} and @code{fsc} (the fine structure constant,
27420 approximately @i{1/137}) are dimensionless. The units simplification
27421 commands simply treat these names as equivalent to their corresponding
27422 values. However you can, for example, use @kbd{u c} to convert a pure
27423 number into multiples of the fine structure constant, or @kbd{u b} to
27424 convert this back into a pure number. (When @kbd{u c} prompts for the
27425 ``old units,'' just enter a blank line to signify that the value
27426 really is unitless.)
27427
27428 @c Describe angular units, luminosity vs. steradians problem.
27429
27430 @node User-Defined Units, , Predefined Units, Units
27431 @section User-Defined Units
27432
27433 @noindent
27434 Calc provides ways to get quick access to your selected ``favorite''
27435 units, as well as ways to define your own new units.
27436
27437 @kindex u 0-9
27438 @pindex calc-quick-units
27439 @vindex Units
27440 @cindex @code{Units} variable
27441 @cindex Quick units
27442 To select your favorite units, store a vector of unit names or
27443 expressions in the Calc variable @code{Units}. The @kbd{u 1}
27444 through @kbd{u 9} commands (@code{calc-quick-units}) provide access
27445 to these units. If the value on the top of the stack is a plain
27446 number (with no units attached), then @kbd{u 1} gives it the
27447 specified units. (Basically, it multiplies the number by the
27448 first item in the @code{Units} vector.) If the number on the
27449 stack @emph{does} have units, then @kbd{u 1} converts that number
27450 to the new units. For example, suppose the vector @samp{[in, ft]}
27451 is stored in @code{Units}. Then @kbd{30 u 1} will create the
27452 expression @samp{30 in}, and @kbd{u 2} will convert that expression
27453 to @samp{2.5 ft}.
27454
27455 The @kbd{u 0} command accesses the tenth element of @code{Units}.
27456 Only ten quick units may be defined at a time. If the @code{Units}
27457 variable has no stored value (the default), or if its value is not
27458 a vector, then the quick-units commands will not function. The
27459 @kbd{s U} command is a convenient way to edit the @code{Units}
27460 variable; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27461
27462 @kindex u d
27463 @pindex calc-define-unit
27464 @cindex User-defined units
27465 The @kbd{u d} (@code{calc-define-unit}) command records the units
27466 expression on the top of the stack as the definition for a new,
27467 user-defined unit. For example, putting @samp{16.5 ft} on the stack and
27468 typing @kbd{u d rod} defines the new unit @samp{rod} to be equivalent to
27469 16.5 feet. The unit conversion and simplification commands will now
27470 treat @code{rod} just like any other unit of length. You will also be
27471 prompted for an optional English description of the unit, which will
27472 appear in the Units Table.
27473
27474 @kindex u u
27475 @pindex calc-undefine-unit
27476 The @kbd{u u} (@code{calc-undefine-unit}) command removes a user-defined
27477 unit. It is not possible to remove one of the predefined units,
27478 however.
27479
27480 If you define a unit with an existing unit name, your new definition
27481 will replace the original definition of that unit. If the unit was a
27482 predefined unit, the old definition will not be replaced, only
27483 ``shadowed.'' The built-in definition will reappear if you later use
27484 @kbd{u u} to remove the shadowing definition.
27485
27486 To create a new fundamental unit, use either 1 or the unit name itself
27487 as the defining expression. Otherwise the expression can involve any
27488 other units that you like (except for composite units like @samp{mfi}).
27489 You can create a new composite unit with a sum of other units as the
27490 defining expression. The next unit operation like @kbd{u c} or @kbd{u v}
27491 will rebuild the internal unit table incorporating your modifications.
27492 Note that erroneous definitions (such as two units defined in terms of
27493 each other) will not be detected until the unit table is next rebuilt;
27494 @kbd{u v} is a convenient way to force this to happen.
27495
27496 Temperature units are treated specially inside the Calculator; it is not
27497 possible to create user-defined temperature units.
27498
27499 @kindex u p
27500 @pindex calc-permanent-units
27501 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, user-defined units
27502 The @kbd{u p} (@code{calc-permanent-units}) command stores the user-defined
27503 units in your @file{.emacs} file, so that the units will still be
27504 available in subsequent Emacs sessions. If there was already a set of
27505 user-defined units in your @file{.emacs} file, it is replaced by the
27506 new set. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to use
27507 a different file instead of @file{.emacs}.)
27508
27509 @node Store and Recall, Graphics, Units, Top
27510 @chapter Storing and Recalling
27511
27512 @noindent
27513 Calculator variables are really just Lisp variables that contain numbers
27514 or formulas in a form that Calc can understand. The commands in this
27515 section allow you to manipulate variables conveniently. Commands related
27516 to variables use the @kbd{s} prefix key.
27517
27518 @menu
27519 * Storing Variables::
27520 * Recalling Variables::
27521 * Operations on Variables::
27522 * Let Command::
27523 * Evaluates-To Operator::
27524 @end menu
27525
27526 @node Storing Variables, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall, Store and Recall
27527 @section Storing Variables
27528
27529 @noindent
27530 @kindex s s
27531 @pindex calc-store
27532 @cindex Storing variables
27533 @cindex Quick variables
27534 @vindex q0
27535 @vindex q9
27536 The @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) command stores the value at the top of
27537 the stack into a specified variable. It prompts you to enter the
27538 name of the variable. If you press a single digit, the value is stored
27539 immediately in one of the ``quick'' variables @code{var-q0} through
27540 @code{var-q9}. Or you can enter any variable name. The prefix @samp{var-}
27541 is supplied for you; when a name appears in a formula (as in @samp{a+q2})
27542 the prefix @samp{var-} is also supplied there, so normally you can simply
27543 forget about @samp{var-} everywhere. Its only purpose is to enable you to
27544 use Calc variables without fear of accidentally clobbering some variable in
27545 another Emacs package. If you really want to store in an arbitrary Lisp
27546 variable, just backspace over the @samp{var-}.
27547
27548 @kindex s t
27549 @pindex calc-store-into
27550 The @kbd{s s} command leaves the stored value on the stack. There is
27551 also an @kbd{s t} (@code{calc-store-into}) command, which removes a
27552 value from the stack and stores it in a variable.
27553
27554 If the top of stack value is an equation @samp{a = 7} or assignment
27555 @samp{a := 7} with a variable on the lefthand side, then Calc will
27556 assign that variable with that value by default, i.e., if you type
27557 @kbd{s s @key{RET}} or @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. In this example, the
27558 value 7 would be stored in the variable @samp{a}. (If you do type
27559 a variable name at the prompt, the top-of-stack value is stored in
27560 its entirety, even if it is an equation: @samp{s s b @key{RET}}
27561 with @samp{a := 7} on the stack stores @samp{a := 7} in @code{b}.)
27562
27563 In fact, the top of stack value can be a vector of equations or
27564 assignments with different variables on their lefthand sides; the
27565 default will be to store all the variables with their corresponding
27566 righthand sides simultaneously.
27567
27568 It is also possible to type an equation or assignment directly at
27569 the prompt for the @kbd{s s} or @kbd{s t} command: @kbd{s s foo = 7}.
27570 In this case the expression to the right of the @kbd{=} or @kbd{:=}
27571 symbol is evaluated as if by the @kbd{=} command, and that value is
27572 stored in the variable. No value is taken from the stack; @kbd{s s}
27573 and @kbd{s t} are equivalent when used in this way.
27574
27575 @kindex s 0-9
27576 @kindex t 0-9
27577 The prefix keys @kbd{s} and @kbd{t} may be followed immediately by a
27578 digit; @kbd{s 9} is equivalent to @kbd{s s 9}, and @kbd{t 9} is
27579 equivalent to @kbd{s t 9}. (The @kbd{t} prefix is otherwise used
27580 for trail and time/date commands.)
27581
27582 @kindex s +
27583 @kindex s -
27584 @ignore
27585 @mindex @idots
27586 @end ignore
27587 @kindex s *
27588 @ignore
27589 @mindex @null
27590 @end ignore
27591 @kindex s /
27592 @ignore
27593 @mindex @null
27594 @end ignore
27595 @kindex s ^
27596 @ignore
27597 @mindex @null
27598 @end ignore
27599 @kindex s |
27600 @ignore
27601 @mindex @null
27602 @end ignore
27603 @kindex s n
27604 @ignore
27605 @mindex @null
27606 @end ignore
27607 @kindex s &
27608 @ignore
27609 @mindex @null
27610 @end ignore
27611 @kindex s [
27612 @ignore
27613 @mindex @null
27614 @end ignore
27615 @kindex s ]
27616 @pindex calc-store-plus
27617 @pindex calc-store-minus
27618 @pindex calc-store-times
27619 @pindex calc-store-div
27620 @pindex calc-store-power
27621 @pindex calc-store-concat
27622 @pindex calc-store-neg
27623 @pindex calc-store-inv
27624 @pindex calc-store-decr
27625 @pindex calc-store-incr
27626 There are also several ``arithmetic store'' commands. For example,
27627 @kbd{s +} removes a value from the stack and adds it to the specified
27628 variable. The other arithmetic stores are @kbd{s -}, @kbd{s *}, @kbd{s /},
27629 @kbd{s ^}, and @w{@kbd{s |}} (vector concatenation), plus @kbd{s n} and
27630 @kbd{s &} which negate or invert the value in a variable, and @w{@kbd{s [}}
27631 and @kbd{s ]} which decrease or increase a variable by one.
27632
27633 All the arithmetic stores accept the Inverse prefix to reverse the
27634 order of the operands. If @cite{v} represents the contents of the
27635 variable, and @cite{a} is the value drawn from the stack, then regular
27636 @w{@kbd{s -}} assigns @c{$v \coloneq v - a$}
27637 @cite{v := v - a}, but @kbd{I s -} assigns
27638 @c{$v \coloneq a - v$}
27639 @cite{v := a - v}. While @kbd{I s *} might seem pointless, it is
27640 useful if matrix multiplication is involved. Actually, all the
27641 arithmetic stores use formulas designed to behave usefully both
27642 forwards and backwards:
27643
27644 @example
27645 @group
27646 s + v := v + a v := a + v
27647 s - v := v - a v := a - v
27648 s * v := v * a v := a * v
27649 s / v := v / a v := a / v
27650 s ^ v := v ^ a v := a ^ v
27651 s | v := v | a v := a | v
27652 s n v := v / (-1) v := (-1) / v
27653 s & v := v ^ (-1) v := (-1) ^ v
27654 s [ v := v - 1 v := 1 - v
27655 s ] v := v - (-1) v := (-1) - v
27656 @end group
27657 @end example
27658
27659 In the last four cases, a numeric prefix argument will be used in
27660 place of the number one. (For example, @kbd{M-2 s ]} increases
27661 a variable by 2, and @kbd{M-2 I s ]} replaces a variable by
27662 minus-two minus the variable.
27663
27664 The first six arithmetic stores can also be typed @kbd{s t +}, @kbd{s t -},
27665 etc. The commands @kbd{s s +}, @kbd{s s -}, and so on are analogous
27666 arithmetic stores that don't remove the value @cite{a} from the stack.
27667
27668 All arithmetic stores report the new value of the variable in the
27669 Trail for your information. They signal an error if the variable
27670 previously had no stored value. If default simplifications have been
27671 turned off, the arithmetic stores temporarily turn them on for numeric
27672 arguments only (i.e., they temporarily do an @kbd{m N} command).
27673 @xref{Simplification Modes}. Large vectors put in the trail by
27674 these commands always use abbreviated (@kbd{t .}) mode.
27675
27676 @kindex s m
27677 @pindex calc-store-map
27678 The @kbd{s m} command is a general way to adjust a variable's value
27679 using any Calc function. It is a ``mapping'' command analogous to
27680 @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R}, etc. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, to see
27681 how to specify a function for a mapping command. Basically,
27682 all you do is type the Calc command key that would invoke that
27683 function normally. For example, @kbd{s m n} applies the @kbd{n}
27684 key to negate the contents of the variable, so @kbd{s m n} is
27685 equivalent to @kbd{s n}. Also, @kbd{s m Q} takes the square root
27686 of the value stored in a variable, @kbd{s m v v} uses @kbd{v v} to
27687 reverse the vector stored in the variable, and @kbd{s m H I S}
27688 takes the hyperbolic arcsine of the variable contents.
27689
27690 If the mapping function takes two or more arguments, the additional
27691 arguments are taken from the stack; the old value of the variable
27692 is provided as the first argument. Thus @kbd{s m -} with @cite{a}
27693 on the stack computes @cite{v - a}, just like @kbd{s -}. With the
27694 Inverse prefix, the variable's original value becomes the @emph{last}
27695 argument instead of the first. Thus @kbd{I s m -} is also
27696 equivalent to @kbd{I s -}.
27697
27698 @kindex s x
27699 @pindex calc-store-exchange
27700 The @kbd{s x} (@code{calc-store-exchange}) command exchanges the value
27701 of a variable with the value on the top of the stack. Naturally, the
27702 variable must already have a stored value for this to work.
27703
27704 You can type an equation or assignment at the @kbd{s x} prompt. The
27705 command @kbd{s x a=6} takes no values from the stack; instead, it
27706 pushes the old value of @samp{a} on the stack and stores @samp{a = 6}.
27707
27708 @kindex s u
27709 @pindex calc-unstore
27710 @cindex Void variables
27711 @cindex Un-storing variables
27712 Until you store something in them, variables are ``void,'' that is, they
27713 contain no value at all. If they appear in an algebraic formula they
27714 will be left alone even if you press @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
27715 The @kbd{s u} (@code{calc-unstore}) command returns a variable to the
27716 void state.@refill
27717
27718 The only variables with predefined values are the ``special constants''
27719 @code{pi}, @code{e}, @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}. You are free
27720 to unstore these variables or to store new values into them if you like,
27721 although some of the algebraic-manipulation functions may assume these
27722 variables represent their standard values. Calc displays a warning if
27723 you change the value of one of these variables, or of one of the other
27724 special variables @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} (which are
27725 normally void).
27726
27727 Note that @code{var-pi} doesn't actually have 3.14159265359 stored
27728 in it, but rather a special magic value that evaluates to @c{$\pi$}
27729 @cite{pi}
27730 at the current precision. Likewise @code{var-e}, @code{var-i}, and
27731 @code{var-phi} evaluate according to the current precision or polar mode.
27732 If you recall a value from @code{pi} and store it back, this magic
27733 property will be lost.
27734
27735 @kindex s c
27736 @pindex calc-copy-variable
27737 The @kbd{s c} (@code{calc-copy-variable}) command copies the stored
27738 value of one variable to another. It differs from a simple @kbd{s r}
27739 followed by an @kbd{s t} in two important ways. First, the value never
27740 goes on the stack and thus is never rounded, evaluated, or simplified
27741 in any way; it is not even rounded down to the current precision.
27742 Second, the ``magic'' contents of a variable like @code{var-e} can
27743 be copied into another variable with this command, perhaps because
27744 you need to unstore @code{var-e} right now but you wish to put it
27745 back when you're done. The @kbd{s c} command is the only way to
27746 manipulate these magic values intact.
27747
27748 @node Recalling Variables, Operations on Variables, Storing Variables, Store and Recall
27749 @section Recalling Variables
27750
27751 @noindent
27752 @kindex s r
27753 @pindex calc-recall
27754 @cindex Recalling variables
27755 The most straightforward way to extract the stored value from a variable
27756 is to use the @kbd{s r} (@code{calc-recall}) command. This command prompts
27757 for a variable name (similarly to @code{calc-store}), looks up the value
27758 of the specified variable, and pushes that value onto the stack. It is
27759 an error to try to recall a void variable.
27760
27761 It is also possible to recall the value from a variable by evaluating a
27762 formula containing that variable. For example, @kbd{' a @key{RET} =} is
27763 the same as @kbd{s r a @key{RET}} except that if the variable is void, the
27764 former will simply leave the formula @samp{a} on the stack whereas the
27765 latter will produce an error message.
27766
27767 @kindex r 0-9
27768 The @kbd{r} prefix may be followed by a digit, so that @kbd{r 9} is
27769 equivalent to @kbd{s r 9}. (The @kbd{r} prefix is otherwise unused
27770 in the current version of Calc.)
27771
27772 @node Operations on Variables, Let Command, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall
27773 @section Other Operations on Variables
27774
27775 @noindent
27776 @kindex s e
27777 @pindex calc-edit-variable
27778 The @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command edits the stored
27779 value of a variable without ever putting that value on the stack
27780 or simplifying or evaluating the value. It prompts for the name of
27781 the variable to edit. If the variable has no stored value, the
27782 editing buffer will start out empty. If the editing buffer is
27783 empty when you press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish, the variable will
27784 be made void. @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, for a general
27785 description of editing.
27786
27787 The @kbd{s e} command is especially useful for creating and editing
27788 rewrite rules which are stored in variables. Sometimes these rules
27789 contain formulas which must not be evaluated until the rules are
27790 actually used. (For example, they may refer to @samp{deriv(x,y)},
27791 where @code{x} will someday become some expression involving @code{y};
27792 if you let Calc evaluate the rule while you are defining it, Calc will
27793 replace @samp{deriv(x,y)} with 0 because the formula @code{x} does
27794 not itself refer to @code{y}.) By contrast, recalling the variable,
27795 editing with @kbd{`}, and storing will evaluate the variable's value
27796 as a side effect of putting the value on the stack.
27797
27798 @kindex s A
27799 @kindex s D
27800 @ignore
27801 @mindex @idots
27802 @end ignore
27803 @kindex s E
27804 @ignore
27805 @mindex @null
27806 @end ignore
27807 @kindex s F
27808 @ignore
27809 @mindex @null
27810 @end ignore
27811 @kindex s G
27812 @ignore
27813 @mindex @null
27814 @end ignore
27815 @kindex s H
27816 @ignore
27817 @mindex @null
27818 @end ignore
27819 @kindex s I
27820 @ignore
27821 @mindex @null
27822 @end ignore
27823 @kindex s L
27824 @ignore
27825 @mindex @null
27826 @end ignore
27827 @kindex s P
27828 @ignore
27829 @mindex @null
27830 @end ignore
27831 @kindex s R
27832 @ignore
27833 @mindex @null
27834 @end ignore
27835 @kindex s T
27836 @ignore
27837 @mindex @null
27838 @end ignore
27839 @kindex s U
27840 @ignore
27841 @mindex @null
27842 @end ignore
27843 @kindex s X
27844 @pindex calc-store-AlgSimpRules
27845 @pindex calc-store-Decls
27846 @pindex calc-store-EvalRules
27847 @pindex calc-store-FitRules
27848 @pindex calc-store-GenCount
27849 @pindex calc-store-Holidays
27850 @pindex calc-store-IntegLimit
27851 @pindex calc-store-LineStyles
27852 @pindex calc-store-PointStyles
27853 @pindex calc-store-PlotRejects
27854 @pindex calc-store-TimeZone
27855 @pindex calc-store-Units
27856 @pindex calc-store-ExtSimpRules
27857 There are several special-purpose variable-editing commands that
27858 use the @kbd{s} prefix followed by a shifted letter:
27859
27860 @table @kbd
27861 @item s A
27862 Edit @code{AlgSimpRules}. @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
27863 @item s D
27864 Edit @code{Decls}. @xref{Declarations}.
27865 @item s E
27866 Edit @code{EvalRules}. @xref{Default Simplifications}.
27867 @item s F
27868 Edit @code{FitRules}. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
27869 @item s G
27870 Edit @code{GenCount}. @xref{Solving Equations}.
27871 @item s H
27872 Edit @code{Holidays}. @xref{Business Days}.
27873 @item s I
27874 Edit @code{IntegLimit}. @xref{Calculus}.
27875 @item s L
27876 Edit @code{LineStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
27877 @item s P
27878 Edit @code{PointStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
27879 @item s R
27880 Edit @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Graphics}.
27881 @item s T
27882 Edit @code{TimeZone}. @xref{Time Zones}.
27883 @item s U
27884 Edit @code{Units}. @xref{User-Defined Units}.
27885 @item s X
27886 Edit @code{ExtSimpRules}. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
27887 @end table
27888
27889 These commands are just versions of @kbd{s e} that use fixed variable
27890 names rather than prompting for the variable name.
27891
27892 @kindex s p
27893 @pindex calc-permanent-variable
27894 @cindex Storing variables
27895 @cindex Permanent variables
27896 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, variables
27897 The @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command saves a
27898 variable's value permanently in your @file{.emacs} file, so that its
27899 value will still be available in future Emacs sessions. You can
27900 re-execute @w{@kbd{s p}} later on to update the saved value, but the
27901 only way to remove a saved variable is to edit your @file{.emacs} file
27902 by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
27903 use a different file instead of @file{.emacs}.)
27904
27905 If you do not specify the name of a variable to save (i.e.,
27906 @kbd{s p @key{RET}}), all @samp{var-} variables with defined values
27907 are saved except for the special constants @code{pi}, @code{e},
27908 @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}; the variables @code{TimeZone}
27909 and @code{PlotRejects};
27910 @code{FitRules}, @code{DistribRules}, and other built-in rewrite
27911 rules; and @code{PlotData@var{n}} variables generated
27912 by the graphics commands. (You can still save these variables by
27913 explicitly naming them in an @kbd{s p} command.)@refill
27914
27915 @kindex s i
27916 @pindex calc-insert-variables
27917 The @kbd{s i} (@code{calc-insert-variables}) command writes
27918 the values of all @samp{var-} variables into a specified buffer.
27919 The variables are written in the form of Lisp @code{setq} commands
27920 which store the values in string form. You can place these commands
27921 in your @file{.emacs} buffer if you wish, though in this case it
27922 would be easier to use @kbd{s p @key{RET}}. (Note that @kbd{s i}
27923 omits the same set of variables as @w{@kbd{s p @key{RET}}}; the difference
27924 is that @kbd{s i} will store the variables in any buffer, and it also
27925 stores in a more human-readable format.)
27926
27927 @node Let Command, Evaluates-To Operator, Operations on Variables, Store and Recall
27928 @section The Let Command
27929
27930 @noindent
27931 @kindex s l
27932 @pindex calc-let
27933 @cindex Variables, temporary assignment
27934 @cindex Temporary assignment to variables
27935 If you have an expression like @samp{a+b^2} on the stack and you wish to
27936 compute its value where @cite{b=3}, you can simply store 3 in @cite{b} and
27937 then press @kbd{=} to reevaluate the formula. This has the side-effect
27938 of leaving the stored value of 3 in @cite{b} for future operations.
27939
27940 The @kbd{s l} (@code{calc-let}) command evaluates a formula under a
27941 @emph{temporary} assignment of a variable. It stores the value on the
27942 top of the stack into the specified variable, then evaluates the
27943 second-to-top stack entry, then restores the original value (or lack of one)
27944 in the variable. Thus after @kbd{'@w{ }a+b^2 @key{RET} 3 s l b @key{RET}},
27945 the stack will contain the formula @samp{a + 9}. The subsequent command
27946 @kbd{@w{5 s l a} @key{RET}} will replace this formula with the number 14.
27947 The variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} are not permanently affected in any way
27948 by these commands.
27949
27950 The value on the top of the stack may be an equation or assignment, or
27951 a vector of equations or assignments, in which case the default will be
27952 analogous to the case of @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
27953
27954 Also, you can answer the variable-name prompt with an equation or
27955 assignment: @kbd{s l b=3 @key{RET}} is the same as storing 3 on the stack
27956 and typing @kbd{s l b @key{RET}}.
27957
27958 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) command is another way to substitute
27959 a variable with a value in a formula. It does an actual substitution
27960 rather than temporarily assigning the variable and evaluating. For
27961 example, letting @cite{n=2} in @samp{f(n pi)} with @kbd{a b} will
27962 produce @samp{f(2 pi)}, whereas @kbd{s l} would give @samp{f(6.28)}
27963 since the evaluation step will also evaluate @code{pi}.
27964
27965 @node Evaluates-To Operator, , Let Command, Store and Recall
27966 @section The Evaluates-To Operator
27967
27968 @noindent
27969 @tindex evalto
27970 @tindex =>
27971 @cindex Evaluates-to operator
27972 @cindex @samp{=>} operator
27973 The special algebraic symbol @samp{=>} is known as the @dfn{evaluates-to
27974 operator}. (It will show up as an @code{evalto} function call in
27975 other language modes like Pascal and @TeX{}.) This is a binary
27976 operator, that is, it has a lefthand and a righthand argument,
27977 although it can be entered with the righthand argument omitted.
27978
27979 A formula like @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}} is evaluated by Calc as
27980 follows: First, @var{a} is not simplified or modified in any
27981 way. The previous value of argument @var{b} is thrown away; the
27982 formula @var{a} is then copied and evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
27983 command according to all current modes and stored variable values,
27984 and the result is installed as the new value of @var{b}.
27985
27986 For example, suppose you enter the algebraic formula @samp{2 + 3 => 17}.
27987 The number 17 is ignored, and the lefthand argument is left in its
27988 unevaluated form; the result is the formula @samp{2 + 3 => 5}.
27989
27990 @kindex s =
27991 @pindex calc-evalto
27992 You can enter an @samp{=>} formula either directly using algebraic
27993 entry (in which case the righthand side may be omitted since it is
27994 going to be replaced right away anyhow), or by using the @kbd{s =}
27995 (@code{calc-evalto}) command, which takes @var{a} from the stack
27996 and replaces it with @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}}.
27997
27998 Calc keeps track of all @samp{=>} operators on the stack, and
27999 recomputes them whenever anything changes that might affect their
28000 values, i.e., a mode setting or variable value. This occurs only
28001 if the @samp{=>} operator is at the top level of the formula, or
28002 if it is part of a top-level vector. In other words, pushing
28003 @samp{2 + (a => 17)} will change the 17 to the actual value of
28004 @samp{a} when you enter the formula, but the result will not be
28005 dynamically updated when @samp{a} is changed later because the
28006 @samp{=>} operator is buried inside a sum. However, a vector
28007 of @samp{=>} operators will be recomputed, since it is convenient
28008 to push a vector like @samp{[a =>, b =>, c =>]} on the stack to
28009 make a concise display of all the variables in your problem.
28010 (Another way to do this would be to use @samp{[a, b, c] =>},
28011 which provides a slightly different format of display. You
28012 can use whichever you find easiest to read.)
28013
28014 @kindex m C
28015 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
28016 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command allows you to
28017 turn this automatic recomputation on or off. If you turn
28018 recomputation off, you must explicitly recompute an @samp{=>}
28019 operator on the stack in one of the usual ways, such as by
28020 pressing @kbd{=}. Turning recomputation off temporarily can save
28021 a lot of time if you will be changing several modes or variables
28022 before you look at the @samp{=>} entries again.
28023
28024 Most commands are not especially useful with @samp{=>} operators
28025 as arguments. For example, given @samp{x + 2 => 17}, it won't
28026 work to type @kbd{1 +} to get @samp{x + 3 => 18}. If you want
28027 to operate on the lefthand side of the @samp{=>} operator on
28028 the top of the stack, type @kbd{j 1} (that's the digit ``one'')
28029 to select the lefthand side, execute your commands, then type
28030 @kbd{j u} to unselect.
28031
28032 All current modes apply when an @samp{=>} operator is computed,
28033 including the current simplification mode. Recall that the
28034 formula @samp{x + y + x} is not handled by Calc's default
28035 simplifications, but the @kbd{a s} command will reduce it to
28036 the simpler form @samp{y + 2 x}. You can also type @kbd{m A}
28037 to enable an algebraic-simplification mode in which the
28038 equivalent of @kbd{a s} is used on all of Calc's results.
28039 If you enter @samp{x + y + x =>} normally, the result will
28040 be @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x}. If you change to
28041 algebraic-simplification mode, the result will be
28042 @samp{x + y + x => y + 2 x}. However, just pressing @kbd{a s}
28043 once will have no effect on @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x},
28044 because the righthand side depends only on the lefthand side
28045 and the current mode settings, and the lefthand side is not
28046 affected by commands like @kbd{a s}.
28047
28048 The ``let'' command (@kbd{s l}) has an interesting interaction
28049 with the @samp{=>} operator. The @kbd{s l} command evaluates the
28050 second-to-top stack entry with the top stack entry supplying
28051 a temporary value for a given variable. As you might expect,
28052 if that stack entry is an @samp{=>} operator its righthand
28053 side will temporarily show this value for the variable. In
28054 fact, all @samp{=>}s on the stack will be updated if they refer
28055 to that variable. But this change is temporary in the sense
28056 that the next command that causes Calc to look at those stack
28057 entries will make them revert to the old variable value.
28058
28059 @smallexample
28060 @group
28061 2: a => a 2: a => 17 2: a => a
28062 1: a + 1 => a + 1 1: a + 1 => 18 1: a + 1 => a + 1
28063 . . .
28064
28065 17 s l a @key{RET} p 8 @key{RET}
28066 @end group
28067 @end smallexample
28068
28069 Here the @kbd{p 8} command changes the current precision,
28070 thus causing the @samp{=>} forms to be recomputed after the
28071 influence of the ``let'' is gone. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command
28072 (@code{calc-refresh}) is a handy way to force the @samp{=>}
28073 operators on the stack to be recomputed without any other
28074 side effects.
28075
28076 @kindex s :
28077 @pindex calc-assign
28078 @tindex assign
28079 @tindex :=
28080 Embedded Mode also uses @samp{=>} operators. In embedded mode,
28081 the lefthand side of an @samp{=>} operator can refer to variables
28082 assigned elsewhere in the file by @samp{:=} operators. The
28083 assignment operator @samp{a := 17} does not actually do anything
28084 by itself. But Embedded Mode recognizes it and marks it as a sort
28085 of file-local definition of the variable. You can enter @samp{:=}
28086 operators in algebraic mode, or by using the @kbd{s :}
28087 (@code{calc-assign}) [@code{assign}] command which takes a variable
28088 and value from the stack and replaces them with an assignment.
28089
28090 @xref{TeX Language Mode}, for the way @samp{=>} appears in
28091 @TeX{} language output. The @dfn{eqn} mode gives similar
28092 treatment to @samp{=>}.
28093
28094 @node Graphics, Kill and Yank, Store and Recall, Top
28095 @chapter Graphics
28096
28097 @noindent
28098 The commands for graphing data begin with the @kbd{g} prefix key. Calc
28099 uses GNUPLOT 2.0 or 3.0 to do graphics. These commands will only work
28100 if GNUPLOT is available on your system. (While GNUPLOT sounds like
28101 a relative of GNU Emacs, it is actually completely unrelated.
28102 However, it is free software and can be obtained from the Free
28103 Software Foundation's machine @samp{prep.ai.mit.edu}.)
28104
28105 @vindex calc-gnuplot-name
28106 If you have GNUPLOT installed on your system but Calc is unable to
28107 find it, you may need to set the @code{calc-gnuplot-name} variable
28108 in your @file{.emacs} file. You may also need to set some Lisp
28109 variables to show Calc how to run GNUPLOT on your system; these
28110 are described under @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} below. If you are
28111 using the X window system, Calc will configure GNUPLOT for you
28112 automatically. If you have GNUPLOT 3.0 and you are not using X,
28113 Calc will configure GNUPLOT to display graphs using simple character
28114 graphics that will work on any terminal.
28115
28116 @menu
28117 * Basic Graphics::
28118 * Three Dimensional Graphics::
28119 * Managing Curves::
28120 * Graphics Options::
28121 * Devices::
28122 @end menu
28123
28124 @node Basic Graphics, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics, Graphics
28125 @section Basic Graphics
28126
28127 @noindent
28128 @kindex g f
28129 @pindex calc-graph-fast
28130 The easiest graphics command is @kbd{g f} (@code{calc-graph-fast}).
28131 This command takes two vectors of equal length from the stack.
28132 The vector at the top of the stack represents the ``y'' values of
28133 the various data points. The vector in the second-to-top position
28134 represents the corresponding ``x'' values. This command runs
28135 GNUPLOT (if it has not already been started by previous graphing
28136 commands) and displays the set of data points. The points will
28137 be connected by lines, and there will also be some kind of symbol
28138 to indicate the points themselves.
28139
28140 The ``x'' entry may instead be an interval form, in which case suitable
28141 ``x'' values are interpolated between the minimum and maximum values of
28142 the interval (whether the interval is open or closed is ignored).
28143
28144 The ``x'' entry may also be a number, in which case Calc uses the
28145 sequence of ``x'' values @cite{x}, @cite{x+1}, @cite{x+2}, etc.
28146 (Generally the number 0 or 1 would be used for @cite{x} in this case.)
28147
28148 The ``y'' entry may be any formula instead of a vector. Calc effectively
28149 uses @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) to evaluate variables in the formula;
28150 the result of this must be a formula in a single (unassigned) variable.
28151 The formula is plotted with this variable taking on the various ``x''
28152 values. Graphs of formulas by default use lines without symbols at the
28153 computed data points. Note that if neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is a vector,
28154 Calc guesses at a reasonable number of data points to use. See the
28155 @kbd{g N} command below. (The ``x'' values must be either a vector
28156 or an interval if ``y'' is a formula.)
28157
28158 @ignore
28159 @starindex
28160 @end ignore
28161 @tindex xy
28162 If ``y'' is (or evaluates to) a formula of the form
28163 @samp{xy(@var{x}, @var{y})} then the result is a
28164 parametric plot. The two arguments of the fictitious @code{xy} function
28165 are used as the ``x'' and ``y'' coordinates of the curve, respectively.
28166 In this case the ``x'' vector or interval you specified is not directly
28167 visible in the graph. For example, if ``x'' is the interval @samp{[0..360]}
28168 and ``y'' is the formula @samp{xy(sin(t), cos(t))}, the resulting graph
28169 will be a circle.@refill
28170
28171 Also, ``x'' and ``y'' may each be variable names, in which case Calc
28172 looks for suitable vectors, intervals, or formulas stored in those
28173 variables.
28174
28175 The ``x'' and ``y'' values for the data points (as pulled from the vectors,
28176 calculated from the formulas, or interpolated from the intervals) should
28177 be real numbers (integers, fractions, or floats). If either the ``x''
28178 value or the ``y'' value of a given data point is not a real number, that
28179 data point will be omitted from the graph. The points on either side
28180 of the invalid point will @emph{not} be connected by a line.
28181
28182 See the documentation for @kbd{g a} below for a description of the way
28183 numeric prefix arguments affect @kbd{g f}.
28184
28185 @cindex @code{PlotRejects} variable
28186 @vindex PlotRejects
28187 If you store an empty vector in the variable @code{PlotRejects}
28188 (i.e., @kbd{[ ] s t PlotRejects}), Calc will append information to
28189 this vector for every data point which was rejected because its
28190 ``x'' or ``y'' values were not real numbers. The result will be
28191 a matrix where each row holds the curve number, data point number,
28192 ``x'' value, and ``y'' value for a rejected data point.
28193 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a handy way to keep tabs on the
28194 current value of @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Operations on Variables},
28195 for the @kbd{s R} command which is another easy way to examine
28196 @code{PlotRejects}.
28197
28198 @kindex g c
28199 @pindex calc-graph-clear
28200 To clear the graphics display, type @kbd{g c} (@code{calc-graph-clear}).
28201 If the GNUPLOT output device is an X window, the window will go away.
28202 Effects on other kinds of output devices will vary. You don't need
28203 to use @kbd{g c} if you don't want to---if you give another @kbd{g f}
28204 or @kbd{g p} command later on, it will reuse the existing graphics
28205 window if there is one.
28206
28207 @node Three Dimensional Graphics, Managing Curves, Basic Graphics, Graphics
28208 @section Three-Dimensional Graphics
28209
28210 @kindex g F
28211 @pindex calc-graph-fast-3d
28212 The @kbd{g F} (@code{calc-graph-fast-3d}) command makes a three-dimensional
28213 graph. It works only if you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later; with GNUPLOT 2.0,
28214 you will see a GNUPLOT error message if you try this command.
28215
28216 The @kbd{g F} command takes three values from the stack, called ``x'',
28217 ``y'', and ``z'', respectively. As was the case for 2D graphs, there
28218 are several options for these values.
28219
28220 In the first case, ``x'' and ``y'' are each vectors (not necessarily of
28221 the same length); either or both may instead be interval forms. The
28222 ``z'' value must be a matrix with the same number of rows as elements
28223 in ``x'', and the same number of columns as elements in ``y''. The
28224 result is a surface plot where @c{$z_{ij}$}
28225 @cite{z_ij} is the height of the point
28226 at coordinate @cite{(x_i, y_j)} on the surface. The 3D graph will
28227 be displayed from a certain default viewpoint; you can change this
28228 viewpoint by adding a @samp{set view} to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
28229 buffer as described later. See the GNUPLOT 3.0 documentation for a
28230 description of the @samp{set view} command.
28231
28232 Each point in the matrix will be displayed as a dot in the graph,
28233 and these points will be connected by a grid of lines (@dfn{isolines}).
28234
28235 In the second case, ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' are all vectors of equal
28236 length. The resulting graph displays a 3D line instead of a surface,
28237 where the coordinates of points along the line are successive triplets
28238 of values from the input vectors.
28239
28240 In the third case, ``x'' and ``y'' are vectors or interval forms, and
28241 ``z'' is any formula involving two variables (not counting variables
28242 with assigned values). These variables are sorted into alphabetical
28243 order; the first takes on values from ``x'' and the second takes on
28244 values from ``y'' to form a matrix of results that are graphed as a
28245 3D surface.
28246
28247 @ignore
28248 @starindex
28249 @end ignore
28250 @tindex xyz
28251 If the ``z'' formula evaluates to a call to the fictitious function
28252 @samp{xyz(@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z})}, then the result is a
28253 ``parametric surface.'' In this case, the axes of the graph are
28254 taken from the @var{x} and @var{y} values in these calls, and the
28255 ``x'' and ``y'' values from the input vectors or intervals are used only
28256 to specify the range of inputs to the formula. For example, plotting
28257 @samp{[0..360], [0..180], xyz(sin(x)*sin(y), cos(x)*sin(y), cos(y))}
28258 will draw a sphere. (Since the default resolution for 3D plots is
28259 5 steps in each of ``x'' and ``y'', this will draw a very crude
28260 sphere. You could use the @kbd{g N} command, described below, to
28261 increase this resolution, or specify the ``x'' and ``y'' values as
28262 vectors with more than 5 elements.
28263
28264 It is also possible to have a function in a regular @kbd{g f} plot
28265 evaluate to an @code{xyz} call. Since @kbd{g f} plots a line, not
28266 a surface, the result will be a 3D parametric line. For example,
28267 @samp{[[0..720], xyz(sin(x), cos(x), x)]} will plot two turns of a
28268 helix (a three-dimensional spiral).
28269
28270 As for @kbd{g f}, each of ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' may instead be
28271 variables containing the relevant data.
28272
28273 @node Managing Curves, Graphics Options, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics
28274 @section Managing Curves
28275
28276 @noindent
28277 The @kbd{g f} command is really shorthand for the following commands:
28278 @kbd{C-u g d g a g p}. Likewise, @w{@kbd{g F}} is shorthand for
28279 @kbd{C-u g d g A g p}. You can gain more control over your graph
28280 by using these commands directly.
28281
28282 @kindex g a
28283 @pindex calc-graph-add
28284 The @kbd{g a} (@code{calc-graph-add}) command adds the ``curve''
28285 represented by the two values on the top of the stack to the current
28286 graph. You can have any number of curves in the same graph. When
28287 you give the @kbd{g p} command, all the curves will be drawn superimposed
28288 on the same axes.
28289
28290 The @kbd{g a} command (and many others that affect the current graph)
28291 will cause a special buffer, @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}, to be displayed
28292 in another window. This buffer is a template of the commands that will
28293 be sent to GNUPLOT when it is time to draw the graph. The first
28294 @kbd{g a} command adds a @code{plot} command to this buffer. Succeeding
28295 @kbd{g a} commands add extra curves onto that @code{plot} command.
28296 Other graph-related commands put other GNUPLOT commands into this
28297 buffer. In normal usage you never need to work with this buffer
28298 directly, but you can if you wish. The only constraint is that there
28299 must be only one @code{plot} command, and it must be the last command
28300 in the buffer. If you want to save and later restore a complete graph
28301 configuration, you can use regular Emacs commands to save and restore
28302 the contents of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28303
28304 @vindex PlotData1
28305 @vindex PlotData2
28306 If the values on the stack are not variable names, @kbd{g a} will invent
28307 variable names for them (of the form @samp{PlotData@var{n}}) and store
28308 the values in those variables. The ``x'' and ``y'' variables are what
28309 go into the @code{plot} command in the template. If you add a curve
28310 that uses a certain variable and then later change that variable, you
28311 can replot the graph without having to delete and re-add the curve.
28312 That's because the variable name, not the vector, interval or formula
28313 itself, is what was added by @kbd{g a}.
28314
28315 A numeric prefix argument on @kbd{g a} or @kbd{g f} changes the way
28316 stack entries are interpreted as curves. With a positive prefix
28317 argument @cite{n}, the top @cite{n} stack entries are ``y'' values
28318 for @cite{n} different curves which share a common ``x'' value in
28319 the @cite{n+1}st stack entry. (Thus @kbd{g a} with no prefix
28320 argument is equivalent to @kbd{C-u 1 g a}.)
28321
28322 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} means to take two stack entries,
28323 ``x'' and ``y'' as usual, but to interpret ``y'' as a vector of
28324 ``y'' values for several curves that share a common ``x''.
28325
28326 A negative prefix argument tells Calc to read @cite{n} vectors from
28327 the stack; each vector @cite{[x, y]} describes an independent curve.
28328 This is the only form of @kbd{g a} that creates several curves at once
28329 that don't have common ``x'' values. (Of course, the range of ``x''
28330 values covered by all the curves ought to be roughly the same if
28331 they are to look nice on the same graph.)
28332
28333 For example, to plot @c{$\sin n x$}
28334 @cite{sin(n x)} for integers @cite{n}
28335 from 1 to 5, you could use @kbd{v x} to create a vector of integers
28336 (@cite{n}), then @kbd{V M '} or @kbd{V M $} to map @samp{sin(n x)}
28337 across this vector. The resulting vector of formulas is suitable
28338 for use as the ``y'' argument to a @kbd{C-u g a} or @kbd{C-u g f}
28339 command.
28340
28341 @kindex g A
28342 @pindex calc-graph-add-3d
28343 The @kbd{g A} (@code{calc-graph-add-3d}) command adds a 3D curve
28344 to the graph. It is not legal to intermix 2D and 3D curves in a
28345 single graph. This command takes three arguments, ``x'', ``y'',
28346 and ``z'', from the stack. With a positive prefix @cite{n}, it
28347 takes @cite{n+2} arguments (common ``x'' and ``y'', plus @cite{n}
28348 separate ``z''s). With a zero prefix, it takes three stack entries
28349 but the ``z'' entry is a vector of curve values. With a negative
28350 prefix @cite{-n}, it takes @cite{n} vectors of the form @cite{[x, y, z]}.
28351 The @kbd{g A} command works by adding a @code{splot} (surface-plot)
28352 command to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28353
28354 (Although @kbd{g a} adds a 2D @code{plot} command to the
28355 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer, Calc changes this to @code{splot}
28356 before sending it to GNUPLOT if it notices that the data points are
28357 evaluating to @code{xyz} calls. It will not work to mix 2D and 3D
28358 @kbd{g a} curves in a single graph, although Calc does not currently
28359 check for this.)
28360
28361 @kindex g d
28362 @pindex calc-graph-delete
28363 The @kbd{g d} (@code{calc-graph-delete}) command deletes the most
28364 recently added curve from the graph. It has no effect if there are
28365 no curves in the graph. With a numeric prefix argument of any kind,
28366 it deletes all of the curves from the graph.
28367
28368 @kindex g H
28369 @pindex calc-graph-hide
28370 The @kbd{g H} (@code{calc-graph-hide}) command ``hides'' or ``unhides''
28371 the most recently added curve. A hidden curve will not appear in
28372 the actual plot, but information about it such as its name and line and
28373 point styles will be retained.
28374
28375 @kindex g j
28376 @pindex calc-graph-juggle
28377 The @kbd{g j} (@code{calc-graph-juggle}) command moves the curve
28378 at the end of the list (the ``most recently added curve'') to the
28379 front of the list. The next-most-recent curve is thus exposed for
28380 @w{@kbd{g d}} or similar commands to use. With @kbd{g j} you can work
28381 with any curve in the graph even though curve-related commands only
28382 affect the last curve in the list.
28383
28384 @kindex g p
28385 @pindex calc-graph-plot
28386 The @kbd{g p} (@code{calc-graph-plot}) command uses GNUPLOT to draw
28387 the graph described in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Any
28388 GNUPLOT parameters which are not defined by commands in this buffer
28389 are reset to their default values. The variables named in the @code{plot}
28390 command are written to a temporary data file and the variable names
28391 are then replaced by the file name in the template. The resulting
28392 plotting commands are fed to the GNUPLOT program. See the documentation
28393 for the GNUPLOT program for more specific information. All temporary
28394 files are removed when Emacs or GNUPLOT exits.
28395
28396 If you give a formula for ``y'', Calc will remember all the values that
28397 it calculates for the formula so that later plots can reuse these values.
28398 Calc throws out these saved values when you change any circumstances
28399 that may affect the data, such as switching from Degrees to Radians
28400 mode, or changing the value of a parameter in the formula. You can
28401 force Calc to recompute the data from scratch by giving a negative
28402 numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}.
28403
28404 Calc uses a fairly rough step size when graphing formulas over intervals.
28405 This is to ensure quick response. You can ``refine'' a plot by giving
28406 a positive numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}. Calc goes through
28407 the data points it has computed and saved from previous plots of the
28408 function, and computes and inserts a new data point midway between
28409 each of the existing points. You can refine a plot any number of times,
28410 but beware that the amount of calculation involved doubles each time.
28411
28412 Calc does not remember computed values for 3D graphs. This means the
28413 numerix prefix argument, if any, to @kbd{g p} is effectively ignored if
28414 the current graph is three-dimensional.
28415
28416 @kindex g P
28417 @pindex calc-graph-print
28418 The @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}) command is like @kbd{g p},
28419 except that it sends the output to a printer instead of to the
28420 screen. More precisely, @kbd{g p} looks for @samp{set terminal}
28421 or @samp{set output} commands in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer;
28422 lacking these it uses the default settings. However, @kbd{g P}
28423 ignores @samp{set terminal} and @samp{set output} commands and
28424 uses a different set of default values. All of these values are
28425 controlled by the @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} commands discussed below.
28426 Provided everything is set up properly, @kbd{g p} will plot to
28427 the screen unless you have specified otherwise and @kbd{g P} will
28428 always plot to the printer.
28429
28430 @node Graphics Options, Devices, Managing Curves, Graphics
28431 @section Graphics Options
28432
28433 @noindent
28434 @kindex g g
28435 @pindex calc-graph-grid
28436 The @kbd{g g} (@code{calc-graph-grid}) command turns the ``grid''
28437 on and off. It is off by default; tick marks appear only at the
28438 edges of the graph. With the grid turned on, dotted lines appear
28439 across the graph at each tick mark. Note that this command only
28440 changes the setting in @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}; to see the effects
28441 of the change you must give another @kbd{g p} command.
28442
28443 @kindex g b
28444 @pindex calc-graph-border
28445 The @kbd{g b} (@code{calc-graph-border}) command turns the border
28446 (the box that surrounds the graph) on and off. It is on by default.
28447 This command will only work with GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
28448
28449 @kindex g k
28450 @pindex calc-graph-key
28451 The @kbd{g k} (@code{calc-graph-key}) command turns the ``key''
28452 on and off. The key is a chart in the corner of the graph that
28453 shows the correspondence between curves and line styles. It is
28454 off by default, and is only really useful if you have several
28455 curves on the same graph.
28456
28457 @kindex g N
28458 @pindex calc-graph-num-points
28459 The @kbd{g N} (@code{calc-graph-num-points}) command allows you
28460 to select the number of data points in the graph. This only affects
28461 curves where neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is specified as a vector.
28462 Enter a blank line to revert to the default value (initially 15).
28463 With no prefix argument, this command affects only the current graph.
28464 With a positive prefix argument this command changes or, if you enter
28465 a blank line, displays the default number of points used for all
28466 graphs created by @kbd{g a} that don't specify the resolution explicitly.
28467 With a negative prefix argument, this command changes or displays
28468 the default value (initially 5) used for 3D graphs created by @kbd{g A}.
28469 Note that a 3D setting of 5 means that a total of @cite{5^2 = 25} points
28470 will be computed for the surface.
28471
28472 Data values in the graph of a function are normally computed to a
28473 precision of five digits, regardless of the current precision at the
28474 time. This is usually more than adequate, but there are cases where
28475 it will not be. For example, plotting @cite{1 + x} with @cite{x} in the
28476 interval @samp{[0 ..@: 1e-6]} will round all the data points down
28477 to 1.0! Putting the command @samp{set precision @var{n}} in the
28478 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer will cause the data to be computed
28479 at precision @var{n} instead of 5. Since this is such a rare case,
28480 there is no keystroke-based command to set the precision.
28481
28482 @kindex g h
28483 @pindex calc-graph-header
28484 The @kbd{g h} (@code{calc-graph-header}) command sets the title
28485 for the graph. This will show up centered above the graph.
28486 The default title is blank (no title).
28487
28488 @kindex g n
28489 @pindex calc-graph-name
28490 The @kbd{g n} (@code{calc-graph-name}) command sets the title of an
28491 individual curve. Like the other curve-manipulating commands, it
28492 affects the most recently added curve, i.e., the last curve on the
28493 list in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. To set the title of
28494 the other curves you must first juggle them to the end of the list
28495 with @kbd{g j}, or edit the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer by hand.
28496 Curve titles appear in the key; if the key is turned off they are
28497 not used.
28498
28499 @kindex g t
28500 @kindex g T
28501 @pindex calc-graph-title-x
28502 @pindex calc-graph-title-y
28503 The @kbd{g t} (@code{calc-graph-title-x}) and @kbd{g T}
28504 (@code{calc-graph-title-y}) commands set the titles on the ``x''
28505 and ``y'' axes, respectively. These titles appear next to the
28506 tick marks on the left and bottom edges of the graph, respectively.
28507 Calc does not have commands to control the tick marks themselves,
28508 but you can edit them into the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer if
28509 you wish. See the GNUPLOT documentation for details.
28510
28511 @kindex g r
28512 @kindex g R
28513 @pindex calc-graph-range-x
28514 @pindex calc-graph-range-y
28515 The @kbd{g r} (@code{calc-graph-range-x}) and @kbd{g R}
28516 (@code{calc-graph-range-y}) commands set the range of values on the
28517 ``x'' and ``y'' axes, respectively. You are prompted to enter a
28518 suitable range. This should be either a pair of numbers of the
28519 form, @samp{@var{min}:@var{max}}, or a blank line to revert to the
28520 default behavior of setting the range based on the range of values
28521 in the data, or @samp{$} to take the range from the top of the stack.
28522 Ranges on the stack can be represented as either interval forms or
28523 vectors: @samp{[@var{min} ..@: @var{max}]} or @samp{[@var{min}, @var{max}]}.
28524
28525 @kindex g l
28526 @kindex g L
28527 @pindex calc-graph-log-x
28528 @pindex calc-graph-log-y
28529 The @kbd{g l} (@code{calc-graph-log-x}) and @kbd{g L} (@code{calc-graph-log-y})
28530 commands allow you to set either or both of the axes of the graph to
28531 be logarithmic instead of linear.
28532
28533 @kindex g C-l
28534 @kindex g C-r
28535 @kindex g C-t
28536 @pindex calc-graph-log-z
28537 @pindex calc-graph-range-z
28538 @pindex calc-graph-title-z
28539 For 3D plots, @kbd{g C-t}, @kbd{g C-r}, and @kbd{g C-l} (those are
28540 letters with the Control key held down) are the corresponding commands
28541 for the ``z'' axis.
28542
28543 @kindex g z
28544 @kindex g Z
28545 @pindex calc-graph-zero-x
28546 @pindex calc-graph-zero-y
28547 The @kbd{g z} (@code{calc-graph-zero-x}) and @kbd{g Z}
28548 (@code{calc-graph-zero-y}) commands control whether a dotted line is
28549 drawn to indicate the ``x'' and/or ``y'' zero axes. (These are the same
28550 dotted lines that would be drawn there anyway if you used @kbd{g g} to
28551 turn the ``grid'' feature on.) Zero-axis lines are on by default, and
28552 may be turned off only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions. They are
28553 not available for 3D plots.
28554
28555 @kindex g s
28556 @pindex calc-graph-line-style
28557 The @kbd{g s} (@code{calc-graph-line-style}) command turns the connecting
28558 lines on or off for the most recently added curve, and optionally selects
28559 the style of lines to be used for that curve. Plain @kbd{g s} simply
28560 toggles the lines on and off. With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g s}
28561 turns lines on and sets a particular line style. Line style numbers
28562 start at one and their meanings vary depending on the output device.
28563 GNUPLOT guarantees that there will be at least six different line styles
28564 available for any device.
28565
28566 @kindex g S
28567 @pindex calc-graph-point-style
28568 The @kbd{g S} (@code{calc-graph-point-style}) command similarly turns
28569 the symbols at the data points on or off, or sets the point style.
28570 If you turn both lines and points off, the data points will show as
28571 tiny dots.
28572
28573 @cindex @code{LineStyles} variable
28574 @cindex @code{PointStyles} variable
28575 @vindex LineStyles
28576 @vindex PointStyles
28577 Another way to specify curve styles is with the @code{LineStyles} and
28578 @code{PointStyles} variables. These variables initially have no stored
28579 values, but if you store a vector of integers in one of these variables,
28580 the @kbd{g a} and @kbd{g f} commands will use those style numbers
28581 instead of the defaults for new curves that are added to the graph.
28582 An entry should be a positive integer for a specific style, or 0 to let
28583 the style be chosen automatically, or @i{-1} to turn off lines or points
28584 altogether. If there are more curves than elements in the vector, the
28585 last few curves will continue to have the default styles. Of course,
28586 you can later use @kbd{g s} and @kbd{g S} to change any of these styles.
28587
28588 For example, @kbd{'[2 -1 3] @key{RET} s t LineStyles} causes the first curve
28589 to have lines in style number 2, the second curve to have no connecting
28590 lines, and the third curve to have lines in style 3. Point styles will
28591 still be assigned automatically, but you could store another vector in
28592 @code{PointStyles} to define them, too.
28593
28594 @node Devices, , Graphics Options, Graphics
28595 @section Graphical Devices
28596
28597 @noindent
28598 @kindex g D
28599 @pindex calc-graph-device
28600 The @kbd{g D} (@code{calc-graph-device}) command sets the device name
28601 (or ``terminal name'' in GNUPLOT lingo) to be used by @kbd{g p} commands
28602 on this graph. It does not affect the permanent default device name.
28603 If you enter a blank name, the device name reverts to the default.
28604 Enter @samp{?} to see a list of supported devices.
28605
28606 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} instead sets
28607 the default device name, used by all plots in the future which do
28608 not override it with a plain @kbd{g D} command. If you enter a
28609 blank line this command shows you the current default. The special
28610 name @code{default} signifies that Calc should choose @code{x11} if
28611 the X window system is in use (as indicated by the presence of a
28612 @code{DISPLAY} environment variable), or otherwise @code{dumb} under
28613 GNUPLOT 3.0 and later, or @code{postscript} under GNUPLOT 2.0.
28614 This is the initial default value.
28615
28616 The @code{dumb} device is an interface to ``dumb terminals,'' i.e.,
28617 terminals with no special graphics facilities. It writes a crude
28618 picture of the graph composed of characters like @code{-} and @code{|}
28619 to a buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}, which Calc then displays.
28620 The graph is made the same size as the Emacs screen, which on most
28621 dumb terminals will be @c{$80\times24$}
28622 @asis{80x24} characters. The graph is displayed in
28623 an Emacs ``recursive edit''; type @kbd{q} or @kbd{M-# M-#} to exit
28624 the recursive edit and return to Calc. Note that the @code{dumb}
28625 device is present only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
28626
28627 The word @code{dumb} may be followed by two numbers separated by
28628 spaces. These are the desired width and height of the graph in
28629 characters. Also, the device name @code{big} is like @code{dumb}
28630 but creates a graph four times the width and height of the Emacs
28631 screen. You will then have to scroll around to view the entire
28632 graph. In the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer, @key{SPC}, @key{DEL},
28633 @kbd{<}, and @kbd{>} are defined to scroll by one screenful in each
28634 of the four directions.
28635
28636 With a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} sets or displays
28637 the device name used by @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}). This
28638 is initially @code{postscript}. If you don't have a PostScript
28639 printer, you may decide once again to use @code{dumb} to create a
28640 plot on any text-only printer.
28641
28642 @kindex g O
28643 @pindex calc-graph-output
28644 The @kbd{g O} (@code{calc-graph-output}) command sets the name of
28645 the output file used by GNUPLOT. For some devices, notably @code{x11},
28646 there is no output file and this information is not used. Many other
28647 ``devices'' are really file formats like @code{postscript}; in these
28648 cases the output in the desired format goes into the file you name
28649 with @kbd{g O}. Type @kbd{g O stdout @key{RET}} to set GNUPLOT to write
28650 to its standard output stream, i.e., to @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}.
28651 This is the default setting.
28652
28653 Another special output name is @code{tty}, which means that GNUPLOT
28654 is going to write graphics commands directly to its standard output,
28655 which you wish Emacs to pass through to your terminal. Tektronix
28656 graphics terminals, among other devices, operate this way. Calc does
28657 this by telling GNUPLOT to write to a temporary file, then running a
28658 sub-shell executing the command @samp{cat tempfile >/dev/tty}. On
28659 typical Unix systems, this will copy the temporary file directly to
28660 the terminal, bypassing Emacs entirely. You will have to type @kbd{C-l}
28661 to Emacs afterwards to refresh the screen.
28662
28663 Once again, @kbd{g O} with a positive or negative prefix argument
28664 sets the default or printer output file names, respectively. In each
28665 case you can specify @code{auto}, which causes Calc to invent a temporary
28666 file name for each @kbd{g p} (or @kbd{g P}) command. This temporary file
28667 will be deleted once it has been displayed or printed. If the output file
28668 name is not @code{auto}, the file is not automatically deleted.
28669
28670 The default and printer devices and output files can be saved
28671 permanently by the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. The
28672 default number of data points (see @kbd{g N}) and the X geometry
28673 (see @kbd{g X}) are also saved. Other graph information is @emph{not}
28674 saved; you can save a graph's configuration simply by saving the contents
28675 of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28676
28677 @vindex calc-gnuplot-plot-command
28678 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-device
28679 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-output
28680 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-command
28681 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-device
28682 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-output
28683 If you are installing Calc you may wish to configure the default and
28684 printer devices and output files for the whole system. The relevant
28685 Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-default-device} and @code{-output},
28686 and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-device} and @code{-output}. The output
28687 file names must be either strings as described above, or Lisp
28688 expressions which are evaluated on the fly to get the output file names.
28689
28690 Other important Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
28691 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command}, which give the system commands to
28692 display or print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
28693 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
28694 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
28695 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
28696 to display or print the output.
28697
28698 @kindex g x
28699 @pindex calc-graph-display
28700 The @kbd{g x} (@code{calc-graph-display}) command lets you specify
28701 on which X window system display your graphs should be drawn. Enter
28702 a blank line to see the current display name. This command has no
28703 effect unless the current device is @code{x11}.
28704
28705 @kindex g X
28706 @pindex calc-graph-geometry
28707 The @kbd{g X} (@code{calc-graph-geometry}) command is a similar
28708 command for specifying the position and size of the X window.
28709 The normal value is @code{default}, which generally means your
28710 window manager will let you place the window interactively.
28711 Entering @samp{800x500+0+0} would create an 800-by-500 pixel
28712 window in the upper-left corner of the screen.
28713
28714 The buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} holds a transcript of the
28715 session with GNUPLOT. This shows the commands Calc has ``typed'' to
28716 GNUPLOT and the responses it has received. Calc tries to notice when an
28717 error message has appeared here and display the buffer for you when
28718 this happens. You can check this buffer yourself if you suspect
28719 something has gone wrong.
28720
28721 @kindex g C
28722 @pindex calc-graph-command
28723 The @kbd{g C} (@code{calc-graph-command}) command prompts you to
28724 enter any line of text, then simply sends that line to the current
28725 GNUPLOT process. The @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer looks deceptively
28726 like a Shell buffer but you can't type commands in it yourself.
28727 Instead, you must use @kbd{g C} for this purpose.
28728
28729 @kindex g v
28730 @kindex g V
28731 @pindex calc-graph-view-commands
28732 @pindex calc-graph-view-trail
28733 The @kbd{g v} (@code{calc-graph-view-commands}) and @kbd{g V}
28734 (@code{calc-graph-view-trail}) commands display the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
28735 and @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffers, respectively, in another window.
28736 This happens automatically when Calc thinks there is something you
28737 will want to see in either of these buffers. If you type @kbd{g v}
28738 or @kbd{g V} when the relevant buffer is already displayed, the
28739 buffer is hidden again.
28740
28741 One reason to use @kbd{g v} is to add your own commands to the
28742 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Press @kbd{g v}, then use
28743 @kbd{C-x o} to switch into that window. For example, GNUPLOT has
28744 @samp{set label} and @samp{set arrow} commands that allow you to
28745 annotate your plots. Since Calc doesn't understand these commands,
28746 you have to add them to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer
28747 yourself, then use @w{@kbd{g p}} to replot using these new commands. Note
28748 that your commands must appear @emph{before} the @code{plot} command.
28749 To get help on any GNUPLOT feature, type, e.g., @kbd{g C help set label}.
28750 You may have to type @kbd{g C @key{RET}} a few times to clear the
28751 ``press return for more'' or ``subtopic of @dots{}'' requests.
28752 Note that Calc always sends commands (like @samp{set nolabel}) to
28753 reset all plotting parameters to the defaults before each plot, so
28754 to delete a label all you need to do is delete the @samp{set label}
28755 line you added (or comment it out with @samp{#}) and then replot
28756 with @kbd{g p}.
28757
28758 @kindex g q
28759 @pindex calc-graph-quit
28760 You can use @kbd{g q} (@code{calc-graph-quit}) to kill the GNUPLOT
28761 process that is running. The next graphing command you give will
28762 start a fresh GNUPLOT process. The word @samp{Graph} appears in
28763 the Calc window's mode line whenever a GNUPLOT process is currently
28764 running. The GNUPLOT process is automatically killed when you
28765 exit Emacs if you haven't killed it manually by then.
28766
28767 @kindex g K
28768 @pindex calc-graph-kill
28769 The @kbd{g K} (@code{calc-graph-kill}) command is like @kbd{g q}
28770 except that it also views the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer so that
28771 you can see the process being killed. This is better if you are
28772 killing GNUPLOT because you think it has gotten stuck.
28773
28774 @node Kill and Yank, Keypad Mode, Graphics, Top
28775 @chapter Kill and Yank Functions
28776
28777 @noindent
28778 The commands in this chapter move information between the Calculator and
28779 other Emacs editing buffers.
28780
28781 In many cases Embedded Mode is an easier and more natural way to
28782 work with Calc from a regular editing buffer. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
28783
28784 @menu
28785 * Killing From Stack::
28786 * Yanking Into Stack::
28787 * Grabbing From Buffers::
28788 * Yanking Into Buffers::
28789 * X Cut and Paste::
28790 @end menu
28791
28792 @node Killing From Stack, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank, Kill and Yank
28793 @section Killing from the Stack
28794
28795 @noindent
28796 @kindex C-k
28797 @pindex calc-kill
28798 @kindex M-k
28799 @pindex calc-copy-as-kill
28800 @kindex C-w
28801 @pindex calc-kill-region
28802 @kindex M-w
28803 @pindex calc-copy-region-as-kill
28804 @cindex Kill ring
28805 @dfn{Kill} commands are Emacs commands that insert text into the
28806 ``kill ring,'' from which it can later be ``yanked'' by a @kbd{C-y}
28807 command. Three common kill commands in normal Emacs are @kbd{C-k}, which
28808 kills one line, @kbd{C-w}, which kills the region between mark and point,
28809 and @kbd{M-w}, which puts the region into the kill ring without actually
28810 deleting it. All of these commands work in the Calculator, too. Also,
28811 @kbd{M-k} has been provided to complete the set; it puts the current line
28812 into the kill ring without deleting anything.
28813
28814 The kill commands are unusual in that they pay attention to the location
28815 of the cursor in the Calculator buffer. If the cursor is on or below the
28816 bottom line, the kill commands operate on the top of the stack. Otherwise,
28817 they operate on whatever stack element the cursor is on. Calc's kill
28818 commands always operate on whole stack entries. (They act the same as their
28819 standard Emacs cousins except they ``round up'' the specified region to
28820 encompass full lines.) The text is copied into the kill ring exactly as
28821 it appears on the screen, including line numbers if they are enabled.
28822
28823 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{C-k} or @kbd{M-k} affects the number
28824 of lines killed. A positive argument kills the current line and @cite{n-1}
28825 lines below it. A negative argument kills the @cite{-n} lines above the
28826 current line. Again this mirrors the behavior of the standard Emacs
28827 @kbd{C-k} command. Although a whole line is always deleted, @kbd{C-k}
28828 with no argument copies only the number itself into the kill ring, whereas
28829 @kbd{C-k} with a prefix argument of 1 copies the number with its trailing
28830 newline.
28831
28832 @node Yanking Into Stack, Grabbing From Buffers, Killing From Stack, Kill and Yank
28833 @section Yanking into the Stack
28834
28835 @noindent
28836 @kindex C-y
28837 @pindex calc-yank
28838 The @kbd{C-y} command yanks the most recently killed text back into the
28839 Calculator. It pushes this value onto the top of the stack regardless of
28840 the cursor position. In general it re-parses the killed text as a number
28841 or formula (or a list of these separated by commas or newlines). However if
28842 the thing being yanked is something that was just killed from the Calculator
28843 itself, its full internal structure is yanked. For example, if you have
28844 set the floating-point display mode to show only four significant digits,
28845 then killing and re-yanking 3.14159 (which displays as 3.142) will yank the
28846 full 3.14159, even though yanking it into any other buffer would yank the
28847 number in its displayed form, 3.142. (Since the default display modes
28848 show all objects to their full precision, this feature normally makes no
28849 difference.)
28850
28851 @node Grabbing From Buffers, Yanking Into Buffers, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank
28852 @section Grabbing from Other Buffers
28853
28854 @noindent
28855 @kindex M-# g
28856 @pindex calc-grab-region
28857 The @kbd{M-# g} (@code{calc-grab-region}) command takes the text between
28858 point and mark in the current buffer and attempts to parse it as a
28859 vector of values. Basically, it wraps the text in vector brackets
28860 @samp{[ ]} unless the text already is enclosed in vector brackets,
28861 then reads the text as if it were an algebraic entry. The contents
28862 of the vector may be numbers, formulas, or any other Calc objects.
28863 If the @kbd{M-# g} command works successfully, it does an automatic
28864 @kbd{M-# c} to enter the Calculator buffer.
28865
28866 A numeric prefix argument grabs the specified number of lines around
28867 point, ignoring the mark. A positive prefix grabs from point to the
28868 @cite{n}th following newline (so that @kbd{M-1 M-# g} grabs from point
28869 to the end of the current line); a negative prefix grabs from point
28870 back to the @cite{n+1}st preceding newline. In these cases the text
28871 that is grabbed is exactly the same as the text that @kbd{C-k} would
28872 delete given that prefix argument.
28873
28874 A prefix of zero grabs the current line; point may be anywhere on the
28875 line.
28876
28877 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix interprets the region between point and mark
28878 as a single number or formula rather than a vector. For example,
28879 @kbd{M-# g} on the text @samp{2 a b} produces the vector of three
28880 values @samp{[2, a, b]}, but @kbd{C-u M-# g} on the same region
28881 reads a formula which is a product of three things: @samp{2 a b}.
28882 (The text @samp{a + b}, on the other hand, will be grabbed as a
28883 vector of one element by plain @kbd{M-# g} because the interpretation
28884 @samp{[a, +, b]} would be a syntax error.)
28885
28886 If a different language has been specified (@pxref{Language Modes}),
28887 the grabbed text will be interpreted according to that language.
28888
28889 @kindex M-# r
28890 @pindex calc-grab-rectangle
28891 The @kbd{M-# r} (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) command takes the text between
28892 point and mark and attempts to parse it as a matrix. If point and mark
28893 are both in the leftmost column, the lines in between are parsed in their
28894 entirety. Otherwise, point and mark define the corners of a rectangle
28895 whose contents are parsed.
28896
28897 Each line of the grabbed area becomes a row of the matrix. The result
28898 will actually be a vector of vectors, which Calc will treat as a matrix
28899 only if every row contains the same number of values.
28900
28901 If a line contains a portion surrounded by square brackets (or curly
28902 braces), that portion is interpreted as a vector which becomes a row
28903 of the matrix. Any text surrounding the bracketed portion on the line
28904 is ignored.
28905
28906 Otherwise, the entire line is interpreted as a row vector as if it
28907 were surrounded by square brackets. Leading line numbers (in the
28908 format used in the Calc stack buffer) are ignored. If you wish to
28909 force this interpretation (even if the line contains bracketed
28910 portions), give a negative numeric prefix argument to the
28911 @kbd{M-# r} command.
28912
28913 If you give a numeric prefix argument of zero or plain @kbd{C-u}, each
28914 line is instead interpreted as a single formula which is converted into
28915 a one-element vector. Thus the result of @kbd{C-u M-# r} will be a
28916 one-column matrix. For example, suppose one line of the data is the
28917 expression @samp{2 a}. A plain @w{@kbd{M-# r}} will interpret this as
28918 @samp{[2 a]}, which in turn is read as a two-element vector that forms
28919 one row of the matrix. But a @kbd{C-u M-# r} will interpret this row
28920 as @samp{[2*a]}.
28921
28922 If you give a positive numeric prefix argument @var{n}, then each line
28923 will be split up into columns of width @var{n}; each column is parsed
28924 separately as a matrix element. If a line contained
28925 @w{@samp{2 +/- 3 4 +/- 5}}, then grabbing with a prefix argument of 8
28926 would correctly split the line into two error forms.@refill
28927
28928 @xref{Matrix Functions}, to see how to pull the matrix apart into its
28929 constituent rows and columns. (If it is a @c{$1\times1$}
28930 @asis{1x1} matrix, just hit @kbd{v u}
28931 (@code{calc-unpack}) twice.)
28932
28933 @kindex M-# :
28934 @kindex M-# _
28935 @pindex calc-grab-sum-across
28936 @pindex calc-grab-sum-down
28937 @cindex Summing rows and columns of data
28938 The @kbd{M-# :} (@code{calc-grab-sum-down}) command is a handy way to
28939 grab a rectangle of data and sum its columns. It is equivalent to
28940 typing @kbd{M-# r}, followed by @kbd{V R : +} (the vector reduction
28941 command that sums the columns of a matrix; @pxref{Reducing}). The
28942 result of the command will be a vector of numbers, one for each column
28943 in the input data. The @kbd{M-# _} (@code{calc-grab-sum-across}) command
28944 similarly grabs a rectangle and sums its rows by executing @w{@kbd{V R _ +}}.
28945
28946 As well as being more convenient, @kbd{M-# :} and @kbd{M-# _} are also
28947 much faster because they don't actually place the grabbed vector on
28948 the stack. In a @kbd{M-# r V R : +} sequence, formatting the vector
28949 for display on the stack takes a large fraction of the total time
28950 (unless you have planned ahead and used @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} modes).
28951
28952 For example, suppose we have a column of numbers in a file which we
28953 wish to sum. Go to one corner of the column and press @kbd{C-@@} to
28954 set the mark; go to the other corner and type @kbd{M-# :}. Since there
28955 is only one column, the result will be a vector of one number, the sum.
28956 (You can type @kbd{v u} to unpack this vector into a plain number if
28957 you want to do further arithmetic with it.)
28958
28959 To compute the product of the column of numbers, we would have to do
28960 it ``by hand'' since there's no special grab-and-multiply command.
28961 Use @kbd{M-# r} to grab the column of numbers into the calculator in
28962 the form of a column matrix. The statistics command @kbd{u *} is a
28963 handy way to find the product of a vector or matrix of numbers.
28964 @xref{Statistical Operations}. Another approach would be to use
28965 an explicit column reduction command, @kbd{V R : *}.
28966
28967 @node Yanking Into Buffers, X Cut and Paste, Grabbing From Buffers, Kill and Yank
28968 @section Yanking into Other Buffers
28969
28970 @noindent
28971 @kindex y
28972 @pindex calc-copy-to-buffer
28973 The plain @kbd{y} (@code{calc-copy-to-buffer}) command inserts the number
28974 at the top of the stack into the most recently used normal editing buffer.
28975 (More specifically, this is the most recently used buffer which is displayed
28976 in a window and whose name does not begin with @samp{*}. If there is no
28977 such buffer, this is the most recently used buffer except for Calculator
28978 and Calc Trail buffers.) The number is inserted exactly as it appears and
28979 without a newline. (If line-numbering is enabled, the line number is
28980 normally not included.) The number is @emph{not} removed from the stack.
28981
28982 With a prefix argument, @kbd{y} inserts several numbers, one per line.
28983 A positive argument inserts the specified number of values from the top
28984 of the stack. A negative argument inserts the @cite{n}th value from the
28985 top of the stack. An argument of zero inserts the entire stack. Note
28986 that @kbd{y} with an argument of 1 is slightly different from @kbd{y}
28987 with no argument; the former always copies full lines, whereas the
28988 latter strips off the trailing newline.
28989
28990 With a lone @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, @kbd{y} @emph{replaces} the
28991 region in the other buffer with the yanked text, then quits the
28992 Calculator, leaving you in that buffer. A typical use would be to use
28993 @kbd{M-# g} to read a region of data into the Calculator, operate on the
28994 data to produce a new matrix, then type @kbd{C-u y} to replace the
28995 original data with the new data. One might wish to alter the matrix
28996 display style (@pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}) or change the current
28997 display language (@pxref{Language Modes}) before doing this. Also, note
28998 that this command replaces a linear region of text (as grabbed by
28999 @kbd{M-# g}), not a rectangle (as grabbed by @kbd{M-# r}).@refill
29000
29001 If the editing buffer is in overwrite (as opposed to insert) mode,
29002 and the @kbd{C-u} prefix was not used, then the yanked number will
29003 overwrite the characters following point rather than being inserted
29004 before those characters. The usual conventions of overwrite mode
29005 are observed; for example, characters will be inserted at the end of
29006 a line rather than overflowing onto the next line. Yanking a multi-line
29007 object such as a matrix in overwrite mode overwrites the next @var{n}
29008 lines in the buffer, lengthening or shortening each line as necessary.
29009 Finally, if the thing being yanked is a simple integer or floating-point
29010 number (like @samp{-1.2345e-3}) and the characters following point also
29011 make up such a number, then Calc will replace that number with the new
29012 number, lengthening or shortening as necessary. The concept of
29013 ``overwrite mode'' has thus been generalized from overwriting characters
29014 to overwriting one complete number with another.
29015
29016 @kindex M-# y
29017 The @kbd{M-# y} key sequence is equivalent to @kbd{y} except that
29018 it can be typed anywhere, not just in Calc. This provides an easy
29019 way to guarantee that Calc knows which editing buffer you want to use!
29020
29021 @node X Cut and Paste, , Yanking Into Buffers, Kill and Yank
29022 @section X Cut and Paste
29023
29024 @noindent
29025 If you are using Emacs with the X window system, there is an easier
29026 way to move small amounts of data into and out of the calculator:
29027 Use the mouse-oriented cut and paste facilities of X.
29028
29029 The default bindings for a three-button mouse cause the left button
29030 to move the Emacs cursor to the given place, the right button to
29031 select the text between the cursor and the clicked location, and
29032 the middle button to yank the selection into the buffer at the
29033 clicked location. So, if you have a Calc window and an editing
29034 window on your Emacs screen, you can use left-click/right-click
29035 to select a number, vector, or formula from one window, then
29036 middle-click to paste that value into the other window. When you
29037 paste text into the Calc window, Calc interprets it as an algebraic
29038 entry. It doesn't matter where you click in the Calc window; the
29039 new value is always pushed onto the top of the stack.
29040
29041 The @code{xterm} program that is typically used for general-purpose
29042 shell windows in X interprets the mouse buttons in the same way.
29043 So you can use the mouse to move data between Calc and any other
29044 Unix program. One nice feature of @code{xterm} is that a double
29045 left-click selects one word, and a triple left-click selects a
29046 whole line. So you can usually transfer a single number into Calc
29047 just by double-clicking on it in the shell, then middle-clicking
29048 in the Calc window.
29049
29050 @node Keypad Mode, Embedded Mode, Kill and Yank, Introduction
29051 @chapter ``Keypad'' Mode
29052
29053 @noindent
29054 @kindex M-# k
29055 @pindex calc-keypad
29056 The @kbd{M-# k} (@code{calc-keypad}) command starts the Calculator
29057 and displays a picture of a calculator-style keypad. If you are using
29058 the X window system, you can click on any of the ``keys'' in the
29059 keypad using the left mouse button to operate the calculator.
29060 The original window remains the selected window; in keypad mode
29061 you can type in your file while simultaneously performing
29062 calculations with the mouse.
29063
29064 @pindex full-calc-keypad
29065 If you have used @kbd{M-# b} first, @kbd{M-# k} instead invokes
29066 the @code{full-calc-keypad} command, which takes over the whole
29067 Emacs screen and displays the keypad, the Calc stack, and the Calc
29068 trail all at once. This mode would normally be used when running
29069 Calc standalone (@pxref{Standalone Operation}).
29070
29071 If you aren't using the X window system, you must switch into
29072 the @samp{*Calc Keypad*} window, place the cursor on the desired
29073 ``key,'' and type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}. If you think this
29074 is easier than using Calc normally, go right ahead.
29075
29076 Calc commands are more or less the same in keypad mode. Certain
29077 keypad keys differ slightly from the corresponding normal Calc
29078 keystrokes; all such deviations are described below.
29079
29080 Keypad Mode includes many more commands than will fit on the keypad
29081 at once. Click the right mouse button [@code{calc-keypad-menu}]
29082 to switch to the next menu. The bottom five rows of the keypad
29083 stay the same; the top three rows change to a new set of commands.
29084 To return to earlier menus, click the middle mouse button
29085 [@code{calc-keypad-menu-back}] or simply advance through the menus
29086 until you wrap around. Typing @key{TAB} inside the keypad window
29087 is equivalent to clicking the right mouse button there.
29088
29089 You can always click the @key{EXEC} button and type any normal
29090 Calc key sequence. This is equivalent to switching into the
29091 Calc buffer, typing the keys, then switching back to your
29092 original buffer.
29093
29094 @menu
29095 * Keypad Main Menu::
29096 * Keypad Functions Menu::
29097 * Keypad Binary Menu::
29098 * Keypad Vectors Menu::
29099 * Keypad Modes Menu::
29100 @end menu
29101
29102 @node Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode, Keypad Mode
29103 @section Main Menu
29104
29105 @smallexample
29106 @group
29107 |----+-----Calc 2.00-----+----1
29108 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
29109 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29110 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
29111 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29112 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
29113 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29114 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
29115 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
29116 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
29117 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29118 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
29119 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29120 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
29121 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29122 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
29123 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
29124 @end group
29125 @end smallexample
29126
29127 @noindent
29128 This is the menu that appears the first time you start Keypad Mode.
29129 It will show up in a vertical window on the right side of your screen.
29130 Above this menu is the traditional Calc stack display. On a 24-line
29131 screen you will be able to see the top three stack entries.
29132
29133 The ten digit keys, decimal point, and @key{EEX} key are used for
29134 entering numbers in the obvious way. @key{EEX} begins entry of an
29135 exponent in scientific notation. Just as with regular Calc, the
29136 number is pushed onto the stack as soon as you press @key{ENTER}
29137 or any other function key.
29138
29139 The @key{+/-} key corresponds to normal Calc's @kbd{n} key. During
29140 numeric entry it changes the sign of the number or of the exponent.
29141 At other times it changes the sign of the number on the top of the
29142 stack.
29143
29144 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys modify other keys. As well as
29145 having the effects described elsewhere in this manual, Keypad Mode
29146 defines several other ``inverse'' operations. These are described
29147 below and in the following sections.
29148
29149 The @key{ENTER} key finishes the current numeric entry, or otherwise
29150 duplicates the top entry on the stack.
29151
29152 The @key{UNDO} key undoes the most recent Calc operation.
29153 @kbd{INV UNDO} is the ``redo'' command, and @kbd{HYP UNDO} is
29154 ``last arguments'' (@kbd{M-@key{RET}}).
29155
29156 The @key{<-} key acts as a ``backspace'' during numeric entry.
29157 At other times it removes the top stack entry. @kbd{INV <-}
29158 clears the entire stack. @kbd{HYP <-} takes an integer from
29159 the stack, then removes that many additional stack elements.
29160
29161 The @key{EXEC} key prompts you to enter any keystroke sequence
29162 that would normally work in Calc mode. This can include a
29163 numeric prefix if you wish. It is also possible simply to
29164 switch into the Calc window and type commands in it; there is
29165 nothing ``magic'' about this window when Keypad Mode is active.
29166
29167 The other keys in this display perform their obvious calculator
29168 functions. @key{CLN2} rounds the top-of-stack by temporarily
29169 reducing the precision by 2 digits. @key{FLT} converts an
29170 integer or fraction on the top of the stack to floating-point.
29171
29172 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys combined with several of these keys
29173 give you access to some common functions even if the appropriate menu
29174 is not displayed. Obviously you don't need to learn these keys
29175 unless you find yourself wasting time switching among the menus.
29176
29177 @table @kbd
29178 @item INV +/-
29179 is the same as @key{1/x}.
29180 @item INV +
29181 is the same as @key{SQRT}.
29182 @item INV -
29183 is the same as @key{CONJ}.
29184 @item INV *
29185 is the same as @key{y^x}.
29186 @item INV /
29187 is the same as @key{INV y^x} (the @cite{x}th root of @cite{y}).
29188 @item HYP/INV 1
29189 are the same as @key{SIN} / @kbd{INV SIN}.
29190 @item HYP/INV 2
29191 are the same as @key{COS} / @kbd{INV COS}.
29192 @item HYP/INV 3
29193 are the same as @key{TAN} / @kbd{INV TAN}.
29194 @item INV/HYP 4
29195 are the same as @key{LN} / @kbd{HYP LN}.
29196 @item INV/HYP 5
29197 are the same as @key{EXP} / @kbd{HYP EXP}.
29198 @item INV 6
29199 is the same as @key{ABS}.
29200 @item INV 7
29201 is the same as @key{RND} (@code{calc-round}).
29202 @item INV 8
29203 is the same as @key{CLN2}.
29204 @item INV 9
29205 is the same as @key{FLT} (@code{calc-float}).
29206 @item INV 0
29207 is the same as @key{IMAG}.
29208 @item INV .
29209 is the same as @key{PREC}.
29210 @item INV ENTER
29211 is the same as @key{SWAP}.
29212 @item HYP ENTER
29213 is the same as @key{RLL3}.
29214 @item INV HYP ENTER
29215 is the same as @key{OVER}.
29216 @item HYP +/-
29217 packs the top two stack entries as an error form.
29218 @item HYP EEX
29219 packs the top two stack entries as a modulo form.
29220 @item INV EEX
29221 creates an interval form; this removes an integer which is one
29222 of 0 @samp{[]}, 1 @samp{[)}, 2 @samp{(]} or 3 @samp{()}, followed
29223 by the two limits of the interval.
29224 @end table
29225
29226 The @kbd{OFF} key turns Calc off; typing @kbd{M-# k} or @kbd{M-# M-#}
29227 again has the same effect. This is analogous to typing @kbd{q} or
29228 hitting @kbd{M-# c} again in the normal calculator. If Calc is
29229 running standalone (the @code{full-calc-keypad} command appeared in the
29230 command line that started Emacs), then @kbd{OFF} is replaced with
29231 @kbd{EXIT}; clicking on this actually exits Emacs itself.
29232
29233 @node Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Mode
29234 @section Functions Menu
29235
29236 @smallexample
29237 @group
29238 |----+----+----+----+----+----2
29239 |IGAM|BETA|IBET|ERF |BESJ|BESY|
29240 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29241 |IMAG|CONJ| RE |ATN2|RAND|RAGN|
29242 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29243 |GCD |FACT|DFCT|BNOM|PERM|NXTP|
29244 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29245 @end group
29246 @end smallexample
29247
29248 @noindent
29249 This menu provides various operations from the @kbd{f} and @kbd{k}
29250 prefix keys.
29251
29252 @key{IMAG} multiplies the number on the stack by the imaginary
29253 number @cite{i = (0, 1)}.
29254
29255 @key{RE} extracts the real part a complex number. @kbd{INV RE}
29256 extracts the imaginary part.
29257
29258 @key{RAND} takes a number from the top of the stack and computes
29259 a random number greater than or equal to zero but less than that
29260 number. (@xref{Random Numbers}.) @key{RAGN} is the ``random
29261 again'' command; it computes another random number using the
29262 same limit as last time.
29263
29264 @key{INV GCD} computes the LCM (least common multiple) function.
29265
29266 @key{INV FACT} is the gamma function. @c{$\Gamma(x) = (x-1)!$}
29267 @cite{gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29268
29269 @key{PERM} is the number-of-permutations function, which is on the
29270 @kbd{H k c} key in normal Calc.
29271
29272 @key{NXTP} finds the next prime after a number. @kbd{INV NXTP}
29273 finds the previous prime.
29274
29275 @node Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode
29276 @section Binary Menu
29277
29278 @smallexample
29279 @group
29280 |----+----+----+----+----+----3
29281 |AND | OR |XOR |NOT |LSH |RSH |
29282 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29283 |DEC |HEX |OCT |BIN |WSIZ|ARSH|
29284 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29285 | A | B | C | D | E | F |
29286 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29287 @end group
29288 @end smallexample
29289
29290 @noindent
29291 The keys in this menu perform operations on binary integers.
29292 Note that both logical and arithmetic right-shifts are provided.
29293 @key{INV LSH} rotates one bit to the left.
29294
29295 The ``difference'' function (normally on @kbd{b d}) is on @key{INV AND}.
29296 The ``clip'' function (normally on @w{@kbd{b c}}) is on @key{INV NOT}.
29297
29298 The @key{DEC}, @key{HEX}, @key{OCT}, and @key{BIN} keys select the
29299 current radix for display and entry of numbers: Decimal, hexadecimal,
29300 octal, or binary. The six letter keys @key{A} through @key{F} are used
29301 for entering hexadecimal numbers.
29302
29303 The @key{WSIZ} key displays the current word size for binary operations
29304 and allows you to enter a new word size. You can respond to the prompt
29305 using either the keyboard or the digits and @key{ENTER} from the keypad.
29306 The initial word size is 32 bits.
29307
29308 @node Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Modes Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Mode
29309 @section Vectors Menu
29310
29311 @smallexample
29312 @group
29313 |----+----+----+----+----+----4
29314 |SUM |PROD|MAX |MAP*|MAP^|MAP$|
29315 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29316 |MINV|MDET|MTRN|IDNT|CRSS|"x" |
29317 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29318 |PACK|UNPK|INDX|BLD |LEN |... |
29319 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29320 @end group
29321 @end smallexample
29322
29323 @noindent
29324 The keys in this menu operate on vectors and matrices.
29325
29326 @key{PACK} removes an integer @var{n} from the top of the stack;
29327 the next @var{n} stack elements are removed and packed into a vector,
29328 which is replaced onto the stack. Thus the sequence
29329 @kbd{1 ENTER 3 ENTER 5 ENTER 3 PACK} enters the vector
29330 @samp{[1, 3, 5]} onto the stack. To enter a matrix, build each row
29331 on the stack as a vector, then use a final @key{PACK} to collect the
29332 rows into a matrix.
29333
29334 @key{UNPK} unpacks the vector on the stack, pushing each of its
29335 components separately.
29336
29337 @key{INDX} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds a vector of
29338 integers from 1 to @var{n}. @kbd{INV INDX} takes three numbers
29339 from the stack: The vector size @var{n}, the starting number,
29340 and the increment. @kbd{BLD} takes an integer @var{n} and any
29341 value @var{x} and builds a vector of @var{n} copies of @var{x}.
29342
29343 @key{IDNT} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds an @var{n}-by-@var{n}
29344 identity matrix.
29345
29346 @key{LEN} replaces a vector by its length, an integer.
29347
29348 @key{...} turns on or off ``abbreviated'' display mode for large vectors.
29349
29350 @key{MINV}, @key{MDET}, @key{MTRN}, and @key{CROSS} are the matrix
29351 inverse, determinant, and transpose, and vector cross product.
29352
29353 @key{SUM} replaces a vector by the sum of its elements. It is
29354 equivalent to @kbd{u +} in normal Calc (@pxref{Statistical Operations}).
29355 @key{PROD} computes the product of the elements of a vector, and
29356 @key{MAX} computes the maximum of all the elements of a vector.
29357
29358 @key{INV SUM} computes the alternating sum of the first element
29359 minus the second, plus the third, minus the fourth, and so on.
29360 @key{INV MAX} computes the minimum of the vector elements.
29361
29362 @key{HYP SUM} computes the mean of the vector elements.
29363 @key{HYP PROD} computes the sample standard deviation.
29364 @key{HYP MAX} computes the median.
29365
29366 @key{MAP*} multiplies two vectors elementwise. It is equivalent
29367 to the @kbd{V M *} command. @key{MAP^} computes powers elementwise.
29368 The arguments must be vectors of equal length, or one must be a vector
29369 and the other must be a plain number. For example, @kbd{2 MAP^} squares
29370 all the elements of a vector.
29371
29372 @key{MAP$} maps the formula on the top of the stack across the
29373 vector in the second-to-top position. If the formula contains
29374 several variables, Calc takes that many vectors starting at the
29375 second-to-top position and matches them to the variables in
29376 alphabetical order. The result is a vector of the same size as
29377 the input vectors, whose elements are the formula evaluated with
29378 the variables set to the various sets of numbers in those vectors.
29379 For example, you could simulate @key{MAP^} using @key{MAP$} with
29380 the formula @samp{x^y}.
29381
29382 The @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable name @cite{x} onto the
29383 stack. To build the formula @cite{x^2 + 6}, you would use the
29384 key sequence @kbd{"x" 2 y^x 6 +}. This formula would then be
29385 suitable for use with the @key{MAP$} key described above.
29386 With @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, or @key{INV} and @key{HYP}, the
29387 @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable names @cite{y}, @cite{z}, and
29388 @cite{t}, respectively.
29389
29390 @node Keypad Modes Menu, , Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Mode
29391 @section Modes Menu
29392
29393 @smallexample
29394 @group
29395 |----+----+----+----+----+----5
29396 |FLT |FIX |SCI |ENG |GRP | |
29397 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29398 |RAD |DEG |FRAC|POLR|SYMB|PREC|
29399 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29400 |SWAP|RLL3|RLL4|OVER|STO |RCL |
29401 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29402 @end group
29403 @end smallexample
29404
29405 @noindent
29406 The keys in this menu manipulate modes, variables, and the stack.
29407
29408 The @key{FLT}, @key{FIX}, @key{SCI}, and @key{ENG} keys select
29409 floating-point, fixed-point, scientific, or engineering notation.
29410 @key{FIX} displays two digits after the decimal by default; the
29411 others display full precision. With the @key{INV} prefix, these
29412 keys pop a number-of-digits argument from the stack.
29413
29414 The @key{GRP} key turns grouping of digits with commas on or off.
29415 @kbd{INV GRP} enables grouping to the right of the decimal point as
29416 well as to the left.
29417
29418 The @key{RAD} and @key{DEG} keys switch between radians and degrees
29419 for trigonometric functions.
29420
29421 The @key{FRAC} key turns Fraction mode on or off. This affects
29422 whether commands like @kbd{/} with integer arguments produce
29423 fractional or floating-point results.
29424
29425 The @key{POLR} key turns Polar mode on or off, determining whether
29426 polar or rectangular complex numbers are used by default.
29427
29428 The @key{SYMB} key turns Symbolic mode on or off, in which
29429 operations that would produce inexact floating-point results
29430 are left unevaluated as algebraic formulas.
29431
29432 The @key{PREC} key selects the current precision. Answer with
29433 the keyboard or with the keypad digit and @key{ENTER} keys.
29434
29435 The @key{SWAP} key exchanges the top two stack elements.
29436 The @key{RLL3} key rotates the top three stack elements upwards.
29437 The @key{RLL4} key rotates the top four stack elements upwards.
29438 The @key{OVER} key duplicates the second-to-top stack element.
29439
29440 The @key{STO} and @key{RCL} keys are analogous to @kbd{s t} and
29441 @kbd{s r} in regular Calc. @xref{Store and Recall}. Click the
29442 @key{STO} or @key{RCL} key, then one of the ten digits. (Named
29443 variables are not available in Keypad Mode.) You can also use,
29444 for example, @kbd{STO + 3} to add to register 3.
29445
29446 @node Embedded Mode, Programming, Keypad Mode, Top
29447 @chapter Embedded Mode
29448
29449 @noindent
29450 Embedded Mode in Calc provides an alternative to copying numbers
29451 and formulas back and forth between editing buffers and the Calc
29452 stack. In Embedded Mode, your editing buffer becomes temporarily
29453 linked to the stack and this copying is taken care of automatically.
29454
29455 @menu
29456 * Basic Embedded Mode::
29457 * More About Embedded Mode::
29458 * Assignments in Embedded Mode::
29459 * Mode Settings in Embedded Mode::
29460 * Customizing Embedded Mode::
29461 @end menu
29462
29463 @node Basic Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29464 @section Basic Embedded Mode
29465
29466 @noindent
29467 @kindex M-# e
29468 @pindex calc-embedded
29469 To enter Embedded mode, position the Emacs point (cursor) on a
29470 formula in any buffer and press @kbd{M-# e} (@code{calc-embedded}).
29471 Note that @kbd{M-# e} is not to be used in the Calc stack buffer
29472 like most Calc commands, but rather in regular editing buffers that
29473 are visiting your own files.
29474
29475 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
29476 nearest opening and closing @dfn{formula delimiters}. The simplest
29477 delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that Embedded Mode
29478 understands are:
29479
29480 @enumerate
29481 @item
29482 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
29483 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
29484 @item
29485 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end};
29486 @item
29487 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
29488 @item
29489 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
29490 @item
29491 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
29492 @end enumerate
29493
29494 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to make Calc recognize
29495 your own favorite delimiters. Delimiters like @samp{$ $} can appear
29496 on their own separate lines or in-line with the formula.
29497
29498 If you give a positive or negative numeric prefix argument, Calc
29499 instead uses the current point as one end of the formula, and moves
29500 forward or backward (respectively) by that many lines to find the
29501 other end. Explicit delimiters are not necessary in this case.
29502
29503 With a prefix argument of zero, Calc uses the current region
29504 (delimited by point and mark) instead of formula delimiters.
29505
29506 @kindex M-# w
29507 @pindex calc-embedded-word
29508 With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, Calc scans for the first
29509 non-numeric character (i.e., the first character that is not a
29510 digit, sign, decimal point, or upper- or lower-case @samp{e})
29511 forward and backward to delimit the formula. @kbd{M-# w}
29512 (@code{calc-embedded-word}) is equivalent to @kbd{C-u M-# e}.
29513
29514 When you enable Embedded mode for a formula, Calc reads the text
29515 between the delimiters and tries to interpret it as a Calc formula.
29516 It's best if the current Calc language mode is correct for the
29517 formula, but Calc can generally identify @TeX{} formulas and
29518 Big-style formulas even if the language mode is wrong. If Calc
29519 can't make sense of the formula, it beeps and refuses to enter
29520 Embedded mode. But if the current language is wrong, Calc can
29521 sometimes parse the formula successfully (but incorrectly);
29522 for example, the C expression @samp{atan(a[1])} can be parsed
29523 in Normal language mode, but the @code{atan} won't correspond to
29524 the built-in @code{arctan} function, and the @samp{a[1]} will be
29525 interpreted as @samp{a} times the vector @samp{[1]}!
29526
29527 If you press @kbd{M-# e} or @kbd{M-# w} to activate an embedded
29528 formula which is blank, say with the cursor on the space between
29529 the two delimiters @samp{$ $}, Calc will immediately prompt for
29530 an algebraic entry.
29531
29532 Only one formula in one buffer can be enabled at a time. If you
29533 move to another area of the current buffer and give Calc commands,
29534 Calc turns Embedded mode off for the old formula and then tries
29535 to restart Embedded mode at the new position. Other buffers are
29536 not affected by Embedded mode.
29537
29538 When Embedded mode begins, Calc pushes the current formula onto
29539 the stack. No Calc stack window is created; however, Calc copies
29540 the top-of-stack position into the original buffer at all times.
29541 You can create a Calc window by hand with @kbd{M-# o} if you
29542 find you need to see the entire stack.
29543
29544 For example, typing @kbd{M-# e} while somewhere in the formula
29545 @samp{n>2} in the following line enables Embedded mode on that
29546 inequality:
29547
29548 @example
29549 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n>2$.
29550 @end example
29551
29552 @noindent
29553 The formula @cite{n>2} will be pushed onto the Calc stack, and
29554 the top of stack will be copied back into the editing buffer.
29555 This means that spaces will appear around the @samp{>} symbol
29556 to match Calc's usual display style:
29557
29558 @example
29559 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n > 2$.
29560 @end example
29561
29562 @noindent
29563 No spaces have appeared around the @samp{+} sign because it's
29564 in a different formula, one which we have not yet touched with
29565 Embedded mode.
29566
29567 Now that Embedded mode is enabled, keys you type in this buffer
29568 are interpreted as Calc commands. At this point we might use
29569 the ``commute'' command @kbd{j C} to reverse the inequality.
29570 This is a selection-based command for which we first need to
29571 move the cursor onto the operator (@samp{>} in this case) that
29572 needs to be commuted.
29573
29574 @example
29575 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $2 < n$.
29576 @end example
29577
29578 The @kbd{M-# o} command is a useful way to open a Calc window
29579 without actually selecting that window. Giving this command
29580 verifies that @samp{2 < n} is also on the Calc stack. Typing
29581 @kbd{17 @key{RET}} would produce:
29582
29583 @example
29584 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $17$.
29585 @end example
29586
29587 @noindent
29588 with @samp{2 < n} and @samp{17} on the stack; typing @key{TAB}
29589 at this point will exchange the two stack values and restore
29590 @samp{2 < n} to the embedded formula. Even though you can't
29591 normally see the stack in Embedded mode, it is still there and
29592 it still operates in the same way. But, as with old-fashioned
29593 RPN calculators, you can only see the value at the top of the
29594 stack at any given time (unless you use @kbd{M-# o}).
29595
29596 Typing @kbd{M-# e} again turns Embedded mode off. The Calc
29597 window reveals that the formula @w{@samp{2 < n}} is automatically
29598 removed from the stack, but the @samp{17} is not. Entering
29599 Embedded mode always pushes one thing onto the stack, and
29600 leaving Embedded mode always removes one thing. Anything else
29601 that happens on the stack is entirely your business as far as
29602 Embedded mode is concerned.
29603
29604 If you press @kbd{M-# e} in the wrong place by accident, it is
29605 possible that Calc will be able to parse the nearby text as a
29606 formula and will mangle that text in an attempt to redisplay it
29607 ``properly'' in the current language mode. If this happens,
29608 press @kbd{M-# e} again to exit Embedded mode, then give the
29609 regular Emacs ``undo'' command (@kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x u}) to put
29610 the text back the way it was before Calc edited it. Note that Calc's
29611 own Undo command (typed before you turn Embedded mode back off)
29612 will not do you any good, because as far as Calc is concerned
29613 you haven't done anything with this formula yet.
29614
29615 @node More About Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Basic Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29616 @section More About Embedded Mode
29617
29618 @noindent
29619 When Embedded mode ``activates'' a formula, i.e., when it examines
29620 the formula for the first time since the buffer was created or
29621 loaded, Calc tries to sense the language in which the formula was
29622 written. If the formula contains any @TeX{}-like @samp{\} sequences,
29623 it is parsed (i.e., read) in @TeX{} mode. If the formula appears to
29624 be written in multi-line Big mode, it is parsed in Big mode. Otherwise,
29625 it is parsed according to the current language mode.
29626
29627 Note that Calc does not change the current language mode according
29628 to what it finds. Even though it can read a @TeX{} formula when
29629 not in @TeX{} mode, it will immediately rewrite this formula using
29630 whatever language mode is in effect. You must then type @kbd{d T}
29631 to switch Calc permanently into @TeX{} mode if that is what you
29632 desire.
29633
29634 @tex
29635 \bigskip
29636 @end tex
29637
29638 @kindex d p
29639 @pindex calc-show-plain
29640 Calc's parser is unable to read certain kinds of formulas. For
29641 example, with @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) you can
29642 specify matrix display styles which the parser is unable to
29643 recognize as matrices. The @kbd{d p} (@code{calc-show-plain})
29644 command turns on a mode in which a ``plain'' version of a
29645 formula is placed in front of the fully-formatted version.
29646 When Calc reads a formula that has such a plain version in
29647 front, it reads the plain version and ignores the formatted
29648 version.
29649
29650 Plain formulas are preceded and followed by @samp{%%%} signs
29651 by default. This notation has the advantage that the @samp{%}
29652 character begins a comment in @TeX{}, so if your formula is
29653 embedded in a @TeX{} document its plain version will be
29654 invisible in the final printed copy. @xref{Customizing
29655 Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the ``plain'' formula
29656 delimiters, say to something that @dfn{eqn} or some other
29657 formatter will treat as a comment.
29658
29659 There are several notations which Calc's parser for ``big''
29660 formatted formulas can't yet recognize. In particular, it can't
29661 read the large symbols for @code{sum}, @code{prod}, and @code{integ},
29662 and it can't handle @samp{=>} with the righthand argument omitted.
29663 Also, Calc won't recognize special formats you have defined with
29664 the @kbd{Z C} command (@pxref{User-Defined Compositions}). In
29665 these cases it is important to use ``plain'' mode to make sure
29666 Calc will be able to read your formula later.
29667
29668 Another example where ``plain'' mode is important is if you have
29669 specified a float mode with few digits of precision. Normally
29670 any digits that are computed but not displayed will simply be
29671 lost when you save and re-load your embedded buffer, but ``plain''
29672 mode allows you to make sure that the complete number is present
29673 in the file as well as the rounded-down number.
29674
29675 @tex
29676 \bigskip
29677 @end tex
29678
29679 Embedded buffers remember active formulas for as long as they
29680 exist in Emacs memory. Suppose you have an embedded formula
29681 which is @c{$\pi$}
29682 @cite{pi} to the normal 12 decimal places, and then
29683 type @w{@kbd{C-u 5 d n}} to display only five decimal places.
29684 If you then type @kbd{d n}, all 12 places reappear because the
29685 full number is still there on the Calc stack. More surprisingly,
29686 even if you exit Embedded mode and later re-enter it for that
29687 formula, typing @kbd{d n} will restore all 12 places because
29688 each buffer remembers all its active formulas. However, if you
29689 save the buffer in a file and reload it in a new Emacs session,
29690 all non-displayed digits will have been lost unless you used
29691 ``plain'' mode.
29692
29693 @tex
29694 \bigskip
29695 @end tex
29696
29697 In some applications of Embedded mode, you will want to have a
29698 sequence of copies of a formula that show its evolution as you
29699 work on it. For example, you might want to have a sequence
29700 like this in your file (elaborating here on the example from
29701 the ``Getting Started'' chapter):
29702
29703 @smallexample
29704 The derivative of
29705
29706 ln(ln(x))
29707
29708 is
29709
29710 @r{(the derivative of }ln(ln(x))@r{)}
29711
29712 whose value at x = 2 is
29713
29714 @r{(the value)}
29715
29716 and at x = 3 is
29717
29718 @r{(the value)}
29719 @end smallexample
29720
29721 @kindex M-# d
29722 @pindex calc-embedded-duplicate
29723 The @kbd{M-# d} (@code{calc-embedded-duplicate}) command is a
29724 handy way to make sequences like this. If you type @kbd{M-# d},
29725 the formula under the cursor (which may or may not have Embedded
29726 mode enabled for it at the time) is copied immediately below and
29727 Embedded mode is then enabled for that copy.
29728
29729 For this example, you would start with just
29730
29731 @smallexample
29732 The derivative of
29733
29734 ln(ln(x))
29735 @end smallexample
29736
29737 @noindent
29738 and press @kbd{M-# d} with the cursor on this formula. The result
29739 is
29740
29741 @smallexample
29742 The derivative of
29743
29744 ln(ln(x))
29745
29746
29747 ln(ln(x))
29748 @end smallexample
29749
29750 @noindent
29751 with the second copy of the formula enabled in Embedded mode.
29752 You can now press @kbd{a d x @key{RET}} to take the derivative, and
29753 @kbd{M-# d M-# d} to make two more copies of the derivative.
29754 To complete the computations, type @kbd{3 s l x @key{RET}} to evaluate
29755 the last formula, then move up to the second-to-last formula
29756 and type @kbd{2 s l x @key{RET}}.
29757
29758 Finally, you would want to press @kbd{M-# e} to exit Embedded
29759 mode, then go up and insert the necessary text in between the
29760 various formulas and numbers.
29761
29762 @tex
29763 \bigskip
29764 @end tex
29765
29766 @kindex M-# f
29767 @kindex M-# '
29768 @pindex calc-embedded-new-formula
29769 The @kbd{M-# f} (@code{calc-embedded-new-formula}) command
29770 creates a new embedded formula at the current point. It inserts
29771 some default delimiters, which are usually just blank lines,
29772 and then does an algebraic entry to get the formula (which is
29773 then enabled for Embedded mode). This is just shorthand for
29774 typing the delimiters yourself, positioning the cursor between
29775 the new delimiters, and pressing @kbd{M-# e}. The key sequence
29776 @kbd{M-# '} is equivalent to @kbd{M-# f}.
29777
29778 @kindex M-# n
29779 @kindex M-# p
29780 @pindex calc-embedded-next
29781 @pindex calc-embedded-previous
29782 The @kbd{M-# n} (@code{calc-embedded-next}) and @kbd{M-# p}
29783 (@code{calc-embedded-previous}) commands move the cursor to the
29784 next or previous active embedded formula in the buffer. They
29785 can take positive or negative prefix arguments to move by several
29786 formulas. Note that these commands do not actually examine the
29787 text of the buffer looking for formulas; they only see formulas
29788 which have previously been activated in Embedded mode. In fact,
29789 @kbd{M-# n} and @kbd{M-# p} are a useful way to tell which
29790 embedded formulas are currently active. Also, note that these
29791 commands do not enable Embedded mode on the next or previous
29792 formula, they just move the cursor. (By the way, @kbd{M-# n} is
29793 not as awkward to type as it may seem, because @kbd{M-#} ignores
29794 Shift and Meta on the second keystroke: @kbd{M-# M-N} can be typed
29795 by holding down Shift and Meta and alternately typing two keys.)
29796
29797 @kindex M-# `
29798 @pindex calc-embedded-edit
29799 The @kbd{M-# `} (@code{calc-embedded-edit}) command edits the
29800 embedded formula at the current point as if by @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}).
29801 Embedded mode does not have to be enabled for this to work. Press
29802 @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish the edit, or @kbd{M-# x} to cancel.
29803
29804 @node Assignments in Embedded Mode, Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29805 @section Assignments in Embedded Mode
29806
29807 @noindent
29808 The @samp{:=} (assignment) and @samp{=>} (``evaluates-to'') operators
29809 are especially useful in Embedded mode. They allow you to make
29810 a definition in one formula, then refer to that definition in
29811 other formulas embedded in the same buffer.
29812
29813 An embedded formula which is an assignment to a variable, as in
29814
29815 @example
29816 foo := 5
29817 @end example
29818
29819 @noindent
29820 records @cite{5} as the stored value of @code{foo} for the
29821 purposes of Embedded mode operations in the current buffer. It
29822 does @emph{not} actually store @cite{5} as the ``global'' value
29823 of @code{foo}, however. Regular Calc operations, and Embedded
29824 formulas in other buffers, will not see this assignment.
29825
29826 One way to use this assigned value is simply to create an
29827 Embedded formula elsewhere that refers to @code{foo}, and to press
29828 @kbd{=} in that formula. However, this permanently replaces the
29829 @code{foo} in the formula with its current value. More interesting
29830 is to use @samp{=>} elsewhere:
29831
29832 @example
29833 foo + 7 => 12
29834 @end example
29835
29836 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a general discussion of @samp{=>}.
29837
29838 If you move back and change the assignment to @code{foo}, any
29839 @samp{=>} formulas which refer to it are automatically updated.
29840
29841 @example
29842 foo := 17
29843
29844 foo + 7 => 24
29845 @end example
29846
29847 The obvious question then is, @emph{how} can one easily change the
29848 assignment to @code{foo}? If you simply select the formula in
29849 Embedded mode and type 17, the assignment itself will be replaced
29850 by the 17. The effect on the other formula will be that the
29851 variable @code{foo} becomes unassigned:
29852
29853 @example
29854 17
29855
29856 foo + 7 => foo + 7
29857 @end example
29858
29859 The right thing to do is first to use a selection command (@kbd{j 2}
29860 will do the trick) to select the righthand side of the assignment.
29861 Then, @kbd{17 @key{TAB} @key{DEL}} will swap the 17 into place (@pxref{Selecting
29862 Subformulas}, to see how this works).
29863
29864 @kindex M-# j
29865 @pindex calc-embedded-select
29866 The @kbd{M-# j} (@code{calc-embedded-select}) command provides an
29867 easy way to operate on assignments. It is just like @kbd{M-# e},
29868 except that if the enabled formula is an assignment, it uses
29869 @kbd{j 2} to select the righthand side. If the enabled formula
29870 is an evaluates-to, it uses @kbd{j 1} to select the lefthand side.
29871 A formula can also be a combination of both:
29872
29873 @example
29874 bar := foo + 3 => 20
29875 @end example
29876
29877 @noindent
29878 in which case @kbd{M-# j} will select the middle part (@samp{foo + 3}).
29879
29880 The formula is automatically deselected when you leave Embedded
29881 mode.
29882
29883 @kindex M-# u
29884 @kindex M-# =
29885 @pindex calc-embedded-update
29886 Another way to change the assignment to @code{foo} would simply be
29887 to edit the number using regular Emacs editing rather than Embedded
29888 mode. Then, we have to find a way to get Embedded mode to notice
29889 the change. The @kbd{M-# u} or @kbd{M-# =}
29890 (@code{calc-embedded-update-formula}) command is a convenient way
29891 to do this.@refill
29892
29893 @example
29894 foo := 6
29895
29896 foo + 7 => 13
29897 @end example
29898
29899 Pressing @kbd{M-# u} is much like pressing @kbd{M-# e = M-# e}, that
29900 is, temporarily enabling Embedded mode for the formula under the
29901 cursor and then evaluating it with @kbd{=}. But @kbd{M-# u} does
29902 not actually use @kbd{M-# e}, and in fact another formula somewhere
29903 else can be enabled in Embedded mode while you use @kbd{M-# u} and
29904 that formula will not be disturbed.
29905
29906 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{M-# u} updates all active
29907 @samp{=>} formulas in the buffer. Formulas which have not yet
29908 been activated in Embedded mode, and formulas which do not have
29909 @samp{=>} as their top-level operator, are not affected by this.
29910 (This is useful only if you have used @kbd{m C}; see below.)
29911
29912 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{C-u M-# u} updates only in the
29913 region between mark and point rather than in the whole buffer.
29914
29915 @kbd{M-# u} is also a handy way to activate a formula, such as an
29916 @samp{=>} formula that has freshly been typed in or loaded from a
29917 file.
29918
29919 @kindex M-# a
29920 @pindex calc-embedded-activate
29921 The @kbd{M-# a} (@code{calc-embedded-activate}) command scans
29922 through the current buffer and activates all embedded formulas
29923 that contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols. This does not mean
29924 that Embedded mode is actually turned on, but only that the
29925 formulas' positions are registered with Embedded mode so that
29926 the @samp{=>} values can be properly updated as assignments are
29927 changed.
29928
29929 It is a good idea to type @kbd{M-# a} right after loading a file
29930 that uses embedded @samp{=>} operators. Emacs includes a nifty
29931 ``buffer-local variables'' feature that you can use to do this
29932 automatically. The idea is to place near the end of your file
29933 a few lines that look like this:
29934
29935 @example
29936 --- Local Variables: ---
29937 --- eval:(calc-embedded-activate) ---
29938 --- End: ---
29939 @end example
29940
29941 @noindent
29942 where the leading and trailing @samp{---} can be replaced by
29943 any suitable strings (which must be the same on all three lines)
29944 or omitted altogether; in a @TeX{} file, @samp{%} would be a good
29945 leading string and no trailing string would be necessary. In a
29946 C program, @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} would be good leading and
29947 trailing strings.
29948
29949 When Emacs loads a file into memory, it checks for a Local Variables
29950 section like this one at the end of the file. If it finds this
29951 section, it does the specified things (in this case, running
29952 @kbd{M-# a} automatically) before editing of the file begins.
29953 The Local Variables section must be within 3000 characters of the
29954 end of the file for Emacs to find it, and it must be in the last
29955 page of the file if the file has any page separators.
29956 @xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
29957 Emacs manual}.
29958
29959 Note that @kbd{M-# a} does not update the formulas it finds.
29960 To do this, type, say, @kbd{M-1 M-# u} after @w{@kbd{M-# a}}.
29961 Generally this should not be a problem, though, because the
29962 formulas will have been up-to-date already when the file was
29963 saved.
29964
29965 Normally, @kbd{M-# a} activates all the formulas it finds, but
29966 any previous active formulas remain active as well. With a
29967 positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{M-# a} first deactivates
29968 all current active formulas, then actives the ones it finds in
29969 its scan of the buffer. With a negative prefix argument,
29970 @kbd{M-# a} simply deactivates all formulas.
29971
29972 Embedded mode has two symbols, @samp{Active} and @samp{~Active},
29973 which it puts next to the major mode name in a buffer's mode line.
29974 It puts @samp{Active} if it has reason to believe that all
29975 formulas in the buffer are active, because you have typed @kbd{M-# a}
29976 and Calc has not since had to deactivate any formulas (which can
29977 happen if Calc goes to update an @samp{=>} formula somewhere because
29978 a variable changed, and finds that the formula is no longer there
29979 due to some kind of editing outside of Embedded mode). Calc puts
29980 @samp{~Active} in the mode line if some, but probably not all,
29981 formulas in the buffer are active. This happens if you activate
29982 a few formulas one at a time but never use @kbd{M-# a}, or if you
29983 used @kbd{M-# a} but then Calc had to deactivate a formula
29984 because it lost track of it. If neither of these symbols appears
29985 in the mode line, no embedded formulas are active in the buffer
29986 (e.g., before Embedded mode has been used, or after a @kbd{M-- M-# a}).
29987
29988 Embedded formulas can refer to assignments both before and after them
29989 in the buffer. If there are several assignments to a variable, the
29990 nearest preceding assignment is used if there is one, otherwise the
29991 following assignment is used.
29992
29993 @example
29994 x => 1
29995
29996 x := 1
29997
29998 x => 1
29999
30000 x := 2
30001
30002 x => 2
30003 @end example
30004
30005 As well as simple variables, you can also assign to subscript
30006 expressions of the form @samp{@var{var}_@var{number}} (as in
30007 @code{x_0}), or @samp{@var{var}_@var{var}} (as in @code{x_max}).
30008 Assignments to other kinds of objects can be represented by Calc,
30009 but the automatic linkage between assignments and references works
30010 only for plain variables and these two kinds of subscript expressions.
30011
30012 If there are no assignments to a given variable, the global
30013 stored value for the variable is used (@pxref{Storing Variables}),
30014 or, if no value is stored, the variable is left in symbolic form.
30015 Note that global stored values will be lost when the file is saved
30016 and loaded in a later Emacs session, unless you have used the
30017 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save them;
30018 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
30019
30020 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns automatic
30021 recomputation of @samp{=>} forms on and off. If you turn automatic
30022 recomputation off, you will have to use @kbd{M-# u} to update these
30023 formulas manually after an assignment has been changed. If you
30024 plan to change several assignments at once, it may be more efficient
30025 to type @kbd{m C}, change all the assignments, then use @kbd{M-1 M-# u}
30026 to update the entire buffer afterwards. The @kbd{m C} command also
30027 controls @samp{=>} formulas on the stack; @pxref{Evaluates-To
30028 Operator}. When you turn automatic recomputation back on, the
30029 stack will be updated but the Embedded buffer will not; you must
30030 use @kbd{M-# u} to update the buffer by hand.
30031
30032 @node Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Customizing Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30033 @section Mode Settings in Embedded Mode
30034
30035 @noindent
30036 Embedded Mode has a rather complicated mechanism for handling mode
30037 settings in Embedded formulas. It is possible to put annotations
30038 in the file that specify mode settings either global to the entire
30039 file or local to a particular formula or formulas. In the latter
30040 case, different modes can be specified for use when a formula
30041 is the enabled Embedded Mode formula.
30042
30043 When you give any mode-setting command, like @kbd{m f} (for fraction
30044 mode) or @kbd{d s} (for scientific notation), Embedded Mode adds
30045 a line like the following one to the file just before the opening
30046 delimiter of the formula.
30047
30048 @example
30049 % [calc-mode: fractions: t]
30050 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30051 @end example
30052
30053 When Calc interprets an embedded formula, it scans the text before
30054 the formula for mode-setting annotations like these and sets the
30055 Calc buffer to match these modes. Modes not explicitly described
30056 in the file are not changed. Calc scans all the way to the top of
30057 the file, or up to a line of the form
30058
30059 @example
30060 % [calc-defaults]
30061 @end example
30062
30063 @noindent
30064 which you can insert at strategic places in the file if this backward
30065 scan is getting too slow, or just to provide a barrier between one
30066 ``zone'' of mode settings and another.
30067
30068 If the file contains several annotations for the same mode, the
30069 closest one before the formula is used. Annotations after the
30070 formula are never used (except for global annotations, described
30071 below).
30072
30073 The scan does not look for the leading @samp{% }, only for the
30074 square brackets and the text they enclose. You can edit the mode
30075 annotations to a style that works better in context if you wish.
30076 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the style
30077 that Calc uses when it generates the annotations. You can write
30078 mode annotations into the file yourself if you know the syntax;
30079 the easiest way to find the syntax for a given mode is to let
30080 Calc write the annotation for it once and see what it does.
30081
30082 If you give a mode-changing command for a mode that already has
30083 a suitable annotation just above the current formula, Calc will
30084 modify that annotation rather than generating a new, conflicting
30085 one.
30086
30087 Mode annotations have three parts, separated by colons. (Spaces
30088 after the colons are optional.) The first identifies the kind
30089 of mode setting, the second is a name for the mode itself, and
30090 the third is the value in the form of a Lisp symbol, number,
30091 or list. Annotations with unrecognizable text in the first or
30092 second parts are ignored. The third part is not checked to make
30093 sure the value is of a legal type or range; if you write an
30094 annotation by hand, be sure to give a proper value or results
30095 will be unpredictable. Mode-setting annotations are case-sensitive.
30096
30097 While Embedded Mode is enabled, the word @code{Local} appears in
30098 the mode line. This is to show that mode setting commands generate
30099 annotations that are ``local'' to the current formula or set of
30100 formulas. The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command
30101 causes Calc to generate different kinds of annotations. Pressing
30102 @kbd{m R} repeatedly cycles through the possible modes.
30103
30104 @code{LocEdit} and @code{LocPerm} modes generate annotations
30105 that look like this, respectively:
30106
30107 @example
30108 % [calc-edit-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30109 % [calc-perm-mode: float-format: (sci 5)]
30110 @end example
30111
30112 The first kind of annotation will be used only while a formula
30113 is enabled in Embedded Mode. The second kind will be used only
30114 when the formula is @emph{not} enabled. (Whether the formula
30115 is ``active'' or not, i.e., whether Calc has seen this formula
30116 yet, is not relevant here.)
30117
30118 @code{Global} mode generates an annotation like this at the end
30119 of the file:
30120
30121 @example
30122 % [calc-global-mode: fractions t]
30123 @end example
30124
30125 Global mode annotations affect all formulas throughout the file,
30126 and may appear anywhere in the file. This allows you to tuck your
30127 mode annotations somewhere out of the way, say, on a new page of
30128 the file, as long as those mode settings are suitable for all
30129 formulas in the file.
30130
30131 Enabling a formula with @kbd{M-# e} causes a fresh scan for local
30132 mode annotations; you will have to use this after adding annotations
30133 above a formula by hand to get the formula to notice them. Updating
30134 a formula with @kbd{M-# u} will also re-scan the local modes, but
30135 global modes are only re-scanned by @kbd{M-# a}.
30136
30137 Another way that modes can get out of date is if you add a local
30138 mode annotation to a formula that has another formula after it.
30139 In this example, we have used the @kbd{d s} command while the
30140 first of the two embedded formulas is active. But the second
30141 formula has not changed its style to match, even though by the
30142 rules of reading annotations the @samp{(sci 0)} applies to it, too.
30143
30144 @example
30145 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30146 1.23e2
30147
30148 456.
30149 @end example
30150
30151 We would have to go down to the other formula and press @kbd{M-# u}
30152 on it in order to get it to notice the new annotation.
30153
30154 Two more mode-recording modes selectable by @kbd{m R} are @code{Save}
30155 (which works even outside of Embedded Mode), in which mode settings
30156 are recorded permanently in your Emacs startup file @file{~/.emacs}
30157 rather than by annotating the current document, and no-recording
30158 mode (where there is no symbol like @code{Save} or @code{Local} in
30159 the mode line), in which mode-changing commands do not leave any
30160 annotations at all.
30161
30162 When Embedded Mode is not enabled, mode-recording modes except
30163 for @code{Save} have no effect.
30164
30165 @node Customizing Embedded Mode, , Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30166 @section Customizing Embedded Mode
30167
30168 @noindent
30169 You can modify Embedded Mode's behavior by setting various Lisp
30170 variables described here. Use @kbd{M-x set-variable} or
30171 @kbd{M-x edit-options} to adjust a variable on the fly, or
30172 put a suitable @code{setq} statement in your @file{~/.emacs}
30173 file to set a variable permanently. (Another possibility would
30174 be to use a file-local variable annotation at the end of the
30175 file; @pxref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
30176 Emacs manual}.)
30177
30178 While none of these variables will be buffer-local by default, you
30179 can make any of them local to any embedded-mode buffer. (Their
30180 values in the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer are never used.)
30181
30182 @vindex calc-embedded-open-formula
30183 The @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} variable holds a regular
30184 expression for the opening delimiter of a formula. @xref{Regexp Search,
30185 , Regular Expression Search, emacs, the Emacs manual}, to see
30186 how regular expressions work. Basically, a regular expression is a
30187 pattern that Calc can search for. A regular expression that considers
30188 blank lines, @samp{$}, and @samp{$$} to be opening delimiters is
30189 @code{"\\`\\|^\n\\|\\$\\$?"}. Just in case the meaning of this
30190 regular expression is not completely plain, let's go through it
30191 in detail.
30192
30193 The surrounding @samp{" "} marks quote the text between them as a
30194 Lisp string. If you left them off, @code{set-variable} or
30195 @code{edit-options} would try to read the regular expression as a
30196 Lisp program.
30197
30198 The most obvious property of this regular expression is that it
30199 contains indecently many backslashes. There are actually two levels
30200 of backslash usage going on here. First, when Lisp reads a quoted
30201 string, all pairs of characters beginning with a backslash are
30202 interpreted as special characters. Here, @code{\n} changes to a
30203 new-line character, and @code{\\} changes to a single backslash.
30204 So the actual regular expression seen by Calc is
30205 @samp{\`\|^ @r{(newline)} \|\$\$?}.
30206
30207 Regular expressions also consider pairs beginning with backslash
30208 to have special meanings. Sometimes the backslash is used to quote
30209 a character that otherwise would have a special meaning in a regular
30210 expression, like @samp{$}, which normally means ``end-of-line,''
30211 or @samp{?}, which means that the preceding item is optional. So
30212 @samp{\$\$?} matches either one or two dollar signs.
30213
30214 The other codes in this regular expression are @samp{^}, which matches
30215 ``beginning-of-line,'' @samp{\|}, which means ``or,'' and @samp{\`},
30216 which matches ``beginning-of-buffer.'' So the whole pattern means
30217 that a formula begins at the beginning of the buffer, or on a newline
30218 that occurs at the beginning of a line (i.e., a blank line), or at
30219 one or two dollar signs.
30220
30221 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} looks just
30222 like this example, with several more alternatives added on to
30223 recognize various other common kinds of delimiters.
30224
30225 By the way, the reason to use @samp{^\n} rather than @samp{^$}
30226 or @samp{\n\n}, which also would appear to match blank lines,
30227 is that the former expression actually ``consumes'' only one
30228 newline character as @emph{part of} the delimiter, whereas the
30229 latter expressions consume zero or two newlines, respectively.
30230 The former choice gives the most natural behavior when Calc
30231 must operate on a whole formula including its delimiters.
30232
30233 See the Emacs manual for complete details on regular expressions.
30234 But just for your convenience, here is a list of all characters
30235 which must be quoted with backslash (like @samp{\$}) to avoid
30236 some special interpretation: @samp{. * + ? [ ] ^ $ \}. (Note
30237 the backslash in this list; for example, to match @samp{\[} you
30238 must use @code{"\\\\\\["}. An exercise for the reader is to
30239 account for each of these six backslashes!)
30240
30241 @vindex calc-embedded-close-formula
30242 The @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} variable holds a regular
30243 expression for the closing delimiter of a formula. A closing
30244 regular expression to match the above example would be
30245 @code{"\\'\\|\n$\\|\\$\\$?"}. This is almost the same as the
30246 other one, except it now uses @samp{\'} (``end-of-buffer'') and
30247 @samp{\n$} (newline occurring at end of line, yet another way
30248 of describing a blank line that is more appropriate for this
30249 case).
30250
30251 @vindex calc-embedded-open-word
30252 @vindex calc-embedded-close-word
30253 The @code{calc-embedded-open-word} and @code{calc-embedded-close-word}
30254 variables are similar expressions used when you type @kbd{M-# w}
30255 instead of @kbd{M-# e} to enable Embedded mode.
30256
30257 @vindex calc-embedded-open-plain
30258 The @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} variable is a string which
30259 begins a ``plain'' formula written in front of the formatted
30260 formula when @kbd{d p} mode is turned on. Note that this is an
30261 actual string, not a regular expression, because Calc must be able
30262 to write this string into a buffer as well as to recognize it.
30263 The default string is @code{"%%% "} (note the trailing space).
30264
30265 @vindex calc-embedded-close-plain
30266 The @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} variable is a string which
30267 ends a ``plain'' formula. The default is @code{" %%%\n"}. Without
30268 the trailing newline here, the first line of a ``big'' mode formula
30269 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
30270
30271 @vindex calc-embedded-open-new-formula
30272 The @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} variable is a string
30273 which is inserted at the front of a new formula when you type
30274 @kbd{M-# f}. Its default value is @code{"\n\n"}. If this
30275 string begins with a newline character and the @kbd{M-# f} is
30276 typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{M-# f} will skip this
30277 first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in
30278 the file.
30279
30280 @vindex calc-embedded-close-new-formula
30281 The @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} variable is the corresponding
30282 string which is inserted at the end of a new formula. Its default
30283 value is also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by
30284 @w{@kbd{M-# f}} if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if
30285 @kbd{M-# f} is typed on a blank line, both a leading opening
30286 newline and a trailing closing newline are omitted.)
30287
30288 @vindex calc-embedded-announce-formula
30289 The @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} variable is a regular
30290 expression which is sure to be followed by an embedded formula.
30291 The @kbd{M-# a} command searches for this pattern as well as for
30292 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=} operators. Note that @kbd{M-# a} will
30293 not activate just anything surrounded by formula delimiters; after
30294 all, blank lines are considered formula delimiters by default!
30295 But if your language includes a delimiter which can only occur
30296 actually in front of a formula, you can take advantage of it here.
30297 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, which
30298 checks for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of lines beginning
30299 with @samp{%} and a space. This last is important to make Calc
30300 consider mode annotations part of the pattern, so that the formula's
30301 opening delimiter really is sure to follow the pattern.
30302
30303 @vindex calc-embedded-open-mode
30304 The @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} variable is a string (not a
30305 regular expression) which should precede a mode annotation.
30306 Calc never scans for this string; Calc always looks for the
30307 annotation itself. But this is the string that is inserted before
30308 the opening bracket when Calc adds an annotation on its own.
30309 The default is @code{"% "}.
30310
30311 @vindex calc-embedded-close-mode
30312 The @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} variable is a string which
30313 follows a mode annotation written by Calc. Its default value
30314 is simply a newline, @code{"\n"}. If you change this, it is a
30315 good idea still to end with a newline so that mode annotations
30316 will appear on lines by themselves.
30317
30318 @node Programming, Installation, Embedded Mode, Top
30319 @chapter Programming
30320
30321 @noindent
30322 There are several ways to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator, depending
30323 on the nature of the problem you need to solve.
30324
30325 @enumerate
30326 @item
30327 @dfn{Keyboard macros} allow you to record a sequence of keystrokes
30328 and play them back at a later time. This is just the standard Emacs
30329 keyboard macro mechanism, dressed up with a few more features such
30330 as loops and conditionals.
30331
30332 @item
30333 @dfn{Algebraic definitions} allow you to use any formula to define a
30334 new function. This function can then be used in algebraic formulas or
30335 as an interactive command.
30336
30337 @item
30338 @dfn{Rewrite rules} are discussed in the section on algebra commands.
30339 @xref{Rewrite Rules}. If you put your rewrite rules in the variable
30340 @code{EvalRules}, they will be applied automatically to all Calc
30341 results in just the same way as an internal ``rule'' is applied to
30342 evaluate @samp{sqrt(9)} to 3 and so on. @xref{Automatic Rewrites}.
30343
30344 @item
30345 @dfn{Lisp} is the programming language that Calc (and most of Emacs)
30346 is written in. If the above techniques aren't powerful enough, you
30347 can write Lisp functions to do anything that built-in Calc commands
30348 can do. Lisp code is also somewhat faster than keyboard macros or
30349 rewrite rules.
30350 @end enumerate
30351
30352 @kindex z
30353 Programming features are available through the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z}
30354 prefix keys. New commands that you define are two-key sequences
30355 beginning with @kbd{z}. Commands for managing these definitions
30356 use the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix. (The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing})
30357 command is described elsewhere; @pxref{Troubleshooting Commands}.
30358 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command is also
30359 described elsewhere; @pxref{User-Defined Compositions}.)
30360
30361 @menu
30362 * Creating User Keys::
30363 * Keyboard Macros::
30364 * Invocation Macros::
30365 * Algebraic Definitions::
30366 * Lisp Definitions::
30367 @end menu
30368
30369 @node Creating User Keys, Keyboard Macros, Programming, Programming
30370 @section Creating User Keys
30371
30372 @noindent
30373 @kindex Z D
30374 @pindex calc-user-define
30375 Any Calculator command may be bound to a key using the @kbd{Z D}
30376 (@code{calc-user-define}) command. Actually, it is bound to a two-key
30377 sequence beginning with the lower-case @kbd{z} prefix.
30378
30379 The @kbd{Z D} command first prompts for the key to define. For example,
30380 press @kbd{Z D a} to define the new key sequence @kbd{z a}. You are then
30381 prompted for the name of the Calculator command that this key should
30382 run. For example, the @code{calc-sincos} command is not normally
30383 available on a key. Typing @kbd{Z D s sincos @key{RET}} programs the
30384 @kbd{z s} key sequence to run @code{calc-sincos}. This definition will remain
30385 in effect for the rest of this Emacs session, or until you redefine
30386 @kbd{z s} to be something else.
30387
30388 You can actually bind any Emacs command to a @kbd{z} key sequence by
30389 backspacing over the @samp{calc-} when you are prompted for the command name.
30390
30391 As with any other prefix key, you can type @kbd{z ?} to see a list of
30392 all the two-key sequences you have defined that start with @kbd{z}.
30393 Initially, no @kbd{z} sequences (except @kbd{z ?} itself) are defined.
30394
30395 User keys are typically letters, but may in fact be any key.
30396 (@key{META}-keys are not permitted, nor are a terminal's special
30397 function keys which generate multi-character sequences when pressed.)
30398 You can define different commands on the shifted and unshifted versions
30399 of a letter if you wish.
30400
30401 @kindex Z U
30402 @pindex calc-user-undefine
30403 The @kbd{Z U} (@code{calc-user-undefine}) command unbinds a user key.
30404 For example, the key sequence @kbd{Z U s} will undefine the @code{sincos}
30405 key we defined above.
30406
30407 @kindex Z P
30408 @pindex calc-user-define-permanent
30409 @cindex Storing user definitions
30410 @cindex Permanent user definitions
30411 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, user-defined commands
30412 The @kbd{Z P} (@code{calc-user-define-permanent}) command makes a key
30413 binding permanent so that it will remain in effect even in future Emacs
30414 sessions. (It does this by adding a suitable bit of Lisp code into
30415 your @file{.emacs} file.) For example, @kbd{Z P s} would register
30416 our @code{sincos} command permanently. If you later wish to unregister
30417 this command you must edit your @file{.emacs} file by hand.
30418 (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to use a
30419 different file instead of @file{.emacs}.)
30420
30421 The @kbd{Z P} command also saves the user definition, if any, for the
30422 command bound to the key. After @kbd{Z F} and @kbd{Z C}, a given user
30423 key could invoke a command, which in turn calls an algebraic function,
30424 which might have one or more special display formats. A single @kbd{Z P}
30425 command will save all of these definitions.
30426
30427 To save a command or function without its key binding (or if there is
30428 no key binding for the command or function), type @kbd{'} (the apostrophe)
30429 when prompted for a key. Then, type the function name, or backspace
30430 to change the @samp{calcFunc-} prefix to @samp{calc-} and enter a
30431 command name. (If the command you give implies a function, the function
30432 will be saved, and if the function has any display formats, those will
30433 be saved, but not the other way around: Saving a function will not save
30434 any commands or key bindings associated with the function.)
30435
30436 @kindex Z E
30437 @pindex calc-user-define-edit
30438 @cindex Editing user definitions
30439 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command edits the definition
30440 of a user key. This works for keys that have been defined by either
30441 keyboard macros or formulas; further details are contained in the relevant
30442 following sections.
30443
30444 @node Keyboard Macros, Invocation Macros, Creating User Keys, Programming
30445 @section Programming with Keyboard Macros
30446
30447 @noindent
30448 @kindex X
30449 @cindex Programming with keyboard macros
30450 @cindex Keyboard macros
30451 The easiest way to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator is to use standard
30452 keyboard macros. Press @w{@kbd{C-x (}} to begin recording a macro. From
30453 this point on, keystrokes you type will be saved away as well as
30454 performing their usual functions. Press @kbd{C-x )} to end recording.
30455 Press shift-@kbd{X} (or the standard Emacs key sequence @kbd{C-x e}) to
30456 execute your keyboard macro by replaying the recorded keystrokes.
30457 @xref{Keyboard Macros, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for further
30458 information.@refill
30459
30460 When you use @kbd{X} to invoke a keyboard macro, the entire macro is
30461 treated as a single command by the undo and trail features. The stack
30462 display buffer is not updated during macro execution, but is instead
30463 fixed up once the macro completes. Thus, commands defined with keyboard
30464 macros are convenient and efficient. The @kbd{C-x e} command, on the
30465 other hand, invokes the keyboard macro with no special treatment: Each
30466 command in the macro will record its own undo information and trail entry,
30467 and update the stack buffer accordingly. If your macro uses features
30468 outside of Calc's control to operate on the contents of the Calc stack
30469 buffer, or if it includes Undo, Redo, or last-arguments commands, you
30470 must use @kbd{C-x e} to make sure the buffer and undo list are up-to-date
30471 at all times. You could also consider using @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args})
30472 instead of @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
30473
30474 Calc extends the standard Emacs keyboard macros in several ways.
30475 Keyboard macros can be used to create user-defined commands. Keyboard
30476 macros can include conditional and iteration structures, somewhat
30477 analogous to those provided by a traditional programmable calculator.
30478
30479 @menu
30480 * Naming Keyboard Macros::
30481 * Conditionals in Macros::
30482 * Loops in Macros::
30483 * Local Values in Macros::
30484 * Queries in Macros::
30485 @end menu
30486
30487 @node Naming Keyboard Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
30488 @subsection Naming Keyboard Macros
30489
30490 @noindent
30491 @kindex Z K
30492 @pindex calc-user-define-kbd-macro
30493 Once you have defined a keyboard macro, you can bind it to a @kbd{z}
30494 key sequence with the @kbd{Z K} (@code{calc-user-define-kbd-macro}) command.
30495 This command prompts first for a key, then for a command name. For
30496 example, if you type @kbd{C-x ( n @key{TAB} n @key{TAB} C-x )} you will
30497 define a keyboard macro which negates the top two numbers on the stack
30498 (@key{TAB} swaps the top two stack elements). Now you can type
30499 @kbd{Z K n @key{RET}} to define this keyboard macro onto the @kbd{z n} key
30500 sequence. The default command name (if you answer the second prompt with
30501 just the @key{RET} key as in this example) will be something like
30502 @samp{calc-User-n}. The keyboard macro will now be available as both
30503 @kbd{z n} and @kbd{M-x calc-User-n}. You can backspace and enter a more
30504 descriptive command name if you wish.@refill
30505
30506 Macros defined by @kbd{Z K} act like single commands; they are executed
30507 in the same way as by the @kbd{X} key. If you wish to define the macro
30508 as a standard no-frills Emacs macro (to be executed as if by @kbd{C-x e}),
30509 give a negative prefix argument to @kbd{Z K}.
30510
30511 Once you have bound your keyboard macro to a key, you can use
30512 @kbd{Z P} to register it permanently with Emacs. @xref{Creating User Keys}.
30513
30514 @cindex Keyboard macros, editing
30515 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
30516 been defined by a keyboard macro tries to use the @code{edit-kbd-macro}
30517 command to edit the macro. This command may be found in the
30518 @file{macedit} package, a copy of which comes with Calc. It decomposes
30519 the macro definition into full Emacs command names, like @code{calc-pop}
30520 and @code{calc-add}. Type @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish editing and update
30521 the definition stored on the key, or, to cancel the edit, type
30522 @kbd{M-# x}.@refill
30523
30524 If you give a negative numeric prefix argument to @kbd{Z E}, the keyboard
30525 macro is edited in spelled-out keystroke form. For example, the editing
30526 buffer might contain the nine characters @w{@samp{1 @key{RET} 2 +}}. When you press
30527 @kbd{M-# M-#}, the @code{read-kbd-macro} feature of the @file{macedit}
30528 package is used to reinterpret these key names. The
30529 notations @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC}, @code{DEL}, and
30530 @code{NUL} must be written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes @code{C-}
30531 and @code{M-}. Spaces and line breaks are ignored. Other characters are
30532 copied verbatim into the keyboard macro. Basically, the notation is the
30533 same as is used in all of this manual's examples, except that the manual
30534 takes some liberties with spaces: When we say @kbd{' [1 2 3] @key{RET}}, we take
30535 it for granted that it is clear we really mean @kbd{' [1 @key{SPC} 2 @key{SPC} 3] @key{RET}},
30536 which is what @code{read-kbd-macro} wants to see.@refill
30537
30538 If @file{macedit} is not available, @kbd{Z E} edits the keyboard macro
30539 in ``raw'' form; the editing buffer simply contains characters like
30540 @samp{1^M2+} (here @samp{^M} represents the carriage-return character).
30541 Editing in this mode, you will have to use @kbd{C-q} to enter new
30542 control characters into the buffer.@refill
30543
30544 @kindex M-# m
30545 @pindex read-kbd-macro
30546 The @kbd{M-# m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) command reads an Emacs ``region''
30547 of spelled-out keystrokes and defines it as the current keyboard macro.
30548 It is a convenient way to define a keyboard macro that has been stored
30549 in a file, or to define a macro without executing it at the same time.
30550 The @kbd{M-# m} command works only if @file{macedit} is present.
30551
30552 @node Conditionals in Macros, Loops in Macros, Naming Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
30553 @subsection Conditionals in Keyboard Macros
30554
30555 @noindent
30556 @kindex Z [
30557 @kindex Z ]
30558 @pindex calc-kbd-if
30559 @pindex calc-kbd-else
30560 @pindex calc-kbd-else-if
30561 @pindex calc-kbd-end-if
30562 @cindex Conditional structures
30563 The @kbd{Z [} (@code{calc-kbd-if}) and @kbd{Z ]} (@code{calc-kbd-end-if})
30564 commands allow you to put simple tests in a keyboard macro. When Calc
30565 sees the @kbd{Z [}, it pops an object from the stack and, if the object is
30566 a non-zero value, continues executing keystrokes. But if the object is
30567 zero, or if it is not provably nonzero, Calc skips ahead to the matching
30568 @kbd{Z ]} keystroke. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a set of commands for
30569 performing tests which conveniently produce 1 for true and 0 for false.
30570
30571 For example, @kbd{@key{RET} 0 a < Z [ n Z ]} implements an absolute-value
30572 function in the form of a keyboard macro. This macro duplicates the
30573 number on the top of the stack, pushes zero and compares using @kbd{a <}
30574 (@code{calc-less-than}), then, if the number was less than zero,
30575 executes @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}). Otherwise, the change-sign
30576 command is skipped.
30577
30578 To program this macro, type @kbd{C-x (}, type the above sequence of
30579 keystrokes, then type @kbd{C-x )}. Note that the keystrokes will be
30580 executed while you are making the definition as well as when you later
30581 re-execute the macro by typing @kbd{X}. Thus you should make sure a
30582 suitable number is on the stack before defining the macro so that you
30583 don't get a stack-underflow error during the definition process.
30584
30585 Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. However, there should be exactly
30586 one @kbd{Z ]} for each @kbd{Z [} in a keyboard macro.
30587
30588 @kindex Z :
30589 The @kbd{Z :} (@code{calc-kbd-else}) command allows you to choose between
30590 two keystroke sequences. The general format is @kbd{@var{cond} Z [
30591 @var{then-part} Z : @var{else-part} Z ]}. If @var{cond} is true
30592 (i.e., if the top of stack contains a non-zero number after @var{cond}
30593 has been executed), the @var{then-part} will be executed and the
30594 @var{else-part} will be skipped. Otherwise, the @var{then-part} will
30595 be skipped and the @var{else-part} will be executed.
30596
30597 @kindex Z |
30598 The @kbd{Z |} (@code{calc-kbd-else-if}) command allows you to choose
30599 between any number of alternatives. For example,
30600 @kbd{@var{cond1} Z [ @var{part1} Z : @var{cond2} Z | @var{part2} Z :
30601 @var{part3} Z ]} will execute @var{part1} if @var{cond1} is true,
30602 otherwise it will execute @var{part2} if @var{cond2} is true, otherwise
30603 it will execute @var{part3}.
30604
30605 More precisely, @kbd{Z [} pops a number and conditionally skips to the
30606 next matching @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]} key. @w{@kbd{Z ]}} has no effect when
30607 actually executed. @kbd{Z :} skips to the next matching @kbd{Z ]}.
30608 @kbd{Z |} pops a number and conditionally skips to the next matching
30609 @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]}; thus, @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z |} are functionally
30610 equivalent except that @kbd{Z [} participates in nesting but @kbd{Z |}
30611 does not.
30612
30613 Calc's conditional and looping constructs work by scanning the
30614 keyboard macro for occurrences of character sequences like @samp{Z:}
30615 and @samp{Z]}. One side-effect of this is that if you use these
30616 constructs you must be careful that these character pairs do not
30617 occur by accident in other parts of the macros. Since Calc rarely
30618 uses shift-@kbd{Z} for any purpose except as a prefix character, this
30619 is not likely to be a problem. Another side-effect is that it will
30620 not work to define your own custom key bindings for these commands.
30621 Only the standard shift-@kbd{Z} bindings will work correctly.
30622
30623 @kindex Z C-g
30624 If Calc gets stuck while skipping characters during the definition of a
30625 macro, type @kbd{Z C-g} to cancel the definition. (Typing plain @kbd{C-g}
30626 actually adds a @kbd{C-g} keystroke to the macro.)
30627
30628 @node Loops in Macros, Local Values in Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros
30629 @subsection Loops in Keyboard Macros
30630
30631 @noindent
30632 @kindex Z <
30633 @kindex Z >
30634 @pindex calc-kbd-repeat
30635 @pindex calc-kbd-end-repeat
30636 @cindex Looping structures
30637 @cindex Iterative structures
30638 The @kbd{Z <} (@code{calc-kbd-repeat}) and @kbd{Z >}
30639 (@code{calc-kbd-end-repeat}) commands pop a number from the stack,
30640 which must be an integer, then repeat the keystrokes between the brackets
30641 the specified number of times. If the integer is zero or negative, the
30642 body is skipped altogether. For example, @kbd{1 @key{TAB} Z < 2 * Z >}
30643 computes two to a nonnegative integer power. First, we push 1 on the
30644 stack and then swap the integer argument back to the top. The @kbd{Z <}
30645 pops that argument leaving the 1 back on top of the stack. Then, we
30646 repeat a multiply-by-two step however many times.@refill
30647
30648 Once again, the keyboard macro is executed as it is being entered.
30649 In this case it is especially important to set up reasonable initial
30650 conditions before making the definition: Suppose the integer 1000 just
30651 happened to be sitting on the stack before we typed the above definition!
30652 Another approach is to enter a harmless dummy definition for the macro,
30653 then go back and edit in the real one with a @kbd{Z E} command. Yet
30654 another approach is to type the macro as written-out keystroke names
30655 in a buffer, then use @kbd{M-# m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the
30656 macro.
30657
30658 @kindex Z /
30659 @pindex calc-break
30660 The @kbd{Z /} (@code{calc-kbd-break}) command allows you to break out
30661 of a keyboard macro loop prematurely. It pops an object from the stack;
30662 if that object is true (a non-zero number), control jumps out of the
30663 innermost enclosing @kbd{Z <} @dots{} @kbd{Z >} loop and continues
30664 after the @kbd{Z >}. If the object is false, the @kbd{Z /} has no
30665 effect. Thus @kbd{@var{cond} Z /} is similar to @samp{if (@var{cond}) break;}
30666 in the C language.@refill
30667
30668 @kindex Z (
30669 @kindex Z )
30670 @pindex calc-kbd-for
30671 @pindex calc-kbd-end-for
30672 The @kbd{Z (} (@code{calc-kbd-for}) and @kbd{Z )} (@code{calc-kbd-end-for})
30673 commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and @kbd{Z >}, except that they make the
30674 value of the counter available inside the loop. The general layout is
30675 @kbd{@var{init} @var{final} Z ( @var{body} @var{step} Z )}. The @kbd{Z (}
30676 command pops initial and final values from the stack. It then creates
30677 a temporary internal counter and initializes it with the value @var{init}.
30678 The @kbd{Z (} command then repeatedly pushes the counter value onto the
30679 stack and executes @var{body} and @var{step}, adding @var{step} to the
30680 counter each time until the loop finishes.@refill
30681
30682 @cindex Summations (by keyboard macros)
30683 By default, the loop finishes when the counter becomes greater than (or
30684 less than) @var{final}, assuming @var{initial} is less than (greater
30685 than) @var{final}. If @var{initial} is equal to @var{final}, the body
30686 executes exactly once. The body of the loop always executes at least
30687 once. For example, @kbd{0 1 10 Z ( 2 ^ + 1 Z )} computes the sum of the
30688 squares of the integers from 1 to 10, in steps of 1.
30689
30690 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{Z (}, the loop is
30691 forced to use upward-counting conventions. In this case, if @var{initial}
30692 is greater than @var{final} the body will not be executed at all.
30693 Note that @var{step} may still be negative in this loop; the prefix
30694 argument merely constrains the loop-finished test. Likewise, a prefix
30695 argument of @i{-1} forces downward-counting conventions.
30696
30697 @kindex Z @{
30698 @kindex Z @}
30699 @pindex calc-kbd-loop
30700 @pindex calc-kbd-end-loop
30701 The @kbd{Z @{} (@code{calc-kbd-loop}) and @kbd{Z @}}
30702 (@code{calc-kbd-end-loop}) commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and
30703 @kbd{Z >}, except that they do not pop a count from the stack---they
30704 effectively create an infinite loop. Every @kbd{Z @{} @dots{} @kbd{Z @}}
30705 loop ought to include at least one @kbd{Z /} to make sure the loop
30706 doesn't run forever. (If any error message occurs which causes Emacs
30707 to beep, the keyboard macro will also be halted; this is a standard
30708 feature of Emacs. You can also generally press @kbd{C-g} to halt a
30709 running keyboard macro, although not all versions of Unix support
30710 this feature.)
30711
30712 The conditional and looping constructs are not actually tied to
30713 keyboard macros, but they are most often used in that context.
30714 For example, the keystrokes @kbd{10 Z < 23 @key{RET} Z >} push
30715 ten copies of 23 onto the stack. This can be typed ``live'' just
30716 as easily as in a macro definition.
30717
30718 @xref{Conditionals in Macros}, for some additional notes about
30719 conditional and looping commands.
30720
30721 @node Local Values in Macros, Queries in Macros, Loops in Macros, Keyboard Macros
30722 @subsection Local Values in Macros
30723
30724 @noindent
30725 @cindex Local variables
30726 @cindex Restoring saved modes
30727 Keyboard macros sometimes want to operate under known conditions
30728 without affecting surrounding conditions. For example, a keyboard
30729 macro may wish to turn on Fraction Mode, or set a particular
30730 precision, independent of the user's normal setting for those
30731 modes.
30732
30733 @kindex Z `
30734 @kindex Z '
30735 @pindex calc-kbd-push
30736 @pindex calc-kbd-pop
30737 Macros also sometimes need to use local variables. Assignments to
30738 local variables inside the macro should not affect any variables
30739 outside the macro. The @kbd{Z `} (@code{calc-kbd-push}) and @kbd{Z '}
30740 (@code{calc-kbd-pop}) commands give you both of these capabilities.
30741
30742 When you type @kbd{Z `} (with a backquote or accent grave character),
30743 the values of various mode settings are saved away. The ten ``quick''
30744 variables @code{q0} through @code{q9} are also saved. When
30745 you type @w{@kbd{Z '}} (with an apostrophe), these values are restored.
30746 Pairs of @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} commands may be nested.
30747
30748 If a keyboard macro halts due to an error in between a @kbd{Z `} and
30749 a @kbd{Z '}, the saved values will be restored correctly even though
30750 the macro never reaches the @kbd{Z '} command. Thus you can use
30751 @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} without having to worry about what happens
30752 in exceptional conditions.
30753
30754 If you type @kbd{Z `} ``live'' (not in a keyboard macro), Calc puts
30755 you into a ``recursive edit.'' You can tell you are in a recursive
30756 edit because there will be extra square brackets in the mode line,
30757 as in @samp{[(Calculator)]}. These brackets will go away when you
30758 type the matching @kbd{Z '} command. The modes and quick variables
30759 will be saved and restored in just the same way as if actual keyboard
30760 macros were involved.
30761
30762 The modes saved by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} are the current precision
30763 and binary word size, the angular mode (Deg, Rad, or HMS), the
30764 simplification mode, Algebraic mode, Symbolic mode, Infinite mode,
30765 Matrix or Scalar mode, Fraction mode, and the current complex mode
30766 (Polar or Rectangular). The ten ``quick'' variables' values (or lack
30767 thereof) are also saved.
30768
30769 Most mode-setting commands act as toggles, but with a numeric prefix
30770 they force the mode either on (positive prefix) or off (negative
30771 or zero prefix). Since you don't know what the environment might
30772 be when you invoke your macro, it's best to use prefix arguments
30773 for all mode-setting commands inside the macro.
30774
30775 In fact, @kbd{C-u Z `} is like @kbd{Z `} except that it sets the modes
30776 listed above to their default values. As usual, the matching @kbd{Z '}
30777 will restore the modes to their settings from before the @kbd{C-u Z `}.
30778 Also, @w{@kbd{Z `}} with a negative prefix argument resets algebraic mode
30779 to its default (off) but leaves the other modes the same as they were
30780 outside the construct.
30781
30782 The contents of the stack and trail, values of non-quick variables, and
30783 other settings such as the language mode and the various display modes,
30784 are @emph{not} affected by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '}.
30785
30786 @node Queries in Macros, , Local Values in Macros, Keyboard Macros
30787 @subsection Queries in Keyboard Macros
30788
30789 @noindent
30790 @kindex Z =
30791 @pindex calc-kbd-report
30792 The @kbd{Z =} (@code{calc-kbd-report}) command displays an informative
30793 message including the value on the top of the stack. You are prompted
30794 to enter a string. That string, along with the top-of-stack value,
30795 is displayed unless @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) has been used
30796 to turn such messages off.
30797
30798 @kindex Z #
30799 @pindex calc-kbd-query
30800 The @kbd{Z #} (@code{calc-kbd-query}) command displays a prompt message
30801 (which you enter during macro definition), then does an algebraic entry
30802 which takes its input from the keyboard, even during macro execution.
30803 This command allows your keyboard macros to accept numbers or formulas
30804 as interactive input. All the normal conventions of algebraic input,
30805 including the use of @kbd{$} characters, are supported.
30806
30807 @xref{Keyboard Macro Query, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for a description of
30808 @kbd{C-x q} (@code{kbd-macro-query}), the standard Emacs way to accept
30809 keyboard input during a keyboard macro. In particular, you can use
30810 @kbd{C-x q} to enter a recursive edit, which allows the user to perform
30811 any Calculator operations interactively before pressing @kbd{C-M-c} to
30812 return control to the keyboard macro.
30813
30814 @node Invocation Macros, Algebraic Definitions, Keyboard Macros, Programming
30815 @section Invocation Macros
30816
30817 @kindex M-# z
30818 @kindex Z I
30819 @pindex calc-user-invocation
30820 @pindex calc-user-define-invocation
30821 Calc provides one special keyboard macro, called up by @kbd{M-# z}
30822 (@code{calc-user-invocation}), that is intended to allow you to define
30823 your own special way of starting Calc. To define this ``invocation
30824 macro,'' create the macro in the usual way with @kbd{C-x (} and
30825 @kbd{C-x )}, then type @kbd{Z I} (@code{calc-user-define-invocation}).
30826 There is only one invocation macro, so you don't need to type any
30827 additional letters after @kbd{Z I}. From now on, you can type
30828 @kbd{M-# z} at any time to execute your invocation macro.
30829
30830 For example, suppose you find yourself often grabbing rectangles of
30831 numbers into Calc and multiplying their columns. You can do this
30832 by typing @kbd{M-# r} to grab, and @kbd{V R : *} to multiply columns.
30833 To make this into an invocation macro, just type @kbd{C-x ( M-# r
30834 V R : * C-x )}, then @kbd{Z I}. Then, to multiply a rectangle of data,
30835 just mark the data in its buffer in the usual way and type @kbd{M-# z}.
30836
30837 Invocation macros are treated like regular Emacs keyboard macros;
30838 all the special features described above for @kbd{Z K}-style macros
30839 do not apply. @kbd{M-# z} is just like @kbd{C-x e}, except that it
30840 uses the macro that was last stored by @kbd{Z I}. (In fact, the
30841 macro does not even have to have anything to do with Calc!)
30842
30843 The @kbd{m m} command saves the last invocation macro defined by
30844 @kbd{Z I} along with all the other Calc mode settings.
30845 @xref{General Mode Commands}.
30846
30847 @node Algebraic Definitions, Lisp Definitions, Invocation Macros, Programming
30848 @section Programming with Formulas
30849
30850 @noindent
30851 @kindex Z F
30852 @pindex calc-user-define-formula
30853 @cindex Programming with algebraic formulas
30854 Another way to create a new Calculator command uses algebraic formulas.
30855 The @kbd{Z F} (@code{calc-user-define-formula}) command stores the
30856 formula at the top of the stack as the definition for a key. This
30857 command prompts for five things: The key, the command name, the function
30858 name, the argument list, and the behavior of the command when given
30859 non-numeric arguments.
30860
30861 For example, suppose we type @kbd{' a+2b @key{RET}} to push the formula
30862 @samp{a + 2*b} onto the stack. We now type @kbd{Z F m} to define this
30863 formula on the @kbd{z m} key sequence. The next prompt is for a command
30864 name, beginning with @samp{calc-}, which should be the long (@kbd{M-x}) form
30865 for the new command. If you simply press @key{RET}, a default name like
30866 @code{calc-User-m} will be constructed. In our example, suppose we enter
30867 @kbd{spam @key{RET}} to define the new command as @code{calc-spam}.
30868
30869 If you want to give the formula a long-style name only, you can press
30870 @key{SPC} or @key{RET} when asked which single key to use. For example
30871 @kbd{Z F @key{RET} spam @key{RET}} defines the new command as
30872 @kbd{M-x calc-spam}, with no keyboard equivalent.
30873
30874 The third prompt is for a function name. The default is to use the same
30875 name as the command name but with @samp{calcFunc-} in place of
30876 @samp{calc-}. This is the name you will use if you want to enter your
30877 new function in an algebraic formula. Suppose we enter @kbd{yow @key{RET}}.
30878 Then the new function can be invoked by pushing two numbers on the
30879 stack and typing @kbd{z m} or @kbd{x spam}, or by entering the algebraic
30880 formula @samp{yow(x,y)}.@refill
30881
30882 The fourth prompt is for the function's argument list. This is used to
30883 associate values on the stack with the variables that appear in the formula.
30884 The default is a list of all variables which appear in the formula, sorted
30885 into alphabetical order. In our case, the default would be @samp{(a b)}.
30886 This means that, when the user types @kbd{z m}, the Calculator will remove
30887 two numbers from the stack, substitute these numbers for @samp{a} and
30888 @samp{b} (respectively) in the formula, then simplify the formula and
30889 push the result on the stack. In other words, @kbd{10 @key{RET} 100 z m}
30890 would replace the 10 and 100 on the stack with the number 210, which is
30891 @cite{a + 2 b} with @cite{a=10} and @cite{b=100}. Likewise, the formula
30892 @samp{yow(10, 100)} will be evaluated by substituting @cite{a=10} and
30893 @cite{b=100} in the definition.
30894
30895 You can rearrange the order of the names before pressing @key{RET} to
30896 control which stack positions go to which variables in the formula. If
30897 you remove a variable from the argument list, that variable will be left
30898 in symbolic form by the command. Thus using an argument list of @samp{(b)}
30899 for our function would cause @kbd{10 z m} to replace the 10 on the stack
30900 with the formula @samp{a + 20}. If we had used an argument list of
30901 @samp{(b a)}, the result with inputs 10 and 100 would have been 120.
30902
30903 You can also put a nameless function on the stack instead of just a
30904 formula, as in @samp{<a, b : a + 2 b>}. @xref{Specifying Operators}.
30905 In this example, the command will be defined by the formula @samp{a + 2 b}
30906 using the argument list @samp{(a b)}.
30907
30908 The final prompt is a y-or-n question concerning what to do if symbolic
30909 arguments are given to your function. If you answer @kbd{y}, then
30910 executing @kbd{z m} (using the original argument list @samp{(a b)}) with
30911 arguments @cite{10} and @cite{x} will leave the function in symbolic
30912 form, i.e., @samp{yow(10,x)}. On the other hand, if you answer @kbd{n},
30913 then the formula will always be expanded, even for non-constant
30914 arguments: @samp{10 + 2 x}. If you never plan to feed algebraic
30915 formulas to your new function, it doesn't matter how you answer this
30916 question.@refill
30917
30918 If you answered @kbd{y} to this question you can still cause a function
30919 call to be expanded by typing @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}).
30920 Also, Calc will expand the function if necessary when you take a
30921 derivative or integral or solve an equation involving the function.
30922
30923 @kindex Z G
30924 @pindex calc-get-user-defn
30925 Once you have defined a formula on a key, you can retrieve this formula
30926 with the @kbd{Z G} (@code{calc-user-define-get-defn}) command. Press a
30927 key, and this command pushes the formula that was used to define that
30928 key onto the stack. Actually, it pushes a nameless function that
30929 specifies both the argument list and the defining formula. You will get
30930 an error message if the key is undefined, or if the key was not defined
30931 by a @kbd{Z F} command.@refill
30932
30933 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
30934 been defined by a formula uses a variant of the @code{calc-edit} command
30935 to edit the defining formula. Press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish editing and
30936 store the new formula back in the definition, or @kbd{M-# x} to
30937 cancel the edit. (The argument list and other properties of the
30938 definition are unchanged; to adjust the argument list, you can use
30939 @kbd{Z G} to grab the function onto the stack, edit with @kbd{`}, and
30940 then re-execute the @kbd{Z F} command.)
30941
30942 As usual, the @kbd{Z P} command records your definition permanently.
30943 In this case it will permanently record all three of the relevant
30944 definitions: the key, the command, and the function.
30945
30946 You may find it useful to turn off the default simplifications with
30947 @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) when entering a formula to be
30948 used as a function definition. For example, the formula @samp{deriv(a^2,v)}
30949 which might be used to define a new function @samp{dsqr(a,v)} will be
30950 ``simplified'' to 0 immediately upon entry since @code{deriv} considers
30951 @cite{a} to be constant with respect to @cite{v}. Turning off
30952 default simplifications cures this problem: The definition will be stored
30953 in symbolic form without ever activating the @code{deriv} function. Press
30954 @kbd{m D} to turn the default simplifications back on afterwards.
30955
30956 @node Lisp Definitions, , Algebraic Definitions, Programming
30957 @section Programming with Lisp
30958
30959 @noindent
30960 The Calculator can be programmed quite extensively in Lisp. All you
30961 do is write a normal Lisp function definition, but with @code{defmath}
30962 in place of @code{defun}. This has the same form as @code{defun}, but it
30963 automagically replaces calls to standard Lisp functions like @code{+} and
30964 @code{zerop} with calls to the corresponding functions in Calc's own library.
30965 Thus you can write natural-looking Lisp code which operates on all of the
30966 standard Calculator data types. You can then use @kbd{Z D} if you wish to
30967 bind your new command to a @kbd{z}-prefix key sequence. The @kbd{Z E} command
30968 will not edit a Lisp-based definition.
30969
30970 Emacs Lisp is described in the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. This section
30971 assumes a familiarity with Lisp programming concepts; if you do not know
30972 Lisp, you may find keyboard macros or rewrite rules to be an easier way
30973 to program the Calculator.
30974
30975 This section first discusses ways to write commands, functions, or
30976 small programs to be executed inside of Calc. Then it discusses how
30977 your own separate programs are able to call Calc from the outside.
30978 Finally, there is a list of internal Calc functions and data structures
30979 for the true Lisp enthusiast.
30980
30981 @menu
30982 * Defining Functions::
30983 * Defining Simple Commands::
30984 * Defining Stack Commands::
30985 * Argument Qualifiers::
30986 * Example Definitions::
30987
30988 * Calling Calc from Your Programs::
30989 * Internals::
30990 @end menu
30991
30992 @node Defining Functions, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions, Lisp Definitions
30993 @subsection Defining New Functions
30994
30995 @noindent
30996 @findex defmath
30997 The @code{defmath} function (actually a Lisp macro) is like @code{defun}
30998 except that code in the body of the definition can make use of the full
30999 range of Calculator data types. The prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is added
31000 to the specified name to get the actual Lisp function name. As a simple
31001 example,
31002
31003 @example
31004 (defmath myfact (n)
31005 (if (> n 0)
31006 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31007 1))
31008 @end example
31009
31010 @noindent
31011 This actually expands to the code,
31012
31013 @example
31014 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31015 (if (math-posp n)
31016 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31017 1))
31018 @end example
31019
31020 @noindent
31021 This function can be used in algebraic expressions, e.g., @samp{myfact(5)}.
31022
31023 The @samp{myfact} function as it is defined above has the bug that an
31024 expression @samp{myfact(a+b)} will be simplified to 1 because the
31025 formula @samp{a+b} is not considered to be @code{posp}. A robust
31026 factorial function would be written along the following lines:
31027
31028 @smallexample
31029 (defmath myfact (n)
31030 (if (> n 0)
31031 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31032 (if (= n 0)
31033 1
31034 nil))) ; this could be simplified as: (and (= n 0) 1)
31035 @end smallexample
31036
31037 If a function returns @code{nil}, it is left unsimplified by the Calculator
31038 (except that its arguments will be simplified). Thus, @samp{myfact(a+1+2)}
31039 will be simplified to @samp{myfact(a+3)} but no further. Beware that every
31040 time the Calculator reexamines this formula it will attempt to resimplify
31041 it, so your function ought to detect the returning-@code{nil} case as
31042 efficiently as possible.
31043
31044 The following standard Lisp functions are treated by @code{defmath}:
31045 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^} or
31046 @code{expt}, @code{=}, @code{<}, @code{>}, @code{<=}, @code{>=},
31047 @code{/=}, @code{1+}, @code{1-}, @code{logand}, @code{logior}, @code{logxor},
31048 @code{logandc2}, @code{lognot}. Also, @code{~=} is an abbreviation for
31049 @code{math-nearly-equal}, which is useful in implementing Taylor series.@refill
31050
31051 For other functions @var{func}, if a function by the name
31052 @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if a function by the
31053 name @samp{math-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if @var{func} itself
31054 is defined as a function it is used, otherwise @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} is
31055 used on the assumption that this is a to-be-defined math function. Also, if
31056 the function name is quoted as in @samp{('integerp a)} the function name is
31057 always used exactly as written (but not quoted).@refill
31058
31059 Variable names have @samp{var-} prepended to them unless they appear in
31060 the function's argument list or in an enclosing @code{let}, @code{let*},
31061 @code{for}, or @code{foreach} form,
31062 or their names already contain a @samp{-} character. Thus a reference to
31063 @samp{foo} is the same as a reference to @samp{var-foo}.@refill
31064
31065 A few other Lisp extensions are available in @code{defmath} definitions:
31066
31067 @itemize @bullet
31068 @item
31069 The @code{elt} function accepts any number of index variables.
31070 Note that Calc vectors are stored as Lisp lists whose first
31071 element is the symbol @code{vec}; thus, @samp{(elt v 2)} yields
31072 the second element of vector @code{v}, and @samp{(elt m i j)}
31073 yields one element of a Calc matrix.
31074
31075 @item
31076 The @code{setq} function has been extended to act like the Common
31077 Lisp @code{setf} function. (The name @code{setf} is recognized as
31078 a synonym of @code{setq}.) Specifically, the first argument of
31079 @code{setq} can be an @code{nth}, @code{elt}, @code{car}, or @code{cdr} form,
31080 in which case the effect is to store into the specified
31081 element of a list. Thus, @samp{(setq (elt m i j) x)} stores @cite{x}
31082 into one element of a matrix.
31083
31084 @item
31085 A @code{for} looping construct is available. For example,
31086 @samp{(for ((i 0 10)) body)} executes @code{body} once for each
31087 binding of @cite{i} from zero to 10. This is like a @code{let}
31088 form in that @cite{i} is temporarily bound to the loop count
31089 without disturbing its value outside the @code{for} construct.
31090 Nested loops, as in @samp{(for ((i 0 10) (j 0 (1- i) 2)) body)},
31091 are also available. For each value of @cite{i} from zero to 10,
31092 @cite{j} counts from 0 to @cite{i-1} in steps of two. Note that
31093 @code{for} has the same general outline as @code{let*}, except
31094 that each element of the header is a list of three or four
31095 things, not just two.
31096
31097 @item
31098 The @code{foreach} construct loops over elements of a list.
31099 For example, @samp{(foreach ((x (cdr v))) body)} executes
31100 @code{body} with @cite{x} bound to each element of Calc vector
31101 @cite{v} in turn. The purpose of @code{cdr} here is to skip over
31102 the initial @code{vec} symbol in the vector.
31103
31104 @item
31105 The @code{break} function breaks out of the innermost enclosing
31106 @code{while}, @code{for}, or @code{foreach} loop. If given a
31107 value, as in @samp{(break x)}, this value is returned by the
31108 loop. (Lisp loops otherwise always return @code{nil}.)
31109
31110 @item
31111 The @code{return} function prematurely returns from the enclosing
31112 function. For example, @samp{(return (+ x y))} returns @cite{x+y}
31113 as the value of a function. You can use @code{return} anywhere
31114 inside the body of the function.
31115 @end itemize
31116
31117 Non-integer numbers (and extremely large integers) cannot be included
31118 directly into a @code{defmath} definition. This is because the Lisp
31119 reader will fail to parse them long before @code{defmath} ever gets control.
31120 Instead, use the notation, @samp{:"3.1415"}. In fact, any algebraic
31121 formula can go between the quotes. For example,
31122
31123 @smallexample
31124 (defmath sqexp (x) ; sqexp(x) == sqrt(exp(x)) == exp(x*0.5)
31125 (and (numberp x)
31126 (exp :"x * 0.5")))
31127 @end smallexample
31128
31129 expands to
31130
31131 @smallexample
31132 (defun calcFunc-sqexp (x)
31133 (and (math-numberp x)
31134 (calcFunc-exp (math-mul x '(float 5 -1)))))
31135 @end smallexample
31136
31137 Note the use of @code{numberp} as a guard to ensure that the argument is
31138 a number first, returning @code{nil} if not. The exponential function
31139 could itself have been included in the expression, if we had preferred:
31140 @samp{:"exp(x * 0.5)"}. As another example, the multiplication-and-recursion
31141 step of @code{myfact} could have been written
31142
31143 @example
31144 :"n * myfact(n-1)"
31145 @end example
31146
31147 If a file named @file{.emacs} exists in your home directory, Emacs reads
31148 and executes the Lisp forms in this file as it starts up. While it may
31149 seem like a good idea to put your favorite @code{defmath} commands here,
31150 this has the unfortunate side-effect that parts of the Calculator must be
31151 loaded in to process the @code{defmath} commands whether or not you will
31152 actually use the Calculator! A better effect can be had by writing
31153
31154 @example
31155 (put 'calc-define 'thing '(progn
31156 (defmath ... )
31157 (defmath ... )
31158 ))
31159 @end example
31160
31161 @noindent
31162 @vindex calc-define
31163 The @code{put} function adds a @dfn{property} to a symbol. Each Lisp
31164 symbol has a list of properties associated with it. Here we add a
31165 property with a name of @code{thing} and a @samp{(progn ...)} form as
31166 its value. When Calc starts up, and at the start of every Calc command,
31167 the property list for the symbol @code{calc-define} is checked and the
31168 values of any properties found are evaluated as Lisp forms. The
31169 properties are removed as they are evaluated. The property names
31170 (like @code{thing}) are not used; you should choose something like the
31171 name of your project so as not to conflict with other properties.
31172
31173 The net effect is that you can put the above code in your @file{.emacs}
31174 file and it will not be executed until Calc is loaded. Or, you can put
31175 that same code in another file which you load by hand either before or
31176 after Calc itself is loaded.
31177
31178 The properties of @code{calc-define} are evaluated in the same order
31179 that they were added. They can assume that the Calc modules @file{calc.el},
31180 @file{calc-ext.el}, and @file{calc-macs.el} have been fully loaded, and
31181 that the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer will be the current buffer.
31182
31183 If your @code{calc-define} property only defines algebraic functions,
31184 you can be sure that it will have been evaluated before Calc tries to
31185 call your function, even if the file defining the property is loaded
31186 after Calc is loaded. But if the property defines commands or key
31187 sequences, it may not be evaluated soon enough. (Suppose it defines the
31188 new command @code{tweak-calc}; the user can load your file, then type
31189 @kbd{M-x tweak-calc} before Calc has had chance to do anything.) To
31190 protect against this situation, you can put
31191
31192 @example
31193 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
31194 @end example
31195
31196 @findex calc-check-defines
31197 @noindent
31198 at the end of your file. The @code{calc-check-defines} function is what
31199 looks for and evaluates properties on @code{calc-define}; @code{run-hooks}
31200 has the advantage that it is quietly ignored if @code{calc-check-defines}
31201 is not yet defined because Calc has not yet been loaded.
31202
31203 Examples of things that ought to be enclosed in a @code{calc-define}
31204 property are @code{defmath} calls, @code{define-key} calls that modify
31205 the Calc key map, and any calls that redefine things defined inside Calc.
31206 Ordinary @code{defun}s need not be enclosed with @code{calc-define}.
31207
31208 @node Defining Simple Commands, Defining Stack Commands, Defining Functions, Lisp Definitions
31209 @subsection Defining New Simple Commands
31210
31211 @noindent
31212 @findex interactive
31213 If a @code{defmath} form contains an @code{interactive} clause, it defines
31214 a Calculator command. Actually such a @code{defmath} results in @emph{two}
31215 function definitions: One, a @samp{calcFunc-} function as was just described,
31216 with the @code{interactive} clause removed. Two, a @samp{calc-} function
31217 with a suitable @code{interactive} clause and some sort of wrapper to make
31218 the command work in the Calc environment.
31219
31220 In the simple case, the @code{interactive} clause has the same form as
31221 for normal Emacs Lisp commands:
31222
31223 @smallexample
31224 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
31225 "Increase precision by DELTA." ; This is the "documentation string"
31226 (interactive "p") ; Register this as a M-x-able command
31227 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
31228 @end smallexample
31229
31230 This expands to the pair of definitions,
31231
31232 @smallexample
31233 (defun calc-increase-precision (delta)
31234 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31235 (interactive "p")
31236 (calc-wrapper
31237 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta))))
31238
31239 (defun calcFunc-increase-precision (delta)
31240 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31241 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta)))
31242 @end smallexample
31243
31244 @noindent
31245 where in this case the latter function would never really be used! Note
31246 that since the Calculator stores small integers as plain Lisp integers,
31247 the @code{math-add} function will work just as well as the native
31248 @code{+} even when the intent is to operate on native Lisp integers.
31249
31250 @findex calc-wrapper
31251 The @samp{calc-wrapper} call invokes a macro which surrounds the body of
31252 the function with code that looks roughly like this:
31253
31254 @smallexample
31255 (let ((calc-command-flags nil))
31256 (unwind-protect
31257 (save-excursion
31258 (calc-select-buffer)
31259 @emph{body of function}
31260 @emph{renumber stack}
31261 @emph{clear} Working @emph{message})
31262 @emph{realign cursor and window}
31263 @emph{clear Inverse, Hyperbolic, and Keep Args flags}
31264 @emph{update Emacs mode line}))
31265 @end smallexample
31266
31267 @findex calc-select-buffer
31268 The @code{calc-select-buffer} function selects the @samp{*Calculator*}
31269 buffer if necessary, say, because the command was invoked from inside
31270 the @samp{*Calc Trail*} window.
31271
31272 @findex calc-set-command-flag
31273 You can call, for example, @code{(calc-set-command-flag 'no-align)} to
31274 set the above-mentioned command flags. Calc routines recognize the
31275 following command flags:
31276
31277 @table @code
31278 @item renum-stack
31279 Stack line numbers @samp{1:}, @samp{2:}, and so on must be renumbered
31280 after this command completes. This is set by routines like
31281 @code{calc-push}.
31282
31283 @item clear-message
31284 Calc should call @samp{(message "")} if this command completes normally
31285 (to clear a ``Working@dots{}'' message out of the echo area).
31286
31287 @item no-align
31288 Do not move the cursor back to the @samp{.} top-of-stack marker.
31289
31290 @item position-point
31291 Use the variables @code{calc-position-point-line} and
31292 @code{calc-position-point-column} to position the cursor after
31293 this command finishes.
31294
31295 @item keep-flags
31296 Do not clear @code{calc-inverse-flag}, @code{calc-hyperbolic-flag},
31297 and @code{calc-keep-args-flag} at the end of this command.
31298
31299 @item do-edit
31300 Switch to buffer @samp{*Calc Edit*} after this command.
31301
31302 @item hold-trail
31303 Do not move trail pointer to end of trail when something is recorded
31304 there.
31305 @end table
31306
31307 @kindex Y
31308 @kindex Y ?
31309 @vindex calc-Y-help-msgs
31310 Calc reserves a special prefix key, shift-@kbd{Y}, for user-written
31311 extensions to Calc. There are no built-in commands that work with
31312 this prefix key; you must call @code{define-key} from Lisp (probably
31313 from inside a @code{calc-define} property) to add to it. Initially only
31314 @kbd{Y ?} is defined; it takes help messages from a list of strings
31315 (initially @code{nil}) in the variable @code{calc-Y-help-msgs}. All
31316 other undefined keys except for @kbd{Y} are reserved for use by
31317 future versions of Calc.
31318
31319 If you are writing a Calc enhancement which you expect to give to
31320 others, it is best to minimize the number of @kbd{Y}-key sequences
31321 you use. In fact, if you have more than one key sequence you should
31322 consider defining three-key sequences with a @kbd{Y}, then a key that
31323 stands for your package, then a third key for the particular command
31324 within your package.
31325
31326 Users may wish to install several Calc enhancements, and it is possible
31327 that several enhancements will choose to use the same key. In the
31328 example below, a variable @code{inc-prec-base-key} has been defined
31329 to contain the key that identifies the @code{inc-prec} package. Its
31330 value is initially @code{"P"}, but a user can change this variable
31331 if necessary without having to modify the file.
31332
31333 Here is a complete file, @file{inc-prec.el}, which makes a @kbd{Y P I}
31334 command that increases the precision, and a @kbd{Y P D} command that
31335 decreases the precision.
31336
31337 @smallexample
31338 ;;; Increase and decrease Calc precision. Dave Gillespie, 5/31/91.
31339 ;;; (Include copyright or copyleft stuff here.)
31340
31341 (defvar inc-prec-base-key "P"
31342 "Base key for inc-prec.el commands.")
31343
31344 (put 'calc-define 'inc-prec '(progn
31345
31346 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sI" inc-prec-base-key)
31347 'increase-precision)
31348 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sD" inc-prec-base-key)
31349 'decrease-precision)
31350
31351 (setq calc-Y-help-msgs
31352 (cons (format "%s + Inc-prec, Dec-prec" inc-prec-base-key)
31353 calc-Y-help-msgs))
31354
31355 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
31356 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31357 (interactive "p")
31358 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
31359
31360 (defmath decrease-precision (delta)
31361 "Decrease precision by DELTA."
31362 (interactive "p")
31363 (setq calc-internal-prec (- calc-internal-prec delta)))
31364
31365 )) ; end of calc-define property
31366
31367 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
31368 @end smallexample
31369
31370 @node Defining Stack Commands, Argument Qualifiers, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions
31371 @subsection Defining New Stack-Based Commands
31372
31373 @noindent
31374 To define a new computational command which takes and/or leaves arguments
31375 on the stack, a special form of @code{interactive} clause is used.
31376
31377 @example
31378 (interactive @var{num} @var{tag})
31379 @end example
31380
31381 @noindent
31382 where @var{num} is an integer, and @var{tag} is a string. The effect is
31383 to pop @var{num} values off the stack, resimplify them by calling
31384 @code{calc-normalize}, and hand them to your function according to the
31385 function's argument list. Your function may include @code{&optional} and
31386 @code{&rest} parameters, so long as calling the function with @var{num}
31387 parameters is legal.
31388
31389 Your function must return either a number or a formula in a form
31390 acceptable to Calc, or a list of such numbers or formulas. These value(s)
31391 are pushed onto the stack when the function completes. They are also
31392 recorded in the Calc Trail buffer on a line beginning with @var{tag},
31393 a string of (normally) four characters or less. If you omit @var{tag}
31394 or use @code{nil} as a tag, the result is not recorded in the trail.
31395
31396 As an example, the definition
31397
31398 @smallexample
31399 (defmath myfact (n)
31400 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31401 (interactive 1 "fact")
31402 (if (> n 0)
31403 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31404 (and (= n 0) 1)))
31405 @end smallexample
31406
31407 @noindent
31408 is a version of the factorial function shown previously which can be used
31409 as a command as well as an algebraic function. It expands to
31410
31411 @smallexample
31412 (defun calc-myfact ()
31413 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31414 (interactive)
31415 (calc-slow-wrapper
31416 (calc-enter-result 1 "fact"
31417 (cons 'calcFunc-myfact (calc-top-list-n 1)))))
31418
31419 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31420 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31421 (if (math-posp n)
31422 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31423 (and (math-zerop n) 1)))
31424 @end smallexample
31425
31426 @findex calc-slow-wrapper
31427 The @code{calc-slow-wrapper} function is a version of @code{calc-wrapper}
31428 that automatically puts up a @samp{Working...} message before the
31429 computation begins. (This message can be turned off by the user
31430 with an @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) command.)
31431
31432 @findex calc-top-list-n
31433 The @code{calc-top-list-n} function returns a list of the specified number
31434 of values from the top of the stack. It resimplifies each value by
31435 calling @code{calc-normalize}. If its argument is zero it returns an
31436 empty list. It does not actually remove these values from the stack.
31437
31438 @findex calc-enter-result
31439 The @code{calc-enter-result} function takes an integer @var{num} and string
31440 @var{tag} as described above, plus a third argument which is either a
31441 Calculator data object or a list of such objects. These objects are
31442 resimplified and pushed onto the stack after popping the specified number
31443 of values from the stack. If @var{tag} is non-@code{nil}, the values
31444 being pushed are also recorded in the trail.
31445
31446 Note that if @code{calcFunc-myfact} returns @code{nil} this represents
31447 ``leave the function in symbolic form.'' To return an actual empty list,
31448 in the sense that @code{calc-enter-result} will push zero elements back
31449 onto the stack, you should return the special value @samp{'(nil)}, a list
31450 containing the single symbol @code{nil}.
31451
31452 The @code{interactive} declaration can actually contain a limited
31453 Emacs-style code string as well which comes just before @var{num} and
31454 @var{tag}. Currently the only Emacs code supported is @samp{"p"}, as in
31455
31456 @example
31457 (defmath foo (a b &optional c)
31458 (interactive "p" 2 "foo")
31459 @var{body})
31460 @end example
31461
31462 In this example, the command @code{calc-foo} will evaluate the expression
31463 @samp{foo(a,b)} if executed with no argument, or @samp{foo(a,b,n)} if
31464 executed with a numeric prefix argument of @cite{n}.
31465
31466 The other code string allowed is @samp{"m"} (unrelated to the usual @samp{"m"}
31467 code as used with @code{defun}). It uses the numeric prefix argument as the
31468 number of objects to remove from the stack and pass to the function.
31469 In this case, the integer @var{num} serves as a default number of
31470 arguments to be used when no prefix is supplied.
31471
31472 @node Argument Qualifiers, Example Definitions, Defining Stack Commands, Lisp Definitions
31473 @subsection Argument Qualifiers
31474
31475 @noindent
31476 Anywhere a parameter name can appear in the parameter list you can also use
31477 an @dfn{argument qualifier}. Thus the general form of a definition is:
31478
31479 @example
31480 (defmath @var{name} (@var{param} @var{param...}
31481 &optional @var{param} @var{param...}
31482 &rest @var{param})
31483 @var{body})
31484 @end example
31485
31486 @noindent
31487 where each @var{param} is either a symbol or a list of the form
31488
31489 @example
31490 (@var{qual} @var{param})
31491 @end example
31492
31493 The following qualifiers are recognized:
31494
31495 @table @samp
31496 @item complete
31497 @findex complete
31498 The argument must not be an incomplete vector, interval, or complex number.
31499 (This is rarely needed since the Calculator itself will never call your
31500 function with an incomplete argument. But there is nothing stopping your
31501 own Lisp code from calling your function with an incomplete argument.)@refill
31502
31503 @item integer
31504 @findex integer
31505 The argument must be an integer. If it is an integer-valued float
31506 it will be accepted but converted to integer form. Non-integers and
31507 formulas are rejected.
31508
31509 @item natnum
31510 @findex natnum
31511 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must be non-negative.
31512
31513 @item fixnum
31514 @findex fixnum
31515 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must fit into a native Lisp integer,
31516 which on most systems means less than 2^23 in absolute value. The
31517 argument is converted into Lisp-integer form if necessary.
31518
31519 @item float
31520 @findex float
31521 The argument is converted to floating-point format if it is a number or
31522 vector. If it is a formula it is left alone. (The argument is never
31523 actually rejected by this qualifier.)
31524
31525 @item @var{pred}
31526 The argument must satisfy predicate @var{pred}, which is one of the
31527 standard Calculator predicates. @xref{Predicates}.
31528
31529 @item not-@var{pred}
31530 The argument must @emph{not} satisfy predicate @var{pred}.
31531 @end table
31532
31533 For example,
31534
31535 @example
31536 (defmath foo (a (constp (not-matrixp b)) &optional (float c)
31537 &rest (integer d))
31538 @var{body})
31539 @end example
31540
31541 @noindent
31542 expands to
31543
31544 @example
31545 (defun calcFunc-foo (a b &optional c &rest d)
31546 (and (math-matrixp b)
31547 (math-reject-arg b 'not-matrixp))
31548 (or (math-constp b)
31549 (math-reject-arg b 'constp))
31550 (and c (setq c (math-check-float c)))
31551 (setq d (mapcar 'math-check-integer d))
31552 @var{body})
31553 @end example
31554
31555 @noindent
31556 which performs the necessary checks and conversions before executing the
31557 body of the function.
31558
31559 @node Example Definitions, Calling Calc from Your Programs, Argument Qualifiers, Lisp Definitions
31560 @subsection Example Definitions
31561
31562 @noindent
31563 This section includes some Lisp programming examples on a larger scale.
31564 These programs make use of some of the Calculator's internal functions;
31565 @pxref{Internals}.
31566
31567 @menu
31568 * Bit Counting Example::
31569 * Sine Example::
31570 @end menu
31571
31572 @node Bit Counting Example, Sine Example, Example Definitions, Example Definitions
31573 @subsubsection Bit-Counting
31574
31575 @noindent
31576 @ignore
31577 @starindex
31578 @end ignore
31579 @tindex bcount
31580 Calc does not include a built-in function for counting the number of
31581 ``one'' bits in a binary integer. It's easy to invent one using @kbd{b u}
31582 to convert the integer to a set, and @kbd{V #} to count the elements of
31583 that set; let's write a function that counts the bits without having to
31584 create an intermediate set.
31585
31586 @smallexample
31587 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
31588 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
31589 (let ((count 0))
31590 (while (> n 0)
31591 (if (oddp n)
31592 (setq count (1+ count)))
31593 (setq n (lsh n -1)))
31594 count))
31595 @end smallexample
31596
31597 @noindent
31598 When this is expanded by @code{defmath}, it will become the following
31599 Emacs Lisp function:
31600
31601 @smallexample
31602 (defun calcFunc-bcount (n)
31603 (setq n (math-check-natnum n))
31604 (let ((count 0))
31605 (while (math-posp n)
31606 (if (math-oddp n)
31607 (setq count (math-add count 1)))
31608 (setq n (calcFunc-lsh n -1)))
31609 count))
31610 @end smallexample
31611
31612 If the input numbers are large, this function involves a fair amount
31613 of arithmetic. A binary right shift is essentially a division by two;
31614 recall that Calc stores integers in decimal form so bit shifts must
31615 involve actual division.
31616
31617 To gain a bit more efficiency, we could divide the integer into
31618 @var{n}-bit chunks, each of which can be handled quickly because
31619 they fit into Lisp integers. It turns out that Calc's arithmetic
31620 routines are especially fast when dividing by an integer less than
31621 1000, so we can set @var{n = 9} bits and use repeated division by 512:
31622
31623 @smallexample
31624 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
31625 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
31626 (let ((count 0))
31627 (while (not (fixnump n))
31628 (let ((qr (idivmod n 512)))
31629 (setq count (+ count (bcount-fixnum (cdr qr)))
31630 n (car qr))))
31631 (+ count (bcount-fixnum n))))
31632
31633 (defun bcount-fixnum (n)
31634 (let ((count 0))
31635 (while (> n 0)
31636 (setq count (+ count (logand n 1))
31637 n (lsh n -1)))
31638 count))
31639 @end smallexample
31640
31641 @noindent
31642 Note that the second function uses @code{defun}, not @code{defmath}.
31643 Because this function deals only with native Lisp integers (``fixnums''),
31644 it can use the actual Emacs @code{+} and related functions rather
31645 than the slower but more general Calc equivalents which @code{defmath}
31646 uses.
31647
31648 The @code{idivmod} function does an integer division, returning both
31649 the quotient and the remainder at once. Again, note that while it
31650 might seem that @samp{(logand n 511)} and @samp{(lsh n -9)} are
31651 more efficient ways to split off the bottom nine bits of @code{n},
31652 actually they are less efficient because each operation is really
31653 a division by 512 in disguise; @code{idivmod} allows us to do the
31654 same thing with a single division by 512.
31655
31656 @node Sine Example, , Bit Counting Example, Example Definitions
31657 @subsubsection The Sine Function
31658
31659 @noindent
31660 @ignore
31661 @starindex
31662 @end ignore
31663 @tindex mysin
31664 A somewhat limited sine function could be defined as follows, using the
31665 well-known Taylor series expansion for @c{$\sin x$}
31666 @samp{sin(x)}:
31667
31668 @smallexample
31669 (defmath mysin ((float (anglep x)))
31670 (interactive 1 "mysn")
31671 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
31672 (let ((sum x) ; Initial term of Taylor expansion of sin.
31673 newsum
31674 (nfact 1) ; "nfact" equals "n" factorial at all times.
31675 (xnegsqr :"-(x^2)")) ; "xnegsqr" equals -x^2.
31676 (for ((n 3 100 2)) ; Upper limit of 100 is a good precaution.
31677 (working "mysin" sum) ; Display "Working" message, if enabled.
31678 (setq nfact (* nfact (1- n) n)
31679 x (* x xnegsqr)
31680 newsum (+ sum (/ x nfact)))
31681 (if (~= newsum sum) ; If newsum is "nearly equal to" sum,
31682 (break)) ; then we are done.
31683 (setq sum newsum))
31684 sum))
31685 @end smallexample
31686
31687 The actual @code{sin} function in Calc works by first reducing the problem
31688 to a sine or cosine of a nonnegative number less than @c{$\pi \over 4$}
31689 @cite{pi/4}. This
31690 ensures that the Taylor series will converge quickly. Also, the calculation
31691 is carried out with two extra digits of precision to guard against cumulative
31692 round-off in @samp{sum}. Finally, complex arguments are allowed and handled
31693 by a separate algorithm.
31694
31695 @smallexample
31696 (defmath mysin ((float (scalarp x)))
31697 (interactive 1 "mysn")
31698 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
31699 (with-extra-prec 2 ; Evaluate with extra precision.
31700 (cond ((complexp x)
31701 (mysin-complex x))
31702 ((< x 0)
31703 (- (mysin-raw (- x))) ; Always call mysin-raw with x >= 0.
31704 (t (mysin-raw x))))))
31705
31706 (defmath mysin-raw (x)
31707 (cond ((>= x 7)
31708 (mysin-raw (% x (two-pi)))) ; Now x < 7.
31709 ((> x (pi-over-2))
31710 (- (mysin-raw (- x (pi))))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/2.
31711 ((> x (pi-over-4))
31712 (mycos-raw (- x (pi-over-2)))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/4.
31713 ((< x (- (pi-over-4)))
31714 (- (mycos-raw (+ x (pi-over-2))))) ; Now -pi/4 <= x <= pi/4,
31715 (t (mysin-series x)))) ; so the series will be efficient.
31716 @end smallexample
31717
31718 @noindent
31719 where @code{mysin-complex} is an appropriate function to handle complex
31720 numbers, @code{mysin-series} is the routine to compute the sine Taylor
31721 series as before, and @code{mycos-raw} is a function analogous to
31722 @code{mysin-raw} for cosines.
31723
31724 The strategy is to ensure that @cite{x} is nonnegative before calling
31725 @code{mysin-raw}. This function then recursively reduces its argument
31726 to a suitable range, namely, plus-or-minus @c{$\pi \over 4$}
31727 @cite{pi/4}. Note that each
31728 test, and particularly the first comparison against 7, is designed so
31729 that small roundoff errors cannot produce an infinite loop. (Suppose
31730 we compared with @samp{(two-pi)} instead; if due to roundoff problems
31731 the modulo operator ever returned @samp{(two-pi)} exactly, an infinite
31732 recursion could result!) We use modulo only for arguments that will
31733 clearly get reduced, knowing that the next rule will catch any reductions
31734 that this rule misses.
31735
31736 If a program is being written for general use, it is important to code
31737 it carefully as shown in this second example. For quick-and-dirty programs,
31738 when you know that your own use of the sine function will never encounter
31739 a large argument, a simpler program like the first one shown is fine.
31740
31741 @node Calling Calc from Your Programs, Internals, Example Definitions, Lisp Definitions
31742 @subsection Calling Calc from Your Lisp Programs
31743
31744 @noindent
31745 A later section (@pxref{Internals}) gives a full description of
31746 Calc's internal Lisp functions. It's not hard to call Calc from
31747 inside your programs, but the number of these functions can be daunting.
31748 So Calc provides one special ``programmer-friendly'' function called
31749 @code{calc-eval} that can be made to do just about everything you
31750 need. It's not as fast as the low-level Calc functions, but it's
31751 much simpler to use!
31752
31753 It may seem that @code{calc-eval} itself has a daunting number of
31754 options, but they all stem from one simple operation.
31755
31756 In its simplest manifestation, @samp{(calc-eval "1+2")} parses the
31757 string @code{"1+2"} as if it were a Calc algebraic entry and returns
31758 the result formatted as a string: @code{"3"}.
31759
31760 Since @code{calc-eval} is on the list of recommended @code{autoload}
31761 functions, you don't need to make any special preparations to load
31762 Calc before calling @code{calc-eval} the first time. Calc will be
31763 loaded and initialized for you.
31764
31765 All the Calc modes that are currently in effect will be used when
31766 evaluating the expression and formatting the result.
31767
31768 @ifinfo
31769 @example
31770
31771 @end example
31772 @end ifinfo
31773 @subsubsection Additional Arguments to @code{calc-eval}
31774
31775 @noindent
31776 If the input string parses to a list of expressions, Calc returns
31777 the results separated by @code{", "}. You can specify a different
31778 separator by giving a second string argument to @code{calc-eval}:
31779 @samp{(calc-eval "1+2,3+4" ";")} returns @code{"3;7"}.
31780
31781 The ``separator'' can also be any of several Lisp symbols which
31782 request other behaviors from @code{calc-eval}. These are discussed
31783 one by one below.
31784
31785 You can give additional arguments to be substituted for
31786 @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, and so on in the main expression. For
31787 example, @samp{(calc-eval "$/$$" nil "7" "1+1")} evaluates the
31788 expression @code{"7/(1+1)"} to yield the result @code{"3.5"}
31789 (assuming Fraction mode is not in effect). Note the @code{nil}
31790 used as a placeholder for the item-separator argument.
31791
31792 @ifinfo
31793 @example
31794
31795 @end example
31796 @end ifinfo
31797 @subsubsection Error Handling
31798
31799 @noindent
31800 If @code{calc-eval} encounters an error, it returns a list containing
31801 the character position of the error, plus a suitable message as a
31802 string. Note that @samp{1 / 0} is @emph{not} an error by Calc's
31803 standards; it simply returns the string @code{"1 / 0"} which is the
31804 division left in symbolic form. But @samp{(calc-eval "1/")} will
31805 return the list @samp{(2 "Expected a number")}.
31806
31807 If you bind the variable @code{calc-eval-error} to @code{t}
31808 using a @code{let} form surrounding the call to @code{calc-eval},
31809 errors instead call the Emacs @code{error} function which aborts
31810 to the Emacs command loop with a beep and an error message.
31811
31812 If you bind this variable to the symbol @code{string}, error messages
31813 are returned as strings instead of lists. The character position is
31814 ignored.
31815
31816 As a courtesy to other Lisp code which may be using Calc, be sure
31817 to bind @code{calc-eval-error} using @code{let} rather than changing
31818 it permanently with @code{setq}.
31819
31820 @ifinfo
31821 @example
31822
31823 @end example
31824 @end ifinfo
31825 @subsubsection Numbers Only
31826
31827 @noindent
31828 Sometimes it is preferable to treat @samp{1 / 0} as an error
31829 rather than returning a symbolic result. If you pass the symbol
31830 @code{num} as the second argument to @code{calc-eval}, results
31831 that are not constants are treated as errors. The error message
31832 reported is the first @code{calc-why} message if there is one,
31833 or otherwise ``Number expected.''
31834
31835 A result is ``constant'' if it is a number, vector, or other
31836 object that does not include variables or function calls. If it
31837 is a vector, the components must themselves be constants.
31838
31839 @ifinfo
31840 @example
31841
31842 @end example
31843 @end ifinfo
31844 @subsubsection Default Modes
31845
31846 @noindent
31847 If the first argument to @code{calc-eval} is a list whose first
31848 element is a formula string, then @code{calc-eval} sets all the
31849 various Calc modes to their default values while the formula is
31850 evaluated and formatted. For example, the precision is set to 12
31851 digits, digit grouping is turned off, and the normal language
31852 mode is used.
31853
31854 This same principle applies to the other options discussed below.
31855 If the first argument would normally be @var{x}, then it can also
31856 be the list @samp{(@var{x})} to use the default mode settings.
31857
31858 If there are other elements in the list, they are taken as
31859 variable-name/value pairs which override the default mode
31860 settings. Look at the documentation at the front of the
31861 @file{calc.el} file to find the names of the Lisp variables for
31862 the various modes. The mode settings are restored to their
31863 original values when @code{calc-eval} is done.
31864
31865 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '("$+$$" calc-internal-prec 8) 'num a b)}
31866 computes the sum of two numbers, requiring a numeric result, and
31867 using default mode settings except that the precision is 8 instead
31868 of the default of 12.
31869
31870 It's usually best to use this form of @code{calc-eval} unless your
31871 program actually considers the interaction with Calc's mode settings
31872 to be a feature. This will avoid all sorts of potential ``gotchas'';
31873 consider what happens with @samp{(calc-eval "sqrt(2)" 'num)}
31874 when the user has left Calc in symbolic mode or no-simplify mode.
31875
31876 As another example, @samp{(equal (calc-eval '("$<$$") nil a b) "1")}
31877 checks if the number in string @cite{a} is less than the one in
31878 string @cite{b}. Without using a list, the integer 1 might
31879 come out in a variety of formats which would be hard to test for
31880 conveniently: @code{"1"}, @code{"8#1"}, @code{"00001"}. (But
31881 see ``Predicates'' mode, below.)
31882
31883 @ifinfo
31884 @example
31885
31886 @end example
31887 @end ifinfo
31888 @subsubsection Raw Numbers
31889
31890 @noindent
31891 Normally all input and output for @code{calc-eval} is done with strings.
31892 You can do arithmetic with, say, @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" nil a b)}
31893 in place of @samp{(+ a b)}, but this is very inefficient since the
31894 numbers must be converted to and from string format as they are passed
31895 from one @code{calc-eval} to the next.
31896
31897 If the separator is the symbol @code{raw}, the result will be returned
31898 as a raw Calc data structure rather than a string. You can read about
31899 how these objects look in the following sections, but usually you can
31900 treat them as ``black box'' objects with no important internal
31901 structure.
31902
31903 There is also a @code{rawnum} symbol, which is a combination of
31904 @code{raw} (returning a raw Calc object) and @code{num} (signaling
31905 an error if that object is not a constant).
31906
31907 You can pass a raw Calc object to @code{calc-eval} in place of a
31908 string, either as the formula itself or as one of the @samp{$}
31909 arguments. Thus @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" 'raw a b)} is an
31910 addition function that operates on raw Calc objects. Of course
31911 in this case it would be easier to call the low-level @code{math-add}
31912 function in Calc, if you can remember its name.
31913
31914 In particular, note that a plain Lisp integer is acceptable to Calc
31915 as a raw object. (All Lisp integers are accepted on input, but
31916 integers of more than six decimal digits are converted to ``big-integer''
31917 form for output. @xref{Data Type Formats}.)
31918
31919 When it comes time to display the object, just use @samp{(calc-eval a)}
31920 to format it as a string.
31921
31922 It is an error if the input expression evaluates to a list of
31923 values. The separator symbol @code{list} is like @code{raw}
31924 except that it returns a list of one or more raw Calc objects.
31925
31926 Note that a Lisp string is not a valid Calc object, nor is a list
31927 containing a string. Thus you can still safely distinguish all the
31928 various kinds of error returns discussed above.
31929
31930 @ifinfo
31931 @example
31932
31933 @end example
31934 @end ifinfo
31935 @subsubsection Predicates
31936
31937 @noindent
31938 If the separator symbol is @code{pred}, the result of the formula is
31939 treated as a true/false value; @code{calc-eval} returns @code{t} or
31940 @code{nil}, respectively. A value is considered ``true'' if it is a
31941 non-zero number, or false if it is zero or if it is not a number.
31942
31943 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "$<$$" 'pred a b)} tests whether
31944 one value is less than another.
31945
31946 As usual, it is also possible for @code{calc-eval} to return one of
31947 the error indicators described above. Lisp will interpret such an
31948 indicator as ``true'' if you don't check for it explicitly. If you
31949 wish to have an error register as ``false'', use something like
31950 @samp{(eq (calc-eval ...) t)}.
31951
31952 @ifinfo
31953 @example
31954
31955 @end example
31956 @end ifinfo
31957 @subsubsection Variable Values
31958
31959 @noindent
31960 Variables in the formula passed to @code{calc-eval} are not normally
31961 replaced by their values. If you wish this, you can use the
31962 @code{evalv} function (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}). For example,
31963 if 4 is stored in Calc variable @code{a} (i.e., in Lisp variable
31964 @code{var-a}), then @samp{(calc-eval "a+pi")} will return the
31965 formula @code{"a + pi"}, but @samp{(calc-eval "evalv(a+pi)")}
31966 will return @code{"7.14159265359"}.
31967
31968 To store in a Calc variable, just use @code{setq} to store in the
31969 corresponding Lisp variable. (This is obtained by prepending
31970 @samp{var-} to the Calc variable name.) Calc routines will
31971 understand either string or raw form values stored in variables,
31972 although raw data objects are much more efficient. For example,
31973 to increment the Calc variable @code{a}:
31974
31975 @example
31976 (setq var-a (calc-eval "evalv(a+1)" 'raw))
31977 @end example
31978
31979 @ifinfo
31980 @example
31981
31982 @end example
31983 @end ifinfo
31984 @subsubsection Stack Access
31985
31986 @noindent
31987 If the separator symbol is @code{push}, the formula argument is
31988 evaluated (with possible @samp{$} expansions, as usual). The
31989 result is pushed onto the Calc stack. The return value is @code{nil}
31990 (unless there is an error from evaluating the formula, in which
31991 case the return value depends on @code{calc-eval-error} in the
31992 usual way).
31993
31994 If the separator symbol is @code{pop}, the first argument to
31995 @code{calc-eval} must be an integer instead of a string. That
31996 many values are popped from the stack and thrown away. A negative
31997 argument deletes the entry at that stack level. The return value
31998 is the number of elements remaining in the stack after popping;
31999 @samp{(calc-eval 0 'pop)} is a good way to measure the size of
32000 the stack.
32001
32002 If the separator symbol is @code{top}, the first argument to
32003 @code{calc-eval} must again be an integer. The value at that
32004 stack level is formatted as a string and returned. Thus
32005 @samp{(calc-eval 1 'top)} returns the top-of-stack value. If the
32006 integer is out of range, @code{nil} is returned.
32007
32008 The separator symbol @code{rawtop} is just like @code{top} except
32009 that the stack entry is returned as a raw Calc object instead of
32010 as a string.
32011
32012 In all of these cases the first argument can be made a list in
32013 order to force the default mode settings, as described above.
32014 Thus @samp{(calc-eval '(2 calc-number-radix 16) 'top)} returns the
32015 second-to-top stack entry, formatted as a string using the default
32016 instead of current display modes, except that the radix is
32017 hexadecimal instead of decimal.
32018
32019 It is, of course, polite to put the Calc stack back the way you
32020 found it when you are done, unless the user of your program is
32021 actually expecting it to affect the stack.
32022
32023 Note that you do not actually have to switch into the @samp{*Calculator*}
32024 buffer in order to use @code{calc-eval}; it temporarily switches into
32025 the stack buffer if necessary.
32026
32027 @ifinfo
32028 @example
32029
32030 @end example
32031 @end ifinfo
32032 @subsubsection Keyboard Macros
32033
32034 @noindent
32035 If the separator symbol is @code{macro}, the first argument must be a
32036 string of characters which Calc can execute as a sequence of keystrokes.
32037 This switches into the Calc buffer for the duration of the macro.
32038 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "vx5\rVR+" 'macro)} pushes the
32039 vector @samp{[1,2,3,4,5]} on the stack and then replaces it
32040 with the sum of those numbers. Note that @samp{\r} is the Lisp
32041 notation for the carriage-return, @key{RET}, character.
32042
32043 If your keyboard macro wishes to pop the stack, @samp{\C-d} is
32044 safer than @samp{\177} (the @key{DEL} character) because some
32045 installations may have switched the meanings of @key{DEL} and
32046 @kbd{C-h}. Calc always interprets @kbd{C-d} as a synonym for
32047 ``pop-stack'' regardless of key mapping.
32048
32049 If you provide a third argument to @code{calc-eval}, evaluation
32050 of the keyboard macro will leave a record in the Trail using
32051 that argument as a tag string. Normally the Trail is unaffected.
32052
32053 The return value in this case is always @code{nil}.
32054
32055 @ifinfo
32056 @example
32057
32058 @end example
32059 @end ifinfo
32060 @subsubsection Lisp Evaluation
32061
32062 @noindent
32063 Finally, if the separator symbol is @code{eval}, then the Lisp
32064 @code{eval} function is called on the first argument, which must
32065 be a Lisp expression rather than a Calc formula. Remember to
32066 quote the expression so that it is not evaluated until inside
32067 @code{calc-eval}.
32068
32069 The difference from plain @code{eval} is that @code{calc-eval}
32070 switches to the Calc buffer before evaluating the expression.
32071 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '(setq calc-internal-prec 17) 'eval)}
32072 will correctly affect the buffer-local Calc precision variable.
32073
32074 An alternative would be @samp{(calc-eval '(calc-precision 17) 'eval)}.
32075 This is evaluating a call to the function that is normally invoked
32076 by the @kbd{p} key, giving it 17 as its ``numeric prefix argument.''
32077 Note that this function will leave a message in the echo area as
32078 a side effect. Also, all Calc functions switch to the Calc buffer
32079 automatically if not invoked from there, so the above call is
32080 also equivalent to @samp{(calc-precision 17)} by itself.
32081 In all cases, Calc uses @code{save-excursion} to switch back to
32082 your original buffer when it is done.
32083
32084 As usual the first argument can be a list that begins with a Lisp
32085 expression to use default instead of current mode settings.
32086
32087 The result of @code{calc-eval} in this usage is just the result
32088 returned by the evaluated Lisp expression.
32089
32090 @ifinfo
32091 @example
32092
32093 @end example
32094 @end ifinfo
32095 @subsubsection Example
32096
32097 @noindent
32098 @findex convert-temp
32099 Here is a sample Emacs command that uses @code{calc-eval}. Suppose
32100 you have a document with lots of references to temperatures on the
32101 Fahrenheit scale, say ``98.6 F'', and you wish to convert these
32102 references to Centigrade. The following command does this conversion.
32103 Place the Emacs cursor right after the letter ``F'' and invoke the
32104 command to change ``98.6 F'' to ``37 C''. Or, if the temperature is
32105 already in Centigrade form, the command changes it back to Fahrenheit.
32106
32107 @example
32108 (defun convert-temp ()
32109 (interactive)
32110 (save-excursion
32111 (re-search-backward "[^-.0-9]\\([-.0-9]+\\) *\\([FC]\\)")
32112 (let* ((top1 (match-beginning 1))
32113 (bot1 (match-end 1))
32114 (number (buffer-substring top1 bot1))
32115 (top2 (match-beginning 2))
32116 (bot2 (match-end 2))
32117 (type (buffer-substring top2 bot2)))
32118 (if (equal type "F")
32119 (setq type "C"
32120 number (calc-eval "($ - 32)*5/9" nil number))
32121 (setq type "F"
32122 number (calc-eval "$*9/5 + 32" nil number)))
32123 (goto-char top2)
32124 (delete-region top2 bot2)
32125 (insert-before-markers type)
32126 (goto-char top1)
32127 (delete-region top1 bot1)
32128 (if (string-match "\\.$" number) ; change "37." to "37"
32129 (setq number (substring number 0 -1)))
32130 (insert number))))
32131 @end example
32132
32133 Note the use of @code{insert-before-markers} when changing between
32134 ``F'' and ``C'', so that the character winds up before the cursor
32135 instead of after it.
32136
32137 @node Internals, , Calling Calc from Your Programs, Lisp Definitions
32138 @subsection Calculator Internals
32139
32140 @noindent
32141 This section describes the Lisp functions defined by the Calculator that
32142 may be of use to user-written Calculator programs (as described in the
32143 rest of this chapter). These functions are shown by their names as they
32144 conventionally appear in @code{defmath}. Their full Lisp names are
32145 generally gotten by prepending @samp{calcFunc-} or @samp{math-} to their
32146 apparent names. (Names that begin with @samp{calc-} are already in
32147 their full Lisp form.) You can use the actual full names instead if you
32148 prefer them, or if you are calling these functions from regular Lisp.
32149
32150 The functions described here are scattered throughout the various
32151 Calc component files. Note that @file{calc.el} includes @code{autoload}s
32152 for only a few component files; when Calc wants to call an advanced
32153 function it calls @samp{(calc-extensions)} first; this function
32154 autoloads @file{calc-ext.el}, which in turn autoloads all the functions
32155 in the remaining component files.
32156
32157 Because @code{defmath} itself uses the extensions, user-written code
32158 generally always executes with the extensions already loaded, so
32159 normally you can use any Calc function and be confident that it will
32160 be autoloaded for you when necessary. If you are doing something
32161 special, check carefully to make sure each function you are using is
32162 from @file{calc.el} or its components, and call @samp{(calc-extensions)}
32163 before using any function based in @file{calc-ext.el} if you can't
32164 prove this file will already be loaded.
32165
32166 @menu
32167 * Data Type Formats::
32168 * Interactive Lisp Functions::
32169 * Stack Lisp Functions::
32170 * Predicates::
32171 * Computational Lisp Functions::
32172 * Vector Lisp Functions::
32173 * Symbolic Lisp Functions::
32174 * Formatting Lisp Functions::
32175 * Hooks::
32176 @end menu
32177
32178 @node Data Type Formats, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals, Internals
32179 @subsubsection Data Type Formats
32180
32181 @noindent
32182 Integers are stored in either of two ways, depending on their magnitude.
32183 Integers less than one million in absolute value are stored as standard
32184 Lisp integers. This is the only storage format for Calc data objects
32185 which is not a Lisp list.
32186
32187 Large integers are stored as lists of the form @samp{(bigpos @var{d0}
32188 @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for positive integers 1000000 or more, or
32189 @samp{(bigneg @var{d0} @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for negative integers
32190 @i{-1000000} or less. Each @var{d} is a base-1000 ``digit,'' a Lisp integer
32191 from 0 to 999. The least significant digit is @var{d0}; the last digit,
32192 @var{dn}, which is always nonzero, is the most significant digit. For
32193 example, the integer @i{-12345678} is stored as @samp{(bigneg 678 345 12)}.
32194
32195 The distinction between small and large integers is entirely hidden from
32196 the user. In @code{defmath} definitions, the Lisp predicate @code{integerp}
32197 returns true for either kind of integer, and in general both big and small
32198 integers are accepted anywhere the word ``integer'' is used in this manual.
32199 If the distinction must be made, native Lisp integers are called @dfn{fixnums}
32200 and large integers are called @dfn{bignums}.
32201
32202 Fractions are stored as a list of the form, @samp{(frac @var{n} @var{d})}
32203 where @var{n} is an integer (big or small) numerator, @var{d} is an
32204 integer denominator greater than one, and @var{n} and @var{d} are relatively
32205 prime. Note that fractions where @var{d} is one are automatically converted
32206 to plain integers by all math routines; fractions where @var{d} is negative
32207 are normalized by negating the numerator and denominator.
32208
32209 Floating-point numbers are stored in the form, @samp{(float @var{mant}
32210 @var{exp})}, where @var{mant} (the ``mantissa'') is an integer less than
32211 @samp{10^@var{p}} in absolute value (@var{p} represents the current
32212 precision), and @var{exp} (the ``exponent'') is a fixnum. The value of
32213 the float is @samp{@var{mant} * 10^@var{exp}}. For example, the number
32214 @i{-3.14} is stored as @samp{(float -314 -2) = -314*10^-2}. Other constraints
32215 are that the number 0.0 is always stored as @samp{(float 0 0)}, and,
32216 except for the 0.0 case, the rightmost base-10 digit of @var{mant} is
32217 always nonzero. (If the rightmost digit is zero, the number is
32218 rearranged by dividing @var{mant} by ten and incrementing @var{exp}.)@refill
32219
32220 Rectangular complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(cplx @var{re}
32221 @var{im})}, where @var{re} and @var{im} are each real numbers, either
32222 integers, fractions, or floats. The value is @samp{@var{re} + @var{im}i}.
32223 The @var{im} part is nonzero; complex numbers with zero imaginary
32224 components are converted to real numbers automatically.@refill
32225
32226 Polar complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(polar @var{r}
32227 @var{theta})}, where @var{r} is a positive real value and @var{theta}
32228 is a real value or HMS form representing an angle. This angle is
32229 usually normalized to lie in the interval @samp{(-180 ..@: 180)} degrees,
32230 or @samp{(-pi ..@: pi)} radians, according to the current angular mode.
32231 If the angle is 0 the value is converted to a real number automatically.
32232 (If the angle is 180 degrees, the value is usually also converted to a
32233 negative real number.)@refill
32234
32235 Hours-minutes-seconds forms are stored as @samp{(hms @var{h} @var{m}
32236 @var{s})}, where @var{h} is an integer or an integer-valued float (i.e.,
32237 a float with @samp{@var{exp} >= 0}), @var{m} is an integer or integer-valued
32238 float in the range @w{@samp{[0 ..@: 60)}}, and @var{s} is any real number
32239 in the range @samp{[0 ..@: 60)}.@refill
32240
32241 Date forms are stored as @samp{(date @var{n})}, where @var{n} is
32242 a real number that counts days since midnight on the morning of
32243 January 1, 1 AD. If @var{n} is an integer, this is a pure date
32244 form. If @var{n} is a fraction or float, this is a date/time form.
32245
32246 Modulo forms are stored as @samp{(mod @var{n} @var{m})}, where @var{m} is a
32247 positive real number or HMS form, and @var{n} is a real number or HMS
32248 form in the range @samp{[0 ..@: @var{m})}.
32249
32250 Error forms are stored as @samp{(sdev @var{x} @var{sigma})}, where @var{x}
32251 is the mean value and @var{sigma} is the standard deviation. Each
32252 component is either a number, an HMS form, or a symbolic object
32253 (a variable or function call). If @var{sigma} is zero, the value is
32254 converted to a plain real number. If @var{sigma} is negative or
32255 complex, it is automatically normalized to be a positive real.
32256
32257 Interval forms are stored as @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{lo} @var{hi})},
32258 where @var{mask} is one of the integers 0, 1, 2, or 3, and @var{lo} and
32259 @var{hi} are real numbers, HMS forms, or symbolic objects. The @var{mask}
32260 is a binary integer where 1 represents the fact that the interval is
32261 closed on the high end, and 2 represents the fact that it is closed on
32262 the low end. (Thus 3 represents a fully closed interval.) The interval
32263 @w{@samp{(intv 3 @var{x} @var{x})}} is converted to the plain number @var{x};
32264 intervals @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{x} @var{x})} for any other @var{mask}
32265 represent empty intervals. If @var{hi} is less than @var{lo}, the interval
32266 is converted to a standard empty interval by replacing @var{hi} with @var{lo}.
32267
32268 Vectors are stored as @samp{(vec @var{v1} @var{v2} @dots{})}, where @var{v1}
32269 is the first element of the vector, @var{v2} is the second, and so on.
32270 An empty vector is stored as @samp{(vec)}. A matrix is simply a vector
32271 where all @var{v}'s are themselves vectors of equal lengths. Note that
32272 Calc vectors are unrelated to the Emacs Lisp ``vector'' type, which is
32273 generally unused by Calc data structures.
32274
32275 Variables are stored as @samp{(var @var{name} @var{sym})}, where
32276 @var{name} is a Lisp symbol whose print name is used as the visible name
32277 of the variable, and @var{sym} is a Lisp symbol in which the variable's
32278 value is actually stored. Thus, @samp{(var pi var-pi)} represents the
32279 special constant @samp{pi}. Almost always, the form is @samp{(var
32280 @var{v} var-@var{v})}. If the variable name was entered with @code{#}
32281 signs (which are converted to hyphens internally), the form is
32282 @samp{(var @var{u} @var{v})}, where @var{u} is a symbol whose name
32283 contains @code{#} characters, and @var{v} is a symbol that contains
32284 @code{-} characters instead. The value of a variable is the Calc
32285 object stored in its @var{sym} symbol's value cell. If the symbol's
32286 value cell is void or if it contains @code{nil}, the variable has no
32287 value. Special constants have the form @samp{(special-const
32288 @var{value})} stored in their value cell, where @var{value} is a formula
32289 which is evaluated when the constant's value is requested. Variables
32290 which represent units are not stored in any special way; they are units
32291 only because their names appear in the units table. If the value
32292 cell contains a string, it is parsed to get the variable's value when
32293 the variable is used.@refill
32294
32295 A Lisp list with any other symbol as the first element is a function call.
32296 The symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^},
32297 and @code{|} represent special binary operators; these lists are always
32298 of the form @samp{(@var{op} @var{lhs} @var{rhs})} where @var{lhs} is the
32299 sub-formula on the lefthand side and @var{rhs} is the sub-formula on the
32300 right. The symbol @code{neg} represents unary negation; this list is always
32301 of the form @samp{(neg @var{arg})}. Any other symbol @var{func} represents a
32302 function that would be displayed in function-call notation; the symbol
32303 @var{func} is in general always of the form @samp{calcFunc-@var{name}}.
32304 The function cell of the symbol @var{func} should contain a Lisp function
32305 for evaluating a call to @var{func}. This function is passed the remaining
32306 elements of the list (themselves already evaluated) as arguments; such
32307 functions should return @code{nil} or call @code{reject-arg} to signify
32308 that they should be left in symbolic form, or they should return a Calc
32309 object which represents their value, or a list of such objects if they
32310 wish to return multiple values. (The latter case is allowed only for
32311 functions which are the outer-level call in an expression whose value is
32312 about to be pushed on the stack; this feature is considered obsolete
32313 and is not used by any built-in Calc functions.)@refill
32314
32315 @node Interactive Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Data Type Formats, Internals
32316 @subsubsection Interactive Functions
32317
32318 @noindent
32319 The functions described here are used in implementing interactive Calc
32320 commands. Note that this list is not exhaustive! If there is an
32321 existing command that behaves similarly to the one you want to define,
32322 you may find helpful tricks by checking the source code for that command.
32323
32324 @defun calc-set-command-flag flag
32325 Set the command flag @var{flag}. This is generally a Lisp symbol, but
32326 may in fact be anything. The effect is to add @var{flag} to the list
32327 stored in the variable @code{calc-command-flags}, unless it is already
32328 there. @xref{Defining Simple Commands}.
32329 @end defun
32330
32331 @defun calc-clear-command-flag flag
32332 If @var{flag} appears among the list of currently-set command flags,
32333 remove it from that list.
32334 @end defun
32335
32336 @defun calc-record-undo rec
32337 Add the ``undo record'' @var{rec} to the list of steps to take if the
32338 current operation should need to be undone. Stack push and pop functions
32339 automatically call @code{calc-record-undo}, so the kinds of undo records
32340 you might need to create take the form @samp{(set @var{sym} @var{value})},
32341 which says that the Lisp variable @var{sym} was changed and had previously
32342 contained @var{value}; @samp{(store @var{var} @var{value})} which says that
32343 the Calc variable @var{var} (a string which is the name of the symbol that
32344 contains the variable's value) was stored and its previous value was
32345 @var{value} (either a Calc data object, or @code{nil} if the variable was
32346 previously void); or @samp{(eval @var{undo} @var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})},
32347 which means that to undo requires calling the function @samp{(@var{undo}
32348 @var{args} @dots{})} and, if the undo is later redone, calling
32349 @samp{(@var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})}.@refill
32350 @end defun
32351
32352 @defun calc-record-why msg args
32353 Record the error or warning message @var{msg}, which is normally a string.
32354 This message will be replayed if the user types @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why});
32355 if the message string begins with a @samp{*}, it is considered important
32356 enough to display even if the user doesn't type @kbd{w}. If one or more
32357 @var{args} are present, the displayed message will be of the form,
32358 @samp{@var{msg}: @var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, @dots{}}, where the arguments are
32359 formatted on the assumption that they are either strings or Calc objects of
32360 some sort. If @var{msg} is a symbol, it is the name of a Calc predicate
32361 (such as @code{integerp} or @code{numvecp}) which the arguments did not
32362 satisfy; it is expanded to a suitable string such as ``Expected an
32363 integer.'' The @code{reject-arg} function calls @code{calc-record-why}
32364 automatically; @pxref{Predicates}.@refill
32365 @end defun
32366
32367 @defun calc-is-inverse
32368 This predicate returns true if the current command is inverse,
32369 i.e., if the Inverse (@kbd{I} key) flag was set.
32370 @end defun
32371
32372 @defun calc-is-hyperbolic
32373 This predicate is the analogous function for the @kbd{H} key.
32374 @end defun
32375
32376 @node Stack Lisp Functions, Predicates, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals
32377 @subsubsection Stack-Oriented Functions
32378
32379 @noindent
32380 The functions described here perform various operations on the Calc
32381 stack and trail. They are to be used in interactive Calc commands.
32382
32383 @defun calc-push-list vals n
32384 Push the Calc objects in list @var{vals} onto the stack at stack level
32385 @var{n}. If @var{n} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements
32386 are pushed at the top of the stack. If @var{n} is greater than 1, the
32387 elements will be inserted into the stack so that the last element will
32388 end up at level @var{n}, the next-to-last at level @var{n}+1, etc.
32389 The elements of @var{vals} are assumed to be valid Calc objects, and
32390 are not evaluated, rounded, or renormalized in any way. If @var{vals}
32391 is an empty list, nothing happens.@refill
32392
32393 The stack elements are pushed without any sub-formula selections.
32394 You can give an optional third argument to this function, which must
32395 be a list the same size as @var{vals} of selections. Each selection
32396 must be @code{eq} to some sub-formula of the corresponding formula
32397 in @var{vals}, or @code{nil} if that formula should have no selection.
32398 @end defun
32399
32400 @defun calc-top-list n m
32401 Return a list of the @var{n} objects starting at level @var{m} of the
32402 stack. If @var{m} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements are
32403 taken from the top of the stack. If @var{n} is omitted, it also
32404 defaults to 1, so that the top stack element (in the form of a
32405 one-element list) is returned. If @var{m} is greater than 1, the
32406 @var{m}th stack element will be at the end of the list, the @var{m}+1st
32407 element will be next-to-last, etc. If @var{n} or @var{m} are out of
32408 range, the command is aborted with a suitable error message. If @var{n}
32409 is zero, the function returns an empty list. The stack elements are not
32410 evaluated, rounded, or renormalized.@refill
32411
32412 If any stack elements contain selections, and selections have not
32413 been disabled by the @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command,
32414 this function returns the selected portions rather than the entire
32415 stack elements. It can be given a third ``selection-mode'' argument
32416 which selects other behaviors. If it is the symbol @code{t}, then
32417 a selection in any of the requested stack elements produces an
32418 ``illegal operation on selections'' error. If it is the symbol @code{full},
32419 the whole stack entry is always returned regardless of selections.
32420 If it is the symbol @code{sel}, the selected portion is always returned,
32421 or @code{nil} if there is no selection. (This mode ignores the @kbd{j e}
32422 command.) If the symbol is @code{entry}, the complete stack entry in
32423 list form is returned; the first element of this list will be the whole
32424 formula, and the third element will be the selection (or @code{nil}).
32425 @end defun
32426
32427 @defun calc-pop-stack n m
32428 Remove the specified elements from the stack. The parameters @var{n}
32429 and @var{m} are defined the same as for @code{calc-top-list}. The return
32430 value of @code{calc-pop-stack} is uninteresting.
32431
32432 If there are any selected sub-formulas among the popped elements, and
32433 @kbd{j e} has not been used to disable selections, this produces an
32434 error without changing the stack. If you supply an optional third
32435 argument of @code{t}, the stack elements are popped even if they
32436 contain selections.
32437 @end defun
32438
32439 @defun calc-record-list vals tag
32440 This function records one or more results in the trail. The @var{vals}
32441 are a list of strings or Calc objects. The @var{tag} is the four-character
32442 tag string to identify the values. If @var{tag} is omitted, a blank tag
32443 will be used.
32444 @end defun
32445
32446 @defun calc-normalize n
32447 This function takes a Calc object and ``normalizes'' it. At the very
32448 least this involves re-rounding floating-point values according to the
32449 current precision and other similar jobs. Also, unless the user has
32450 selected no-simplify mode (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), this involves
32451 actually evaluating a formula object by executing the function calls
32452 it contains, and possibly also doing algebraic simplification, etc.
32453 @end defun
32454
32455 @defun calc-top-list-n n m
32456 This function is identical to @code{calc-top-list}, except that it calls
32457 @code{calc-normalize} on the values that it takes from the stack. They
32458 are also passed through @code{check-complete}, so that incomplete
32459 objects will be rejected with an error message. All computational
32460 commands should use this in preference to @code{calc-top-list}; the only
32461 standard Calc commands that operate on the stack without normalizing
32462 are stack management commands like @code{calc-enter} and @code{calc-roll-up}.
32463 This function accepts the same optional selection-mode argument as
32464 @code{calc-top-list}.
32465 @end defun
32466
32467 @defun calc-top-n m
32468 This function is a convenient form of @code{calc-top-list-n} in which only
32469 a single element of the stack is taken and returned, rather than a list
32470 of elements. This also accepts an optional selection-mode argument.
32471 @end defun
32472
32473 @defun calc-enter-result n tag vals
32474 This function is a convenient interface to most of the above functions.
32475 The @var{vals} argument should be either a single Calc object, or a list
32476 of Calc objects; the object or objects are normalized, and the top @var{n}
32477 stack entries are replaced by the normalized objects. If @var{tag} is
32478 non-@code{nil}, the normalized objects are also recorded in the trail.
32479 A typical stack-based computational command would take the form,
32480
32481 @smallexample
32482 (calc-enter-result @var{n} @var{tag} (cons 'calcFunc-@var{func}
32483 (calc-top-list-n @var{n})))
32484 @end smallexample
32485
32486 If any of the @var{n} stack elements replaced contain sub-formula
32487 selections, and selections have not been disabled by @kbd{j e},
32488 this function takes one of two courses of action. If @var{n} is
32489 equal to the number of elements in @var{vals}, then each element of
32490 @var{vals} is spliced into the corresponding selection; this is what
32491 happens when you use the @key{TAB} key, or when you use a unary
32492 arithmetic operation like @code{sqrt}. If @var{vals} has only one
32493 element but @var{n} is greater than one, there must be only one
32494 selection among the top @var{n} stack elements; the element from
32495 @var{vals} is spliced into that selection. This is what happens when
32496 you use a binary arithmetic operation like @kbd{+}. Any other
32497 combination of @var{n} and @var{vals} is an error when selections
32498 are present.
32499 @end defun
32500
32501 @defun calc-unary-op tag func arg
32502 This function implements a unary operator that allows a numeric prefix
32503 argument to apply the operator over many stack entries. If the prefix
32504 argument @var{arg} is @code{nil}, this uses @code{calc-enter-result}
32505 as outlined above. Otherwise, it maps the function over several stack
32506 elements; @pxref{Prefix Arguments}. For example,@refill
32507
32508 @smallexample
32509 (defun calc-zeta (arg)
32510 (interactive "P")
32511 (calc-unary-op "zeta" 'calcFunc-zeta arg))
32512 @end smallexample
32513 @end defun
32514
32515 @defun calc-binary-op tag func arg ident unary
32516 This function implements a binary operator, analogously to
32517 @code{calc-unary-op}. The optional @var{ident} and @var{unary}
32518 arguments specify the behavior when the prefix argument is zero or
32519 one, respectively. If the prefix is zero, the value @var{ident}
32520 is pushed onto the stack, if specified, otherwise an error message
32521 is displayed. If the prefix is one, the unary function @var{unary}
32522 is applied to the top stack element, or, if @var{unary} is not
32523 specified, nothing happens. When the argument is two or more,
32524 the binary function @var{func} is reduced across the top @var{arg}
32525 stack elements; when the argument is negative, the function is
32526 mapped between the next-to-top @i{-@var{arg}} stack elements and the
32527 top element.@refill
32528 @end defun
32529
32530 @defun calc-stack-size
32531 Return the number of elements on the stack as an integer. This count
32532 does not include elements that have been temporarily hidden by stack
32533 truncation; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
32534 @end defun
32535
32536 @defun calc-cursor-stack-index n
32537 Move the point to the @var{n}th stack entry. If @var{n} is zero, this
32538 will be the @samp{.} line. If @var{n} is from 1 to the current stack size,
32539 this will be the beginning of the first line of that stack entry's display.
32540 If line numbers are enabled, this will move to the first character of the
32541 line number, not the stack entry itself.@refill
32542 @end defun
32543
32544 @defun calc-substack-height n
32545 Return the number of lines between the beginning of the @var{n}th stack
32546 entry and the bottom of the buffer. If @var{n} is zero, this
32547 will be one (assuming no stack truncation). If all stack entries are
32548 one line long (i.e., no matrices are displayed), the return value will
32549 be equal @var{n}+1 as long as @var{n} is in range. (Note that in Big
32550 mode, the return value includes the blank lines that separate stack
32551 entries.)@refill
32552 @end defun
32553
32554 @defun calc-refresh
32555 Erase the @code{*Calculator*} buffer and reformat its contents from memory.
32556 This must be called after changing any parameter, such as the current
32557 display radix, which might change the appearance of existing stack
32558 entries. (During a keyboard macro invoked by the @kbd{X} key, refreshing
32559 is suppressed, but a flag is set so that the entire stack will be refreshed
32560 rather than just the top few elements when the macro finishes.)@refill
32561 @end defun
32562
32563 @node Predicates, Computational Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Internals
32564 @subsubsection Predicates
32565
32566 @noindent
32567 The functions described here are predicates, that is, they return a
32568 true/false value where @code{nil} means false and anything else means
32569 true. These predicates are expanded by @code{defmath}, for example,
32570 from @code{zerop} to @code{math-zerop}. In many cases they correspond
32571 to native Lisp functions by the same name, but are extended to cover
32572 the full range of Calc data types.
32573
32574 @defun zerop x
32575 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically zero, in any of the Calc data
32576 types. (Note that for some types, such as error forms and intervals,
32577 it never makes sense to return true.) In @code{defmath}, the expression
32578 @samp{(= x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-zerop x)},
32579 and @samp{(/= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-zerop x))}.
32580 @end defun
32581
32582 @defun negp x
32583 Returns true if @var{x} is negative. This accepts negative real numbers
32584 of various types, negative HMS and date forms, and intervals in which
32585 all included values are negative. In @code{defmath}, the expression
32586 @samp{(< x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-negp x)},
32587 and @samp{(>= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-negp x))}.
32588 @end defun
32589
32590 @defun posp x
32591 Returns true if @var{x} is positive (and non-zero). For complex
32592 numbers, none of these three predicates will return true.
32593 @end defun
32594
32595 @defun looks-negp x
32596 Returns true if @var{x} is ``negative-looking.'' This returns true if
32597 @var{x} is a negative number, or a formula with a leading minus sign
32598 such as @samp{-a/b}. In other words, this is an object which can be
32599 made simpler by calling @code{(- @var{x})}.
32600 @end defun
32601
32602 @defun integerp x
32603 Returns true if @var{x} is an integer of any size.
32604 @end defun
32605
32606 @defun fixnump x
32607 Returns true if @var{x} is a native Lisp integer.
32608 @end defun
32609
32610 @defun natnump x
32611 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative integer of any size.
32612 @end defun
32613
32614 @defun fixnatnump x
32615 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative Lisp integer.
32616 @end defun
32617
32618 @defun num-integerp x
32619 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically an integer, i.e., either a
32620 true integer or a float with no significant digits to the right of
32621 the decimal point.
32622 @end defun
32623
32624 @defun messy-integerp x
32625 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically, but not literally, an integer.
32626 A value is @code{num-integerp} if it is @code{integerp} or
32627 @code{messy-integerp} (but it is never both at once).
32628 @end defun
32629
32630 @defun num-natnump x
32631 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically a nonnegative integer.
32632 @end defun
32633
32634 @defun evenp x
32635 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer.
32636 @end defun
32637
32638 @defun looks-evenp x
32639 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer, or a formula with a leading
32640 multiplicative coefficient which is an even integer.
32641 @end defun
32642
32643 @defun oddp x
32644 Returns true if @var{x} is an odd integer.
32645 @end defun
32646
32647 @defun ratp x
32648 Returns true if @var{x} is a rational number, i.e., an integer or a
32649 fraction.
32650 @end defun
32651
32652 @defun realp x
32653 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number, i.e., an integer, fraction,
32654 or floating-point number.
32655 @end defun
32656
32657 @defun anglep x
32658 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or HMS form.
32659 @end defun
32660
32661 @defun floatp x
32662 Returns true if @var{x} is a float, or a complex number, error form,
32663 interval, date form, or modulo form in which at least one component
32664 is a float.
32665 @end defun
32666
32667 @defun complexp x
32668 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular or polar complex number
32669 (but not a real number).
32670 @end defun
32671
32672 @defun rect-complexp x
32673 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular complex number.
32674 @end defun
32675
32676 @defun polar-complexp x
32677 Returns true if @var{x} is a polar complex number.
32678 @end defun
32679
32680 @defun numberp x
32681 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or a complex number.
32682 @end defun
32683
32684 @defun scalarp x
32685 Returns true if @var{x} is a real or complex number or an HMS form.
32686 @end defun
32687
32688 @defun vectorp x
32689 Returns true if @var{x} is a vector (this simply checks if its argument
32690 is a list whose first element is the symbol @code{vec}).
32691 @end defun
32692
32693 @defun numvecp x
32694 Returns true if @var{x} is a number or vector.
32695 @end defun
32696
32697 @defun matrixp x
32698 Returns true if @var{x} is a matrix, i.e., a vector of one or more vectors,
32699 all of the same size.
32700 @end defun
32701
32702 @defun square-matrixp x
32703 Returns true if @var{x} is a square matrix.
32704 @end defun
32705
32706 @defun objectp x
32707 Returns true if @var{x} is any numeric Calc object, including real and
32708 complex numbers, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
32709 modulo forms. (Note that error forms and intervals may include formulas
32710 as their components; see @code{constp} below.)
32711 @end defun
32712
32713 @defun objvecp x
32714 Returns true if @var{x} is an object or a vector. This also accepts
32715 incomplete objects, but it rejects variables and formulas (except as
32716 mentioned above for @code{objectp}).
32717 @end defun
32718
32719 @defun primp x
32720 Returns true if @var{x} is a ``primitive'' or ``atomic'' Calc object,
32721 i.e., one whose components cannot be regarded as sub-formulas. This
32722 includes variables, and all @code{objectp} types except error forms
32723 and intervals.
32724 @end defun
32725
32726 @defun constp x
32727 Returns true if @var{x} is constant, i.e., a real or complex number,
32728 HMS form, date form, or error form, interval, or vector all of whose
32729 components are @code{constp}.
32730 @end defun
32731
32732 @defun lessp x y
32733 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically less than @var{y}. Returns false
32734 if @var{x} is greater than or equal to @var{y}, or if the order is
32735 undefined or cannot be determined. Generally speaking, this works
32736 by checking whether @samp{@var{x} - @var{y}} is @code{negp}. In
32737 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(< x y)} will automatically be
32738 converted to @samp{(lessp x y)}; expressions involving @code{>}, @code{<=},
32739 and @code{>=} are similarly converted in terms of @code{lessp}.@refill
32740 @end defun
32741
32742 @defun beforep x y
32743 Returns true if @var{x} comes before @var{y} in a canonical ordering
32744 of Calc objects. If @var{x} and @var{y} are both real numbers, this
32745 will be the same as @code{lessp}. But whereas @code{lessp} considers
32746 other types of objects to be unordered, @code{beforep} puts any two
32747 objects into a definite, consistent order. The @code{beforep}
32748 function is used by the @kbd{V S} vector-sorting command, and also
32749 by @kbd{a s} to put the terms of a product into canonical order:
32750 This allows @samp{x y + y x} to be simplified easily to @samp{2 x y}.
32751 @end defun
32752
32753 @defun equal x y
32754 This is the standard Lisp @code{equal} predicate; it returns true if
32755 @var{x} and @var{y} are structurally identical. This is the usual way
32756 to compare numbers for equality, but note that @code{equal} will treat
32757 0 and 0.0 as different.
32758 @end defun
32759
32760 @defun math-equal x y
32761 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y} are numerically equal, either because
32762 they are @code{equal}, or because their difference is @code{zerop}. In
32763 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(= x y)} will automatically be
32764 converted to @samp{(math-equal x y)}.
32765 @end defun
32766
32767 @defun equal-int x n
32768 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{n} are numerically equal, where @var{n}
32769 is a fixnum which is not a multiple of 10. This will automatically be
32770 used by @code{defmath} in place of the more general @code{math-equal}
32771 whenever possible.@refill
32772 @end defun
32773
32774 @defun nearly-equal x y
32775 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y}, as floating-point numbers, are
32776 equal except possibly in the last decimal place. For example,
32777 314.159 and 314.166 are considered nearly equal if the current
32778 precision is 6 (since they differ by 7 units), but not if the current
32779 precision is 7 (since they differ by 70 units). Most functions which
32780 use series expansions use @code{with-extra-prec} to evaluate the
32781 series with 2 extra digits of precision, then use @code{nearly-equal}
32782 to decide when the series has converged; this guards against cumulative
32783 error in the series evaluation without doing extra work which would be
32784 lost when the result is rounded back down to the current precision.
32785 In @code{defmath}, this can be written @samp{(~= @var{x} @var{y})}.
32786 The @var{x} and @var{y} can be numbers of any kind, including complex.
32787 @end defun
32788
32789 @defun nearly-zerop x y
32790 Returns true if @var{x} is nearly zero, compared to @var{y}. This
32791 checks whether @var{x} plus @var{y} would by be @code{nearly-equal}
32792 to @var{y} itself, to within the current precision, in other words,
32793 if adding @var{x} to @var{y} would have a negligible effect on @var{y}
32794 due to roundoff error. @var{X} may be a real or complex number, but
32795 @var{y} must be real.
32796 @end defun
32797
32798 @defun is-true x
32799 Return true if the formula @var{x} represents a true value in
32800 Calc, not Lisp, terms. It tests if @var{x} is a non-zero number
32801 or a provably non-zero formula.
32802 @end defun
32803
32804 @defun reject-arg val pred
32805 Abort the current function evaluation due to unacceptable argument values.
32806 This calls @samp{(calc-record-why @var{pred} @var{val})}, then signals a
32807 Lisp error which @code{normalize} will trap. The net effect is that the
32808 function call which led here will be left in symbolic form.@refill
32809 @end defun
32810
32811 @defun inexact-value
32812 If Symbolic Mode is enabled, this will signal an error that causes
32813 @code{normalize} to leave the formula in symbolic form, with the message
32814 ``Inexact result.'' (This function has no effect when not in Symbolic Mode.)
32815 Note that if your function calls @samp{(sin 5)} in Symbolic Mode, the
32816 @code{sin} function will call @code{inexact-value}, which will cause your
32817 function to be left unsimplified. You may instead wish to call
32818 @samp{(normalize (list 'calcFunc-sin 5))}, which in Symbolic Mode will
32819 return the formula @samp{sin(5)} to your function.@refill
32820 @end defun
32821
32822 @defun overflow
32823 This signals an error that will be reported as a floating-point overflow.
32824 @end defun
32825
32826 @defun underflow
32827 This signals a floating-point underflow.
32828 @end defun
32829
32830 @node Computational Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Predicates, Internals
32831 @subsubsection Computational Functions
32832
32833 @noindent
32834 The functions described here do the actual computational work of the
32835 Calculator. In addition to these, note that any function described in
32836 the main body of this manual may be called from Lisp; for example, if
32837 the documentation refers to the @code{calc-sqrt} [@code{sqrt}] command,
32838 this means @code{calc-sqrt} is an interactive stack-based square-root
32839 command and @code{sqrt} (which @code{defmath} expands to @code{calcFunc-sqrt})
32840 is the actual Lisp function for taking square roots.@refill
32841
32842 The functions @code{math-add}, @code{math-sub}, @code{math-mul},
32843 @code{math-div}, @code{math-mod}, and @code{math-neg} are not included
32844 in this list, since @code{defmath} allows you to write native Lisp
32845 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, and unary @code{-},
32846 respectively, instead.@refill
32847
32848 @defun normalize val
32849 (Full form: @code{math-normalize}.)
32850 Reduce the value @var{val} to standard form. For example, if @var{val}
32851 is a fixnum, it will be converted to a bignum if it is too large, and
32852 if @var{val} is a bignum it will be normalized by clipping off trailing
32853 (i.e., most-significant) zero digits and converting to a fixnum if it is
32854 small. All the various data types are similarly converted to their standard
32855 forms. Variables are left alone, but function calls are actually evaluated
32856 in formulas. For example, normalizing @samp{(+ 2 (calcFunc-abs -4))} will
32857 return 6.@refill
32858
32859 If a function call fails, because the function is void or has the wrong
32860 number of parameters, or because it returns @code{nil} or calls
32861 @code{reject-arg} or @code{inexact-result}, @code{normalize} returns
32862 the formula still in symbolic form.@refill
32863
32864 If the current Simplification Mode is ``none'' or ``numeric arguments
32865 only,'' @code{normalize} will act appropriately. However, the more
32866 powerful simplification modes (like algebraic simplification) are
32867 not handled by @code{normalize}. They are handled by @code{calc-normalize},
32868 which calls @code{normalize} and possibly some other routines, such
32869 as @code{simplify} or @code{simplify-units}. Programs generally will
32870 never call @code{calc-normalize} except when popping or pushing values
32871 on the stack.@refill
32872 @end defun
32873
32874 @defun evaluate-expr expr
32875 Replace all variables in @var{expr} that have values with their values,
32876 then use @code{normalize} to simplify the result. This is what happens
32877 when you press the @kbd{=} key interactively.@refill
32878 @end defun
32879
32880 @defmac with-extra-prec n body
32881 Evaluate the Lisp forms in @var{body} with precision increased by @var{n}
32882 digits. This is a macro which expands to
32883
32884 @smallexample
32885 (math-normalize
32886 (let ((calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec @var{n})))
32887 @var{body}))
32888 @end smallexample
32889
32890 The surrounding call to @code{math-normalize} causes a floating-point
32891 result to be rounded down to the original precision afterwards. This
32892 is important because some arithmetic operations assume a number's
32893 mantissa contains no more digits than the current precision allows.
32894 @end defmac
32895
32896 @defun make-frac n d
32897 Build a fraction @samp{@var{n}:@var{d}}. This is equivalent to calling
32898 @samp{(normalize (list 'frac @var{n} @var{d}))}, but more efficient.
32899 @end defun
32900
32901 @defun make-float mant exp
32902 Build a floating-point value out of @var{mant} and @var{exp}, both
32903 of which are arbitrary integers. This function will return a
32904 properly normalized float value, or signal an overflow or underflow
32905 if @var{exp} is out of range.
32906 @end defun
32907
32908 @defun make-sdev x sigma
32909 Build an error form out of @var{x} and the absolute value of @var{sigma}.
32910 If @var{sigma} is zero, the result is the number @var{x} directly.
32911 If @var{sigma} is negative or complex, its absolute value is used.
32912 If @var{x} or @var{sigma} is not a valid type of object for use in
32913 error forms, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
32914 @end defun
32915
32916 @defun make-intv mask lo hi
32917 Build an interval form out of @var{mask} (which is assumed to be an
32918 integer from 0 to 3), and the limits @var{lo} and @var{hi}. If
32919 @var{lo} is greater than @var{hi}, an empty interval form is returned.
32920 This calls @code{reject-arg} if @var{lo} or @var{hi} is unsuitable.
32921 @end defun
32922
32923 @defun sort-intv mask lo hi
32924 Build an interval form, similar to @code{make-intv}, except that if
32925 @var{lo} is less than @var{hi} they are simply exchanged, and the
32926 bits of @var{mask} are swapped accordingly.
32927 @end defun
32928
32929 @defun make-mod n m
32930 Build a modulo form out of @var{n} and the modulus @var{m}. Since modulo
32931 forms do not allow formulas as their components, if @var{n} or @var{m}
32932 is not a real number or HMS form the result will be a formula which
32933 is a call to @code{makemod}, the algebraic version of this function.
32934 @end defun
32935
32936 @defun float x
32937 Convert @var{x} to floating-point form. Integers and fractions are
32938 converted to numerically equivalent floats; components of complex
32939 numbers, vectors, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
32940 modulo forms are recursively floated. If the argument is a variable
32941 or formula, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
32942 @end defun
32943
32944 @defun compare x y
32945 Compare the numbers @var{x} and @var{y}, and return @i{-1} if
32946 @samp{(lessp @var{x} @var{y})}, 1 if @samp{(lessp @var{y} @var{x})},
32947 0 if @samp{(math-equal @var{x} @var{y})}, or 2 if the order is
32948 undefined or cannot be determined.@refill
32949 @end defun
32950
32951 @defun numdigs n
32952 Return the number of digits of integer @var{n}, effectively
32953 @samp{ceil(log10(@var{n}))}, but much more efficient. Zero is
32954 considered to have zero digits.
32955 @end defun
32956
32957 @defun scale-int x n
32958 Shift integer @var{x} left @var{n} decimal digits, or right @i{-@var{n}}
32959 digits with truncation toward zero.
32960 @end defun
32961
32962 @defun scale-rounding x n
32963 Like @code{scale-int}, except that a right shift rounds to the nearest
32964 integer rather than truncating.
32965 @end defun
32966
32967 @defun fixnum n
32968 Return the integer @var{n} as a fixnum, i.e., a native Lisp integer.
32969 If @var{n} is outside the permissible range for Lisp integers (usually
32970 24 binary bits) the result is undefined.
32971 @end defun
32972
32973 @defun sqr x
32974 Compute the square of @var{x}; short for @samp{(* @var{x} @var{x})}.
32975 @end defun
32976
32977 @defun quotient x y
32978 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return an integer quotient
32979 and discard the remainder. If @var{x} or @var{y} is negative, the
32980 direction of rounding is undefined.
32981 @end defun
32982
32983 @defun idiv x y
32984 Perform an integer division; if @var{x} and @var{y} are both nonnegative
32985 integers, this uses the @code{quotient} function, otherwise it computes
32986 @samp{floor(@var{x}/@var{y})}. Thus the result is well-defined but
32987 slower than for @code{quotient}.
32988 @end defun
32989
32990 @defun imod x y
32991 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return the integer remainder
32992 and discard the quotient. Like @code{quotient}, this works only for
32993 integer arguments and is not well-defined for negative arguments.
32994 For a more well-defined result, use @samp{(% @var{x} @var{y})}.
32995 @end defun
32996
32997 @defun idivmod x y
32998 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return a cons cell whose
32999 @code{car} is @samp{(quotient @var{x} @var{y})} and whose @code{cdr}
33000 is @samp{(imod @var{x} @var{y})}.@refill
33001 @end defun
33002
33003 @defun pow x y
33004 Compute @var{x} to the power @var{y}. In @code{defmath} code, this can
33005 also be written @samp{(^ @var{x} @var{y})} or
33006 @w{@samp{(expt @var{x} @var{y})}}.@refill
33007 @end defun
33008
33009 @defun abs-approx x
33010 Compute a fast approximation to the absolute value of @var{x}. For
33011 example, for a rectangular complex number the result is the sum of
33012 the absolute values of the components.
33013 @end defun
33014
33015 @findex two-pi
33016 @findex pi-over-2
33017 @findex pi-over-4
33018 @findex pi-over-180
33019 @findex sqrt-two-pi
33020 @findex sqrt-e
33021 @findex e
33022 @findex ln-2
33023 @findex ln-10
33024 @defun pi
33025 The function @samp{(pi)} computes @samp{pi} to the current precision.
33026 Other related constant-generating functions are @code{two-pi},
33027 @code{pi-over-2}, @code{pi-over-4}, @code{pi-over-180}, @code{sqrt-two-pi},
33028 @code{e}, @code{sqrt-e}, @code{ln-2}, and @code{ln-10}. Each function
33029 returns a floating-point value in the current precision, and each uses
33030 caching so that all calls after the first are essentially free.@refill
33031 @end defun
33032
33033 @defmac math-defcache @var{func} @var{initial} @var{form}
33034 This macro, usually used as a top-level call like @code{defun} or
33035 @code{defvar}, defines a new cached constant analogous to @code{pi}, etc.
33036 It defines a function @code{func} which returns the requested value;
33037 if @var{initial} is non-@code{nil} it must be a @samp{(float @dots{})}
33038 form which serves as an initial value for the cache. If @var{func}
33039 is called when the cache is empty or does not have enough digits to
33040 satisfy the current precision, the Lisp expression @var{form} is evaluated
33041 with the current precision increased by four, and the result minus its
33042 two least significant digits is stored in the cache. For example,
33043 calling @samp{(pi)} with a precision of 30 computes @samp{pi} to 34
33044 digits, rounds it down to 32 digits for future use, then rounds it
33045 again to 30 digits for use in the present request.@refill
33046 @end defmac
33047
33048 @findex half-circle
33049 @findex quarter-circle
33050 @defun full-circle symb
33051 If the current angular mode is Degrees or HMS, this function returns the
33052 integer 360. In Radians mode, this function returns either the
33053 corresponding value in radians to the current precision, or the formula
33054 @samp{2*pi}, depending on the Symbolic Mode. There are also similar
33055 function @code{half-circle} and @code{quarter-circle}.
33056 @end defun
33057
33058 @defun power-of-2 n
33059 Compute two to the integer power @var{n}, as a (potentially very large)
33060 integer. Powers of two are cached, so only the first call for a
33061 particular @var{n} is expensive.
33062 @end defun
33063
33064 @defun integer-log2 n
33065 Compute the base-2 logarithm of @var{n}, which must be an integer which
33066 is a power of two. If @var{n} is not a power of two, this function will
33067 return @code{nil}.
33068 @end defun
33069
33070 @defun div-mod a b m
33071 Divide @var{a} by @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. This returns @code{nil} if
33072 there is no solution, or if any of the arguments are not integers.@refill
33073 @end defun
33074
33075 @defun pow-mod a b m
33076 Compute @var{a} to the power @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. If @var{a},
33077 @var{b}, and @var{m} are integers, this uses an especially efficient
33078 algorithm. Otherwise, it simply computes @samp{(% (^ a b) m)}.
33079 @end defun
33080
33081 @defun isqrt n
33082 Compute the integer square root of @var{n}. This is the square root
33083 of @var{n} rounded down toward zero, i.e., @samp{floor(sqrt(@var{n}))}.
33084 If @var{n} is itself an integer, the computation is especially efficient.
33085 @end defun
33086
33087 @defun to-hms a ang
33088 Convert the argument @var{a} into an HMS form. If @var{ang} is specified,
33089 it is the angular mode in which to interpret @var{a}, either @code{deg}
33090 or @code{rad}. Otherwise, the current angular mode is used. If @var{a}
33091 is already an HMS form it is returned as-is.
33092 @end defun
33093
33094 @defun from-hms a ang
33095 Convert the HMS form @var{a} into a real number. If @var{ang} is specified,
33096 it is the angular mode in which to express the result, otherwise the
33097 current angular mode is used. If @var{a} is already a real number, it
33098 is returned as-is.
33099 @end defun
33100
33101 @defun to-radians a
33102 Convert the number or HMS form @var{a} to radians from the current
33103 angular mode.
33104 @end defun
33105
33106 @defun from-radians a
33107 Convert the number @var{a} from radians to the current angular mode.
33108 If @var{a} is a formula, this returns the formula @samp{deg(@var{a})}.
33109 @end defun
33110
33111 @defun to-radians-2 a
33112 Like @code{to-radians}, except that in Symbolic Mode a degrees to
33113 radians conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*pi/180}.
33114 @end defun
33115
33116 @defun from-radians-2 a
33117 Like @code{from-radians}, except that in Symbolic Mode a radians to
33118 degrees conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*180/pi}.
33119 @end defun
33120
33121 @defun random-digit
33122 Produce a random base-1000 digit in the range 0 to 999.
33123 @end defun
33124
33125 @defun random-digits n
33126 Produce a random @var{n}-digit integer; this will be an integer
33127 in the interval @samp{[0, 10^@var{n})}.
33128 @end defun
33129
33130 @defun random-float
33131 Produce a random float in the interval @samp{[0, 1)}.
33132 @end defun
33133
33134 @defun prime-test n iters
33135 Determine whether the integer @var{n} is prime. Return a list which has
33136 one of these forms: @samp{(nil @var{f})} means the number is non-prime
33137 because it was found to be divisible by @var{f}; @samp{(nil)} means it
33138 was found to be non-prime by table look-up (so no factors are known);
33139 @samp{(nil unknown)} means it is definitely non-prime but no factors
33140 are known because @var{n} was large enough that Fermat's probabilistic
33141 test had to be used; @samp{(t)} means the number is definitely prime;
33142 and @samp{(maybe @var{i} @var{p})} means that Fermat's test, after @var{i}
33143 iterations, is @var{p} percent sure that the number is prime. The
33144 @var{iters} parameter is the number of Fermat iterations to use, in the
33145 case that this is necessary. If @code{prime-test} returns ``maybe,''
33146 you can call it again with the same @var{n} to get a greater certainty;
33147 @code{prime-test} remembers where it left off.@refill
33148 @end defun
33149
33150 @defun to-simple-fraction f
33151 If @var{f} is a floating-point number which can be represented exactly
33152 as a small rational number. return that number, else return @var{f}.
33153 For example, 0.75 would be converted to 3:4. This function is very
33154 fast.
33155 @end defun
33156
33157 @defun to-fraction f tol
33158 Find a rational approximation to floating-point number @var{f} to within
33159 a specified tolerance @var{tol}; this corresponds to the algebraic
33160 function @code{frac}, and can be rather slow.
33161 @end defun
33162
33163 @defun quarter-integer n
33164 If @var{n} is an integer or integer-valued float, this function
33165 returns zero. If @var{n} is a half-integer (i.e., an integer plus
33166 @i{1:2} or 0.5), it returns 2. If @var{n} is a quarter-integer,
33167 it returns 1 or 3. If @var{n} is anything else, this function
33168 returns @code{nil}.
33169 @end defun
33170
33171 @node Vector Lisp Functions, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Computational Lisp Functions, Internals
33172 @subsubsection Vector Functions
33173
33174 @noindent
33175 The functions described here perform various operations on vectors and
33176 matrices.
33177
33178 @defun math-concat x y
33179 Do a vector concatenation; this operation is written @samp{@var{x} | @var{y}}
33180 in a symbolic formula. @xref{Building Vectors}.
33181 @end defun
33182
33183 @defun vec-length v
33184 Return the length of vector @var{v}. If @var{v} is not a vector, the
33185 result is zero. If @var{v} is a matrix, this returns the number of
33186 rows in the matrix.
33187 @end defun
33188
33189 @defun mat-dimens m
33190 Determine the dimensions of vector or matrix @var{m}. If @var{m} is not
33191 a vector, the result is an empty list. If @var{m} is a plain vector
33192 but not a matrix, the result is a one-element list containing the length
33193 of the vector. If @var{m} is a matrix with @var{r} rows and @var{c} columns,
33194 the result is the list @samp{(@var{r} @var{c})}. Higher-order tensors
33195 produce lists of more than two dimensions. Note that the object
33196 @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} is a vector of vectors not all the same size,
33197 and is treated by this and other Calc routines as a plain vector of two
33198 elements.@refill
33199 @end defun
33200
33201 @defun dimension-error
33202 Abort the current function with a message of ``Dimension error.''
33203 The Calculator will leave the function being evaluated in symbolic
33204 form; this is really just a special case of @code{reject-arg}.
33205 @end defun
33206
33207 @defun build-vector args
33208 Return a Calc vector with @var{args} as elements.
33209 For example, @samp{(build-vector 1 2 3)} returns the Calc vector
33210 @samp{[1, 2, 3]}, stored internally as the list @samp{(vec 1 2 3)}.
33211 @end defun
33212
33213 @defun make-vec obj dims
33214 Return a Calc vector or matrix all of whose elements are equal to
33215 @var{obj}. For example, @samp{(make-vec 27 3 4)} returns a 3x4 matrix
33216 filled with 27's.
33217 @end defun
33218
33219 @defun row-matrix v
33220 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a row matrix, i.e.,
33221 a matrix whose single row is @var{v}. If @var{v} is already a matrix,
33222 leave it alone.
33223 @end defun
33224
33225 @defun col-matrix v
33226 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a column matrix, i.e., a
33227 matrix with each element of @var{v} as a separate row. If @var{v} is
33228 already a matrix, leave it alone.
33229 @end defun
33230
33231 @defun map-vec f v
33232 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the Calc vector @var{v}. For example,
33233 @samp{(map-vec 'math-floor v)} returns a vector of the floored components
33234 of vector @var{v}.
33235 @end defun
33236
33237 @defun map-vec-2 f a b
33238 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the two vectors @var{a} and @var{b}.
33239 If @var{a} and @var{b} are vectors of equal length, the result is a
33240 vector of the results of calling @samp{(@var{f} @var{ai} @var{bi})}
33241 for each pair of elements @var{ai} and @var{bi}. If either @var{a} or
33242 @var{b} is a scalar, it is matched with each value of the other vector.
33243 For example, @samp{(map-vec-2 'math-add v 1)} returns the vector @var{v}
33244 with each element increased by one. Note that using @samp{'+} would not
33245 work here, since @code{defmath} does not expand function names everywhere,
33246 just where they are in the function position of a Lisp expression.@refill
33247 @end defun
33248
33249 @defun reduce-vec f v
33250 Reduce the function @var{f} over the vector @var{v}. For example, if
33251 @var{v} is @samp{[10, 20, 30, 40]}, this calls @samp{(f (f (f 10 20) 30) 40)}.
33252 If @var{v} is a matrix, this reduces over the rows of @var{v}.
33253 @end defun
33254
33255 @defun reduce-cols f m
33256 Reduce the function @var{f} over the columns of matrix @var{m}. For
33257 example, if @var{m} is @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4], [5, 6]]}, the result
33258 is a vector of the two elements @samp{(f (f 1 3) 5)} and @samp{(f (f 2 4) 6)}.
33259 @end defun
33260
33261 @defun mat-row m n
33262 Return the @var{n}th row of matrix @var{m}. This is equivalent to
33263 @samp{(elt m n)}. For a slower but safer version, use @code{mrow}.
33264 (@xref{Extracting Elements}.)
33265 @end defun
33266
33267 @defun mat-col m n
33268 Return the @var{n}th column of matrix @var{m}, in the form of a vector.
33269 The arguments are not checked for correctness.
33270 @end defun
33271
33272 @defun mat-less-row m n
33273 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th row deleted. The
33274 number @var{n} must be in range from 1 to the number of rows in @var{m}.
33275 @end defun
33276
33277 @defun mat-less-col m n
33278 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th column deleted.
33279 @end defun
33280
33281 @defun transpose m
33282 Return the transpose of matrix @var{m}.
33283 @end defun
33284
33285 @defun flatten-vector v
33286 Flatten nested vector @var{v} into a vector of scalars. For example,
33287 if @var{v} is @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} the result is @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
33288 @end defun
33289
33290 @defun copy-matrix m
33291 If @var{m} is a matrix, return a copy of @var{m}. This maps
33292 @code{copy-sequence} over the rows of @var{m}; in Lisp terms, each
33293 element of the result matrix will be @code{eq} to the corresponding
33294 element of @var{m}, but none of the @code{cons} cells that make up
33295 the structure of the matrix will be @code{eq}. If @var{m} is a plain
33296 vector, this is the same as @code{copy-sequence}.@refill
33297 @end defun
33298
33299 @defun swap-rows m r1 r2
33300 Exchange rows @var{r1} and @var{r2} of matrix @var{m} in-place. In
33301 other words, unlike most of the other functions described here, this
33302 function changes @var{m} itself rather than building up a new result
33303 matrix. The return value is @var{m}, i.e., @samp{(eq (swap-rows m 1 2) m)}
33304 is true, with the side effect of exchanging the first two rows of
33305 @var{m}.@refill
33306 @end defun
33307
33308 @node Symbolic Lisp Functions, Formatting Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Internals
33309 @subsubsection Symbolic Functions
33310
33311 @noindent
33312 The functions described here operate on symbolic formulas in the
33313 Calculator.
33314
33315 @defun calc-prepare-selection num
33316 Prepare a stack entry for selection operations. If @var{num} is
33317 omitted, the stack entry containing the cursor is used; otherwise,
33318 it is the number of the stack entry to use. This function stores
33319 useful information about the current stack entry into a set of
33320 variables. @code{calc-selection-cache-num} contains the number of
33321 the stack entry involved (equal to @var{num} if you specified it);
33322 @code{calc-selection-cache-entry} contains the stack entry as a
33323 list (such as @code{calc-top-list} would return with @code{entry}
33324 as the selection mode); and @code{calc-selection-cache-comp} contains
33325 a special ``tagged'' composition (@pxref{Formatting Lisp Functions})
33326 which allows Calc to relate cursor positions in the buffer with
33327 their corresponding sub-formulas.
33328
33329 A slight complication arises in the selection mechanism because
33330 formulas may contain small integers. For example, in the vector
33331 @samp{[1, 2, 1]} the first and last elements are @code{eq} to each
33332 other; selections are recorded as the actual Lisp object that
33333 appears somewhere in the tree of the whole formula, but storing
33334 @code{1} would falsely select both @code{1}'s in the vector. So
33335 @code{calc-prepare-selection} also checks the stack entry and
33336 replaces any plain integers with ``complex number'' lists of the form
33337 @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)}. This list will be displayed the same as a
33338 plain @var{n} and the change will be completely invisible to the
33339 user, but it will guarantee that no two sub-formulas of the stack
33340 entry will be @code{eq} to each other. Next time the stack entry
33341 is involved in a computation, @code{calc-normalize} will replace
33342 these lists with plain numbers again, again invisibly to the user.
33343 @end defun
33344
33345 @defun calc-encase-atoms x
33346 This modifies the formula @var{x} to ensure that each part of the
33347 formula is a unique atom, using the @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)} trick
33348 described above. This function may use @code{setcar} to modify
33349 the formula in-place.
33350 @end defun
33351
33352 @defun calc-find-selected-part
33353 Find the smallest sub-formula of the current formula that contains
33354 the cursor. This assumes @code{calc-prepare-selection} has been
33355 called already. If the cursor is not actually on any part of the
33356 formula, this returns @code{nil}.
33357 @end defun
33358
33359 @defun calc-change-current-selection selection
33360 Change the currently prepared stack element's selection to
33361 @var{selection}, which should be @code{eq} to some sub-formula
33362 of the stack element, or @code{nil} to unselect the formula.
33363 The stack element's appearance in the Calc buffer is adjusted
33364 to reflect the new selection.
33365 @end defun
33366
33367 @defun calc-find-nth-part expr n
33368 Return the @var{n}th sub-formula of @var{expr}. This function is used
33369 by the selection commands, and (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) treats
33370 sums and products as flat many-element formulas. Thus if @var{expr}
33371 is @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, calling @code{calc-find-nth-part} with
33372 @var{n} equal to four will return @samp{d}.
33373 @end defun
33374
33375 @defun calc-find-parent-formula expr part
33376 Return the sub-formula of @var{expr} which immediately contains
33377 @var{part}. If @var{expr} is @samp{a*b + (c+1)*d} and @var{part}
33378 is @code{eq} to the @samp{c+1} term of @var{expr}, then this function
33379 will return @samp{(c+1)*d}. If @var{part} turns out not to be a
33380 sub-formula of @var{expr}, the function returns @code{nil}. If
33381 @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, the function returns @code{t}.
33382 This function does not take associativity into account.
33383 @end defun
33384
33385 @defun calc-find-assoc-parent-formula expr part
33386 This is the same as @code{calc-find-parent-formula}, except that
33387 (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) it continues widening the selection
33388 to contain a complete level of the formula. Given @samp{a} from
33389 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, @code{calc-find-parent-formula} will
33390 return @samp{a + b} but @code{calc-find-assoc-parent-formula} will
33391 return the whole expression.
33392 @end defun
33393
33394 @defun calc-grow-assoc-formula expr part
33395 This expands sub-formula @var{part} of @var{expr} to encompass a
33396 complete level of the formula. If @var{part} and its immediate
33397 parent are not compatible associative operators, or if @kbd{j b}
33398 has been used, this simply returns @var{part}.
33399 @end defun
33400
33401 @defun calc-find-sub-formula expr part
33402 This finds the immediate sub-formula of @var{expr} which contains
33403 @var{part}. It returns an index @var{n} such that
33404 @samp{(calc-find-nth-part @var{expr} @var{n})} would return @var{part}.
33405 If @var{part} is not a sub-formula of @var{expr}, it returns @code{nil}.
33406 If @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, it returns @code{t}. This
33407 function does not take associativity into account.
33408 @end defun
33409
33410 @defun calc-replace-sub-formula expr old new
33411 This function returns a copy of formula @var{expr}, with the
33412 sub-formula that is @code{eq} to @var{old} replaced by @var{new}.
33413 @end defun
33414
33415 @defun simplify expr
33416 Simplify the expression @var{expr} by applying various algebraic rules.
33417 This is what the @w{@kbd{a s}} (@code{calc-simplify}) command uses. This
33418 always returns a copy of the expression; the structure @var{expr} points
33419 to remains unchanged in memory.
33420
33421 More precisely, here is what @code{simplify} does: The expression is
33422 first normalized and evaluated by calling @code{normalize}. If any
33423 @code{AlgSimpRules} have been defined, they are then applied. Then
33424 the expression is traversed in a depth-first, bottom-up fashion; at
33425 each level, any simplifications that can be made are made until no
33426 further changes are possible. Once the entire formula has been
33427 traversed in this way, it is compared with the original formula (from
33428 before the call to @code{normalize}) and, if it has changed,
33429 the entire procedure is repeated (starting with @code{normalize})
33430 until no further changes occur. Usually only two iterations are
33431 needed:@: one to simplify the formula, and another to verify that no
33432 further simplifications were possible.
33433 @end defun
33434
33435 @defun simplify-extended expr
33436 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, with additional rules enabled that
33437 help do a more thorough job, while not being entirely ``safe'' in all
33438 circumstances. (For example, this mode will simplify @samp{sqrt(x^2)}
33439 to @samp{x}, which is only valid when @var{x} is positive.) This is
33440 implemented by temporarily binding the variable @code{math-living-dangerously}
33441 to @code{t} (using a @code{let} form) and calling @code{simplify}.
33442 Dangerous simplification rules are written to check this variable
33443 before taking any action.@refill
33444 @end defun
33445
33446 @defun simplify-units expr
33447 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, treating variable names as units
33448 whenever possible. This works by binding the variable
33449 @code{math-simplifying-units} to @code{t} while calling @code{simplify}.
33450 @end defun
33451
33452 @defmac math-defsimplify funcs body
33453 Register a new simplification rule; this is normally called as a top-level
33454 form, like @code{defun} or @code{defmath}. If @var{funcs} is a symbol
33455 (like @code{+} or @code{calcFunc-sqrt}), this simplification rule is
33456 applied to the formulas which are calls to the specified function. Or,
33457 @var{funcs} can be a list of such symbols; the rule applies to all
33458 functions on the list. The @var{body} is written like the body of a
33459 function with a single argument called @code{expr}. The body will be
33460 executed with @code{expr} bound to a formula which is a call to one of
33461 the functions @var{funcs}. If the function body returns @code{nil}, or
33462 if it returns a result @code{equal} to the original @code{expr}, it is
33463 ignored and Calc goes on to try the next simplification rule that applies.
33464 If the function body returns something different, that new formula is
33465 substituted for @var{expr} in the original formula.@refill
33466
33467 At each point in the formula, rules are tried in the order of the
33468 original calls to @code{math-defsimplify}; the search stops after the
33469 first rule that makes a change. Thus later rules for that same
33470 function will not have a chance to trigger until the next iteration
33471 of the main @code{simplify} loop.
33472
33473 Note that, since @code{defmath} is not being used here, @var{body} must
33474 be written in true Lisp code without the conveniences that @code{defmath}
33475 provides. If you prefer, you can have @var{body} simply call another
33476 function (defined with @code{defmath}) which does the real work.
33477
33478 The arguments of a function call will already have been simplified
33479 before any rules for the call itself are invoked. Since a new argument
33480 list is consed up when this happens, this means that the rule's body is
33481 allowed to rearrange the function's arguments destructively if that is
33482 convenient. Here is a typical example of a simplification rule:
33483
33484 @smallexample
33485 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-arcsinh
33486 (or (and (math-looks-negp (nth 1 expr))
33487 (math-neg (list 'calcFunc-arcsinh
33488 (math-neg (nth 1 expr)))))
33489 (and (eq (car-safe (nth 1 expr)) 'calcFunc-sinh)
33490 (or math-living-dangerously
33491 (math-known-realp (nth 1 (nth 1 expr))))
33492 (nth 1 (nth 1 expr)))))
33493 @end smallexample
33494
33495 This is really a pair of rules written with one @code{math-defsimplify}
33496 for convenience; the first replaces @samp{arcsinh(-x)} with
33497 @samp{-arcsinh(x)}, and the second, which is safe only for real @samp{x},
33498 replaces @samp{arcsinh(sinh(x))} with @samp{x}.@refill
33499 @end defmac
33500
33501 @defun common-constant-factor expr
33502 Check @var{expr} to see if it is a sum of terms all multiplied by the
33503 same rational value. If so, return this value. If not, return @code{nil}.
33504 For example, if called on @samp{6x + 9y + 12z}, it would return 3, since
33505 3 is a common factor of all the terms.
33506 @end defun
33507
33508 @defun cancel-common-factor expr factor
33509 Assuming @var{expr} is a sum with @var{factor} as a common factor,
33510 divide each term of the sum by @var{factor}. This is done by
33511 destructively modifying parts of @var{expr}, on the assumption that
33512 it is being used by a simplification rule (where such things are
33513 allowed; see above). For example, consider this built-in rule for
33514 square roots:
33515
33516 @smallexample
33517 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-sqrt
33518 (let ((fac (math-common-constant-factor (nth 1 expr))))
33519 (and fac (not (eq fac 1))
33520 (math-mul (math-normalize (list 'calcFunc-sqrt fac))
33521 (math-normalize
33522 (list 'calcFunc-sqrt
33523 (math-cancel-common-factor
33524 (nth 1 expr) fac)))))))
33525 @end smallexample
33526 @end defun
33527
33528 @defun frac-gcd a b
33529 Compute a ``rational GCD'' of @var{a} and @var{b}, which must both be
33530 rational numbers. This is the fraction composed of the GCD of the
33531 numerators of @var{a} and @var{b}, over the GCD of the denominators.
33532 It is used by @code{common-constant-factor}. Note that the standard
33533 @code{gcd} function uses the LCM to combine the denominators.@refill
33534 @end defun
33535
33536 @defun map-tree func expr many
33537 Try applying Lisp function @var{func} to various sub-expressions of
33538 @var{expr}. Initially, call @var{func} with @var{expr} itself as an
33539 argument. If this returns an expression which is not @code{equal} to
33540 @var{expr}, apply @var{func} again until eventually it does return
33541 @var{expr} with no changes. Then, if @var{expr} is a function call,
33542 recursively apply @var{func} to each of the arguments. This keeps going
33543 until no changes occur anywhere in the expression; this final expression
33544 is returned by @code{map-tree}. Note that, unlike simplification rules,
33545 @var{func} functions may @emph{not} make destructive changes to
33546 @var{expr}. If a third argument @var{many} is provided, it is an
33547 integer which says how many times @var{func} may be applied; the
33548 default, as described above, is infinitely many times.@refill
33549 @end defun
33550
33551 @defun compile-rewrites rules
33552 Compile the rewrite rule set specified by @var{rules}, which should
33553 be a formula that is either a vector or a variable name. If the latter,
33554 the compiled rules are saved so that later @code{compile-rules} calls
33555 for that same variable can return immediately. If there are problems
33556 with the rules, this function calls @code{error} with a suitable
33557 message.
33558 @end defun
33559
33560 @defun apply-rewrites expr crules heads
33561 Apply the compiled rewrite rule set @var{crules} to the expression
33562 @var{expr}. This will make only one rewrite and only checks at the
33563 top level of the expression. The result @code{nil} if no rules
33564 matched, or if the only rules that matched did not actually change
33565 the expression. The @var{heads} argument is optional; if is given,
33566 it should be a list of all function names that (may) appear in
33567 @var{expr}. The rewrite compiler tags each rule with the
33568 rarest-looking function name in the rule; if you specify @var{heads},
33569 @code{apply-rewrites} can use this information to narrow its search
33570 down to just a few rules in the rule set.
33571 @end defun
33572
33573 @defun rewrite-heads expr
33574 Compute a @var{heads} list for @var{expr} suitable for use with
33575 @code{apply-rewrites}, as discussed above.
33576 @end defun
33577
33578 @defun rewrite expr rules many
33579 This is an all-in-one rewrite function. It compiles the rule set
33580 specified by @var{rules}, then uses @code{map-tree} to apply the
33581 rules throughout @var{expr} up to @var{many} (default infinity)
33582 times.
33583 @end defun
33584
33585 @defun match-patterns pat vec not-flag
33586 Given a Calc vector @var{vec} and an uncompiled pattern set or
33587 pattern set variable @var{pat}, this function returns a new vector
33588 of all elements of @var{vec} which do (or don't, if @var{not-flag} is
33589 non-@code{nil}) match any of the patterns in @var{pat}.
33590 @end defun
33591
33592 @defun deriv expr var value symb
33593 Compute the derivative of @var{expr} with respect to variable @var{var}
33594 (which may actually be any sub-expression). If @var{value} is specified,
33595 the derivative is evaluated at the value of @var{var}; otherwise, the
33596 derivative is left in terms of @var{var}. If the expression contains
33597 functions for which no derivative formula is known, new derivative
33598 functions are invented by adding primes to the names; @pxref{Calculus}.
33599 However, if @var{symb} is non-@code{nil}, the presence of undifferentiable
33600 functions in @var{expr} instead cancels the whole differentiation, and
33601 @code{deriv} returns @code{nil} instead.
33602
33603 Derivatives of an @var{n}-argument function can be defined by
33604 adding a @code{math-derivative-@var{n}} property to the property list
33605 of the symbol for the function's derivative, which will be the
33606 function name followed by an apostrophe. The value of the property
33607 should be a Lisp function; it is called with the same arguments as the
33608 original function call that is being differentiated. It should return
33609 a formula for the derivative. For example, the derivative of @code{ln}
33610 is defined by
33611
33612 @smallexample
33613 (put 'calcFunc-ln\' 'math-derivative-1
33614 (function (lambda (u) (math-div 1 u))))
33615 @end smallexample
33616
33617 The two-argument @code{log} function has two derivatives,
33618 @smallexample
33619 (put 'calcFunc-log\' 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / dx
33620 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
33621 (put 'calcFunc-log\'2 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / db
33622 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
33623 @end smallexample
33624 @end defun
33625
33626 @defun tderiv expr var value symb
33627 Compute the total derivative of @var{expr}. This is the same as
33628 @code{deriv}, except that variables other than @var{var} are not
33629 assumed to be constant with respect to @var{var}.
33630 @end defun
33631
33632 @defun integ expr var low high
33633 Compute the integral of @var{expr} with respect to @var{var}.
33634 @xref{Calculus}, for further details.
33635 @end defun
33636
33637 @defmac math-defintegral funcs body
33638 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of one argument;
33639 this macro is very similar in format to @code{math-defsimplify}.
33640 The main difference is that here @var{body} is the body of a function
33641 with a single argument @code{u} which is bound to the argument to the
33642 function being integrated, not the function call itself. Also, the
33643 variable of integration is available as @code{math-integ-var}. If
33644 evaluation of the integral requires doing further integrals, the body
33645 should call @samp{(math-integral @var{x})} to find the integral of
33646 @var{x} with respect to @code{math-integ-var}; this function returns
33647 @code{nil} if the integral could not be done. Some examples:
33648
33649 @smallexample
33650 (math-defintegral calcFunc-conj
33651 (let ((int (math-integral u)))
33652 (and int
33653 (list 'calcFunc-conj int))))
33654
33655 (math-defintegral calcFunc-cos
33656 (and (equal u math-integ-var)
33657 (math-from-radians-2 (list 'calcFunc-sin u))))
33658 @end smallexample
33659
33660 In the @code{cos} example, we define only the integral of @samp{cos(x) dx},
33661 relying on the general integration-by-substitution facility to handle
33662 cosines of more complicated arguments. An integration rule should return
33663 @code{nil} if it can't do the integral; if several rules are defined for
33664 the same function, they are tried in order until one returns a non-@code{nil}
33665 result.@refill
33666 @end defmac
33667
33668 @defmac math-defintegral-2 funcs body
33669 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of two arguments.
33670 This is exactly analogous to @code{math-defintegral}, except that @var{body}
33671 is written as the body of a function with two arguments, @var{u} and
33672 @var{v}.@refill
33673 @end defmac
33674
33675 @defun solve-for lhs rhs var full
33676 Attempt to solve the equation @samp{@var{lhs} = @var{rhs}} by isolating
33677 the variable @var{var} on the lefthand side; return the resulting righthand
33678 side, or @code{nil} if the equation cannot be solved. The variable
33679 @var{var} must appear at least once in @var{lhs} or @var{rhs}. Note that
33680 the return value is a formula which does not contain @var{var}; this is
33681 different from the user-level @code{solve} and @code{finv} functions,
33682 which return a rearranged equation or a functional inverse, respectively.
33683 If @var{full} is non-@code{nil}, a full solution including dummy signs
33684 and dummy integers will be produced. User-defined inverses are provided
33685 as properties in a manner similar to derivatives:@refill
33686
33687 @smallexample
33688 (put 'calcFunc-ln 'math-inverse
33689 (function (lambda (x) (list 'calcFunc-exp x))))
33690 @end smallexample
33691
33692 This function can call @samp{(math-solve-get-sign @var{x})} to create
33693 a new arbitrary sign variable, returning @var{x} times that sign, and
33694 @samp{(math-solve-get-int @var{x})} to create a new arbitrary integer
33695 variable multiplied by @var{x}. These functions simply return @var{x}
33696 if the caller requested a non-``full'' solution.
33697 @end defun
33698
33699 @defun solve-eqn expr var full
33700 This version of @code{solve-for} takes an expression which will
33701 typically be an equation or inequality. (If it is not, it will be
33702 interpreted as the equation @samp{@var{expr} = 0}.) It returns an
33703 equation or inequality, or @code{nil} if no solution could be found.
33704 @end defun
33705
33706 @defun solve-system exprs vars full
33707 This function solves a system of equations. Generally, @var{exprs}
33708 and @var{vars} will be vectors of equal length.
33709 @xref{Solving Systems of Equations}, for other options.
33710 @end defun
33711
33712 @defun expr-contains expr var
33713 Returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{var} occurs as a subexpression
33714 of @var{expr}.
33715
33716 This function might seem at first to be identical to
33717 @code{calc-find-sub-formula}. The key difference is that
33718 @code{expr-contains} uses @code{equal} to test for matches, whereas
33719 @code{calc-find-sub-formula} uses @code{eq}. In the formula
33720 @samp{f(a, a)}, the two @samp{a}s will be @code{equal} but not
33721 @code{eq} to each other.@refill
33722 @end defun
33723
33724 @defun expr-contains-count expr var
33725 Returns the number of occurrences of @var{var} as a subexpression
33726 of @var{expr}, or @code{nil} if there are no occurrences.@refill
33727 @end defun
33728
33729 @defun expr-depends expr var
33730 Returns true if @var{expr} refers to any variable the occurs in @var{var}.
33731 In other words, it checks if @var{expr} and @var{var} have any variables
33732 in common.
33733 @end defun
33734
33735 @defun expr-contains-vars expr
33736 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables, or @code{nil} if @var{expr}
33737 contains only constants and functions with constant arguments.
33738 @end defun
33739
33740 @defun expr-subst expr old new
33741 Returns a copy of @var{expr}, with all occurrences of @var{old} replaced
33742 by @var{new}. This treats @code{lambda} forms specially with respect
33743 to the dummy argument variables, so that the effect is always to return
33744 @var{expr} evaluated at @var{old} = @var{new}.@refill
33745 @end defun
33746
33747 @defun multi-subst expr old new
33748 This is like @code{expr-subst}, except that @var{old} and @var{new}
33749 are lists of expressions to be substituted simultaneously. If one
33750 list is shorter than the other, trailing elements of the longer list
33751 are ignored.
33752 @end defun
33753
33754 @defun expr-weight expr
33755 Returns the ``weight'' of @var{expr}, basically a count of the total
33756 number of objects and function calls that appear in @var{expr}. For
33757 ``primitive'' objects, this will be one.
33758 @end defun
33759
33760 @defun expr-height expr
33761 Returns the ``height'' of @var{expr}, which is the deepest level to
33762 which function calls are nested. (Note that @samp{@var{a} + @var{b}}
33763 counts as a function call.) For primitive objects, this returns zero.@refill
33764 @end defun
33765
33766 @defun polynomial-p expr var
33767 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable (or sub-expression)
33768 @var{var}. If so, return the degree of the polynomial, that is, the
33769 highest power of @var{var} that appears in @var{expr}. For example,
33770 for @samp{(x^2 + 3)^3 + 4} this would return 6. This function returns
33771 @code{nil} unless @var{expr}, when expanded out by @kbd{a x}
33772 (@code{calc-expand}), would consist of a sum of terms in which @var{var}
33773 appears only raised to nonnegative integer powers. Note that if
33774 @var{var} does not occur in @var{expr}, then @var{expr} is considered
33775 a polynomial of degree 0.@refill
33776 @end defun
33777
33778 @defun is-polynomial expr var degree loose
33779 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable or sub-expression
33780 @var{var}, and, if so, return a list representation of the polynomial
33781 where the elements of the list are coefficients of successive powers of
33782 @var{var}: @samp{@var{a} + @var{b} x + @var{c} x^3} would produce the
33783 list @samp{(@var{a} @var{b} 0 @var{c})}, and @samp{(x + 1)^2} would
33784 produce the list @samp{(1 2 1)}. The highest element of the list will
33785 be non-zero, with the special exception that if @var{expr} is the
33786 constant zero, the returned value will be @samp{(0)}. Return @code{nil}
33787 if @var{expr} is not a polynomial in @var{var}. If @var{degree} is
33788 specified, this will not consider polynomials of degree higher than that
33789 value. This is a good precaution because otherwise an input of
33790 @samp{(x+1)^1000} will cause a huge coefficient list to be built. If
33791 @var{loose} is non-@code{nil}, then a looser definition of a polynomial
33792 is used in which coefficients are no longer required not to depend on
33793 @var{var}, but are only required not to take the form of polynomials
33794 themselves. For example, @samp{sin(x) x^2 + cos(x)} is a loose
33795 polynomial with coefficients @samp{((calcFunc-cos x) 0 (calcFunc-sin
33796 x))}. The result will never be @code{nil} in loose mode, since any
33797 expression can be interpreted as a ``constant'' loose polynomial.@refill
33798 @end defun
33799
33800 @defun polynomial-base expr pred
33801 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in any variable that occurs in it;
33802 if so, return that variable. (If @var{expr} is a multivariate polynomial,
33803 this chooses one variable arbitrarily.) If @var{pred} is specified, it should
33804 be a Lisp function which is called as @samp{(@var{pred} @var{subexpr})},
33805 and which should return true if @code{mpb-top-expr} (a global name for
33806 the original @var{expr}) is a suitable polynomial in @var{subexpr}.
33807 The default predicate uses @samp{(polynomial-p mpb-top-expr @var{subexpr})};
33808 you can use @var{pred} to specify additional conditions. Or, you could
33809 have @var{pred} build up a list of every suitable @var{subexpr} that
33810 is found.@refill
33811 @end defun
33812
33813 @defun poly-simplify poly
33814 Simplify polynomial coefficient list @var{poly} by (destructively)
33815 clipping off trailing zeros.
33816 @end defun
33817
33818 @defun poly-mix a ac b bc
33819 Mix two polynomial lists @var{a} and @var{b} (in the form returned by
33820 @code{is-polynomial}) in a linear combination with coefficient expressions
33821 @var{ac} and @var{bc}. The result is a (not necessarily simplified)
33822 polynomial list representing @samp{@var{ac} @var{a} + @var{bc} @var{b}}.@refill
33823 @end defun
33824
33825 @defun poly-mul a b
33826 Multiply two polynomial coefficient lists @var{a} and @var{b}. The
33827 result will be in simplified form if the inputs were simplified.
33828 @end defun
33829
33830 @defun build-polynomial-expr poly var
33831 Construct a Calc formula which represents the polynomial coefficient
33832 list @var{poly} applied to variable @var{var}. The @kbd{a c}
33833 (@code{calc-collect}) command uses @code{is-polynomial} to turn an
33834 expression into a coefficient list, then @code{build-polynomial-expr}
33835 to turn the list back into an expression in regular form.@refill
33836 @end defun
33837
33838 @defun check-unit-name var
33839 Check if @var{var} is a variable which can be interpreted as a unit
33840 name. If so, return the units table entry for that unit. This
33841 will be a list whose first element is the unit name (not counting
33842 prefix characters) as a symbol and whose second element is the
33843 Calc expression which defines the unit. (Refer to the Calc sources
33844 for details on the remaining elements of this list.) If @var{var}
33845 is not a variable or is not a unit name, return @code{nil}.
33846 @end defun
33847
33848 @defun units-in-expr-p expr sub-exprs
33849 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables which can be
33850 interpreted as units. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{t}, the entire
33851 expression is searched. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{nil}, this
33852 checks whether @var{expr} is directly a units expression.@refill
33853 @end defun
33854
33855 @defun single-units-in-expr-p expr
33856 Check whether @var{expr} contains exactly one units variable. If so,
33857 return the units table entry for the variable. If @var{expr} does
33858 not contain any units, return @code{nil}. If @var{expr} contains
33859 two or more units, return the symbol @code{wrong}.
33860 @end defun
33861
33862 @defun to-standard-units expr which
33863 Convert units expression @var{expr} to base units. If @var{which}
33864 is @code{nil}, use Calc's native base units. Otherwise, @var{which}
33865 can specify a units system, which is a list of two-element lists,
33866 where the first element is a Calc base symbol name and the second
33867 is an expression to substitute for it.@refill
33868 @end defun
33869
33870 @defun remove-units expr
33871 Return a copy of @var{expr} with all units variables replaced by ones.
33872 This expression is generally normalized before use.
33873 @end defun
33874
33875 @defun extract-units expr
33876 Return a copy of @var{expr} with everything but units variables replaced
33877 by ones.
33878 @end defun
33879
33880 @node Formatting Lisp Functions, Hooks, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Internals
33881 @subsubsection I/O and Formatting Functions
33882
33883 @noindent
33884 The functions described here are responsible for parsing and formatting
33885 Calc numbers and formulas.
33886
33887 @defun calc-eval str sep arg1 arg2 @dots{}
33888 This is the simplest interface to the Calculator from another Lisp program.
33889 @xref{Calling Calc from Your Programs}.
33890 @end defun
33891
33892 @defun read-number str
33893 If string @var{str} contains a valid Calc number, either integer,
33894 fraction, float, or HMS form, this function parses and returns that
33895 number. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}.
33896 @end defun
33897
33898 @defun read-expr str
33899 Read an algebraic expression from string @var{str}. If @var{str} does
33900 not have the form of a valid expression, return a list of the form
33901 @samp{(error @var{pos} @var{msg})} where @var{pos} is an integer index
33902 into @var{str} of the general location of the error, and @var{msg} is
33903 a string describing the problem.@refill
33904 @end defun
33905
33906 @defun read-exprs str
33907 Read a list of expressions separated by commas, and return it as a
33908 Lisp list. If an error occurs in any expressions, an error list as
33909 shown above is returned instead.
33910 @end defun
33911
33912 @defun calc-do-alg-entry initial prompt no-norm
33913 Read an algebraic formula or formulas using the minibuffer. All
33914 conventions of regular algebraic entry are observed. The return value
33915 is a list of Calc formulas; there will be more than one if the user
33916 entered a list of values separated by commas. The result is @code{nil}
33917 if the user presses Return with a blank line. If @var{initial} is
33918 given, it is a string which the minibuffer will initially contain.
33919 If @var{prompt} is given, it is the prompt string to use; the default
33920 is ``Algebraic:''. If @var{no-norm} is @code{t}, the formulas will
33921 be returned exactly as parsed; otherwise, they will be passed through
33922 @code{calc-normalize} first.@refill
33923
33924 To support the use of @kbd{$} characters in the algebraic entry, use
33925 @code{let} to bind @code{calc-dollar-values} to a list of the values
33926 to be substituted for @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on, and bind
33927 @code{calc-dollar-used} to 0. Upon return, @code{calc-dollar-used}
33928 will have been changed to the highest number of consecutive @kbd{$}s
33929 that actually appeared in the input.@refill
33930 @end defun
33931
33932 @defun format-number a
33933 Convert the real or complex number or HMS form @var{a} to string form.
33934 @end defun
33935
33936 @defun format-flat-expr a prec
33937 Convert the arbitrary Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form,
33938 in the style used by the trail buffer and the @code{calc-edit} command.
33939 This is a simple format designed
33940 mostly to guarantee the string is of a form that can be re-parsed by
33941 @code{read-expr}. Most formatting modes, such as digit grouping,
33942 complex number format, and point character, are ignored to ensure the
33943 result will be re-readable. The @var{prec} parameter is normally 0; if
33944 you pass a large integer like 1000 instead, the expression will be
33945 surrounded by parentheses unless it is a plain number or variable name.@refill
33946 @end defun
33947
33948 @defun format-nice-expr a width
33949 This is like @code{format-flat-expr} (with @var{prec} equal to 0),
33950 except that newlines will be inserted to keep lines down to the
33951 specified @var{width}, and vectors that look like matrices or rewrite
33952 rules are written in a pseudo-matrix format. The @code{calc-edit}
33953 command uses this when only one stack entry is being edited.
33954 @end defun
33955
33956 @defun format-value a width
33957 Convert the Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form, using the
33958 format seen in the stack buffer. Beware the string returned may
33959 not be re-readable by @code{read-expr}, for example, because of digit
33960 grouping. Multi-line objects like matrices produce strings that
33961 contain newline characters to separate the lines. The @var{w}
33962 parameter, if given, is the target window size for which to format
33963 the expressions. If @var{w} is omitted, the width of the Calculator
33964 window is used.@refill
33965 @end defun
33966
33967 @defun compose-expr a prec
33968 Format the Calc number or formula @var{a} according to the current
33969 language mode, returning a ``composition.'' To learn about the
33970 structure of compositions, see the comments in the Calc source code.
33971 You can specify the format of a given type of function call by putting
33972 a @code{math-compose-@var{lang}} property on the function's symbol,
33973 whose value is a Lisp function that takes @var{a} and @var{prec} as
33974 arguments and returns a composition. Here @var{lang} is a language
33975 mode name, one of @code{normal}, @code{big}, @code{c}, @code{pascal},
33976 @code{fortran}, @code{tex}, @code{eqn}, @code{math}, or @code{maple}.
33977 In Big mode, Calc actually tries @code{math-compose-big} first, then
33978 tries @code{math-compose-normal}. If this property does not exist,
33979 or if the function returns @code{nil}, the function is written in the
33980 normal function-call notation for that language.
33981 @end defun
33982
33983 @defun composition-to-string c w
33984 Convert a composition structure returned by @code{compose-expr} into
33985 a string. Multi-line compositions convert to strings containing
33986 newline characters. The target window size is given by @var{w}.
33987 The @code{format-value} function basically calls @code{compose-expr}
33988 followed by @code{composition-to-string}.
33989 @end defun
33990
33991 @defun comp-width c
33992 Compute the width in characters of composition @var{c}.
33993 @end defun
33994
33995 @defun comp-height c
33996 Compute the height in lines of composition @var{c}.
33997 @end defun
33998
33999 @defun comp-ascent c
34000 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is on or
34001 above the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be one.
34002 @end defun
34003
34004 @defun comp-descent c
34005 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is below
34006 the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be zero.
34007 @end defun
34008
34009 @defun comp-first-char c
34010 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the first
34011 (leftmost) character of the composition as an integer. Otherwise,
34012 return @code{nil}.@refill
34013 @end defun
34014
34015 @defun comp-last-char c
34016 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the last
34017 (rightmost) character, otherwise return @code{nil}.
34018 @end defun
34019
34020 @comment @node Lisp Variables, Hooks, Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34021 @comment @subsubsection Lisp Variables
34022 @comment
34023 @comment @noindent
34024 @comment (This section is currently unfinished.)
34025
34026 @node Hooks, , Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34027 @subsubsection Hooks
34028
34029 @noindent
34030 Hooks are variables which contain Lisp functions (or lists of functions)
34031 which are called at various times. Calc defines a number of hooks
34032 that help you to customize it in various ways. Calc uses the Lisp
34033 function @code{run-hooks} to invoke the hooks shown below. Several
34034 other customization-related variables are also described here.
34035
34036 @defvar calc-load-hook
34037 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc.el}, after the file has
34038 been loaded, before any functions in it have been called, but after
34039 @code{calc-mode-map} and similar variables have been set up.
34040 @end defvar
34041
34042 @defvar calc-ext-load-hook
34043 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc-ext.el}.
34044 @end defvar
34045
34046 @defvar calc-start-hook
34047 This hook is called as the last step in a @kbd{M-x calc} command.
34048 At this point, the Calc buffer has been created and initialized if
34049 necessary, the Calc window and trail window have been created,
34050 and the ``Welcome to Calc'' message has been displayed.
34051 @end defvar
34052
34053 @defvar calc-mode-hook
34054 This hook is called when the Calc buffer is being created. Usually
34055 this will only happen once per Emacs session. The hook is called
34056 after Emacs has switched to the new buffer, the mode-settings file
34057 has been read if necessary, and all other buffer-local variables
34058 have been set up. After this hook returns, Calc will perform a
34059 @code{calc-refresh} operation, set up the mode line display, then
34060 evaluate any deferred @code{calc-define} properties that have not
34061 been evaluated yet.
34062 @end defvar
34063
34064 @defvar calc-trail-mode-hook
34065 This hook is called when the Calc Trail buffer is being created.
34066 It is called as the very last step of setting up the Trail buffer.
34067 Like @code{calc-mode-hook}, this will normally happen only once
34068 per Emacs session.
34069 @end defvar
34070
34071 @defvar calc-end-hook
34072 This hook is called by @code{calc-quit}, generally because the user
34073 presses @kbd{q} or @kbd{M-# c} while in Calc. The Calc buffer will
34074 be the current buffer. The hook is called as the very first
34075 step, before the Calc window is destroyed.
34076 @end defvar
34077
34078 @defvar calc-window-hook
34079 If this hook exists, it is called to create the Calc window.
34080 Upon return, this new Calc window should be the current window.
34081 (The Calc buffer will already be the current buffer when the
34082 hook is called.) If the hook is not defined, Calc will
34083 generally use @code{split-window}, @code{set-window-buffer},
34084 and @code{select-window} to create the Calc window.
34085 @end defvar
34086
34087 @defvar calc-trail-window-hook
34088 If this hook exists, it is called to create the Calc Trail window.
34089 The variable @code{calc-trail-buffer} will contain the buffer
34090 which the window should use. Unlike @code{calc-window-hook},
34091 this hook must @emph{not} switch into the new window.
34092 @end defvar
34093
34094 @defvar calc-edit-mode-hook
34095 This hook is called by @code{calc-edit} (and the other ``edit''
34096 commands) when the temporary editing buffer is being created.
34097 The buffer will have been selected and set up to be in
34098 @code{calc-edit-mode}, but will not yet have been filled with
34099 text. (In fact it may still have leftover text from a previous
34100 @code{calc-edit} command.)
34101 @end defvar
34102
34103 @defvar calc-mode-save-hook
34104 This hook is called by the @code{calc-save-modes} command,
34105 after Calc's own mode features have been inserted into the
34106 @file{.emacs} buffer and just before the ``End of mode settings''
34107 message is inserted.
34108 @end defvar
34109
34110 @defvar calc-reset-hook
34111 This hook is called after @kbd{M-# 0} (@code{calc-reset}) has
34112 reset all modes. The Calc buffer will be the current buffer.
34113 @end defvar
34114
34115 @defvar calc-other-modes
34116 This variable contains a list of strings. The strings are
34117 concatenated at the end of the modes portion of the Calc
34118 mode line (after standard modes such as ``Deg'', ``Inv'' and
34119 ``Hyp''). Each string should be a short, single word followed
34120 by a space. The variable is @code{nil} by default.
34121 @end defvar
34122
34123 @defvar calc-mode-map
34124 This is the keymap that is used by Calc mode. The best time
34125 to adjust it is probably in a @code{calc-mode-hook}. If the
34126 Calc extensions package (@file{calc-ext.el}) has not yet been
34127 loaded, many of these keys will be bound to @code{calc-missing-key},
34128 which is a command that loads the extensions package and
34129 ``retypes'' the key. If your @code{calc-mode-hook} rebinds
34130 one of these keys, it will probably be overridden when the
34131 extensions are loaded.
34132 @end defvar
34133
34134 @defvar calc-digit-map
34135 This is the keymap that is used during numeric entry. Numeric
34136 entry uses the minibuffer, but this map binds every non-numeric
34137 key to @code{calcDigit-nondigit} which generally calls
34138 @code{exit-minibuffer} and ``retypes'' the key.
34139 @end defvar
34140
34141 @defvar calc-alg-ent-map
34142 This is the keymap that is used during algebraic entry. This is
34143 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-map}.
34144 @end defvar
34145
34146 @defvar calc-store-var-map
34147 This is the keymap that is used during entry of variable names for
34148 commands like @code{calc-store} and @code{calc-recall}. This is
34149 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-completion-map}.
34150 @end defvar
34151
34152 @defvar calc-edit-mode-map
34153 This is the (sparse) keymap used by @code{calc-edit} and other
34154 temporary editing commands. It binds @key{RET}, @key{LFD},
34155 and @kbd{C-c C-c} to @code{calc-edit-finish}.
34156 @end defvar
34157
34158 @defvar calc-mode-var-list
34159 This is a list of variables which are saved by @code{calc-save-modes}.
34160 Each entry is a list of two items, the variable (as a Lisp symbol)
34161 and its default value. When modes are being saved, each variable
34162 is compared with its default value (using @code{equal}) and any
34163 non-default variables are written out.
34164 @end defvar
34165
34166 @defvar calc-local-var-list
34167 This is a list of variables which should be buffer-local to the
34168 Calc buffer. Each entry is a variable name (as a Lisp symbol).
34169 These variables also have their default values manipulated by
34170 the @code{calc} and @code{calc-quit} commands; @pxref{Multiple Calculators}.
34171 Since @code{calc-mode-hook} is called after this list has been
34172 used the first time, your hook should add a variable to the
34173 list and also call @code{make-local-variable} itself.
34174 @end defvar
34175
34176 @node Installation, Reporting Bugs, Programming, Top
34177 @appendix Installation
34178
34179 @noindent
34180 As of Calc 2.02g, Calc is integrated with GNU Emacs, and thus requires
34181 no separate installation of its Lisp files and this manual.
34182
34183 @appendixsec The GNUPLOT Program
34184
34185 @noindent
34186 Calc's graphing commands use the GNUPLOT program. If you have GNUPLOT
34187 but you must type some command other than @file{gnuplot} to get it,
34188 you should add a command to set the Lisp variable @code{calc-gnuplot-name}
34189 to the appropriate file name. You may also need to change the variables
34190 @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} in
34191 order to get correct displays and hardcopies, respectively, of your
34192 plots.@refill
34193
34194 @ifinfo
34195 @example
34196
34197 @end example
34198 @end ifinfo
34199 @appendixsec Printed Documentation
34200
34201 @noindent
34202 Because the Calc manual is so large, you should only make a printed
34203 copy if you really need it. To print the manual, you will need the
34204 @TeX{} typesetting program (this is a free program by Donald Knuth
34205 at Stanford University) as well as the @file{texindex} program and
34206 @file{texinfo.tex} file, both of which can be obtained from the FSF
34207 as part of the @code{texinfo} package.@refill
34208
34209 To print the Calc manual in one huge 470 page tome, you will need the
34210 source code to this manual, @file{calc.texi}, available as part of the
34211 Emacs source. Once you have this file, type @kbd{texi2dvi calc.texi}.
34212 Alternatively, change to the @file{man} subdirectory of the Emacs
34213 source distribution, and type @kbd{make calc.dvi}. (Don't worry if you
34214 get some ``overfull box'' warnings while @TeX{} runs.)
34215
34216 The result will be a device-independent output file called
34217 @file{calc.dvi}, which you must print in whatever way is right
34218 for your system. On many systems, the command is
34219
34220 @example
34221 lpr -d calc.dvi
34222 @end example
34223
34224 @noindent
34225 or
34226
34227 @example
34228 dvips calc.dvi
34229 @end example
34230
34231 @c the bumpoddpages macro was deleted
34232 @ignore
34233 @cindex Marginal notes, adjusting
34234 Marginal notes for each function and key sequence normally alternate
34235 between the left and right sides of the page, which is correct if the
34236 manual is going to be bound as double-sided pages. Near the top of
34237 the file @file{calc.texi} you will find alternate definitions of
34238 the @code{\bumpoddpages} macro that put the marginal notes always on
34239 the same side, best if you plan to be binding single-sided pages.
34240 @end ignore
34241
34242 @appendixsec Settings File
34243
34244 @noindent
34245 @vindex calc-settings-file
34246 Another variable you might want to set is @code{calc-settings-file},
34247 which holds the file name in which commands like @kbd{m m} and @kbd{Z P}
34248 store ``permanent'' definitions. The default value for this variable
34249 is @code{"~/.emacs"}. If @code{calc-settings-file} does not contain
34250 @code{".emacs"} as a substring, and if the variable
34251 @code{calc-loaded-settings-file} is @code{nil}, then Calc will
34252 automatically load your settings file (if it exists) the first time
34253 Calc is invoked.@refill
34254
34255 @ifinfo
34256 @example
34257
34258 @end example
34259 @end ifinfo
34260 @appendixsec Testing the Installation
34261
34262 @noindent
34263 To test your installation of Calc, start a new Emacs and type @kbd{M-# c}
34264 to make sure the autoloads and key bindings work. Type @kbd{M-# i}
34265 to make sure Calc can find its Info documentation. Press @kbd{q} to
34266 exit the Info system and @kbd{M-# c} to re-enter the Calculator.
34267 Type @kbd{20 S} to compute the sine of 20 degrees; this will test the
34268 autoloading of the extensions modules. The result should be
34269 0.342020143326. Finally, press @kbd{M-# c} again to make sure the
34270 Calculator can exit.
34271
34272 You may also wish to test the GNUPLOT interface; to plot a sine wave,
34273 type @kbd{' [0 ..@: 360], sin(x) @key{RET} g f}. Type @kbd{g q} when you
34274 are done viewing the plot.
34275
34276 Calc is now ready to use. If you wish to go through the Calc Tutorial,
34277 press @kbd{M-# t} to begin.
34278 @example
34279
34280 @end example
34281 @node Reporting Bugs, Summary, Installation, Top
34282 @appendix Reporting Bugs
34283
34284 @noindent
34285 If you find a bug in Calc, send e-mail to Colin Walters,
34286
34287 @example
34288 walters@@debian.org @r{or}
34289 walters@@verbum.org
34290 @end example
34291
34292 @noindent
34293 (In the following text, ``I'' refers to the original Calc author, Dave
34294 Gillespie).
34295
34296 While I cannot guarantee that I will have time to work on your bug,
34297 I do try to fix bugs quickly whenever I can.
34298
34299 The latest version of Calc is available from Savannah, in the Emacs
34300 CVS tree. See @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs}.
34301
34302 There is an automatic command @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug} which helps
34303 you to report bugs. This command prompts you for a brief subject
34304 line, then leaves you in a mail editing buffer. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to
34305 send your mail. Make sure your subject line indicates that you are
34306 reporting a Calc bug; this command sends mail to the maintainer's
34307 regular mailbox.
34308
34309 If you have suggestions for additional features for Calc, I would
34310 love to hear them. Some have dared to suggest that Calc is already
34311 top-heavy with features; I really don't see what they're talking
34312 about, so, if you have ideas, send them right in. (I may even have
34313 time to implement them!)
34314
34315 At the front of the source file, @file{calc.el}, is a list of ideas for
34316 future work which I have not had time to do. If any enthusiastic souls
34317 wish to take it upon themselves to work on these, I would be delighted.
34318 Please let me know if you plan to contribute to Calc so I can coordinate
34319 your efforts with mine and those of others. I will do my best to help
34320 you in whatever way I can.
34321
34322 @c [summary]
34323 @node Summary, Key Index, Reporting Bugs, Top
34324 @appendix Calc Summary
34325
34326 @noindent
34327 This section includes a complete list of Calc 2.02 keystroke commands.
34328 Each line lists the stack entries used by the command (top-of-stack
34329 last), the keystrokes themselves, the prompts asked by the command,
34330 and the result of the command (also with top-of-stack last).
34331 The result is expressed using the equivalent algebraic function.
34332 Commands which put no results on the stack show the full @kbd{M-x}
34333 command name in that position. Numbers preceding the result or
34334 command name refer to notes at the end.
34335
34336 Algebraic functions and @kbd{M-x} commands that don't have corresponding
34337 keystrokes are not listed in this summary.
34338 @xref{Command Index}. @xref{Function Index}.
34339
34340 @iftex
34341 @begingroup
34342 @tex
34343 \vskip-2\baselineskip \null
34344 \gdef\sumrow#1{\sumrowx#1\relax}%
34345 \gdef\sumrowx#1\:#2\:#3\:#4\:#5\:#6\relax{%
34346 \leavevmode%
34347 {\smallfonts
34348 \hbox to5em{\sl\hss#1}%
34349 \hbox to5em{\tt#2\hss}%
34350 \hbox to4em{\sl#3\hss}%
34351 \hbox to5em{\rm\hss#4}%
34352 \thinspace%
34353 {\tt#5}%
34354 {\sl#6}%
34355 }}%
34356 \gdef\sumlpar{{\rm(}}%
34357 \gdef\sumrpar{{\rm)}}%
34358 \gdef\sumcomma{{\rm,\thinspace}}%
34359 \gdef\sumexcl{{\rm!}}%
34360 \gdef\sumbreak{\vskip-2.5\baselineskip\goodbreak}%
34361 \gdef\minus#1{{\tt-}}%
34362 @end tex
34363 @let@:=@sumsep
34364 @let@r=@sumrow
34365 @catcode`@(=@active @let(=@sumlpar
34366 @catcode`@)=@active @let)=@sumrpar
34367 @catcode`@,=@active @let,=@sumcomma
34368 @catcode`@!=@active @let!=@sumexcl
34369 @end iftex
34370 @format
34371 @iftex
34372 @advance@baselineskip-2.5pt
34373 @let@c@sumbreak
34374 @end iftex
34375 @r{ @: M-# a @: @: 33 @:calc-embedded-activate@:}
34376 @r{ @: M-# b @: @: @:calc-big-or-small@:}
34377 @r{ @: M-# c @: @: @:calc@:}
34378 @r{ @: M-# d @: @: @:calc-embedded-duplicate@:}
34379 @r{ @: M-# e @: @: 34 @:calc-embedded@:}
34380 @r{ @: M-# f @:formula @: @:calc-embedded-new-formula@:}
34381 @r{ @: M-# g @: @: 35 @:calc-grab-region@:}
34382 @r{ @: M-# i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
34383 @r{ @: M-# j @: @: @:calc-embedded-select@:}
34384 @r{ @: M-# k @: @: @:calc-keypad@:}
34385 @r{ @: M-# l @: @: @:calc-load-everything@:}
34386 @r{ @: M-# m @: @: @:read-kbd-macro@:}
34387 @r{ @: M-# n @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-next@:}
34388 @r{ @: M-# o @: @: @:calc-other-window@:}
34389 @r{ @: M-# p @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-previous@:}
34390 @r{ @: M-# q @:formula @: @:quick-calc@:}
34391 @r{ @: M-# r @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-rectangle@:}
34392 @r{ @: M-# s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
34393 @r{ @: M-# t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
34394 @r{ @: M-# u @: @: @:calc-embedded-update@:}
34395 @r{ @: M-# w @: @: @:calc-embedded-word@:}
34396 @r{ @: M-# x @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
34397 @r{ @: M-# y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
34398 @r{ @: M-# z @: @: @:calc-user-invocation@:}
34399 @r{ @: M-# : @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-down@:}
34400 @r{ @: M-# _ @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-across@:}
34401 @r{ @: M-# ` @:editing @: 30 @:calc-embedded-edit@:}
34402 @r{ @: M-# 0 @:(zero) @: @:calc-reset@:}
34403
34404 @c
34405 @r{ @: 0-9 @:number @: @:@:number}
34406 @r{ @: . @:number @: @:@:0.number}
34407 @r{ @: _ @:number @: @:-@:number}
34408 @r{ @: e @:number @: @:@:1e number}
34409 @r{ @: # @:number @: @:@:current-radix@t{#}number}
34410 @r{ @: P @:(in number) @: @:+/-@:}
34411 @r{ @: M @:(in number) @: @:mod@:}
34412 @r{ @: @@ ' " @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
34413 @r{ @: h m s @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
34414
34415 @c
34416 @r{ @: ' @:formula @: 37,46 @:@:formula}
34417 @r{ @: $ @:formula @: 37,46 @:$@:formula}
34418 @r{ @: " @:string @: 37,46 @:@:string}
34419
34420 @c
34421 @r{ a b@: + @: @: 2 @:add@:(a,b) a+b}
34422 @r{ a b@: - @: @: 2 @:sub@:(a,b) a@minus{}b}
34423 @r{ a b@: * @: @: 2 @:mul@:(a,b) a b, a*b}
34424 @r{ a b@: / @: @: 2 @:div@:(a,b) a/b}
34425 @r{ a b@: ^ @: @: 2 @:pow@:(a,b) a^b}
34426 @r{ a b@: I ^ @: @: 2 @:nroot@:(a,b) a^(1/b)}
34427 @r{ a b@: % @: @: 2 @:mod@:(a,b) a%b}
34428 @r{ a b@: \ @: @: 2 @:idiv@:(a,b) a\b}
34429 @r{ a b@: : @: @: 2 @:fdiv@:(a,b)}
34430 @r{ a b@: | @: @: 2 @:vconcat@:(a,b) a|b}
34431 @r{ a b@: I | @: @: @:vconcat@:(b,a) b|a}
34432 @r{ a b@: H | @: @: 2 @:append@:(a,b)}
34433 @r{ a b@: I H | @: @: @:append@:(b,a)}
34434 @r{ a@: & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(a) 1/a}
34435 @r{ a@: ! @: @: 1 @:fact@:(a) a!}
34436 @r{ a@: = @: @: 1 @:evalv@:(a)}
34437 @r{ a@: M-% @: @: @:percent@:(a) a%}
34438
34439 @c
34440 @r{ ... a@: @key{RET} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
34441 @r{ ... a@: @key{SPC} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
34442 @r{... a b@: @key{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b a}
34443 @r{. a b c@: M-@key{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b c a}
34444 @r{... a b@: @key{LFD} @: @: 1 @:@:... a b a}
34445 @r{ ... a@: @key{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:...}
34446 @r{... a b@: M-@key{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:... b}
34447 @r{ @: M-@key{RET} @: @: 4 @:calc-last-args@:}
34448 @r{ a@: ` @:editing @: 1,30 @:calc-edit@:}
34449
34450 @c
34451 @r{ ... a@: C-d @: @: 1 @:@:...}
34452 @r{ @: C-k @: @: 27 @:calc-kill@:}
34453 @r{ @: C-w @: @: 27 @:calc-kill-region@:}
34454 @r{ @: C-y @: @: @:calc-yank@:}
34455 @r{ @: C-_ @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
34456 @r{ @: M-k @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-as-kill@:}
34457 @r{ @: M-w @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-region-as-kill@:}
34458
34459 @c
34460 @r{ @: [ @: @: @:@:[...}
34461 @r{[.. a b@: ] @: @: @:@:[a,b]}
34462 @r{ @: ( @: @: @:@:(...}
34463 @r{(.. a b@: ) @: @: @:@:(a,b)}
34464 @r{ @: , @: @: @:@:vector or rect complex}
34465 @r{ @: ; @: @: @:@:matrix or polar complex}
34466 @r{ @: .. @: @: @:@:interval}
34467
34468 @c
34469 @r{ @: ~ @: @: @:calc-num-prefix@:}
34470 @r{ @: < @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-left@:}
34471 @r{ @: > @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-right@:}
34472 @r{ @: @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-down@:}
34473 @r{ @: @} @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-up@:}
34474 @r{ @: ? @: @: @:calc-help@:}
34475
34476 @c
34477 @r{ a@: n @: @: 1 @:neg@:(a) @minus{}a}
34478 @r{ @: o @: @: 4 @:calc-realign@:}
34479 @r{ @: p @:precision @: 31 @:calc-precision@:}
34480 @r{ @: q @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
34481 @r{ @: w @: @: @:calc-why@:}
34482 @r{ @: x @:command @: @:M-x calc-@:command}
34483 @r{ a@: y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
34484
34485 @c
34486 @r{ a@: A @: @: 1 @:abs@:(a)}
34487 @r{ a b@: B @: @: 2 @:log@:(a,b)}
34488 @r{ a b@: I B @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
34489 @r{ a@: C @: @: 1 @:cos@:(a)}
34490 @r{ a@: I C @: @: 1 @:arccos@:(a)}
34491 @r{ a@: H C @: @: 1 @:cosh@:(a)}
34492 @r{ a@: I H C @: @: 1 @:arccosh@:(a)}
34493 @r{ @: D @: @: 4 @:calc-redo@:}
34494 @r{ a@: E @: @: 1 @:exp@:(a)}
34495 @r{ a@: H E @: @: 1 @:exp10@:(a) 10.^a}
34496 @r{ a@: F @: @: 1,11 @:floor@:(a,d)}
34497 @r{ a@: I F @: @: 1,11 @:ceil@:(a,d)}
34498 @r{ a@: H F @: @: 1,11 @:ffloor@:(a,d)}
34499 @r{ a@: I H F @: @: 1,11 @:fceil@:(a,d)}
34500 @r{ a@: G @: @: 1 @:arg@:(a)}
34501 @r{ @: H @:command @: 32 @:@:Hyperbolic}
34502 @r{ @: I @:command @: 32 @:@:Inverse}
34503 @r{ a@: J @: @: 1 @:conj@:(a)}
34504 @r{ @: K @:command @: 32 @:@:Keep-args}
34505 @r{ a@: L @: @: 1 @:ln@:(a)}
34506 @r{ a@: H L @: @: 1 @:log10@:(a)}
34507 @r{ @: M @: @: @:calc-more-recursion-depth@:}
34508 @r{ @: I M @: @: @:calc-less-recursion-depth@:}
34509 @r{ a@: N @: @: 5 @:evalvn@:(a)}
34510 @r{ @: P @: @: @:@:pi}
34511 @r{ @: I P @: @: @:@:gamma}
34512 @r{ @: H P @: @: @:@:e}
34513 @r{ @: I H P @: @: @:@:phi}
34514 @r{ a@: Q @: @: 1 @:sqrt@:(a)}
34515 @r{ a@: I Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
34516 @r{ a@: R @: @: 1,11 @:round@:(a,d)}
34517 @r{ a@: I R @: @: 1,11 @:trunc@:(a,d)}
34518 @r{ a@: H R @: @: 1,11 @:fround@:(a,d)}
34519 @r{ a@: I H R @: @: 1,11 @:ftrunc@:(a,d)}
34520 @r{ a@: S @: @: 1 @:sin@:(a)}
34521 @r{ a@: I S @: @: 1 @:arcsin@:(a)}
34522 @r{ a@: H S @: @: 1 @:sinh@:(a)}
34523 @r{ a@: I H S @: @: 1 @:arcsinh@:(a)}
34524 @r{ a@: T @: @: 1 @:tan@:(a)}
34525 @r{ a@: I T @: @: 1 @:arctan@:(a)}
34526 @r{ a@: H T @: @: 1 @:tanh@:(a)}
34527 @r{ a@: I H T @: @: 1 @:arctanh@:(a)}
34528 @r{ @: U @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
34529 @r{ @: X @: @: 4 @:calc-call-last-kbd-macro@:}
34530
34531 @c
34532 @r{ a b@: a = @: @: 2 @:eq@:(a,b) a=b}
34533 @r{ a b@: a # @: @: 2 @:neq@:(a,b) a!=b}
34534 @r{ a b@: a < @: @: 2 @:lt@:(a,b) a<b}
34535 @r{ a b@: a > @: @: 2 @:gt@:(a,b) a>b}
34536 @r{ a b@: a [ @: @: 2 @:leq@:(a,b) a<=b}
34537 @r{ a b@: a ] @: @: 2 @:geq@:(a,b) a>=b}
34538 @r{ a b@: a @{ @: @: 2 @:in@:(a,b)}
34539 @r{ a b@: a & @: @: 2,45 @:land@:(a,b) a&&b}
34540 @r{ a b@: a | @: @: 2,45 @:lor@:(a,b) a||b}
34541 @r{ a@: a ! @: @: 1,45 @:lnot@:(a) !a}
34542 @r{ a b c@: a : @: @: 45 @:if@:(a,b,c) a?b:c}
34543 @r{ a@: a . @: @: 1 @:rmeq@:(a)}
34544 @r{ a@: a " @: @: 7,8 @:calc-expand-formula@:}
34545
34546 @c
34547 @r{ a@: a + @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:sum@:(a,i,l,h)}
34548 @r{ a@: a - @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:asum@:(a,i,l,h)}
34549 @r{ a@: a * @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:prod@:(a,i,l,h)}
34550 @r{ a b@: a _ @: @: 2 @:subscr@:(a,b) a_b}
34551
34552 @c
34553 @r{ a b@: a \ @: @: 2 @:pdiv@:(a,b)}
34554 @r{ a b@: a % @: @: 2 @:prem@:(a,b)}
34555 @r{ a b@: a / @: @: 2 @:pdivrem@:(a,b) [q,r]}
34556 @r{ a b@: H a / @: @: 2 @:pdivide@:(a,b) q+r/b}
34557
34558 @c
34559 @r{ a@: a a @: @: 1 @:apart@:(a)}
34560 @r{ a@: a b @:old, new @: 38 @:subst@:(a,old,new)}
34561 @r{ a@: a c @:v @: 38 @:collect@:(a,v)}
34562 @r{ a@: a d @:v @: 4,38 @:deriv@:(a,v)}
34563 @r{ a@: H a d @:v @: 4,38 @:tderiv@:(a,v)}
34564 @r{ a@: a e @: @: @:esimplify@:(a)}
34565 @r{ a@: a f @: @: 1 @:factor@:(a)}
34566 @r{ a@: H a f @: @: 1 @:factors@:(a)}
34567 @r{ a b@: a g @: @: 2 @:pgcd@:(a,b)}
34568 @r{ a@: a i @:v @: 38 @:integ@:(a,v)}
34569 @r{ a@: a m @:pats @: 38 @:match@:(a,pats)}
34570 @r{ a@: I a m @:pats @: 38 @:matchnot@:(a,pats)}
34571 @r{ data x@: a p @: @: 28 @:polint@:(data,x)}
34572 @r{ data x@: H a p @: @: 28 @:ratint@:(data,x)}
34573 @r{ a@: a n @: @: 1 @:nrat@:(a)}
34574 @r{ a@: a r @:rules @:4,8,38 @:rewrite@:(a,rules,n)}
34575 @r{ a@: a s @: @: @:simplify@:(a)}
34576 @r{ a@: a t @:v, n @: 31,39 @:taylor@:(a,v,n)}
34577 @r{ a@: a v @: @: 7,8 @:calc-alg-evaluate@:}
34578 @r{ a@: a x @: @: 4,8 @:expand@:(a)}
34579
34580 @c
34581 @r{ data@: a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:fit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
34582 @r{ data@: I a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:xfit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
34583 @r{ data@: H a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:efit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
34584 @r{ a@: a I @:v, l, h @: 38 @:ninteg@:(a,v,l,h)}
34585 @r{ a b@: a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeq@:(op,a,b)}
34586 @r{ a b@: I a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqr@:(op,a,b)}
34587 @r{ a b@: H a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqp@:(op,a,b)}
34588 @r{ a g@: a N @:v @: 38 @:minimize@:(a,v,g)}
34589 @r{ a g@: H a N @:v @: 38 @:wminimize@:(a,v,g)}
34590 @r{ a@: a P @:v @: 38 @:roots@:(a,v)}
34591 @r{ a g@: a R @:v @: 38 @:root@:(a,v,g)}
34592 @r{ a g@: H a R @:v @: 38 @:wroot@:(a,v,g)}
34593 @r{ a@: a S @:v @: 38 @:solve@:(a,v)}
34594 @r{ a@: I a S @:v @: 38 @:finv@:(a,v)}
34595 @r{ a@: H a S @:v @: 38 @:fsolve@:(a,v)}
34596 @r{ a@: I H a S @:v @: 38 @:ffinv@:(a,v)}
34597 @r{ a@: a T @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:table@:(a,i,l,h)}
34598 @r{ a g@: a X @:v @: 38 @:maximize@:(a,v,g)}
34599 @r{ a g@: H a X @:v @: 38 @:wmaximize@:(a,v,g)}
34600
34601 @c
34602 @r{ a b@: b a @: @: 9 @:and@:(a,b,w)}
34603 @r{ a@: b c @: @: 9 @:clip@:(a,w)}
34604 @r{ a b@: b d @: @: 9 @:diff@:(a,b,w)}
34605 @r{ a@: b l @: @: 10 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
34606 @r{ a n@: H b l @: @: 9 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
34607 @r{ a@: b n @: @: 9 @:not@:(a,w)}
34608 @r{ a b@: b o @: @: 9 @:or@:(a,b,w)}
34609 @r{ v@: b p @: @: 1 @:vpack@:(v)}
34610 @r{ a@: b r @: @: 10 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
34611 @r{ a n@: H b r @: @: 9 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
34612 @r{ a@: b t @: @: 10 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
34613 @r{ a n@: H b t @: @: 9 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
34614 @r{ a@: b u @: @: 1 @:vunpack@:(a)}
34615 @r{ @: b w @:w @: 9,50 @:calc-word-size@:}
34616 @r{ a b@: b x @: @: 9 @:xor@:(a,b,w)}
34617
34618 @c
34619 @r{c s l p@: b D @: @: @:ddb@:(c,s,l,p)}
34620 @r{ r n p@: b F @: @: @:fv@:(r,n,p)}
34621 @r{ r n p@: I b F @: @: @:fvb@:(r,n,p)}
34622 @r{ r n p@: H b F @: @: @:fvl@:(r,n,p)}
34623 @r{ v@: b I @: @: 19 @:irr@:(v)}
34624 @r{ v@: I b I @: @: 19 @:irrb@:(v)}
34625 @r{ a@: b L @: @: 10 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
34626 @r{ a n@: H b L @: @: 9 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
34627 @r{ r n a@: b M @: @: @:pmt@:(r,n,a)}
34628 @r{ r n a@: I b M @: @: @:pmtb@:(r,n,a)}
34629 @r{ r n a@: H b M @: @: @:pmtl@:(r,n,a)}
34630 @r{ r v@: b N @: @: 19 @:npv@:(r,v)}
34631 @r{ r v@: I b N @: @: 19 @:npvb@:(r,v)}
34632 @r{ r n p@: b P @: @: @:pv@:(r,n,p)}
34633 @r{ r n p@: I b P @: @: @:pvb@:(r,n,p)}
34634 @r{ r n p@: H b P @: @: @:pvl@:(r,n,p)}
34635 @r{ a@: b R @: @: 10 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
34636 @r{ a n@: H b R @: @: 9 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
34637 @r{ c s l@: b S @: @: @:sln@:(c,s,l)}
34638 @r{ n p a@: b T @: @: @:rate@:(n,p,a)}
34639 @r{ n p a@: I b T @: @: @:rateb@:(n,p,a)}
34640 @r{ n p a@: H b T @: @: @:ratel@:(n,p,a)}
34641 @r{c s l p@: b Y @: @: @:syd@:(c,s,l,p)}
34642
34643 @r{ r p a@: b # @: @: @:nper@:(r,p,a)}
34644 @r{ r p a@: I b # @: @: @:nperb@:(r,p,a)}
34645 @r{ r p a@: H b # @: @: @:nperl@:(r,p,a)}
34646 @r{ a b@: b % @: @: @:relch@:(a,b)}
34647
34648 @c
34649 @r{ a@: c c @: @: 5 @:pclean@:(a,p)}
34650 @r{ a@: c 0-9 @: @: @:pclean@:(a,p)}
34651 @r{ a@: H c c @: @: 5 @:clean@:(a,p)}
34652 @r{ a@: H c 0-9 @: @: @:clean@:(a,p)}
34653 @r{ a@: c d @: @: 1 @:deg@:(a)}
34654 @r{ a@: c f @: @: 1 @:pfloat@:(a)}
34655 @r{ a@: H c f @: @: 1 @:float@:(a)}
34656 @r{ a@: c h @: @: 1 @:hms@:(a)}
34657 @r{ a@: c p @: @: @:polar@:(a)}
34658 @r{ a@: I c p @: @: @:rect@:(a)}
34659 @r{ a@: c r @: @: 1 @:rad@:(a)}
34660
34661 @c
34662 @r{ a@: c F @: @: 5 @:pfrac@:(a,p)}
34663 @r{ a@: H c F @: @: 5 @:frac@:(a,p)}
34664
34665 @c
34666 @r{ a@: c % @: @: @:percent@:(a*100)}
34667
34668 @c
34669 @r{ @: d . @:char @: 50 @:calc-point-char@:}
34670 @r{ @: d , @:char @: 50 @:calc-group-char@:}
34671 @r{ @: d < @: @: 13,50 @:calc-left-justify@:}
34672 @r{ @: d = @: @: 13,50 @:calc-center-justify@:}
34673 @r{ @: d > @: @: 13,50 @:calc-right-justify@:}
34674 @r{ @: d @{ @:label @: 50 @:calc-left-label@:}
34675 @r{ @: d @} @:label @: 50 @:calc-right-label@:}
34676 @r{ @: d [ @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-up@:}
34677 @r{ @: d ] @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-down@:}
34678 @r{ @: d " @: @: 12,50 @:calc-display-strings@:}
34679 @r{ @: d @key{SPC} @: @: @:calc-refresh@:}
34680 @r{ @: d @key{RET} @: @: 1 @:calc-refresh-top@:}
34681
34682 @c
34683 @r{ @: d 0 @: @: 50 @:calc-decimal-radix@:}
34684 @r{ @: d 2 @: @: 50 @:calc-binary-radix@:}
34685 @r{ @: d 6 @: @: 50 @:calc-hex-radix@:}
34686 @r{ @: d 8 @: @: 50 @:calc-octal-radix@:}
34687
34688 @c
34689 @r{ @: d b @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-line-breaking@:}
34690 @r{ @: d c @: @: 50 @:calc-complex-notation@:}
34691 @r{ @: d d @:format @: 50 @:calc-date-notation@:}
34692 @r{ @: d e @: @: 5,50 @:calc-eng-notation@:}
34693 @r{ @: d f @:num @: 31,50 @:calc-fix-notation@:}
34694 @r{ @: d g @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-group-digits@:}
34695 @r{ @: d h @:format @: 50 @:calc-hms-notation@:}
34696 @r{ @: d i @: @: 50 @:calc-i-notation@:}
34697 @r{ @: d j @: @: 50 @:calc-j-notation@:}
34698 @r{ @: d l @: @: 12,50 @:calc-line-numbering@:}
34699 @r{ @: d n @: @: 5,50 @:calc-normal-notation@:}
34700 @r{ @: d o @:format @: 50 @:calc-over-notation@:}
34701 @r{ @: d p @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-plain@:}
34702 @r{ @: d r @:radix @: 31,50 @:calc-radix@:}
34703 @r{ @: d s @: @: 5,50 @:calc-sci-notation@:}
34704 @r{ @: d t @: @: 27 @:calc-truncate-stack@:}
34705 @r{ @: d w @: @: 12,13 @:calc-auto-why@:}
34706 @r{ @: d z @: @: 12,50 @:calc-leading-zeros@:}
34707
34708 @c
34709 @r{ @: d B @: @: 50 @:calc-big-language@:}
34710 @r{ @: d C @: @: 50 @:calc-c-language@:}
34711 @r{ @: d E @: @: 50 @:calc-eqn-language@:}
34712 @r{ @: d F @: @: 50 @:calc-fortran-language@:}
34713 @r{ @: d M @: @: 50 @:calc-mathematica-language@:}
34714 @r{ @: d N @: @: 50 @:calc-normal-language@:}
34715 @r{ @: d O @: @: 50 @:calc-flat-language@:}
34716 @r{ @: d P @: @: 50 @:calc-pascal-language@:}
34717 @r{ @: d T @: @: 50 @:calc-tex-language@:}
34718 @r{ @: d U @: @: 50 @:calc-unformatted-language@:}
34719 @r{ @: d W @: @: 50 @:calc-maple-language@:}
34720
34721 @c
34722 @r{ a@: f [ @: @: 4 @:decr@:(a,n)}
34723 @r{ a@: f ] @: @: 4 @:incr@:(a,n)}
34724
34725 @c
34726 @r{ a b@: f b @: @: 2 @:beta@:(a,b)}
34727 @r{ a@: f e @: @: 1 @:erf@:(a)}
34728 @r{ a@: I f e @: @: 1 @:erfc@:(a)}
34729 @r{ a@: f g @: @: 1 @:gamma@:(a)}
34730 @r{ a b@: f h @: @: 2 @:hypot@:(a,b)}
34731 @r{ a@: f i @: @: 1 @:im@:(a)}
34732 @r{ n a@: f j @: @: 2 @:besJ@:(n,a)}
34733 @r{ a b@: f n @: @: 2 @:min@:(a,b)}
34734 @r{ a@: f r @: @: 1 @:re@:(a)}
34735 @r{ a@: f s @: @: 1 @:sign@:(a)}
34736 @r{ a b@: f x @: @: 2 @:max@:(a,b)}
34737 @r{ n a@: f y @: @: 2 @:besY@:(n,a)}
34738
34739 @c
34740 @r{ a@: f A @: @: 1 @:abssqr@:(a)}
34741 @r{ x a b@: f B @: @: @:betaI@:(x,a,b)}
34742 @r{ x a b@: H f B @: @: @:betaB@:(x,a,b)}
34743 @r{ a@: f E @: @: 1 @:expm1@:(a)}
34744 @r{ a x@: f G @: @: 2 @:gammaP@:(a,x)}
34745 @r{ a x@: I f G @: @: 2 @:gammaQ@:(a,x)}
34746 @r{ a x@: H f G @: @: 2 @:gammag@:(a,x)}
34747 @r{ a x@: I H f G @: @: 2 @:gammaG@:(a,x)}
34748 @r{ a b@: f I @: @: 2 @:ilog@:(a,b)}
34749 @r{ a b@: I f I @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
34750 @r{ a@: f L @: @: 1 @:lnp1@:(a)}
34751 @r{ a@: f M @: @: 1 @:mant@:(a)}
34752 @r{ a@: f Q @: @: 1 @:isqrt@:(a)}
34753 @r{ a@: I f Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
34754 @r{ a n@: f S @: @: 2 @:scf@:(a,n)}
34755 @r{ y x@: f T @: @: @:arctan2@:(y,x)}
34756 @r{ a@: f X @: @: 1 @:xpon@:(a)}
34757
34758 @c
34759 @r{ x y@: g a @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add@:}
34760 @r{ @: g b @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-border@:}
34761 @r{ @: g c @: @: @:calc-graph-clear@:}
34762 @r{ @: g d @: @: 41 @:calc-graph-delete@:}
34763 @r{ x y@: g f @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast@:}
34764 @r{ @: g g @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-grid@:}
34765 @r{ @: g h @:title @: @:calc-graph-header@:}
34766 @r{ @: g j @: @: 4 @:calc-graph-juggle@:}
34767 @r{ @: g k @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-key@:}
34768 @r{ @: g l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-x@:}
34769 @r{ @: g n @:name @: @:calc-graph-name@:}
34770 @r{ @: g p @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-plot@:}
34771 @r{ @: g q @: @: @:calc-graph-quit@:}
34772 @r{ @: g r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-x@:}
34773 @r{ @: g s @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-line-style@:}
34774 @r{ @: g t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-x@:}
34775 @r{ @: g v @: @: @:calc-graph-view-commands@:}
34776 @r{ @: g x @:display @: @:calc-graph-display@:}
34777 @r{ @: g z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-x@:}
34778
34779 @c
34780 @r{ x y z@: g A @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add-3d@:}
34781 @r{ @: g C @:command @: @:calc-graph-command@:}
34782 @r{ @: g D @:device @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-device@:}
34783 @r{ x y z@: g F @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast-3d@:}
34784 @r{ @: g H @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-hide@:}
34785 @r{ @: g K @: @: @:calc-graph-kill@:}
34786 @r{ @: g L @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-y@:}
34787 @r{ @: g N @:number @: 43,51 @:calc-graph-num-points@:}
34788 @r{ @: g O @:filename @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-output@:}
34789 @r{ @: g P @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-print@:}
34790 @r{ @: g R @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-y@:}
34791 @r{ @: g S @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-point-style@:}
34792 @r{ @: g T @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-y@:}
34793 @r{ @: g V @: @: @:calc-graph-view-trail@:}
34794 @r{ @: g X @:format @: @:calc-graph-geometry@:}
34795 @r{ @: g Z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-y@:}
34796
34797 @c
34798 @r{ @: g C-l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-z@:}
34799 @r{ @: g C-r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-z@:}
34800 @r{ @: g C-t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-z@:}
34801
34802 @c
34803 @r{ @: h b @: @: @:calc-describe-bindings@:}
34804 @r{ @: h c @:key @: @:calc-describe-key-briefly@:}
34805 @r{ @: h f @:function @: @:calc-describe-function@:}
34806 @r{ @: h h @: @: @:calc-full-help@:}
34807 @r{ @: h i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
34808 @r{ @: h k @:key @: @:calc-describe-key@:}
34809 @r{ @: h n @: @: @:calc-view-news@:}
34810 @r{ @: h s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
34811 @r{ @: h t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
34812 @r{ @: h v @:var @: @:calc-describe-variable@:}
34813
34814 @c
34815 @r{ @: j 1-9 @: @: @:calc-select-part@:}
34816 @r{ @: j @key{RET} @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-selection@:}
34817 @r{ @: j @key{DEL} @: @: 27 @:calc-del-selection@:}
34818 @r{ @: j ' @:formula @: 27 @:calc-enter-selection@:}
34819 @r{ @: j ` @:editing @: 27,30 @:calc-edit-selection@:}
34820 @r{ @: j " @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-expand-formula@:}
34821
34822 @c
34823 @r{ @: j + @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-add-both-sides@:}
34824 @r{ @: j - @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-sub-both-sides@:}
34825 @r{ @: j * @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-mul-both-sides@:}
34826 @r{ @: j / @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-div-both-sides@:}
34827 @r{ @: j & @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-invert@:}
34828
34829 @c
34830 @r{ @: j a @: @: 27 @:calc-select-additional@:}
34831 @r{ @: j b @: @: 12 @:calc-break-selections@:}
34832 @r{ @: j c @: @: @:calc-clear-selections@:}
34833 @r{ @: j d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-selections@:}
34834 @r{ @: j e @: @: 12 @:calc-enable-selections@:}
34835 @r{ @: j l @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-less@:}
34836 @r{ @: j m @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-more@:}
34837 @r{ @: j n @: @: 4 @:calc-select-next@:}
34838 @r{ @: j o @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once@:}
34839 @r{ @: j p @: @: 4 @:calc-select-previous@:}
34840 @r{ @: j r @:rules @:4,8,27 @:calc-rewrite-selection@:}
34841 @r{ @: j s @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here@:}
34842 @r{ @: j u @: @: 27 @:calc-unselect@:}
34843 @r{ @: j v @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-evaluate@:}
34844
34845 @c
34846 @r{ @: j C @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-commute@:}
34847 @r{ @: j D @: @: 4,27 @:calc-sel-distribute@:}
34848 @r{ @: j E @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-jump-equals@:}
34849 @r{ @: j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@:}
34850 @r{ @: H j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@: (full)}
34851 @r{ @: j L @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-left@:}
34852 @r{ @: j M @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-merge@:}
34853 @r{ @: j N @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-negate@:}
34854 @r{ @: j O @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once-maybe@:}
34855 @r{ @: j R @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-right@:}
34856 @r{ @: j S @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here-maybe@:}
34857 @r{ @: j U @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-unpack@:}
34858
34859 @c
34860 @r{ @: k a @: @: @:calc-random-again@:}
34861 @r{ n@: k b @: @: 1 @:bern@:(n)}
34862 @r{ n x@: H k b @: @: 2 @:bern@:(n,x)}
34863 @r{ n m@: k c @: @: 2 @:choose@:(n,m)}
34864 @r{ n m@: H k c @: @: 2 @:perm@:(n,m)}
34865 @r{ n@: k d @: @: 1 @:dfact@:(n) n!!}
34866 @r{ n@: k e @: @: 1 @:euler@:(n)}
34867 @r{ n x@: H k e @: @: 2 @:euler@:(n,x)}
34868 @r{ n@: k f @: @: 4 @:prfac@:(n)}
34869 @r{ n m@: k g @: @: 2 @:gcd@:(n,m)}
34870 @r{ m n@: k h @: @: 14 @:shuffle@:(n,m)}
34871 @r{ n m@: k l @: @: 2 @:lcm@:(n,m)}
34872 @r{ n@: k m @: @: 1 @:moebius@:(n)}
34873 @r{ n@: k n @: @: 4 @:nextprime@:(n)}
34874 @r{ n@: I k n @: @: 4 @:prevprime@:(n)}
34875 @r{ n@: k p @: @: 4,28 @:calc-prime-test@:}
34876 @r{ m@: k r @: @: 14 @:random@:(m)}
34877 @r{ n m@: k s @: @: 2 @:stir1@:(n,m)}
34878 @r{ n m@: H k s @: @: 2 @:stir2@:(n,m)}
34879 @r{ n@: k t @: @: 1 @:totient@:(n)}
34880
34881 @c
34882 @r{ n p x@: k B @: @: @:utpb@:(x,n,p)}
34883 @r{ n p x@: I k B @: @: @:ltpb@:(x,n,p)}
34884 @r{ v x@: k C @: @: @:utpc@:(x,v)}
34885 @r{ v x@: I k C @: @: @:ltpc@:(x,v)}
34886 @r{ n m@: k E @: @: @:egcd@:(n,m)}
34887 @r{v1 v2 x@: k F @: @: @:utpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
34888 @r{v1 v2 x@: I k F @: @: @:ltpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
34889 @r{ m s x@: k N @: @: @:utpn@:(x,m,s)}
34890 @r{ m s x@: I k N @: @: @:ltpn@:(x,m,s)}
34891 @r{ m x@: k P @: @: @:utpp@:(x,m)}
34892 @r{ m x@: I k P @: @: @:ltpp@:(x,m)}
34893 @r{ v x@: k T @: @: @:utpt@:(x,v)}
34894 @r{ v x@: I k T @: @: @:ltpt@:(x,v)}
34895
34896 @c
34897 @r{ @: m a @: @: 12,13 @:calc-algebraic-mode@:}
34898 @r{ @: m d @: @: @:calc-degrees-mode@:}
34899 @r{ @: m f @: @: 12 @:calc-frac-mode@:}
34900 @r{ @: m g @: @: 52 @:calc-get-modes@:}
34901 @r{ @: m h @: @: @:calc-hms-mode@:}
34902 @r{ @: m i @: @: 12,13 @:calc-infinite-mode@:}
34903 @r{ @: m m @: @: @:calc-save-modes@:}
34904 @r{ @: m p @: @: 12 @:calc-polar-mode@:}
34905 @r{ @: m r @: @: @:calc-radians-mode@:}
34906 @r{ @: m s @: @: 12 @:calc-symbolic-mode@:}
34907 @r{ @: m t @: @: 12 @:calc-total-algebraic-mode@:}
34908 @r{ @: m v @: @: 12,13 @:calc-matrix-mode@:}
34909 @r{ @: m w @: @: 13 @:calc-working@:}
34910 @r{ @: m x @: @: @:calc-always-load-extensions@:}
34911
34912 @c
34913 @r{ @: m A @: @: 12 @:calc-alg-simplify-mode@:}
34914 @r{ @: m B @: @: 12 @:calc-bin-simplify-mode@:}
34915 @r{ @: m C @: @: 12 @:calc-auto-recompute@:}
34916 @r{ @: m D @: @: @:calc-default-simplify-mode@:}
34917 @r{ @: m E @: @: 12 @:calc-ext-simplify-mode@:}
34918 @r{ @: m F @:filename @: 13 @:calc-settings-file-name@:}
34919 @r{ @: m N @: @: 12 @:calc-num-simplify-mode@:}
34920 @r{ @: m O @: @: 12 @:calc-no-simplify-mode@:}
34921 @r{ @: m R @: @: 12,13 @:calc-mode-record-mode@:}
34922 @r{ @: m S @: @: 12 @:calc-shift-prefix@:}
34923 @r{ @: m U @: @: 12 @:calc-units-simplify-mode@:}
34924
34925 @c
34926 @r{ @: s c @:var1, var2 @: 29 @:calc-copy-variable@:}
34927 @r{ @: s d @:var, decl @: @:calc-declare-variable@:}
34928 @r{ @: s e @:var, editing @: 29,30 @:calc-edit-variable@:}
34929 @r{ @: s i @:buffer @: @:calc-insert-variables@:}
34930 @r{ a b@: s l @:var @: 29 @:@:a (letting var=b)}
34931 @r{ a ...@: s m @:op, var @: 22,29 @:calc-store-map@:}
34932 @r{ @: s n @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-neg@: (v/-1)}
34933 @r{ @: s p @:var @: 29 @:calc-permanent-variable@:}
34934 @r{ @: s r @:var @: 29 @:@:v (recalled value)}
34935 @r{ @: r 0-9 @: @: @:calc-recall-quick@:}
34936 @r{ a@: s s @:var @: 28,29 @:calc-store@:}
34937 @r{ a@: s 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-quick@:}
34938 @r{ a@: s t @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-into@:}
34939 @r{ a@: t 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-into-quick@:}
34940 @r{ @: s u @:var @: 29 @:calc-unstore@:}
34941 @r{ a@: s x @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-exchange@:}
34942
34943 @c
34944 @r{ @: s A @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-AlgSimpRules@:}
34945 @r{ @: s D @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Decls@:}
34946 @r{ @: s E @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-EvalRules@:}
34947 @r{ @: s F @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-FitRules@:}
34948 @r{ @: s G @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-GenCount@:}
34949 @r{ @: s H @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Holidays@:}
34950 @r{ @: s I @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-IntegLimit@:}
34951 @r{ @: s L @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-LineStyles@:}
34952 @r{ @: s P @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PointStyles@:}
34953 @r{ @: s R @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PlotRejects@:}
34954 @r{ @: s T @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-TimeZone@:}
34955 @r{ @: s U @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Units@:}
34956 @r{ @: s X @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-ExtSimpRules@:}
34957
34958 @c
34959 @r{ a@: s + @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-plus@: (v+a)}
34960 @r{ a@: s - @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-minus@: (v-a)}
34961 @r{ a@: s * @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-times@: (v*a)}
34962 @r{ a@: s / @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-div@: (v/a)}
34963 @r{ a@: s ^ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-power@: (v^a)}
34964 @r{ a@: s | @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-concat@: (v|a)}
34965 @r{ @: s & @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-inv@: (v^-1)}
34966 @r{ @: s [ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-decr@: (v-1)}
34967 @r{ @: s ] @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-incr@: (v-(-1))}
34968 @r{ a b@: s : @: @: 2 @:assign@:(a,b) a @t{:=} b}
34969 @r{ a@: s = @: @: 1 @:evalto@:(a,b) a @t{=>}}
34970
34971 @c
34972 @r{ @: t [ @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-first@:}
34973 @r{ @: t ] @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-last@:}
34974 @r{ @: t < @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-left@:}
34975 @r{ @: t > @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-right@:}
34976 @r{ @: t . @: @: 12 @:calc-full-trail-vectors@:}
34977
34978 @c
34979 @r{ @: t b @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-backward@:}
34980 @r{ @: t d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-trail-display@:}
34981 @r{ @: t f @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-forward@:}
34982 @r{ @: t h @: @: @:calc-trail-here@:}
34983 @r{ @: t i @: @: @:calc-trail-in@:}
34984 @r{ @: t k @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-kill@:}
34985 @r{ @: t m @:string @: @:calc-trail-marker@:}
34986 @r{ @: t n @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-next@:}
34987 @r{ @: t o @: @: @:calc-trail-out@:}
34988 @r{ @: t p @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-previous@:}
34989 @r{ @: t r @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-backward@:}
34990 @r{ @: t s @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-forward@:}
34991 @r{ @: t y @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-yank@:}
34992
34993 @c
34994 @r{ d@: t C @:oz, nz @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
34995 @r{d oz nz@: t C @:$ @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
34996 @r{ d@: t D @: @: 15 @:date@:(d)}
34997 @r{ d@: t I @: @: 4 @:incmonth@:(d,n)}
34998 @r{ d@: t J @: @: 16 @:julian@:(d,z)}
34999 @r{ d@: t M @: @: 17 @:newmonth@:(d,n)}
35000 @r{ @: t N @: @: 16 @:now@:(z)}
35001 @r{ d@: t P @:1 @: 31 @:year@:(d)}
35002 @r{ d@: t P @:2 @: 31 @:month@:(d)}
35003 @r{ d@: t P @:3 @: 31 @:day@:(d)}
35004 @r{ d@: t P @:4 @: 31 @:hour@:(d)}
35005 @r{ d@: t P @:5 @: 31 @:minute@:(d)}
35006 @r{ d@: t P @:6 @: 31 @:second@:(d)}
35007 @r{ d@: t P @:7 @: 31 @:weekday@:(d)}
35008 @r{ d@: t P @:8 @: 31 @:yearday@:(d)}
35009 @r{ d@: t P @:9 @: 31 @:time@:(d)}
35010 @r{ d@: t U @: @: 16 @:unixtime@:(d,z)}
35011 @r{ d@: t W @: @: 17 @:newweek@:(d,w)}
35012 @r{ d@: t Y @: @: 17 @:newyear@:(d,n)}
35013
35014 @c
35015 @r{ a b@: t + @: @: 2 @:badd@:(a,b)}
35016 @r{ a b@: t - @: @: 2 @:bsub@:(a,b)}
35017
35018 @c
35019 @r{ @: u a @: @: 12 @:calc-autorange-units@:}
35020 @r{ a@: u b @: @: @:calc-base-units@:}
35021 @r{ a@: u c @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-units@:}
35022 @r{ defn@: u d @:unit, descr @: @:calc-define-unit@:}
35023 @r{ @: u e @: @: @:calc-explain-units@:}
35024 @r{ @: u g @:unit @: @:calc-get-unit-definition@:}
35025 @r{ @: u p @: @: @:calc-permanent-units@:}
35026 @r{ a@: u r @: @: @:calc-remove-units@:}
35027 @r{ a@: u s @: @: @:usimplify@:(a)}
35028 @r{ a@: u t @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-temperature@:}
35029 @r{ @: u u @:unit @: @:calc-undefine-unit@:}
35030 @r{ @: u v @: @: @:calc-enter-units-table@:}
35031 @r{ a@: u x @: @: @:calc-extract-units@:}
35032 @r{ a@: u 0-9 @: @: @:calc-quick-units@:}
35033
35034 @c
35035 @r{ v1 v2@: u C @: @: 20 @:vcov@:(v1,v2)}
35036 @r{ v1 v2@: I u C @: @: 20 @:vpcov@:(v1,v2)}
35037 @r{ v1 v2@: H u C @: @: 20 @:vcorr@:(v1,v2)}
35038 @r{ v@: u G @: @: 19 @:vgmean@:(v)}
35039 @r{ a b@: H u G @: @: 2 @:agmean@:(a,b)}
35040 @r{ v@: u M @: @: 19 @:vmean@:(v)}
35041 @r{ v@: I u M @: @: 19 @:vmeane@:(v)}
35042 @r{ v@: H u M @: @: 19 @:vmedian@:(v)}
35043 @r{ v@: I H u M @: @: 19 @:vhmean@:(v)}
35044 @r{ v@: u N @: @: 19 @:vmin@:(v)}
35045 @r{ v@: u S @: @: 19 @:vsdev@:(v)}
35046 @r{ v@: I u S @: @: 19 @:vpsdev@:(v)}
35047 @r{ v@: H u S @: @: 19 @:vvar@:(v)}
35048 @r{ v@: I H u S @: @: 19 @:vpvar@:(v)}
35049 @r{ @: u V @: @: @:calc-view-units-table@:}
35050 @r{ v@: u X @: @: 19 @:vmax@:(v)}
35051
35052 @c
35053 @r{ v@: u + @: @: 19 @:vsum@:(v)}
35054 @r{ v@: u * @: @: 19 @:vprod@:(v)}
35055 @r{ v@: u # @: @: 19 @:vcount@:(v)}
35056
35057 @c
35058 @r{ @: V ( @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-parens@:}
35059 @r{ @: V @{ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-braces@:}
35060 @r{ @: V [ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-brackets@:}
35061 @r{ @: V ] @:ROCP @: 50 @:calc-matrix-brackets@:}
35062 @r{ @: V , @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-commas@:}
35063 @r{ @: V < @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-left-justify@:}
35064 @r{ @: V = @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-center-justify@:}
35065 @r{ @: V > @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-right-justify@:}
35066 @r{ @: V / @: @: 12,50 @:calc-break-vectors@:}
35067 @r{ @: V . @: @: 12,50 @:calc-full-vectors@:}
35068
35069 @c
35070 @r{ s t@: V ^ @: @: 2 @:vint@:(s,t)}
35071 @r{ s t@: V - @: @: 2 @:vdiff@:(s,t)}
35072 @r{ s@: V ~ @: @: 1 @:vcompl@:(s)}
35073 @r{ s@: V # @: @: 1 @:vcard@:(s)}
35074 @r{ s@: V : @: @: 1 @:vspan@:(s)}
35075 @r{ s@: V + @: @: 1 @:rdup@:(s)}
35076
35077 @c
35078 @r{ m@: V & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(m) 1/m}
35079
35080 @c
35081 @r{ v@: v a @:n @: @:arrange@:(v,n)}
35082 @r{ a@: v b @:n @: @:cvec@:(a,n)}
35083 @r{ v@: v c @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mcol@:(v,n)}
35084 @r{ v@: v c @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrcol@:(v,-n)}
35085 @r{ m@: v c @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
35086 @r{ v@: v d @: @: 25 @:diag@:(v,n)}
35087 @r{ v m@: v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m)}
35088 @r{ v m f@: H v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m,f)}
35089 @r{ v a@: v f @: @: 26 @:find@:(v,a,n)}
35090 @r{ v@: v h @: @: 1 @:head@:(v)}
35091 @r{ v@: I v h @: @: 1 @:tail@:(v)}
35092 @r{ v@: H v h @: @: 1 @:rhead@:(v)}
35093 @r{ v@: I H v h @: @: 1 @:rtail@:(v)}
35094 @r{ @: v i @:n @: 31 @:idn@:(1,n)}
35095 @r{ @: v i @:0 @: 31 @:idn@:(1)}
35096 @r{ h t@: v k @: @: 2 @:cons@:(h,t)}
35097 @r{ h t@: H v k @: @: 2 @:rcons@:(h,t)}
35098 @r{ v@: v l @: @: 1 @:vlen@:(v)}
35099 @r{ v@: H v l @: @: 1 @:mdims@:(v)}
35100 @r{ v m@: v m @: @: 2 @:vmask@:(v,m)}
35101 @r{ v@: v n @: @: 1 @:rnorm@:(v)}
35102 @r{ a b c@: v p @: @: 24 @:calc-pack@:}
35103 @r{ v@: v r @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mrow@:(v,n)}
35104 @r{ v@: v r @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrrow@:(v,-n)}
35105 @r{ m@: v r @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
35106 @r{ v i j@: v s @: @: @:subvec@:(v,i,j)}
35107 @r{ v i j@: I v s @: @: @:rsubvec@:(v,i,j)}
35108 @r{ m@: v t @: @: 1 @:trn@:(m)}
35109 @r{ v@: v u @: @: 24 @:calc-unpack@:}
35110 @r{ v@: v v @: @: 1 @:rev@:(v)}
35111 @r{ @: v x @:n @: 31 @:index@:(n)}
35112 @r{ n s i@: C-u v x @: @: @:index@:(n,s,i)}
35113
35114 @c
35115 @r{ v@: V A @:op @: 22 @:apply@:(op,v)}
35116 @r{ v1 v2@: V C @: @: 2 @:cross@:(v1,v2)}
35117 @r{ m@: V D @: @: 1 @:det@:(m)}
35118 @r{ s@: V E @: @: 1 @:venum@:(s)}
35119 @r{ s@: V F @: @: 1 @:vfloor@:(s)}
35120 @r{ v@: V G @: @: @:grade@:(v)}
35121 @r{ v@: I V G @: @: @:rgrade@:(v)}
35122 @r{ v@: V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,n)}
35123 @r{ v w@: H V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,w,n)}
35124 @r{ v1 v2@: V I @:mop aop @: 22 @:inner@:(mop,aop,v1,v2)}
35125 @r{ m@: V J @: @: 1 @:ctrn@:(m)}
35126 @r{ m@: V L @: @: 1 @:lud@:(m)}
35127 @r{ v@: V M @:op @: 22,23 @:map@:(op,v)}
35128 @r{ v@: V N @: @: 1 @:cnorm@:(v)}
35129 @r{ v1 v2@: V O @:op @: 22 @:outer@:(op,v1,v2)}
35130 @r{ v@: V R @:op @: 22,23 @:reduce@:(op,v)}
35131 @r{ v@: I V R @:op @: 22,23 @:rreduce@:(op,v)}
35132 @r{ a n@: H V R @:op @: 22 @:nest@:(op,a,n)}
35133 @r{ a@: I H V R @:op @: 22 @:fixp@:(op,a)}
35134 @r{ v@: V S @: @: @:sort@:(v)}
35135 @r{ v@: I V S @: @: @:rsort@:(v)}
35136 @r{ m@: V T @: @: 1 @:tr@:(m)}
35137 @r{ v@: V U @:op @: 22 @:accum@:(op,v)}
35138 @r{ v@: I V U @:op @: 22 @:raccum@:(op,v)}
35139 @r{ a n@: H V U @:op @: 22 @:anest@:(op,a,n)}
35140 @r{ a@: I H V U @:op @: 22 @:afixp@:(op,a)}
35141 @r{ s t@: V V @: @: 2 @:vunion@:(s,t)}
35142 @r{ s t@: V X @: @: 2 @:vxor@:(s,t)}
35143
35144 @c
35145 @r{ @: Y @: @: @:@:user commands}
35146
35147 @c
35148 @r{ @: z @: @: @:@:user commands}
35149
35150 @c
35151 @r{ c@: Z [ @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-if@:}
35152 @r{ c@: Z | @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-else-if@:}
35153 @r{ @: Z : @: @: @:calc-kbd-else@:}
35154 @r{ @: Z ] @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-if@:}
35155
35156 @c
35157 @r{ @: Z @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-kbd-loop@:}
35158 @r{ c@: Z / @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-break@:}
35159 @r{ @: Z @} @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-loop@:}
35160 @r{ n@: Z < @: @: @:calc-kbd-repeat@:}
35161 @r{ @: Z > @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-repeat@:}
35162 @r{ n m@: Z ( @: @: @:calc-kbd-for@:}
35163 @r{ s@: Z ) @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-for@:}
35164
35165 @c
35166 @r{ @: Z C-g @: @: @:@:cancel if/loop command}
35167
35168 @c
35169 @r{ @: Z ` @: @: @:calc-kbd-push@:}
35170 @r{ @: Z ' @: @: @:calc-kbd-pop@:}
35171 @r{ a@: Z = @:message @: 28 @:calc-kbd-report@:}
35172 @r{ @: Z # @:prompt @: @:calc-kbd-query@:}
35173
35174 @c
35175 @r{ comp@: Z C @:func, args @: 50 @:calc-user-define-composition@:}
35176 @r{ @: Z D @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define@:}
35177 @r{ @: Z E @:key, editing @: 30 @:calc-user-define-edit@:}
35178 @r{ defn@: Z F @:k, c, f, a, n@: 28 @:calc-user-define-formula@:}
35179 @r{ @: Z G @:key @: @:calc-get-user-defn@:}
35180 @r{ @: Z I @: @: @:calc-user-define-invocation@:}
35181 @r{ @: Z K @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define-kbd-macro@:}
35182 @r{ @: Z P @:key @: @:calc-user-define-permanent@:}
35183 @r{ @: Z S @: @: 30 @:calc-edit-user-syntax@:}
35184 @r{ @: Z T @: @: 12 @:calc-timing@:}
35185 @r{ @: Z U @:key @: @:calc-user-undefine@:}
35186
35187 @end format
35188
35189 @noindent
35190 NOTES
35191
35192 @enumerate
35193 @c 1
35194 @item
35195 Positive prefix arguments apply to @cite{n} stack entries.
35196 Negative prefix arguments apply to the @cite{-n}th stack entry.
35197 A prefix of zero applies to the entire stack. (For @key{LFD} and
35198 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, the meaning of the sign is reversed.)
35199
35200 @c 2
35201 @item
35202 Positive prefix arguments apply to @cite{n} stack entries.
35203 Negative prefix arguments apply to the top stack entry
35204 and the next @cite{-n} stack entries.
35205
35206 @c 3
35207 @item
35208 Positive prefix arguments rotate top @cite{n} stack entries by one.
35209 Negative prefix arguments rotate the entire stack by @cite{-n}.
35210 A prefix of zero reverses the entire stack.
35211
35212 @c 4
35213 @item
35214 Prefix argument specifies a repeat count or distance.
35215
35216 @c 5
35217 @item
35218 Positive prefix arguments specify a precision @cite{p}.
35219 Negative prefix arguments reduce the current precision by @cite{-p}.
35220
35221 @c 6
35222 @item
35223 A prefix argument is interpreted as an additional step-size parameter.
35224 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix means to prompt for the step size.
35225
35226 @c 7
35227 @item
35228 A prefix argument specifies simplification level and depth.
35229 1=Default, 2=like @kbd{a s}, 3=like @kbd{a e}.
35230
35231 @c 8
35232 @item
35233 A negative prefix operates only on the top level of the input formula.
35234
35235 @c 9
35236 @item
35237 Positive prefix arguments specify a word size of @cite{w} bits, unsigned.
35238 Negative prefix arguments specify a word size of @cite{w} bits, signed.
35239
35240 @c 10
35241 @item
35242 Prefix arguments specify the shift amount @cite{n}. The @cite{w} argument
35243 cannot be specified in the keyboard version of this command.
35244
35245 @c 11
35246 @item
35247 From the keyboard, @cite{d} is omitted and defaults to zero.
35248
35249 @c 12
35250 @item
35251 Mode is toggled; a positive prefix always sets the mode, and a negative
35252 prefix always clears the mode.
35253
35254 @c 13
35255 @item
35256 Some prefix argument values provide special variations of the mode.
35257
35258 @c 14
35259 @item
35260 A prefix argument, if any, is used for @cite{m} instead of taking
35261 @cite{m} from the stack. @cite{M} may take any of these values:
35262 @iftex
35263 {@advance@tableindent10pt
35264 @end iftex
35265 @table @asis
35266 @item Integer
35267 Random integer in the interval @cite{[0 .. m)}.
35268 @item Float
35269 Random floating-point number in the interval @cite{[0 .. m)}.
35270 @item 0.0
35271 Gaussian with mean 1 and standard deviation 0.
35272 @item Error form
35273 Gaussian with specified mean and standard deviation.
35274 @item Interval
35275 Random integer or floating-point number in that interval.
35276 @item Vector
35277 Random element from the vector.
35278 @end table
35279 @iftex
35280 }
35281 @end iftex
35282
35283 @c 15
35284 @item
35285 A prefix argument from 1 to 6 specifies number of date components
35286 to remove from the stack. @xref{Date Conversions}.
35287
35288 @c 16
35289 @item
35290 A prefix argument specifies a time zone; @kbd{C-u} says to take the
35291 time zone number or name from the top of the stack. @xref{Time Zones}.
35292
35293 @c 17
35294 @item
35295 A prefix argument specifies a day number (0-6, 0-31, or 0-366).
35296
35297 @c 18
35298 @item
35299 If the input has no units, you will be prompted for both the old and
35300 the new units.
35301
35302 @c 19
35303 @item
35304 With a prefix argument, collect that many stack entries to form the
35305 input data set. Each entry may be a single value or a vector of values.
35306
35307 @c 20
35308 @item
35309 With a prefix argument of 1, take a single @c{$@var{n}\times2$}
35310 @i{@var{N}x2} matrix from the
35311 stack instead of two separate data vectors.
35312
35313 @c 21
35314 @item
35315 The row or column number @cite{n} may be given as a numeric prefix
35316 argument instead. A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix says to take @cite{n}
35317 from the top of the stack. If @cite{n} is a vector or interval,
35318 a subvector/submatrix of the input is created.
35319
35320 @c 22
35321 @item
35322 The @cite{op} prompt can be answered with the key sequence for the
35323 desired function, or with @kbd{x} or @kbd{z} followed by a function name,
35324 or with @kbd{$} to take a formula from the top of the stack, or with
35325 @kbd{'} and a typed formula. In the last two cases, the formula may
35326 be a nameless function like @samp{<#1+#2>} or @samp{<x, y : x+y>}, or it
35327 may include @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, etc. (where @kbd{$} will correspond to the
35328 last argument of the created function), or otherwise you will be
35329 prompted for an argument list. The number of vectors popped from the
35330 stack by @kbd{V M} depends on the number of arguments of the function.
35331
35332 @c 23
35333 @item
35334 One of the mapping direction keys @kbd{_} (horizontal, i.e., map
35335 by rows or reduce across), @kbd{:} (vertical, i.e., map by columns or
35336 reduce down), or @kbd{=} (map or reduce by rows) may be used before
35337 entering @cite{op}; these modify the function name by adding the letter
35338 @code{r} for ``rows,'' @code{c} for ``columns,'' @code{a} for ``across,''
35339 or @code{d} for ``down.''
35340
35341 @c 24
35342 @item
35343 The prefix argument specifies a packing mode. A nonnegative mode
35344 is the number of items (for @kbd{v p}) or the number of levels
35345 (for @kbd{v u}). A negative mode is as described below. With no
35346 prefix argument, the mode is taken from the top of the stack and
35347 may be an integer or a vector of integers.
35348 @iftex
35349 {@advance@tableindent-20pt
35350 @end iftex
35351 @table @cite
35352 @item -1
35353 (@var{2}) Rectangular complex number.
35354 @item -2
35355 (@var{2}) Polar complex number.
35356 @item -3
35357 (@var{3}) HMS form.
35358 @item -4
35359 (@var{2}) Error form.
35360 @item -5
35361 (@var{2}) Modulo form.
35362 @item -6
35363 (@var{2}) Closed interval.
35364 @item -7
35365 (@var{2}) Closed .. open interval.
35366 @item -8
35367 (@var{2}) Open .. closed interval.
35368 @item -9
35369 (@var{2}) Open interval.
35370 @item -10
35371 (@var{2}) Fraction.
35372 @item -11
35373 (@var{2}) Float with integer mantissa.
35374 @item -12
35375 (@var{2}) Float with mantissa in @cite{[1 .. 10)}.
35376 @item -13
35377 (@var{1}) Date form (using date numbers).
35378 @item -14
35379 (@var{3}) Date form (using year, month, day).
35380 @item -15
35381 (@var{6}) Date form (using year, month, day, hour, minute, second).
35382 @end table
35383 @iftex
35384 }
35385 @end iftex
35386
35387 @c 25
35388 @item
35389 A prefix argument specifies the size @cite{n} of the matrix. With no
35390 prefix argument, @cite{n} is omitted and the size is inferred from
35391 the input vector.
35392
35393 @c 26
35394 @item
35395 The prefix argument specifies the starting position @cite{n} (default 1).
35396
35397 @c 27
35398 @item
35399 Cursor position within stack buffer affects this command.
35400
35401 @c 28
35402 @item
35403 Arguments are not actually removed from the stack by this command.
35404
35405 @c 29
35406 @item
35407 Variable name may be a single digit or a full name.
35408
35409 @c 30
35410 @item
35411 Editing occurs in a separate buffer. Press @kbd{M-# M-#} (or @kbd{C-c C-c},
35412 @key{LFD}, or in some cases @key{RET}) to finish the edit, or press
35413 @kbd{M-# x} to cancel the edit. The @key{LFD} key prevents evaluation
35414 of the result of the edit.
35415
35416 @c 31
35417 @item
35418 The number prompted for can also be provided as a prefix argument.
35419
35420 @c 32
35421 @item
35422 Press this key a second time to cancel the prefix.
35423
35424 @c 33
35425 @item
35426 With a negative prefix, deactivate all formulas. With a positive
35427 prefix, deactivate and then reactivate from scratch.
35428
35429 @c 34
35430 @item
35431 Default is to scan for nearest formula delimiter symbols. With a
35432 prefix of zero, formula is delimited by mark and point. With a
35433 non-zero prefix, formula is delimited by scanning forward or
35434 backward by that many lines.
35435
35436 @c 35
35437 @item
35438 Parse the region between point and mark as a vector. A nonzero prefix
35439 parses @var{n} lines before or after point as a vector. A zero prefix
35440 parses the current line as a vector. A @kbd{C-u} prefix parses the
35441 region between point and mark as a single formula.
35442
35443 @c 36
35444 @item
35445 Parse the rectangle defined by point and mark as a matrix. A positive
35446 prefix @var{n} divides the rectangle into columns of width @var{n}.
35447 A zero or @kbd{C-u} prefix parses each line as one formula. A negative
35448 prefix suppresses special treatment of bracketed portions of a line.
35449
35450 @c 37
35451 @item
35452 A numeric prefix causes the current language mode to be ignored.
35453
35454 @c 38
35455 @item
35456 Responding to a prompt with a blank line answers that and all
35457 later prompts by popping additional stack entries.
35458
35459 @c 39
35460 @item
35461 Answer for @cite{v} may also be of the form @cite{v = v_0} or
35462 @cite{v - v_0}.
35463
35464 @c 40
35465 @item
35466 With a positive prefix argument, stack contains many @cite{y}'s and one
35467 common @cite{x}. With a zero prefix, stack contains a vector of
35468 @cite{y}s and a common @cite{x}. With a negative prefix, stack
35469 contains many @cite{[x,y]} vectors. (For 3D plots, substitute
35470 @cite{z} for @cite{y} and @cite{x,y} for @cite{x}.)
35471
35472 @c 41
35473 @item
35474 With any prefix argument, all curves in the graph are deleted.
35475
35476 @c 42
35477 @item
35478 With a positive prefix, refines an existing plot with more data points.
35479 With a negative prefix, forces recomputation of the plot data.
35480
35481 @c 43
35482 @item
35483 With any prefix argument, set the default value instead of the
35484 value for this graph.
35485
35486 @c 44
35487 @item
35488 With a negative prefix argument, set the value for the printer.
35489
35490 @c 45
35491 @item
35492 Condition is considered ``true'' if it is a nonzero real or complex
35493 number, or a formula whose value is known to be nonzero; it is ``false''
35494 otherwise.
35495
35496 @c 46
35497 @item
35498 Several formulas separated by commas are pushed as multiple stack
35499 entries. Trailing @kbd{)}, @kbd{]}, @kbd{@}}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{"}
35500 delimiters may be omitted. The notation @kbd{$$$} refers to the value
35501 in stack level three, and causes the formula to replace the top three
35502 stack levels. The notation @kbd{$3} refers to stack level three without
35503 causing that value to be removed from the stack. Use @key{LFD} in place
35504 of @key{RET} to prevent evaluation; use @kbd{M-=} in place of @key{RET}
35505 to evaluate variables.@refill
35506
35507 @c 47
35508 @item
35509 The variable is replaced by the formula shown on the right. The
35510 Inverse flag reverses the order of the operands, e.g., @kbd{I s - x}
35511 assigns @c{$x \coloneq a-x$}
35512 @cite{x := a-x}.
35513
35514 @c 48
35515 @item
35516 Press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see how to choose a model. Answer the
35517 variables prompt with @cite{iv} or @cite{iv;pv} to specify
35518 independent and parameter variables. A positive prefix argument
35519 takes @i{@var{n}+1} vectors from the stack; a zero prefix takes a matrix
35520 and a vector from the stack.
35521
35522 @c 49
35523 @item
35524 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, replace the current region of the
35525 destination buffer with the yanked text instead of inserting.
35526
35527 @c 50
35528 @item
35529 All stack entries are reformatted; the @kbd{H} prefix inhibits this.
35530 The @kbd{I} prefix sets the mode temporarily, redraws the top stack
35531 entry, then restores the original setting of the mode.
35532
35533 @c 51
35534 @item
35535 A negative prefix sets the default 3D resolution instead of the
35536 default 2D resolution.
35537
35538 @c 52
35539 @item
35540 This grabs a vector of the form [@var{prec}, @var{wsize}, @var{ssize},
35541 @var{radix}, @var{flfmt}, @var{ang}, @var{frac}, @var{symb}, @var{polar},
35542 @var{matrix}, @var{simp}, @var{inf}]. A prefix argument from 1 to 12
35543 grabs the @var{n}th mode value only.
35544 @end enumerate
35545
35546 @iftex
35547 (Space is provided below for you to keep your own written notes.)
35548 @page
35549 @endgroup
35550 @end iftex
35551
35552
35553 @c [end-summary]
35554
35555 @node Key Index, Command Index, Summary, Top
35556 @unnumbered Index of Key Sequences
35557
35558 @printindex ky
35559
35560 @node Command Index, Function Index, Key Index, Top
35561 @unnumbered Index of Calculator Commands
35562
35563 Since all Calculator commands begin with the prefix @samp{calc-}, the
35564 @kbd{x} key has been provided as a variant of @kbd{M-x} which automatically
35565 types @samp{calc-} for you. Thus, @kbd{x last-args} is short for
35566 @kbd{M-x calc-last-args}.
35567
35568 @printindex pg
35569
35570 @node Function Index, Concept Index, Command Index, Top
35571 @unnumbered Index of Algebraic Functions
35572
35573 This is a list of built-in functions and operators usable in algebraic
35574 expressions. Their full Lisp names are derived by adding the prefix
35575 @samp{calcFunc-}, as in @code{calcFunc-sqrt}.
35576 @iftex
35577 All functions except those noted with ``*'' have corresponding
35578 Calc keystrokes and can also be found in the Calc Summary.
35579 @end iftex
35580
35581 @printindex tp
35582
35583 @node Concept Index, Variable Index, Function Index, Top
35584 @unnumbered Concept Index
35585
35586 @printindex cp
35587
35588 @node Variable Index, Lisp Function Index, Concept Index, Top
35589 @unnumbered Index of Variables
35590
35591 The variables in this list that do not contain dashes are accessible
35592 as Calc variables. Add a @samp{var-} prefix to get the name of the
35593 corresponding Lisp variable.
35594
35595 The remaining variables are Lisp variables suitable for @code{setq}ing
35596 in your @file{.emacs} file.
35597
35598 @printindex vr
35599
35600 @node Lisp Function Index, , Variable Index, Top
35601 @unnumbered Index of Lisp Math Functions
35602
35603 The following functions are meant to be used with @code{defmath}, not
35604 @code{defun} definitions. For names that do not start with @samp{calc-},
35605 the corresponding full Lisp name is derived by adding a prefix of
35606 @samp{math-}.
35607
35608 @printindex fn
35609
35610 @summarycontents
35611
35612 @c [end]
35613
35614 @contents
35615 @bye
35616
35617
35618 @ignore
35619 arch-tag: 77a71809-fa4d-40be-b2cc-da3e8fb137c0
35620 @end ignore